Agrofarm 410 - 420 - 430

AGROFARM 410 -> 16001
AGROFARM 410 -> 20001

AGROFARM 420 -> 16001
AGROFARM 420 -> 20001
AGROFARM 430 -> 1001
AGROFARM 430 -> 5001
Workshop manual
CONTENTS
0 - Introduction
0.1 - Introduction () 0-2
0.1.1 - Safety notes 0-2
0.1.2 - General safety rules 0-2
0.1.3 - Safety precautions for removal and refitting operations 0-3
0.1.4 - Lifting instructions 0-4
0.1.5 - Tightening torques 0-5
0.1.6 - Threadlockers, adhesives, sealants and lubricants 0-8
0.1.7 - Conversion factors 0-10
10 - Technical characteristics
10.1 - Engine 10-2
10.1.1 - Components of the 2012 2V UPS engine 10-2
10.1.2 - Test data and settings 10-8
10.1.3 - Tightening requirements 2012 2V UPS engine 10-9
10.2 - Transmission 10-13
10.2.1 - Transmission (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 10-13
10.2.7 - Rear PTO (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001, AGROFARM 430 -> 5001) 10-73
10.2.8 - Rear P.T.O. (AGROFARM 410 -> 16001, AGROFARM 410 -> 20001, AGROFARM 420 ->
16001, AGROFARM 420 -> 20001) 10-77
10.2.9 - 2 and 4-speed PTO and Syncro PTO (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001, AGROFARM 430 ->
5001) 10-81
10.2.10 - 2 and 4-speed PTO and Groundspeed PTO (AGROFARM 410 -> 16001, AGROFARM
410 -> 20001, AGROFARM 420 -> 16001, AGROFARM 420 -> 20001) 10-84
10.3 - Front axle 10-87
10.3.1 - Front axle (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001, AGROFARM 430 -> 5001) 10-87
10.3.2 - Front axle (AGROFARM 430 -> 5001) 10-90
10.3.3 - Front axle (AGROFARM 410 -> 16001, AGROFARM 410 -> 20001, AGROFARM 420 ->
16001, AGROFARM 420 -> 20001) 10-95
10.4 - Hydraulic system 10-100
10.4.1 - Hydraulic system (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 10-100
10.4.7 - Steering circuit pump - lift circuit pump () 10-139
10.4.8 - Power steering valve (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001, AGROFARM 420 -> 20001,
AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 10-141
AGROFARM 430 -> 5001) 10-142
10.4.10 - Ancillary utility distributor 4-way version (AGROFARM 410 -> 16001, AGROFARM 410
III
CONTENTS
-> 20001, AGROFARM 420 -> 16001, AGROFARM 420 -> 20001, AGROFARM 430 ->
5001)10-144
10.4.11 - Remote control valve - 6-way version (AGROFARM 420 -> 16001, AGROFARM 420 ->
20001, AGROFARM 430 -> 1001, AGROFARM 430 -> 5001) 10-145
10.4.12 - Hydraulic lift control valve (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 10-145
10.4.13 - Braking system (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 10-152
10.4.14 - Trailer braking valve (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 10-153
10.4.15 - Trailer braking valve (AGROFARM 410 -> 16001, AGROFARM 420 -> 16001,
AGROFARM 420 -> 20001, AGROFARM 430 -> 5001) 10-157
10.4.16 - Trailer braking valve (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001) 10-160
10.4.17 - Park Brake system (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 10-163
10.4.18 - Park Brake valve (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 10-168
10.4.19 - Separate-Brakes valve (AGROFARM 410 -> 16001, AGROFARM 410 -> 20001,
AGROFARM 420 -> 16001, AGROFARM 420 -> 20001, AGROFARM 430 -> 5001) 10-168
10.4.20 - Pressure holding valves assembly (AGROFARM 410 -> 16001, AGROFARM 410 ->
20001, AGROFARM 420 -> 16001, AGROFARM 420 -> 20001, AGROFARM 430 -> 5001)10-174
10.4.21 - Services solenoid valves assembly - Pressure holding valves (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
10-176
10.4.22 - Shuttle solenoid valves assembly (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 10-179
20 - Calibrations and electronic diagnosis

20.1 - Diagnostic tools 20-2
20.1.1 - Position of ECUs and diagnostic instruments 20-2
20.1.2 - All Round Tester (ART®) () 20-3
20.1.3 - Connecting the tester to the tractor () 20-7
20.1.4 - ART® - Diagnostic socket connection 20-8
20.1.5 - SDF Analyser 20-8
20.1.6 - SDF Analyser - Diagnostic socket 20-12
20.1.7 - SERDIA 2000 level III” software 20-13
20.2 - Diagnostic tool screens 20-14
20.2.1 - ECU interrogation 20-14
20.3 - Commissioning and calibrating the tractor 20-17
20.3.1 - Digital instrument calibration 20-17
20.3.2 - Introduction to commissioning the tractor 20-22
20.3.3 - Renewal of the shuttle ECU - Introduction (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001, AGROFARM 420
-> 20001, AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 20-22
20.3.4 - Renewal of the shuttle ECU - Initialisation of the ECU (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001,
20.3.5 - Renewal of the shuttle ECU - Line end programming (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001,
20.3.6 - Renewal of the shuttle ECU - Introductory notes (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001,
20.3.7 - Renewal of the shuttle ECU - Automatic calibration (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001,
20.3.8 - Renewal of the shuttle ECU - Manual calibration (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001,
20.3.9 - Renewal of the shuttle ECU - Editing the comfort parameters (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001,
IV
CONTENTS
20.3.10 - Renewal of the shuttle ECU - Calibration of the clutch pedal (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001,
20.3.11 - Renewal of the engine ECU - Introduction 20-45
20.3.12 - Renewal of the engine ECU - Calibration of the accelerator pedal 20-45
20.3.13 - Renewal of the engine ECU - Calibration of the hand throttle lever 20-48
20.4 - ECU alarms 20-51
20.4.1 - Key to the “ECU alarms” tables 20-51
20.4.2 - FMI code 20-52
20.4.3 - Engine alarms 20-52
20.4.4 - Instrument panel alarms 20-61
20.4.5 - Transmission alarms 20-63
30 - Method of intervention
30.1 - Tools for engine disassembly and reassembly 30-2
30.1.1 - Commercially available tools 30-2
30.2 - Workshop tools for engine disassembly and reassembly 30-6
30.2.1 - Workshop tools for engine disassembly and reassembly 30-6
30.3 - B0 - Engine 30-13
30.3.1 - Air conditioning compressor drive belt 30-13
30.3.2 - Tension adjustment of the fan and air conditioning compressor drive belt 30-13
30.3.3 - Alternator, fuel pump and water pump drive belt 30-14
30.3.4 - Tension adjustment of the alternator, fuel pump and water pump drive belt 30-15
30.3.5 - Compression test 30-15
30.3.6 - Assembly and disassembly of the engine on the assembly stand 30-18
30.3.7 - Adjustment of valve clearance 30-22
30.3.8 - Removal and refitting of the rocker arms and pedestals 30-26
30.3.9 - Disassemble and complete the rocker and support, check 30-29
30.3.10 - Disassembly and assembly of the cylinder head 30-32
30.3.11 - Grinding the cylinder head seal surface 30-39
30.3.12 - Measuring piston protrusion 30-42
30.3.13 - Valve assembly and disassembly 30-45
30.3.14 - Valve check 30-50
30.3.15 - Check the valve guide 30-51
30.3.16 - Replacing the valve guide (oversized - cast) 30-52
30.3.17 - Check the valve residual 30-56
30.3.18 - Replacing the lined valve seat (oversized) 30-58
30.3.19 - Check the endfloat of the crankshaft 30-64
30.3.20 - Check the crankshaft 30-69
30.3.21 - Replace the crankshaft O-ring (flywheel end) 30-72
30.3.22 - Replacing the crankshaft O-ring (opposite end to flywheel) 30-76
30.3.23 - Check the connecting rod drum 30-80
30.3.24 - Fitting and removing piston pin bush 30-88
30.3.25 - Assembly and disassembly of the crankshaft 30-93
30.3.26 - Fitting and removing counterweight shafts, checking 30-100
30.3.27 - Disassembly and assembly of the piston and connecting rod drum 30-107
30.3.28 - Check the piston 30-113
30.3.29 - Check the piston rings and piston grooves 30-115
30.3.30 - Assembly and disassembly of piston cooling nozzles 30-119
V
CONTENTS
30.3.31 - Removal and refitting of the crankcase breather 30-120
30.3.32 - Check the cylinder 30-122
30.3.33 - Removal and refitting of the front cover (opposite end to flywheel) 30-123
30.3.34 - Disassembly and assembly of the connector box 30-128
30.3.35 - Fitting and removing the camshaft bearings, checking 30-130
30.3.36 - Disassembly and assembly of the gear case cover 30-135
30.3.37 - Assembly and disassembly of the camshaft 30-139
30.3.38 - Check the camshaft 30-143
30.3.39 - Removal and refitting of the rotation device 30-144
30.3.40 - Removing and fitting the V-belt pulley 30-146
30.3.41 - Fitting, removing, checking and setting adjuster rod 30-148
30.3.42 - Removal and refitting of the heater 30-153
30.3.43 - Removal and refitting of the turbocharger 30-155
30.3.44 - Removal and refitting of the charge air duct 30-159
30.3.45 - Fitting and removing injection pump 30-163
30.3.46 - Determine the thickness of the shim (engine without injection advance variator) 30-175
30.3.47 - Determine the thickness of the shim (engine with injection advance variator) 30-177
30.3.48 - Determination of the overall dimensions of the injection pump (engine without the
injection advance variator) 30-179
30.3.49 - Determination of the overall dimensions of the injection pump (engine with the injection
advance variator) 30-183
30.3.50 - Fitting and removing injection valves 30-188
30.3.51 - Checking the injection valves 30-192
30.3.52 - Removal and refitting of the fuel lift pump 30-196
30.3.53 - Removal and refitting of the oil pickup pipe 30-198
30.3.54 - Removing and fitting the lubricant oil sump pan (cast iron lubricant oil sump) 30-199
30.3.55 - Disassembly and assembly of the lubricant oil sump (lubricant oil sump-plate) 30-203
30.3.56 - Removal and refitting of the oil cooler 30-208
30.3.57 - Disassembly and assembly of the oil radiator housing 30-211
30.3.58 - Removal and refitting of the oil pressure switch 30-216
30.3.59 - Removal and refitting of the water pump 30-218
30.3.60 - Testing the thermostat (after removal) 30-220
30.3.61 - Removal and refitting of the thermostat 30-222
30.3.62 - Removal and assembly of the fan support 30-224
30.3.63 - Removal and refitting of the fan support 30-230
30.3.64 - Removal and refitting of the flywheel 30-232
30.3.65 - Replacing the starter motor ring gear on the flywheel 30-234
30.4 - C0 - Engine accessories 30-236
30.4.1 - Starter motor 30-236
30.4.2 - Removing and fitting the engine governor 30-237
30.4.3 - Removal and refitting of the exhaust manifold 30-239
30.4.4 - Removal and refitting of the fuel filter head. 30-242
30.4.5 - Assembly and disassembly of the temperature sender 30-244
30.4.6 - Removal and refitting the engine block 30-246
30.4.7 - Removal and refitting of the alternator (with drivebelt) 30-247
30.4.8 - Disassembly and assembly of the starter 30-251
30.5 - D0 - Transmission 30-253
30.5.1 - Changing the transmission oil (D0.00.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-253
VI
CONTENTS
30.5.2 - Range selector assembly (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-254
30.5.3 - Disassembly of the range selector (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-255
30.5.4 - Separation of housing from transmission (D0.02.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-257
30.5.5 - Shuttle assembly - complete unit (D0.03.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-261
30.5.6 - Disassembly of the shuttle unit (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-263
30.5.7 - Disassembly of the cover unit (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-266
30.5.8 - Disassembly of the forward drive clutch assembly (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-268
30.5.9 - Disassembly of the reverse drive clutch assembly (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-272
30.5.10 - Gearbox and Hi-Lo assembly (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-277
30.5.11 - Disassembly of the Hi-Lo unit (D0.04.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-278
30.5.12 - Disassembly of the planet carrier (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-284
30.5.13 - Disassembly of the Hi range clutch housing (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-286
30.5.14 - Hi-Lo unit output shaft disassembly procedure (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-295
30.5.15 - Disassembly of the gearbox input shaft (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-296
30.5.16 - Torsional spring plate (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-299
30.5.17 - Disassembly of the primary shaft - Version with Hi-Lo (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-300
30.5.18 - Secondary shaft - Version with Hi-Lo (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-301
30.5.19 - Disassembly of the secondary shaft - Version with Hi-Lo (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-305
30.5.20 - Range gearbox and differential assembly - complete assembly (AGROFARM 430 ->
1001) 30-308
30.5.21 - Complete gearbox assembly - Version with Hi-Lo (D0.09.04) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)30-308
30.5.22 - Adjustment of the differential - Bevel gear pair (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-310
30.5.23 - Disassembly of the rear pinion (D0.11.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-317
30.5.24 - Disassembly of the 4WD output shaft (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-322
30.5.25 - PTO clutch. (D0.12.02) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-324
30.5.26 - Disassembly of the PTO clutch (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-328
30.5.27 - Pump drive PTO - Outer gear (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-332
30.5.28 - Pump drive PTO - Inner gear (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-334
30.5.29 - PTO output shaft - 4 speed version (D0.14.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-336
30.5.30 - Disassembly of the PTO output shaft - 4 speed version (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-340
30.5.31 - Disassembly of the Groundspeed PTO output shaft (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-344
30.5.32 - Disassembly of the Groundspeed PTO engagement device (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)30-346
30.5.33 - Disassembly of the 4WD engagement device - Easyshift (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-347
30.6 - E0 - Rear axle 30-350
30.6.1 - Right-hand rear axle (E0.02.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-350
30.6.2 - Disassembly of LH/RH rear axle (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-352
30.6.3 - Left-hand rear axle (E0.02.02) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-356
30.6.4 - Disassembly of the planet carrier (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-357
30.6.5 - Rear differential (E0.02.07) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-358
30.6.6 - Disassembly of the rear differential (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-360
30.6.7 - Park Brake assembly 30-363
30.6.8 - Park Brake unit disassembly 30-365
30.7 - F0 - Front axle 30-369
30.7.1 - Separation of front support from engine (F0.01.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-369
30.7.2 - Front support (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-372
30.7.3 - 4WD front axle (F0.03.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-374
30.7.4 - Adjusting the front axle end float (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-376
30.7.5 - Steering cylinders (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-378
VII
CONTENTS
30.7.6 - Steering cylinders disassembly (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-380
30.7.7 - Steering knuckle housing and half-shaft (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-383
30.7.8 - Adjustment of steering knuckle housing and axle shaft (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-388
30.7.9 - Differential unit (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-390
30.7.10 - Differential disassembly (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-392
30.7.11 - Differential unit adjustment (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-394
30.7.12 - Bevel gear pair (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-397
30.7.13 - Adjustment of the bevel gear pair (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-401
30.7.14 - Disassembly of the differential (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-409
30.7.15 - 4WD shaft (F0.04.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-411
30.7.16 - Planetary reduction gear (F0.06.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-413
30.7.17 - Disassembly of the planetary reduction gear (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-414
30.7.18 - Front brake discs (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-420
30.7.19 - Front axle brake piston (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-420
30.8 - G0 - Bodywork - Cab - Platform 30-422
30.8.1 - Cab (G0.03.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-422
30.8.2 - Front hood and side panels (G0.01.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-428
30.8.3 - Battery support (G0.01.04) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-429
30.8.4 - Cab access steps (G0.03.03) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-431
30.8.5 - Fenders (G0.04.01) 30-431
30.8.6 - Right-hand console (G0.06.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-432
30.8.7 - Left-hand console (G0.06.02) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-433
30.8.8 - Front instrument panel (G0.06.04) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-434
30.8.9 - Roof lining - Version with high visibility cab (G0.06.07) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-437
30.8.10 - Heating fan - Version with high visibility cab (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-438
30.8.11 - Air conditioning system controls - High-visibility roof system (G0.09.01) (AGROFARM
430 -> 1001) 30-439
30.8.12 - Air conditioning system - Standard roof version (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-442
30.8.13 - Heating and air conditioning unit - Version with high visibility cab (G0.09.03)
(AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-444
30.8.14 - Heating control cable (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-446
30.8.15 - Condenser - Version with high-visibility roof (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-447
30.8.16 - Receiver drier - Version with high visibility roof (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-448
30.8.17 - Conditioner evaporator - Version with standard roof (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-449
30.8.18 - Air-conditioning evaporator - Version with high-visibility roof (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-450
30.8.19 - Heating valve - Version with high visibility cab (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-450
30.8.20 - Heater matrix - Version with high-visibility roof (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-451
30.8.21 - Heating radiator - Version with standard roof (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-451
30.8.22 - Heating and air conditioning unit fan - Version with standard roof (AGROFARM 430 ->
1001)30-453
30.8.23 - Expansion valve - Version with high visibility roof (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-454
30.8.24 - Expansion valve - Version with standard roof (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-455
30.8.25 - Antifreeze sensor - Version with high visibility roof (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-455
30.8.26 - Condenser cooling fans - Version with high-visibility roof (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-456
30.8.27 - Condenser fan control pressure switch - Version with high visibility roof (AGROFARM
430 -> 1001) 30-457
30.8.28 - Air conditioning temperature control thermostat - Version with standard roof
(AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-457
VIII
CONTENTS
30.8.29 - Remote valve control cables (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-458
30.8.30 - Adjustment of the control levers (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-458
30.9 - H0 - Hydraulic system 30-463
30.9.1 - Pump for hydraulic lift and auxiliary services (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-463
30.9.2 - Power steering valve (H0.02.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-464
30.9.3 - Power steering disassembly (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-466
30.9.4 - Pressure relief valve setting (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-478
30.9.5 - Power steering pump (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-478
30.9.6 - Gearbox oil cooler (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-480
30.9.7 - Rear remote control valve (H0.07.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-481
30.9.8 - Bleeding the braking circuit (E0.03.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-483
30.9.9 - Parking brake control valve (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-484
30.9.10 - Braking distributor valve (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-486
30.9.11 - Services solenoid valve assembly (H0.10.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-486
30.9.12 - Pressure reduction and holding valve disassembly (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-489
30.9.13 - Shuttle solenoid valves assembly 30-490
30.10 - L0 - Electrical system 30-492
30.10.1 - Lateral battery (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-492
30.10.2 - Alternator (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-493
30.10.3 - Clutch pedal potentiometer (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-494
30.10.4 - Shuttle output speed sensor (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-495
30.10.5 - Accelerator pedal position sensor (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-497
30.10.6 - Hand throttle position sensor (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-497
30.10.7 - Steering column switch (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-498
30.10.8 - Shuttle ECU and forward/reverse selector (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-499
30.11 - M0 - Front PTO 30-501
30.11.1 - Front PTO 30-501
30.11.2 - PTO assembly. 30-504
30.11.3 - Pump assembly 30-513
30.11.4 - Front PTO oil cooler 30-514
30.11.5 - Clutch-brake assembly 30-515
30.11.6 - Solenoid valve assembly 30-520
30.12 - N0 - Front lift 30-521
30.12.1 - Front lift 30-521
30.12.2 - Disassembly of front lift cylinders 30-523
30.13 - R0 - Rear lift 30-526
30.13.1 - Lift - Complete assembly (R0.02.03) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-526
30.13.2 - Disassembly of the lift- complete assembly (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-529
30.13.3 - Lift cylinder (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-533
30.13.4 - Bushes (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-534
30.13.5 - Auxiliary lift cylinders (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-535
30.13.6 - Disassembly of the lift control valve (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-536
30.13.7 - Mechanical draft sensor (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-541
30.13.8 - Mechanical draft sensor disassembly (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-542
30.13.9 - 3-point linkage (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-543
30.14 - S0 - Wheels 30-546
30.14.1 - Front wheels 30-546
IX
CONTENTS
30.14.2 - Rear wheels 30-546
30.15 - V0 - Ballast - towing hitches 30-548
30.15.1 - Towing hitch slide (V0.02.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 30-548
40 - Wiring diagrams
40.1 - Introduction 40-2
40.1.1 - Introduction 40-2
40.1.2 - Basic electronics for mechanics (1/2) 40-4
40.1.3 - Basic electronics for mechanics (2/2) 40-7
40.1.4 - Electrical and electronic components (1/2) 40-13
40.1.5 - Electrical and electronic components (2/2) 40-21
40.2 - Components 40-26
40.2.1 - A - Starting and charging (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001, AGROFARM 420 -> 20001,
AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-26
AGROFARM 430 -> 5001) 40-26
40.2.3 - B - Fuses (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001, AGROFARM 420 -> 20001, AGROFARM 430 ->
1001)40-27
40.2.4 - B - Fuses (AGROFARM 410 -> 16001) 40-35
40.2.5 - B - Fuses (AGROFARM 420 -> 16001, AGROFARM 430 -> 5001) 40-47
40.2.6 - C - Earths (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001, AGROFARM 420 -> 20001, AGROFARM 430 ->
1001) 40-58
40.2.7 - C - Earths (AGROFARM 410 -> 16001) 40-61
40.2.8 - C - Earths (AGROFARM 420 -> 16001, AGROFARM 430 -> 5001) 40-65
40.2.9 - D - Intermediate connections (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001, AGROFARM 420 -> 20001,
AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-69
40.2.10 - D - Intermediate connections (AGROFARM 410 -> 16001) 40-81
40.2.11 - D - Intermediate connections (AGROFARM 420 -> 16001, AGROFARM 430 -> 5001) 40-96
40.2.12 - E - On-board instruments and visual and audible indicators (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001,
40.2.13 - E - On-board instruments and visual and audible indicators (AGROFARM 410 -> 16001)40-113
40.2.14 - E - On-board instruments and visual and audible indicators (AGROFARM 420 -> 16001,
AGROFARM 430 -> 5001) 40-115
40.2.15 - F - External lights (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001, AGROFARM 420 -> 20001, AGROFARM
430 -> 1001) 40-117
40.2.16 - F - External lights (AGROFARM 410 -> 16001, AGROFARM 420 -> 16001, AGROFARM
430 -> 5001) 40-118
40.2.17 - G - Interior lights (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001, AGROFARM 420 -> 20001, AGROFARM
430 -> 1001) 40-121
40.2.18 - G - Interior lights (AGROFARM 410 -> 16001, AGROFARM 420 -> 16001, AGROFARM
430 -> 5001) 40-121
40.2.19 - H - Electrical and manual controls (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001, AGROFARM 420 ->
20001, AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-122
40.2.20 - H - Electrical and manual controls (AGROFARM 410 -> 16001, AGROFARM 420 ->
16001, AGROFARM 430 -> 5001) 40-122
40.2.21 - I - Switches (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001, AGROFARM 420 -> 20001, AGROFARM 430
-> 1001) 40-122
40.2.22 - I - Circuit breakers (AGROFARM 410 -> 16001) 40-130
X
CONTENTS
40.2.23 - I - Circuit breakers (AGROFARM 420 -> 16001, AGROFARM 430 -> 5001) 40-140
40.2.24 - J - Relays (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001, AGROFARM 420 -> 20001, AGROFARM 430 ->
1001)40-150
40.2.25 - J - Relays (AGROFARM 410 -> 16001, AGROFARM 420 -> 16001, AGROFARM 430 ->
5001)40-153
40.2.26 - K - Sensors and transmitters (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001, AGROFARM 420 -> 20001,
AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-157
40.2.27 - K - Sensors and senders (AGROFARM 420 -> 16001, AGROFARM 430 -> 5001) 40-160
40.2.28 - K - Sensors and transmitters (AGROFARM 410 -> 16001) 40-162
40.2.29 - L - Electromagnets and solenoid valves (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001, AGROFARM 420
-> 20001, AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-165
40.2.30 - L - Electromagnets and solenoid valves (AGROFARM 410 -> 16001, AGROFARM 420
-> 16001, AGROFARM 430 -> 5001) 40-165
40.2.31 - M - Electrical/electronic devices, flasher units and timers (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001,
40.2.32 - M - Electrical/electronic devices, flasher units and timers (AGROFARM 410 -> 16001) 40-166
40.2.33 - M - Electrical/electronic devices, flasher units and timers (AGROFARM 420 -> 16001,
AGROFARM 430 -> 5001) 40-167
40.2.34 - N - Electric motors and actuators (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001, AGROFARM 420 ->
20001, AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-168
40.2.35 - N - Electric motors and actuators (AGROFARM 410 -> 16001) 40-168
40.2.36 - N - Electric motors and actuators (AGROFARM 420 -> 16001, AGROFARM 430 -> 5001)
40-169
40.2.37 - O - Resistors and rheostats (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001, AGROFARM 420 -> 20001,
AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-169
40.2.38 - O - Resistors and rheostats (AGROFARM 410 -> 16001, AGROFARM 420 -> 16001,
AGROFARM 430 -> 5001) 40-170
40.2.39 - P - Various services (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001, AGROFARM 420 -> 20001,
AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-170
AGROFARM 430 -> 5001) 40-171
40.2.41 - R - Diagnostics (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001, AGROFARM 420 -> 20001, AGROFARM
430 -> 1001) 40-173
40.2.42 - R - Diagnostics (AGROFARM 410 -> 16001, AGROFARM 420 -> 16001, AGROFARM
430 -> 5001) 40-173
40.2.43 - T - Power supply points (+15 o +30) (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001, AGROFARM 420 ->
20001, AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-173
40.2.44 - T - Power supply points (+15 o +30) (AGROFARM 410 -> 16001, AGROFARM 420 ->
16001, AGROFARM 430 -> 5001) 40-174
40.3 - Systems 40-175
40.3.1 - S001 - Starting and preheating (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001, AGROFARM 420 -> 20001,
AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-175
40.3.2 - S001A - Starting and preheating - Version with analog instrument panel (AGROFARM 410
-> 16001, AGROFARM 420 -> 16001, AGROFARM 430 -> 5001) 40-203
40.3.3 - S001D - Starting and preheating - Version with digital instrument panel (AGROFARM 410
40.3.4 - S002 - Electronic engine governor (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001, AGROFARM 420 ->
20001, AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-254
XI
CONTENTS
40.3.5 - S002A - Electronic engine governor - Version with analog instrument panel (AGROFARM
410 -> 16001) 40-262
40.3.6 - S002D - Electronic engine governor - Version with digital instrument panel (AGROFARM
410 -> 16001) 40-269
40.3.7 - S002A - Electronic engine governor - Version with analog instrument panel (AGROFARM
420 -> 16001, AGROFARM 430 -> 5001) 40-276
40.3.8 - S002D - Electronic engine governor - Version with digital instrument panel (AGROFARM
420 -> 16001, AGROFARM 430 -> 5001) 40-283
40.3.9 - S003 - Diagnostics and accessories - Version with standard cab (AGROFARM 410 ->
40.3.10 - S003A - Accessories and diagnostics - Version with analog instrument panel
(AGROFARM 410 -> 16001, AGROFARM 420 -> 16001, AGROFARM 430 -> 5001) 40-305
40.3.11 - S003D - Accessories and diagnostics - Version with standard cab - Version with digital
instrument panel (AGROFARM 410 -> 16001, AGROFARM 420 -> 16001, AGROFARM
430 -> 5001) 40-315
40.3.12 - S004 - Diagnostics and accessories - Version with high-visibility cab (AGROFARM 410
40.3.13 - S004A - Accessories and diagnostics - Version with high-visibility cab - Version with
analog instrument panel (AGROFARM 410 -> 16001, AGROFARM 420 -> 16001,
AGROFARM 430 -> 5001) 40-343
40.3.14 - S004D - Accessories and diagnostics - Version with high-visibility cab - Version
with digital instrument panel (AGROFARM 410 -> 16001, AGROFARM 420 -> 16001,
AGROFARM 430 -> 5001) 40-355
40.3.15 - S005 - Instrument panel (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001, AGROFARM 420 -> 20001,
AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-370
40.3.16 - S005A - Instrument panel - Version with analog instrument panel (AGROFARM 410 ->
40.3.17 - S005D - Instrument panel - Version with digital instrument panel (AGROFARM 410 ->
40.3.18 - S006 - Work lights - Version with standard cab without front lift (AGROFARM 410 ->
40.3.19 - S006A - Work lights - Version with standard cab without front lift - Version with analog
430 -> 5001) 40-427
40.3.20 - S006D - Work lights - Version with standard cab without front lift - Version with digital
430 -> 5001) 40-435
40.3.21 - S007 - Work lights - Version with standard cab with front lift (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001,
40.3.22 - S007A - Work lights - Version with standard cab with front lift - Version with analog
430 -> 5001) 40-454
40.3.23 - S007D - Work lights - Version with standard cab with front lift - Version with digital
430 -> 5001) 40-462
40.3.24 - S008 - Work lights - Version with high-visibility cab without front lift (AGROFARM 410 ->
40.3.25 - S008A - Work lights - Version with high-visibility cab without front lift - Version with front
XII
CONTENTS
430 -> 5001) 40-485
40.3.26 - S008D - Work lights - Version with high-visibility cab without front lift - Version with digital
430 -> 5001) 40-498
40.3.27 - S009 - Work lights - Version with high-visibility cab with front lift (AGROFARM 410 ->
40.3.28 - S009A - Work lights - Version with high-visibility cab with front lift - Version with analog
430 -> 5001) 40-522
40.3.29 - S009D - Work lights - Version with high-visibility cab with front lift - Version with digital
430 -> 5001) 40-530
40.3.30 - S010 - Heating - Version with standard cab (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001, AGROFARM
420 -> 20001, AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-537
40.3.31 - S010A - Heating - Version with standard cab - Version with digital instrument panel
40.3.32 - S010D - Heating - Version with standard cab - Version with digital instrument panel
40.3.33 - S011 - Heating - Version with high-visibility cab (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001,
40.3.34 - S011A - Heating - Version with high-visibility cab - Version with digital instrument panel
40.3.35 - S011DA - Heating - Version with high-visibility cab - Version with digital instrument panel
40.3.36 - S012 - Manual climate control - Version with standard cab (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001,
40.3.37 - S012A - Heating - Version with standard cab - Version with digital instrument panel
40.3.38 - S012D - Manual climate control - Version with standard cab - Version with digital
430 -> 5001) 40-623
40.3.39 - S013 - Manual climate control - Version with standard cab (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001,
40.3.40 - S013A - Manual climate control - Version with standard cab - Version with digital
430 -> 5001) 40-658
40.3.41 - S013D - Manual climate control - Version with standard cab - Version with digital
430 -> 5001) 40-677
40.3.42 - S014 - Manual climate control - Version with high-visibility cab (AGROFARM 410 ->
40.3.43 - S014A - Manual climate control - Version with high-visibility cab - Version with digital
430 -> 5001) 40-715
40.3.44 - S014D - Manual climate control - Version with high-visibility cab - Version with digital
430 -> 5001) 40-733
XIII
CONTENTS
40.3.45 - S015 - Steering column lights switch - Version with cab without front lift (AGROFARM
410 -> 20001, AGROFARM 420 -> 20001, AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-751
40.3.46 - S015A - Steering column lights switch - Version with cab without front lift - Version
with analog instrument panel (AGROFARM 410 -> 16001, AGROFARM 420 -> 16001,
AGROFARM 430 -> 5001) 40-761
40.3.47 - S015D - Steering column lights switch - Version with cab without front lift - Version
AGROFARM 430 -> 5001) 40-774
40.3.48 - S016 - Steering column lights switch – Version with cab with front lift (AGROFARM 410
40.3.49 - S016A - Steering column lights switch - Version with cab without front lift - Version
with analog instrument panel (AGROFARM 410 -> 16001, AGROFARM 420 -> 16001,
AGROFARM 430 -> 5001) 40-800
40.3.50 - S016D - Steering column lights switch - Version with cab with front lift - Version
AGROFARM 430 -> 5001) 40-813
40.3.51 - S017 - +30 Positives (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001, AGROFARM 420 -> 20001,
AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-825
40.3.52 - S017A - +30 Positives - Version with analog instrument panel (AGROFARM 410 ->
40.3.53 - S017A - +30 Positives - Version with digital instrument panel (AGROFARM 410 ->
AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-850
40.3.55 - S018A - +15 Positives - Version with digital instrument panel (AGROFARM 410 ->
40.3.56 - S018D - +15 Positives - Version with digital instrument panel (AGROFARM 410 ->
40.3.57 - S019 - Windscreen wipers - Version with standard cab (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001,
40.3.58 - S019AD - Windscreen wipers - Version with standard cab - Version with digital
430 -> 5001) 40-868
40.3.59 - S019D - Windscreen wipers - Version with standard cab - Version with digital instrument
panel (AGROFARM 410 -> 16001, AGROFARM 420 -> 16001, AGROFARM 430 -> 5001)40-876
40.3.60 - S020 - Windscreen wipers - Version with high-visibility cab (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001,
40.3.61 - S020A - Windscreen wipers - Version with high-visibility cab - Version with digital
430 -> 5001) 40-896
40.3.62 - S020D - Windscreen wipers - Version with high-visibility cab - Version with digital
430 -> 5001) 40-908
40.3.63 - S021 - Transmission (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001, AGROFARM 420 -> 20001,
AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-920
40.3.64 - S021A - Transmission - Version with analog instrument panel (AGROFARM 410 ->
40.3.65 - S021D - Transmission - Version with digital instrument panel (AGROFARM 410 ->
XIV
CONTENTS
40.3.66 - S022 - PTO (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001, AGROFARM 420 -> 20001, AGROFARM 430
-> 1001) 40-953
40.3.67 - S022A - PTO - Version with analog instrument panel (AGROFARM 410 -> 16001,
40.3.68 - S022D - PTO - Version with digital instrument panel (AGROFARM 410 -> 16001,
40.3.69 - S023 - Can Bus (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001, AGROFARM 420 -> 20001, AGROFARM
430 -> 1001) 40-989
40.3.70 - S023A - Can bus - Version with analog instrument panel (AGROFARM 410 -> 16001,
40.3.71 - S023D - Can bus - Version with digital instrument panel (AGROFARM 410 -> 16001,
40.3.72 - S024 - Brakes (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001, AGROFARM 420 -> 20001, AGROFARM
430 -> 1001) 40-1002
40.3.73 - S024A - Brakes - Version with analog instrument panel (AGROFARM 410 -> 16001,
40.3.74 - S024D - Brakes - Version with digital instrument panel (AGROFARM 410 -> 16001,
40.3.75 - S025 - Negatives (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001, AGROFARM 420 -> 20001, AGROFARM
430 -> 1001) 40-1043
40.3.76 - S025A - Negatives - Version with analog instrument panel (AGROFARM 410 -> 16001,
40.3.77 - S025D - Negatives - Version with digital instrument panel (AGROFARM 410 -> 16001,
40.3.78 - S026 - Steering column lights switch – Version with cab without front lift (U.S.A.)
40.3.79 - S026D - Steering column lights switch – Version with cab without front lift (U.S.A.)
40.3.80 - S027 - Steering column lights switch – Version with cab with front lift (U.S.A.)
40.3.81 - S027D - Steering column lights switch – Version with cab with front lift (U.S.A.)
40.3.82 - S028 - PTO (U.S.A.) (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001, AGROFARM 420 -> 20001,
AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-1107
40.3.83 - S028D - PTO (U.S.A.) - Version with digital instrument panel (AGROFARM 410 ->
40.3.84 - S029 - Brakes (U.S.A.) (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001, AGROFARM 420 -> 20001,
AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-1136
40.3.85 - S029D - Brakes (U.S.A.) - Version with digital instrument panel (AGROFARM 410 ->
40.4 - Wiring harnesses 40-1163
40.4.1 - 0.008.0913.3 - Front PTO 40-1163
40.4.2 - 0.009.7853.3/20 - Air conditioning condenser fan - Version with standard cab 40-1163
40.4.3 - 0.010.2147.2 - Heating - Version with standard cab 40-1165
40.4.4 - 0.010.2153.2 - Air conditioning - Version with standard cab 40-1166
40.4.5 - 0.010.4516.3 - Windscreen wiper - Version with standard cab 40-1169
40.4.6 - 0.011.3597.3 - Windscreen wiper - Version with high-visibility cab 40-1170
XV
CONTENTS
40.4.7 - 0.013.4909.4 - Rear lights (U.S.A.) 40-1171
40.4.8 - 0.013.6327.4 - LH rotating beacon 40-1173
40.4.9 - 0.013.6327.4 - RH rotating beacon 40-1173
40.4.10 - 0.013.4085.4/20 - RH work lights on hood (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001, AGROFARM 420
-> 20001, AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-1174
40.4.11 - 0.013.4085.4/20 - LH work lights on hood (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001, AGROFARM 420
-> 20001, AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-1175
40.4.12 - 0.014.1645.4/10 - Compressed air pressure sensor 40-1175
40.4.13 - 0.014.3927.4/40 - LH auxiliary work lights - Version with high-visibility cab 40-1176
40.4.14 - 0.014.3927.4/40 - RH auxiliary work lights - Version with high-visibility cab 40-1176
40.4.15 - 0.014.8666.4/30 - Hood lights (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001, AGROFARM 420 -> 20001,
AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-1177
40.4.16 - 0.014.9195.4/20 - Preheating 40-1179
40.4.17 - 0.015.1418.4/30 - Cab shuttle (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001, AGROFARM 420 -> 20001,
AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-1180
40.4.18 - 0.015.1435.4/20 - RH auxiliary work lights - Version with standard cab (AGROFARM 410
40.4.19 - 0.015.1435.4/20 - LH auxiliary work lights - Version with standard cab (AGROFARM 410
40.4.20 - 0.015.1983.4/10 - Power supplies 1 40-1183
40.4.21 - 0.015.1983.4/10 - Power supplies 2 40-1184
40.4.22 - 0.015.1983.4/10 - Power supplies 3 40-1185
40.4.23 - 0.015.1998.4/10 - Drivetrain shuttle (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001, AGROFARM 420 ->
20001, AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-1186
40.4.24 - 0.015.6123.4 - Rear wiper - Version with standard cab (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001,
40.4.25 - 0.015.6272.4/40 - Cab roof - Version with high-visibility cab 40-1188
40.4.26 - 0.015.7021.4/70 - Central - Version with digital instrument panel (AGROFARM 410 ->
40.4.27 - 0.015.7021.4/70 - Central wiring (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001, AGROFARM 420 ->
20001, AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-1193
40.4.28 - 0.015.7023.4/50 - Driveline - Version with digital instrument panel (AGROFARM 410 ->
40.4.29 - 0.015.7023.4/50 - Drivetrain (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001, AGROFARM 420 -> 20001,
AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-1198
40.4.30 - 0.015.7266.4/40 - Air conditioning condenser fan - Version with high-visibility cab () 40-1200
40.4.31 - 0.015.7266.4/40 - Air conditioning condenser fan - Version with standard cab () 40-1201
40.4.32 - 0.015.7309.4 - Hood lights (AGROFARM 410 -> 16001, AGROFARM 420 -> 16001,
AGROFARM 430 -> 5001) 40-1203
40.4.33 - 0.016.0373.4/30 - Cab power supply 40-1204
40.4.34 - 0.016.0484.4/60 - Central (U.S.A.) 40-1205
40.4.35 - 0.016.0664.4 - Front lights 40-1209
40.4.36 - 0.016.0865.4/10 - Cab roof - Version with standard cab (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001,
40.4.37 - 0.016.0865.4/10 - Cab roof - Version with standard cab (AGROFARM 410 -> 16001,
40.4.38 - 0.016.0866.4/10 - Front-rear work lights - Version with standard cab 40-1215
40.4.39 - 0.016.1001.4/20 - Hydraulic trailer braking valve (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001,
XVI
CONTENTS
40.4.40 - 0.016.1999.4/10 - Driveline - Version with analog instrument panel (AGROFARM 410 ->
40.4.41 - 0.016.2000.4/20 - Engine - Version with front battery 40-1218
40.4.42 - 0.016.2001.4/10 - Engine - Version with lateral battery 40-1221
40.4.43 - 0.016.2002.4/60 - Central - Version with analog instrument panel (AGROFARM 410 ->
40.4.44 - 0.017.0473.4 - Battery negative 40-1225
40.4.45 - 0.017.0474.4 - Battery positive 40-1226
40.4.46 - 0.017.1063.4 - Cab earth 40-1226
40.4.47 - 0.018.5825.4 - Cab roof - Version with standard cab (AGROFARM 410 -> 16001,
40.4.48 - 0.018.5825.4 - Cab roof - Version with standard cab (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001,
40.4.49 - 04214707 - Engine (AGROFARM 410 -> 16001) 40-1231
40.4.50 - 04215655 - Engine (AGROFARM 420 -> 16001, AGROFARM 430 -> 5001) 40-1232
40.4.51 - 04215655 - Engine (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001, AGROFARM 420 -> 20001,
AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) 40-1233
40.4.52 - 04411923.4 - RH lower headlights 40-1234
40.4.53 - 04411923.4 - LH lower headlights 40-1235
XVII
CONTENTS
PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK
XVIII
0 - Introduction
0-1
Introduction
0.1 - Introduction ()
The purpose of this workshop manual is to provide instruction for repair technicians and a practical guide to improving the quality
of repairs. This manual enables repair technicians to acquire a thorough knowledge of the machine, indicating the correct methods
for fault diagnosis, for working in safety and for accurate dimensional checks and visual inspections. The instructions also indicate
the products to use, the tightening torques and the adjustment data. The technical material contained in this manual is reserved to
Authorised Dealers and Service Centres who will be duly informed of any technical changes to the machines in question through the
issue of documents regarding modifications, updates and supplements for optional equipment. All technicians and their colleagues
are expressly forbidden from reproducing any part of this manual in any form or from communicating the contents to third parties
without the express written permission of the Manufacturer, who remains the sole owner of this document with all rights reserved in
accordance with applicable laws.
0.1.1 - Safety notes
To ensure that machines entrusted to Authorised Service Centres for repair or overhaul continue to function correctly, it is very impor-
tant that all repair work is carried out in the prescribed manner. The procedures for checks and repairs indicated in this manual are
safe and effective. Some of the operations described require the use of special tools and equipment; these tools have been specifally
designed for the intended purpose and may be ordered directly from the Manufacturers. DO NOT USE MAKESHIFT TOOLS; not
only is there a risk of personal injury, but such tools are rarely suited to the purpose for which they are used. In potentially hazardous
situations, always give priority to personal safety and take the necessary actions to eliminate the danger
0.1.2 - General safety rules
l Even if you have a thorough knowledge of the machine as regards its components, operation and controls, always take spe-
cial care when carrying out the following operations; Remember that the machine you are working on is in need of repair or
overhaul and consequently may not always behave as expected.
l Before starting work, clean the tractor thoroughly to remove all mud, dust and road dirt. Also clean the cab to remove all traces
of oil, snow and ice from the access steps and grab rails.
l When climbing up to or down from the cab, always ensure you maintain three points of contact at a time (foot or handholds)
in order to keep your balance and prevent accidental falls.
l Always take special care when carrying out fault diagnosis operations; these operations often require two persons, who must
never stand in front of the wheels when the engine is running.
l When carrying out checks and repairs, wear close-fitting clothing, safety goggles and protective gloves that are suitable for
the task (cleaning, draining fluids, repairs). When working near moving parts, long hair should be gathered up and tied back
safely under a cap to prevent the risk of entanglement and severe injury.
l Do not allow anyone who is not directly involved in the work to come near the tractor; ensure that they remain at a safe dis-
tance.
l Keep well clear of moving parts; when the engine is running, some moving parts are not easily visible and therefore present a
risk of entanglement, even if protected by safety guards.
l Ensure that the area is well ventilated before starting the engine in order to avoid the formation of dangerous concentrations
of toxic gases; always connect suitable fume extraction equipment to the exhaust pipe.
l Do not start the engine with the safety guards removed under any circumstances; all repair and adjustment operations must
be carried out with the engine stopped.
l Do not top up fuel, oil or coolant levels when the engine is running.
l Never smoke and ensure there are no naked flames nearby when topping up fuel or oil. Always remove the battery from the
machine before recharging.
l Before checking or removing the battery, stop the engine and remove the key from the starter switch.
l Remove the battery and recharge in a well-ventilated area where the temperature exceeds 0°C.
l When checking or recharging the battery, do not smoke or allow naked flames in the vicinity as the hydrogen gas given off by
the battery is highly explosive.
l The liquid (electrolyte) contained in the battery is very harmful if it comes into contact with the skin and the eyes; for this rea-
son, always wear gloves and safety goggles with side shields when checking or topping up the battery. Should any electrolyte
accidentally come into contact with your skin, wash the affected areas immediately with plenty of fresh water; if electrolyte
comes into contact with your clothing, this should be removed as soon as possible. In case of accidental ingestion of electro-
lyte, drink copious amounts of water, milk or vegetable oil and take antacids such as magnesium, bicarbonate, etc. and seek
medical attention immediately.
l Before working on the electrical systems, always disconnect the battery terminals.
0-2
Introduction
DANGER
Always disconnect the negative lead (--) before the positive lead (+); when re-connecting the battery on completion of
the work, first connect the positive terminal (+) and then the negative (--).
l Before carrying out any arc welding (permitted only on implements attached to the machine) always disconnect the battery
terminals and unplug all the connectors of the electronic control units and the alternator.
l When topping up lubricants, always wear suitable protective gloves.
l Do not wear clothing contaminated by engine or hydraulic oil; prolonged contact with the skin can be harmful and may cause
allergic reactions.
l Used engine oil and hydraulic oil must be disposed of properly; recover used lubricants and dispose of them in accordance
with the applicable regulations.
l Before carrying out any work on the hydraulic or pneumatic systems, discharge all residual pressure from the circuits.
l Before carrying out any work on the hydraulic system or engine, allow the oil and engine coolant to cool down.
l When removing and refitting certain assemblies, it will be necessary to support the tractor; use stands, jacks or blocks capable
of supporting the weight and arrange them in a triangular pattern to prevent the machine from overturning.
l To lift heavy components, use a hoist or crane. Check that wire ropes, chains or fibre slings are not worn and that hooks are
not damaged.
l Always use lifting equipment of suitable capacity for the weight of the components to be removed. Ensure lifting equipment is
attached correctly.
l When lifting or supporting an assembly or component, manoeuvre the parts slowly and carefully to avoid swinging movements
or collision with other components.
l Never work on components suspended from a hoist or crane.
l When removing the retaining bolts of a component that could fall, always leave two opposing bolts in place for safety; before
removing these last two bolts, attach the component to suitable lifting equipment or position support blocks.
l Any oil or fuel spilled during removal or dismantling operations should be cleaned up as soon as possible to prevent the risk
of slipping and fire.
l When refitting electrical wiring looms and wires, ensure that they are properly secured with their original retaining straps or
brackets to prevent the possibility of damage caused by vibration.
l Never insert your fingers or hands to check the alignment between fixing holes in components; always use a suitable dowel
of soft material.
l When refitting assemblies or components, always use the specified tightening torques; the tightening torques indicated in the
paragraphs regarding assembly/refitting operations have been determined through experimentation and must be scrupulously
adhered to.
l When refitting parts that are subject to vibration or that rotate at high speed, take particular care when carrying out final instal-
lation checks.
0.1.3 - Safety precautions for removal and refitting operations

When removing or refitting parts, always take the following safety precautions.
Precautions for removal operations
l Unless otherwise indicated, lower the lifting equipment until it the component or assembly rests on the ground.
l After disconnecting hydraulic and fuel system pipes, always fit plugs to the open ends of the pipes to prevent ingress of dirt.
l Before removing a cylinder, fully retract the piston and secure it in this position using a retaining strap.
l Use containers of sufficient capacity when draining oil, coolant or fuel.
l Before removing a part from the machine, check for alignment markings indicating the correct assembly position. If necessary,
make new markings to ensure correct assembly.
l When unplugging electrical connectors, always grip the connectors firmly to avoid pulling on the wires.
l Where necessary, label wires and pipes before removal to avoid confusion when reconnecting.
l Check the number and thickness of any shims removed and keep them together in a safe place.
l To lift the tractor or any of its main components, use lifting equipment of suitable capacity.
l When using eyebolts for lifting components, first check that they are not deformed or damaged; screw them fully home and
then turn the bolt so that the eye is aligned with the lifting hook.
l Before removing a part, clean the surrounding area and, after removing the part, cover it to protect it from dirt and dust.
0-3
Introduction
Precautions for refitting operations
l Tighten nuts and screws to the specified tightening torques.
l When refitting flexible pipes and cables, take care not to twist or tangle them.
l Always fit new seals, O-rings, split pins and safety stop rings; make sure that the ends of the cotter pins are separated and
bent back so that the pin cannot be withdrawn from the hole.
l Ensure that circlips are correctly installed in their seatings.
l When applying threadlocking compound, first clean the part to remove all oil and grease, then cover the thread evenly apply-
ing a few drops of the compound.
l When applying sealant, first clean the surface removing all traces of oil and grease and check for dirt or indentations, then
apply the sealant evenly making sure that it forms a continuous film around any fixing holes.
l Clean all parts, removing dirt, oxidisation, carbon deposits, burrs and indentations.
l Coat all moving parts with a thin film of engine oil.
l When reconnecting electrical wiring connectors, first remove all traces of oil, dust and water from the inside of the connector
and then push the two halves together firmly; connectors with locking tabs should be pushed together until the tab engages
the keeper.
l Bolt down flanged fittings evenly, tightening the screws gradually in a crosswise pattern.
Precautions to be taken on completion of removal/refitting operations
l If coolant has been drained from the engine, refit the drain plug and pour in new coolant to the correct level. Start the engine
to circulate the coolant and then check the level again and top up.
l After removing hydraulic components, top up the hydraulic oil to the specified level. Start the engine to circulate the oil in the
hydraulic circuits and then recheck the level and top up as necessary.
l After having removed a variable displacement pump, connect the drain pipe and fill the pump casing with oil through the filler
hole provided.
l Grease stub axle housings, cylinder pivot mountings and drive shafts thoroughly after assembly.
0.1.4 - Lifting instructions

DANGER
Components weighing over 25 kg or of significant size must be supported and removed using suitable lifting equip-
ment with wire rope or polyester slings.
Wire ropes - slings

l Use wire ropes or polyester slings of suitable capacity for the parts to be lifted, referring to the following tables:
Table 1
WIRE ROPES (standard twisted “S” or “Z” type) POLYESTER SLINGS (eye-and-eye - simple loop)
Ø rope mm Capacity (kg) Width (mm) Capacity (kg)
8 650 620 500 25 500 400 860 700

10 1000 1740 1420 50 1000 800 1730 1410
12 1450 2500 2050 62 1250 1000 2160 1760
14 2000 3460 2820 75 1400 1120 2420 1980
16 2600 4500 3670 100 2000 1600 3460 2820
18 3300 5710 4660 150 2500 2000 4330 3530
Lifting capacities are calculated with a safety coefficient.
l The lifting hook should be attached to the central part of the rope or sling; if the hook is attached near the ends of the rope/
sling, this could cause the load to slip during lifting.
l Never lift a heavy load using a single rope; always use two or more symmetrically arranged ropes.
0-4
Introduction
DANGER
Suspension of a load from a single rope could cause the load to start rotating and consequently cause the rope
strands to untwist or the load to slip; this could lead to serious injury.
l Never lift a heavy load when the two legs of the ropes form a wide angle. the permitted load (kg) decreases in inverse propor-
tion to the angle of suspension; the table below indicates how the permitted load varies according to the angle of suspension
for two Ø 10 mm ropes each with a load capacity of 1000 kg.
Fig. 1
0.1.5 - Tightening torques

Bolts and nuts
DANGER
The tightening torques for certain specific components and special tightening methods are indicated in the relative
assembly paragraphs.
The tightening torques indicated below refer to screws and nuts assembled without lubrication and, where applicable, with anaerobic
threadlocking compound. the values apply to tightening on steel or cast iron components; for soft materials such as aluminium, cop-
per, plastic, sheet metal or panels, the indicated tightening torques must be reduced by 50%.
Table 2
BOLT SIZE BOLT CLASS
8.8 10.9 12.9
Nm lb.ft. Nm lb.ft. Nm lb.ft.
M6x1 8.0 – 8.8 5.9 – 6.5 11.8 – 13.0 8.7 – 9.6 13.8 – 15.2 10.2 – 11.2
M8x1.25 19.4 – 21.4 14.3 – 15.8 28.5 – 31.5 21.0 – 23.2 33.3 – 36.9 24.5 – 27.2
M10x1.5 38.4 – 42.4 28.3 – 31.2 56.4 – 62.4 41.6 – 46.0 67.4 – 74.4 49.7 – 54.8
M12x1.75 66.5 – 73.5 49.0 – 54.2 96.9 – 107 71.4 – 78.9 115 – 128 84.8 – 94.3
M14x2 106 – 117 78.1 – 86.2 156 – 172 115.0 – 126.8 184 – 204 135.6 – 150.3
M16x2 164 – 182 120.9 – 134.1 241 – 267 117.6 – 196.8 282 – 312 207.8 – 229.9
M18x2.5 228 – 252 168.0 – 185.7 334 – 370 246.2 – 272.7 391 – 432 288.2 – 318.4
M20x2.5 321 – 355 236.6 – 261.6 472 – 522 347.9 – 384.7 553 – 611 407.6 – 450.3
M22x2.5 441 – 487 325.0 – 358.9 647 – 715 476.8 – 527.0 751 – 830 553.5 – 611.7
M24x3 553 – 611 407.6 – 450.3 812 – 898 598.4 – 661.8 950 – 1050 700.2 – 773.9
M27x3 816 – 902 601.4 – 664.8 1198 – 1324 882.9 – 975.8 1419 – 1569 1045.8 – 1156.4
0-5
Introduction
FINE M8x1 20.8 – 23.0 15.3 – 17.0 30.6 – 33.8 22.6 – 24.9 35.8 – 39.6 26.4 – 29.2
M10x1.25 40.6 – 44.8 29.9 – 33.0 59.7 – 65.9 44.0 – 48.6 71.2 – 78.6 52.5 – 57.9
M12x1.25 72.2 – 79.8 53.2 – 58.8 106 – 118 78.1 – 87.0 126 – 140 92.9 – 103.2
M12x1.5 69.4 – 76.7 51.1 – 56.5 102 – 112 75.2 – 82.5 121 – 134 89.2 – 98.8
M14x1.5 114 – 126 84.0 – 92.9 168 – 186 123.8 – 137.1 199 – 220 146.7 – 162.1
M16x1.5 175 – 194 129 – 143 257 – 285 189.4 – 210.0 301 – 333 221.8 – 245.4
M18x1.5 256 – 282 188.7 – 207.8 375 – 415 276.4 – 305.9 439 – 485 323.5 – 357.4
M20x1.5 355 – 393 261.6 – 289.6 523 – 578 385.5 – 426.0 611 – 676 450.3 – 498.2
M22x1.5 482 – 532 355.2 – 392.1 708 – 782 521.8 – 576.3 821 – 908 605.1 – 669.2
M24x2 602 – 666 443.7 – 490.8 884 – 978 651.5 – 720.8 1035 – 1143 762.8 – 842.4
Fittings
The tightening torques indicated below refer to fittings assembled on any material.
Table 3
MET- Straight end fittings T” end fittings L” end fittings 90° end fittings
RIC
Thread size Wrench Torque Nm Wrench Torque Nm Wrench Torque Nm Wrench Torque Nm
±10% ±10% ±10% ±10%
M10x1.25 17 14 14 14 14 14 14 14
19 14 17 14 17 14
M12x1.25 19 30 17 30 17 30 17 30
M14x1.5 19 40 19 40 19 40 19 40
M16x1.5 22 48 22 48 22 48 22 48
M18x1.5 24 58 24 58 24 58 24 58
M20x1.5 27 65 27 65 27 65 27 65
M22x1.5 30 73 30 73 30 73 30 73
M26x1.5 36 95 36 95 36 95 36 95
M27x2 36 100 36 100 36 100 36 100
M33x2 41 160 41 160 41 160 41 160
M42x2 50 250 50 250 50 250 50 250
M48x2 60 305 60 305 60 305 60 305
G 1/8” 17 13 14 13 14 13 14 13
19 13
G 1/4” 19 37 19 37 19 37 19 37
22 37
G 3/8” 24 53 24 53 24 53 24 53
G 1/2” 27 73 27 73 27 73 27 73
30 73
G 3/4” 36 100 36 100 36 100 36 100
G 1” 41 160 41 160 41 160 41 160
46 160
G 1 1/4” 50 250 50 250 50 250 50 250
G 1 1/2” 60 305 60 305 60 305 60 305
Plugs
Table 4
Hex plugs Threaded plugs with hex socket head
Thread size Wrench Torque Nm ±10% Wrench Torque Nm ±10%
0-6
Introduction
MET- M6x1 10 10 – –
RIC M8x1 13 12 – –
M10x1 13 14 5 14
M10x1.25 13 14 – –
M10x1.5 13 14 – –
M12x1.25 17 30 – –
M12x1.5 17 30 6 30
M12x1.75 17 30 – –
M14x1.5 19 40 6 40
M14x2 19 40 – –
M16x1.5 22 48 8 48
M16x2 22 48 – –
M18x1.5 17 58 10 58
M18x2.5 17 58 – –
M20x1.5 19 65 – –
M22x1.5 – – 12 73
M24x1.5 22 80 12 80
M24x2 22 80 – –
M27x2 22 100 – –
M28x1.5 – – 17 110
M30x1.5 22 130 – –
M32x1.5 – – 19 150
M35x1.5 – – 22 180
M40x1.5 – – 24 225
G 1/8” 14 13 – –
G 1/4” 19 37 – –
G 3/8” 22 53 – –
G 1/2” 19 73 – –
G 5/8” 22 85 – –
G 3/4” 22 100 – –
G 1” 22 160 – –
Fittings with seal at 37°
Table 5
Thread size Wrench Torque Nm ±10%

7/16” - 20 14 13
1/2” - 20 16 19
9/16” - 18 17 28
3/4” - 16 22 47
7/8” - 14 27 76
1 1/16” - 12 32 110
36 110
1 3/16” - 12 36 138
1 5/16” - 12 38 155
1 5/8” - 12 50 215
1 7/8” - 12 60 290
2 1/2” - 12 75 345
0-7
Introduction
Fittings for pipes with banjo union
These tightening torques refer to tightening the fitting with new copper sealing washers.
Table 6
Unions for one-way fittings Unions for three-way fittings Unions for four-way fittings
Thread size Wrench Torque Nm Wrench Torque Nm Wrench Torque Nm

±10% ±10% ±10%
M8x1 – 12 14 – –
M8x1.25 13 14
M10x1 – – 14 20 14 20
M10x1.25 13 20 – – – –
M12x1.25 17 30 – – – –
M12x1.5 – – 17 30 17 30
M14x1.5 19 40 19 40 19 40
M16x1.5 22 48 22 48 22 48
M18x1.5 22 58 24 58 24 58
M20x1.5 27 65 – – – –
M22x1.5 – – 27 73 27 73
M24x1.5 32 80 – – – –
M26x1.5 – – 32 95 32 95
M28x1.5 36 110 – – – –
M30x1.5 – – 36 130 36 130
M35x2 41 180 – – – –
M38x1.5 – – 46 200 46 200
M42x2 50 250 – – – –
M45x1.5 – – 55 280 55 280
M50x2 60 320 – – – –
M52x1.5 – – 60 320 60 320
M65x2 – – 75 450 75 450
0.1.6 - Threadlockers, adhesives, sealants and lubricants

Table 7
FUNCTION NAME DESCRIPTION
THREADLOCKER Loctite 222 Colour: opaque fluorescent Anaerobic product suitable for low-strength locking of retaining,
purple adjustment and precision fasteners. All traces of lubricant must
first be removed using the specific activator.
Loctite 242 Colour: fluorescent blue Anaerobic product that prevents loosening of all types of nut and
bolt; used in place of conventional mechanical locking systems.
Used for medium-strength locking. All traces of lubricant must
Loctite 243 Colour: opaque fluorescent Alternative product to 242 ; oil tolerant and so can be used on
blue lightly lubricated surfaces without prior use of activator.
Loctite 270 Colour: fluorescent green Anaerobic product for high-strength locking of bolts and studs
that do not normally require disassembly. Parts must be heated
to approximately 80°C for removal. All traces of lubricant must
0-8
Introduction
DEGREASERS Loctite 703 Product used for degreasing and cleaning parts prior to applica-
AND ACTIVATORS tion of Loctite anaerobic products; after drying, promotes uniform
curing of threadlockers
Loctite 747 Product used specifically for treatment of passive metals prior to
use of slow-cure anaerobic threadlockers (series 5 and 6). Can
also be used to increase cure speed at low temperatures or in ap-
plications where there are large gaps between the parts.
SEALANTS (for Loctite 510 Colour: red Super-rapid anaerobic sealant for sealing between rigid metal
faces and fittings) faces; can eliminate the need for conventional gaskets as it can
fill gaps up to 0.4 mm. Does not shrink and therefore fasteners
do not need re-tightening to specified torque values after curing.
Loctite 542 Colour: Brown Anaerobic product used as a liquid sealant for threaded fittings
up to 3/4” gas; rapid curing and parts may be disassembled with
ordinary tools.
Loctite 554 Colour: red Anaerobic sealant and locking compound used for sealing cool-
ing and industrial fluid circuits. Slow curing, also suitable for use
on non-ferrous alloys
Loctite 572 Colour: White Anaerobic sealant and locking compound used for sealing pipes
and threaded fittings up to 2” in diameter. Very slow curing on
most metal surfaces.
Loctite 573 Colour: green Thixotropic anaerobic product used for sealing joints between
metal faces. Ensures total contact between surfaces with maxi-
mum tolerance of 0.10 mm, filling microvoids caused by flatness
errors. Very slow curing on most metal surfaces and requires
prior application of an activator.
Loctite 576 Colour: brown Anaerobic product used as a liquid thread sealant for large diam-
eter threaded fittings (up to 2”). Very slow curing; also suitable for
non-ferrous alloys and parts requiring subsequent removal.
INSTANT ADHE- Loctite 401 Colour: colourless Cyanoacrylate instant adhesive suitable for bonding a wide range
SIVES of acidic and porous materials including, ceramics, wood, rub-
ber and plastic (excluding polyolefin). Curing takes place in a few
seconds as an effect of the condensed humidity present on the
surfaces to be bonded, and is independent of environmental con-
ditions.
Loctite 495 Colour: colourless Cyanoacrylate instant adhesive suitable for bonding a rubber,
plastics and metal in any combination.
SEALANTS SILI- Silastic 738 (Dow Corning) Colour: milky One-part silicone adhesive/sealant, non dhrinking, ready for use.
CONE white Cures on exposure to air to form a rubbery solid and obviates the
need for conventional seals on flexible joints, filling gaps greater
than 1 mm.
Dirko Transparent Colour: transparent One-part silicone adhesive/sealant, shrinking, ready for use.
Cures rapidly when exposed to humidity in the air to form a rub-
bery solid; resistant to high temperatures.
SEALANTS POL- Betaseal HV3 (Gurit Essex) Colour: black Polyurethane prepolymer based adhesive/sealant, high viscosity,
URETHANE suitable for permanent, high-strength flexible bonding. Slow cur-
ing, used for bonding glass to frames, wire mesh, metal plates,
etc. surfaces must be degreased with primer.
0-9
Introduction
RETAINING COM- Loctite 601 Colour: fluorescent green Anaerobic, fast-curing, high-strength adhesive. Suitable for seal-
POUNDS ing and retaining cylindrical assemblies with gap clearances of
up to 0.10 mm; used for retaining rotors, gears, bearings, pulleys,
bushes etc. on shafts.
Loctite 638 Colour: fluorescent green Anaerobic structural adhesive, quick-curing, very high strength;
suitable for bonding cylindrical parts in non-ferrous alloys.
Loctite 648 Colour: fluorescent green Anaerobic structural adhesive, quick-curing, high-strength; suit-
able for bonding cylindrical parts, permanent retention of thread-
ed parts, sealing of refrigeration systems, retention of bearings,
etc. Alternative to Loctite 601 in high-temperature applications.
Loctite 986/AVX Colour: Fluorescent red Anaerobic sealant/retaining compound for metal cylindrical parts.
Slow-curing, high-strength, heat-resistant and resistant to chemi-
cal attack. Parts must be first treated with an activator.
LUBRICANTS Grease (NLGI 2 EP ASTM D217: 265/295) Multi-purpose Lithium grease used for lubrication of seals, to pre-
vent oxidization and to facilitate assembly operations.
Molikote (Dow Corning) Anti-wear compound, contains Molybdenum bisulphate, used
neat or diluted with engine oil for assembly of main engine bear-
ings.
Vaseline Neutral pH compound used to protect battery terminals against
oxidization and corrosion.
Engine oil 10W - 30 Used to dilute Molikote anti-wear lubricant during assembly of
main engine bearings.
0.1.7 - Conversion factors

Conversion from British to metric units
Table 8
inch x 25.40 = mm
foot x 0.305 =m
yard x 0.914
Eng.miles x 1.609 = km
Sq.in. x 6.452 = cm²
Sq.ft. x 0.093 = m²
Sq.yard x 0.835
Cu.in. x 16.39 = cm³
Cu.ft. x 28.36 = m³
Cu.yard x 0.763
Imp.gall. x 4.547 = litres
US gall. x 3.785
pint x 0.568
quart x 1.137
US.gpm x 3.785 = ,/min
oz. x 0.028 = kg
lb. x 0.454
lb.ft. x 0.139 = kgm
lb.in. x 17.87 = kg/m
psi x 0.070 = kg/cm²
lb./Imp.gall x 0.100 = kg/,
lb./US.gall x 0.120
lb./cu.ft. x 16.21 = kg/m³
lb.ft. x 1.356 = Nm
psi x 1.379 = bar
Conversion from metric to British units
Table 9
mm x 0.0394 = inch
m x 3.281 = foot
m x 1,094 = yard
km x 0.622 = Brit.miles
cm² x 0.155 = Sq.in.
m² x 10.77 = Sq.ft.
0-10
Introduction
m² x 1.197 = Sq.yard
cm³ x 0.061 = Cu.in.
m³ x 0.035 = Cu.ft
m³ x 1.311 = Cu.yard
litres x 0.220 = Imp.gall.
litres x 0.264 = US gall.
litres x 1.762 = pint
litres x 0.880 = quart
,/min x 0.2642 = US.gpm
kg x 35.25 = oz.
kg x 2.203 = lb.
kgm x 7.233 = lb.ft.
kg/m x 0.056 = lb.in.
kg/cm² x 14.22 = psi
kg/, x 10.00 = lb./Imp.gal.
kg/, x 8.333 = lb./US.gal.
kg/m³ x 0.062 = lb./cu.ft.
Nm x 0.737 = lb.ft.
bar x 14.503 = psi
0-11
Introduction
0-12
10 - Technical
characteristics
10-1
Technical characteristics
10.1 - Engine
10.1.1 - Components of the 2012 2V UPS engine
Engine type
These instructions concern the following engine types:
l TCD 2012 L04 2V
l TCD 2012 L06 2V
l TCD 2013 L04 2V
l TCD 2013 L06 2V
l TD 2012 L04 2V m
l TCD 2012 L04 2V m
l TCD 2013 L04 2V m
Table 10
TCD
T Turbocharger
C Turbocharging air radiator
D Diesel
Table 11
2012/2013
2012 Series
2013 Series
Table 12
L04/L06
L In series
04 Number of cylinders
06 Number of cylinders
Table 13
2V
2V Number of valves
Table 14
m
m Mechanical injection system
Nozzle line pump
Exhaust gas emission regulation
The engines in this manual comply with the following regulations on exhaust gas emissions:
l EU Level IIIA
l USA EPA Tier III
Plate
Model plate
The engine type A, the engine number B and the data concerning the power are
engraved on the plate.
Each spare part order must include the engine type and number.
Fig. 2
10-2
Location of the model plate
Plate C is fixed on the cylinder head cowling or on the crankcase.
Fig. 3
Engine number
The engine number D is punched on the crankcase (arrow) and on the model
plate.
Fig. 4
Cylinder numbering
Cylinder layout
The cylinders are numbered progressively from (1) from the flywheel side.
Direction of rotation
View from flywheel side.
Left hand rotation: Anticlockwise.
Engine sides
View from flywheel side.
Fig. 5
10-3
Illustration of the 2012 2V UPS engine
View from right hand side (example)
Fig. 6
Key:
1. Crankcase breather
2. Lubricant oil filler cap
3. Injection pump
4. Lubricant oil dipstick
5. Lubricant oil radiator
6. Lubricant oil cartridge filter
7. Lubricant oil drain screw
8. Fuel cartridge filter
9. V-belt
10. Alternator
10-4
View from left hand side (example)
Fig. 7
Key:
1. Combustion air intake
2. Coolant outlet
3. Coolant inlet
4. Supply air radiator connections
5. Exhaust gas outlet
6. Starter
10-5
Lubrication oil system
Fig. 8
Key: (Example)
1. Lubricant oil sump
2. Lubricant oil pump
3. Pressure relief valve TD/TCD 2013
5. Check valve TD/TCD 2012
6. Bypass valve
7. Bypass valve
8. Pressure regulator valve
9. Lubricant oil filter
10. Primary lubricant oil channel
11. Piston cooling nozzle
12. Rocker
13. Exhaust gas recirculation with internal connection TCD 2012/2013L06
14. Turbocharger
15. Air compressor
10-6
Coolant diagram (example)
Fig. 9
Key: (Example)
1. Cooler
2. Coolant inlet
3. Coolant pump
4. Recirculated portion of the coolant to the lubricant oil cooler
6. Coolant feed line for engine cooling
7. Cylinder sleeve/head cooling
8. Fitting for cab heater
9. Heat exchanger
10. Return line
11. Coolant return to the thermostat
12. Coolant outlet
13. Compensation line
14. Breather line
10-7
10.1.2 - Test data and settings
T00 81
1. Cylinder and side view
4-cylinder
A = curve side B = control side
A
1 2 3 4
© 39619-1
Fig. 10
T01 63
1. Valve clearance setting
4-cylinder
Firing order: 1 - 3 - 4 - 2
Table 15
Valves Cylinders
set 1 3 4 2
at overlap 4 2 1 3
angle
1 2 3 4
NOTE
“Valve overlap” means that while the intake valve starts to
© 46608-0
open the exhaust valve starts to close. Fig. 11
T01 63
Valve clearance setting
6 cylinders
Firing order: 1 - 5 - 3 - 6 - 2 - 4
Table 16
Valves Cylinders
set 1 5 3 6 2 4
at overlap 6 2 4 1 5 3
angle
NOTE
“Valve overlap” means that while the intake valve starts to open the exhaust valve starts to close.
10-8
10.1.3 - Tightening requirements 2012 2V UPS engine
Table 17
Designation Screw type Indications/notes Tightening Retightening
value/pre- value
load value
Clamping support on engine Nut screw 70 Nm
mount
Clamping support on assembly 90 Nm
stand adaptor
Feet/engine mount on crank- 260 Nm
case
Support, engine mount on M12x35-10.9 95 Nm
crankcase M12x40-10.9
M12x55-10.9
M12x60-10.9
M12x75-10.9
M12x85-10.9
M12x90-10.9
M12x220-10.9
Support, engine mount on M16x40-10.9, 260 Nm
crankcase M16x45-10.9,
M16x50-10.9,
M16x75-10.9,
M16x85-10.9,
M16x105-10.9,
M16x110-10.9,
M16x140-10.9,
M16x155-10.9,
M16x220-10.9.
Cylinder head on the crankcase Observe the tightening sequence. 30 Nm +80 Nm +90°
Lightly oil the screws.
Sealing surfaces free of oil. In the case of written
certification, the cylindrical head screws can be
used a maximum of 3 times, otherwise replace
them each time they are removed.
Rocker support on the cylinder Assembly instructions: Adjust the rocker sym- 21 Nm
head metrically to the central valve axis.
Cylindrical head screw.
Valve clearance adjustment 20 Nm
screw check nut
Casing on the cylinder head M6 11 Nm
Main bearing on the crankcase M14x1, 5x140- In the case of written certification, the cylindri- 50 Nm +90° +90°
10.9 cal head screws can be used a maximum of 3
times, otherwise replace them each time they
are removed
Bearing cover on the connect- Comply with the assembly instructions. Lightly 30 Nm +60° +30°
ing rod drum oil the screws.
Use new screws
Hole blanking screw (mass 9 Nm
compensation shaft) on the
crankcase
Front cover of the crankcase Observe the tightening sequence. 3 Nm +21 Nm
Lubricant oil sump of the crank- Observe the tightening sequence. 30 Nm
case Note that the screws are of different lengths.
Lubricant oil sump hole blank- M18x1.5 Use a Cu seal ring. 55 Nm
ing screw
Crankcase bleed screw on the 21 Nm
cylinder head casing
10-9
value/pre- value
load value
Hose clip for the return line 13 Nm
Return line on the check valve Hollow screw 30 Nm
Check valve on the crankcase 80 Nm
Crankcase connector box M12x80 Observe the tightening sequence. 99 Nm
M12x150
Crankcase connector box M16x75 Observe the tightening sequence. 243 Nm
M16x140
Connection box casing 9 Nm
Gear case on crankcase M16x60-10.9 Observe the tightening sequence. 70 Nm
Gear case on crankcase M8x35-10.9 Observe the tightening sequence. 30 Nm
M8x45-10.9
M8x50-10.9
Cover on the gear case (hy- M8x55-10.9 21 Nm
draulic pump actuation)
Gear case/crankcase speed 17 Nm
regulator
Engine block on the crankcase 21 Nm
Crankcase adjustment rod 10 Nm
Speed regulator/supply air line Hollow screw 18 Nm
pilot line
Exhaust pipe on the cylinder M8 Nut on the stud bolt. 25 Nm
head Nut on the stud bolt.
Stud screw on cylinder head M10/M8x72 15 Nm
short or long
Turbocharger on the exhaust Nut 20 Nm
pipe Stud screw Use new stud bolts. Insert them with the assem- 8 Nm
bly product DEUTZ AP 1908.
Supply air line on the cylinder M6x75-10.9 11 Nm
head M6x95-10.9
Heater to charge air duct M8x100-10.9 tighten crosswise 3 Nm 30 Nm
M8x140-10.9
Turbocharging air line manifold M8x30-10.9 30 Nm
M8x95-10.9
Flexible pipe connection on the M8x30-10.9 30 Nm
turbocharging manifold
Tightening bracket, injection 16 Nm
valve on the cylinder head
Injectors, tightening nut 35 Nm
Injection valve/injection pump Comply with the assembly instructions. 25 Nm
lines
Crankcase injection pump Comply with the assembly instructions. 5 Nm 150°
Fuel supply pump on the sup- M8x25-10.9 22 Nm
port
V-belt pulley on the fuel supply 27 Nm
pump
Fastening of the fuel pipes Hose clips 30 Nm
Fuel pipe on the fuel filter con- Hollow screw 39 Nm
sole
Fuel pipe on the fuel supply D12 hollow 49 Nm
pump screw
Fuel filter console on the lubri- 30 Nm
cating oil radiator casing
Fuel filter (slip-on filter) Oil the seal lightly. Tighten clockwise. 25 Nm
Oil filter (slip-on filter) Oil the seal lightly. Tighten clockwise. 25 Nm
Oil filter (interchangeable filter) Oil the seal lightly. Tighten clockwise. Manual tight-
ening 15- 17
Nm
10-10
value/pre- value
load value
Oil pump oil intake pipe. Oil in- M8x25 M8x16 21 Nm
take pipe support on the crank-
case
Lubricant oil filler cap on the lu- 38 Nm
bricant oil sump
Lubricant oil filler cap on the 30 Nm
crankcase mount
Lubricant oil pipe on the turbo- Hollow screw 18 Nm
charger
Lubricant oil pipe (turbocharger) Hollow screw 34 Nm
on the crankcase
Pipe sleeve (oil return) on the 22 Nm
turbocharger
Lubricant oil and oil return pipe 13 Nm
hose clip
support bracket (oil return) on 21 Nm
the crankcase
Oil radiator casing on the crank- Note that the screws are of different lengths. 30 Nm
case Pay attention to the tightening sequence.
Oil radiator on the oil radiator M8x20-10.9 Insert the new gaskets with the assembly prod- 22 Nm
casing uct.
Observe the tightening sequence
Oil pressure switch sensor on 40 Nm
the oil radiator casing
Thermostat casing on the cylin- M10x85-10.9 70 Nm
der head
Fan console/thermostat casing 30 Nm
outlet
Coolant pump on the crankcase 30 Nm
V-belt pulley on the coolant 30 Nm
pump
Temperature transmitter on the 24 Nm
cylinder head
Fan console on the crankcase 30 Nm
Fan drive on the fan console 60 Nm
Flywheel on the crankshaft M10x30 Observe the tightening sequence. 30 Nm +60 ° +30 °
M10x35 Use new screws. Oil lightly. 30 Nm +60 ° +60 °
M10x40
M10x45M10x
50 M10x55
M10x60
M10x70
M10x75
M10x80
M10x85
Torsional vibration damper/trap- M16x1.5 Use new screws 40 Nm +60 ° +60 °
ezoidal grooved pulley on the Oil slightly.
crankshaft
V-belt pulley on the trapezoidal M12x25-10.9 130 Nm
grooved pulley
V-belt pulley on the trapezoidal M10x20-10.9 70 Nm
grooved pulley
Flange hub for the viscous cou- M12x40-10.9 110 Nm
pling joint on the torsional vibra-
tion damper
10-11
value/pre- value
load value
Belt tensioner on the fan con- 80 Nm
sole
Pipe screwing D6 M10x1 ban- 6mm pipe annular part 29 Nm
jo bolt
Pipe screwing D8 M12x1-5 8mm pipe annular part 39 Nm
banjo bolt
Pipe screwing D10 M 14x1-5 10mm pipe annular part 49 Nm
banjo bolt
Hose clip, fastening M6 13 Nm
Hose clip, cable bundle fasten- M8 30 Nm
ing
Starter on crankcase M10x38-10.9 60 Nm
M8 nut 40 Nm
Stud screw 60 Nm
Alternator on the console (V- M8-10.9 M10- 30 Nm 60 Nm
belt) 10.9
Alternator on the tightening 30 Nm
bracket (V-belt)
Tightening bracket on the crank- 30 Nm
case (toothed belt)
Cable attachment on the heat- Retain the hexagon Retain the negative pole 20 Nm
er. Earth cable on the negative
pole, heater
10-12
10.2 - Transmission
10.2.1 - Transmission (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Introduction
l This tractor series can be supplied in a version with 5 synchronised speeds and 4 ranges (20 FWD + 20 REV).
l The rear transmission casing also houses the drive train for the rear PTO, which is supplied in the following versions:
m 2-speed PTO (540 - 1000)
m 4-speed PTO (540 - 540E - 1000 - 1000E)
m Syncro (groundspeed) PTO supplied with versions in points a and b.
l All PTO versions are mechanical with non sychronised gears and electrohydraulic engagement control, while the Syncro PTO
is engaged by way of a mechanical control.
Fig. 12 - Main assemblies

Main assemblies
1. Shuttle unit
2. Hi-Lo unit
3. Main gearbox and range gearbox assembly
4. Differential unit
5. Rear PTO
Description
l The transmission receives drive from the engine and transmits it through the shuttle unit (1), gearbox (2), Hi-Lo unit (3) and
range gearbox (4) to bevel gear pair (5). Drive is then transmitted to final drive reduction units (6) and then to wheels (7). Be-
tween bevel gear pair (5) and final drive reduction unit (6) is installed braking device (8) that acts as the main service brake,
while the parking brake is fitted on the 4WD output shaft (9).
10-13
Fig. 13 - Power flow diagram
10-14
Shuttle unit
Fig. 14 - Shuttle unit

Key
1. Flywheel
2. Torsional spring plate
3. Shuttle speed sensor
4. Support
5. Reverse gear drive shaft
6. Forward gear drive shaft
7. Rear PTO drive shaft
8. Reverse drive piston
9. Reverse drive clutch
10. Forward drive clutch
11. Flange
12. Forward drive piston
13. Pulse wheel
10-15
Hi-Lo unit
3 4 5
1 2
16
15
14
13
12
11 10 9 8 7 6 D0048170
Fig. 15 - Hi-Lo unit

Key
1. Gearbox input shaft
2. Cover
3. Hi speed piston return spring
4. Hi speed clutch cylinder
5. Planet pinion
6. Secondary shaft
7. Hi-Lo unit output shaft
8. Planet carrier
9. Lo speed clutch
10. Lo speed piston
11. Hi speed clutch
12. Hi speed piston
13. Lo speed engagement springs
14. Bearing
15. Nut
16. Cover
10-16
Gearbox assembly - version with Hi-Lo
3
4 5
1 2
D0048180
14 13 12 11 10 9
17 16 15
Fig. 16 - Gearbox assembly - version with Hi-Lo

Key
1. Reverse gear input shaft
3. Gearbox support
4. Reverse driving gear
5. Forward driving gear
7. Main shaft
9. Gearbox output shaft
10. 5th speed driven gear
11. 4th-5th speed synchronizer
13. 3rd speed driven gear
14. 2nd-3rd speed synchronizer
10-17
3
4 5
1 2
D0048180
14 13 12 11 10 9
17 16 15

15. 2nd speed driven gear
16. 1st speed driven gear
17. 1st speed synchronizer
10-18
Bevel pinion and range gearbox assembly
Fig. 17 - Bevel pinion and range gearbox assembly

Key
1. Hi-Lo range engagement
2. Lo-creeper range idler gear
3. 4WD drive gear
4. Bevel pinion
5. 4WD driven gear
6. Creeper range driven gear
7. Medium or creeper range selector
8. Medium-low range idler gear
9. 4WD shaft
10-19
Electrohydraulic four-wheel drive engagement assembly
Fig. 18 - Electrohydraulic four-wheel drive engagement assembly

Key
1. 4WD output hub
2. 4WD engagement sleeve
3. 4WD engagement spring
10-20
Differential unit
Fig. 19 - Differential unit (1/2)

Key
1. Bevel pinion
2. Pinion bearing
3. Differential carrier
4. Differential cage
5. Differential lock sleeve
6. Side gear
7. Planet pinion
10-21
9. Side gear
10. Crown wheel
Fig. 20 - Differential unit (2/2)

Key
1. Spring
2. Spacer
3. Spring pin
4. Spool
5. Differential lock fork
6. Spring
7. Piston
10-22
Brakes and rear axle assembly
Fig. 21 - Brakes and rear axle assembly

Key
1. Half-shaft
2. Dust seal
3. Bearing
4. Oil seal
5. Bearing
6. Crown wheel
7. Brake cylinder
8. Park Brake operating spring
9. Piston
10. Friction disc
11. Steel disc
12. Half-shaft
13. Park Brake engagement piston
14. Flange
15. Planet pinion
16. Planet carrier
17. Brake take-up device

Introduction
This tractor series can be supplied in a version with 5 synchronised gears and either 3 ranges (12 FWD + 12 REV) or 4 ranges (20
FWD + 20 REV).
The rear transmission casing also houses the drive train for the rear PTO, which is supplied in the following versions:
1. 2-speed PTO (540 - 1000)
2. 4-speed PTO (540 - 540E - 1000 - 1000E)
3. Groundspeed PTO supplied with the versions described in points 1 and 2.
All PTO versions are mechanical with unsychronised gears and electrohydraulic engagement control, while the Groundspeed PTO
is operated by a mechanical control.
Main assemblies
10-23
1 2 3 4
D0066050

1. Clutch housing
2. Gearbox, reverse shuttle, underdrive and ranges assembly
4. Rear PTO
Description
The transmission receives drive from the engine and transmits it through clutch assembly (1), gearbox and shuttle assembly (2), ran-
ge gearbox (3) to bevel gear pair (4). Drive is then transmitted to final drive reduction units (5) and then to wheels (6). Between bevel
gear pair (4) and final drive reduction unit (5) is installed braking device (7) that acts as the main service brake, while the parking
brake is fitted on the 4WD output shaft (8).
10-24
2
1
REV FW
E V L 4
N SR
6
8

Clutch housing
10-25
Fig. 24 - Clutch housing

2. Flywheel
3. 12” main clutch disk
4. Main clutch thrust bearing
5. Main clutch sleeve
6. Sleeve support
7. Transmission drive shaft
8. Main clutch lever
9. Reaction pin
10. Clutch piston
10-26
Gearbox and shuttle assembly
2
1 3 4 5 6
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
D0066060
Fig. 25 - Gearbox and shuttle assembly

1. Cover
2. Gearbox support
4. Shuttle synchronizer
7. Primary shaft
8. Secondary shaft
Bevel drive and range gearbox assembly (3 range version)
2
3 4
1
V L
8
N SR
D0066070
7 6 5
Fig. 26 - Bevel drive and range gearbox assembly

1. High-Low range synchronizer
10-27
2
3 4
1
V L
8
N SR
D0066070
7 6 5

3. 4WD drive gear and medium range driven gear
4. Bevel pinion
5. 4WD driven gear and medium range drive gear
6. Medium range selector
7. Medium speed range idler gear
8. 4WD shaft
10-28
2 3 4
1
V L
9
N SR
D0036342
8 7 6 5

4. Bevel pinion
9. 4WD shaft
10-29
Four-wheel drive engagement and parking brake assembly
A
2
4 9 7 8 7 6 5
D0066080
A-
Fig. 28 - Four-wheel drive engagement and parking brake assembly

1. Sleeve
2. 4WD output hub
3. 4WD selector fork
4. Parking brake cam
5. Parking brake lever
6. 4WD engagement lever
7. Friction shoe
8. Steel disc
9. Spacer
Differential unit
1 2
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
3
10
D0025200
8 7 6 5
Fig. 29 - Differential unit
10-30
1. Bevel pinion
2. Pinion bearing
6. Planetary reduction gear
7. Planet pinion
10. Crown wheel
11. Spring
12. Spacer
13. Spring pin
14. Rod
16. Spring
17. Piston

1. Halfshaft
2. Dust seal
3. Oil seal
4. Bearing
5. Bearing
6. Ring gear
7. Pin (Qty. 3)
8. Brake cylinder
9. Piston
10. Friction disc
11. Halfshaft
12. Planet pinion
13. Planet carrier
10-31
Introduction
l The rear transmission casing also houses the drive train for the rear P.T.O., which is supplied in the following versions which
is supplied in the following versions:
m 2-speed P.T.O. (540 - 1000)
m 4-speed P.T.O. (540 - 540E - 1000 - 1000E)
m Groundspeed P.T.O. supplied with the versions of points a and b.
l All P.T.O. versions are mechanical with unsychronised gears and electrohydraulic engagement control, while the Ground-
speed P.T.O. is engaged by means of a mechanical control.
1 2 3 4 5
D0040540

Key
1. Shuttle unit
2. Hi-Lo unit
3. Main gearbox and range gearbox assembly
5. Rear P.T.O.
Description
l The transmission receives drive from the combustion engine and transmits it through the shuttle unit (1), gearbox (2), Hi-Lo
unit (3) and range gearbox (4) to bevel gear pair (5). Drive is then transmitted to final drive reduction units (6) and then to
wheels (7). Between bevel gear pair (5) and final drive reduction unit (6) is installed braking device (8) that acts as the main
service brake, while the parking brake is fitted on the 4WD output shaft (9).
10-32
AV
IN
E V L 5
6
3
N SR
7
2 9
4 D0040550
10-33
Shuttle unit

Key
1. Steering wheel
4. Support
5. Reverse gear drive shaft
7. Rear P.T.O. drive shaft
10-34
11. Flange
13. Pulse wheel
Hi-Lo unit

Key
2. Cover
3. Hi speed piston return spring
4. Hi speed clutch cylinder
5. Planet pinion
6. Secondary shaft
8. Planet carrier
9. Hi speed clutch
10. Hi speed clutch
11. Lo speed clutch
12. Lo speed piston
13. Lo speed engagement springs
14. Bearing
15. Nut
16. Cover
10-35
Gearbox assembly
Fig. 35 - Gearbox assembly

Key
2. Cover
4. Gearbox support
8. Main shaft
10-36
9. Secondary shaft
Gearbox assembly - version with Hi-Lo
10-37
Key
3. Gearbox support
7. Main shaft
10-38
Bevel pinion and range gearbox assembly
Fig. 37 - Bevel pinion and range gearbox assembly

Key
1. Hi-Lo range engagement
3. 4WD drive gear
4. Pinion
5. 4WD driven gear
9. 4WD shaft
10-39
Mechanical four-wheel drive engagement and parking brake assembly
Fig. 38 - Mechanical four-wheel drive engagement and parking brake assembly

Key
1. Sleeve
2. 4WD output hub
7. Friction shoe
8. Steel disc
9. Spacer
Electrohydraulic four-wheel drive engagement and parking brake assembly
Fig. 39 - Electrohydraulic four-wheel drive engagement and parking brake assembly

Key
1. 4WD output hub
2. 4WD engagement sleeve
3. 4WD engagement spring
10-40
Fig. 39 - Electrohydraulic four-wheel drive engagement and parking brake assembly

6. Friction shoe
7. Steel disc
8. Spacer
Differential unit

Key
1. Pinion
2. Pinion bearing
10-41

6. Side gear
7. Planet pinion
9. Side gear
10. Differential crown wheel
11. Spring
12. Spacer
13. Spring pin
14. Rod
16. Spring
17. Piston
10-42

Key
1. Half-shaft
2. Dust seal
3. Bearing
4. Oil seal
5. Bearing
6. Ring gear
7. Pin (Qty. 3)
8. Brake cylinder
9. Piston
10. Friction disc
11. Half-shaft
12. Planet pinion
13. Planet carrier

Introduction
This tractor series can be supplied in a version with 5 synchronised gears and either 3 ranges (12 FWD + 12 REV) or 4 ranges (20
FWD + 20 REV).
1. 2-speed PTO (540 - 1,000)
2. 4-speed PTO (540 - 540E - 1,000 - 1,000E)
10-43
Main assemblies
1 2 3 4
D0065980

1. Connector housing
3. Differential assembly
4. Rear PTO
Description
The transmission receives drive from the engine and transmits it through clutch assembly (1), gearbox and shuttle assembly (2),
range gearbox (3) to bevel gear pair (4). Drive is then transmitted to planetary reduction gearbox (5) and then to wheels (6). Between
bevel gear pair (4) and planetary reduction gearbox (5) is installed braking device (7) that acts as the main service brake, while the
parking brake is fitted on the 4WD output shaft (8).
10-44
2
1
REV FW
E V L 4
N SR
6
8

Connector housing
10-45
Fig. 44 - Connector housing

2. Flywheel
6. Sleeve support
9. Reaction pin
10. Clutch piston
10-46
2
1 3 4 5 6
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
D0066000

1. Cover
2. Gearbox support
7. Primary shaft
8. Secondary shaft
10-47
2 3 4
1 V L
8
M SR
D0066030
7 6 5
4. Pinion
6. Medium range selector
8. 4WD shaft
10-48
2 3 4
L
1 V
9
M SR
D0066040
8 7 6 5

3. 4WD drive gear
4. Pinion
5. 4WD driven gear
9. 4WD shaft
10-49
A
2
4 9 7 8 7 6 5
D0036350
A -A

1. Sleeve
2. 4WD output hub
7. Friction shoe
8. Steel disc
9. Shim
Differential assembly
10-50
1 2
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
3
10
D0047810
8 7 6 5
Fig. 49 - Differential assembly

1. Pinion
2. Pinion bearing
4. Differential case
6. Sun gear
7. Planetary gear unit
9. Sun gear
10. Crown wheel
11. Spring
12. Shim
13. Spring pin
14. Rod
16. Spring
17. Piston
10-51
Rear brakes and axle assembly
6 7 8 9
1 2 3 4 5
10
12
11
D0047820
Fig. 50 - Rear brakes and axle assembly

1. Axle shaft
2. Dust seal
3. Bearing
4. O-ring
5. Bearing
6. Ring gear
7. Brake cylinder
8. Piston
9. Friction disc
10. Axle shaft
12. Planetary gear carrier

Introduction
l The rear transmission casing also houses the drive train for the rear PTO, which is supplied in the following versions:
m 2-speed PTO (540 - 1,000)
m 4-speed PTO (540 - 540E - 1,000 - 1,000E)
m Groundspeed PTO supplied with the versions described in points a and b.
l All PTO versions are mechanical with unsychronised gears and electrohydraulic engagement control, while the Groundspeed
PTO is operated by a mechanical control.
10-52
1 2 3 4 5
D0040540

Main assemblies
1. Shuttle unit
2. Hi-Lo unit
3. Gearbox and range unit
4. Differential assembly
5. Rear PTO
Description
l The transmission receives drive from the engine and transmits it through the shuttle assembly (1), gearbox assembly (2),
the Hi-Lo gearbox (3) and the range gearbox (4) to bevel gear set (5). Drive is then transmitted to the planetary reduction
gearboxes (6) and then to wheels (7). The braking device (8) acting as the main service brake is installed between the bevel
gear set (5) and the planetary reduction gearbox (6), while the parking brake is installed on the dual traction output shaft (9).
10-53
AV
IN
E V L 5
6
3
N SR
7
2 9
4 D0040550
10-54
Shuttle unit
6
7
13
D0040570
1 2 12 11 10 9 4 8

Key
1. Flywheel
4. Support
5. Reverse drive shaft
6. Forward drive shaft
10-55
11. Flange
13. Tone wheel
Hi-Lo unit
3 4 5
1 2
16
15
14
13
12
11 10 9 8 7 6 D0048170

Key
2. Cover
3. High range piston return spring
4. High range clutch cylinder
6. Secondary shaft
9. Low range clutch
10. Low range piston
11. High range clutch
12. High range piston
13. High range clutch selector springs
14. Bearing
15. Lock ring
16. Cover
10-56
Gearbox assembly
5 6
1 2 3
D0040580
14 13 12 11 10
17
16 15

Key
1. Reverse input shaft
2. Cover
3. Forward input shaft
4. Gearbox support
8. Primary shaft
9. Secondary shaft
10-57
4
5 6
1 2 3
D0040580
14 13 12 11 10
17
16 15

10-58
Gearbox - version with HI-LO unit
3
4 5
1 2
D0048180
14 13 12 11 10 9
17 16 15
Fig. 52 - Gearbox - version with HI-LO unit

Key
1. Reverse input shaft
2. Forward input shaft
3. Gearbox support
7. Primary shaft
10-59
3
4 5
1 2
D0048180
14 13 12 11 10 9
17 16 15
Fig. 52 - Gearbox - version with HI-LO unit

10-60
Bevel drive and range gearbox assembly
1 2 3 4
V L
9
M SR
D0040620
8 7 6 5

Key
1. High-Low range engagement
3. 4WD drive gear
4. Pinion
5. 4WD driven gear
9. 4WD shaft
10-61
Four-wheel drive mechanical engagement and parking brake assembly
A
2
4 9 7 8 7 6 5
D0036350
A -A
Fig. 54 - Four-wheel drive mechanical engagement and parking brake assembly

Key
1. Sleeve
2. 4WD output hub
7. Friction shoe
8. Steel disc
9. Shim
10-62
Four-wheel drive electrohydraulical engagement and parking brake assembly
2 3
4 8 7 6 7 5
D0040630
A -A
Fig. 55 - Four-wheel drive electrohydraulical engagement and parking brake assembly

Key
1. 4WD output hub
2. Dual traction selector sleeve
3. Dual traction selector spring
6. Friction shoe
7. Steel disc
8. Shim
10-63
Differential assembly
1 2
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
3
10
D0047810
8 7 6 5
Fig. 56 - Differential assembly

Key
1. Pinion
2. Pinion bearing
4. Differential case
6. Sun gear
9. Sun gear
10. Crown wheel
11. Spring
12. Shim
13. Spring pin
14. Rod
16. Spring
17. Piston
10-64
Rear brakes and axle assembly
6 7 8 9
1 2 3 4 5
10
12
11
D0025210
Fig. 57 - Rear brakes and axle assembly

Key
1. Axle shaft
2. Dust seal
3. Bearing
4. O-ring
5. Bearing
6. Ring gear
7. Brake cylinder
8. Piston
9. Friction disc
10. Axle shaft

Introduction
This tractor series can be supplied in a version with 5 synchronised speeds and 4 ranges (20 FWD + 20 REV).
1. 2-speed PTO (540 - 1000)
2. 4-speed PTO (540 - 540E - 1000 - 1000E)
10-65
Main assemblies
1 2 3 4
D0065980

1. Clutch housing
4. Rear PTO
Description
The transmission receives drive from the engine and transmits it through clutch assembly (1), gearbox and shuttle assembly (2), ran-
ge gearbox (3) to bevel gear pair (4). Drive is then transmitted to final drive reduction units (5) and then to wheels (6). Between bevel
gear pair (4) and final drive reduction unit (5) is installed braking device (7) that acts as the main service brake, while the parking
brake is fitted on the 4WD output shaft (8).
10-66
2
1
REV FW
E V L 4
N SR
6
8

Clutch housing
10-67
Fig. 59 - Clutch housing

2. Flywheel
6. Sleeve support
9. Reaction pin
10. Clutch piston
10-68
2
1 3 4 5 6
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
D0066000

1. Cover
2. Gearbox support
7. Primary shaft
8. Secondary shaft
10-69
Bevel drive and range gearbox assembly
2 3 4
1 V L
9
M SR
D0066010
8 7 6 5
3. 4WD drive gear
4. Bevel pinion
5. 4WD driven gear
9. 4WD shaft
10-70
A
2
4 9 7 8 7 6 5
D0066020
A-

1. Sleeve
2. 4WD output hub
7. Friction shoe
8. Steel disc
9. Spacer
Differential unit
10-71
1 2
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
3
10
D0047810
8 7 6 5

1. Bevel pinion
2. Pinion bearing
7. Planet pinion
10. Crown wheel
11. Spring
12. Spacer
13. Spring pin
14. Rod
16. Spring
17. Piston
10-72
6 7 8 9
1 2 3 4 5
10
12
11
D0047820

1. Halfshaft
2. Dust seal
3. Bearing
4. Oil seal
5. Bearing
6. Ring gear
7. Brake cylinder
8. Piston
9. Friction disc
10. Halfshaft
11. Planet pinion
12. Planet carrier
10.2.7 - Rear PTO (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001, AGROFARM 430 -> 5001)
Description
The rear power take-off allows drive to be transmitted to an implement at a predetermined rotation speed. Rotary drive is taken di-
rectly from the engine and the operator controls engagement of the PTO via the pushbutton on the right-hand side of the driving posi-
tion. The 540, 540 ECO, 1000 and 1000 ECO rear PTO speeds are engaged by way of the electrohydraulically operated PTO clutch,
while the Syncro PTO (when present) is engaged by way of a mechanical control. The PTO speed is selected by mechanical control.
The rear PTO is supplied in 2 versions with two or four rotation speeds:
l 540-1000 PTO
l 540 - 540 ECO - 1000 and 1000 ECO PTO
In addition, a further shaft for the Syncro PTO may be installed. The speed of the Syncro PTO is directly proportional to the rotation
speed of the rear wheels with a fixed ratio between the PTO shaft and wheel speeds.
10-73
Power flow diagram
Fig. 63 - 2-speed PTO
Fig. 64 - 4-speed PTO
10-74
PTO clutch assembly
Fig. 65 - PTO clutch assembly

1. Hub
2. PTO clutch
3. Clutch housing
4. Body
5. PTO brake clutch piston
6. PTO brake clutch
7. PTO engagement piston
8. Piston return spring
9. Accumulator cylinder
10. Accumulator spring
11. Accumulator piston
12. Pressure relief valve
Operation
The following is a description of what happens when the PTO is engaged.
l When the operator activates PTO engagement, solenoid valve (1) is energized and the pressurised oil from regulator valve
(2) flows into line A.
l The pressurised oil from regulator valve (2) thus flows into chamber b of accumulator (3).
l As the pressure in chamber b increases, the force exerted by the oil on piston (4) compresses springs (5). The increased
stroke of piston (4) corresponds to an increase in the pressure in chamber b and chamber c of piston (6). For this reason, the
clutch engagement pressure is modulated within the range of 2 to 12 bar. At the same time the oil in passage d is returned to
tank and the pressure acting on piston (7) decreases, thereby allowing the hub (8) to rotate.
10-75
Fig. 66 - PTO engagement

The following is a description of what happens when the PTO is disengaged.
l The PTO is disengaged by de-energizing solenoid valve (1).
l The pressurised oil in line a is sent to the return circuit through solenoid valve (1).
l As a result of the decrease in pressure in line a, piston (4) is pushed to the right by the force of the springs (5) and spring (9)
pushes piston (6) to the right, thereby returning it to the rest position. At the same time pressurised oil from regulator valve (2)
flows into line d. This causes piston (7) to move to the right, thus activating the PTO brake and stopping rotation of hub (8).
Fig. 67 - PTO disengagement.
10-76
10.2.8 - Rear P.T.O. (AGROFARM 410 -> 16001, AGROFARM 410 -> 20001, AGROFARM
420 -> 16001, AGROFARM 420 -> 20001)
Description
The rear power take-off allows drive to be transmitted to an implement at a predetermined rotation speed. Rotary drive is taken
directly from the engine and the operator controls engagement of the P.T.O. via the pushbutton on the right-hand side of the driving
position. Engagement of the rear P.T.O. , for the speeds 540, 540 ECO, 1000 and 1000 ECO, is controlled by the P.T.O. clutch unit
and is electro-hydraulic, while it is via a mechanical control for the Groundspeed P.T.O. (for tractors fitted with this option). The P.T.O.
speed is a selected by mechanical controls.
The rear P.T.O. is supplied in 2 versions with two or four rotation speeds:
l 540-1000 P.T.O.
l P.T.O. 540 - 540 ECO - 1000 and 1000 ECO
and a further shaft can be fitted for the groundspeed P.T.O. The characteristic of the groundspeed velocity is that of being directly
proportional to the rotation speed of the rear wheels according to a fixed ratio of the P.T.O. shaft revolutions and the wheel revolutions.
Power flow diagram
Fig. 68 - 2-speed P.T.O.
Fig. 69 - 4-speed P.T.O.
10-77
P.T.O. clutch assembly.
Fig. 70 - P.T.O. clutch assembly.

1. Hub
2. P.T.O. clutch.
3. Clutch housing
4. Body
5. P.T.O. brake clutch piston.
6. P.T.O. brake clutch.
7. P.T.O. engagement piston.
8. Piston return spring
9. Accumulator cylinder
10. Accumulator spring
11. Accumulator piston
10-78
Operation
The following text describes what happens when the P.T.O. is engaged.
l When the operator activates P.T.O. engagement, solenoid valve (1) is energized and the pressurized oil from regulator valve
(2) flows in line A.
l The pressurized oil from regulator valve (2) is thus introduced into chamber b of accumulator (3).
l As the pressure in chamber b, increases, the force exerted by the pressure on piston (4) compresses springs (5). The in-
creased stroke of piston (4) corresponds to an increase in the pressure in chamber b and chamber c of piston (6). For this
reason, the clutch engagement pressure is modulated within the range of 2 to 12 bar. Simultaneously the oil in passage d is
returned to tank and the pressure acting on piston (7) decreases, thereby allowing the hub to rotate (8).
Fig. 71 - P.T.O. engagement.

The following text describes what happens when the P.T.O. is disengaged.
l The P.T.O. is disengaged by de-energizing solenoid valve (1).
l The pressurised oil in line a is sent to the return circuit through solenoid valve (1).
l Because of the decrease in pressure in passage a, piston (4) is pushed to the right by springs (5) and force of spring (9)
pushes piston (6) to the right, bringing it to the rest position. At the same time, the pressurised oil from regulator valve (2) flows
into passage d. For this reason, the piston (7) is moved to the right, thus activating the P.T.O. brake and stopping rotation of
hub (8).
10-79
Fig. 72 - P.T.O. disengagement.
10-80
10.2.9 - 2 and 4-speed PTO and Syncro PTO (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001, AGROFARM 430
-> 5001)
2-speed PTO and Syncro PTO
Fig. 73 - 4-speed PTO and Syncro PTO (1/2)

1. Drive shaft
2. Bearing
3. 1000 PTO driving gear
4. Bearing
5. Cover
6. Bearing
7. 540-1000 PTO output shaft
8. Syncro PTO output shaft
9. Bearing
10. 540 PTO driven gear
12. Bearing
10-81

1. Selector sleeve
2. Selector fork
3. Speed selector lever
4. Shoe
10-82
4-speed PTO and Syncro PTO

1. PTO input shaft
2. Normal/ECO PTO selector sleeve
3. ECO PTO drive shaft
4. Flange
5. Normal PTO driving gear
6. ECO PTO driving gear
7. Bearing
8. Cover
9. Bearing
11. Syncro PTO output shaft
12. Bearing
14. 540/1000 PTO selector sleeve
15. ECO -1000 PTO driven gear
16. Bearing
10-83

1. Yoke
2. Shoe
3. Normal/ECO PTO selector lever
4. 540/1000 PTO selector lever
5. Shoe
6. Yoke
10.2.10 - 2 and 4-speed PTO and Groundspeed PTO (AGROFARM 410 -> 16001, AGRO-
FARM 410 -> 20001, AGROFARM 420 -> 16001, AGROFARM 420 -> 20001)
2-speed PTO and Groundspeed PTO
10-84
Fig. 77 - 2-speed PTO and Groundspeed PTO

1. Drive shaft
2. Bearing
3. 1000 PTO driving gear
4. Bearing
5. Cover
6. Bearing
8. Groundspeed PTO output shaft
9. Bearing
12. Bearing
13. Selector sleeve
14. Fork
15. Speed selector lever
16. Shoe
10-85
4-speed PTO and Groundspeed PTO
Fig. 78 - 4-speed PTO and Groundspeed PTO

1. PTO input shaft
2. Normal/ECO PTO selector sleeve
3. ECO PTO drive shaft
4. Flange
5. Normal PTO driving gear
6. ECO PTO driving gear
7. Bearing
8. Cover
9. Bearing
10. 540-1000 PTO. output shaft
11. Groundspeed PTO output shaft
12. Bearing
13. ECO -1000 PTO driven gear
14. 540/1000 PTO selector sleeve
16. Bearing
17. Fork
18. Shoe
19. Normal/ECO PTO selector lever
20. 540/1000 PTO selector lever
21. Shoe
22. Fork
10-86
10.3 - Front axle
10.3.1 - Front axle (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001, AGROFARM 430 -> 5001)
From Serial No.
l Explorer³ 110: 5036 ->
l R3 evo 110: 5039 ->
l XB max 110: 5002 ->
l Agrofarm 430: 5051 ->
X–2
1769
D0024080
Fig. 79 - Steering angle “A”

l Version with double-acting steering cylinders: 55°
10-87
Final drive
5
4 6
3 7
2
8
1
9
23
22
21
20 10
11
12
19 18 17 16 15 14 13
D0048240
Fig. 80 - Final drive

1. Planet carrier
2. Oil seal
3. Ring gear
4. Brake disc
5. Steering knuckle housing
6. Upper kingpin
7. Gasket
8. Top bearing
9. Halfshaft
10. Roller bearing
11. Oil seal
12. Lower bearing
13. Gasket
14. Lower kingpin
15. Brake piston
16. Steel disc
17. Spool return spring
18. Friction disc
19. Bearing
20. Cover
21. Cover disc
22. Planet pinion
23. Pivot pin
10-88
Pinion, differential and differential lock
1 2 3 4
18
5
19
7 6
23
22
21
24
20
17 8
16 3 9
15 10
11
14
12
13 D0048730
Fig. 81 - Pinion, differential and differential lock

1. Axle housing
2. Crown wheel
3. Planet pinion
4. Side gear
6. Differential lock
7. Halfshaft
8. Bearing
9. Bearing
10. Spacer
11. Bearing
12. Oil seal
13. Oil seal
14. Nut:
15. Bevel pinion
17. Bearing
18. Side gear
20. Piston
21. Shock absorber spring
22. Return spring
23. Differential lock engagement lever
24. Shoe
10-89
10.3.2 - Front axle (AGROFARM 430 -> 5001)
Up to Serial No.
l Explorer³ 110: 5035 <-
l R3 evo 110: 5038 <-
l XB max 110: 5001 <-
l Agrofarm 430: 5050 <-
X–2
1769
D0024080

l Version with single-acting steering cylinders: 50°
l Version with double-acting steering cylinders: 55°
10-90
Final drive
5
4 6
3 7
2
8
1
9
22
21
20
19 10
11
12
18 17 16 15 14 13
D0036570

1. Planet carrier
2. Oil seal
3. Ring gear
4. Brake disc
6. Upper kingpin
7. Gasket
8. Top bearing
9. Halfshaft
10. Roller bearing
11. Oil seal
12. Lower bearing
13. Gasket
14. Lower kingpin
15. Brake piston
16. Steel disc
17. Friction disc
18. Bearing
19. Cover
20. Cover disc
10-91
5
4 6
3 7
2
8
1
9
22
21
20
19 10
11
12
18 17 16 15 14 13
D0036570

21. Planet pinion
22. Pivot pin
10-92
1 2 3 4
18
5
19
7 6
23
22
21
24
20
17 8
16 3 9
D0025260
15 10
11
14
12
13

1. Axle housing
2. Crown wheel
3. Planet pinion
4. Side gear
7. Halfshaft
8. Bearing
9. Bearing
10. Spacer
11. Bearing
12. Oil seal
13. Oil seal
14. Oil seal
15. Nut:
16. Bevel pinion
18. Bearing
19. Side gear
21. Piston
23. Return spring
10-93
1 2 3 4
18
5
19
7 6
23
22
21
24
20
17 8
16 3 9
D0025260
15 10
11
14
12
13

25. Shoe
10-94
10.3.3 - Front axle (AGROFARM 410 -> 16001, AGROFARM 410 -> 20001, AGROFARM 420
-> 16001, AGROFARM 420 -> 20001)
X–2
1769
D0024080

l Single-acting steering cylinders version: 50°
l Double-acting steering cylinders version: 55°
10-95
Final drive
5
4 6
3 7
2
8
1
9
22
21
20
19 10
11
12
18 17 16 15 14 13
D0036570

1. Planet carrier
2. Oil seal
3. Ring gear
4. Brake disc
6. Upper kingpin
7. Gasket
8. Top bearing
9. Axle shaft
10. Needle roller bearings
11. Oil seal
12. Lower bearing
13. Gasket
14. Lower kingpin
15. Brake piston
16. Steel disc
17. Friction disc
18. Bearing
19. Cover
20. Protective disc
10-96
5
4 6
3 7
2
8
1
9
22
21
20
19 10
11
12
18 17 16 15 14 13
D0036570

21. Planet gear
22. Planet shaft
10-97
1 2 3 4
18
5
19
7 6
23
22
21
24
20
17 8
16 3 9
D0025260
15 10
11
14
12
13

1. Axle housing
2. Differential crown wheel
3. Planet gear
4. Sun gear
6. Differential lock device
7. Axle shaft
8. Bearing
9. Bearing
10. Spacer
11. Bearing
12. Oil seal
13. Oil seal
14. Oil seal
15. Nut
16. Pinion
18. Bearing
19. Sun gear
21. Piston
23. Return spring
10-98
1 2 3 4
18
5
19
7 6
23
22
21
24
20
17 8
16 3 9
D0025260
15 10
11
14
12
13

25. Shoe
10-99
10.4 - Hydraulic system
10.4.1 - Hydraulic system (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Description
The tractors in this series are equipped with a hydraulic system with two main circuits:
1. Steering, brakes and services circuit.
2. Lift and remote control valve circuit.
Each of these circuits is supplied with oil by a hydraulic gear pump that converts the power supplied by the engine into hydraulic
energy. The oil flow generated by the pumps is sent to the devices that control the distribution of the oil pressure to the actuators,
where the hydraulic energy is converted into mechanical energy.
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
16
A B
17
5
18
4
15
2
21 19
20 1
D0048250
Fig. 85 - Hydraulic schematic

Key
1. Suction line filter
2. Steering circuit gear pump
3. Resonator
4. Power steering valve
5. Steering cylinders
6. Pressurized filter
7. Hydraulic reverse shuttle solenoid valves assembly
8. Front brakes pilot valve
9. Park Brake valve
10. Hi-Lo solenoid valves assembly
11. 4WD engagement device
12. Differential lock engagement device
13. Rear PTO clutch
14. Services solenoid valve assembly
15. Lift gear pump
16. Remote control valve
10-100
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
16
A B
17
5
18
4
15
2
21 19
20 1
D0048250

17. Hydraulic lift control valve
18. Lift cylinder
19. Transfer pump
20. Filter
21. Shuttle lubrication
10-101
Hydraulic diagram
Hydraulic steering, brakes and services system - diagram 1
Fig. 86 - Hydraulic steering, brakes and services system - diagram 1

Key
1. Suction line filter (90 μm)
2. Hydraulic pump (14 cc/rev)
3. Resonator
6. Pressure line filter (19 μm - ß>1000)
7. Pressure limiting valve
9. Rear PTO clutch
10. PTO and shuttle shaft lubrication
11. Shuttle solenoid valves assembly
12. Shuttle unit
10-102
Fig. 86 - Hydraulic steering, brakes and services system - diagram 1

13. Hydraulic shuttle lubrication
14. Oil cooler
15. Transfer pump
16. Washable filter with metal mesh
17. Front differential locking device
18. Rear differential locking device
19. Hi-Lo unit
10-103
Hydraulic steering, brakes and services diagram - diagram 2 - (standard version)
Fig. 87 - Hydraulic steering, brakes and services diagram - diagram 2 - (standard version)
Key
2. Front axle brake
3. Brake fluid reservoir
4. Master cylinder
5. Non-return valve (check valve)
6. Park Brake accumulator circuit
7. Park Brake valve
8. Rear axle brake
10-104
Hydraulic steering, brakes and services diagram - diagram 2 - (version with hydraulic trailer braking)
Fig. 88 - Hydraulic steering, brakes and services diagram - diagram 2 - (version with hydraulic trailer braking)
Key
2. Front axle brake
3. Brake fluid reservoir
4. Master cylinder
6. Park Brake accumulator circuit
7. Park Brake valve
8. Rear axle brake
9. Hydraulic trailer braking valve
10-105
Hydraulic lift and remote control valve circuit diagram (standard version)
Fig. 89 - Hydraulic lift and remote control valve circuit diagram - standard version
Key
2. Hydraulic pump (22.5 cc/rev)
3. Free drain
4. 6-way remote control valve
6. Lift cylinders
7. Lift cover
8. Brake discs lubrication
9. PTO bearing lubrication system
10-106
Hydraulic lift and remote control valve circuit diagram ( version with hydraulic trailer braking)
Fig. 90 - Hydraulic lift and remote control valve circuit diagram - version with hydraulic trailer braking
Key
4. Free drain
6. Lift cylinder
8. Lift cover
10-107
Hydraulic lift and remote control valve circuit diagram ( version with hydraulic trailer braking and front lift)
Fig. 91 - Hydraulic lift and remote control valve circuit diagram - version with hydraulic trailer braking and front
lift
Key
4. Free drain
6. Front lift
7. Damper valve assembly
8. Rate of drop control valve
9. Lift cylinder
11. Lift cover
10-108
Hydraulic lift and remote control valve circuit diagram ( version with hydraulic trailer braking and front loader)
loader
Key
4. Front loader control valve
6. Free drain
7. Lift cylinder
9. Lift cover
10-109
Description
l Steering and services circuit.
l Lift and remote control valve circuit.
7 8 9 10 11 12
A 13
B
6
14
5
15
2 3 16
4 17
D0025320

3. Lift gear pump
7. HML solenoid valve assembly
11. Rear PTO clutch
15. Lift cylinder
16. HML and secondary shaft assembly lubrication
10-110
7 8 9 10 11 12
A 13
B
6
14
5
15
2 3 16
4 17
D0025320

17. Ejector
10-111
Hydraulic system diagrams
Hydraulic steering and services diagram
7
6 32 cm3
5
0.8-8 bar
5
L R
0.5-1 L/min.
13
12
12 bar
T
Ø2 Ø1.1
Front Rear
150 Bar 8
4
P T
0.5-1 L/min.
1135 cm 3
11 bar
P C
M12x1.5 C1 M12x1.5 L C B A
21 bar 12 bar 5 bar
P1
T 500 µm T 500 µm
P P
90 µm
H
9
T T
11
10
E Sx 2
-0.5 bar
44 µm
1
D0036483
Rear gear box
Fig. 94 - Hydraulic steering and services diagram

1. Suction filter (44 µm)
3. Resonator
6. Cooler
7. Rear PTO clutch engagement control
10-112
9. Pressure holding valves assembly
10. Filter
12. Rear PTO. shaft lubrication
13. PTO brake.
Hydraulic lift and remote control valve circuit diagram - standard version
6
B1 A1 B2 A2
4 5
T 210 bar
Ø1.2
T
Ø1
190 bar
RV
1 1
P H.P.C
T T T
Lif Lower
0 0 0.7x4 t
Ø1
2 2
0 1
Neutral
6 bar
2
Dx
-0.5 bar
44 µm 44 µm
0.03 bar
D0036491
Rear gear box
3. Free drain
6. Lift cylinders
10-113
Hydraulic lift and remote control valve circuit diagram - full optional version
7 v0= 0.7 L
p0= 130 bar
v0= 0.7 L 70 bar

p0= 130 bar
6
8
Q regol.
16 L/min
B1 A1 B2 A2 B3 A3
5
T T
190 bar
RV
1 1 1
P H.P.C
0 0 0
2 2 2 10
2 0 1 3
1
2 0
9
11 bar
T B
3 210 bar
Ø1.2
Freno trattore Sx
Lf Tractor brake
Ø1
T
Y2 N
Y1
T T T
Lift Lo wer
P 0.7x4
Comando ON/OFF Freno
Freno trattore Dx
Ø1
Rh Tractor brake
ON/OFF brake control

Neutral
6 bar
2
Dx T
-0.5 bar
1
44 µm 44 µm
0.03 bar
D0036531
Rear gear box
Fig. 96 - Hydraulic lift and remote control valve circuit diagram - full optional version
5. Free drain
6. Front lift
7. Damper valves assembly
9. Electronic lift directional control valve
10-114
10. Lift cylinders

Description
l Steering and services circuit.
l Hitch and ancillary utility distributor circuit.
7 8 9 10 11 12
A 13
B
6
14
5
15
2 3 16
4 17
D0025320
Fig. 97 - Hydraulic system

3. Hitch gear pump
5. Power steering
7. HML solenoid valve assembly
11. Rear PTO clutch
13. Ancillary utility distributor
14. Hitch control distributor
15. Hitch cylinder
10-115
7 8 9 10 11 12
A 13
B
6
14
5
15
2 3 16
4 17
D0025320
Fig. 97 - Hydraulic system

16. HML and secondary shaft assembly lubrication
17. Ejector
10-116
Hydraulic system diagrams
9
6 32 cm3
5 5 0.8-8 bar
L R
0.5-1 L/min.
11
10
12 bar
T
Ø2 Ø1.1
150 Bar
4
P T
0.5-1 L/min.
1135 cm 3
11 bar
P C
M12x1.5 C1 M12x1.5 L C B A
21 bar 12 bar 5 bar
P1
T 500 µm T 500 µm
P P
90 µm
H
T T
7 8
E Sx 2
-0.5 bar
44 µm
1
D0036501
Rear gear box

1. Pickup filter (25 µm)
3. Resonator
4. Power steering
6. Cooler
7. Pressure regulator valve
8. Hi-Lo unit engage control solenoid valve
10-117
11. PTO brake.
Hydraulic hitch and ancillary utility distributor circuit diagram - standard version
B1 A1 B2 A2
4 5
T 210 bar
Ø1.5
Ø1 T
RV
190 bar
1 1
P H.P.C.
Ø1 T T
Lif Lower
0 0 t
T Ø1
2 2
0 1
Neutral
6 bar
2
Dx
-0.5 bar
44 µm 44 µm
0.03 bar
D0036511
Rear gear box
Fig. 99 - Hydraulic hitch and ancillary utility distributor circuit diagram - standard version
2. Hydraulic pump (22,5 cc/rev)
3. Free drain
4. 4-way ancillary utility distributor
6. Hitch cylinders
10-118
Hydraulic hitch and ancillary utility distributor circuit diagram - full optional version
7 v0= 0.7 L
p0= 130 bar
v0= 0.7 L 70 bar

p0= 130 bar
6
8
Q regol.
16 L/min
B1 A1 B2 A2 B3 A3
5
T T
190 bar
RV
1 1 1
P H.P.C
0 0 0
2 2 2 10
2 0 1 3
1
2 0
9
11 bar
T B
3 210 bar
Ø1.2
Freno trattore Sx
Lf Tractor brake
Ø1
T
Y2 N
Y1
Ø1 T T
Lift Lo wer
P T 0.7x4
Comando ON/OFF Freno
Freno trattore Dx
Ø1
Rh Tractor brake
ON/OFF brake control

Neutral
6 bar
2
Dx T
-0.5 bar
1
44 µm 44 µm
0.03 bar
D0036532
Rear gear box
Fig. 100 - Hydraulic hitch and ancillary utility distributor circuit diagram - full optional version
4. Free drain
6. Front hitch
9. Hitch cylinder
10-119
10. Hitch unit auxiliary cylinder
11. Electronic hitch directional control valve

Description
1. Steering and services circuit.
2. Hitch and ancillary utility distributor circuit.
7 8 9 10 11 12
14
A B
15
5
16
4
13
2
19 17
1
18
D0040650

Key
3. Resonator
4. Power steering
6. Delivery line filter
11. Rear PTO clutch
13. Hitch gear pump
14. Ancillary utility distributor
10-120
7 8 9 10 11 12
14
A B
15
5
16
4
13
2
19 17
1
18
D0040650

16. Hitch cylinder
17. Oil transfer pump
18. Filter
10-121
Hydraulic circuit diagram
Hydraulic steering and services diagram (standard version)
1 L/min max 1 L/min max 14

AV RM
7
32 cm 3
0,5-1 L/min.
0.8-8 bar
5 5 Ø4,2
L R
LUB INV
18 19
RM
AV
12 bar
T
4 bar 4 2
S2 3 1 S1
Ø2 Ø1,1
Ø4,5
500 µm Ø4,0
150 bar
4 13
P T
p0= 10 bar 15 8
v0= 0.16 lt Front Rear
12
11 0,5-1 L/min
3.4 bar
3
1135 cm
3 6 2.4 bar
11 bar
P C
M12x1.5 C1 M12x1.5 L D C B A E
21 bar 12 bar 5 bar
P1 A A
P T T 500 µm T 500 µm P
T
H P P
Dx Sx 2 9
T T
10
-0.5 bar
16 Dx
90 µm
1 900 µm
17
Rear gear box Front gear box

D0040711
Fig. 102 - Hydraulic steering and services diagram (standard version)

Key
3. Resonator
4. Power steering
6. Delivery line filter (19µm - ß>1000)
10-122
AV RM
7
32 cm 3
0,5-1 L/min.
0.8-8 bar
5 5 Ø4,2
L R
LUB INV
18 19
RM
AV
12 bar
T
4 bar 4 2
S2 3 1 S1
Ø2 Ø1,1
Ø4,5
Ø4,0
500 µm
150 bar
4 13
P T
p0= 10 bar 15 8
v0= 0.16 lt Front Rear
12
11 0,5-1 L/min
3.4 bar
3
1135 cm
3 6 2.4 bar
11 bar
P C
M12x1.5 C1 M12x1.5 L D C B A E
21 bar 12 bar 5 bar
P1 A A
P T T 500 µm T 500 µm P
T
H P P
Dx Sx 2 9
T T
10
-0.5 bar
16 Dx
90 µm
1 900 µm
17

D0040711

11. Cooler
12. Accumulator
14. Shuttle unit
16. Oil transfer pump (13x0.8 cc/rev)
19. PTO brake.
10-123
Hydraulic steering and services diagram - full optional version

AV RM
7
32 cm 3
0,5-1 L/min.
0.8-8 bar
5 5 Ø4,2
20
L R
LUB INV
18 21
RM
AV
12 bar
T
4 bar 4 2
S2 3 1 S1 19
3
Ø2 Ø1,1
3
9,8 cm 12,2 cm
Ø4,5
Ø4,0
3,3-3,7 bar 8-10,3 bar
H L
150 bar
4 13 500 µm
P T 0.5 bar
p0= 10 bar 15
v0= 0.16 lt
Ø2
12
M12x1.5
11 Front Rear
3.4 bar
8
3
1135 cm
3 6 2.4 bar
11 bar
0,5-1 L/min
P C
M12x1.5 C1 M12x1.5 L D B
C A E
21 bar 12 bar 5 bar
P1
T 500 µm T 500 µm T 500 µm T 500 µm
H P P P P
Dx Sx 2 9
T T
10
-0.5 bar
16 Dx
90 µm 900 µm
1 17
D0040721
Fig. 103 - Hydraulic steering and services diagram - full optional version
Key
3. Resonator
4. Power steering
6. Delivery line filter (19µm - ß>1000)
11. Cooler
10-124

AV RM
7
32 cm 3
0,5-1 L/min.
0.8-8 bar
5 5 Ø4,2
20
L R
LUB INV
18 21
RM
AV
12 bar
T
4 bar 4 2
S2 3 1 S1 19
3
Ø2 Ø1,1
3
9,8 cm 12,2 cm
Ø4,5
Ø4,0
3,3-3,7 bar 8-10,3 bar
H L
150 bar
4 13 500 µm
P T 0.5 bar
p0= 10 bar 15
v0= 0.16 lt
Ø2
12
M12x1.5
11 Front Rear
3.4 bar
8
3
1135 cm
3 6 2.4 bar
11 bar
0,5-1 L/min
P C
M12x1.5 C1 M12x1.5 L D B
C A E
21 bar 12 bar 5 bar
P1
T 500 µm T 500 µm T 500 µm T 500 µm
H P P P P
Dx Sx 2 9
T T
10
-0.5 bar
16 Dx
90 µm 900 µm
1 17
D0040721
12. Accumulator
14. Shuttle unit
19. Hi-Lo unit
21. PTO brake.
10-125
Hydraulic hitch and ancillary utility distributor circuit diagram - standard version
4 5
B1 A1 B2 A2
210 bar
Ø1.2
T
T
190 bar Ø1.0
RV
1 1
P H.P.C.
T
0.7x4 T T Lift Lower
0 0
2 2
Ø1
0 1
Neutral
6 bar T
3 7
8 9
2 Dx E
-0.5 bar
1 90 µm
D0040741
Rear gear box
Fig. 104 - Hydraulic hitch and ancillary utility distributor circuit diagram - standard version
Key
3. Free drain
6. Hitch cylinders
7. Hitch cover
Hydraulic hitch and ancillary utility distributor circuit diagram - full optional version
10-126
5
v0= 0.7 L
v0= 0.7 L 7 P P
p0= 130 bar
p0= 130 bar
B1 A1 B2 A2 B3 A3
Q regol.
70 bar 6
16 L/min
T T
190 bar
8
3
RV
1 1 1
P H.P.C.
0 0 0
2 2 2
10
3
2 0 1
2 0 1
5
11 bar
9
T B
3 210 bar
Ø1.2
Ø1
T
N
Y2
Y1
T
0.7x4 T T Lift Lower
P
Ø1.0
Neutral
6 bar T
11
P
2 Dx E Sx
12
-0.5 bar D0040730
13
1 90 µm
Rear gear box
Fig. 105 - Hydraulic hitch and ancillary utility distributor circuit diagram - full optional version
Key
5. Free drain
6. Front hitch
10. Hitch cylinders
11. Hitch cover

Description
1. Steering and services circuit.
10-127
7 8 9 10 11 12
14
A B
15
5
16
4
13
2
19 17
1
18
D0040650

Key
3. Resonator
6. Pressure line filter
11. Rear PTO clutch
13. Lift gear pump
16. Lift cylinder
17. Transfer pump
18. Filter
10-128
Hydraulic steering and services diagram (standard version)

AV RM
9
3
32 cm
0,5-1 L/min.
0.8-8 bar
5 5 Ø4,2
L R
LUB INV
10 18
RM
AV
12 bar
11 T
4 2
4 bar
S2 3 1 S1
µm Ø2 Ø1,1
150 bar
4 p0= 10 bar
v0= 0.16 lt µm
P T
13
14
0,5-1 L/min
17
3
1135 cm
3.4 bar
3
11 bar
6 2.4 bar
P C
M12x1.5 C1 M12x1.5 L DB
C A E
µm
21 bar 12 bar 5 bar
P1 A A
P T T µm T µm P T
H P P
Dx Sx 2 7
T T
8
-0.5 bar
15 Dx
µm
1 µm 16
Rear gear box Front gear box D0040751

Key
3. Resonator
6. Pressure line filter (19µm, ß>1000)
7. Pressure holding valve
10-129

AV RM
9
3
32 cm
0,5-1 L/min.
0.8-8 bar
5 5 Ø4,2
L R
LUB INV
10 18
RM
AV
12 bar
11 T
4 2
4 bar
S2 3 1 S1
µm Ø2 Ø1,1
150 bar
4 p0= 10 bar
v0= 0.16 lt µm
P T
13
14
0,5-1 L/min
17
3
1135 cm
3.4 bar
3
11 bar
6 2.4 bar
P C
M12x1.5 C1 M12x1.5 L DB
C A E
µm
21 bar 12 bar 5 bar
P1 A A
P T T µm T µm P T
H P P
Dx Sx 2 7
T T
8
-0.5 bar
15 Dx
µm
1 µm 16
Rear gear box Front gear box D0040751

12. Shuttle unit
17. Cooler
18. PTO brake.
10-130
Hydraulic steering and services diagram - full optional version
1 L/min max
AV RM
1 L/min max 12
5 5 9
3
32 cm
0.8-8 bar
18
L R
10 0,5-1 L/min.
LUB INV
19
12 bar
RM
AV
T
11
4 2
4 bar
S2 3 1 S1
500 µm Ø2 Ø 1.1
9,8 cm
3
3,3-3,7 bar
12,2 cm
8-10,3 bar
3
17
H L
150 bar
p0= 10 bar
v0= 0.16 lt
500 µm
P T 0.5 bar
13 Ø2
M12x1.5
19 µm (c)
B > 1000
14
3.4 bar
3
3
1135 cm
0,5-1 L/min
2.4 bar
11 bar
P C
M12x1.5 C1 M12x1.5 L D C B A E
21 bar 12 bar 5 bar
P1
500 µm 500 µm 500 µm 500 µm

3
14 cm /giro
T T T T
(12,9-36,1 L/min)
2 H P P P P
Dx Sx 7
T T
825-2300 RPM
i = 55/49
8
-0.5 bar
15 3
13x0,8 cm /giro
Dx (9,6-26,8 L/min)
1 i = 55/49 (valori con n )

v
16
90 µm 900 µm
D0040701
Key
3. Resonator
6. Pressure line filter (19µm, ß>1000)
10-131
1 L/min max
AV RM
1 L/min max 12
5 5 9
3
32 cm
0.8-8 bar
18
L R
10 0,5-1 L/min.
LUB INV
19
12 bar
RM
AV
T
11
4 2
4 bar
S2 3 1 S1
500 µm Ø2 Ø 1.1
9,8 cm
3
3,3-3,7 bar
12,2 cm
8-10,3 bar
3
17
H L
150 bar
p0= 10 bar
v0= 0.16 lt
500 µm
P T 0.5 bar
13 Ø2
M12x1.5
19 µm (c)
B > 1000
14
3.4 bar
3
3
1135 cm
0,5-1 L/min
2.4 bar
11 bar
P C
M12x1.5 C1 M12x1.5 L D C B A E
21 bar 12 bar 5 bar
P1
500 µm 500 µm 500 µm 500 µm

3
14 cm /giro
T T T T
(12,9-36,1 L/min)
2 H P P P P
Dx Sx 7
T T
825-2300 RPM
i = 55/49
8
-0.5 bar
15 3
13x0,8 cm /giro
Dx (9,6-26,8 L/min)
1 i = 55/49 (valori con n )

v
16
90 µm 900 µm
D0040701
12. Shuttle unit
17. Hi-Lo unit
19. PTO brake.
10-132
3 6
B1 A1 B2 A2
4 5 Q regol.
16 L/min
210 bar
T
Ø 1.5
T
Ø1
T
190 bar
RV
1 1
P H.P.C.
Ø1
0 0 T T Lift Lower
T
2 2
Ø1
1
0
T
Neutral
6 bar
3
22.5 cm /giro
(20,8-58,1 L/min)
2 Dx Sx 8 9
825-2300 RPM
i = 55/49
-0.5 bar
90 µm
D0040690
Key
3. Free drain
6. Lift cylinders
7. Lift cover
Hydraulic lift and remote control valve circuit diagram - full optional version
10-133
4 6
7
v0= 0.7 L
p0= 130 bar
v0= 0.7 L P P
p0= 130 bar
B1 A1 B2 A2 B3 A3
8
5
70 bar
Q regol.
16 L/min
T T
190 bar
RV
1 1 1
H.P.C.
P
0 0 0
2 2 2 10 9 10
3
2 0 1
1
2 0
11
11 bar
T B
3 210 bar
Ø1
Ø 1.5
Ø1 T
N
Y2
Y1
Ø1
T T Lift Lower
P
T
Ø1
12 T
Neutral
6 bar
3
22.5 cm /giro
P
(20,8-58,1 L/min)
2
Dx Sx T
13
825-2300 RPM
i = 55/49
-0.5 bar
14
1
90 um
D0040681
Fig. 110 - Hydraulic lift and remote control valve circuit diagram - full optional version
Key
4. Free drain
6. Front lift
9. Lift cylinder
10. Lift unit auxiliary cylinder
12. Lift cover

Description
1. Steering, brakes and services circuit.
10-134
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
16
A B
17
5
18
4
15
2
21 19
20 1
D0048250

Key
3. Resonator
6. Pressure line filter
9. Park Brake valve
13. Rear PTO clutch
15. Lift gear pump
18. Lift cylinder
19. Transfer pump
20. Filter
10-135
9
6 32 cm3
5 5 0.8-8 bar
L R
0.5-1 L/min.
11
10
12 bar
T
Ø2 Ø1.1
150 Bar
4
P T
0.5-1 L/min.
1135 cm 3
11 bar
P C
M12x1.5 C1 M12x1.5 L C B A
21 bar 12 bar 5 bar
P1
T 500 µm T 500 µm
P P
90 µm
H
T T
7 8
E Sx 2
-0.5 bar
44 µm
1
D0036501
Rear gear box

3. Resonator
6. Cooler
8. Hi-Lo unit engage control solenoid valve
10-136
11. PTO brake.
6
5
3
220 bar
Ø3
B1 A1 B2 A2
Ø2 T
T 190 bar T
RV
1 1 Ø1
P T T Lift Lower
H.P.C. T
0 0 Ø1
Neutral
2 2
6 bar T
0 1
7
22.5 cm³ /giro
(20,8-58,1 L/min)
2 Dx Sx
8 9
-0.5 bar
-0.5 bar
1
44 µm
44 µm 44 µm
D0066250
Rear gear box
Key
3. Free drain
6. Lift cylinders
7. Lift cover
10-137
Hydraulic lift and remote control valve circuit diagram ( version with hydraulic trailer braking and front lift)
v0= 0.7 L
p0= 130 bar
6
7
4 v0= 0.7 L
p0= 130 bar P P
8
B1 A1 B2 A2 B3 A3 70 bar
Q regol.
16 L/min
T
5 190 bar T
P rest.
3
RSM
1 1 1
P H.P.C.
0 0 0
2 2 2
20 1
20 13
P reg.
P rest.
10
11 bar
220 bar
T B Ø3
To front axle brake valve
3
Lh Tractor brake
T
Ø2
Y
Ø1
T T Lift Lower
Rh Tractor brake
Neutral
Ø1
ON/OFF brake control P
6 bar T
22.5 cm³ /giro 11

(20,8-58,1 L/min)
T
2 Dx Sx
825-2300 RPM
i = 55/49
-0.5 bar
-0.5 bar
12
1
13
44 µm 44 µm D0066260
Rear gear box
lift
Key
4. Free drain
6. Front lift
9. Lift cylinder
11. Lift cover
10-138
10.4.7 - Steering circuit pump - lift circuit pump ()
Steering circuit gear pump
D0021760
Fig. 114 - Steering circuit gear pump

l Displacement: 14 cc/rev
l Maximum operating pressure: 155 bar
10-139
Lift circuit gear pump
D0021770
Fig. 115 - Lift circuit gear pump

l Displacement: 22.5 cc/rev
l Maximum operating pressure: 190 bar
10-140
AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Fig. 116 - Power steering valve

Operation
l The power steering system consists of a control valve with a rotary spool; these components feature hydrostatic operation.
l When the steering wheel is turned, the rotary spool control valve sends the oil from the pump to one side or the other of the
steering cylinder. The rotary spool ensures that that the volume of oil delivered to the cylinder is proportional to the angle
through which the steering wheel is turned.
l In the event of a malfunction of the power steering pump, the rotary spool valve automatically functions as a manual pump to
ensure emergency steering.
l Pressure relief valve setting: 150-155 bar
10-141
AGROFARM 430 -> 5001)
Fig. 117 - Power steering valve

Operation
l The power steering system consists of a control valve with a rotary spool; these components feature hydrostatic operation.
l When the steering wheel is turned, the rotary spool control valve sends the oil from the pump to one side or the other of the
steering cylinder. The rotary spool ensures that that the volume of oil delivered to the cylinder is proportional to the angle
through which the steering wheel is turned.
l In the event of a malfunction of the power steering pump, the rotary spool valve automatically functions as a manual pump to
ensure emergency steering.
l Pressure relief valve setting: 150 ... 155 bar
l Anticavitation valves: nr.2 (Included)
l Check valve: Included
l Threaded holes
m “P” and “T” = M 22 x 1.5
m “L” and “R” = M 18 x 1.5
l Spool adjustment angle: 15°
10-142
Power steering hydraulic diagram
Fig. 118 - Power steering hydraulic diagram
10-143
10.4.10 - Ancillary utility distributor 4-way version (AGROFARM 410 -> 16001, AGRO-
FARM 410 -> 20001, AGROFARM 420 -> 16001, AGROFARM 420 -> 20001, AGROFARM
430 -> 5001)
1 2
B1 B2
A1 A2
4
3 2 4 1
B1 A1 B2 A2
190 bar
T
H.P.C.
1 1
P 0 0
2 2
1
0
D0036620
Fig. 119 - Ancillary utility distributor

Key
1. Double-acting section
2. Detent section
4. Double/single acting conversion screw
10-144
10.4.11 - Remote control valve - 6-way version (AGROFARM 420 -> 16001, AGROFARM
420 -> 20001, AGROFARM 430 -> 1001, AGROFARM 430 -> 5001)
Fig. 120 - Remote control valve - 6-way version

Key
1. Flow divider valve
2. Kick-Out section
3. Detent section
4. Float section
7. Inlet ( P )
8. Single-acting control valve (x2)
9. Outlet ( T )
10.4.12 - Hydraulic lift control valve (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Hydraulic lift control valve
E
D D
C C
B B
A A
E
D0047930
Fig. 121 - Hydraulic lift control valve – Key to sectional views
10-145
1 2 3
A- A
P 4 5
6 T1 7
B- B T
ł1.5 210 bar
ł1
7
T1
Lift Lower
T T
ł1
6 bar
T
D0047940
5 3
Fig. 122 - Hydraulic lift control valve (1/2)
Components
1. Spacer
2. Pilot/enabling valve spring
3. Pilot/enabling valve
4. Enabling valve
5. Enabling valve spring
6. Lift control spool return spring
7. Lift control spool
10-146
1 2 3 4 5
C- C
A
6 7 8
9 8 3 D-D
A
210 bar
9
ł1.5
ł1
T1
Lift Lower
T T
ł1
6 bar
P
E- E
T D0047950
Fig. 123 - Hydraulic lift control valve (2/2)

Components
1. Relief valve
2. Plug
3. Rate of drop control valve spool (Valvematic)
4. Plunger
5. Rate of drop regulator valve spring
6. One-way valve actuator piston
7. Spool
9. Inlet valve
Connections
l P - Control valve supply
l T - Drain
l A - Lift control
l T1 - Drain
10-147
Function
l The function of the lift control valve is to direct oil pressure to the lifting cylinder, thereby allowing the implement to be raised
and lowered.
l It contains the following valves:
m Check valve (1)
m Rate of drop control valve (Valvematic) (2)
m Inlet valve (3)
m Enabling valve (4)
m Pilot/enabling valve (5)
m Relief valve (6)
Fig. 124 - Lift control valve

Operation
When the lift control is in neutral position
l The pressurised oil from pump (1) flows to line a. As all the passages are closed, the pressure increases and when the force
exerted on enabling valve (2) overcomes that of spring (3), valve (2) shifts to the right to allow oil to flow to tank.
10-148
Fig. 125 - Operation in neutral position

When the lift is lowered
l When spool (4) is shifted to the right, lift lowering begins; this can be divided into two stages:
STAGE 1
l When spool (4) is shifted to the right, this connects:
m line b with line c thereby allowing piston (6) to move to the right.
m line d with discharge line h thus enabling a reduction in the pressure in line e.
10-149
Fig. 126 - Operation in ‘lower’ position - Stage 1

STAGE 2
l As piston (6) moves to the right, ball (7) is also shifted to the right, thereby connecting chamber m of check valve (8) with line e.
Consequently the pressure in chamber m decreases and the force exerted on piston (6) by the pressure in chamber n pushes
valve (8) to the right to connect line p with line e, thereby allowing the oil to flow and the lift to be be lowered. The regulator
valve (9) controls the rate of drop; when it shifts downwards, it limits the flow of oil between port t and line p.
10-150
Fig. 127 - Operation in ‘lower’ position - Stage 2

When the lift is raised
l When spool (4) is shifted to the left, this opens the connecting passages between lines b and d, f and g, a and e. When the
force exerted by the pressure in line e overcomes the pressure in chamber m, valve (8) is shifted to the right and oil can flow
into line p and from there, through valve (9), to port t and lifting cylinder (10). To increase the lifting speed, i.e. the flow of oil
to lifting cylinder (10), a one-way valve (11) is installed in parallel with spool (4); this ensures that oil is only supplied during
the lifting stage.
Fig. 128 - Operation in ‘raise’ position
10-151
10.4.13 - Braking system (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Description
The braking system is composed of 4 braking devices (1 for each wheel) operated by two hydraulic master cylinders with mechanical
control.
When the brake pedals are latched together, all the braking systems are operated simultaneously on all 4 wheels (front and back).
When the brake pedals are operated separately (latch disengaged), only the rear brakes are applied, with each pedal operating the
brake on the corresponding side of the tractor (right pedal - right brake, left pedal - left brake).
The front braking devices are operated simultaneously and independently by the brake pedal pressed (only one or both) thanks to
the pilot valve that intercepts the oil from both master cylinders selecting the circuit with the higher pressure value as the pilot circuit.
The pilot valve thus directs oil from the hydraulic services circuit to the front brakes, modulating the pressure according to the pilot
pressure from the brake master cylinders. In contrast, the rear braking devices are each operated by a separate master cylinder,
thereby allowing the operator to brake on one side only and thus reduce the steering radius.
Fig. 129 - Braking system diagram

1. Front axle
2. Master cylinder for Rh brakes
3. Master cylinder for Lh brakes
4. Pilot valve for front brakes
5. Rear axle
10-152
Servo-brake valve for front axle
Fig. 130 - Servo-brake valve for front axle

Connections
l Port R - Valve supply
l Port N - Drain
l Port T - To front axle brakes
l Port B1 - Pilot valve
l Port B2 - Pilot valve
10.4.14 - Trailer braking valve (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

ITALY version
Function
The trailer braking valve is fitted when hydraulic trailer braking is required.
10-153
Operation
Fig. 131 - Trailer braking valve - ITALY version

Valve control lever in position “1”
l When lever (1) is in position “1” (valve activated) and the brake pedals are not pressed, there is a pressure of 12.5 bar (181.3
psi) available at port B.
l This pressure is supplied constantly to the trailer to release the parking brake. In this condition, the pressure detected by pres-
sure switch (2) is higher than the pressure setting and consequently indicator light (3) on the instrument panel is switched off.
l When the operator engages the parking brake, solenoid valve (4) is energised. The pressure at port B is thus eliminated and
pressure switch (2), on detecting the lack of pressure, illuminates indicator light (3) on the instrument panel.
l The pressure at port B is directly proportional to the pressure in the tractor braking circuit.
Valve control lever in position “O”
l When lever (1) is in position “O” (valve deactivated), there is no pressure at port B. As a result, pressure switch (2) detects the
lack of pressure and illuminates indicator light (3) on the instrument panel. In this condition, the pressure at port B remains null
regardless of the pressure in the tractor braking circuit.
10-154
Fig. 132 - Connections

Connections
l P - Supply to valve
l N - To remote control valve
l B - To trailer brake
l T - Drain
l Y1-Y2 - Connection to tractor braking system
l E - Parking brake pressure switch
l Maximum operating pressure at port N: 220 bar
l Minimum constant pressure at port B: 12.5±2.5 bar
l Maximum pressure at port B: 130±10 bar
l Oil supply flow rate: 20 to130 l/min
EXPORT version
Function
10-155
Operation
Fig. 133 - Trailer braking valve - EXPORT version

l When the brakes are not applied there is no pressure at port B.
l When the operator applies the tractor brakes, the pressure in the circuit pilots the braking valve and the pressure at port B
increases proportionally to the pressure in the tractor braking circuit.

Connections
l T - Drain
l Maximum operating pressure at port N: 200 bar
l Minimum constant pressure at port B: 0 bar
l Maximum pressure at port B: 130 to150 bar
l Oil supply flow rate: 20 to 80 l/min
10-156
10.4.15 - Trailer braking valve (AGROFARM 410 -> 16001, AGROFARM 420 -> 16001,
AGROFARM 420 -> 20001, AGROFARM 430 -> 5001)
ITALY version
Function
Operation
Fig. 135 - Trailer braking valve - ITALY version

Valve control lever in position “1”.
l When lever (1) is in position “1” (valve activated) and the brake pedals are not pressed, there is a pressure of 12.5 bar (181.3
psi) available at port B.
l This pressure is supplied constantly to the trailer to release the parking brake. In this condition, the pressure detected by pres-
sure switch (2) is higher than the pressure setting and consequently indicator light (3) on the instrument panel is switched off.
l When the driver applies the handbrake, this operates lever (4). The pressure at port B is thus eliminated and pressure switch
(2), on detecting the lack of pressure, illuminates indicator light (3) on the instrument panel.
l The pressure at port B is directly proportional to the pressure in the tractor braking circuit.
Valve control lever in position “O”.
l When lever (1) is in position “O” (valve deactivated), there is no pressure at port B. As a result, pressure switch (2) detects the
lack of pressure and illuminates indicator light (3) on the instrument panel. In this condition, the pressure at port B remains null
regardless of the pressure in the tractor braking circuit.
10-157

Connections
l T - Drain
l E - Parking brake pressure switch
l Maximum operating pressure at port N: 200 bar (2900 psi)
l Minimum constant pressure at port B: 12.5±2 bar (181.3±29 psi)
l Maximum pressure at port B: 135±5 bar (1885±72.5 psi)
l Oil supply flow rate: 20-80 ,/min (5.3 - 79.7 US.gpm)
EXPORT version
Function
10-158
Operation
Fig. 137 - Trailer braking valve - EXPORT version

l When the brakes are not applied there is no pressure at port B.
l When the operator applies the tractor brakes, the pressure in the circuit pilots the braking valve and the pressure at port B
increases proportionally to the pressure in the tractor braking circuit.

Connections
l T - Drain
l Minimum constant pressure at port B: 0 bar (0 psi)
l Maximum pressure at port B: 130-135 bar (1885÷1957.5 psi)
10-159
l Oil supply flow rate: 20-80 l/min (5.3 - 8.7 US.gpm)
10.4.16 - Trailer braking valve (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001)

ITALY version
Function
Operation
Fig. 139 - Operating diagram

l Valve control lever in position “1”
m When lever (1) is in position “1” (valve activated) and the brake pedals are not pressed, there is a pressure of 12.5 bar
(181.3 psi) available at port B.

m This pressure is supplied constantly to the trailer to release the parking brake. In this condition, the pressure detected
by pressure switch (2) is higher than the pressure setting and consequently indicator light (3) on the instrument panel
is switched off.
m When the driver applies the handbrake, this operates lever (4). The pressure at port B is thus eliminated and pressure
switch (2), on detecting the lack of pressure, illuminates indicator light (3) on the instrument panel.
m The pressure at port B is directly proportional to the pressure in the tractor braking circuit.
l Valve control lever in position “O”

m When lever (1) is in position “O” (valve deactivated), there is no pressure at port B. As a result, pressure switch (2)
detects the lack of pressure and illuminates indicator light (3) on the instrument panel. In this condition, the pressure at
port B remains null regardless of the pressure in the tractor braking circuit.
10-160
Connections

P - Valve supply
N - To auxiliary services control valve
B - To trailer brake
T - Drain
Y1-Y2 - Connection to tractor braking system
E - Parking brake pressure switch
Characteristics
l Minimum constant pressure at port B: 12.5±2 bar (181.3±29 psi)
l Maximum pressure at port B: 135±5 bar (1885±72.5 psi)
l Oil supply flow rate: 20÷80 l/min (5.3 - 79.7 US.gpm)
EXPORT version
Function
10-161
Operation

When the brakes are not applied there is no pressure at port B.
When the operator applies the tractor brakes, the pressure in the circuit pilots the braking valve and the pressure at port B increases
proportionally to the pressure in the tractor braking circuit.
Fig. 142 - Diagram

Connections
P - Valve supply
N - To auxiliary services control valve
B - To trailer brake
T - Drain
Y1-Y2 - Connection to tractor braking system
LS - Load Sensing signal
Characteristics
10-162
l Minimum constant pressure at port B: 0 bar (0 psi)
l Maximum pressure at port B: 1305±bar (1885±72.5 psi)
l Oil supply flow rate: 20÷80 l/min (5.3 - 79.7 US.gpm)
10.4.17 - Park Brake system (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Introduction
The Park Brake system is a braking device with three main functions:
1. parking brake
2. service brake
3. emergency brake
Park Brake - right-hand side view
Fig. 143 - Right-hand side view

Components
3. Hydraulic accumulator (vol = 0.16 litres, precharge pressure = 10 ± 0.5 bar, maximum operating pressure = 20 bar)
4. Park Brake valve
5. Rear brake assembly
6. Hydraulic pump
10-163
Park Brake - left-hand side view
Fig. 144 - Left-hand side view

Components
1. Hydraulic pump
2. Park Brake valve
3. Rear brake assembly
Main characteristics
The Park Brake offers the following advantages over a conventional parking brake:
l it is designed to meet the requirements of future standards
l it satisfies the need for enhanced braking capacity created by the increase in travel speeds
l it significantly reduces the amount energy required for vehicle motion as it eliminates the oil-immersed discs of a conventional
parking brake
l increased brake disc clearance and take-up device for the service brake piston
l adoption of a front axle servo valve to increase the overall braking capacity
Operation
The Park Brake system is based on a dual function braking device:
l negative parking brake
l service brake
Negative parking brake
The negative parking brake is applied when hydraulic pressure is removed from the braking device by moving lever (1) from position
“0” to position “1”. In the absence of hydraulic pressure, piston (2) is pushed to the right under the force exerted by Belleville springs
(3). Piston (2) thus pushes device brake piston (4) to the right, forcing friction discs (5) against counter discs (6), thereby generating
the braking force. The braking force of the parking brake is directly proportional to the force exerted by the Belleville springs.
10-164
Fig. 145 - Operation of the parking brake (1/2)

To release the parking brake, the operator needs to move lever (1) from position “1” to position “0”, thereby sending oil under pres-
sure into chamber PB and moving piston (2) to the left. This eliminates the force exerted on piston (4), leaving friction discs (5) free
to rotate.
10-165
Fig. 146 - Operation of the parking brake (2/2)

NOTE
In an emergency, such as a failure of the tractor braking system with consequent loss of service brake operation (as a
result of a lack of hydraulic pressure or a malfunction of the braking system itself), the operator can apply the tractor
parking brake, modulating the braking force using the Park Brake lever.
Note
In the event of tractor malfunction, the parking brake can be applied manually by operating the emergency pump
located on the Park Brake valve. This forces pressurised oil into the parking brake circuit thereby braking the tractor.
Service brake
The service brake is always active, but is only effective when the Park Brake system is deactivated (i.e. when pressurised oil flows
into chamber PB and piston (2) is shifted to the left). In this case, the oil pressure, modulated by the operator using the brake pedal
and master cylinders (7), is directed into chamber PF. Parking brake piston (4) is thus pushed to the right, forcing friction discs (5)
against counter disks (6), thereby generating a braking force proportional to brake pedal travel.
10-166
Fig. 147 - Service brake
10-167
10.4.18 - Park Brake valve (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Description
Fig. 148 - Park Brake valve

Components
1. Operating lever
2. Emergency pump
3. Parking brake indicator light switch
4. Outlet for 15 bar pressure switch
Connections
l R - Supply pressure: M16 x 1.5 - ISO 6149
l N - Drain (immersed): M16 x 1.5 - ISO 6149
l B - Parking brake control (spring operated): M16 x 1.5 - ISO 6149
l B’ - Pressure switch (15 bar): M12 x 1.75
10.4.19 - Separate-Brakes valve (AGROFARM 410 -> 16001, AGROFARM 410 -> 20001,
AGROFARM 420 -> 16001, AGROFARM 420 -> 20001, AGROFARM 430 -> 5001)
Function
The Separate-Brakes valve serves to exclude front wheel braking when the operator presses only one of the brake pedals.
10-168
Fig. 149 - Separate-Brakes valve

Key
1. Left pedal
2. Right pedal
3. Both pedals
10-169
Components
Fig. 150 - Valve components

Key
1. Control shaft
2. End cover
3. Flange
4. Control knob
5. Piston
6. Spring
7. Plunger
8. Ball
9. Spring
10. Spring
11. Ball
10-170
Operation
When the valve is not activated
l In the following explanation it is assumed that the operator presses just one of the brake pedals; operation with both pedals
pressed is the same.
Fig. 150 - Operation with valve not activated

l When the valve is not activated, piston (1) in the lower position and the force of springs (2) push spools (3) downwards.
l When one of the brake pedals is pressed (e.g. the RH pedal), the oil pressure pushes plunger (3) upwards against piston (1),
thereby opening the connecting passage between chambers a and b.
l This allows the oil pressure to reach both brakes on the side corresponding to the pedal that is pressed.
When the valve is activated and just one brake pedal is pressed
l When the valve is activated, pistons (1) are in their high position.
l When one of the brake pedals is pressed (e.g. the left pedal), the oil pressure pushes plunger (3) upwards, overcoming the
force of spring (2).
l At the same time ball (4) is pushed upwards by spring (5) so that it closes the connecting passage between chambers a and b.
l As a result, the oil flow from the pump is directed only towards the rear wheel brake.
10-171
Fig. 151 - Operation with the valve activated and just one pedal pressed
When the valve is activated and both brake pedals are pressed
l When the valve is activated and both brake pedals are pressed, the oil flow is directed to chambers c and d.
l As the pressure acting on plungers (3) is the same, they are pushed downward exclusively by the force of springs (2).
l As a result, the oil flow from the master cylinders is directed to the front and rear brakes on both sides of the tractor.
l Even if the operator forgets to deactivate the valve after finishing field work, as soon as both brake pedals are pressed, braking
on all four wheels is ensured.
10-172
Fig. 152 - Operation with the valves activated and both brake pedals pressed
10-173
10.4.20 - Pressure holding valves assembly (AGROFARM 410 -> 16001, AGROFARM 410
-> 20001, AGROFARM 420 -> 16001, AGROFARM 420 -> 20001, AGROFARM 430 -> 5001)
6 B
2
3
5 C C
B A A-A
5 6
P C
C1 L
4 21 bar 12 bar 5 bar
1
P1
2 D0047950
C-C
H
1 T
B-B 3 4 D0048280
Fig. 153 - Pressure holding valves assembly

Components
1. Non-return valve
2. Services circuit supply pressure control valve
3. Cooler by-pass valve
4. Lubrication pressure control valve
5. Pressure control valve test point
6. Cooler by-pass valve pressure test point
10-174
C1 P1
L
P C
C1 L
21 bar 12 bar 5 bar
P1
T
D0047950
D0048290

Connections
l P1 - Oil supply
l T – Tank
l H - Services solenoid valve supply
l L - To lubrication
l C1 - To cooler
10-175
10.4.21 - Services solenoid valves assembly - Pressure holding valves (AGROFARM 430
-> 1001)
Services solenoid valve assembly
Fig. 155 - Services solenoid valve assembly

Components
1. 4WD control solenoid valve
2. PTO engagement solenoid valve
3. Differential lock engagement solenoid valve
4. Hi-Lo control solenoid valve
5. Pressure switch (11 bar)
Connections
l H - Oil supply (from pressure holding valves)
l T - Drain
10-176
l A - To rear PTO clutch
l B - To rear PTO brake clutch
l C - To differential lock engagement device
Pressure holding valves assembly
6 B
2
3
5 C C
B A A-A
5 6
P C
C1 L
4 21 bar 12 bar 5 bar
1
P1
2 D0047950
C-C
H
1 T
B-B 3 4 D0048280

Components
2. Services circuit supply pressure control valve
3. Cooler by-pass valve
4. Lubrication pressure control valve
5. Pressure control valve test point
6. Cooler by-pass valve pressure test point
10-177
C1 P1
L
P C
C1 L
21 bar 12 bar 5 bar
P1
T
D0047950
D0048290

Connections
l P1 - Oil supply
l T - Drain
l H - Services solenoid valve supply
l L - To lubrication
l C1 - To cooler
10-178
10.4.22 - Shuttle solenoid valves assembly (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Fig. 156 - Shuttle solenoid valves assembly (1/2)

Components
1. Accumulator
2. Pressure switch (4 bar)
3. Solenoid-operated proportional valve
4. Reverse gear solenoid valve
5. Forward gear solenoid valve
6. Forward gear pressure test point
7. Reverse gear pressure test point
8. Shuttle lubrication pressure test point
9. Temperature sensor
10-179
Fig. 157 - Shuttle solenoid valves assembly (2/2)

Connections
l P - Supply
l T - Drain
l LI - Shuttle lubrication
l RM - To reverse drive clutch
l AV - To forward drive clutch
l L - Lubrication supply
l TA - Drain
10-180
20 - Calibrations and
electronic diagnosis
20-1
Calibrations and electronic
diagnosis
20.1 - Diagnostic tools
20.1.1 - Position of ECUs and diagnostic instruments
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
12 11 10 9
Fig. 158 - Position of ECUs and diagnostic instruments

1. Instruments
2. Hydraulic shuttle lever
3. Engine ECU
4. Diagnostics socket
1 - Instrument panel
Fig. 159
20-2
diagnosis
2 - Hydraulic shuttle lever
Fig. 160
3 - Engine ECU
Fig. 161
4 - Diagnostic socket
To access the fuse box, remove the cover on the left side of the instrument panel.
Fig. 162
20.1.2 - All Round Tester (ART®) ()

Description
To facilitate the operations of fault diagnosis, putting the vehicle into service and testing electrical components of the engine and lift,
the technician is provided with a test instrument called All Round Tester (hereinafter ART®). Using the ART® the technician can:
l display errors (faults) that have occurred;
l calibrate the sensors;
l display data detected by the electronic control units (e.g. status of the sensors) managing the systems.
Data is exchanged between the ART® and the ECUs by way of a diagnostic socket incorporated in the combine wiring. The ART® is
supplied with a number of different interface cables, which are to be selected in accordance with the type of vehicle and the methods
described in the relative workshop manual or in the CD supplied with the tester.
20-3
diagnosis
Description of the kit
the ART® is supplied to authorised service centres in a case containing:
l Case, complete (P/N 5.9030.730.6/30)
m 1 - All Round Tester (P/N 5.9030.730.0)
m 2 - Diagnostic cable for BOSCH EHR4 rear hydraulic lift - Diagnosis
and programming cable of electronic regulator, original type - Diag-

nostic cable for SBA system, original type (P/N 5.9030.681.3/10)
m 3 - Adapter cable for radar connector (P/N 5.9030.681.7)
m 4 - Adapter cable for wheel speed sensor connector (P/N
5.9030.681.5)
m 5 - Cable for diagnostic socket (P/N 5.9030.681.4) (As from 01/01/06
Fig. 163
the cable has been modified to allow the ART® to connect to all
control units. Contact the Technical Assistance Service for further
information)
m 6 - Adapter cable for diagnosis socket on armrest (P/N 0.011.6178.4)
m 7 - Cable for connection to diagnosis socket in engine, gearbox, and
lift ECUs zone (P/N 0.011.5445.4)

m 8 - EPROM port box (P/N 0.010.2154.2)
m 9 - CD ROM (P/N 307.1056.8/60)
Notes on use
The ART® is protected against battery polarity inversion and positive and negative over voltages of brief duration (1 msec). Do not
attempt to connect the ART® to any sockets other than those specifically designed for use with the tester and do not use extension
leads. The display is permanently backlit to ensure visibility on all light conditions. The knob on the side of the tester allows contrast
adjustment. If the display appears blank, it is possible that the contrast knob is positioned in such a way that the data are not visible
on the screen. The tester operates correctly at temperatures between 0 and 40°C; it is advisable to switch the tester off every 30
minutes to help prolong its service life. Before disconnecting the ART® from the diagnostic socket, turn the starter key to the “O”
(OFF) position.
Description of the tester
The ART® comprises:
1. Liquid crystal display featuring permanent backlighting
2. 16-key alphanumeric keypad
3. Contrast adjustment knob. Serves to adjust the contrast of the display. If the
display appears blank, it is possible that the contrast knob is positioned in
such a way that the data are not visible on the screen.
4. Parallel port (used to connect the ART® to systems with electronic control
units that do not have microprocessors).
5. Serial port (used to connect the ART® to systems with electronic control
units incorporating microprocessors).
Fig. 164
General notes on connecting and powering up the Tester

1. To connect the tester to the vehicle’s electronic system, proceed as follows:
2. Switch off the engine and remove the key from the starter switch;
3. Connect the ART® to a diagnostic;
4. Insert the key in the starter switch and turn it to “I” (ON).
20-4
diagnosis
5. On power up, the ART® will display the battery charge level test. If the volt-
age is below 10V, the ART® will not have sufficient voltage to connect to
the ECUs, while voltages in excess of 15V could damage the ART®. After
a few seconds, the tester will attempt to connect to the electronic system
and will display a screen (which may vary according to the vehicle type
or the connector to which it is connected) from which the technician can
choose to connect to an ECU and test the operation of components.
Fig. 165
Selection of the display language

1. The ART® has the possibility to display information in a number of different languages (factory setting: ITALIAN). To change
the display language, proceed as follows.
2. Switch off the engine and remove the key from the starter switch
3. Connect the ART® to a diagnostic socket
4. While holding pressed key A on the keypad, turn the starter key to “I” (ON).
5. Enter the password 1 2 3 F.
Fig. 166
6. Press “1 - Language SEL.”.
Fig. 167
20-5
diagnosis
7. Press “C to change” and then the key corresponding to the desired lan-
guage. In the example above, key “2 - ENGLISH” was pressed to select
English.
Press “E EXIT” twice to quit
Turn the starter key to “O” (OFF) and disconnect the ART® from the diag-
nostic socket.
Fig. 168
Serial ports configuration

1. The vehicle electronic systems to which the ART® can be connected differ from one another and utilize different pinouts at
the diagnostic socket.
For this reason, the serial ports must first be configured so as to guarantee full compatibility of the ART® with all SAME elec-
tronic systems.
To change the configuration of the serial ports, proceed as follows.
2. Switch off the engine and remove the key from the starter switch
3. Connect the ART® to a diagnostic socket
4. While holding pressed key A on the keypad, turn the starter key to “I” (ON)
5. Enter the password 1 2 3 F.
Fig. 168
6. Press “2 - Serial Ports”.
Fig. 169
20-6
diagnosis
7. Enable all the serial ports by pressing “1 - Port Enable” seven times.
Press “E EXIT” twice to quit.
Turn the starter key to “O” (OFF) and disconnect the ART® from the diag-
nostic socket.
Fig. 170
20.1.3 - Connecting the tester to the tractor ()

1. CAUTION
Before connecting the ART(r), switch off the engine and remove the key from the starter switch.
2. Connect cable (1) (code 5.9030.861.4) to the ART® (2) (code 5.9030.730.0).
Plug connector (3) into the connector located inside the instrument panel
on the left-hand side.
Check that wiring connector (3) is properly connected.
Fig. 171
3. Insert the key in the starter switch and turn it to “I” (ON) to switch on the test meter.
4. On power up, the ART(r) will perform the battery level test and then display
A V A I L A B L E T E S T
the following screen:
M E N U
1 - S M A R T L E V E R
2 - C L U S T E R
C H O I C E
[ E ] E x i t
Fig. 172
5. The technician should now press the key corresponding to the ECU to be tested.
6. CAUTION
Do not start the engine unless this is required for subsequent operations.
20-7
diagnosis
20.1.4 - ART® - Diagnostic socket connection
ART® - Diagnostic socket connection
Table 18
Components Image From: To:
All Round Tester (ART®) - -
Fig. 173
Cable for diagnostic socket (P/N (ART®) Tractor diagnostic
5.9030.681.4); A = Connection to the socket
ART®; B = Connection to diagnostic socket
Fig. 174
Tractor diagnostic socket - -
Fig. 175
20.1.5 - SDF Analyser

Description
The SDF Analyser instrument lets the technician troubleshoot and commission the tractor correctly, and test the functions of the
electric components of the tractor’s on-board systems and engine.
Data is exchanged between the instrument and the electronic control units on the tractor via a diagnostic socket installed on the
tractor wiring harness.
The SDF Analyser lets the technician perform the following:
l View data received from the different electronic control units (e.g. sensor, button and potentiometer states etc.) managing the
tractor systems.
l Test the functions of the electric components installed on the tractor. (e.g. buttons, potentiometers, solenoid valves etc.)
l Perform the operations necessary for commissioning the tractor, calibrating the hydraulic reverse shuttle and calibrating sen-
sors.
l View errors (faults).
-
20-8
diagnosis
Advantages
Using the SDF Analyser offers a number of significant advantages because:
l It has a screen refresh rate two time faster than previous diagnostic systems.
l It is compatible with all laptop operating systems in use today. It is faster than the ART® (All Round Tester).
l It functions as an active interface, with its own microprocessor and flash memory. New software updates are easily installable
with a guided menu.
l It may be used on both old and new tractors, using the specific adapter cables included following the instructions given in the
relative training and workshop manuals.
l May be connected to the laptop either with a USB cable or by Bluetooth connection within a 10 metre range.
-
Description of Kit
The SDF Analyser is delivered to Authorised Service Centres in a case containing the following:
1. Complete SDF Analyser carrier case (P/N 5.9030.997.0) 6 7
2. Analyser tool (P/N 5.9030.997.1) 8
3. Base PC Tester diagnostic cable (P/N 5.9030.997.2)
4. Base EDS diagnostic cable (P/N 5.9030.997.4) 4
5. Bluetooth dongle (P/N 5.9030.997.5)
6. EDS adapter cable, first type (P/N 5.9030.997.6)
7. PC Tester adapter cable for Deutz (P/N 5.9030.997.7)
8. PC Tester adapter cable for Rubin /Iron (P/N 5.9030.997.8)
9. Case containing: 9
m CD-Rom for installing software on laptop and

10
m Multi-language handbook with installation instructions. 3 2
1 5
10. USB connection cable
Fig. 176
-
Installing the software
The minimum requisites for the laptop for installation of the SDF Analyser base
software and the PC diagnostic software are indicated in the multi-language hand-
book included in the case. The installation procedure is also described in the hand-
book. Installing the SDF Analyser software is simple and only takes a few minutes.
Once the software is installed, the icons for launching the 3 functions of the soft-
ware will be displayed on the desktop of the host laptop.
Fig. 177
-
Functions
The SDF Analyser software consists of 3 functions:
PC Tester
Generally used for connection to electronic control units on tractors with CANBUS network. There are
certain exceptions, however, which are described in detail in the specific training courses.
PCTester
CVT Diag
For connection to “Infocenter” on-board instruments.
CVT Diag
20-9
diagnosis
SDF Analyser
For connection to ZF electronic control units on tractors without CANBUS network.
SDF Analyser
-
Connecting tool and launching software
Side: Tool-Tractor
Connect the SDF Analyser to the electronic system of the tractor as follows:
1. Switch the tractor off and remove the ignition key,
2. Connect the SDF Analyser interface to the correct adapter cable (in relation to tractor diagnosed), then connect the cable to
the diagnostic socket on board the tractor,
3. Turn the ignition switch to “On”.
-
Tool-Laptop side
Connect the SDF Analyser to the laptop as follows:
l Use the Bluetooth dongle to connect via Bluetooth, or
l Enable Bluetooth on your laptop (if laptop has integrated Bluetooth module), or
l Connect the SDF Analyser interface to the laptop with the USB connector cable.
-
Launching functions
To launch any of the functions, double-click the respective icon on the desktop.
-
Basic settings in PC Tester
The user may configure a number of basic settings (e.g. language, COM ports, screen layout etc.) for the PC Tester function before
starting to use the function itself. Proceed as follows:
Double-click the relative icon on the desktop and wait for the start screen.
Select “Tools” and then “Setup” from the option menu.
Fig. 178
-
Menus available:
l “Interface” / Interface,
l “Lines Selection” / Lines Selection,
l “Interface” / Interface.
-
20-10
diagnosis
“Interface” / Interface menu
The following may be selected from this menu:
l Interface and COM ports, and
l display language.
Fig. 179
-
“Visual Style” / Visual Style menu
l Background colour of screens,
l Font colour,
l Font type, and
l Enable “Microsoft Word” function
(reproduces PC Tester screens in a Word document.)
Fig. 180
-
“Lines Selection” / Lines Selection menu
l Tractor ECU pin mapping in manual mode.
Fig. 181
-
Base settings in SDF Analyser
The user may configure a number of basic settings for (e.g. language, COM ports, screen layout etc.) for the SDF Analyser function
before starting to use the function itself. Proceed as follows:
Double-click the relative icon on the desktop and wait for the start screen.
Select “Continue” / Continue from the options menu, then select “Configuration” /
Configuration.
Fig. 182
20-11
diagnosis
“Configuration” / Configuration menu
l Interface,
l Display language,
l COM ports,
l Font type, and
l Window layout.
Fig. 183
-
20.1.6 - SDF Analyser - Diagnostic socket
SDF Analyser - Diagnostic socket
Table 19
Components Image From: To:
SDF Analyser - -
Fig. 184
Cable for diagnostic socket (P/N SDF Analyser Tractor diagnostic
5.9030.997.2); A = Connection to SDF socket
Analyser; B = Connection to diagnostic
socket
Fig. 185
Tractor diagnostic socket - -
Fig. 185
20-12
diagnosis
20.1.7 - SERDIA 2000 level III” software
SERDIA 2000 level III” software
To enable correct analysis of faults, facilitate the procedure of putting the tractor into service and check correct operation of the
engine electrical components, the Technician is provided with a software application called SERDIA (P/N. 5.9030.740.4/30), for in-
stallation on a portable computer. With SERDIA, the technician can:
l display errors (faults) that have occurred;
l program the control unit;
l carry out sensor calibration or setting procedures.
Description of the kit
The SERDIA software is supplied to Authorised Workshops in a carrying case with all the basic items needed for operation. The case
contains:
Fig. 186
Table 20
Pos. Code Description Qty
5.9030.740.4/30 Case, complete 1
1 5.9030.740.0/10 . Installation disk 1
2 5.9030.740.2/10 . Level III interface, General revision + USB cable 1
3 5.9030.741.0 Adapter cable (not included in kit) 1
Data is exchanged between the SERDIA software and the control units by way of a diagnostic socket incorporated in the tractor
wiring.
Accordingly, the SERDIA package is supplied with an interface cable that must be used on the particular model and version of tractor
being serviced.
20-13
diagnosis
20.2 - Diagnostic tool screens
20.2.1 - ECU interrogation
Diagnostics
Diagnostics is the set of analytical and reporting activities which, through the measurement of certain physical parameters characteri-
sing the machine monitored, provide significant information on the status of the machine itself and on how its status varies over time,
to enable the evaluation and prediction of both short and long term reliability.
How diagnostics works
When connected to the diagnostic sockets of tractors with specific cables, the All Round Tester (ART®) and SDF Analyser tools con-
nect to and interrogate the different ECUs in the machine, and display the relative data acquired on screen.
ECUs interrogated by the All Round Tester (ART®) and SDF Analyser
The All Round Tester (ART®) and SDF Analyser tools may acquire and analyse data from the following electronic control units. Rear
hitch (EKR), front suspension, HPSA, HLHP1, HLHP2, PTO, Pre-heat, Hydraulic reverse shuttle (“Smart Lever”), Transmission, ZF
transmissions (TCU/VDC, SGR/FMGR), SLH engines, Instrument CLUSTER: INFOCENTER.
WARNING
The primary diagnostic functions of Deutz-AG ECUs are performed with the Serdia 2000/Serdia 2010 diagnostic tools.
WARNING
However, certain procedures are accessible and certain information viewable also with the All Round Tester (ART®)
and SDF Analyser diagnostic tools.
How to select the ECU interrogated

All Round Tester (ART®)
1. Switch the tractor off and remove the ignition key;
2. Connect the ART® to the diagnostic socket;
3. Turn the ignition switch to “I” (ON);
4. When the ART® tool switches on, the battery charge level test screen is displayed.
WARNING
A voltage of less than 10V is insufficient for the ART® to connect to the ECUs, whereas voltages above 15V may
damage the tool itself.
5. After a few seconds, the tester attempts to connect to the electronic system of
the tractor, and displays a screen (which differs in relation to tractor model and the - - - - - - M E N U - - - - - -
diagnostic connector used) in which the technician may select which ECU to con-
nect to, and analyse functions of components.
1 - E N G I N E E C U
=> The image aside shows an example of a selection screen visible when using
the All Round Tester (ART®), in this case connected to the Agrofarm 115G tractor 3 - C L U S T E R
1 - “Engine ECU” / SHL Tier3a engine ECU,
2 - “Smart Lever” / Hydraulic reverse shuttle ECU integrated in “Smart Lever”
shuttle lever,
3 - “Cluster” / Digital on-board instrument cluster.
[ E ] E X I T
Fig. 187
WARNING
To change from one ECU to another, switch the tractor off, reconnect and select the new ECU.
20-14
diagnosis
---
SDF Analyser
1. Switch the tractor off and remove the ignition key;
2. Connect the SDF Analyser to the diagnostic socket;
3. Turn the ignition switch to “I” (ON);
4. Launch the diagnostic programme on your computer;
5. After scanning the channels, the tester attempts to connect to the electronic
system of the tractor, and displays a screen (which differs in relation to tractor
model and the diagnostic connector used) showing the technician a list of the
ECUs recognised. Press “End”.
=> The image aside shows an example of a selection screen visible when using
the SDF Analyser, in this case connected to the Dorado³ 100 tractor:
● “Cluster” / Digital on-board instrument cluster.
● “Smart Lever” / Hydraulic reverse shuttle ECU integrated in “Smart Lever” shut-
tle lever,
● “Engine ECU” / SHL Tier3a engine ECU,
Fig. 188
WARNING
To interrogate a different ECU, simply select the name of the de-
sired ECU
(the image aside shows an example of a selection screen visible when using the
SDF Analyser -
in this case connected to the Dorado³ 100 tractor).
Fig. 189
Menus available for each ECU

The number of ECUs listed varies in relation to the model of tractor the tool is connected to.
After selecting an ECU, the list of options available usually consists of either
5 choices: M E N U M E N U
1. “Monitors”/Monitor Menu: - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Analyses all sensors in monitor mode. View data received from the different
electronic control units (e.g. sensor, button and potentiometer states etc.)
managing the tractor systems. 1 - M O N I T O R S
2. “Parameters”/Parameter Menu: 2 - P A R A M E T R E S
For setting certain machine options. 3 - C A L I B R A T I O N S
3. “Calibrations”/Calibration Menu: 4 - T E S T S
For calibrating the different subsystems of the machine, performing the op- 5 - A L A R M S
erations necessary for commissioning the tractor, calibrating the hydraulic
reverse shuttle and calibrating sensors.
4. “Tests”/Test Menu:
For testing actuators and testing the functions of the electric components
installed on the tractor. (e.g. buttons, potentiometers, solenoid valves etc.)
[ E ] E X I T
5. “Alarms”/Alarm list:
Displays all active and passive alarms. Alarms may also be cancelled from Fig. 190
this menu.
or
20-15
diagnosis
4 choices: M A I N M E N U
1. “Monitors”/Monitor Menu: - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Analyses all sensors in monitor mode. View data received from the different
electronic control units (e.g. sensor, button and potentiometer states etc.)
managing the tractor systems. 1 - M O N I T O R S
2. “Calibrations”/Calibration Menu: 2 - C A L I B R A T I O N S
For calibrating the different subsystems of the machine, performing the op- 3 - T E S T S
erations necessary for commissioning the tractor, calibrating the hydraulic 4 - A L A R M S
reverse shuttle and calibrating sensors.
3. “Tests”/Test Menu:
For testing actuators and testing the functions of the electric components
installed on the tractor. (e.g. buttons, potentiometers, solenoid valves etc.)
4. “Alarms”/Alarm list:
Displays all active and passive alarms. Alarms may also be cancelled from
[ E ] E X I T
this menu.
Fig. 191
---
Hidden menus are also available for certain ECUs, which can only be accessed by M E N U M E N U
entering a specific password. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1 - M O N I T O R S
2 - P A R A M E T R E S
3 - C A L I B R A T I O N S
4 - T E S T S
5 - A L A R M S
C - I N I T I A L I T .
[ E ] E X I T
Fig. 192
20-16
diagnosis
20.3 - Commissioning and calibrating the tractor
20.3.1 - Digital instrument calibration
Purpose
The following assembly standard (p/n 930774/09) is designed to provide instructions for correct calibration of the new digital Check
Panel.
Setting parameters with the ART® Diagnostic Tester
Using the ART diagnostic tester, the instrument panel can be set up so that it func-
tions correctly on any tractor model.
M E N U
l Machine configuration
l Wheels constant
Connect the tester to the diagnostics socket and turn the starter key to “power”. 1 - S M A R T L E V E R
The main tester page will display the names of the electronic control units con- 2 - C L U S T E R
nected to the serial line:

l Select “2 - Cluster”
C H O I C E
[ E ] E x i t
Fig. 193
The following screen appears, showing the SW version and the date:
C L U S T E R
Press E
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
F i r m w a r e I C 2 9 6 A D
0 2 / 0 2 / 2 0 1 2
[ E ] E x i t
Fig. 194
The “Main Menu” screen will appear.

M A I N M E N U
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1 - M o n i t o r s
2 - C a l i b r a t i o n s
3 - T e s t
4 - A l a r m L i s t
[ E ] E x i t
Fig. 195
20-17
diagnosis
Press “2 - Calibrations” to enter the calibration menu.
C A L I B R A T I O N M E N U
The following screen will appear.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Press “1 - Parameters” to enter the parameter calibration menu.
1 - P a r a m e t e r s
[ E ] E x i t
Fig. 196
Change machine configuration

l “Wheel” C A L I B R A T I O N
Wheels constant setting
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
l “AlarmBelt”
Belt alarm setting
1 - W h e e l 3 3 0 9
l “ActiveConf”
2 - A l a r m B e l t 0
Instrument configuration setting
l “Vel” 3 - A c t i v e C o nf 2 1
4 - V e l [ 1 = m p h ] 0
Speed units of measurement setting:
m 0 = km/h
5 - C l o c k [ 1 = 1 2 h ] 0
m 1 = mph 6 - M a x T e m p 1 0 8
l “Clock”
Time display format setting:
m 0 = 24h
m 1 = 12h
[ E ] E x i t
l “MaxTemp” (°C)
Max. engine coolant temperature value above which the red warning light Fig. 197
on the instrument panel will illuminate.
Press “3 - ActiveConf” to configure the instrument on the basis of the machine on which it is installed:
Table 21
Tractor Version Hydraulic Lift Config. Instru-
Shuttle ment
Explorer³ 85, 100 (GS) EU-USA (Hi-Lo) Yes - 16
R3. Evo 85, 100 (GS)
XB Max 85, 100 (GS)
Agrofarm 410, 420 (GS)
Table 22
Shuttle ment
Explorer³ 85, 100 (GS) EU-USA Yes - 17
R3. Evo 85, 100 (GS)
XB Max 85, 100 (GS)
Agrofarm 410, 420 (GS)
Table 23
Shuttle ment
Explorer³ 110 (GS) EU-USA Yes - 18
R3. Evo 110 (GS)
XB Max 110 (GS)
Agrofarm 430 (GS)
20-18
diagnosis
Table 24
Shuttle ment
Explorer³ (LS) Digitek option + Seat No - 25
R3. Evo (LS) control
XB Max (LS)
Agrofarm (LS)
Table 25
Shuttle ment
Explorer³ (LS) Digitek option No - 20
R3. Evo (LS)
XB Max (LS)
Agrofarm (LS)
On the next screen, enter the configuration number for the machine on which the
3 - A c t i v e C o n f
instrument panel is installed:
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Press “E” to exit and then “C” to confirm and save the configuration.
A c t u a l : 2 1
N e w :
[ D ] E r a s e
[ E ] E x i t
Fig. 198
Edit or Input wheels constant

Return to the “Calibrations” menu.
C A L I B R A T I O N
Press “1 - Wheels”
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1 - W h e e l 3 3 0 9
2 - A l a r m B e l t 0
3 - A c t i v e C o nf 2 1
4 - V e l [ 1 = m p h ] 0
5 - C l o c k [ 1 = 1 2 h ] 0
6 - M a x T e m p 1 0 8
[ E ] E x i t
Fig. 198
20-19
diagnosis
Enter the constant on the basis of the table shown.
1 - W h e e l
Press “E” to exit and then “C” to confirm and save the configuration.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
A c t u a l : 3 3 0 9
N e w :
[ D ] E r a s e
[ E ] E x i t
Fig. 199
Wheels constants
The wheels constant parameter to be entered in the instrument must represent the pulses for 25m generated by the speed measu-
rement sensor.
Table 26
Tyres constant
85 hp 100 - 110 hp
13.6 R38 5098 4671
14.9 R38 4518
16.9 R30 5429 4973
16.9 R34 5064 4640
16.9 R38 4348
18.4 R30 5240 4801
18.4 R34 4489
340/85 R38 5098 4671
380/85 R38 4489
420/85 R30 5429 4973
420/85 R34 5064 4640
420/85 R38 4348
460/85 R30 5240 4801
460/85 R34 4489
480/70 R30 5429 4973
480/70 R34 5064 4640
480/70 R38 4348
520/70 R34 4489
540/65 R30 5429 4973
540/65 R34 5064 4640
540/65 R38 4348
20-20
diagnosis
Changing the km/h - mp/h Parameter
Return to the “Calibrations” menu.
Press “4 - Vel” to enter the km/h or mp/h selection menu
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
To display the speed in mph press (1) or press (0) to display the speed in km/h.
Press “E” to exit and then “C” to confirm and save the configuration. 1 - W h e e l 3 3 0 9
2 - A l a r m B e l t 0
3 - A c t i v e C o nf 2 1
4 - V e l [ 1 = m p h ] 0
5 - C l o c k [ 1 = 1 2 h ] 0
6 - M a x T e m p 1 0 8
[ E ] E x i t
Fig. 199
Setting parameters with the control buttons

The two buttons on the instrument panel are used set certain operating parameters and to select the various display functions.
Table 27
Description Abbreviation
Hour meter display button (high position) PD_H
Multifunction display button (low position) PD_L
Parameter Setting
Press buttons PD_H and PD_L simultaneously and hold them for more than 2 seconds to enter parameter setting mode. The first
parameter that can be set by pressing the buttons is the clock.
Press button PD_L briefly to increase the hours setting one unit at a time (if the hours digit is flashing) or the minutes setting (if the
minutes digit is flashing). The setting procedure always starts with the hours by default.
Press the PD_H button briefly to change the digit being edited, from hours to minutes or from minutes to hours.
A prolonged press of the PD_H button serves to save the new time and change the parameter being edited, from the time to the whe-
els constant. If, however, no buttons are pressed for 10 seconds, the system will quit parameter setting mode without saving any of
the changes made to the clock. When the new time has been saved or when the system times out and therefore quits programming,
the display stops flashing.
Likewise, brief presses of PD_L increase the digit being edited, while brief presses of PD_H serve to change the parameter subject
to editing (relative to the size of the tyres).
A prolonged press of PD_H serves to save the new tyre size and change the parameter being edited: after the tyre size parameter,
the next parameter to appear is the indicator light brightness. If, however, no buttons are pressed for 10 seconds the system will quit
parameter setting mode without saving any of the changes made to the tyre size (although the changes made to the time setting will
be saved).
Likewise, short presses of PD_L increase the digit being edited, which flashes at 1Hz (relative to the indicator lights brightness).
Check that the message LUM appears on the LCD3 followed by a flashing letter, which can be H, M, or L for the three brightness
levels High, Medium, and Low.
A prolonged press of PD_H serves to save the indicator lights brightness parameter and quit parameter setting mode. If, however,
no buttons are pressed for 10 seconds the system will quit parameter setting mode without saving the change made to the indicator
lights brightness setting (although changes made to the time and tyre size settings will be saved).
PD_H button
A brief press of the PD_H button makes it possible to change the information shown on the second line of the central display. When
the on-board panel is switched on, the total hour meter is displayed.
A short press of PD_H shows the metres counter (if available), while a second short press causes the display to return to the total
hours meter, and so forth. During display of the metres counter, a prolonged press of PD_H serves to reset the total. The total hour
meter cannot be reset. At each press (short or prolonged) of the button the buzzer emits a tone.
20-21
diagnosis
PD_L button
A prolonged press of PD_L resets the partial hour meter. At each press (short or prolonged) of the button the buzzer emits a tone
(different from the tone associated with PD_H).
20.3.2 - Introduction to commissioning the tractor
All the information required to restore correct operation of all electronic systems on the tractor is provided by the commissioning
procedure. Whenever an electronic control unit of the tractor is changed or a calibration-sensitive electronic component replaced, the
tractor must be recomissioned. The necessary procedures must be carried out by a skilled technician, who must follow the instruc-
tions in the manual precisely.
20.3.3 - Renewal of the shuttle ECU - Introduction (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001, AGRO-
FARM 420 -> 20001, AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Each time the shuttle ECU is renewed, the technician must carry out the following operations:
1. Initialisation of the ECU,
2. Line end programming,
3. Automatic calibration of the shuttle clutches,
4. Manual calibration of the shuttle clutches
5. Editing the comfort parameters.
To perform these operations, connect the ART/PC to the connector on the left-
hand side of the instrument panel, select the shuttle ECU (SMART LEVER) from
M E N U
the “AVAILABLE TESTS” menu and proceed as described below.
2 - C L U S T E R
C H O I C E
[ E ] E x i t
Fig. 200
DANGER
The operations for ECU initialisation, clutch pedal calibration and configuration of optional devices are required after
renewal of the ECU and must be performed with the engine switched off, the gear and speed range levers in neutral
and the parking brake engaged.
20.3.4 - Renewal of the shuttle ECU - Initialisation of the ECU (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001,
Initialisation of the ECU
1. IMPORTANT
This procedure must be carried out each time the shuttle ECU is renewed.
20-22
diagnosis
2. From the main SMART LEVER menu, press “0” (zero) twice to access to
= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
the password prompt.
= S M A R T L E V E R =
= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
S N : 5 7 7 9
S W V e r s i o n
T C L E V - A A
D a t e :
2 2 - 1 0 - 2 0 0 9
C o n f i g u r a t i o n
T 5 0 0 0 G S 1 0 0 C V
[ E ] E x i t
Fig. 201
3. Enter the password “1-2-3-4-5-6”, then press “E” to return to the main
SMART LEVER menu.
P a s s w o r d : * * * * * *
Fig. 202
4. Once the password has been accepted, the option line “C - Initialization”
M A I N M E N U
will appear in the “Main Menu”.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Press “C” to display the available options.
1 - M o n i t o r s
4 - A l a r m s
5 - T e s t
6 - E n g i n e
C - I n i t i a l i z a t i o n
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
[ E ] E x i t
Fig. 203
20-23
diagnosis
5. Two options are displayed:
I N I T I A L I Z A T I O N
“1 - Reprog. Eeprom”/ Re-initialization of the ECU
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
“2 - Mach. Start-Up” / Line end programming
M A C H I N E
Press “1” to start the ECU re-initialization procedure.
S T A R T U P
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1 - R e p r o g . E e p r o m
2 - M a c h . S t a r t - U p
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
[ E ] E x i t
Fig. 204
6. Press “C” to continue or “E” to abort the operation.
R E I N I T . E E P R O M
CAUTION - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
If you continue with the procedure, all data in memory will be
overwritten with the default values and the ECU will have to
= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
be completely reprogrammed. ! A T T E N T I O N !
T H E M E M O R Y W I L L
B E C O M P L E T E L Y
R E P R O G R A M M E D
= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
P R E S S [ C ]
T O C O N T I N U E
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
[ E ] E x i t
Fig. 205
7. On completion of the procedure, press “E” to return to the main menu and
R E I N I T . E E P R O M
proceed with the line end programming” operation (starting from point 5).
See para. 20.3.5 - Renewal of the shuttle... - page 20-25 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
M E M O R Y
R E I N I T I A L I S E D
C O R R E C T L Y
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
[ E ] E x i t
Fig. 206
20-24
diagnosis
20.3.5 - Renewal of the shuttle ECU - Line end programming (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001,
Line end programming
1. IMPORTANT
This procedure must be carried out each time the shuttle ECU is renewed but only after the initialization pro-
cedure has been carried out.
2. From the main SMART LEVER menu, press “0” (zero) twice to access to
= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
the password prompt.
= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
S N : 5 7 7 9
S W V e r s i o n
T C L E V - A A
D a t e :
2 2 - 1 0 - 2 0 0 9
T 5 0 0 0 G S 1 0 0 C V
[ E ] E x i t
Fig. 207
3. Enter the password “1-2-3-4-5-6”, then press “E” to return to the main
SMART LEVER menu.
P a s s w o r d : * * * * * *
Fig. 208
4. Once the password has been accepted, the option line “C - Initialization”
M A I N M E N U
will appear in the “Main Menu”.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Press “C” to display the available options.
1 - M o n i t o r s
4 - A l a r m s
5 - T e s t
6 - E n g i n e
C - I n i t i a l i z a t i o n
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
[ E ] E x i t
Fig. 209
20-25
diagnosis
5. Two options are displayed:
I N I T I A L I Z A T I O N
“1 - Reprog. Eeprom”/ Re-initialization of the ECU
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
“2 - Mach. Start-Up” / Line end programming
M A C H I N E
Press “2” to start the line end programming procedure.
S T A R T U P
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1 - R e p r o g . E e p r o m
2 - M a c h . S t a r t - U p
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
[ E ] E x i t
Fig. 210
6. Press “C” to continue or “E” to abort the operation.
! ! A T T E N T I O N ! !
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
T H E M A C H I N E
C A N N O T B E U S E D
U N T I L T H E E N D
O F T H E P R O C E D U R E
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
P R E S S [ C ] T O
C O N T I N U E
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
[ E ] E x i t
Fig. 211
7. The moment as line end programming is activated, the “Tractor family” con-
C O N F I G U R E F A M I L
figuration page will appear on the ART/PC tester.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Select “1 - EXPLORER3” then press “E” to exit and “C” to confirm and move
1 - T y p e F a m i l y 1
on to the next screen.
1 : E X P L O R E R 3
2 : F R U T T _ D O R A D O
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
[ E ] E x i t
Fig. 212
20-26
diagnosis
8. The ART/PC Tester will then display the engine selection page.
E N G I N E M O D E L
If commissioning is carried out on a complete machine (rather than just a
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
cab) the control unit can identify the type of engine installed. The identified
engine type will therefore be proposed and the operator can simply confirm
the type by pressing [E]. If the configuration is not correct, or if no configu- 1 - T I E R 2
ration is proposed, the operator can in any case modify the configuration 2 - T I E R 3
by pressing [1] and choosing the engine type from among those proposed.
Select “2 - TIER 3” then press “E” to exit and “C” to confirm and move on
to the next screen.
[ E ] E x i t
[ C ] S t o r e
Fig. 213
9. Table 28
T R A N S . T Y P E
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Value Model transmission HP
E U R O 3
type
1 Explorer³ 85 T-4000 85
Agrofarm 410 1 : T 4 0 0 0 G S 8 5 H P
R3. EVO 85 2 : T 5 0 0 0 G S 1 0 0 H P
3 : T 5 1 0 0 G S 1 1 0 H P
XB MAX 85
2 Explorer³ 100 T-5000 100
Agrofarm 420
R3. EVO 100
XB MAX 100
3 Explorer³ 110 T-5100 110
[ E ] E x i t
Agrofarm 430
R3. EVO 110 [ C ] S t o r e
XB MAX 110
Fig. 214
Enter the value corresponding to the type of transmission installed on the
tractor, then press “C” and “E” to exit and move on to the next screen.
10. The ART/PC Tester will then display the accelerator pedal calibration page.
P E D A L C A L I B R .
Release the accelerator pedal and, when the value has stabilised, press
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
“C” to confirm the parameter and proceed to the next calibration.
R e l e a s e
a c c e l e r a t o r
p e d a l t o m i n a n d
t h e n p r e s s [ C ]
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
[ E ] E x i t
Fig. 215
20-27
diagnosis
11. Fully depress the accelerator pedal and, when the value has stabilised,
press “C” to confirm the parameter and terminate the calibration procedure.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
P r e s s
p e d a l t o m a x a n d
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
[ E ] E x i t
Fig. 216
12. If the calibration was not completed successfully, the following message
will be displayed:
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
“Error into calibration procedure”.
DANGER
In this case, check that the accelerator pedal sensor is not O K
faulty or installed incorrectly, then repeat the procedure.
If the calibration was successful, the following message will be displayed: E R R O R

I N T O C A L I B R A T I O N
“Calibration ok”.
P R O C E D U R E
Press “E” to go to the next screen page.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
[ E ] E x i t
Fig. 217
13. The ART/PC Tester will then display the hand throttle calibration page.
H A N D G A S C A L I B R .
Move the throttle lever towards the front of the tractor (MAX position) and
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
press “C” to confirm the parameter.
P u s h h a n d g a s
t o m a x a n d
t h e n
p r e s s [ C ]
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
[ E ] E x i t
Fig. 218
20-28
diagnosis
14. Move the throttle lever back towards the rear of the tractor (MIN position)
and press “C” to confirm the parameter and terminate the calibration pro-
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
cedure.
P u l l h a n d g a s
t o m i n a n d
t h e n
p r e s s [ C ]
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
[ E ] E x i t
Fig. 219
15. If the calibration was successful, the following message will be displayed:
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
O K
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
[ E ] E x i t
Fig. 220
16. The ART/PC Tester will then display the clutch pedal calibration page.
C L U T C H P E D A L
Fully depress the clutch pedal and press “B”.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
- P r e s s t h e p e d a l
a l l t h e w a y
- P r e s s [ B ]
- R e l e a s e i t
- P r e s s [ A ]
S w i t c h C l u t c h O N
M i n . P o s . 1 . 7 4 7
C u r r e n t 1 . 7 3 7
M a x . P o s . 3 . 2 5 3
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
[ E ] E x i t
Fig. 221
20-29
diagnosis
17. If the clutch pedal travel limit switch is not operated when “B” is pressed, the
ECU will display an error message.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Press “B” to save the value and continue with calibration. - P r e s s t h e p e d a l
a l l t h e w a y
- P r e s s [ B ]
- R e l e a s e i t
- P r e s s [ A ]
E r r o r : S w i t c h O N
[ A ] I g n o r e e r r o r
M i n . P o s . 1 . 7 4 7
C u r r e n t 1 . 7 3 7
M a x . P o s . 3 . 2 5 3
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
[ E ] E x i t
Fig. 222
18. Fully release the clutch pedal and then press “A”.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
a l l t h e w a y
- P r e s s [ B ]
- R e l e a s e i t
- P r e s s [ A ]
S w i t c h C l u t c h OF F
Mi n . P o s . 1 . 7 4 7
C u r r e n t 1 . 7 3 7
Ma x . P o s . 3 . 2 5 3
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
[ E ] E x i t
Fig. 223
19. If the clutch pedal travel limit switch is operated when key “A” is pressed,
the control unit will display an error message.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Press “A” to save the value and continue with the calibration. - P r e s s t h e p e d a l
Press “E” to go to the next screen page. a l l t h e w a y
- P r e s s [ B ]
- R e l e a s e i t
- P r e s s [ A ]
S w i t c h C l u t c h O F F
E r r o r : S w i t c h O F F
[ B ] I g n o r e e r r o r
M i n . P o s . 1 . 7 4 7
C u r r e n t 1 . 7 3 7
M a x . P o s . 3 . 2 5 3
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
[ E ] E x i t
Fig. 224
20-30
diagnosis
20. The ART/PC Tester will then display the page for selection of the optional
O P T I O N S
equipment installed on the tractor.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Press “1” to access the menu “1-Hi-Lo”.
1 - H m l / H i - L o 1
2 - S m a r t W h e e l 1
3 - S t o p & G o 0
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
[ E ] E x i t
Fig. 225
21. Select “1-Hml / Hi-Lo” to call up the HML / Hi-Lo menu.
1 - H i - L o
Enter the value corresponding to the tractor configuration, then press “E” to
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
confirm the parameter.
IMPORTANT
If you enter the wrong value by mistake, press “D” to cancel A c t u a l : 1
the operation.
N e w : _
Table 29
Value Configuration
0 Hi-Lo absent
[ D ] C a n c e l
1 Hi-Lo present
[ E ] E x i t
Fig. 226
22. Press “C” to confirm the configuration or press “A” to cancel the operation
1 - H i - L o
and return to the “Options” menu in order to repeat the procedure.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
A c t u a l : 1
N e w : 0
[ A ] A b o r t
[ C ] C o n f i r m
Fig. 227
20-31
diagnosis
23. If the procedure was successful, a screen confirming the configuration will
! ! A T T E N T I O N ! !
be displayed.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Press “E” to return to the main menu.
Turn the starter key to “O” (OFF) and then back to “I” (ON) and proceed with
calibration of the shuttle clutches. M A C H I N E
S T A R T - U P
NOTE E N D E D
S U C C E S S F U L L Y
At the end of the procedure, alarm T10 is displayed prompt-
ing the technician to perform clutch calibration.
= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
R E S T A R T
T H E E N G I N E
[ E ] E x i t
Fig. 228
20.3.6 - Renewal of the shuttle ECU - Introductory notes (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001,
Introductory notes on the clutch calibration procedure
The shuttle clutch must be calibrated by the technician in the following cases:
l After renewal of one or both shuttle clutches.
l After renewal of the clutch control proportional solenoid valve.
l After the clutch has bedded in (in the case of new or revised tractors) or after years of use, if the clutch or automatic direction
change (without the use of the clutch pedal) is too sudden or too slow.
l Whenever the shuttle ECU is renewed.
l When the line programming procedure is carried out
l On appearance of the transmission alarm T10 - Shuttle clutches not calibrated.
The technician has the choice of three calibration procedures.
C A L I B R . R E V E R S E R
l “Automatic” / Automatic calibration - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
in which the control unit independently sets the parameters for clutch en-
gagement characteristics. 1 - A u t o m a t i c
l “Manual” / Manual calibration 2 - M a n u a l
where the technician can alter the parameter settings and thus create a 3 - C o m f o r t p a r a m
personalised clutch engagement curve to obtain a smoother, more comfort-
able response from the tractor during travel direction changes.
l “Comfort param” / Comfort parameters
where the technician can adjust tractor behaviour, the comfort settings and
speed at which manoeuvres are performed to suit personal requirements.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
[ E ] E x i t
Fig. 229
Depending the status of the tractor, the technician can decide to perform just one of the three calibration procedures.
The table below provides guidelines for the procedures to carry out according to the type of fault encountered.
Table 30
Problem encountered Automatic cali- Manual calibra- Editing the com-
bration tion fort parameters
Alarm T10 X
Renewal of control unit X
Renewal of mechanical/hydraulic assembly X
Replacement of proportional valve X
Asymmetric behaviour (one good clutch, one poor clutch) X
Irregular behaviour (both clutches too sharp or too slow) X
Customisation of shuttle behaviour X
20-32
diagnosis
20.3.7 - Renewal of the shuttle ECU - Automatic calibration (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001,
Automatic calibration of the shuttle clutches
1. IMPORTANT
This procedure should only be carried out if the technician finds during a test drive that shuttle clutch engage-
ment is either too sudden or too slow when moving off from stationary or during direction changes without using
the clutch pedal.
2. Start the engine and bring the transmission oil level to approximately 40°C.
3. Park the tractor on a flat tarmac surface with at least 5 metres free clearance in front and perform the following operations.
m Put the shuttle lever in neutral.
m Select 2nd gear in the fast range (hare symbol) .
m If the tractor is equipped with the Hi-Lo unit: select HI speed (hare symbol).
4. From the “Main Menu” select “3 - Calibrations” to access the calibrations

M A I N M E N U
menu.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1 - M o n i t o r s
4 - A l a r m s
5 - T e s t
6 - E n g i n e
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
[ E ] E x i t
Fig. 230
5. From the “Calibrations” menu, press “2 - Reverser” to access the hydraulic
C A L I B R A T I O N S
shuttle calibration menu.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1 - P e d a l
2 - R e v e r s e r
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
[ E ] E x i t
Fig. 231
20-33
diagnosis
6. The press “1 - Automatic” to access the automatic clutch calibration pro-
cedure.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1 - A u t o m a t i c
2 - M a n u a l
3 - C o m f o r t p a r a m
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
[ E ] E x i t
Fig. 232
7. Press any key on ART. Select the travel direction to be calibrated (for ex-
A U T O M . C A L I B R A T .
ample FORWARD).
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
C a l i b r a t i o n s
c o n d i t i o n s :
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1 ) O N L E V E L G R N D
2 ) 2 n d F a s t ( H i )
3 ) O i l T 3 5 - 4 5 C
4 ) 1 5 0 0 R P M E n g i n e
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
[ E ] E x i t
Fig. 233
8. The tractor moves forward intermittently and the values shown on screen
A U T O M . C A L I B R A T .
change until the optimal values are found. When the calibration procedure
- - - - -
- - - - - - - -
- - -
is complete, the message “Calib. Complete” / Calibration completed. If you
O i l T
e m p . + 3 8
wish to repeat the procedure, return the shuttle lever to neutral and then E n g i n
e R
M P 1 5 6 1
move it back to the travel direction selected previously. To save the values - - - - F
O R W
R A D - - - - -
obtained during calibration, press “E”. P e a k c u r
n r t 5 6 5
“Oil Temp.” / Transmission oil temperature S t . e n d c
n r t 5 4 3
C o r r e c t i
n o + 1
“Engine RPM” / Engine speed
C A L I B . C O
M P L E T E
“Peak currnt” / Peak current
- - - - R E V E R S E - - - - -
“St.end crnt” / Final current P e a k c u r r n t 0
“Correction” S t . e n d c r n t 0
C o r r e c t i o n + 1
[ E ] E x i t
Fig. 234
20-34
diagnosis
9. Press “C” to save the data or press A” to quit without saving.
C O N F I R M
Repeat the calibration procedure from point 5 to point 8 for the other travel
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
direction, then test the results by carrying out manoeuvres using the shut-
tle. If the result is not satisfactory, proceed with the manual calibration of C - C o n f i r m
the shuttle clutches. A - A b o r t
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Fig. 235
20.3.8 - Renewal of the shuttle ECU - Manual calibration (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001,
Procedure for manual calibration of the shuttle clutches
m Take the engine revs to 1500 rpm.
m Select 2nd gear in the fast range (hare symbol) .
Notes on how to edit parameter settings during manual calibration

1. When the technician performs automatic clutch calibration, the control unit calculates the operating parameter values by ap-
plying an algorithm to define the ideal conditions. In some cases, these parameters, even if correct from a hydraulic or me-
chanical point of view, make the tractor response too sudden when the clutch is engaged. In this case, the technician should
first attempt to define the type of response by performing, in automatic mode (i.e. without using the clutch pedal), several
direction changes and standing starts in both directions and at various engine speeds (e.g. 1000, 1500, 2000 and max rpm)
and in calibration conditions (for details, see calibration procedures).
The possible responses are:
m Different response when changing between forward and reverse travel (balancing):
when changing direction from forward to reverse the tractor behaves differently than when changing from reverse to
forward.
m Direction change is too sudden (or too slow) (response): the tractor engages the requested direction very quickly, and
instead of moving off smoothly, it starts with a jerk (similar to the way a car moves if the driver suddenly releases the
clutch pedal).
m Direction change is too slow (or too fast) (acceleration): the tractor engages the requested direction smoothly but too
slowly.
Procedure for manual calibration of the shuttle clutches
1. IMPORTANT
This procedure should only be carried out if the technician finds during a test drive that shuttle clutch engage-
ment is either too sudden or too slow when moving off from stationary or during direction changes without using
the clutch pedal.
m Select 2nd gear in the fast range.
20-35
diagnosis
4. From the “Main Menu” select “3 - Calibrations” to access the calibrations
M A I N M E N U
menu.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1 - M o n i t o r s
4 - A l a r m s
5 - T e s t
6 - E n g i n e
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
[ E ] E x i t
Fig. 236
5. From the “Calibrations” menu, press “2 - Reverser” to access the hydraulic
shuttle calibration menu.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1 - P e d a l
2 - R e v e r s e r
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
[ E ] E x i t
Fig. 237
6. The press “2 - Manual” to access the manual clutch calibration procedure.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2 - M a n u a l
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
[ E ] E x i t
Fig. 238
20-36
diagnosis
7. “F/R balance” / Direction change response
M A N U A L C A L I B R A T .
To balance the response to direction change commands, select “1 - F/R - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
balance” to access the relative menu. 1 - F / R b a l a n c e
2 - R e v . R e s p o n s e
3 - R e v . A c c e l e r a t
4 - P e d a l B e h a v .
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
[ E ] E x i t
Fig. 239
8. Press “C” or “D” to slow down or speed up the transition from reverse to
F / R B A L A N C E
forward travel.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Press “A” or “7” to slow down or speed up the transition from forward to
reverse travel.
Press “E” to continue. I c o n t a c t F 5 4 3
I c o n t a c t R 5 5 9
Key:
“Fwd” / Forward
“Bwd” / Reverse
D : F w d + P r o m p t
“Prompt” / Response C : F w d - P r o m p t
7 : B w d + P r o m p t
A : B w d - P r o m p t
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
[ E ] E x i t
Fig. 240
9. Press “C” to confirm save the settings or press “A” to quit without saving.
C O N F I R M
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
C - C o n f i r m
A - A b o r t
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Fig. 241
20-37
diagnosis
10. “Rev. Response”/ Hydraulic shuttle response
To adjust the response of the hydraulic shuttle, select “2 - Rev. Response” - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
to access the relative menu. 1 - F / R b a l a n c e
IMPORTANT 3 - R e v . A c c e l e r a t
The “Response” parameter regulates the characteristics of
the initial stage of direction change manoeuvres. This pa-
rameter can be adjusted to eliminate any grabbing in shuttle
clutches operation or the sensation that the clutches have
failed to engage.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
[ E ] E x i t
Fig. 241
11. Press “7” or “A” to increase or reduce shuttle response speed.
R E V E R . R E S P O N S E
Press “E” to continue.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Key:
“More Prompt” / Faster response
“Less Prompt” / Slower response R e s p o n s e : 4 5 0
7 : M o r e P r o m p t
A : L e s s P r o m p t
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
[ E ] E x i t
Fig. 242
C O N F I R M
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
C - C o n f i r m
A - A b o r t
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Fig. 242
20-38
diagnosis
13. “Rev. Accelerat” / Hydraulic shuttle speed
To adjust the speed of the travel direction changes, select “3 - Rev. Accel- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
erat” to access the relative menu. 1 - F / R b a l a n c e
The “Acceleration” parameter regulates the speed at which
the direction change manoeuvre is brought to a conclusion.
This parameter should be changed when the time taken to
complete a direction change manoeuvre is either too long
or too short.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
[ E ] E x i t
Fig. 242
14. Press “7” or “A” to increase or reduce the speed of the shuttle.
R E V E R . A C C E L E R A T .
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Key:
“Quicker”
“Slower” A c c e l e r a t . : 6 0 0
7 : Q u i c k e r
A : S l o w e r
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
[ E ] E x i t
Fig. 243
C O N F I R M
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
C - C o n f i r m
A - A b o r t
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Fig. 243
20-39
diagnosis
16. “Pedal Behav.” / Clutch pedal release
To change the position of the clutch pedal at which torque transmission - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
begins, select “4 - Pedal Behav.” to access the relative menu. 1 - F / R b a l a n c e
The “Pedal Behav.” parameter is used to alter the position at
which the shuttle clutches start delivering driving torque to
the transmission during release of the clutch pedal.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
[ E ] E x i t
Fig. 243
17. Press “7” or “A” to raise or lower the release point.
P E D A L C L U T C H
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Key:
“Higher”
“Lower” I n c h i n g P o s : + 0
7 : H i g h e r
A : L o w e r
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
[ E ] E x i t
Fig. 244
C O N F I R M
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
C - C o n f i r m
A - A b o r t
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Fig. 244
20-40
diagnosis
20.3.9 - Renewal of the shuttle ECU - Editing the comfort parameters (AGROFARM 410 ->
20001, AGROFARM 420 -> 20001, AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
1. To access the menu for editing the comfort parameters, select “3 - Comfort
param” from the main calibration menu “Calibr. Reverser”.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2 - M a n u a l
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
[ E ] E x i t
Fig. 245
2. The parameters are divided into the three possible manoeuvres and have
C O M F O R T P A R A M
the following meanings:
= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
m “Response”: determines the initial response of the clutches in the = = = = = = S t a r t = = = = =
various manoeuvres, in the stage immediately subsequent to the 1 - R e s p o n s e 3 0 0
2 - A c c e l e r a t 6 0 0
clutch fill time. Increase the setting to obtain a faster response (in = = = I n v e r s i o n = = = =
the case of delayed response, excessive initial clutch slip) and re- 3 - R e s p o n s e 4 5 0
duce the value if the clutch action is too sharp (sudden and jerky). 4 - A c c e l e r a t 7 5 0
m “Acceleration”: determines the speed at which the tractor performs = = = G e a r C h a n g e = = =
5 - R e s p o n s e 4 2 0
manoeuvres. The value should be increased to increase the speed 6 - A c c e l e r a t 1 0 0 0
at which manoeuvres are performed. = = = = = P e d a l = = = = = =
7 - I n c h i n g P o + 0
The “InchingPo” parameter represents the position of the pedal at which
the clutch starts to bites on releasing the pedal. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
[ E ] E x i t
Fig. 246
3. The higher the value the higher the clutch biting point; to lower the clutch
7 - I n c h i n g P o
biting point a negative value must be entered.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
To enter negative numbers, proceed as follows:
m Press “7” to edit the “InchingPo” parameter.
m The following screen appears:
A c t u a l : 0
N e w : + _
[ B ] T o g g l e + -
[ D ] D e l e t e
[ E ] E x i t
Fig. 247
20-41
diagnosis
4. Press [B] “Toggle + -” to change the sign of the value entered.
Set the desired value, press [E] and press [C] to confirm.
N e w : + 5 0
[ B ] T o g g l e + -
N e w : - 5 0
Fig. 248
20.3.10 - Renewal of the shuttle ECU - Calibration of the clutch pedal (AGROFARM 410 ->
1. To perform these operations, connect the ART/PC to the connector on the
left-hand side of the instrument panel, select the shuttle ECU (SMART
M E N U
LEVER) from the “AVAILABLE TESTS” menu and proceed as described
below.
DANGER 1 - S M A R T L E V E R
2 - C L U S T E R
The clutch pedal calibration operation must be carried out
with the engine off, the main gear and range gear levers in
neutral and the parking brake applied.
IMPORTANT
This procedure must be carried out each time the shuttle
ECU is renewed. C H O I C E
[ E ] E x i t
Fig. 249
2. From the presentation screen, press “E” to access the “Main Menu”.
= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
S N : 5 7 7 9
S W V e r s i o n
T C L E V - A A
D a t e :
2 2 - 1 0 - 2 0 0 9
T 5 0 0 0 G S 1 0 0 C V
[ E ] E x i t
Fig. 250
20-42
diagnosis
3. Press “3” to access the “Calibrations” menu.
M A I N M E N U
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1 - M o n i t o r s
4 - A l a r m s
5 - T e s t
6 - E n g i n e
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
[ E ] E x i t
Fig. 251
4. From the “Calibrations” menu, press “1 - Pedal” to access the clutch pedal
calibration menu.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1 - P e d a l
2 - R e v e r s e r
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
[ E ] E x i t
Fig. 252
5. The ART/PC Tester will then display the clutch pedal calibration page.
Fully depress the clutch pedal and press “B”.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
a l l t h e w a y
- P r e s s [ B ]
- R e l e a s e i t
- P r e s s [ A ]
Mi n . P o s . 1 . 7 4 7
C u r r e n t 1 . 7 3 7
Ma x . P o s . 3 . 2 5 3
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
[ E ] E x i t
Fig. 253
20-43
diagnosis
6. If the clutch pedal travel limit switch is not operated when “B” is pressed, the
ECU will display an error message.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Press “B” to save the value and continue with calibration. - P r e s s t h e p e d a l
a l l t h e w a y
- P r e s s [ B ]
- R e l e a s e i t
- P r e s s [ A ]
S w i t c h C l u t c h O F F
E r r o r : S w i t c h O F F
[ B ] I g n o r e e r r o r
M i n . P o s . 1 . 7 4 7
C u r r e n t 1 . 7 3 7
M a x . P o s . 3 . 2 5 3
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
[ E ] E x i t
Fig. 254
7. Fully release the clutch pedal and then press “A”.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
a l l t h e w a y
- P r e s s [ B ]
- R e l e a s e i t
- P r e s s [ A ]
Mi n . P o s . 1 . 7 4 7
C u r r e n t 1 . 7 3 7
Ma x . P o s . 3 . 2 5 3
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
[ E ] E x i t
Fig. 254
8. If the clutch pedal travel limit switch is operated when key “A” is pressed,
the control unit will display an error message.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Press “A” to save the value and continue with the calibration. - P r e s s t h e p e d a l
Press “E” to go to the next screen page. a l l t h e w a y
- P r e s s [ B ]
- R e l e a s e i t
- P r e s s [ A ]
E r r o r : S w i t c h O N
[ A ] I g n o r e e r r o r
M i n . P o s . 1 . 7 4 7
C u r r e n t 1 . 7 3 7
M a x . P o s . 3 . 2 5 3
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
[ E ] E x i t
Fig. 255
20-44
diagnosis
20.3.11 - Renewal of the engine ECU - Introduction
The engine ECU is supplied as a replacement part in two versions:
l ECU with software but without DATASET;
Important
It is necessary to provide the engine serial number indicated on the ECU data plate and on the engine data
plate.
l ECU with software and with DATASET.

The DATASET is the complete set of engine data that is specific to the engine serial number.
If an engine control unit without DATASET is ordered, before changing the control unit, it is necessary to read all the engine data
(DATASET) from the old control unit and save them to a file, which is subsequently to be loaded onto the new control unit. In this
case no calibration is required.
If the ECU is faulty and it is not possible to read the complete DATASET, it will be necessary to order an ECU with DATASET (provide
the engine serial number indicated on the name plate of the control unit plate and the engine data plate) or, if you already have an
ECU without DATASET, request SAT to supply the DATASET for the engine in question.
In this case it will only be necessary carry out the procedures to set the engine operating hours and calibrate the accelerator pedal
and hand throttle.
NOTE
The accelerator pedal and hand throttle calibration procedures can be carried out using the ART connected to the
shuttle ECU.
20.3.12 - Renewal of the engine ECU - Calibration of the accelerator pedal

M E N U
below.
DANGER 1 - S M A R T L E V E R
2 - C L U S T E R
The accelerator pedal calibration operation must be carried
out with the engine off, the main gear and range gear levers
in neutral and the parking brake applied.
IMPORTANT
ECU is renewed. C H O I C E
[ E ] E x i t
Fig. 256
2. From the “Main Menu” select “6 - Engine”.
M A I N M E N U
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1 - M o n i t o r s
4 - A l a r m s
5 - T e s t
6 - E n g i n e
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
[ E ] E x i t
Fig. 257
20-45
diagnosis
3. Select “3 - Params” / Parameters
E N G I N E
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1 - M o n i t o r
2 - T e s t s
3 - P a r a m s
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
[ E ] E x i t
Fig. 258
4. Select “1 - Gas Pedal” / Accelerator pedal.
E N G I N E
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1 - G a s P e d a l
2 - H a n d g a s
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
[ E ] E x i t
Fig. 259
5. The ART/PC Tester will then display the accelerator pedal calibration page.
Release the accelerator pedal and, when the value has stabilised, press
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
“C” to confirm the parameter and proceed to the next calibration.
R e l e a s e
p e d a l t o m i n a n d
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
[ E ] E x i t
Fig. 260
20-46
diagnosis
6. Fully depress the accelerator pedal and, when the value has stabilised,
press “C” to confirm the parameter and terminate the calibration procedure.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
P r e s s
p e d a l t o m a x a n d
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
[ E ] E x i t
Fig. 261
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
O K
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
[ E ] E x i t
Fig. 262
20-47
diagnosis
20.3.13 - Renewal of the engine ECU - Calibration of the hand throttle lever
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
below.
DANGER C A L I B R A T I O N
O K
The hand throttle calibration operation must be carried out
with the engine off, the main gear and range gear levers in
neutral and the parking brake applied.
IMPORTANT
ECU is renewed. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
[ E ] E x i t
Fig. 263
2. From the “Main Menu” select “6 - Engine”.
M A I N M E N U
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1 - M o n i t o r s
4 - A l a r m s
5 - T e s t
6 - E n g i n e
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
[ E ] E x i t
Fig. 264
3. Select “3 - Params” / Parameters
E N G I N E
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1 - M o n i t o r
2 - T e s t s
3 - P a r a m s
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
[ E ] E x i t
Fig. 265
20-48
diagnosis
4. Select “2 - Handgas” / Hand throttle lever.
E N G I N E
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1 - G a s P e d a l
2 - H a n d g a s
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
[ E ] E x i t
Fig. 266
5. The ART/PC Tester will then display the hand throttle calibration page.
Move the throttle lever towards the front of the tractor (MAX position) and
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
press “C” to confirm the parameter.
P u s h h a n d g a s
t o m a x a n d
t h e n
p r e s s [ C ]
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
[ E ] E x i t
Fig. 267
6. Move the throttle lever back towards the rear of the tractor (MIN position)
and press “C” to confirm the parameter and terminate the calibration pro-
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
cedure.
P u l l h a n d g a s
t o m i n a n d
t h e n
p r e s s [ C ]
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
[ E ] E x i t
Fig. 268
20-49
diagnosis
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
O K
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
[ E ] E x i t
Fig. 268
20-50
diagnosis
20.4 - ECU alarms
20.4.1 - Key to the “ECU alarms” tables
ART code
l SPN (Suspect Parameter Number): indicates the component that is at fault.
l FMI (Failure Mode Identifier): indicates the type of fault affecting the component.
Display on instrument panel
Indicates the type of fault displayed directly on the instrument panel.
l 1. Electronic control unit that generated the alarm
m T= Transmission
m M= Engine
m I= Instrument
Alarms relative to the transmission are signalled according to their priority level.
1 2
Table 31
Fig. 271
Priority Indicator light Buzzer
High On
Fig. 269
Medium Intermittent beep
Fig. 270
Low None OFF
Severity
Indicates the severity level of of the fault.
Component
Description of the component that has generated the error.
Fault
Description of the fault.
Checks
Description of checks to be performed.
System link
Hard copy version: page of the relative system.
Electronic version: link to relative system.
20-51
diagnosis
20.4.2 - FMI code
Key to FMI codes
Table 32
FMI code Description
0 Signal too high
1 Signal too low
2 Signal not valid
3 Short to +12V
4 Short to earth
5 Not connected
6 Short circuit
7 Mechanical fault
8 Incorrect frequency
9 Update error
10 Variation outside limits
11 Unidentified fault
12 Device faulty
13 Not calibrated
14 FMI 14
31 Fault not available
20.4.3 - Engine alarms

Alarms - Engine alarms list (AGROFARM 410 -> 16001)
Table 33
ART code In- Severity Component Fault Checks Link to sys-
SPN FMI stru- tem
ment
panel
dis-
play
error
91 2 M5 MEDIUM K006 - Acceler- Accelerator pedal poten- Check sensor cable. 40-261
ator pedal posi- tiometer faulty Check and if necessary 40-269
tion sensor replace sensor.
91 11 M67 MEDIUM K006 - Acceler- Connection error with po- Check sensor cable. 40-261
ator pedal posi- sition sensor of accelera- Check and if necessary 40-269
tion sensor tor pedal replace sensor.
102 2 M7 MEDIUM K028 - Turbo Intake air pressure sen- Check sensor cable. 40-261
air temperature/ sor Check and if necessary 40-269
pressure sensor replace sensor.
105 2 M10 MEDIUM K028 - Turbo Air supply temperature Check sensor cable. 40-261
air temperature/ sensor Check and if necessary 40-269
108 12 M87 LOW Atmospheric pressure is Check power supply.
outside admissible limits. Switch off and switch on
again.
Re-check. In the case of
a fault, inform the DEUTZ
Service Organisation.
110 0 M31 MEDIUM K026 - Engine The coolant temperature Check coolant. 40-261
coolant temper- has exceeded the warn- Check temperature sen- 40-269
ature sensor ing threshold. sor and cables.
110 0 M41 HIGH K026 - Engine The coolant temperature Check the coolant. 40-261
coolant temper- has exceeded the stop Check coolant tempera- 40-269
ature sensor threshold ture sensor and cables.
Check engine stop limit.
110 2 M9 MEDIUM K026 - Engine Engine coolant tempera- Check sensor cable. 40-261
coolant temper- ture sensor Check and if necessary 40-269
ature sensor replace sensor.
20-52
diagnosis
SPN FMI stru- tem
ment
panel
dis-
play
error
171 12 M86 LOW Excessive temperature Check power supply. 40-261
inside control unit. Switch off and switch on 40-269
again.
174 0 M36 MEDIUM K032 - Fuel tem- The fuel temperature has Check fuel. 40-261
perature sensor exceeded the warning Check fuel temperature 40-269
threshold. sensor and cables.
174 2 M11 MEDIUM K032 - Fuel tem- Fuel temperature sensor Check sensor cable. 40-261
perature sensor Check and if necessary 40-269
replace sensor.
190 8 M1 HIGH K031 - Cam- Engine rpm sensor faulty Check distance 40-261
shaft rotation Inspect wiring connec- 40-269
speed sensor tions.
Check and if necessary
replace sensor.
201 2 M6 MEDIUM K005 - Hand Hand throttle faulty Check sensor cable. 40-261
throttle position Check and if necessary 40-269
sensor replace sensor.
Table 34
SPN FMI stru- tem
ment
panel
dis-
play
error
535 7 M53 HIGH N007 - Actuator Mechanical faultwith Check and replace alter- 40-261
governor nator if necessary.
Check cables. 40-269
536 12 M50 HIGH N007 - Actuator Actuator faulty Check and replace alter- 40-261
nator if necessary.
536 13 M52 HIGH N007 - Actuator Actuator not calibrated Check and replace alter- 40-261
nator if necessary.
702 14 M35 MEDIUM Engine overspeed Check parameter (21).
Check speed control.
Check speed sensor
743 9 M71 MEDIUM CANBUS transmission Check CAN connection, 40-998
error. terminal resistor.
Check control unit. 40-994
743 12 M70 MEDIUM CANBUS line controller Check CAN connection, 40-998
damaged terminal resistor.
20-53
diagnosis
SPN FMI stru- tem
ment
panel
dis-
play
error
752 2 M93 HIGH “Stack Overflow” error Switch off and switch on
during program execu- again.
tion. Re-check. In the case of
752 12 M77 HIGH The ECU has detected Switch off and switch on
an error in reading the again.
program memory during Re-check.
the normal control cycle. In the case of a fault, in-
form the DEUTZ Service
Organisation.
765 2 M90 HIGH Inconsistent parameters Check correct data set-
written in EEPROM ting.
memory. Save parameters, switch
off and then switch on
again.
765 12 M76 HIGH Detection of error during Switch off and switch on 40-998
writing of parameters on again.
control unit Re-check. 40-994
In the case of a fault, in-
Organisation.
Organisation.
20-54
diagnosis
Table 35
SPN FMI stru- tem
ment
panel
dis-
play
error
766 2 M80 LOW Supply of actuator is not Switch off and switch on 40-261
within admissible param- again.
eters. Re-check. 40-269
Organisation.
766 2 M83 LOW The power supply to the Check power supply. 40-261
accelerator pedal posi- Switch off and switch on 40-269
tion sensor is not present again. Re-check.
or incorrect. In the case of a fault, in-
Organisation.
766 2 M84 LOW Power supply of the en- Check power supply. 40-261
gine boost sensor is Switch off and switch on 40-269
missing or incorrect. again.
766 2 M94 HIGH Internal error Check power supply.
Switch off and switch on
again.
898 2 M68 MEDIUM Connection to CANBUS Check CAN connection, 40-998
error terminal resistor.
Alarms - Engine alarms list (AGROFARM 420 -> 16001, AGROFARM 430 -> 5001)
Table 36
SPN FMI stru- tem
ment
panel
dis-
play
error
ator pedal posi- tiometer faulty Check and if necessary 40-276
tion sensor replace sensor.
ator pedal posi- sition sensor of accelera- Check and if necessary 40-276
tion sensor tor pedal replace sensor.
air temperature/ sor Check and if necessary 40-276
air temperature/ sensor Check and if necessary 40-276
again.
20-55
diagnosis
SPN FMI stru- tem
ment
panel
dis-
play
error
coolant temper- has exceeded the warn- Check temperature sen- 40-276
ature sensor ing threshold. sor and cables.
coolant temper- has exceeded the stop Check coolant tempera- 40-276
coolant temper- ture sensor Check and if necessary 40-276
ature sensor replace sensor.
inside control unit. Switch off and switch on 40-276
again.
perature sensor exceeded the warning Check fuel temperature 40-276
threshold. sensor and cables.
perature sensor Check and if necessary 40-276
replace sensor.
shaft rotation Inspect wiring connec- 40-276
speed sensor tions.
replace sensor.
throttle position Check and if necessary 40-276
sensor replace sensor.
20-56
diagnosis
Table 37
SPN FMI stru- tem
ment
panel
dis-
play
error
535 7 M53 HIGH N007 - Actuator Mechanical fault with Check and replace alter- 40-283
nator if necessary.
nator if necessary.
Check speed sensor
Organisation.
again.
control unit Re-check. 40-994
Organisation.
Organisation.
20-57
diagnosis
Table 38
SPN FMI stru- tem
ment
panel
dis-
play
error
eters. Re-check. 40-276
Organisation.
accelerator pedal posi- Switch off and switch on 40-276
Organisation.
gine boost sensor is Switch off and switch on 40-276
again.
Alarms - Engine alarms list (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001, AGROFARM 420 -> 20001, AGROFARM 430 ->
1001)
Table 39
SPN FMI stru- tem
ment
panel
dis-
play
error
ator pedal posi- tiometer faulty Check and if necessary
replace sensor.
ator pedal posi- sition sensor of accelera- Check and if necessary
replace sensor.
air temperature/ sor Check and if necessary
replace sensor.
air temperature/ sensor Check and if necessary
replace sensor.
20-58
diagnosis
SPN FMI stru- tem
ment
panel
dis-
play
error
again.
coolant temper- has exceeded the warn- Check temperature sen-
sor and cables.
coolant temper- has exceeded the stop Check coolant tempera-
coolant temper- ture sensor Check and if necessary
replace sensor.
inside control unit. Switch off and switch on
again.
perature sensor exceeded the warning Check fuel temperature
sensor and cables.
perature sensor Check and if necessary
replace sensor.
shaft rotation Inspect wiring connec-
speed sensor tions.
replace sensor.
20-59
diagnosis
Table 40
SPN FMI stru- tem
ment
panel
dis-
play
error
throttle position Check and if necessary
replace sensor.
535 7 M53 HIGH N007 - Actuator Mechanical fault with Check and replace alter- 40-254
Check cables.
nator if necessary.
Check cables.
nator if necessary.
Check cables.
Check speed sensor
Check control unit.
Check control unit.
Check control unit.
Organisation.
again.
control unit Re-check.
Organisation.
20-60
diagnosis
Table 41
SPN FMI stru- tem
ment
panel
dis-
play
error
Organisation.
eters. Re-check.
Organisation.
accelerator pedal posi- Switch off and switch on
Organisation.
gine boost sensor is Switch off and switch on
again.
Check control unit.
20.4.4 - Instrument panel alarms

Alarms - Instrument panel alarms list (AGROFARM 410 -> 16001, AGROFARM 420 -> 16001, AGRO-
FARM 430 -> 5001)
Table 42
SPN FMI stru- tem
ment
panel
dis-
play
error
I20 Low K014 - Fuel lev- Fuel level sensor short 40-398
el sensor circuit to battery 40-383
L43 Low Timeout of CAN mes- 40-998
sage “System controller 40-994
MSG#2” sent by lift ECU
M41 Low Timeout of CAN mes- 40-998
sage “Measured Data1” 40-994
sent by engine ECU
20-61
diagnosis
SPN FMI stru- tem
ment
panel
dis-
play
error
T42 Low Timeout of CAN mes- 40-998
sage “FPS transmission 40-994
controller” sent by trans-
mission ECU
U44 Low Timeout of CAN mes- 40-998
sage “HLHP Control” 40-994
sent by User Controller
ECU
Alarms - Instrument panel alarms list (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001, AGROFARM 420 -> 20001, AGRO-
FARM 430 -> 1001)
Table 43
SPN FMI stru- tem
ment
panel
dis-
play
error
I20 Low K014 - Fuel lev- Fuel level sensor short 40-370
el sensor circuit to battery
L43 Low Timeout of CAN mes- 40-989
sage “System controller
MSG#2” sent by lift ECU
M41 Low Timeout of CAN mes- 40-989
sage “Measured Data1”
sent by engine ECU
T42 Low Timeout of CAN mes- 40-989
sage “FPS transmission
controller” sent by trans-
mission ECU
U44 Low Timeout of CAN mes- 40-989
sage “HLHP Control”
sent by User Controller
ECU
P.T.O. selfdiagnosis indicator light.
The light integrated in the instrument panel (1) also serves to indicate the type of
fault on the control by means of intermittent flashes.
Fig. 272
When the tractor engine is started, the indicator light will flash to show that the control system has been activated.
20-62
diagnosis
Table 44
Code (number of flashes) Description
2 Solenoid valve disconnected
3 Pushbutton control continuously activated
4* Speed sensor faulty
5 Solenoid control output signal shorted to earth or in overcurrent
6* Speed excessive
7 Internal ECU fault in power stage
8 Sensor presence detected in configuration where not required
*: Alarms present in U.S.A. configuration only.
If a fault occurs on the control, the electronic control unit inhibits operation of the P.T.O.
20.4.5 - Transmission alarms
Alarms - Transmission alarms list (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001, AGROFARM 420 -> 20001, AGROFARM
430 -> 1001)
Table 45
SPN FMI stru- tem
ment
panel
dis-
play
error
T42 Fault related to the CAN Check wiring
network between instru- Check TCU fuse
ment and transmission
control unit
51 12 T141 LOW K006 - Acceler- Accelerator pedal poten- Check accelerator pedal 40-587
ator pedal posi- tiometer faulty or discon- potentiometer wiring
Check the potentiometer
123 2 T19 LOW K018 - Clutch oil Proportional valve pres- Check accelerator pedal 40-920
pressure switch sure switch plausibility potentiometer wiring
123 3 T20 LOW K018 - Clutch oil Proportional valve pres- Check the 4 Bar pressure 40-920
pressure switch sure switch plausibility switch wiring
error (valve off but pres- Check the 4 bar pressure
sure present) switch
Check for possible me-
chanical jamming of pro-
portional valve
127 2 T18 LOW K011 - Services Services pressure Check the 4 Bar pressure 40-370
circuit alarm switch, plausibility error switch wiring
pressure switch (engine off and service Check the 4 bar pressure
switch
160 2 T52 LOW Plausibility error on Check the 4 Bar pressure
shuttle output speed sen- switch wiring
sor (valve controlled but Check the 4 bar pressure
speed zero) switch
160 3 T51 LOW K016 - Shuttle Shuttle output speed Check wiring 40-920
sensor sensor short circuit to Check the sensor
GND or 12V Check the sensor power
supply
160 12 T50 LOW K016 - Shuttle Shuttle output speed Check wiring 40-920
sensor sensor disconnected Check the sensor
Check the sensor power
supply
161 2 T103 LOW K015 - Engine Engine rpm sensor faulty Check wiring 40-920
Check the sensor
20-63
diagnosis
SPN FMI stru- tem
ment
panel
dis-
play
error
168 2 T93 HIGH 12V power supply fault Ignition switch off/on,
check power supply to
pins 1, 2 and 15
Check wiring
177 3 T12 MEDIUM K017 - Oil tem- Temperature sensor dis- Check wiring 40-920
perature sensor connected or short circuit Check the sensor
to 12V Check the sensor power
supply
stage
177 4 T13 MEDIUM K017 - Oil tem- Temperature sensor Check wiring 40-920
perature sensor short circuit to earth Check the sensor
supply
stage
Table 46
SPN FMI stru- tem
ment
panel
dis-
play
error
191 3 T48 LOW K010 - Wheel Wheel speed sensor Check wiring 40-920
speed sensor short circuit to 12V Check the sensor
supply
191 12 T47 LOW K010 - Wheel Wheel speed sensor dis- Check wiring 40-920
speed sensor connected Check the sensor
supply
520 3 T86 LOW H003 - Shuttle Error Hard-Soft control Check control using the 40-920
lever blocked or shorted ART
Check the sensor
520 4 T87 LOW H003 - Shuttle Error Hard-Soft control Check control using the 40-920
lever blocked or disconnected ART
Check the sensor
561 12 T142 LOW K005 - Hand Hand throttle potenti- Check hand throttle po- 40-920
throttle position ometer faulty or discon- tentiometer wiring
598 2 T64 LOW K020 - Clutch Plausibility error on clutch Check wiring 40-920
pedal position pedal potentiometer Check the sensor
sensor Check the sensor power
supply
Check sensor installation
1079 2 T67 HIGH 5V sensor power fault Check power supply to
pin 14
Check wiring and con-
nections of sensors fed
with 5V
20-64
diagnosis
SPN FMI stru- tem
ment
panel
dis-
play
error
1504 2 T17 LOW K007 - Operator Seat sensor (signal level Check wiring 40-920
present sensor invalid) Check the sensor
supply
stage
1504 3 T16 LOW K007 - Operator Seat sensor short circuit Check wiring 40-920
present sensor to 12V Check the sensor
supply
stage
1504 4 T15 LOW K007 - Operator Seat sensor disconnect- Check wiring 40-920
present sensor ed or short circuit to earth Check the sensor
supply
stage
Table 47
SPN FMI stru- tem
ment
panel
dis-
play
error
5110 3 T66 HIGH K020 - Clutch Clutch pedal potentiom- Check wiring 40-920
pedal position eter short circuit to +12V Check the sensor
sensor Check the sensor power
supply
5110 4 T65 HIGH K020 - Clutch Clutch pedal potentiome- Check wiring 40-920
pedal position ter disconnected or short Check the sensor
sensor circuit to GND Check the sensor power
supply
5110 13 T70 HIGH K020 - Clutch Clutch pedal potentiom- Ignition switch off/on then 40-920
pedal position eter incorrect calibration repeat the pedal calibra-
sensor data tion procedure
Check the sensor
5130 4 T73 LOW H002 - Main Plausibility error on Com- Check wiring 40-920
Check the pushbutton
5140 2 T85 HIGH H003 - Shuttle Plausibility error on shut- Ignition switch off/on, 40-920
lever tle lever if alarm persists renew
shuttle lever
5221 2 T100 LOW On/Off valves connection Check connection of On/
error Off valves – could be re-
versed.
5222 2 T24 HIGH Excessive clutch slipping Check cause of clutch
slippage
20-65
diagnosis
SPN FMI stru- tem
ment
panel
dis-
play
error
5223 2 T25 LOW Alternator belt slipping Check cause of clutch
slippage
5350 3 T94 HIGH L008 - Propor- Proportional SV short cir- Check wiring 40-920
tional solenoid cuit to +12V Check the valve
valve Check the valve power
supply
5350 4 T77 HIGH L008 - Propor- Proportional SV short cir- Check wiring 40-920
tional solenoid cuit to earth Check the valve
supply
5350 5 T76 HIGH L008 - Propor- Proportional SV discon- Check wiring 40-920
tional solenoid nected Check the valve
supply
Table 48
SPN FMI stru- tem
ment
panel
dis-
play
error
5370 3 T95 HIGH L006 - Forward FORWARD drive SV Check wiring 40-920
gear selection short circuit to +12V Check the valve
solenoid valve Check the valve power
supply
5370 4 T80 HIGH L006 - Forward FORWARD drive SV Check wiring 40-920
gear selection short circuit to GND Check the valve
supply
5370 5 T79 HIGH L006 - Forward FORWARD drive SV dis- Check wiring 40-920
gear selection connected Check the valve
supply
5380 3 T96 HIGH L007 - Reverse REVERSE drive SV Check wiring 40-920
gear selection short circuit to +12V Check the valve
supply
5380 4 T83 HIGH L007 - Reverse REVERSE direction SV Check wiring 40-920
gear selection short circuit to GND Check the valve
supply
5380 5 T82 HIGH L007 - Reverse REVERSE drive SV dis- Check wiring 40-920
gear selection connected Check the valve
supply
5512 2 T99 HIGH EEPROM checksum er- Repeat commissioning
ror procedure
Replace TCU
20-66
diagnosis
SPN FMI stru- tem
ment
panel
dis-
play
error
5560 13 T10 LOW Uncalibrated clutches or Calibrate the shuttle
Stop&Go Replace TCU
Table 49
SPN FMI stru- tem
ment
panel
dis-
play
error
5561 13 T9 HIGH Commissioning not com- Commission the tractor
pleted Replace TCU
5562 13 T11 LOW K006 - Acceler- Accelerator pedal and Calibrate the accelera- 40-254
ator pedal posi- hand throttle not cali- tors
Replace TCU
5562 13 T8 LOW Gear configuration error Check the correct gear-
box configuration
Replace TCU
5910 9 T101 LOW Timeout of CAN mes- Check wiring 40-989
Check instrument panel
5920 9 T102 LOW CAN or TCU network Check wiring 40-989
5930 9 T143 LOW Failure of bus CAN sig- Check CAN bus connec- 40-989
nals from engine tion between engine and
transmission ECU
20-67
diagnosis
20-68
30 - Method of intervention
30-1
Method of intervention
30.1 - Tools for engine disassembly and reassembly
30.1.1 - Commercially available tools
Deutz 2012 2V UPS engines
Table 50
No. Figure Code, description & function Q.ty
1 Code 01899031 (8002) 1
Pressing pump: Check the seal of the cooling system.
© 35409-2
Fig. 273
2 Code 01899034 (8005) 1
Compression value test for diesel engines. (10 - 40 bar) Check of the
compression value.
© 35410-3
Fig. 274
3 Code 01899035 (8008) 1
Injector control equipment: With nebulised spray collection container.
Check the injectors.
© 35411-2
Fig. 275
4 Code 01899037 (8011) 1
Pliers for hose clips: Loosen and fix the hose clips. (e.g. fuel return line)
© 39426-1
Fig. 276
5 Code 01899038 (8012) 1
Box spanner insert: SW15, long.
© 35412-3
Fig. 277
30-2
6 Code 01899050 (8024) 1
Assembly pliers: Removal of the valve stem gaskets.
© 37509-2
Fig. 278
7 Code 01899054 (8035) 1
Box spanner insert: Reinforced, SW 22. Removal and refitting of the
main bearing.
© 37504-2
Fig. 279
8 Code 01899060 (8113) 1
Box spanner insert: Torx - E 14.
© 43022-0
Fig. 280
9 Code 01899061 (8114) 1
Box spanner insert: Torx - E 20.
© 35415-1
Fig. 281
10 Code 01899062 (8115) 1
V-belt tension tester from 150 to 600 N. Checking the V-belt tension.
© 35416-3
Fig. 282
11 Code 01899064 (8117) 1
Toothed box spanner insert: For rotating the injection pump.
© 46422-0
Fig. 283
30-3
12 Code 01899092 (8189) 1
Torx tool set. Case content: • Double ring wrench E6/E8, • Double ring
wrench E10/E12, • Box spanner inserts E8 and E10 (1/4 inch), • Box
spanner inserts E10 and E12 (3/8 inch), • Box spanner inserts E18 (1/2
inch).
© 39432-1
Fig. 284
13 Code 01899093 (8190) 1
Rotation angle gauge with magnet. Adjustment of valve clearance.
© 43528-0
Fig. 285
14 Code 01899094 (8191) 1
Screwdriver insert for slot head screw. Valve clearance adjustment.
© 43060-0
Fig. 286
15 Code 01899095 (8192) 1
Bowlen wrench: Fuel prefilter (Racor).
© 43193-1
Fig. 287
16 Code 01899096 (8193) 1
Screwdriver insert with hexagonal pin pressure inserted (5 mm), 1/2
inch, long version (in combination with the rotation angle gauge 8190)
© 43183-0
Fig. 288
17 Code 01899097 (8194) 1
Screwdriver insert with hexagonal pin pressure inserted (4 mm), 3/8
inch, long version (in combination with the rotation angle gauge 8190
and 1/2 to 3/8 inch reducer)
© 43183-0
Fig. 289
30-4
18 Code 01899099 (8196) 1
Open-ended wrench: SW 13, for the torque wrench. Tighten the check
nuts of the valve clearance adjustment screw.
© 43019-0
Fig. 290
19 Code (...) 8198 1
Bradawl: Disassembly of the shaft seal ring.
© 43206-0
Fig. 291
20 Code 01899100 (8199) 1
Crow’s foot wrench: SW 15. 3/4 inch (in combination with the rotation
angle gauge 8190)
© 44309-0
Fig. 292
21 Code 01899110 (9017) 1
Assembly lever. (e.g. valve assembly and disassembly)
© 37511-2
Fig. 293
22 Code 01899112 (9090) 1
Circlip pliers: 320 mm. Tension the circlip.
© 00000-0
Fig. 294
30-5
30.2 - Workshop tools for engine disassembly and reassembly
30.2.1 - Workshop tools for engine disassembly and reassembly
Deutz 2012 2V UPS engines
Table 51
1 Code 02992019 (100190) 1
Dummy injector: In combination with the compression value tester code
01899034 (8005)
© 42524-1
Fig. 295
2 Code ... (100320) 1
Rotation device. On the flywheel side.
Fig. 296
3 Code ... (100330) 1
Rotation device: V-belt pulley. Turn the crankshaft on the torsional vibra-
tion damper.
© 35423-1
Fig. 297
4 Code 01899126 (100400) 1
Dial gauge with stop wheel. Measurement interval: 0 - 10 mm / 0.01 mm.
© 35424-1
Fig. 298
5 Code 01899127 (100410) 1
Digital dial gauge. Measurement interval: 0 - 30 mm / 0.01 mm.
© 43205-0
Fig. 299
30-6
6 Code 02992041 (100750) 1
Measurement device: Sliding vernier scale with two spacer discs. In com-
bination with code 01899126 (100400) and code 01899127 (100410).
Valve retraction check. Piston protrusion check.
© 39402-2
Fig. 300
7 Code 02992045 (100800) 1
Regulation device. For measuring the stroke and blocking the adjust-
ment rod.
© 46441-0
Fig. 301
8 Code 02992046 (100810) 1
Centring pin. For mass compensation shafts.
© 46439-0
Fig. 302
9 Code 02992047 (100830) 1
Pressure device for the adjustment rod.
© 46443-0
Fig. 303
10 Code 01899131 (103050) 1
Box spanner insert SW 15, 3/4 inch. In combination with the rotation
angle gauge code 01899093 (8190).
© 43023-0
Fig. 304
11 Code 02992079 (103210) 1
Measurement device for measuring the base circle. (in engines with an
injection advance variator)
© 46444-0
Fig. 305
30-7
12 Code ... (103220) 1
Special pliers for extracting the roller tappet. Measurement device com-
ponent, code 02992079 (103210)
© 43175-0
Fig. 306
13 Code 02992084 (110030) 1
Extractor for disassembly of the injection valve. In combination with the
slide hammer extractor code 02992294 (150800).
© 35433-2
Fig. 307
14 Code 02992089 (110110) 1
SW11 support for tightening the injection valve in the screw clamp.
© 35434-2
Fig. 308
15 Code 02992112 (110500) 1
Special wrench SW 17 for disassembly and assembly of the high pres-
sure lines.
© 35436-1
Fig. 309
16 Code 01899132 (110700) 1
Long box spanner insert for the assembly and disassembly of pressure
sensors. (Rail pressure, oil pressure, fuel pressure)
© 43198-2
Fig. 310
17 Code 02992127 (110901) 1
Tool for the disassembly and assembly of the O-rings. Assembly kit com-
ponent, code 02992126 (110900)
© 45950-1
Fig. 311
30-8
18 Code ... (120430) 1
Spark plug assembly and disassembly tool.
© 40333-1
Fig. 312
19 Code 02992136 (120660) 1
Extraction device. Disassembly of the injection valve. In combination
with the slide hammer extractor code 02992294 (150800)
© 45111-0
Fig. 313
20 Code 02992139 (120900) 1
Adjustable support stand. Tightening the cylinder head.
© 35438-3
Fig. 314
21 Code 02992140 (120910) 1
Base plate. In combination with support stand code 02992139 (120900),
if the support stand is not screwed on fixed.
© 35439-3
Fig. 315
22 Code 02992145 (121410) 1
Valve stem gasket assembly tool.
© 37614-2
Fig. 316
23 Code ... (121420) 1
Assembly bushes. Set of assembly bushes for the valve stem gasket.
© 43210-0
Fig. 317
30-9
24 Code 02992155 (130300) 1
Universal pliers for piston rings. Disassembly and assembly of piston
rings.
© 43021-0
Fig. 318
25 Code 02992165 (130440) 1
Trapezoidal groove wear gauge. Piston diameter 101 mm. Check piston
ring groove.
© 36461-2
Fig. 319
26 Code 02992181 (130670) 1
Piston ring compression collar for piston assembly: Piston Ø mm. 101.
© 39408-1
Fig. 320
27 Code 02992187 (131200) 1
Base plate for press-fit and removal of the connecting rod small end
bush. In combination with assembly tool set code 02992188 (131210)
© 37616-1
Fig. 321
28 Code 02992189 (131220) 1
Set of assembly tools for press-fit and removal of the connecting rod
small end bush. In combination with the base plate code 02992187
(131200)
© 37617-1
Fig. 322
29 Code 02992213 (142670) 1
Assembly device for the crankshaft O-ring. (opposite end to flywheel)
© 35445-1
Fig. 323
30-10
30 Code 02992223 (142830) 1
Assembly device for the crankshaft O-ring. (flywheel side)
© 35446-1
Fig. 324
31 Code 02992251 (143840) 1
Camshaft bearings assembly and disassembly tool.
© 46440-0
Fig. 325
32 Code 02992275 (144800) 1
Counterhead for the torsional vibration damper.
© 35453-1
Fig. 326
33 Code 02992294 (150800) 1
Slide hammer extractor for the disassembly of the injection valve.
© 35449-2
Fig. 327
34 Code 02992301 (151500) 1
Tool for truncation. For removal of the lubricant oil sump pan in plate from
the crankcase.
© 45974-0
Fig. 328
35 Code 01899142 (170050) 1
Special wrench for the removal of the filter cartridges.
© 37629-2
Fig. 329
30-11
36 Code ... (170160) 1
Plugs and caps: 1 set of different sized plugs and caps. For closing the
holes in the fuel distribution system.
© 43663-0
Fig. 330
37 Code 01899000 (6066) 1
Assembly stand for tightening the engine on two sides.
© 35451-2
Fig. 331
38 Code ... (6066/158) 1
Clamping support, consisting of: 1 support code 01899010 (6066/158-1)
rear right; 1 support 01899011 (6066/158-2) rear left; 1 support 01899012
(6066/158-3) front right; 1 support 01899013 (6066/158-4) front left. In
combination with the assembly stand code 01899000 (6066). Tightening
the engine on two sides.
© 35452-1
Fig. 332
39 Code 01899028 (6068) 1
Suspension device: Maximum load ( 2 tonnes), 3-point suspension,
screw tensioners, crosspiece, chain and hooks.
© 43184-0
Fig. 333
30-12
30.3 - B0 - Engine
30.3.1 - Air conditioning compressor drive belt
REMOVAL
1. DANGER
Disconnect the lead from the battery negative terminal (-) and apply the parking brake.
2. Loosen nut (1) and unscrew tie rod (2) to slacken off drive belt (3).
Fig. 334
3. For versions with front PTO
Using a pin punch, remove pin (4) and withdraw PTO engagement shaft (5)
towards the front of the tractor.
Fig. 335
4. For all versions
Remove drive belt (3).
Installation
Install by following the removal steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures:
Procedure 2
l Adjust the tension of the fan drive belt.
30.3.2 - Tension adjustment of the fan and air conditioning compressor drive belt
Tension adjustment
1. m Before adjusting the tension, carefully examine the drive belt for signs of wear. The belt must be renewed immediately
at the first sign of cracking, fraying or separation of the plies.
m Always replace both drivebelts at the same time.
DANGER
If new drivebelts are fitted, re-adjust the tension after approx. 50 operating hours.
30-13
2. Loosen nuts (1) and screws (2).
Fig. 336
3. Tighten tie-rod (3) forcing it gradually until obtaining belt deflection of 10-15
mm (0.4-0.6 in.) when applying a load of 10 kg (22 lb.) on the long section
of the belt.
mIn the case of a new belt, deflection should be 7-9 mm (0.276 - 0.355
in.).
Secure compressor (4) in place and re-check belt tension.
Fig. 337
30.3.3 - Alternator, fuel pump and water pump drive belt

REMOVAL
1. DANGER
2. Loosen screws (1) and (2) securing the fuel pump, disengage alternator
drive belt (3) and remove it by passing it between the bottom of the crank-
shaft pulley and the front axle support.
Fig. 338
Installation
Procedure 2
l Adjust drive belt tension.
30-14
30.3.4 - Tension adjustment of the alternator, fuel pump and water pump drive belt
Tension adjustment
1. Tension the belt using a “T” bar with a 3/4” drive extension, or a 3/4” angle
drive bar inserted in the aperture in the support of fuel pump (1).
Tension the drive belt by turning the bar clockwise and then tighten down
screws (2) and (3).
Fig. 339
2. To check that the tension is correct, use the tool and procedure indicated
in the engine manual.
Static deflection “A” on first fitting
m 13 mm belt: 450±50 N
Static deflection “A” after 15 minutes
m 13 mm belt: 300±50 N
DANGER
This check should be carried out with the engine cold.
Fig. 340
30.3.5 - Compression test

Commercially available tools:
l Compression value test: 8005
l Torx tool set: 8189
Special tools:
l Pipe union: 100130
Compression test
1. m Adjust valve clearance.
See para. 30.3.7 - Adjustment of valve cl... - page 30-22
m Disassemble the injection valves.
See para. 30.3.50 - Fitting and removing i... - page 30-188
m Fit seal (1)
m Fit union (2).
2
© 46377-1
Fig. 341
30-15
30-16
5. Note
The pressure reading will depend on the number of starter No.
Kompression in bar
revolutions during the testing process and on the altitude at Compression value in bar
Pression en bar
which the test is performed. The limit values therefore can- Dat. _________
10 15 20 25 30 35 40
not be defined with precision. We recommend that the read-
Zyl.
ings obtained are used solely for comparison between the 1
different cylinders. A difference between cylinders of over 2
3
15% should be investigated by dismantling the cylinder giv- 4
5
ing the low reading. 6
7
8
DBGM Made in German y
MOTOMETER
© 33771-5
Fig. 345
6. m Remove the compression tester and adapter (1).
© 46308-1
Fig. 346
7. m Remove screw (1).
m Remove retaining bracket (2).
m Remove the union.
m Remove the seal.
m Assemble the injection valves.
© 46378-1
Fig. 347
30-17
30.3.6 - Assembly and disassembly of the engine on the assembly stand
l Lifting device
l Loading rope
Special tools:
l Assembly stand with adapter plates: 6066
l Clamping support: 6066/158
l Suspension device: 6068
NOTE
The repair process shown does not take specific customer equipment into account; components not included in the
standard equipment are not shown.
Assembly of the engine on the stand

1. m Hook the suspension device with the support chain to the transport
slats (arrows).
n 4-cylinder: 410 kg
m Hang the engine from the workshop crane.

NOTE
Disassemble all the feet.
m Fit the engine on the assembly stand.
© 46446-0
Fig. 348
2. m Fit the clamping support 6066/158-1 (1) on the support.
m Tighten the screws (2) and the check nuts: 70 Nm.
3 2
© 46448-0
Fig. 349
30-18
3. m Fit the clamping support 6066/158-2 (1) on the support.
1
2
© 46449-0
Fig. 350
4. m Fit the clamping support 6066/158-3 (1) on the crankcase.
m Tighten the screw (2): 70 Nm.
2
3
1
© 46447-0
Fig. 351
5. m Fit the clamping support 6066/158-4 (1) on the crankcase.
m Tighten the screws (2): 70 Nm.
3
© 46450-0
Fig. 352
30-19
6. m Align the engine on the assembly stand.
m Tighten all the screws (1).
1
© 46459-0
Fig. 353
Disassembly of the engine from the assembly stand

1. m Hook the suspension device with the support chain to the transport
slats (arrows).
n 4-cylinder: 410 kg
© 46446-0
Fig. 354
2. m Unscrew the check nuts.
m Remove the screws (3) and the check nuts.
m Remove screws (2).
m Withdraw the clamping support (1).
2
3
© 46450-0
Fig. 355
30-20
1
3
© 46449-1
Fig. 356
3 3
© 46448-1
Fig. 357
m Unscrew screw (2)
m Remove the clamping support (1). 2
NOTE
Fit all the feet.
3
1
m Deposit the engine.
3
© 46447-0
Fig. 358
30-21
30.3.7 - Adjustment of valve clearance
l Rotation angle gauge: 8190
l Open-ended wrench SW13: 8196
l Screwdriver insert for slot head screws: 8191
l Screwdriver insert for hexagonal pins (5 mm): 8193
Special tools:
l Rotation device: 100320
NOTE
Leave the engine to cool for at least 30 minutes before adjusting valve clearance, .
Engine oil temperature < 80°C.
Bring the engine to valve overlap position

1. m Fit the rotation device.
See para. 30.3.39 - Removal and refitting ... - page 30-144
m Remove the cylinder head cover.
See para. 30.3.10 - Disassembly and assemb... - page 30-32
m Turn the crankshaft with the rotation tool into the valve overlap posi-
tion for cylinder 1.
© 46461-0
Fig. 359
2. Positions of the intake and exhaust valves:
IN = intake valve. EX = exhaust valve
EX IN
© 46381-0
Fig. 360
30-22
3. 4 cylinders. Firing order:
1–3–4–2
Table 52
Valves Cylinders
at overlap 1 3 4 2
angle
set 4 2 1 3
Valve overlap means that: © 46380-0
Fig. 361
the intake valve starts to open and the exhaust valve starts
to close.
Adjustment of the intake valve clearance

1. m Loosen locknut (1).
m Turn adjustment screw (2) to take up the clearance.
NOTE 2
The rocker arm should rest on the thrust washer of
the collet (arrowed) with no clearance.
WARNING 1
Pay attention to the version of the adjustment screws (slot,
hexagon, internal hexagon).
© 46382-0
Fig. 362
2. m Position rotation angle disc with screwdriver insert on adjuster screw.
m Fix the magnet of the rotation angle gauge to the cylinder head.
m Turn the rotation angle gauge in the direction of the arrow to “0”.
NOTE
Do not move the adjustment screw.
© 46462-0
Fig. 363
30-23
3. m Turn the adjustment screw in the direction of the arrow.
n Intake: 75°.
© 46463-0
Fig. 364
4. m Hold the adjustment screw in this position.
m Tighten the check nut (1) using the open-ended wrench: 20 Nm.
m Remove the rotation angle gauge.
© 46464-0
Fig. 365
Adjustment of the exhaust valve clearance

1. m Loosen locknut (1).
m Turn adjustment screw (2) to take up the clearance.
NOTE
The rocker arm should rest on the thrust washer of
the collet (arrowed) with no clearance.
2
© 46387-0
Fig. 366
30-24
2. m Locate the rotation angle gauge with the slot head screwdriver insert
on the adjustment screw.
m Fix the magnet of the rotation angle gauge to the cylinder head.
m Turn the rotation angle gauge in the direction of the arrow to “0”.
NOTE
Do not move the adjustment screw.
© 46465-0
Fig. 367
3. m Turn the adjustment screw in the direction of the arrow.
n Exhaust: 120°.
© 46466-0
Fig. 368
4. m Hold the adjustment screw in this position.
m Tighten the check nut (1) using the open-ended wrench: 20 Nm.
m Remove the rotation angle gauge.
m Fit the cylinder head cover.
m Remove the rotation device.
© 46467-0
Fig. 369
30-25
30.3.8 - Removal and refitting of the rocker arms and pedestals
l Box spanner insert Torx E14: 8113
Removal of the rocker arms and pedestals
1. m Remove the cylinder head cover.
m Undo the cylindrical head screw (1) using the socket wrench insert.
m Unscrew screw (2)
m Remove the rocker mount. 2
NOTE
Put the components to one side in the order in which
they were removed.
© 46451-2
Fig. 370
2. m Withdraw pushrods (1).
NOTE
they were removed.
© 46452-0
Fig. 371
3. m Carry out a visual inspection of the components.
© 46453-0
Fig. 372
30-26
Refitting the rocker arms and pedestals
1. m Insert pushrods (1).
NOTE
Take care to insert the pushrods in their original posi-
tions. The ball ends of the pushrods must locate in
the cups of the tappets.
© 46452-0
Fig. 373
2. m Fit rocker pedestal (1).
NOTE
The ball heads (2) must be in the pivots of the push-
1
rods.
© 46454-0
Fig. 374
3. m Screw in the screw (1).
NOTE
Do not tighten the screw at this stage.
1
© 46455-0
Fig. 375
30-27
4. WARNING
In the case of written certification, the cylindrical head
screws can be used a maximum of 3 times, otherwise re- 1
place them each time they are removed.
m Lightly oil the cylindrical head screw (1).
m Screw the cylindrical head screw (1).
© 46456-0
Fig. 376
5. m Orient the rocker pedestals symmetrically about the axes of the
valves
m Tighten the cylindrical head screws using the box spanner insert.
n Pretightening value: 30 Nm.
WARNING
Before tightening the screw, check that the pushrods are not
under load due to valve overlap.
© 46457-0
Fig. 377
6. m Tighten (1) the screw: 21 Nm.
© 46451-1
Fig. 378
30-28
7. m Tighten the cylindrical head screws using the box spanner insert.
n Retightening value: + 80 Nm + 90°.
m Adjust valve clearance.

© 46457-0
Fig. 379
30.3.9 - Disassemble and complete the rocker and support, check

l Internal bore meter
l Palmer
l Circlip pliers
Special tools:
l Dial gauge: 100400
Disassembly of the rocker support
1. m Disassemble the rocker and the support.
m Remove the circlip with the specific plier.
© 46389-0
Fig. 380
2. m Remove the rocker.
NOTE
they were removed.
© 46390-0
Fig. 381
30-29
Rocker check
1. m Measure the rocker hole.
n Exhaust: 21.02 (+0.033,- 0) mm.
n Intake: 21.02 (+0.033,- 0) mm.

NOTE
The rocker wear limit was reached, replace it.
© 39032-1
Fig. 382
2. m Unscrew the check nut (1).
m Unscrew the adjustment screw (2).
WARNING
Pay attention to the version of the adjustment screws (slot,
hexagon, internal hexagon).
NOTE 2
Put the components to one side in the order in which they

were removed.
1
© 46393-0
Fig. 383
3. m Visually check the wear of the components.
m Check that the oil channels (arrow) are completely free.
© 46392-0
Fig. 384
30-30
4. m Tighten the adjustment screws (1).
m Tighten the check nuts (2). 2
© 46468-0
Fig. 385
Check the rocker pins

1. m Measure the diameter of the main journals with the palmer: 21 (+0,-
0.052) mm.
NOTE
The rocker support wear limit was reached, replace
it.
© 46469-0
Fig. 386
Completion of the rocker support

1. m Lightly oil the rocker pins.
m Push the rockers (1) on the pins.
2
m Push the rockers (2) on the pins.
NOTE
1
The rocker must be turned with the contact surface
facing (3) facing towards the threaded hole (arrow).
Fit the rockers (1) on the exhaust side. Fit the rockers
(2) on the intake side.
3
© 46471-0
Fig. 387
30-31
2. m Fit the new circlips (1).
m Assemble the rockers and support.
© 46453-1
Fig. 388
30.3.10 - Disassembly and assembly of the cylinder head

Removal of the cylinder head cover
1. m Remove all the screws (1).
m Remove cylinder head cover (2).
2
© 46471-1
Fig. 389
2. m Cut the gasket at the ribs (1).
m Remove the gasket.
m Carry out a visual inspection of the components.
© 46587-0
Fig. 390
30-32
3. m Disassemble the fan support.
m Disassemble the exhaust pipe.
© 46590-0
Fig. 391
4. m Disassemble the injection valves.
m Disassemble the rocker support.
m Disassemble the turbocharging air duct.
2
m Remove support (2).
© 46331-0
Fig. 392
5. m Unscrew all the screws (1) using the long reach socket.
m Remove the cylinder head. 1
m Clean the mating surfaces.
© 46334-0
Fig. 393
30-33
Assembly of the cylinder head
1. NOTE
Measure the protrusion of all pistons. Select the cylinder
head seal based on the greatest measured piston protru-
sion.
m Measure the piston protrusion.
See para. 30.3.12 - Measuring piston protr... - page 30-42
© 42565-0
Fig. 394
2. m Select the cylinder head seal based on the greatest measured pis-
ton protrusion.
Table 53
Piston protrusion Hole

0.33 - 0.55 mm 1
0.56 - 0.65 mm 2
0.66 - 0.76 mm 3
Example:
piston protrusion = 0.7 mm corresponds to a cylinder head
seal with 3 holes (arrow). © 44154-0
Fig. 395
3. NOTE
Check that tightening bush (1) is present.
© 46335-0
Fig. 396
30-34
30-35
7. m Fit rocker pedestal (1).
NOTE
The ball heads (2) must be in the pivots of the push-
1
rods.
© 46454-0
Fig. 400
8. m Screw in the screw (1).
NOTE
1
© 46455-0
Fig. 401
9. WARNING
In the case of written certification, the cylindrical head
screws can be used a maximum of 3 times, otherwise re- 1
place them each time they are removed.
m Lightly oil the cylindrical head screw (1).
m Screw the cylindrical head screw (1).
© 46456-0
Fig. 402
30-36
10. m Orient the rocker pedestals symmetrically about the axes of the
valves
m Tighten the cylindrical head screws with the socket wrench insert.
30 Nm.
WARNING
Before tightening the screw, check that the pushrods are not
under load due to valve overlap.
© 46457-0
Fig. 403
11. m Tighten (1) the screw: 21 Nm.
© 46451-1
Fig. 404
12. m Tighten all the cylindrical head screws according to the tightening
sequence.
n Retightening value: 30 Nm + 80 Nm + 90°.
NOTE
14 6 4 12
Use the box spanner insert.
18 10 2 8 16
17 9 1 7 15
13 5 3 11
© 45131-0
Fig. 405
30-37
13. m Fit support (2).
m Tighten (1) the screws.
m Assemble the turbocharging air duct.
m Assemble the rocker support.
m Adjust valve clearance.
2
See para. 30.3.50 - Fitting and removing i... - page 30-188 1
© 46331-0
Fig. 406
14. m Assemble the exhaust pipe.
m Assemble the fan support.
© 46590-0
Fig. 407
Refitting the cylinder head cover

1. m Cut the new gasket at the ribs (1).
WARNING
Do not bend the flat gasket with metal ribbing. Sand the cut
areas.
© 46587-0
Fig. 408
30-38
2. m Clean the mating surfaces.
m Fit a new gasket.
NOTE
Check the installation position is correct.

m Tighten all screws (1) alternately: 11 Nm.
© 46474-2
Fig. 409
3. NOTE
Make sure the assembly position is correct (arrow).
© 46473-2
Fig. 410
30.3.11 - Grinding the cylinder head seal surface

l Flattener
l Roughness gauge
l Depth gauge
NOTE
When the flattener is used, following the specific instructions of the manufacturer.
Preparation of the cylinder head

1. m Disassemble the valves.
See para. 30.3.13 - Valve assembly and dis... - page 30-45
m Deburr the top of the cylinder head.
NOTE
To ensure a correct fit, the cylinder head surface
must be free of burr or gasket residue.
© 36627-1
Fig. 411
30-39
Flattening the cylinder head
1. m Tighten the cylinder head on the flattener.
m Align the cylinder head.
m Flattener tool for aligning the cylinder head.
© 39731-1
Fig. 412
2. m Flattening the sealing surface of the cylinder head.
NOTE
The lapping procedure must be repeated if the seal
surface of the cylinder head is not perfectly flat (rec-
ognisable by variations in colour in the ground sur-
face). The tool supply dimension is maximum 0.2 mm
for the flattening process.
© 39730-1
Fig. 413
Check of the sealing surface of the cylinder head

1. m Visual inspection of the sealing surface of the cylinder head.
m Visually inspect the surface of the combustion chamber.
m Fit the cylinder head gasket.
m Mark the surface of the combustion chamber (arrow).
NOTE
Do not mark with a pointed implement as this may
damage to the cylinder head seal surface.
© 36645-1
Fig. 414
30-40
2. m Remove the cylinder head seal.
m Visual inspection of the sealing surface of the cylinder head.
NOTE
Minor damage to the combustion chamber surface
is permitted (as indicated by arrow). The lapping
procedure for the cylinder head must be repeated,
however, even if minor damage to the cylinder head
surface is visible. The cylinder head wear limit was
reached, replace it.
© 39732-1
Fig. 415
3. m Measure the roughness of the cylinder head seal surface with the
roughness gauge: Rz 25.
NOTE
If the value measured is not within the permissible
range, the cylinder head seal surface must be lapped
again using different settings for the lapping machine.
© 36647-1
Fig. 416
4. m Measure the height of the cylinder head with a depth gauge.
n Standard: 90 mm.
n Undersizing value: 89.4 mm.

NOTE
The cylinder head wear limit was reached, replace it.
© 36646-1
Fig. 417
30-41
5. m Remove the cylinder head from the flattener.
m Apply the repair date and factory mark on the cylinder head.
WARNING
Do not apply the label to a sealing surface.
NOTE
Mark the cylinder head after each repair.
m Assemble the valves.

See para. 30.3.13 - Valve assembly and dis... - page 30-45 © 39731-1
Fig. 418
30.3.12 - Measuring piston protrusion

Special tools:
l Measurement device: 100750
Measuring piston protrusion
m Disassemble the cylinder head.
© 46474-0
Fig. 419
2. m Turn the crankshaft until the respective piston is positioned just be-
fore the top dead centre (arrow).
© 46333-0
Fig. 420
30-42
30-43
6. m Move the sliding vernier scale.
m Position the preloaded probe on the required measurement points.
m Continue to uniformly rotate the crankshaft until the return point of
the dial gauge pointer is reached.
NOTE
Do not place the dial gauge probe on the markings
on the piston. Note the maximum value measured.
© 43514-1
Fig. 424
7. m Select the cylinder head seal based on the greatest measured pis-
ton protrusion.
Table 54
Piston protrusion Hole

0.33 - 0.55 mm 1
0.56 - 0.65 mm 2
0.66 - 0.76 mm 3
NOTE
Example: piston protrusion = 0.7 mm corresponds to a cylin-
der head seal with 3 holes (arrow). © 44154-0
Fig. 425
8. m Assemble the cylinder head.
© 46474-0
Fig. 426
30-44
30.3.13 - Valve assembly and disassembly
l Sliding gauge
l Assembly pliers: 8024
l Assembly lever: 9017
Special tools:
l Support stand: 120900
l base plate: 120910
l Assembly tool: 121410
l Assembly bushes: 121420
Valve disassembly
1. m Disassemble the cylinder head.
m Assemble the support stand (1) on the base plate (2).
m Assemble the cylinder head on the support stand. 1
2
© 42583-0
Fig. 427
2. m Remove the circlip (1).
DANGER
Risk of injury! The circlip jumps away.
© 42584-0
Fig. 428
3. m Remove the thrust washer (1).
© 42585-0
Fig. 429
30-45
30-46
7. m Assemble the valves.
m Measure the length of the valve spring with a vernier scale: 59 mm.
NOTE
If the valve spring wear limit was reached, replace it.
© 35856-2
Fig. 433
8. m Lightly oil the valve stem.
m Insert and retain the valve.
m Push the assembly bush (1) through the valve key seats.
© 42589-0
Fig. 434
9. m Push a new valve stem gasket (1) on the assembly bush.
m Remove the assembly bush.
© 42590-1
Fig. 435
30-47
10. m Push the valve stem gasket with the assembly tool (1) to the stop.
© 42591-0
Fig. 436
11. m Insert the valve spring (1).
m Insert the collet (2).
2
© 42592-0
Fig. 437
12. m Apply the assembly lever.
m Fit the assembly lever on the valve collet.
m Push the valve spring downwards with the assembly lever and insert
two retaining tapered rings (1).
NOTE
Make sure the position of the retaining tapered rings
in the valve key seats is correct.
© 42593-0
Fig. 438
30-48
13. m Disassemble the assembly lever.
m Insert the thrust washer (1).
© 42585-0
Fig. 439
14. m Insert the circlip (1).
NOTE
Make sure that the circlip is inserted correctly in the
1
groove.
© 42594-0
Fig. 440
15. m Disassemble the cylinder head from the support stand (1).
m Disassemble the base plate support stand (2).
m Assemble the cylinder head.
See para. 30.3.10 - Disassembly and assemb... - page 30-32 1
2
© 42583-0
Fig. 441
30-49
30.3.14 - Valve check
l Palmer
l Sliding gauge
NOTE
Clean all the valves. If the valve wear limit was reached, replace it.
Check the diameter of the valve stem

m Use the palmer to measure the diameter of the valve stem.
n Intake valve: 7.98 (+0, -0.015) mm
n Exhaust valve: 7.96 (+0, -0.015) mm
© 42182-1
Fig. 442
Check the thickness of the valve edge

1. m Use the sliding gauge to measure the thickness of the valve edge.
n Intake valve: 2.3 mm
n Exhaust valve: 1.61 mm
© 42183-1
Fig. 443
30-50
Check the diameter of the valve head
1. m Use the sliding gauge to measure the diameter of the valve head.
n Intake valve: 41.7 (+0.1, -0.1) mm
n Exhaust valve: 35.9 (+0.1, -0.1) mm

© 42184-1
Fig. 444
30.3.15 - Check the valve guide

l Magnetic stand for measurements
Special tools:
NOTE
New valves are used for the check. The valve guide wear limit was reached, replace it.
Check the valve guide

m Visually check the wear of the valve guide.
m Apply the magnetic stand for measurements.
m Insert the dial gauge.
m Insert a new valve.
m Apply the preloaded probe on the valve stem (arrow).
m Adjust the dial gauge to “0”.
© 42595-0
Fig. 445
30-51
Measure the valve stem clearance
1. m Move the valve forward and backward in the direction of the arrow.
n Intake valve: 0.028 - 0.068 (+0 -0.015) mm
n Exhaust valve: 0.048 - 0.088 (+0 -0.015) mm
NOTE
Take the entire overturning stroke into consideration.
© 42597-0
Fig. 446
2. m Remove the magnetic stand for measurements.
m Disassemble the dial gauge.
© 42596-0
Fig. 447
30.3.16 - Replacing the valve guide (oversized - cast)

l Reamers
l Limit plug gauges
l Machine for working the cylinder heads
l Press
l Industrial aspirator
l Helical drill bit
Special tools:
l Spacer bush
l Nitrogen (liquid)
DANGER
Risk of accident, do not touch super cooled components or liquid nitrogen!
Wear protective gloves and safety goggles!
WARNING
The process of pressure fitting must be carried out quickly due to the thermal shock between the cylinder head and
the inserted valve seat.
The necessary work steps must be carried out before pressure fitting.
30-52
NOTE
When using the machine to process the cylinder heads, following the specific instructions provided by the manufac-
turer.
Check the valve guide

1. m Check the valve guide.
See para. 30.3.15 - Check the valve guide - page 30-51
m Check the valve guide with a limit plug gauge (1).
n Intake valve: 8.008 (+0.025, -0) mm
n Exhaust valve: 8.008 (+0.025, -0) mm
1
NOTE
The reference side of the limit plug gauge must be
able to move up and down with slight shrinkage.
© 39737-1
Fig. 448
Make the housing hole for the valve guide (increased dimension)
1. m Close the coolant channels.
m Tighten the cylinder head on the machine for processing the cylinder
heads.
© 36644-1
Fig. 449
2. m With the guide bolt (1) align the drilling unit with respect to the hous-
ing hole.
NOTE
The housing holes may have different diameters,
therefore select a guide bolt suitable for aligning the 1
drilling units. The guide bolt must move easily without

noticing resistance in the housing hole.
© 36629-1
Fig. 450
30-53
3. m Drill the valve guide with a helical drill bit (1).
m Remove the swarf with an industrial vacuum.
© 36628-1
Fig. 451
4. m Grind the seat hole to the standard size: 15.000 (+0.011,-0) mm.
WARNING
The reamer twists in an anticlockwise direction and there-
fore must always be turned clockwise. Never turn the ream-
er anticlockwise. The shavings that form when removing
material can block and destroy the cutting edges.
m Blow compressed air through the housing hole.
© 36637-1
Fig. 452
5. m Check the housing hole for the valve guide using the limit plug
gauge (1).
n Standard: 15.000 (+0.011, -0) mm
n Interference: 15.250 (+0.011, -0) mm
1
NOTE
The reference side of the limit plug gauge must be
able to move up and down with slight shrinkage.
The no-go end of the go-no-go gauge must not pass
through the seat hole. If the no-go end of the gauge
fits in the hole, grind the hole to the next highest inter-
ference size. If the wear limit reached the 2nd degree
of oversizing, replace the cylinder head. © 36634-1
Fig. 453
30-54
6. m Release the cylinder head.
m Blow compressed air on the cylinder head.
© 36644-1
Fig. 454
Pressure insertion of the valve guide

1. m Apply the cylinder head.
m Select a valve guide suitable for the housing hole.
n Standard: 15.000 (+0.034, +0.023) mm
n Interference: 15.250 (+0.034, +0.023) mm
n Interference: 15.500 (+0.034, +0.023) mm
© 36642-1
Fig. 455
2. m Supercool the valve guide with liquid nitrogen.
NOTE
Use containers suitable for liquid nitrogen and a tool
suitable for the component insertion and removal op-
erations. When starting to cool the metal, the liquid
nitrogen will boil intensely, the effervescence pro-
cess is maintained until the metal components reach
the temperature of the liquid nitrogen (-196 °C). The
guide valve will have the correct temperature once
the effervescence process of the nitrogen is con-
cluded.
© 36636-1
Fig. 456
30-55
3. m Fit the valve guide with the spacer bush (1).
NOTE
Be careful to fit the guide valve the right way round.
The valve seal groove must face upwards.
© 36635-1
Fig. 457
4. m Press-fit the valve guide flush in the respective surface using the
spacer bush (arrow).
m Remove the spacer bush.
NOTE
The new valve guide will protrude further than the
original valve guideIl .
m Remove the cylinder head.

© 36618-1
Fig. 458
30.3.17 - Check the valve residual

l Depth gauge
Special tools:
l Support stand: 120900
WARNING
If the wear limit of the inserted valve seat and/or the valve is reached, replace them.
30-56
Check the valve residual
m Assemble the support stand (1) on the base plate (2).
© 44178-0
Fig. 459
2. m Fasten the cylinder head onto the mounting stand (1) and the base
plate (2).
1
© 46588-0
Fig. 460
3. m Measure the valve residual from the centre of the valve head with
respect to the sealing surface of the cylinder head.
n Intake valve: 0.9 (+0.15, -0.1) mm
n Exhaust valve: 0.9 (+0.15, -0.1) mm
© 42598-0
Fig. 461
30-57
4. m Disassemble the cylinder head from the support stand (1).
m Disassemble the base plate support stand (2).
© 46588-0
Fig. 462
30.3.18 - Replacing the lined valve seat (oversized)

1. Commercially available tools:
m Pin milling cutter, 10 mm
m Internal bore meter
m Sliding gauge
m Machine for working the cylinder heads
m Press
m Industrial aspirator
m Presser
m Vertical drill
m Nitrogen (liquid)
DANGER
Risk of accident, do not touch super cooled components or liquid nitrogen!
Wear protective gloves and safety goggles!
WARNING
The process of pressure fitting must be carried out quickly due to the thermal shock between the cylinder head
and the inserted valve seat.
The necessary work steps must be carried out before pressure fitting.
NOTE
When using the machine to process the cylinder heads, following the specific instructions provided by the
manufacturer. To replace an inserted valve seat, the respective valve guide must be present.
2. m Check the valve residual.

See para. 30.3.17 - Check the valve residual - page 30-56
m Disassemble the valves.
© 42598-0
Fig. 463
30-58
Checking the inserted valve seat
1. m Check the inserted valve seat (1).
NOTE
Check the installation position is correct. 1
© 36638-1
Fig. 464
Disassembly of the inserted valve seat

1. m Close the coolant channels.
m Tighten the cylinder head.
m Align the inserted valve seat with the pin milling cutter.
© 36632-1
Fig. 465
2. m Laterally cut the inserted valve seat (arrow) until it can be removed
without tension.
WARNING
Do not damage the cylinder head.
© 36639-1
Fig. 466
30-59
3. m Apply a protective sublayer (arrow).
m Remove the inserted valve seat by applying leverage.
WARNING
Do not damage the cylinder head.
m Release the cylinder head.
© 36631-1
Fig. 467
Check the hole of the housing for the inserted valve seat
1. NOTE
Measurement diagram hole of the housing in points “a and
b”, central in surface “1”. 1
© 36640-1
Fig. 468
2. m Measure the hole of the housing with an internal bore meter.
NOTE
Measurement points, see diagram.
m Read the value measured.

n Intake: 42.7 (+0.025, -0) mm
n 2 degrees of oversizing for: + 0.2 mm
n Exhaust: 36.9 (+0.025, -0) mm
n 2 degrees of oversizing for: + 0.2 mm
© 36621-1
Fig. 469
30-60
3. NOTE
If the wear limit reached the 2nd degree of oversizing, re-
place the cylinder head. Alternatively, determine the diam-
eter of the seat hole with a measuring ring (1).
For example, a lined valve seat lathed to half its height may
be used as a measurement ring, which is then inserted in
the hole to measure the diameter.
© 36641-1
Fig. 470
Make the housing hole for the inserted valve seat (interference)
1. m Set the cutting tool.
© 36620-1
Fig. 471
2. m Tighten the cylinder head on the machine for processing the cylinder
heads.
m Close the coolant channels.
© 36619-1
Fig. 472
30-61
3. NOTE
The valve guides may have different diameters, therefore
select a guide bolt suitable for aligning the drilling units. The
guide bolt must move easily without noticing resistance in
the valve guide.
1
m With the guide bolt (1) align the drilling unit with respect to the hous-
ing hole.
© 39738-1
Fig. 473
4. m Enlarge the housing hole based on the degree of oversizing.
WARNING
The inserted valve seat support (arrow) must not be ma-
chined with a cutting tool.
m Remove the shavings from the bottom.
© 36624-1
Fig. 474
5. m Measure the hole of the housing with an internal bore meter.
© 36621-1
Fig. 475
30-62
Pressure insertion of the inserted valve seat
1. m Apply the cylinder head.
m Select a inserted valve seat suitable for the housing hole.
n Intake: 42.79 (+0, -0.02) mm
n Degree of oversizing: 42.99 mm
n Degree of oversizing: 43.19 mm
n Exhaust: 36.99 (+0, -0.02) mm
n Degree of oversizing: 37.19 (+0, -0.02) mm
n Degree of oversizing: 37.39 (+0, -0.02) mm
© 36626-1
Fig. 476
2. m Supercool the inserted valve seat in liquid nitrogen.
NOTE
Use containers suitable for liquid nitrogen and a tool
suitable for the component insertion and removal op-
erations. When starting to cool the metal, the liquid
nitrogen will boil intensely, the effervescence process
is maintained until the metal components reach the
temperature of the liquid nitrogen (-196 °C). The in-
serted valve seat will have the correct temperature
once the effervescence process of the nitrogen is
concluded.
© 36623-1
Fig. 477
3. m Position the inserted valve seat (1) on the presser (2).
NOTE
2
Observe the installation position. The valve seat sur-
face must face towards the presser tool.
© 36643-1
Fig. 478
30-63
4. m Insert the inserted valve seat (1) with the presser (2) in the housing
hole (3) to the stop (arrow).
m Remove the cylinder head. 2
m Machining the inserted valve seat.
See para. 30.3.13 - Valve assembly and dis... - page 30-45 1
m Check the valve residual.
See para. 30.3.17 - Check the valve residual - page 30-56
3
© 36633-1
Fig. 479
30.3.19 - Check the endfloat of the crankshaft

m Magnetic stand for measurements
m Palmer
m Box spanner insert: 8035
Special tools:
m Dial gauge: 100400
2. m Disassemble the front cover.

m Disassemble the gear case cover.
m Apply the magnetic stand for measurements.
m Apply the preloaded probe on the end of the crankshaft.
m Press the crankshaft towards the arrow.
m Adjust the dial gauge to “0”.
© 44179-0
Fig. 480
3. m Press the crankshaft towards the arrow.
m Read the value measured: 0.1 - 0.3 mm
NOTE
If there is a difference in the endfloat, set the permit-
ted value by replacing the halves of the thrust ring.
© 44180-0
Fig. 481
30-64
4. m Remove screws (1).
NOTE
Use the box spanner insert. 1
m Remove flanged bearing cover (2).

m Remove the lower bearing shell. 2
m Remove the two halves of the thrust ring (arrows).
© 44181-0
Fig. 482
5. m Remove the two halves of the thrust ring (arrows).
© 44182-0
Fig. 483
6. m Measure the thickness of the halves of the thrust ring.
n Standard: 2.00 (+0.05, -0) mm
m Select the thrust ring halves based on the measured value.
© 43504-0
Fig. 484
30-65
7. m Disassemble the crankshaft.
See para. 30.3.25 - Assembly and disassemb... - page 30-93
m Adjust the palmer to 32 mm.
m Push the internal bore meter between the test surfaces of the palm-
er and bring to “0”.
© 35825-2
Fig. 485
8. m Measure the width of the flanged bearing.
m Make a note of dimension (a).
© 42606-0
Fig. 486
9. m Apply the thrust ring halves on the flanged bearing cover (arrows).
m Measure the width with the palmer.
m Make a note of dimension (b).
© 35827-2
Fig. 487
10. m Calculate the endfloat: 0.1 - 0.3 mm
Table 55
Calculation example:
Target: Endfloat
Data: -
Measured value: (a) = 32.8 mm, (b) = 32.7 mm
Calculation: Dimension (a) - dimension (b)
The results of all this are: = 0.1 mm
m Assemble the crankshaft.
30-66
30-67
14. m Insert the flanged bearing cover (1).
NOTE
The riser (arrow) of the flanged bearing cover is fac-
ing the manifold side.
1
© 44185-0
Fig. 491
15. m Tighten the screws (1) with the socket wrench insert. 50 Nm + 90°
+ 90°.
WARNING
In the case of written certification, the screws can be used
a maximum of 3 times. Otherwise, replace the screws each
time after being removed.
© 44186-1
Fig. 492
16. m Measure the endfloat of the crankshaft: 0.1 - 0.3 mm
m Remove the magnetic stand for measurements.
m Fitting the front cover.
© 44187-0
Fig. 493
30-68
30.3.20 - Check the crankshaft
l Magnetic stand for measurements
l Palmer
l Prisms
l Hardness tester
Special tools:
Check the hardness of the main journal
m Rest the crankshaft on the prisms.
© 42602-0
Fig. 494
2. m Apply the hardness tester on the bearing pins.
© 30560-1
Fig. 495
3. m Lift (1) the probe and press the release device (2).
NOTE
1
The probe (1) falls downward, briefly hits the surface
and goes up to the measurement value.
© 43499-0
Fig. 496
30-69
4. m Read the value indicated (arrow) by the hardness tester.
n Nominal, minimum value: 55 (+6) HRc
NOTE
The measurement values must be converted using
the tester table.
© 43515-0
Fig. 497
5. NOTE
Measurement diagram of the main journals on points 1 and
2 in surfaces a and b.
© 36424-2
Fig. 498
Check the diameter of the main bearing pins

1. m Measure the main bearing pins with the palmer.
n Standard: 84 (+0, -0.02) mm
n Degree of undersizing: 0.25 mm
NOTE
© 42603-0
Fig. 499
30-70
Check the diameter of the connecting rod pins
1. m Measure the main journal with the palmer: 62.994 (+0, -0.02) mm
m Degree of undersizing: 0.25 mm
NOTE
© 42604-0
Fig. 500
Check the coaxiality

1. m Apply the magnetic stand for measurements.
m Apply the preloaded probe on the main bearing pins (arrow) and
adjust the dial gauge to “0”.
m Rotate the crankshaft at uniform speed and measure concencitrity:
0.1 mm
m Remove the magnetic stand for measurements.
© 42605-0
Fig. 501
Measuring the length of the flanged bearing

1. m Adjust the palmer to 32 mm.
m Push the internal bore meter between the test surfaces of the palm-
er and bring to “0”.
© 35825-2
Fig. 502
30-71
2. m Measure the width of the flanged bearing, placing the bore gauge
between the contact surfaces of the thrust rings: 32.2 (+0.04,-0) mm.
n Degree of undersizing: 0.4 mm
© 42606-0
Fig. 503
Visual inspection
1. m Inspect the sliding surfaces (1) of the crankshaft O-rings.
m Inspect the ring gear (2).
See para. 30.3.25 - Assembly and disassemb... - page 30-93 1
1 2
© 42607-0
Fig. 504
30.3.21 - Replace the crankshaft O-ring (flywheel end)

l Bradawl: 8198
Special tools:
l Self-tapping screw
l Washer
30-72
Removal of the crankshaft oil seal
1. m Remove the flywheel.
m Using a bradawl, make a hole about 3 mm in diameter in the old
crankshaft oil seal.
WARNING
Do not damage the gearbox cover or the crankshaft.
© 46472-0
Fig. 505
2. m Insert a self-tapping screw (1) with washer.
© 46561-0
Fig. 506
3. m Extract the crankshaft O-ring using the assembly lever.
m Carefully examine the crankshaft O-ring sliding surfaces.
© 46562-0
Fig. 507
30-73
Assembly of the crankshaft O-ring
1. m Fit guide bush (1).
m Tighten screws (2).
NOTE
The holes in the guide bush must be aligned with the
1
threaded holes in the crankshaft flange.
© 46563-0
Fig. 508
2. m Lightly oil the lip of the crankshaft O-ring.
m Carefully place the crankshaft O-ring on the sliding surface.
NOTE
The seal lip should be facing the engine crankcase.
© 46564-0
Fig. 509
3. m Fit spacer (1).
NOTE
If the crankshaft flange has an entry groove, the O-
ring can be installed at three different depths:
- First assembly = 2 washers. - 1. repair - assembly
level = 1 washer
- 2. repair - assembly level = 0 washers.
© 46565-0
Fig. 510
30-74
4. m Fit installation bush (1).
m Push the crankshaft O-ring to the support.
© 46566-0
Fig. 511
5. m Insert bearing (1).
m Screw in nut (2);
2
© 46567-0
Fig. 512
6. m Screw in the nut until it seats against installation bush (1).
NOTE
The crankshaft oil seal is now installed at the correct
depth.
1
m Remove the installation tool.
m Fit the flywheel.
© 44197-0
Fig. 513
30-75
30.3.22 - Replacing the crankshaft O-ring (opposite end to flywheel)
l Bradawl: 8198
Special tools:
l Self-tapping screw
l Washer
Removal of the crankshaft oil seal
1. m Remove the V-belt pulley.
See para. 30.3.40 - Removing and fitting t... - page 30-146
m Using a bradawl, make a hole about 3 mm in diameter in the old
crankshaft oil seal.
WARNING
Be careful not to damage the front cover or the crankshaft.
© 43643-0
Fig. 514
2. m Insert a self-tapping screw (1) with washer.
© 44872-0
Fig. 515
3. m Extract the crankshaft O-ring using the assembly lever.
m Carefully examine the crankshaft O-ring sliding surfaces.
© 44873-0
Fig. 516
30-76
Assembly of the crankshaft O-ring
1. m Remove tightening bush (1).
© 44875-0
Fig. 517
2. m Fit guide bush (1).
NOTE
Check that locating dowel (2) is aligned with hole (3). 1
© 42623-0
Fig. 518
3. m Tighten (1) the screws.
© 44877-0
Fig. 519
30-77
4. m Lightly oil the lip of the crankshaft O-ring.
m Carefully place the crankshaft O-ring on the sliding surface.
NOTE
The seal lip should be facing the engine crankcase.
© 44878-0
Fig. 520
5. m Fit spacer (1).
m Observe the assembly depth of the crankshaft O-ring and select a
suitable spacer disc.
n First installation depth = 2 shims
n Repair assembly depth = 1 spacer disc
n Maximum assembly depth = no washers
© 44879-0
Fig. 521
6. m Fit installation bush (1).
m Push the crankshaft O-ring to the support.
© 44880-0
Fig. 522
30-78
7. m Insert bearing (1).
m Mutter (2) anschrauben.
2
1
© 44881-0
Fig. 523
8. m Screw in the nut until it seats against installation bush (1).
NOTE
The crankshaft oil seal is now installed at the correct 1
depth.
© 44882-1
Fig. 524
9. m Insert bush (1) fully.
m Assemble the V-belt pulley.
© 42622-0
Fig. 525
30-79
30.3.23 - Check the connecting rod drum
m Palmer
m Rotation angle gauge: 8190
m Connecting rod tester
Special tools:
m Dial gauge: 100400
2. m Disassemble the piston and connecting rod drum.

m Disassemble the piston from the connecting rod drum.
© 40592-1
Fig. 526
Check of the piston pin bush

1. m Prepare the internal bore meter:
n Fit the probes for the corresponding measurement interval in
an internal bore meter.

n Fit the dial gauge with a preload of approx. 1 mm in the inter-
nal bore meter.

n Adjust the palmer to 38 mm.
n Apply the internal bore meter between the test surfaces of
the palmer and in the return point of the pointer, bring the dial
gauge to “0”.
© 34768-2
Fig. 527
2. NOTE
Measurement diagram of the piston pin bush in points “a”
and “b” in surfaces “1” and “2”.
© 37239-1
Fig. 528
30-80
3. m Insert the internal bore meter.
m Apply the internal bore meter to the measurement points required
occasionally and read the value measured in the return point of the
pointer: 38.025 (+0.010) mm.
NOTE
m Make a note of the measured value, dimension A.

NOTE
Dimension A is used to determine the piston pin
clearance.
© 34770-2
Fig. 529
Check the diameter of the piston pin

1. m Measure the piston pin with the palmer: 38 (+0,-0.006) mm.
m Make a note of the measured value, dimension B.
NOTE
Dimension B is used to determine the piston pin
clearance.
© 35908-2
Fig. 530
Calculate the piston pin clearance

1. NOTE
The piston pin free play is determined by the difference between the inner diameter of the piston pin bearing
shell (a) and the diameter of the piston pin (b): 0.025 - 0.041 mm
Table 56
Target: Piston pin clearance
Data: -
Measured value: Inner diameter of piston pin bush (a), (a) = 38.025 mm. Diam-
eter of piston pin (b), (b) = 38.000 mm
Calculation: Measurement (a) - measurement (b), 38.025 mm - 38.000 mm
30-81
Check the connecting rod bearing hole
1. m Apply the flanged bearing cover.
WARNING
26519
Pay attention to coupling the flanged bearing cover. The nu- 1
meric marks (1) on the connecting rod drum and on the con-
26519
necting rod bearing cover must be identical and positioned
in front of each other during assembly.
© 44212-0
Fig. 531
2. m Alternatively tighten the screws with the rotation angle gauge and
the box spanner insert: 30 Nm + 60° + 30°
© 44213-0
Fig. 532

nal bore meter.

gauge to “0”.
© 36094-1
Fig. 533
30-82
4. NOTE
Measurement diagram of the connecting rod bearing hole in
points “a” and “b” in surfaces “1” and “2”.
© 37239-1
Fig. 534
m Apply the bore gauge to each of the measurement positions indicat-
ed and read the maximum value indicated by the dial: 66.6 (+0.019)
mm.
NOTE
If the measured values diverse minimally, take addi-
tional measurements with new bearing shells.
© 44214-0
Fig. 535
Check the internal diameter of the connecting rod bearing shells

1. m Unscrew the screws.
m Remove the flanged bearing cover.
NOTE
© 44440-0
Fig. 536
30-83
2. m Insert the connecting rod bearing shell into the connecting rod drum.
WARNING
Take care to couple the bearing shells. The anti-twist safety
(1) must enter the groove (2).
1
© 44215-0
Fig. 537
3. m Insert the connecting rod bearing shell into the relative flanged bear-
ing cover.
WARNING
1
© 44216-0
Fig. 538
WARNING
2651
The numeric marks (1) on the connecting rod drum and on 1

9
the connecting rod bearing cover must be identical and po-

2651
sitioned in front of each other during assembly.

9
© 44217-0
Fig. 539
30-84
5. m Alternatively tighten the screws with the rotation angle gauge and
the box spanner insert: 30 Nm + 60° + 30°.
© 44218-0
Fig. 540

nal bore meter.

gauge to “0”.
© 36094-1
Fig. 541
7. NOTE
Measurement diagram of the internal diameter of the con-
necting rod bearing shells in points “a” and “b” in surfaces
“1” and “2”.
© 37239-1
Fig. 542
30-85
pointer.
NOTE
See diagram for measurement points: 63.026 -
63.065 mm.

NOTE
The connecting rod drum wear limit was reached,
replace it.
© 44219-0
Fig. 543
Check the diameter of the connecting rod pins

1. NOTE
© 36424-2
Fig. 544
2. m Measure the main journal with the palmer: 62.994 (+0,-0.02) mm.
n Degree of undersizing: 0.25 mm.
NOTE
© 36424-2
Fig. 545
30-86
Determine the clearance of the connecting rod bearing
1. NOTE
The big end bearing free play is determined by the difference between the inner diameter of the big end bearing
shell (a) and the diameter of the crankpin (b): 0.032 - 0.073 mm.
Table 57
Target: Clearance of the connecting rod bearing
Data: -
Measured value: Inner diameter of big end bearing shell (a), (a) = 63.026 mm.
Diameter of crankpins (b), (b) = 62.992 mm
m n Wear limit: 0.12 mm
2. m Unscrew the screws.
m Remove the flanged bearing cover.
© 44218-0
Fig. 546
Check the connecting rod drum

1. m Assemble the connecting rod drum without bearing shells on the
tester. A
WARNING
It is not permitted to straighten the connecting rod drum. B
m Move the test fork towards the arrow.

m Check the parallelism of the connecting rod drum.
m Difference permitted from (A) to (B): 0.04 mm.
NOTE
Distance between “A“ and “B“ = 100 mm.
© 30579-1
Fig. 547
30-87
2. m Move the test fork towards the arrow.
m Check the angulation of the connecting rod drum.
m Difference permitted from (C) to (D): 0.04 mm.
NOTE
Distance between “C“ and “D“ = 100 mm. C
D
m Complete the piston and the connecting rod drum.
m Assemble the piston and the connecting rod drum.
© 30580-1
Fig. 548
30.3.24 - Fitting and removing piston pin bush

l Press or threaded pin
Special tools:
l Set of assembly tools: 131220
l Nitrogen (liquid)
l Degreaser/detergent
l Compressed air
l Heating device
DANGER
Risk of accident, do not touch hot components! Risk of accident, do not touch super cooled components or liquid
nitrogen! Wear protective gloves and safety goggles!
WARNING
The process of pressure fitting must be carried out quickly due to the thermal shock between the bush of the piston pin
and the connecting rod drum. The necessary work steps must be carried out before pressure fitting.
NOTE
The extraction of the piston pin bush is illustrated with a pneumatic press. Alternatively, also a threaded pin can be
used.
30-88
Disassembly of the piston pin bush
1. WARNING
3
Never force the piston pin bush!
1
m Insert the housing of the connecting rod bearing (3) in the base plate
(2).
m Insert the disassembly gauge (1) in the base plate.
WARNING
Do not mix up the disassembly gauge and the assembly
gauge! 2
NOTE © 40404-1
The groove (arrow) must face the housing of the connect- Fig. 549
ing rod bearing. Make sure that the disassembly gauge is
perfectly levelled.
2. m Insert the lower part of the assembly tool (3) from below in the disas-
sembly gauge. 1 2
m Position the connecting rod drum (1) on the base plate.
NOTE
The flat side (arrow) of the connecting rod drum must
face downwards.
m Rotate the lower part (3) in the upper part (2) of the assembly tool.
© 40403-1
Fig. 550
3. m Align the upper part (1) of the assembly tool with the disassembly
gauge (2).
NOTE
The upper part of the assembly tool and the disas-
sembly gauge are flush with the angular surfaces (ar-
1
row) of the connecting rod bearing.
2
© 40401-1
Fig. 551
30-89
4. m Tighten the upper part (1) and the lower part (2) of the assembly
tool.
© 40402-1
Fig. 552
5. m Align the pneumatic press horizontally with the base plate.
NOTE
The extractor punch must be situated in the centre
above the top of the assembly tool.
© 36284-3
Fig. 553
6. m Remove the piston pin bush with slight pressure.
m Clean the hole in the bush.
NOTE
The hole in the bush must be free of grease and dirt.
© 36285-3
Fig. 554
30-90
Assembly of the piston pin bush
1. m Insert the housing of the connecting rod bearing (3) in the base plate
(2). 3
m Insert the assembly gauge (1) in the base plate.
NOTE
1
The groove (arrow) must face the housing of the con-
necting rod bearing. Make sure that the assembly
gauge is perfectly levelled.
© 40405-1
Fig. 555
2. m Heat the connecting rod shank (1): 220 °C.
m Position the connecting rod drum on the base plate (2).
NOTE 1
The flat side (arrow) of the connecting rod drum must
face downwards.
© 40406-1
Fig. 556
3. m Chill the piston pin bush (1) in liquid nitrogen to approximately -40
°C.
© 36288-2
Fig. 557
30-91
4. m Position the supercooled bush of the piston pin (1) on the assembly
bolt (3). 1
NOTE
The index (2) must be situated in the groove (indi-
cated by arrow) in the piston pin bush.
2
3
© 40407-1
Fig. 558
5. m Insert the assembly bolt (1) with the piston pin bush (2) in the hole
of the connecting rod.
NOTE
The piston pin bush must be inserted without force 1
into the connecting rod hole. Pay attention to the as-
sembly position of the piston pin bush.
m Remove the assembly bolt. 2
NOTE
The piston pin bush must not slip any more.
© 36290-4
Fig. 559
6. m Check the assembly position.
NOTE
Position of bush separation line (indicated by arrow)
as seen when looking towards the flat side of the
connecting rod shank.
© 40968-1
Fig. 560
30-92
7. NOTE
After the assembly operation, mechanically adjust the piston
pin bush.
m Turn the piston pin bush to dimension A.

Table 58
Dimension Maximum dimension Minimum dimension

Hole of the piston pin 38.035 mm 38.025 mm
bush, dimension A
Piston pin diameter 38.000 mm 37.994 mm
Theoretical clearance 0.041 mm 0.025 mm © 39730-2
Fig. 561
30.3.25 - Assembly and disassembly of the crankshaft

Special tools:
l Box spanner insert: 8035
Disassembly of the piston pin bush
1. m Disassemble the front cover.
© 42647-2
Fig. 562
2. m Tighten screws (1).
m Disassemble all the connecting rod bearing covers.
m Remove the connecting rod bearing shells.
© 42648-1
Fig. 563
30-93
3. m Place the mark of reference (1) on the ring gear of the camshaft.
NOTE 2
The reference mark must be located on a line be-

tween the marking (2) and the mid point (3) of the
camshaft. 1
© 42651-0
Fig. 564
4. m Uniformly rotate the crankshaft until the mark (1) on the flange of the
shaft coincides with the auxiliary mark (2) on the camshaft ring gear.
NOTE
If the crankshaft flange is aligned, the mark on the 1
camshaft ring gear will be covered.
WARNING
2
Do not bend the connecting rod drums while rotating the
crankshaft.
© 42652-0
Fig. 565
Disassembly of the main bearing cover

1. m Unscrew all the screws (1) using the long reach socket.
© 42653-1
Fig. 566
30-94
2. m Remove flanged bearing cover (1).
m Remove the bearing shell.
m Remove the two halves of the thrust ring (arrows).
m Remove all the main bearing covers (2).
m Remove the bearing shells.
1
NOTE
they were removed. Note the cylinder order.
2
© 44228-1
Fig. 567
3. m Delicately extract the connecting rod drums from the relative pins.
m Extract the crankshaft by applying leverage.
© 42655-1
Fig. 568
4. m Remove the two halves of the thrust ring (arrows).
m Remove all the main bearing shells (1).
NOTE
1
m Check the endfloat of the crankshaft (disassembled crankshaft).
See para. 30.3.19 - Check the endfloat of ... - page 30-64
See para. 30.3.20 - Check the crankshaft - page 30-69
© 44231-2
Fig. 569
30-95
Assembly of the crankshaft
1. m Insert the upper shells of the main bearings.
NOTE
Take care to couple the bearing shells. The anti-twist
safety (1) must enter the groove (2).
1
© 42658-0
Fig. 570
2. m Insert the lower shells of the main bearings in the relative main bear-
ing covers.
NOTE
1
© 44233-0
Fig. 571
3. NOTE
Make sure all the tightening bushes are present (arrows).
© 44231-1
Fig. 572
30-96
4. m Position the camshaft.
NOTE
Align the hole (1) in the direction of the cylinder head.
m Oil the surfaces of the bearings.
© 42661-0
Fig. 573
5. m Delicately insert the crankshaft in the crankcase.
WARNING
Do not bend the connecting rod drums while inserting the
crankshaft!
m Move the crankshaft in correspondence of the camshaft.

NOTE
Make sure the marks line up.
© 44238-2
Fig. 574
6. m Check the control times.
NOTE
The mark (1) on the flange of the crankshaft must line
up with the reference mark (2). 1
© 42652-0
Fig. 575
30-97
7. m Assemble the upper thrust ring halves based on the measured end-
float.
NOTE
Thrust ring halves without the key, between the
crankshaft and crankcase (arrows). The oil grooves 2
(1) in the thrust ring halves face towards the thrust
discs (2) of the crankshaft (arrows).
1
© 42662-0
Fig. 576
8. m Fix the two thrust ring halves with a small amount of grease on the
flanged bearing cover.
NOTE
Flanged bearing cover marked with “2”. Use the
halves of the thrust ring with the key (arrow). The
2
oil grooves (1) face towards the shoulder disc of the
crankshaft.
© 42663-0
Fig. 577
Assembly of the main bearing cover

1. m Insert the flanged bearing cover (1).
m Insert the main bearing cover (2) based on the numbering.
Pay attention to the attribution and assembly po-
sition:
Insert the main bearing cover with number 1 on the 1
flywheel side. The end (arrow) of the bearing cover is
facing the curve side. 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
© 44240-1
Fig. 578
30-98
2. m Main bearing cover with socket wrench insert and rotation angle
gauge: 50 Nm + 90° + 90°.
WARNING
In the case of written certification, the screws can be used
a maximum of 3 times. Otherwise, replace the screws each
time after being removed.
m Assemble the flanged bearing cover.
© 44241-1
Fig. 579
© 42648-1
Fig. 580
4. m Assemble the gear case cover.
m Fitting the front cover.
© 42647-2
Fig. 581
30-99
30.3.26 - Fitting and removing counterweight shafts, checking
l Palmer
l Torque wrench
Special tools:
l Alignment pins (q.ty 2): 100810
l Plaster
l DEUTZ DW 72 mastic
Removing counterweight shafts
1. m Disassemble the gear case cover.
m Bring cylinder piston 1 to top dead centre.
NOTE
The mark (1) on the flange of the crankshaft must line
up with the reference mark (2).
© 36652-2
Fig. 582
m Remove washer (2).
m Remove the intermediate wheel (3).
m Remove the bearing pin.
3
2
© 46605-0
Fig. 583
m Remove lube oil pipe (2).
m Remove the intermediate wheel (3).
m Remove the bearing pin.
1
© 46606-0
Fig. 584
30-100
m Remove the shims (2).
1
1
2
2
© 46607-0
Fig. 585
5. m Remove the counterweight shafts in the direction indicated by the
arrow.
WARNING
Take care not to damage the counterweight shafts.
© 36666-3
Fig. 586
Checking counterweight shafts

1. m Visually check the wear of the components.
© 36664-1
Fig. 587
30-101
2. m Measure the diameter of the main journals with the palmer: 54
(-0.02) mm.
© 36665-1
Fig. 588
Fitting counterweight shafts

1. m Oil the bearing pins slightly.
m Fit the counterweight shafts in the direction indicated by the arrow.
NOTE
The weight (1) must face towards the lubricant oil
sump pan.
1
© 36666-4
Fig. 589
2. m Undo the screw plugs (1).
© 36651-2
Fig. 590
30-102
3. m Insert the centring pins (1).
m Fasten the counterweight shafts with the alignment pins (1).
WARNING 1
Stop rotating the mass compensation shaft.
© 36659-2
Fig. 591
4. m Fit the shims (2).
NOTE
1
1
2
2
© 46607-0
Fig. 592
5. m Assemble the B side intermediate wheel.
NOTE
2
Centre the intermediate wheel (1) with respect to the
threaded hole (2). If the sides of the teeth do not co-
incide with the crankshaft, it can be rotated easily.
WARNING
Stop rotating the mass compensation shaft.
© 36669-1
Fig. 593
30-103
6. m Lightly oil the bearing pins (1).
m Insert the bearing pins (1).
m Fit washer (2).
m Screw in the screw (3).
NOTE
Insert the screw with DEUTZ DW 72 sealant. Do not 1
tighten the screw at this stage.
2
© 36670-2
Fig. 594
7. m Apply the reference marks (1) and (2).
m Unscrew the centring pins (side A).
m Turn the mass compensation shaft of the two teeth in the direction
of the arrow. 1
© 36656-2
Fig. 595
8. m From above, engage the intermediate wheel (1) in the toothing.
NOTE
Turn the mass compensation shaft in the direction of
the arrow until the reference marks coincide. Centre
the intermediate wheel (1) with respect to the thread- 1
ed hole (2).
© 36657-2
Fig. 596
30-104
9. m Lightly oil the bearing pins (1).
m Insert the bearing pins (1).
© 36667-2
Fig. 597
10. m Fit new O-ring (1).
© 36668-2
Fig. 598
11. m Fit lube oil pipe (1).
NOTE
Fit the screw, applying DEUTZ DW 72 thread lock 1
compound. Do not tighten.
© 36658-2
Fig. 599
30-105
12. m Remove all the alignment pins (1).
© 36659-2
Fig. 600
13. m Insert the new O-rings.
m Tighten the screw plugs (1). 9 Nm.
© 36651-2
Fig. 601
14. m Tighten the screws (1): 29 Nm.
m Assemble the gear case cover.
1
2
© 36660-2
Fig. 602
30-106
30.3.27 - Disassembly and assembly of the piston and connecting rod drum
Special tools:
l Piston ring compression collar 130670
NOTE
Collect operating materials in suitable containers and dispose of them in compliance with the applicable regulations.
The lubricant oil and the coolant must be added according to the user manual.
Disassembly of the piston and connecting rod drum

m Remove the oil suction pipe.
m Withdraw the oil level dipstick.
© 46477-0
Fig. 603
Disassembly of the flanged bearing cover

1. m Rotate the crankshaft using the rotation device.
m Move the connecting rod pins to the bottom dead centre.
m Remove flanged bearing cover (2).
NOTE
2
they were removed. Note the cylinder order. 1
© 46480-0
Fig. 604
30-107
NOTE
© 46478-0
Fig. 605
3. m Remove the connecting rod bearing shells (1).
1
© 44250-0
Fig. 606
4. m Remove the circlip.
m Pressure remove the piston pin.
© 44251-0
Fig. 607
30-108
Completion of the piston and connecting rod drum
1. m Insert a new circlip.
NOTE
© 44252-0
Fig. 608
2. m Insert the connecting rod drum.
NOTE
26519
2
The flywheel/crankshaft symbol (1), on the bottom of
the piston, must face towards the right and numeric
code (2) on the connecting rod drum must face up-
wards.
© 44253-0
Fig. 609
3. m Lightly oil the piston pin.
m Pressure insert the piston pin.
m Insert a new circlip.
NOTE
© 44254-0
Fig. 610
30-109
Assembly of the piston and connecting rod drum
1. NOTE
1
1
© 46296-0
Fig. 611
2. m Insert the connecting rod bearing shell into the connecting rod drum.
NOTE
2
1
© 46295-0
Fig. 612
3. m Insert the connecting rod bearing shell into the relative flanged bear-
ing cover.
WARNING
1
© 44216-0
Fig. 613
30-110
4. m Offset the piston ring joints by approx. 120°.
m Check the piston rings and grooves.
See para. 30.3.29 - Check the piston rings... - page 30-115
© 42380-1
Fig. 614
5. m Lightly oil the cylinder sliding surface, piston, piston rings and con-
necting rod pins.
m Tighten the piston rings with a compression collar (1).
NOTE
Never rotate the piston rings.
© 44255-0
Fig. 615
6. m Move the connecting rod pins to the bottom dead centre.
m Insert the piston and connecting rod drum in the cylinder liner.
NOTE
Pay attention to the piston cylinder allocation. Mark
the assembly position on the bottom of the piston. 1
The flywheel/crankshaft symbol (1) must be facing
the flywheel. The piston ring compression collar must
rest lightly on the cylinder liner.
© 45004-1
Fig. 616
30-111
7. m Delicately press the connecting rod drum against the connecting rod
pins.
WARNING
Do not bend the connecting rod drum with the crankshaft.
© 46481-0
Fig. 617
Assembly of the flanged bearing cover

© 46482-0
Fig. 618
2. m Tighten the new screws using the rotation angle gauge> 30 Nm +
60° + 30°.
WARNING
The screws must be renewed after being removed.
© 46483-0
Fig. 619
30-112
3. m Insert the oil level dipstick.
m Fit the oil suction pipe.
© 46479-0
Fig. 620
30.3.28 - Check the piston

l Palmer
Special tools:
NOTE
If the piston wear limit was reached, replace it.
Check of the piston pin hole

1. m Disassemble the piston from the connecting rod drum.
© 44262-0
Fig. 621
30-113

nal bore meter.

gauge to “0”.
© 34768-2
Fig. 622
3. NOTE
Measurement diagram of the piston pin hole in points “a”
© 37239-1
Fig. 623
4. m Insert the internal bore meter in the piston pin hole.
pointer: 38 (+0.009,-0.004) mm.
NOTE
© 43483-0
Fig. 624
30-114
Check the piston diameter
1. NOTE
Measurement diagram of the piston diameter in points “1, 2
and 3”, transversal to the piston pin hole.
© 37244-1
Fig. 625
2. m Measure the clearance of the piston pin with the palmer.
Table 59
Diameter
Measurement height Standard Interference:
16 mm 100.820 (+0.009, 101.320 (+0.009,
-0.009) mm -0.009) mm
50 mm 100.588 (+0.007, 101.088 (+0.007,
-0.007) mm -0.007) mm
78.5 mm 100.270 (+0.012, 100.770 (+0.012,
-0.012) mm -0.012) mm
© 43427-0
NOTE
Fig. 626
m Complete the connecting rod drum and piston.

30.3.29 - Check the piston rings and piston grooves

l Feeler gauges
Special tools:
l Universal pliers for piston rings: 130300
l Trapezoidal groove wear gauge: 130440
30-115
Check the piston rings and piston grooves
1. m Remove the piston from the connecting rod shank
m Set the universal piston ring tool for the piston diameter: 101 mm.
m Disassemble the piston ring with universal pliers.
Fig. 627
2. m Clean the piston.
m Inspect the piston.
m Visually inspect the piston grooves.
Fig. 628
3. m Measure the race of the first piston ring using a trapezoidal race
wear gauge.
© 33866-3
Fig. 629
30-116
4. m
NOTE:
If there is a distance “S” between the trapezoidal S
race wear gauge and the piston, the piston can still
be used.
© 33867-3
Fig. 630
5. m
NOTE:
If the trapezoidal race wear gauge rests on the piston
(arrow) the latter must be replaced.
© 33868-3
Fig. 631
Check the coupling clearance of the piston rings

1. m Insert the piston ring (1) in the cylinder.
m Align the rings, pushing the piston into the cylinder.
© 45011-1
Fig. 632
30-117
2. m Measure the coupling clearance of the piston rings with the feeler
gauge.
n Piston ring = dual trapezoid section rings: 0.20 - 0.35 mm
n Piston ring = conical section ring: 1.5 - 2.0 mm
n Piston ring = oil scraper ring: 0.3 - 0.55 mm
m
NOTE
The piston ring wear limit was reached, replace it.
© 45012-1
Fig. 633
3. m Assemble the piston rings.
m Sequence and position of the piston rings viewed from the bottom
of the piston:
n Double trapezoidal ring (1)
1
n tapered ring (2)
2
n Oil scraper ring with tubular spring (3)
n
NOTE: 3
The mark “Top” faces towards the combustion

chamber.
© 44267-0
Fig. 634
4. m Assemble the piston ring with universal pliers.
NOTE:
Offset the flexible coupling of the oil scraper ring by
180° with respect to the ring coupling.
Fig. 635
30-118
Check the endfloat of the piston ring
1. m
NOTE:
Perform the check with new piston rings.
m Check the endfloat between the piston and the groove of the piston
ring using the feeler gauge.
n Piston ring: 0.06 - 0.08 mm
n Piston ring: 0.02 - 0.04 mm
m
NOTE:
If the piston wear limit was reached, replace it.
Fig. 636
2. m Complete the connecting rod drum and piston.
Fig. 637
30.3.30 - Assembly and disassembly of piston cooling nozzles

Disassembly of the piston cooling nozzles
m Delicately tighten the self-tapping screw (1) into the piston cooling
nozzle.
Fig. 638
30-119
2. m Remove the piston cooling nozzle (1) with the pliers.
Fig. 639
Assembly of the piston cooling nozzles

1. m Clean the holes for the piston cooling nozzles in the crankcase.
m With the bolt, insert a new piston cooling nozzle (1) to the stop.
Fig. 640
30.3.31 - Removal and refitting of the crankcase breather

l Circlip pliers: 9090
Removal of the crankcase breather
1. m Loosen the circlip using the specific pliers and remove it towards
the bottom.
m Remove the flexible hose (1).
m Remove screws (2). 3
m Remove the crankcase breather (3). 2
© 46473-3
Fig. 641
30-120
2. m Visually inspect the component.
m Fit a new gasket (1)
1
© 46475-0
Fig. 642
3. m Fit the crankcase breather (1).
NOTE:
Make sure the assembly position is correct (arrow).
1
© 46476-0
Fig. 643
4. m Tighten the screws (1): 21 Nm
m Position the flexible pipe (2).
m Position the circlip with the specific pliers.
© 46473-4
Fig. 644
30-121
30.3.32 - Check the cylinder
l Palmer
l Depth gauge
Special tools:
NOTE
To measure the cylinder, the crankshaft bearing covers must be assembled regularly.
Check the cylinder

m Visually check the wear of the cylinder.
Fig. 645

nal bore meter.

gauge to “0”.
Fig. 646
30-122
3. NOTE
Measuring diagram of the cylinder liner in points “a” and “b”
in surfaces “1” -
“3”.
Fig. 647
4. m Insert the internal bore meter in the cylinder.
pointer.
m Compare the value measured with the nominal value. 101 (+0.02,
-0) mm
NOTE
m Assemble the piston and the connecting rod drum.

Fig. 648
30.3.33 - Removal and refitting of the front cover (opposite end to flywheel)
Removal of the front cover
1. m Remove the torsional vibration damper
m Remove the oil suction pipe.
Fig. 649
30-123
2. m Turn the engine on the assembly stand.
m Remove all the screws (1).
m Remove the front cover.
Fig. 650
3. m Visually inspect the components.
© 42996-0
Fig. 651
Refitting the front cover.

1. m Remove crankshaft seal (1).
WARNING
Be careful not to damage the mating surfaces when remov-
ing the front cover.
© 42997-0
Fig. 652
30-124
2. NOTE
m Fit a new gasket.
© 44545-1
Fig. 653
3. m Position the internal rotor relative to the crankshaft.
NOTE
The machining on the crankshaft and the rotor guides
must coincide. The internal rotor can only be fitted to
the crankshaft in one position.
© 44547-1
Fig. 654
4. m Fit the front cover.
m Fit the screws.
NOTE
Do not tighten the screws at this stage.
m Position the front cover flush with the mating surface of the oil sump
pan.
© 44548-1
Fig. 655
30-125
5. m Trim any protruding gasket (arrowed) flush with the mating surface
of the oil sump pan.
© 44551-1
Fig. 656
6. m Tighten the screws in the sequence indicated.
n Retightening value: 21 Nm.
Fig. 657
7. m Fill the oil pump housing with lubricating oil.
Fig. 658
30-126
8. m Fit the oil suction pipe.
Fig. 659
9. m Turn the engine on the assembly stand.
m Fit the front crankshaft oil seal (opposite end to flywheel)
See para. 30.3.22 - Replacing the cranksha... - page 30-76
Fig. 660
10. m Fit the torsional vibration damper.
Fig. 661
30-127
30.3.34 - Disassembly and assembly of the connector box
Disassembly of the connector box
m Remove cover (2)
1
© 42698-1
Fig. 662
m Remove the connector box.
NOTE
1
Use the box spanner insert.
1
m Visually inspect the components. 1
1 1
1
© 42699-1
Fig. 663
Assembly of the connector box

1. m Clean the support surfaces.
1
NOTE
1
© 44083-1
Fig. 664
30-128
2. m Apply the connector box.
m Centre the connector box above the tightening bushes. 1
m Fit the screws.
NOTE 2
1
Note that the screws are of different lengths M12 =
2
(1). M16 = (2) 1
1
2
© 42703-1
44083-1
Fig. 665
NOTE 4 2
Tightening sequence, see graph. Use the box span-

ner insert. 1
6
m Tighten the screw (1) manually.

m Pretension in order screws (2), (3) (4) and (5).
m Tighten screws (1) and (6). 99 Nm.

m Tightening alternatively screws (2), (3), (4) and (5). 3 5
n Retightening value: 243 Nm.
© 44085-0
Fig. 666
4. m Push the casing to the support.
m Tighten the screws (2): 9 Nm. 1
NOTE
2
The slot (1) is facing the oil sump.
© 42704-1
Fig. 667
30-129
30.3.35 - Fitting and removing the camshaft bearings, checking
l Palmer
Special tools:
Check the camshaft bearings
m Disassemble the camshaft.
Fig. 668

nal bore meter.

gauge to “0”.
Fig. 669
3. NOTE
Measurement diagram of the camshaft bearing in points “a”
© 37239-1
Fig. 670
30-130
pointer: 63 (+0.054) mm
n Wear limit: 63.080 mm
NOTE
Measurement points, see diagram. If the camshaft
bearing wear limit was reached, replace it.
© 46337-0
Fig. 671
Disassembly of the camshaft bearings

1. m Insert the pin (1).
m Fit the guide (2).
m Fit the counterhead (3).
2 1
© 45259-0
Fig. 672
2. m Fit the thrust cap (1).
m Screw in nut (2);
© 45266-1
Fig. 673
30-131
3. m Hold the threaded shaft (1)
m Tighten nut (2).
NOTE
Tighten the nut further until the bearing bush falls out.

2
1
© 46338-0
Fig. 674
Assembly of the camshaft bearings

1. NOTE
Mark the position of the lubrication oil orifice.
© 45268-0
Fig. 675
2. m Check the alignment of the lubricant oil holes (1).
© 45269-0
Fig. 676
30-132
3. m Insert the pin (1).
m Fit the counterhead (2).
m Fit the new bearing shell on the thrust cap.
WARNING
3
2 1
Ensure that the lubrication oil orifices are aligned correctly.
m Fit the thrust cap (3).
© 45267-1
Fig. 677
4. m Use the installation tool to install the bearing shell flush with the
surface.
NOTE
Press the bearing shell into the crankcase using the
thrust cap.
© 46338-1
Fig. 678
5. m Check the alignment of the lubricant oil holes (1).
NOTE
If the lubricant oil hole is not aligned, assemble and
disassemble the camshaft bearing one more time.
Fig. 679
30-133
6. m Assemble the camshaft.
Fig. 680
NOTE
2
© 42704-1
Fig. 680
NOTE
2
© 42704-1
Fig. 680
30-134
NOTE
2
© 42704-1
Fig. 680
30.3.36 - Disassembly and assembly of the gear case cover

l DEUTZ DW 67 sealant
Disassembly of the gear case cover
1. m Disassemble the starter.
m Disassemble the connector box.
m Remove the flywheel.
m Disassemble the speed regulator.
Fig. 681
2. m Remove the oil sump pan.
m Turn the engine on the assembly stand.
m Remove cover (2).
Fig. 682
30-135
1
1
© 46596-0
Fig. 683
m Remove the gear case cover.
1
1
© 46599-0
Fig. 684
5. m Remove crankshaft seal (1).
WARNING 1
Be careful not to damage the mating surfaces when remov-
ing the front cover.
© 42750-0
Fig. 685
30-136
Assembly of the gear case cover
NOTE
The sealing surfaces must be clean, dry and free of
grease or other contaminants.
m Apply mastic (arrowed).

WARNING
Assembly must be completed within a maximum of 1 hour.
NOTE
Use DEUTZ DW 67 sealant. Sealing edge thickness, ap- © 42525-0
Fig. 686
prox. 1.4 mm.
2. m Align the gear box cover.

m Apply the gear box cover.
NOTE 1
After applying it, do not move the gear box cover.

NOTE
Do not tighten the screws at this stage.
1
1
© 46598-0
Fig. 687
3. m Fit the screws.
NOTE
Note that the screws are of different lengths M8 x
45 mm screws (1). M8 x 35 mm screws (2). Do not
tighten the screws at this stage. 1
2
2
© 46596-1
Fig. 688
30-137
4. m Push up the gear box cover and align it flush with the sealing surface
of the oil sump (arrows).
NOTE
The oil sump sealing surface in correspondence of
the crankcase must face downwards.
© 46597-0
Fig. 689
5. m Tighten the screws in the sequence indicated: 30 Nm.
5 6 7
4 1
3 2
12 8
13 11
10
14 9
© 36520-3
Fig. 690
NOTE
The mating surfaces must be clean, dry and free of
m Fit a new O-ring (1).

m Lightly lubricate the O-ring.
© 46460-0
Fig. 691
30-138
7. m Push the closing cover (2) to the stop.
NOTE
Use M8 x 45 mm screws: 21 Nm.
m Assemble a new crankshaft O-ring (flywheel side).

See para. 30.3.21 - Replace the crankshaft... - page 30-72
Fig. 692
8. m Assemble the connector box.
m Fit the flywheel.
m Assemble the speed regulator.
m Assemble the starter.
m Turn the engine on the assembly stand.
m Fit the oil sump pan.
Fig. 693
30.3.37 - Assembly and disassembly of the camshaft

l Lifting device
Disassembly of the camshaft
1. m Disassemble the injection pump.
m Disassemble the injection valves.
m Disassemble the rocker and the support.
m Disassemble the crankshaft.
Fig. 694
30-139
m Hang the crankcase from a suitable workshop crane.
Fig. 695
3. m Disassemble the clamping support (1) from the adapter plates (2).
1
1
2
2
© 42708-0
Fig. 696
4. m Move the assembly stand to the flywheel side.
© 42709-0
Fig. 697
30-140
5. m Push back all the tappets.
m Carefully remove the camshaft (1) on the flywheel side.
© 42710-0
Fig. 698
6. m Remove all the tappets (arrow).
NOTE
© 42711-0
Fig. 699
Assembly of the camshaft

1. m Lightly oil all the tappets.
m Insert all the tappets.
NOTE
Pay attention to couple the tappets.
© 42711-0
Fig. 700
30-141
2. m Lightly oil the camshaft bearings.
m Lightly oil the camshaft pins.
m Delicately insert the camshaft.
NOTE
Align the hole (1) in the direction of the cylinder head.
© 42712-0
Fig. 701
3. m Bring closer and orient the assembly stand on the flywheel side.
m Fit the fastener mount (1) onto the adapter plate (2): 90 Nm.
Fig. 702
4. m Hang the crankcase from the workshop crane.
Fig. 703
30-142
5. m Assemble the crankshaft.
m Assemble the rockers and support.
m Assemble the injection pump.
Fig. 704
30.3.38 - Check the camshaft

l Palmer
l Prisms
Check the camshaft
1. m Disassemble the camshaft.
m Visually check the wear of the cams and main journal.
Fig. 705
2. NOTE
Fig. 706
30-143
3. m Measure the main journals: 63 (-0.05, -0.07) mm
NOTE
Measurement points, see diagram. If the limit value
has been reached, replace the camshaft.
Fig. 707
4. m Visually check the wear of the camshaft ring gear.
m Assemble the camshaft.
Fig. 708
30.3.39 - Removal and refitting of the rotation device

Special tools:
NOTE
Depending on the number of gear teeth, the rotation tool 100330 may also be used.
Removal
m Remove cover (2).
1
1
© 46419-0
Fig. 709
30-144
Fitting the rotation device
1. m Insert rotation device (1).
NOTE
2
The toothed wheel of the rotation device must mesh
with the teeth of the camshaft gear.
1
2
© 46420-0
Fig. 710
Removal of the rotation device

m Remove rotation device (1).
2
2
© 46420-0
Fig. 711
2. m Clean the mating surfaces of the cover plate and the gearbox cover.
© 46460-0
Fig. 712
30-145
3. m Fully press down the cover (3).
1
© 46419-1
Fig. 713
30.3.40 - Removing and fitting the V-belt pulley

l Torque wrench
Removing the V-belt pulley
1. m Loosen screws (1).
m Remove the V-belt.
Fig. 714
m Fastening flywheel with rotation tool.
m Unscrew the screws (1) using the box spanner insert.
m Remove the V-belt pulley.
Fig. 715
30-146
3. m Visually inspect the component.
© 46
Fig. 716
Fitting the V-belt pulley

1. m
NOTE:
Check that bush (1) is present.
© 46
Fig. 717
2. m Fit the V-belt pulley.
NOTE:
The hole (1) must be aligned with the hole (2).
© 46
Fig. 718
30-147
3. WARNING
NOTE:
Screws: M16 x 1.5
m Tighten the new screws using the socket wrench insert and the rota-
tion angle gauge: 40 Nm + 60° + 60°
m Fit the V-belt.
Fig. 719
30.3.41 - Fitting, removing, checking and setting adjuster rod

l Sliding gauge
Special tools:
l Adjustment tool: 100800
Remove the adjuster rod
1. m Disassemble the speed regulator.
m Disassemble the injection pump.
m Remove screw (1).
Fig. 720
2. m Remove the adjuster rod
Fig. 721
30-148
3. m Inspect the adjuster rod
m Measure the width of the groove (1): 5 (+0.03,-0.06) mm.
Fig. 722
Fitting the adjuster rod

1. m Fit the adjuster rod
Fig. 723
2. m Fit and tighten the new screw (1): 10 Nm.
WARNING
Self-locking screw!
m Assemble the gear case cover.

Fig. 724
30-149
3. m Lowly push the adjustment rod towards the arrow.
NOTE
Stop position! There must not be irregular resistance.
m Release the adjustment rod.

NOTE
The adjuster rod must be returned to its initial posi-
tion from any other position by spring force. Starting
position!
© 46344-1
Fig. 725
Measuring the travel of the adjuster rod (with injection pumps removed)
1. m Assemble the adjustment device (1).
© 46340-1
Fig. 726
2. m Move the adjustment rod to the stop position.
m Measure the distance between the adjustment rod and the adjust-
ment device.
© 46341-0
Fig. 727
30-150
3. m Release the adjustment rod.
NOTE
Starting position!
ment device.
n The difference between the start and stop position indicates
the stroke of the adjustment rod.
Table 60
Target: Adjustment rod stroke Fig. 728
Data: -
Measured value: Stop position (a), (a) = 30.7 mm.
Start position (b), (b) = 13.4 mm
Nominal dimension = 17.0 mm - 17.5 mm
4. m Rotate the adjustment tool.
m Turn the knurled screw (1) as far as the stop position.
Fig. 729
30-151
Measuring the travel of the adjuster rod (with injection pumps installed)
1. m Assemble the adjustment device (1).
Fig. 730
2. m Move the adjustment rod to the stop position.
ment device.
Fig. 731
3. m Release the adjustment rod.
NOTE
Starting position!
ment device.
n The difference between the start and stop position indicates
the stroke of the adjustment rod.
Table 61
Target: Adjustment rod stroke Fig. 732
Data: -
Measured value: Stop position (a), (a) = 30.5 mm.
Start position (b), (b) = 13.4 mm
Nominal dimension = >16.8 mm
30-152
4. m Leichtgängigkeit der Regelstange prüfen.
m Lowly push the adjustment rod towards the arrow.
NOTE
There must not be irregular resistance.
m Release the adjustment rod.

NOTE
The adjuster rod must be returned to its initial posi-
tion from any other position by spring force. Starting
position!
Fig. 733
Measuring the residual play of adjuster rod for setting the governor correctly
1. m Measure the residual value between the gearbox and the stop posi-
tion.
WARNING
The value measured must be indicated precisely when re-
placing or repairing the adjuster.
m Assemble the speed regulator.

Fig. 734
30.3.42 - Removal and refitting of the heater

Removal of the heater
1. m Disconnect the wiring connectors.
WARNING 1
Remove the screws, leaving only the positive terminal screw

in place to support the heater.
© 46360-0
Fig. 735
30-153
2. m Undo hose union (1).
m Remove seal (2)
m Remove the heater.
m Remove seal (3).
3 2
© 44360-1
Fig. 736
3. m Carry out a visual inspection of the component.
© 44831-0
Fig. 737
Refitting the heater

1. m Fit a new O-ring (3).
m Fit the heater.
m Reconnect hose union (1).
3 2
© 44360-1
Fig. 738
30-154
2. m Tighten screws (1).
m Tighten the screws in alternate sequence: 3 Nm + 30°. 1
m Connect the wiring connector: 20 Nm.
WARNING
Remove the screws, leaving only the positive terminal screw
in place to support the heater. 1
© 46360-0
Fig. 739
30.3.43 - Removal and refitting of the turbocharger

Special tools:
l Disassembly tool: 110901
l DEUTZ S1 assembly product
NOTE
The draining and replenishing of engine fluids and lubricants must be carried out in accordance with the instructions
given in the documentation provided by the manufacturer of the vehicle/appliance.
Removal of the turbocharger
1. m Keep the nut (2).
m Remove screw (1).
2
© 46499-0
Fig. 740
2. m Unscrew hollow screws (1)
m Remove the seals. 1
m Remove lube oil pipe (2).
© 46500-0
Fig. 741
30-155
m Remove the support.
© 46501-0
Fig. 742
4. m Remove the oil return pipe (1).
© 46502-0
Fig. 743
5. m Unscrew nuts (1).
m Remove exhaust gas turbocharger (2).
m Unscrew the stud bolts.
m Carry out a visual inspection of the components. 1 1
2
© 46503-0
Fig. 744
30-156
Refitting the turbocharger
m Insert the new stud bolts with the assembly product.
m Fit the new stud bolts.
© 46504-0
Fig. 745
m Lightly lubricate the O-ring. 1
© 46437-0
Fig. 746
3. m Fit turbocharger (2).
m Tighten the nuts (1): 22 Nm.
1 1
2
© 46503-0
Fig. 747
30-157
4. m Fit lube oil pipe (2).
m Fit banjo bolts (1) with new seals, but do not tighten: 18 Nm. 1
m Fit banjo bolts (3) with new seals, but do not tighten: 34 Nm.
© 46500-1
Fig. 748
1
© 46438-0
Fig. 749
6. m Fit the oil return pipe (2) as indicated by the arrow.
© 46507-0
Fig. 750
30-158
7. m Insert oil return pipe (1) in the engine block (arrow)
m Fit the mount.
© 46501-1
Fig. 751
m Tighten (1) the screw: 13 Nm.
2
© 46499-0
Fig. 752
30.3.44 - Removal and refitting of the charge air duct

l DEUTZ DW 72 mastic
Removal of the charge air duct
m Remove the seals.
Fig. 753
30-159
m Remove charge air manifold (2).
m Remove the connector element.
Fig. 754
m Remove all the screws (1).
m Remove the charge air duct (2).
m Remove the gaskets.
m Carry out a visual inspection of the component.
Fig. 755
Refitting the charge air duct

m Fit new gaskets (1).
NOTE
Fig. 756
30-160
2. m Fit the charge air duct.
Fig. 757
3. m Fit the screws.
NOTE
Do not disturb the gaskets.
m Tighten the screws: 11 Nm.

NOTE
Tightening sequence Start from centre working out-
wards.
Fig. 758
4. m Fit the cylinder head cover.
m Fit the new gasket (1).
Fig. 759
30-161
5. m Tighten the new O-rings (1).
Fig. 760
6. m Apply assembly product to connection fitting (1).
m Install the connection fitting (1).
© 46498-0
Fig. 761
7. m Fit the charge air duct.
m Fit screws (1) using thread locking agent.
m Fit screws (2) using thread locking agent.
3
m Fit the screws.
NOTE
Note that the screws are of different lengths M8 x 30
mm (1). M8 x 95 mm (2). M8 x 80 mm (3). 2

m Reconnect the wiring connector
1
© 46491-1
Fig. 762
30-162
8. m Tighten the hollow screw (1): 18 Nm.
NOTE
Use new seals.
© 46490-0
Fig. 763
30.3.45 - Fitting and removing injection pump

m Socket wrench insert, 10 mm, twelve-sided
m Toothed insert for socket wrench 8117
m Rotation angle gauge: 8190
Special tools:
m Rotation device: 100320
m Presser tool: 100830
m Special pliers: 103220
m Extractor: 110030
m Special wrench: 110500
m Slide hammer extractor: 150800
m Plugs and caps: 170160
m DEUTZ AP1908 assembly product

WARNING
During work on the fuel system always maintain conditions of the maximum cleanliness.
Before proceeding with removal, remove any paint residue or debris. Thoroughly clean the area around the
components to be worked on. Dry any wet areas with a compressed air jet.
When handling fuel observe the safety directives and specific local regulations. All fuel lines and unions should
be closed immediately after opening using new, clean plugs or caps. Remove plugs and caps only immediately
prior to assembly. Collect auxiliary materials in suitable containers and dispose of them in compliance with the
applicable regulations.
NOTE
If replacing the injection pump, remeasure the thickness of the shim. The EP code must be changed on the
factory plate. In the event of replacement of the crankcase, camshaft or roller tappets, determine the correct
assembly measurement of the injection pump “EK” and the relative part number EP, and modify accordingly
on the identification plate.
30-163
Disassembly of the injection pump
1. m Remove the hollow connector from the engine block.
m Disassemble the cylinder head case (1).
Fig. 764
Fig. 765
3. m Withdraw the engine block (1).
Fig. 766
30-164
4. m Fit the presser tool (1).
© 46365-0
Fig. 767
© 46372-0
Fig. 768
6. m Turn the knurled screw (1).
NOTE
Turn the knurled screw until it stops (adjuster rod end 1
stop)
© 46373-0
Fig. 769
30-165
m Remove cover (2).
1
1
© 46419-0
Fig. 770
8. m Insert rotation device (1).
NOTE
2
The toothed wheel of the rotation device must mesh
with the teeth of the camshaft gear.
1
2
© 00000-0
Fig. 771
9. m Turn the crankshaft in the correct direction of rotation of the engine
to align the injector pump actuator cam for the respective cylinder
with the base disc.
Example:
The intake valve of cylinder 1 is open.
© 35356-1
Fig. 772
30-166
10. m Remove the injection pipe with a special wrench.
© 46424-1
Fig. 773
© 46425-0
Fig. 774
12. m Remove the flange
© 46426-0
Fig. 775
30-167
13. NOTE
If the injection pump is seized:
1
m Assemble the slide hammer extractor (1) and extractor (2).
m Tighten the check nut (3).
2
© 40958-0
Fig. 776
14. m Fit the slide hammer extractor onto the injection pump.
m Screw the sleeve nuts (1).
m Remove the seized injection pump.
© 46427-0
Fig. 777
15. m Remove the injection pump.
© 46418-0
Fig. 778
30-168
16. m Withdraw roller tappet (1) using the special pliers
m Remove the shim washer.
Fig. 779
Assembly of the injection pump

1. NOTE
If replacing the injection pump, remeasure the thickness
of the shim. The EP code must be changed on the factory
plate.
m Calculating the thickness of the shim washer (engine without vari-
able injection timing adjuster).
[LNK]
[LNK]
m Calculating the thickness of the shim washer (engine with variable
injection timing adjuster).
[LNK]
[LNK]
m Insert the roller tappet (1) using the special pliers.
NOTE Fig. 780
In the event of replacement of the crankcase, cam-

shaft or roller tappets, determine the correct assem-
bly measurement of the injection pump “EK” and the
relative part number EP, and modify accordingly on
the identification plate.
m Determination of the overall dimensions of the injection pump (en-
gine without the injection advance variator)
[LNK]
[LNK]
m Determination of the overall dimensions of the injection pump (en-
gine with the injection advance variator)
[LNK]
[LNK]
30-169
2. m Fit the new O-rings (1).
© 39865-1
Fig. 781
3. m Rotate the injection pump actuator arm into approximately the cen-
tral position.
© 46369-0
Fig. 782
4. m Apply assembly sealant to the seat hole in the crankcase and to the
injection pump O-ring.
m Place the roller tappet for the respective cylinder on the base disc.
m Connect the injection pump actuator arm (1) to the adjuster rod.
© 46418-1
Fig. 783
30-170
5. m Fit the flange.
NOTE
The bevelled side must face towards the injection
pump body.
© 46426-0
Fig. 784
6. NOTE
Start each time with the screw (2).
m Lightly oil screws (2).

m Lightly oil screws (1).
m Tighten the screws evenly with the socket wrench insert. 5 Nm +
80°.
WARNING 1 2
The flange must sit evenly against the respective surface.
© 46430-0
Fig. 785
7. m Turn all the screws (1) by 190° in the direction indicated by the ar-
row.
1 1
© 46366-0
Fig. 786
30-171
8. m Using the toothed socket wrench insert, carefully rotate the injection
pump in the direction indicated by the arrow until it stops.
© 46429-0
Fig. 787
9. NOTE
Start each time with the screw (2).
m Tighten screws (1) and (2). 5 Nm + 150°.

m Fasten the new injection pipes with the special wrench: 25 Nm.
1 2
© 46430-0
Fig. 788
m Remove the presser tool (2).
© 46372-1
Fig. 789
30-172
m Remove rotation device (1).
2
2
© 00000-0
Fig. 790
12. m Clean the mating surfaces of the cover plate and the gearbox cover.
© 46460-0
Fig. 791
13. m Fully press down the cover (3).
1
© 46419-1
Fig. 792
30-173
14. WARNING
Check the mobility of the adjustment rod.
m Operate the stop lever between the start and stop position.
© 46417-0
Fig. 793
15. m Press and hold down the adjustment rod in the stop position, using
the stop lever.
m Insert the engine block (1).
1
© 46364-0
Fig. 794
© 46371-0
Fig. 795
30-174
17. m Fit the cylinder head cover (1).
m Fit the hollow connector on the engine block.
Fig. 796
30.3.46 - Determine the thickness of the shim (engine without injection advance variator)
m Torque wrench
NOTE
Let the engine cool down for at least one hour. Lubricant oil temperature < 40 °C. In order to exclude measure-
ment errors, all the support and measurement surfaces must be completely clean!
2. NOTE
The following description, by way of an example, makes
reference to an injection pump. If carrying out the work
procedure on another injection pump, proceed in the same
manner.
Fig. 797
3. m Read the EP code on the factory plate for the corresponding cylin-
der. Example: P/N EP 295 for cylinder 1 (1).
m Read and write down the correct assembly dimension for the EK
injection pump based on the EP code. Example: EK = 120.875 mm.
NOTE
Table 3 - see the technical specifications
Fig. 798
30-175
4. m Read the code for the (new) injection pump for the length of the in-
jection pump (dimension A). Example: Measurement A = 42.
m Write down dimension A in order to calculate the theoretical thick-
ness of the TS shim.
m Read and write down the base dimension L0 of the injection pump.
Example: 117.5 mm.
NOTE
m Calculate the thickness of the shim.

NOTE
Tables 1, 2, 3 - see the technical specifications
Fig. 799
Table 62
Target: Theoretical thickness of shim wash-
er TS
Effective thickness of shim washer
SS
Data: Injection pump length code A. Base
size of injection pump L0 from table
1, e.g. 117.15 mm. EP part number
(from factory identification plate)
e.g. 295. Correct assembly mea-
surement of injection pump EK from
table according to EP part number,
e.g. 120.875 mm
Calculation: TS = EK - (L0 + A/100), TS =
120.875 mm - (117.5 mm + 42/100
mm), TS = 120.875 mm - 117.92 mm
The results of all this are: TS= 2.955 mm. Select SS referring
to table 2, SS = 3.0 mm.
5. m Place the calculated shim on the roller tappet.
Fig. 800
30-176
30.3.47 - Determine the thickness of the shim (engine with injection advance variator)
1. NOTE
2. NOTE
manner.
Fig. 801
3. m Read the EP code on the factory plate for the corresponding cylin-
der. Example: P/N EP 670 for cylinder 1 (1).
m Read and write down the correct assembly dimension for the EK
injection pump based on the EP code. Example: EK = 117.65 mm.
NOTE
Table 3.1 - see the technical specifications
Fig. 802
30-177
4. m Read the code for the (new) injection pump for the length of the in-
jection pump (dimension A). Example: Measurement A = 23.
m Read and write down the base dimension L0 of the injection pump.
Example: 111.15 mm.
NOTE
m Calculate the thickness of the shim.

NOTE
Tables 1.1, 2.1, 3.1 - see the technical specifications
Fig. 803
Table 63
Target: Theoretical thickness of shim wash-
er TS Effective thickness of shim
washer SS
Data: Injection pump length code A. Base
size of injection pump L0 from table
1.1, e.g. 111.15 mm. EP part num-
ber (from factory identification plate)
e.g. 670. Correct assembly mea-
surement of injection pump EK from
table according to EP part number,
e.g. 117.65 mm
Calculation: TS = EK - (L0 + A/100). TS = 117.65
mm - (111.15 mm + 23/100 mm). TS
= 117.65 mm - 111.38 mm
The results of all this are: TS= 6.27 mm. Select SS referring to
table 2.1. SS = 6.25 mm.
Fig. 804
30-178
30.3.48 - Determination of the overall dimensions of the injection pump (engine without
the injection advance variator)
1. Special tools:
m Digital dial gauge: 100410
m Measurement device: 103210
NOTE
2. NOTE
manner.
Fig. 805
3. NOTE
Residuals of lubricant oil on the roller tappet surface could
falsify the measurement result.
m Clean the roller tappet interface.

m Fit the spacer disc (5 mm) on the roller tappet.
m Insert the roller tappet using the special pliers in the sump of the
injection pump.
Fig. 806
4. m Turn the crankshaft in the engine rotation direction using the rotation
device until the cam for activating the injection pump of cylinder 1 is
located on the base circle position.
NOTE
The intake valve of cylinder 1 is open.
© 35356-1
Fig. 807
30-179
30-180
8. m Insert the dial gauge support in the master group.
m Set the dial gauge with preload to “0”.
NOTE
Pay attention to the unit of measurement. The depth
of the master group measures: Le = 122.25 mm
© 39861-0
Fig. 811
9. m Clean the support and measurement surface on the crankcase.
m Delicately insert the dial gauge support in the injection pump sump.
m Align the dial gauge support.
m Tighten the screws (1) with the spacer bushes (2).
1 1
2 2
© 46422-0
Fig. 812
10. NOTE
The dial gauge now indicates a value more or less within
the interval.
m Calculate dimension “L”.

Table 64 "L"
Target: Dimension L
Data: Master group depth Le = 122.25
mm. Spacer disc thickness (d) = 5
mm © 46423-2
Measured value: Dial gauge reading X = + 2.20 mm Fig. 813

Calculation: L = Le - X + d, L = 122.25 mm - 2.20
mm + 5.0 mm
The results of all this are: L=125.05 mm
m Write down dimension “L”.
30-181
11. m Disassemble the dial gauge support.
m Calculate the correct assembly dimension of the “EK” injection
pump.
NOTE
Table 65
Target: Correct assembly dimension for the
EK injection pump © 39870-0
Data: Dimension L. Start of delivery (fac- Fig. 814
tory plate). Camshaft type W (from
factory identification plate). Maxi-
mum valve aperture Vh Nominal
value from table 1
Calculation: EK = L - Vh nominal value. EK =
125.05 mm - 5.337 mm
The results of all this are: EK = 119.713 mm
m Write down the correct assembly dimension for the “EK” injection
pump.
12. m Read the code for the injection pump for the length of the injection
pump (dimension A).
n Example: Measurement A = 42.
© 30095-3
Fig. 815
13. m Calculate the thickness of the shim.
NOTE
Tables 1, 2, 3 - see the technical specifications
Table 66
Target: Theoretic thickness of the TS shim. Thickness of the SS shim
Data: Correct assembly dimension for the EK injection pump (recal-
culated, see calculation above). Injection pump length code A.
Base size of injection pump L0 from table 1, e.g. 117.15 mm.
Calculation: TS = EK - (L0 + A/100). TS = 119.713 mm - (117.5 mm +
42/100 mm). TS = 119.713 mm - 117.92 mm
The results of all this are: TS= 1.793 mm. Select SS referring to table 2. SS = 1.8 mm.
30-182
NOTE
Perform the measurement for each injection pump.
If replacing the crankcase, camshaft or roller tap-
pet, for the correct assembly dimension of the “EK”
injection pump, determine the relative EP code and
change it on the data plate.
m Determine the EP code.
NOTE
Fig. 816
Table 67
Target: EP code
Data: Correct assembly dimension for
the EK injection pump (recalcu-
lated, see calculation above). EK =
119.713 mm. EK rounded equally =
119.725 mm
Calculation: Select EP part number referring to
table 3
The results of all this are: EP P/N = 249
30.3.49 - Determination of the overall dimensions of the injection pump (engine with the
injection advance variator)
m Torque wrench
Special tools:
m Rotation device: 100320
m Digital dial gauge: 100410
m Measurement device: 103210
NOTE
2. NOTE
manner.
Fig. 817
30-183
30-184
6. m Insert the dial gauge into the relative support.
m Tighten the knurled screw on the dial gauge support.
© 39859-0
Fig. 821
7. m Insert the spacer using the special pliers in the master group.
© 39860-0
Fig. 822
8. m Insert the dial gauge support in the master group.
m Set the dial gauge with preload to “0”.
NOTE
Pay attention to the unit of measurement. The depth
of the master group measures: Le = 122.25 mm
© 39861-0
Fig. 823
30-185
9. m Clean the support and measurement surface on the crankcase.
m Delicately insert the dial gauge support in the injection pump sump.
m Align the dial gauge support.
m Tighten the screws (1) with the spacer bushes (2).
1 1
2 2
© 46422-0
Fig. 824
10. NOTE
The dial gauge now indicates a value more or less within
the interval. Add 1 mm to the stroke of the variable injection
timing adjuster actuator piston (see example calculation).
m Calculate dimension “L”.
Table 68 "L"
Target: Dimension L
Data: Master group depth Le = 122.25
mm. Actuator piston stroke = + 1 mm
Measured value: Dial gauge reading X = + 0.45 mm © 46423-2
Calculation: L = (Le + 1 mm) - X. L = (122.25 mm Fig. 825

+ 1 mm) - (+ 0.45 mm). L = 123.25
mm - 0.45 mm
The results of all this are: L=122.80 mm
m Write down dimension “L”.
30-186
11. m Disassemble the dial gauge support.
m Calculate the correct assembly dimension of the “EK” injection
pump.
NOTE
Table 69
Target: Correct assembly dimension for the
EK injection pump © 39870-0
Data: Dimension L. Start of delivery (fac- Fig. 826
tory plate).
Camshaft type W. Maximum valve
aperture Vh Nominal value from
table 1.1
Calculation: EK = L - Vh nominal value. EK =
122.80 mm - 5.337 mm
The results of all this are: EK = 117.463 mm
m Write down the correct assembly dimension for the “EK” injection
pump.
12. m Read the code for the injection pump for the length of the injection
pump (dimension A).
n Example: Measurement A = 23.
23
© 39865-0
Fig. 827
13. m Calculate the thickness of the shim.
NOTE
Tables 1.1, 2.1, 3.1 - see the technical specifications
Table 70
Target: Theoretic thickness of the TS shim. Thickness of the SS shim
Data: Correct assembly dimension for the EK injection pump (recal-
culated, see calculation above). Injection pump length code A.
Base size of injection pump L0 from table 1.1, e.g. 111.15 mm.
Calculation: TS = EK - (L0 + A/100). TS = 117.463 mm - (111.15 mm +
23/100 mm). TS = 117.463 mm - 111.38 mm
The results of all this are: TS= 6.083 mm. Select SS referring to table 2.1 SS = 6.1 mm.
30-187
NOTE
Perform the measurement for each injection pump.
If replacing the crankcase, camshaft or roller tap-
pet, for the correct assembly dimension of the “EK”
injection pump, determine the relative EP code and
change it on the data plate.
m Determine the EP code.
NOTE
Fig. 828
Table 71
Target: EP code
Data: Correct assembly dimension for
the EK injection pump (recalcu-
lated, see calculation above). EK =
117.463 mm. EK rounded equally =
117.475 mm
Calculation: Select EP part number referring to
table 3.1
The results of all this are: EP P/N = 663
30.3.50 - Fitting and removing injection valves

Special tools:
l Extractor: 110030
l Extraction device: 120660
l Special wrench: 110500
l Slide hammer extractor: 150800
l DEUTZ AP1908 assembly product
DANGER
After switching off the engine, wait at least 30 seconds before carrying out any work on the fuel system!
WARNING
Thoroughly clean the area around the components to be worked on. Dry any wet areas with a compressed air jet.
When handling fuel observe the safety directives and specific local regulations.
All lines and unions should be closed immediately after opening using new, clean plugs or caps. Remove plugs and
caps only immediately prior to assembly. Collect operating materials in suitable containers and dispose of them in
compliance with the applicable regulations.
NOTE
The following operating procedure is for the installation and removal of a single injection valve. Repeat the procedure
as necessary if more injection valves must be removed.
30-188
Disassembly of the injection valve
m Unscrew the sleeve nuts (1) using the special wrench.
Fig. 829
2. m Unscrew the sleeve nuts (1) using the special wrench.
m Remove the injection pipe.
m Remove the rubber seal from the injection pipe.
© 46570-0
Fig. 830
m Remove retaining bracket (2).
m Remove the injection valve (3).
© 46571-0
Fig. 831
30-189
Disassembly of the blocked injection valve
1. m Assemble the slide hammer extractor (1) and extractor (2).
m Tighten the check nut (3).
© 46571-0
Fig. 832
2. m Fit the slide hammer extractor on the injection valve.
m Screw the sleeve nuts (1).
m Withdraw the blocked injection valve.
m Remove the O-ring fastened into the cylinder head with an extractor
tool.
Fig. 833
m Check the injection valve.
See para. 30.3.51 - Checking the injection... - page 30-192
Fig. 834
30-190
Assembly of the injection valve
1. m Fit a new O-ring (1).
Fig. 835
2. WARNING
Observe the installation position. The flange (1) of the injec-
tion valve must face away from the fastener bracket.
Fig. 836
3. m Fit the injection valve (3).
m Fit retaining bracket (2).
m Tighten (1) the screw: 16 Nm.
Fig. 837
30-191
4. m Fit a new injection pipe (1).
m Fasten the sleeve nuts (2) with the special wrench: 25 Nm.
m Fit the rubber seal (3).
Fig. 838
30.3.51 - Checking the injection valves

m Box spanner insert SW15: 8012
m Injector control equipment: 8008
Special tools:
m Support: 110110
DANGER
Risk of accident when handling the nozzle tester. The injector jet causes the fuel to penetrate deep under the
skin! Risk of septicaemia!
NOTE
After operating the manual lever three or four times, the spring chamber fills with diesel fuel/test oil to above the
injection valve needle. Afterwards, it is not possible to operate the manual lever. Before every test procedure,
carefully loosen the nozzle fastener nut to release pressure from the spring chamber. To check the injection
valves, use only pure ISO 4113 standard test oil or clean diesel fuel.
2. m Disassemble the injection valves.
Fig. 839
30-192
Assembly of the injection valve on the injector tester
1. m Insert the injection valve in the support.
m Loosen the nozzle tightening nut by approx. 180° using the box
spanner insert (pressure reduction) and then retighten it: 35 Nm.
© 36271-2
Fig. 840
2. m Fit the injection valve on the injector tester.
© 35889-2
Fig. 841
Check the opening pressure

1. m Slightly push the injector tester lever down with the pressure gauge
inserted.
m Read the value measured.
NOTE
The pressure at which the pointer stops or goes
down suddenly is the opening pressure. Repeat the
check 3 times.
© 36293-2
Fig. 842
30-193
2. m Compare the values measured: 220 bar.
NOTE
The measurement values of the three tests must co-
incide with the control value.
m Replace the injection valve if the value measured deviates from the
specified value.
© 36293-2
Fig. 843
Check the air-tightness

1. m Dry the injectors and injector holders with a jet of air.
m Press down lightly on the manual tester lever until arriving at approx.
20 bar below the opening pressure read previously.
© 36293-2
Fig. 844
2. NOTE
The injector is air sealed if it does not drip within 10 seconds.
© 36294-2
Fig. 845
30-194
3. m Replace the injection valve if fuel drips from the injector.
WARNING
Retouch work is not permitted!
© 36295-2
Fig. 846
Checking the mobility of the jet needle

1. m Turn off the tester pressure gauge.
m Perform the noise and needle jet test.
NOTE
Check the mobility of the jet needle in the body of the
injector by means of an acoustic noise test. Due to
the increasing wear in the seat of the injection valve
needle, the acoustic behaviour of the injectors will
change. Quickly operating the lever of a worn injec-
tion valve emits a sound that can be heard and the
fuel is finely pulverised. The jet is quite different than
that from a new injection valve.
© 36296-2
Fig. 847
2. m Replace the injection valve if the injector makes no audible sound.
© 36296-2
Fig. 848
30-195
Disassembly of the injection valve from the injector tester
1. m Loosen the nozzle tightening nut by approx. 180° using the box
spanner insert (pressure reduction) and then retighten it: 35 Nm.
NOTE
Before installing the injection valves, reduce the pressure in
the spring chamber.

Fig. 849
30.3.52 - Removal and refitting of the fuel lift pump

Special tools:
l Plugs and caps: 170160
DANGER
WARNING
If working on the fuel system, make sure it is completely clean. From time to time, carefully clean the area surrounding
the concerned component . Dry any wet areas with compressed air. When handling fuel observe the safety directives
and specific local regulations. After opening, immediately close all the connections with new and clean plugs/caps.
Remove plugs/caps only immediately prior to assembly. Collect the exiting technical fluids in suitable containers and
dispose of them in accordance with current regulations. Only check/re-tension/change the V-belt while the engine is
stationary.
Removal of the fuel lift pump
1. DANGER
After switching off the engine, wait at least 30 seconds be-
fore carrying out any work on the fuel system!
m Unscrew banjo bolt (1)

NOTE
Collect any leaked fuel and dispose of it properly.
Fig. 850
30-196
m Remove the fuel lift pump.
1
m Remove the V-belt.
© 46573-0
Fig. 851
Refitting the fuel lift pump

1. m Fit the fuel lift pump.
© 46574-0
Fig. 852
2. m Fit the V-belt.
m Using a suitable tool, push bracket (1) in the direction of the arrow.
© 46375-1
Fig. 853
30-197
3. m Preload the screws (1).
m Check the V-belt tension.
Fig. 854
4. m Tighten the hollow screw (1): 39 Nm (M12x1.5).
NOTE
Use new seals. Bleed the fuel system as indicated in
the instruction manual, using the hand pump on the
fuel pre-filter.
Fig. 855
30.3.53 - Removal and refitting of the oil pickup pipe

Removal of the oil pickup pipe
1. m Remove the oil sump pan.
m Remove oil pickup pipe (2).
Fig. 856
30-198
Refitting the oil pickup pipe
m Fit a new gasket.
m Fit the oil pickup pipe.
m Fit the screws.
NOTE
Observe the installation position. Note that the
screws are of different lengths M8 x 25 mm (1).
M8 x 16 mm (2)
Fig. 857
Fig. 858
30.3.54 - Removing and fitting the lubricant oil sump pan (cast iron lubricant oil sump)
NOTE
Removal of the oil sump pan.
1. m Do not fully unscrew drain plug (1).
m Remove the seal.
m Drain, collect and dispose of used oil in accordance with the appli-
cable regulations.
© 46593-0
Fig. 859
30-199
m Remove the washer.
m Remove oil filler neck (2).
1
© 46592-0
Fig. 860
m Remove the sump pan. 1
© 46594-3
Fig. 861
© 44948-0
Fig. 862
30-200
Refitting the oil sump pan.
NOTE
The mating surfaces must be free of grease and dirt.
m Apply sealant evenly to the sealing surface.

NOTE
Apply the sealant in a bead approx. 3.5 mm thick.
The illustration shows only a detail of where the seal-
ant is to be applied.
© 43451-0
Fig. 863
2. m Fit the oil sump pan.
1
NOTE
Be careful not to dislodge the sealant when fitting the
oil sump pan.
2
m Fit the screws.
Screw length:
2
M8 x 130 mm (1). M8 x 110 mm (2).
1
© 46594-2
Fig. 864
3. m Screw in all the screws (1).
1
Screw length:
M8 x 35 mm
© 46594-3
Fig. 865
30-201
4. m Orient the oil sump pan on the crankcase.
© 44951-0
Fig. 866
20 18 12
NOTE 22
8
21 4
See figure for the correct tightening sequence: 30 19
1
5
Nm 9
13
11
7 15
3 17
2 14 16
6
10
© 45133-0
Fig. 867
m Fit a new seal.
m Fit oil filler neck (1).
m Fit the washer.
1
3
© 46592-1
Fig. 868
30-202
7. m Fit a new seal.
m Tighten the screw plug (1): 55 Nm (M18 x 1.5).
m Top up the engine oil following the instructions provided.
© 46593-0
Fig. 869
30.3.55 - Disassembly and assembly of the lubricant oil sump (lubricant oil sump-plate)
l Wire brush
l Four M8 x 70 stud bolts
Special tools:
l Tool for truncation: 151500
WARNING
Make sure that no sealant residue enters the engine crankcase! Close all holes.
NOTE
Removal of the oil sump pan.
m Remove the seal.
cable regulations.
© 44480-0
Fig. 870
30-203
© 45971-0
Fig. 871
3. m Insert lever (1) up to shoulder (2).
WARNING
The lever may only be used on the engine crankcase. Do
not use it to apply leverage on aluminium castings. Do not 2
damage the mating surfaces.
© 45969-0
Fig. 872
4. m Insert the second lever (1) up to shoulder (2).
WARNING
The lever may only be used on the engine crankcase. Do
2
not use it to apply leverage on aluminium castings. Do not
damage the mating surfaces. 1
© 45970-0
Fig. 873
30-204
5. m Prise the sump pan off the crankcase.
m Remove the sump pan.
© 45968-0
Fig. 874
© 43450-1
Fig. 875
Refitting the oil sump pan.

1. m Remove the old sealant using the lever.
© 45973-0
Fig. 876
30-205
2. WARNING
Wear eye protection.
m Clean the mating surfaces with a wire brush.

NOTE
© 45967-1
Fig. 877
3. WARNING
Wear eye protection.
m Clean the mating surfaces with a wire brush.

NOTE
© 45972-0
Fig. 878
4. m Apply an even bead of sealant to the mating surfaces and the ribs
of the oil sump pan.
NOTE
Apply the sealant in a bead approx. 3.5 mm thick.
The illustration shows only a detail of where the seal-
ant is to be applied.
© 43451-0
Fig. 879
30-206
5. m To align the oil sump pan with crankcase, screw four stud bolts (1)
into the crankcase as shown. 1
m Line the oil sump pan up using the stud bolts as guides.
WARNING
Allow the time specified for the sealant to set, taking care
not to move the lubricant oil sump pan.
m Unscrew the stud bolts.
© 45678-0
Fig. 880
6. m Screw in all the screws (1).
NOTE
Note that the screws are of different lengths
© 45971-0
Fig. 881
NOTE
24 20 16 12 8 4 1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29
Representation: 6 cylinder tightening sequence
28 32
31 34
27 33
23 19 15 11 7 3 2 6 10 14 18 22 26 30
© 43414-0
Fig. 882
30-207
8. NOTE
Representation: 4 cylinder tightening sequence
20 16 12 8 4 1 5 9 13 17
24 21
26 25
23 22
19 15 11 7 3 2 6 10 14 18
© 43413-0
Fig. 883
m Tighten the screw plug (1): 55 Nm (M18x1.5).
m Top up the engine oil following the instructions provided.
© 44480-0
Fig. 884
30.3.56 - Removal and refitting of the oil cooler

NOTE
Removal of the oil cooler
1. m Remove the oil cooler housing.
Fig. 885
30-208
2. m Remove the retainer plate (1).
Fig. 886
m Remove the seals.
1
1
© 46511-0
Fig. 887
4. m Remove oil cooler (2)
© 46512-0
Fig. 888
30-209
Refitting the oil cooler
m Apply the assembly product on the O-rings.
m Fit new O-rings (1).
1 1
© 46513-0
Fig. 889
2. m Align the oil radiator.
NOTE
Use new seals.
m Insert the screws.
Fig. 890
3. m Tighten the screws in alternate sequence (1).
Fig. 891
30-210
4. m Fit the retainer plate (1).
m Assemble the oil radiator housing.
Fig. 892
30.3.57 - Disassembly and assembly of the oil radiator housing

l Pliers for hose clips: 8011
Special tools:
NOTE
Disassembly of the oil radiator housing
Fig. 893
30-211
m Empty, collect and dispose of the coolant in compliance with regula-
tions.
Fig. 894
3. m Loosen the hose clips (1).
m Remove the flexible hose (2).
© 46543-0
Fig. 895
4. m Unscrew banjo bolt (1)
m Remove the seals.
cable regulations.
1
© 46517-0
Fig. 896
30-212
m Remove fuel filter head (2).
© 46518-0
Fig. 897
m Remove oil radiator body (2). 1 1
1 2 1
© 46519-0
Fig. 898
© 46534-0
Fig. 899
30-213
Assembly of the oil radiator housing
m Fit a new O-ring
© 46521-0
Fig. 900
2. m Fit the oil radiator housing.
m Fit the screws.
3 2
NOTE 1
Note that the screws are of different lengths M8 x 55

mm (1). M8 x 90 mm (2). M8 x 110 mm (3)
m Tighten the screws in alternate sequence: 30 Nm.
1
3 1 2
© 46519-1
Fig. 901
3. m Fit the fuel filter head.
m Fit the nut (1).
2
© 46522-0
Fig. 902
30-214
4. m Fit the nut (1).
m Tighten screws (2). 1
© 46523-0
Fig. 903
5. m Tighten the hollow screw (1) with the new O-rings: 39 Nm.
WARNING
Route the flexible pipe without friction or tension points.
1
© 46517-0
Fig. 904
6. m Position the hose clips.
m Fit flexible pipe (1).
m Secure the hose clips with the special pliers.
© 46548-0
Fig. 905
30-215
7. m Position the hose clips.
m Fit flexible pipe (1).
m Secure the hose clips with the special pliers.
© 46549-0
Fig. 906
m Fit and tighten plug (1).
m Re-connect the wiring connectors
NOTE
Check that the connection is made correctly. Bleed
the fuel system as indicated in the instruction manu-
al, using the hand pump on the fuel pre-filter.
© 46550-0
Fig. 907
30.3.58 - Removal and refitting of the oil pressure switch

Special tools:
l Long socket wrench insert: 110700
NOTE:
Maximum cleanliness is essential when working on the lubricating oil system.
NOTE:
NOTE:
When handling lubricating oils, observe safety standards and all applicable local regulations.
NOTE:
All lines and unions should be closed immediately after opening using new, clean plugs or caps.
30-216
NOTE:
Remove plugs and caps only immediately prior to assembly.
Removal of the oil pressure switch

1. m Unlock and disconnect wiring connectors (1).
Fig. 908
2. m Remove oil pressure switch (1).
NOTE:
Collect used oil and dispose of it in accordance with
the applicable regulations.
1
© 42866-0
Fig. 909
Fit the oil pressure switch

1. m Fit and tighten the oil pressure switch (1) with a new O-ring: 40 Nm
© 42866-0
Fig. 910
30-217
2. m Reconnect wiring connector (1).
NOTE:
Check that the connection is made correctly.
© 42865-1
Fig. 911
30.3.59 - Removal and refitting of the water pump

NOTE:
NOTE:
Removal of the water pump

1. m Disassemble the fan support.
m Remove the fuel lift pump.
NOTE:
Collect any leaked coolant and dispose of it in ac-
cordance with regulations.
Fig. 912
30-218
Fig. 913
Refitting the water pump

1. m
NOTE
The sealing surfaces must be clean, dry and free of
© 46577-0
Fig. 914
2. m Fit a new O-ring
m Fit water pump (1).
WARNING 1
Use new coated screws
m Fit the screws.
© 46575-1
Fig. 915
30-219
Tightening sequence
n First tighten screw (1) followed by screw (2) and then the 2
remaining screws in any order.
© 46578-0
Fig. 916
4. m Fit the fuel lift pump.
m Assemble the fan support.
Fig. 917
30.3.60 - Testing the thermostat (after removal)

l Thermometer
WARNING
Risk of injury! Hot water and hot thermostat.
Testing the thermostat

1. m Remove the thermostat.
m Measure dimension (a), with thermostat closed.
Fig. 918
30-220
2. m Place the thermostat in water and heat the water.
NOTE:
To ensure an accurate reading, measure the temper-
ature as near to the thermostat as possible.
NOTE:
To ensure that the heat is evenly distributed, the wa-
ter should be in constant motion. The temperature
should not increased at a rate of more than 1°C/min.,
otherwise opening of the thermostat will be delayed.
m Determine the temperature at which the thermostat starts to open:
83 °C.
Fig. 919
3. m Measure dimension (b), with thermostat open.
Fig. 920
4. m Calculate the stroke of the thermostat valve.
Table 72
Target: Valve stroke
Data: -
Measured value: Stroke start, dimension (a)
Stroke end, dimension (b)
(b) - (a)
The results of all this are: = Valve stroke
m Compare this value with the nominal value.

n Nominal valve lift: minimum 8 mm
Fig. 921
m Fit the thermostat.
30-221
30.3.61 - Removal and refitting of the thermostat
Special tools:
l DEUTZ AP1908
NOTE:
NOTE:
Removal of the thermostat

m z Remove outlet elbow (2).
1
2
1
© 46294-0
Fig. 922
2. m Remove the coolant thermostat (1).
1
© 46524-0
Fig. 923
30-222
Refitting the thermostat
m Use a new seal (1). 1
m Apply assembly product to the new seal.
© 44439-0
Fig. 924
2. m Fit the coolant thermostat.
© 46524-1
Fig. 925
3. m Fit the exhaust aperture (2).
1
2
1
© 46294-0
Fig. 926
30-223
30.3.62 - Removal and assembly of the fan support
l 2-arm extractor
l Internal extractor
l Extension for extractor tool
l Circlip pliers
l Press
Special tools:
l Screw: M10 x 40 mm
l Washer
Removal of the fan support
1. m Remove the fan mount
m Remove screw (1).
m Keep the nut (2).
Fig. 927
2. m Tighten the screw (1) by a few turns.
Fig. 928
3. WARNING
Take care not to damage the components
m Remove the toothed belt pulley with the 2-arm extractor.
© 46527-0
Fig. 929
30-224
4. m Fit the internal extractor (1).
m Open the internal extractor fully to the stop position.
© 46528-0
Fig. 930
5. m Fit the counterhead.
© 46529-0
Fig. 931
6. m Remove the ball bearings and the hollow shaft.
© 46530-0
Fig. 932
30-225
7. m Remove circlip (2).
© 46531-0
Fig. 933
8. m Fit the screws (1) and the washer (2).
NOTE:
Screw length: M10 x 40 mm (1)
© 46532-0
Fig. 934
9. m Turn the extension (1) on the screw (2).
© 46547-0
Fig. 935
30-226
10. m Fit the counterhead.
m z Remove the ball bearings and nuts.
© 46533-0
Fig. 936
11. m z Push out the nuts.
© 46535-0
Fig. 937
12. m Extract the hollow shaft.
m z Visually inspect the components.
© 46536-0
Fig. 938
30-227
Completion of the fan drive
1. m Press-fit the hollow shaft into place.
© 46537-0
Fig. 939
2. m Press-fit the nuts.
© 46538-0
Fig. 940
3. NOTE:
The nuts (1) must face downwards.
m Fit the ball bearings.

1
© 46539-0
Fig. 941
30-228
4. m z Press-fit the ball bearings into the outer ring.
© 46540-0
Fig. 942
5. m Fit circlip (2).
WARNING
Make sure the assembly position is correct.
2
© 46531-0
Fig. 943
6. m Press-fit the ball bearings into the outer ring.
Fig. 944
30-229
7. m Fit V-belt pulley (1).
m Screw in the screw (2).
Fig. 945
m Tighten screw (1).
n Stage 1: 3 Nm
n Stage 2: 124 Nm
m Fit the fan drive.

Fig. 946
30.3.63 - Removal and refitting of the fan support

Assembly product:
l DEUTZ AP1908
NOTE
Disassembly of the fan support

m Disassemble the fan support.
1
1
© 46551-0
Fig. 947
30-230
2. m Remove seal (1).
m Remove the connection fitting (2). 1
© 46552-1
Fig. 948
Assembly of the fan support

1. m Install a new seal (1).
m Apply assembly product to the new seal.
© 46553-0
Fig. 949
2. m Tighten the new O-rings (1).
m Apply the assembly product on the O-rings.
© 46554-1
Fig. 950
30-231
3. m Install the connection fitting (1).
1
© 46555-0
Fig. 951
4. m Fit the fan mount.
WARNING
Make sure the assembly position is correct. 1
1
NOTE:
Note that the screws are of different lengths 1

m Tighten the screws (1): 60 Nm
© 46551-0
Fig. 952
30.3.64 - Removal and refitting of the flywheel

l Shop-made guide pin
Removal of the flywheel
1. m Remove the closing plugs (1).
© 31115-2
Fig. 953
30-232
2. m Counterhold the flywheel using a suitable tool.
m Remove the flywheel.
m Visually inspect the components.
1
© 42825-1
Fig. 954
Refitting the flywheel

1. m Insert the shop-made guide pin
NOTE:
The holes in the flywheel must coincide with the
threaded hole in the V-belt pulley.
© 34224-2
Fig. 955
2. WARNING
m Tighten the screws in alternate sequence.

n M10 x 30: 30 Nm + 60° + 30°
n M10 x 35 - M10 x 85: 30 Nm + 60° + 60°
© 42826-0
Fig. 956
30-233
3. m Insert the plugs fully into the threaded holes (arrowed).
© 31115-1
Fig. 957
30.3.65 - Replacing the starter motor ring gear on the flywheel

DANGER
Risk of accident, do not touch hot components!
Disassembly of the starter ring gear

1. m Remove the flywheel.
m Perforate the ring gear.
NOTE:
Counterhold the flywheel using a suitable tool.
Fig. 958
2. m Remove the starter ring gear with a suitable tool.
Fig. 959
30-234
3. m Clean the flywheel.
m Visually inspect the flywheel.
Fig. 960
Assembly of the starter ring gear

1. m Heat the starter ring gear to 220 °C.
m Position the starter ring gear on the flywheel.
NOTE:
The starter ring gear must rest evenly on the flywheel
support flange.
Fig. 961
2. m Fit the flywheel.
Fig. 962
30-235
30.4 - C0 - Engine accessories
30.4.1 - Starter motor
REMOVAL
1. DANGER
2. Remove nut (1), detach leads (2) from the starter motor (3) and remove
protection (4).
Fig. 963
3. Remove extension (5), detach cable (6) and remove protection (7).
Fig. 964
4. Remove screw and disconnect cable (8).
Fig. 965
5. Remove the three screws (9) and remove the starter motor (3).
Fig. 966
30-236
Installation
Procedure 4
l Screw: 1 to 1.3 Nm (0.74-0.96 lb.ft.)
Procedure 3
l Extension: 16 to 20 Nm (11.76-14.74 lb.ft.)
Procedure 2
l Nut: 16 to 20 Nm (11.76-14.74 lb.ft.)
30.4.2 - Removing and fitting the engine governor

Removing the engine governor
m Unscrew banjo bolt (1)
m Remove the seals.
© 46487-0
Fig. 967
m Remove the engine governor.
1
© 46488-0
Fig. 968
30-237
© 46489-0
Fig. 969
Fitting the engine governor

1. m Apply the sealant evenly on the sealing surfaces of the gear case.
NOTE
© 46348-1
Fig. 970
2. m Assemble the speed regulator.
m Fit the engine governor.
NOTE 1
If necessary, turn the governor ring gear (1) slightly to
facilitate meshing.
© 46347-1
Fig. 971
30-238
NOTE
If the governor is replaced with a spare part, the origi- 3 1
nal rod retraction value must be set.
5 2 4
© 46349-0
Fig. 972
4. m Tighten the hollow screw (1): 18 Nm.
NOTE
Use new seals.
m Reconnect the wiring connector

NOTE
Check that the connection is made correctly. 1
© 46487-0
Fig. 973
30.4.3 - Removal and refitting of the exhaust manifold

l DEUTZ S1 assembly product
Removal of the exhaust manifold
1. m Remove the turbocharger.
m Unscrew nuts (1).
m Remove the spacer bushes.
m Remove exhaust manifold (2).
Fig. 974
30-239
2. m Remove the gaskets.
m Remove the stud bolts.
Fig. 975
© 46485-0
Fig. 976
Refitting the exhaust manifold

m Apply DEUTZ S1 assembly product to the new stud bolts.
m Fit the new stud bolts.
m Fit the new gaskets.
© 46484-0
Fig. 977
30-240
2. m Fit exhaust pipe (2).
m Install spacer bushes (1).
1
© 46486-0
Fig. 978
3. m Tighten new nuts (2).
Fig. 979
4. m Tighten all the nuts (1): 25 Nm.
NOTE
Tighten in order from inside out, starting from nut (1).
m Fit the turbocharger.

Fig. 980
30-241
30.4.4 - Removal and refitting of the fuel filter head.
Special tools:
l Special wrench: 170050
DANGER
WARNING
When handling fuel observe the safety directives and specific local regulations.
All lines and unions should be closed immediately after opening using new, clean plugs or caps. Remove plugs and
caps only immediately prior to assembly. Collect operating materials in suitable containers and dispose of them in
compliance with the applicable regulations.
Removal of the fuel filter head.
m Remove the seals.
NOTE
Collect any leaked fuel and dispose of it properly.
Fig. 981
m Remove fuel filter head (2).
1
© 46584-0
Fig. 982
30-242
© 46585-0
Fig. 983
Refitting the fuel filter head.

1. m Fit the fuel filter head.
m Fit the nut (1).
m Tighten screws (2). 1 2
© 46586-0
Fig. 984
2. m Fit the nut (1).
m Tighten screws (2). 1
© 46523-1
Fig. 985
30-243
3. m Tighten the hollow screw (1) with the new O-rings: 39 Nm.
m Tighten the hollow screw (2) with the new O-rings: 39 Nm.
WARNING 2
Route the flexible pipe without friction or tension points. 1
NOTE
Bleed the fuel system as indicated in the instruction manual,
using the hand pump on the fuel pre-filter.
© 46583-1
Fig. 986
30.4.5 - Assembly and disassembly of the temperature sender

NOTE:
NOTE:
Removal of the temperature sender

1. m Unlock and disconnect wiring connectors (1).
© 46353-1
Fig. 987
2. m z Unscrew the temperature sensor (1)
© 46374-0
Fig. 988
30-244
© 44084-0
Fig. 989
Refitting the temperature sender

1. m Tighten the temperature sender (1): 24 Nm.
NOTE:
Check that the seal is present.
1
© 46374-0
Fig. 990
2. m Reconnect wiring connector (1).
NOTE:
Check that the connection is made correctly.
© 46353-1
Fig. 991
30-245
30.4.6 - Removal and refitting the engine block
Removing the engine block
1. m Remove the hollow connector from the engine block
© 46432-0
Fig. 992
2. m Withdraw the engine block (1).
1
© 46434-0
Fig. 993
Fitting the engine block

1. WARNING
Check the mobility of the adjustment rod.
m Operate the stop lever between the start and stop position.
© 46417-0
Fig. 994
30-246
2. m Press and hold down the adjustment rod in the stop position, using
the stop lever.
m Insert the engine block (1). 1
© 46434-0
Fig. 995
3. m Tighten the screws (1): 21 Nm
m z Fit the hollow connector on the engine block.
© 46432-0
Fig. 996
30.4.7 - Removal and refitting of the alternator (with drivebelt)

l V-belt tension tester: 8115
WARNING
Only check/re-tension/change the V-belt while the engine is stationary.
NOTE:
After fitting a new V-belt, check the tension again after running the engine for 15 minutes.
30-247
Removal of the alternator
1. m Disconnect the leads from the negative terminal of the battery.
m Disconnect the alternator wiring.
Note the relative connection positions of the wiring!
n (1) = W terminal 1
n (2) = D+ terminal
n (3) = B+ terminal
2
© 46557-0
Fig. 997
2. m Loosen the screws (1)
© 46375-0
Fig. 998
3. m Remove the V-belt.
m Loosen screw (1). 2
m Unscrew screws (3) 3
m Remove alternator (2) 1
© 46558-0
Fig. 999
30-248
Refitting the alternator
1. m z Fit the alternator (3)
n M8-10.9: 30 Nm
m Tighten screw (1). 1 2 3

n M8-10.9: 30 Nm
m Tighten banjo bolt (4).

n M8-10.9: 40 Nm
4
© 46558-1
Fig. 1000
Fitting the V-belt

1. m Fit the V-belt.
m Using a suitable tool, push bracket (1) in the direction of the arrow.
© 46375-1
Fig. 1001
2. m z Pre-tighten the screws (1).
© 46375-0
Fig. 1002
30-249
Check the V-belt tension using the specific tester
1. m Lower the indicator arm (1) of the belt tension gauge.
© 44591-0
Fig. 1003
2. m Apply the tension gauge to the V-belt.
NOTE:
The V-belt must be between the guides on the gauge
(arrowed).
© 46559-0
Fig. 1004
3. m Press the gauge against the V-belt by depressing button (1) until
you hear a click.
m Read off the value at the point where the indicator arm crosses the
numbered scale on the gauge (arrowed).
n After initial assembly: 650 Nm
n Check after 15 minutes of operation under load: 400 Nm
1
NOTE:
Note the two different units of measurement on the
scale.
m If the nominal value is not obtained, repeat the tensioning procedure.
© 46560-0
Fig. 1005
30-250
n M8-10.9: 30 Nm
© 46375-0
Fig. 1006
5. m Connect the wiring to the alternator terminals.
Note the relative connection positions of the wiring!
n (1) = W terminal
n (2) = D+ terminal 1
n (3) = B+ terminal
m Re-connect the lead to the negative terminal of the battery. 2
© 46557-0
Fig. 1007
30.4.8 - Disassembly and assembly of the starter

Disassembly of the starter
1. m Disconnect the leads from the negative terminal of the battery.
m Disconnect the wiring connectors.
m Remove the starter motor.
© 46556-0
Fig. 1008
30-251
Assembly of the starter
1. m Locate the starter motor.
n M10x38-10.9: 60 Nm
1
n M8 nut: 40 Nm
n Stud bolt: 10 Nm
m Re-connect the wiring connectors

m Re-connect the lead to the negative terminal of the battery.
© 46556-0
Fig. 1009
30-252
30.5 - D0 - Transmission
30.5.1 - Changing the transmission oil (D0.00.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
WARNING
Accumulators contain gas or oil under pressure. For all repairs, first consult the instructions given in the manufac-
turer’s manual.
IMPORTANT:
Dispose of used oil and filters in compliance with applicable regulations. DO NOT dump oil on the ground, in sewers
or containers that are not sealed. Respect the environment.
IMPORTANT:
Change the filters at the same time as the oil.
Procedure for changing the transmission oil

1. Park the tractor on level ground.
2. Open the plug on top of the lift casing (see “Checking the transmission oil level”).
WARNING
Fuel or oil under pressure may penetrate the skin or eyes, causing serious injury, blindness or even death.
High-pressure fluid leaks may not be visible. Use a piece of cardboard or wood when looking for leaks. NEVER
use your hands. Wear safety goggles to protect your eyes. If any fluid penetrates your skin, seek immediate
attention from medical personnel with experience of this particular problem.
3. Remove the drain plug (1) located under the gearbox, placing a suitable
receptacle under the hole.
DANGER
Use caution when draining off spent: hot oil can cause se-
vere burns.
Fig. 1010
4. m Only for tractors equipped with hydraulic shuttle
Remove drain plug (2) located under the front end of the gearbox after plac-
ing a suitable receptacle under the hole.
DANGER
Use caution when draining off spent: hot oil can cause se-
vere burns.
Fig. 1011
30-253
5. For 100-110 hp tractors only
m
Remove the oil plug with dipstick (1).

WARNING
Never top up with oil of a different type (class or viscosity) to
that already present.
Fig. 1012
6. Change the oil filters located on the LH side of the gearbox casing.
7. Fit and tighten the drain plug (1), remove the plug (3) and fill the gearbox
with oil through the hole on top of the lift cover up to the level indicated by
the plug dipstick (4) or the round sight glass.
Fig. 1013
8. After filling, screw in the oil filler plug and run the engine for a few minutes.
9. Check the oil level via the plug dipstick (4) or the sight glass and top up if necessary.
The tractor is equipped with a gearbox oil cooler, for cleaning it see “Cleaning engine front compartment gearbox oil cooler”.
30.5.2 - Range selector assembly (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

REMOVAL
1. Remove screw (1) and disconnect range lever (2).
Fig. 1014
2. Remove screws (3) and remove the complete range gear selector assem-
bly (4).
Fig. 1015
30-254
Installation
Procedure 2
l Mating face: Silastic
Fig. 1016
30.5.3 - Disassembly of the range selector (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Disassembly
1. Remove springs (1) and pins (2).
Fig. 1017
2. Remove screw (3).
m Renew the screw on reassembly.
Fig. 1018
3. Remove screws (4) and raise lever support assembly (5) and creeper
range control rod (6) and remove fork (7).
Fig. 1019
30-255
4. Remove high speed/low speed range control rod (8).
m Recover interlock pin (9).
Fig. 1020
5. Remove screw (10) and remove fork (11).
Fig. 1021
6. Remove rod (6) from lever support (5).
Fig. 1022
7. Remove O-rings (12).
Fig. 1023
30-256
Assembly
To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures:
Procedure 3
Procedure 2
l Screw: 20 Nm (14.7 lb.ft.)
30.5.4 - Separation of housing from transmission (D0.02.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Previous operations:
See para. 30.8.11 - Air conditioning syste... - page 30-439 - (G0.09.01)
See para. 30.8.2 - Front hood and side pa... - page 30-428 - (G0.01.01)
See para. 30.8.5 - Fenders - page 30-431 - (G0.04.01)
See para. 30.8.4 - Cab access steps (AGRO... - page 30-431 - (G0.03.03)
See para. 30.8.1 - Cab (AGROFARM 430 -> 1... - page 30-422 - (G0.03.01)
See para. 30.7.15 - 4WD shaft (AGROFARM 43... - page 30-411 - (F0.04.01)
See para. 30.9.8 - Bleeding the braking c... - page 30-483 - (E0.03.01)
Separation
1. Remove the four lower screws (1).
Fig. 1024
2. Position a trolley jack “A” under the housing and a stand “B” under the
transmission.
Force a stand “C” under the towing hitch to prevent the transmission top-
pling over.
Fig. 1025
3. Remove screws (2) and (3) and remove carrier assembly (4).
Fig. 1026
30-257
4. Loosen hose clamps (5) and move hose (6) downwards.
Fig. 1027
Fig. 1028
6. Remove union (8) and disconnect pipe (9).
Fig. 1029
7. Loosen nut (10) and remove cover (11).
Fig. 1030
8. Remove screw (12) and remove extension (13).
IMPORTANT
Check the condition of the O-rings and renew them if neces-
sary
Fig. 1031
30-258
9. Disconnect pipe (14) from resonator (15).
IMPORTANT
Plug the pipe and hole to prevent the ingress of dirt.
Fig. 1032
10. Loosen union (16), remove clamp (17) and disconnect pipe (18).
Fig. 1033
11. Remove nut (19) and screw (20).
Fig. 1034
12. For versions with front lift
Disconnect front lift control pipes (21).
Fig. 1035
13. Loosen unions (22).
Fig. 1036
30-259
14. Remove union (23).
IMPORTANT
Renew the copper washers on reassembly
Fig. 1037
15. Loosen the unions and disconnect brakes pipes (24) and differential lock
pipe (25).
IMPORTANT
Plug the pipes and ports to prevent the ingress of dirt.
Fig. 1038
16. Remove the remaining screws (26)
Fig. 1039
17. Separate clutch housing (27) from transmission (28) by pushing on both
front wheels.
Fig. 1040
30-260
Reconnection
Reconnect the transmission and engine by reversing the separation operation and carry out the following procedures:
Procedures 11-16
l Nut: 78±4 Nm (57.5±3.0 lb.ft.)
l Fixing: 70±3 Nm (51.6±2.2 lb.ft.)
30.5.5 - Shuttle assembly - complete unit (D0.03.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.5.1 - Changing the transmiss... - page 30-253 - (D0.00.01)
REMOVAL
1. DANGER
Drain off all the oil from the transmission.
2. Remove all the screws (1).
Fig. 1041
3. Use a slide hammer puller to detach the shuttle unit (2) from the housing
(3).
Fig. 1042
4. Screw in two service stud bolts “B” and remove shuttle unit (2).
Fig. 1043
30-261
5. Attach shuttle assembly (2) to a hoist and remove it from the tractor.
IMPORTANT
Check the condition of O-ring (4) and renew if distorted or
damaged.
Fig. 1044
6. Remove screws (5) and remove manifold (6).
IMPORTANT
Check the condition of O-rings (7) and renew them if neces-
sary.
Fig. 1045
7. Remove connection pipes (8)
IMPORTANT
Check the condition of O-rings (9) and renew them if neces-
sary.
Fig. 1046
30-262
Installation
Install by following the removal steps in reverse order and carry out the following
procedures:
Procedure 4
l Apply a thin film of sealant around holes “A” .
m Mating face: Loctite 510
m O-ring: grease
Fig. 1047
30.5.6 - Disassembly of the shuttle unit (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Disassembly
1. Place shuttle unit (1) on a suitable stand and remove the seven screws (2).
IMPORTANT
Mark flange (3) and the support to facilitate assembly opera-
tions.
Fig. 1048
2. Remove flange assembly (3).
Fig. 1049
3. Remove the ten screws (4).
Fig. 1050
30-263
4. Remove forward drive clutch assembly (5).
Fig. 1051
5. Recover springs (7) and pins (8) from reverse drive clutch assembly (6).
Fig. 1052
6. Remove O-rings (9).
IMPORTANT
Renew the O-rings on reassembly.
Fig. 1053
30-264
Assembly
1. Locate springs (7) and pins (8) in clutch assembly (6).
Fig. 1054
2. Make sure that the last friction disc locates correctly on the hub.
Fig. 1055
3. Locate clutch assembly (5), making sure that springs (10) are positioned
in the holes and that locating dowel (11) is aligned with the corresponding
hole in clutch housing (7).
Fig. 1056
4. Tighten screws (4).
m Screws: 20 Nm (29.5 lb.ft.)
m Screws: Loctite 242
IMPORTANT
Tighten the screws in an alternate crosswise sequence.
Fig. 1056
5. Fit new O-rings (9).
Fig. 1056
30-265
6. Locate flange (3), taking care to align the marks made during disassembly
or align locating dowel (12).
IMPORTANT
Lubricate the lip of the oil seal with hydraulic oil.
Fig. 1056
7. Tighten screws (2).
m Screws: 40 Nm (29.5 lb.ft.)
m Screws: Loctite 242
Fig. 1057
30.5.7 - Disassembly of the cover unit (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Disassembly
1. Remove seals (1).
Fig. 1058
2. Remove circlip (2) and remove oil seal (3).
IMPORTANT
Renew the oil seal on reassembly.
Fig. 1059
30-266
3. Remove circlip (4) and, using a suitable puller or drift, remove roller cage
(5).
Fig. 1060
Assembly
Procedure 2
l Make sure that oil seal (3) is installed the right way round.
Fig. 1061
Procedure 1
l Seal rings: hydraulic oil
30-267
30.5.8 - Disassembly of the forward drive clutch assembly (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Fig. 1062 - Forward drive clutch assembly

Disassembly
1. Remove the two screws (1) and remove disc (2).
IMPORTANT
Mark the hole in which pin (3) is inserted.
Fig. 1063
30-268
2. Remove the clutch pack assembly, composed of six corrugated springs (4),
six friction discs (5), five steel discs (6) 3 mm thick and one steel disc (7)
6.5 mm thick.
IMPORTANT
Take care not to alter the assembly sequence of the friction
and steel discs.
Fig. 1064
3. Remove hub (8) and recover Belleville spring (9).
Fig. 1065
4. Blow compressed air at low pressure through the hole in the side of clutch
housing (10) to expel piston (11).
IMPORTANT
Restrain piston (11) as it could be expelled at high speed
and thus damaged.
Fig. 1066
5. Check the condition of O-rings (12) and (13) and renew them if necessary.
Fig. 1067
6. Only if necessary
Remove bearing (14) from hub (8).
Fig. 1068
30-269
Installation
1. Only if removed
Using a suitable drift, fit bearing (14) on hub (8).
Fig. 1068
2. Fit O-rings (12) and (13) in clutch housing (10).
IMPORTANT
To facilitate installation of O-ring (13), stretch it slightly at
various points all around the circumference so that it is held
in place in its seating.
m O-ring: hydraulic oil.
Fig. 1069
3. Fit piston (11) in clutch housing (10) and make sure it is properly seated.
Fig. 1070
4. Position Belleville spring (9) in the clutch housing.
IMPORTANT
Take care to install Belleville spring (9) the right way round.
Fig. 1071
5. Fit hub (8) and make sure bearing (14) is firmly seated in Belleville spring
(9).
Fig. 1072
30-270
6. Fit first steel disc (7), friction disc (5) and corrugated spring (4).
IMPORTANT
Make sure that steel disc (7) is 6.5 mm thick.
m Friction disc ( hydraulic fluid)
Fig. 1073
7. Complete the clutch pack by fitting steel disc (6), friction disc (5) and cor-
rugated spring (4) in sequence.
m Friction discs: hydraulic oil
Fig. 1074
8. Fit disc (2) and secure it in position with screws (1).
IMPORTANT
Orient the disc so pin (3) can be inserted in the hole marked
during disassembly.
Fig. 1074
30-271
30.5.9 - Disassembly of the reverse drive clutch assembly (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Fig. 1075 - Reverse drive clutch assembly
30-272
Disassembly
1. Remove needle roller bearing (1).
Fig. 1076
2. Remove the clutch pack assembly, composed of six corrugated springs (2),
six friction discs (3), five steel discs (4) 3 mm thick and one steel disc (5)
6.5 mm thick.
IMPORTANT
Take care not to alter the assembly sequence of the friction
and plain steel discs.
Fig. 1077
3. Remove hub (6).
Fig. 1078
Using three screws as a driving tool, remove bearing (7) from hub (6).
Fig. 1079
5. Blow compressed air at low pressure through hole “A” of support (8) to
expel piston (9).
IMPORTANT
Restrain piston (9) as it could be expelled at high speed and
thus damaged.
Fig. 1080
30-273
6. Check the condition of O-rings (10) and (11) and renew them if necessary.
Fig. 1081
7. Remove circlips (12) and (13).
Fig. 1082
8. Remove circlip (14).
Fig. 1083
9. Remove clutch housing (15) from support (8).
Fig. 1084
10. Remove bearing (16) from clutch housing (15).
Fig. 1085
30-274
11. Remove rings (17) from support (8).
Fig. 1086
Installation
1. Fit rings (17) on support (8).
m Seal rings: Hydraulic oil
Fig. 1086
2. Insert bearing (16) in clutch housing (15).
Fig. 1086
3. Fit circlips (12) and (13).
Fig. 1086
4. Fit the clutch housing (15) on support (8) and secure it in position with
circlip (14).
Fig. 1087
30-275
5. Fit O-rings (10) and (11) in clutch housing (15).
IMPORTANT
To facilitate installation of O-ring (11), stretch it slightly at
various points all around the circumference so that it is held
in place in its seating.
m O-rings: hydraulic oil.
Fig. 1088
6. Fit piston (9) in clutch housing (15) and make sure it is properly seated.
Fig. 1089
7. Using a press and suitable drift, install bearing (7) on hub (6).
Fit hub (6) on clutch housing (15).
Fig. 1090
8. Fit first steel disc (5), friction disc (3) and corrugated spring (2).
Fig. 1091
9. Complete the clutch pack by fitting steel disc (4), friction disc (3) and cor-
rugated spring (2) in sequence.
m Friction discs: hydraulic oil.
Fig. 1092
30-276
10. Position roller cage (1) on hub (6).
Fig. 1093
30.5.10 - Gearbox and Hi-Lo assembly (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Removal
1. DANGER
2. Remove screws (1) and remove gear lever (2).
Fig. 1094
3. Loosen unions (3) and (4) and remove the pipe (5).
IMPORTANT
Renew the copper washers on reassembly.
Fig. 1095
4. Attach the Hi-Lo unit (6) to a hoist and take up the slack in the lifting rope.
Fig. 1096
30-277
5. Remove the three screws (7) on the right-hand side, and screws (8) and the
four nuts (9) on the left-hand side.
Fig. 1097
6. Remove Hi-Lo unit (6) complete with the gearbox.
Fig. 1098
Refitting
Refit by following the removal steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures:
Procedure 6
l For version with mechanical shuttle
m Mating faces: Loctite 518
Fig. 1099
Procedure 2
l Mating faces: Silastic 738
Procedure 1
l Fill the transmission with the required quantity of oil.
m Transmission oil: max 50 l (13.2 US. gall.)
30.5.11 - Disassembly of the Hi-Lo unit (D0.04.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.5.4 - Separation of housing ... - page 30-257 - (D0.02.01)
See para. 30.8.5 - Fenders - page 30-431 - (G0.04.01)
30-278
Disassembly
1. DANGER
2. Remove plug (1).
Fig. 1100
3. Loosen unions (2) and (3) and remove pipe (4).
IMPORTANT
Fig. 1101
4. Remove screws (5) and remove cover (6).
Fig. 1102
Fig. 1103
30-279
Fig. 1104
7. Remove the six screws (10) and remove the complete Hi gear clutch hous-
ing (11).
Fig. 1105
8. Remove spacer (12) and the first plain steel plate (13).
IMPORTANT
Note that this plate is 5 mm thick.
Fig. 1106
9. Remove the Lo range clutch pack, composed of three friction plates (14)
and three plain steel plates (15).
Fig. 1107
10. Remove circlip (16) and recover shims (17).
Fig. 1108
30-280
11. Withdraw planet carrier assembly (18) complete with hub (19).
Fig. 1109
12. Remove bolts (20) and nuts (21).
Fig. 1110
13. Remove the Hi-Lo unit housing (22) and remove gasket (23).
IMPORTANT
Renew gasket (23) on reassembly.
Fig. 1111
30-281
Installation
To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and use caution in relation to the following procedures:
IMPORTANT
If the Hi-Lo unit was removed in order to overhaul the clutches or the piston, refit the unit by following the removal
steps in reverse order. In all other cases, check the end float of the sun gears of the final drive unit. (For details, see
“Adjustment of the planetary reduction gear end float” in this chapter).
Procedure 11
l Before installing the complete planet carrier assembly (18), check that
planet gears are still correctly positioned relative to hub (19), i.e. that the
notches on one tooth of each planet pinion are all converging on the centre
when the hub is in position.
Fig. 1112
Procedure 9
l Install a steel plate (15) followed by a friction plate (14) to complete the
clutch pack.
m Friction plates: transmission oil.
Fig. 1112
l Install the first plain steel plate (13) (thickness 5.0 mm) and spacer (12).
Fig. 1112
Procedure 6
l Fit cover (9) and tighten screws (8).
m Mating face: Loctite 518
Fig. 1112
30-282
Procedure 5
l Temporarily install cover (6) and secure in position with screws (5).
l Screw a service bolt (A) (M12x45) fully into the hole on the Lo range clutch
housing in order to gain access to the circlip groove.
Fig. 1113
Procedure 5
l Remove cover (6) and fit circlip (7).
Fig. 1113
Procedure 4
l Mating face: Loctite 518
Procedure 1
m Transmission oil: approx. 50 l (13.2 US. gall.)
Adjustment of the planetary reduction gear end float

1. Fit hub (2) in gearbox (1) and secure in position with circlip (3).
Fig. 1114
2. With a feeler gauge “A”, measure the clearance “R” between hub (2) and
gear (4).
Fig. 1115
30-283
3. Calculate the thickness “S” of the shims to be installed between hub (2) and circlip (3) using the formula:
m S = R – F where:
n S = final shim thickness

n R = measured dimension
n F= fixed clearance (0.4±0.2 mm)
m Example:
n R = 1.30
n S = 1.30 – 0.4 = 0.90 mm
30.5.12 - Disassembly of the planet carrier (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Fig. 1116 - Planet carrier

Disassembly
1. Remove hub (1) from the planet carrier.
Fig. 1117
2. Drive out pins (2) and recover balls (3).
Fig. 1118
30-284
3. Withdraw planet pinions (4) and shims (5).
Fig. 1119
4. Dismantle planet pinions (4) and recover roller cages (6).
Fig. 1120
Installation
To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and use caution in
relation to the following procedures:
Procedure 1
l Make sure that planet pinions (4) are correctly positioned relative to the hub
(1), i.e. that the notches present on one tooth of each planet pinion are all
converging on the centre when the hub is in position.
Fig. 1121
30-285
30.5.13 - Disassembly of the Hi range clutch housing (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Fig. 1122 - Cross-section view of Hi range clutch housing

Disassembly
1. DANGER
The use of service tool T3 (code 5.9030.676.0) is essential for this procedure.
2. Locate and secure clutch housing (1) on tool T3 (code 5.9030.676.0).

IMPORTANT
If possible, align the slot in shaft (2) with the tab on the tool
T3 (code 5.9030.676.0).
Fig. 1123
3. Relieve the staking and remove nut (3) using special wrench T4 (code
5.9030.603.0).
IMPORTANT
Renew the nut on reassembly
Fig. 1124
30-286
4. Remove bearing (4).
Fig. 1125
5. Remove shims (5) and spacer (6).
IMPORTANT
Note the dimension “A” of shims (5).
Fig. 1126
6. Remove Belleville springs (7).
Fig. 1127
7. Remove shims (8) and spacer (9).
IMPORTANT
Note the dimension “B” of shims (8).
IMPORTANT
Do not mix up shims (5) with shims (8) and make a note of
their respective positions relative to spacer (6).
Fig. 1128
8. Blow compressed air at low pressure through the upper hole of shaft (2)
and expel piston (10).
IMPORTANT
Restrain piston (10) as it could be expelled at high speed
and thus damaged.
Fig. 1129
30-287
9. Remove O-ring seal (11) from piston (10).
Fig. 1130
10. Remove the four friction discs (12) and four plain steel discs (13).
Fig. 1131
11. Remove spacer (14).
Fig. 1132
12. Remove clutch cylinder (15) from the service tool T3 (code 5.9030.676.0).
Fig. 1133
13. Remove O-ring (16).
Fig. 1134
30-288
14. Remove the complete shaft (2) from clutch cylinder (15) and remove spring
(17).
Fig. 1135
15. Remove O-ring seal (18) and remove lock ring (19).
Fig. 1136
16. Withdraw Lo range piston (20) from clutch cylinder (15).
Fig. 1137
17. Remove O-ring seal (21) from piston (20).
Fig. 1138
18. Make sure that check valve (22) functions correctly and that hole (F) is not
blocked by impurities.
Fig. 1139
30-289
Installation
1. Fit O-ring (21) on Lo range piston (20).
m O-ring: transmission oil
Fig. 1139
2. Install piston (20) in clutch cylinder (15) and ensure it is fully seated.
Fig. 1140
3. Install lock ring (19) and O-ring (18) on shaft (2).
Fig. 1141
4. Fit O-ring (16) on clutch cylinder (15).
Fig. 1142
5. Fit spring (17) on shaft (2) and position it on service tool T3 (code
5.9030.676.0) making sure that the tab locates in the slot on the shaft.
Fig. 1143
30-290
6. Locate clutch cylinder (15) on shaft (2) and secure it to service tool T3
(5.9030.676.0), tightening the screws to seat it.
Fig. 1144
7. Fit spacer (14).
Fig. 1145
8. Assemble the Hi range clutch pack, inserting a friction plate (12) and a plain
steel plate (13). Complete the clutch pack with a friction plate (12).
Fig. 1145
9. Install O-ring (11) on the Hi range piston (10).
Fig. 1145
10. Install complete piston assembly (10) in the clutch housing.
Fig. 1146
30-291
11. Fit spacer (9) and shim pack (8) with thickness “A” measured during disas-
sembly or calculated during the Belleville spring preload adjustment pro-
cedure.
Fig. 1146
12. DANGER
If the Belleville springs have been renewed, adjust the spring preload (For details, see “Spring preload adjust-
ment”).
DANGER
If shim packs (5) and (8) have got mixed up and you have not made a note of the dimensions “A” and “B”, fit a
new spring pack and carry out the spring preload adjustment procedure (for details, see “Spring preload adjust-
ment”) and then proceed with the assembly.
13. Fit the Belleville springs (7).
IMPORTANT
Take care to install the Belleville springs the right way round
(7).
Fig. 1147
14. Fit spacer (6) and shim pack (5) with thickness “B” measured during disas-
sembly or calculated during the spring preload adjustment procedure.
Fig. 1147
15. Fit bearing (4) taking care that the groove for the circlip is facing upwards.
IMPORTANT
Using the cover of the Hi-Lo unit, carefully align the tabs of
the plain steel plates (13).
IMPORTANT
If a new bearing is fitted, remove the circlip, which will be
installed at a later stage.
Fig. 1147
30-292
16. Fit nut (3) and tighten with the special wrench T5 (code 5.9030.503.0).
m Nut: 147 Nm
IMPORTANT
Check that the Belleville springs (7) remain correctly aligned.
Fig. 1148
17. Stake nut (3).
Fig. 1149
Spring preload adjustment

1. DANGER
The adjustment procedure mist be carried out whenever the Belleville springs are renewed or if shim packs (5)
and (8) have got mixed up and the technician has not made a note of dimensions “A” and “B”.
2. Measure and make a note of the dimension “D” of spacer (1).
m Example: D = 21.50
Fig. 1150
3. Form a shim pack (2) of thickness “S”, which, when added to the dimension
“D” of spacer (1), obtains a thickness equal to the fixed dimension “F” of
25.25 mm.
m Example:
n D = 21.50
n F = 25.25
n S = F – D = 25.25 – 21.50 = 3.75
m Form a shim pack of:

n four spacers at 0.50 = 2.00
n five spacers at 0.20 = 1.00 Fig. 1151
n five spacers at 0.15 = 0.75
30-293
4. IMPORTANT
After forming the shim pack (2), check that the total thick-
ness of spacer (1) and the shim pack is equal to the fixed
dimension “F”.
Fig. 1152
5. Locate spacer (3) and fit spacer (1) in clutch housing (4).
Fig. 1153
6. While pressing on piston (10), measure dimensions “C” and “L” and deter-
mine the dimension “M” using the formula: M = C – L
Fig. 1154
7. m Example:
n C =20.32
n L = 3.52
n M = 20.32 – 3.52 = 16.80
Fig. 1155
8. Calculate the thickness “A” of the shim pack (5) to be installed under spacer
(1) using the formula: A = 17.70– M where dimension 17.70 is a fixed value.
m Example:
n A = 17.70 – 16.80 = 0.90
Form shim pack (5) of thickness “A” using only those shims used previously
to form shim pack (2).
Fig. 1156
30-294
9. Install the shim pack (5) and the spacer (1) and check, as described in point
5, that the new dimension C is between 17.65 and 17.75 mm.
IMPORTANT
If dimension C is outside the specified range of values, ad-
just shim pack (5) to obtain an acceptable value.
IMPORTANT
If dimension C is within the specified range, first remove
spacer (1) and then proceed with assembly of the clutch Fig. 1157
housing starting from point (12).
The remaining shims are those that have to be installed above spacer (1).
30.5.14 - Hi-Lo unit output shaft disassembly procedure (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Fig. 1158 - Hi-Lo unit output shaft

Disassembly
1. Remove roller bearing races (1) and spacer (2).
Fig. 1159
2. Remove circlip (3) and remove the thrust washer of bearing (4).
Fig. 1160
30-295
3. Using a suitable tool, remove bearing inner ring (4).
Fig. 1161
Remove circlip (6) and roller bearing race (7) from Hi-Lo output shaft (5).
Fig. 1162
Installation
Refitting is the reverse of removal.
30.5.15 - Disassembly of the gearbox input shaft (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Fig. 1163 - Gearbox input shaft
30-296
Disassembly
1. Remove screws (1) and remove the complete shaft assembly (2).
Fig. 1164
2. Remove circlip (3) and recover spacer (4).
Fig. 1165
3. Withdraw shaft (5) complete with roller bearing (6).
Fig. 1166
Fig. 1167
Fig. 1168
30-297
6. Using a press and suitable tool, remove bearing (10) and flange (11) from
shaft (2).
Fig. 1169
Assembly
Procedure 6
l Note which way round flange (11) and bearing (10) are installed relative to
shaft (2).
Fig. 1170
Procedure 3
l Fit bearing (7).
Fig. 1170
l Hold bearing (7) in place with service washers and install bearing (6) on
shaft (5).
Fig. 1171
30-298
l Using a suitable drift, insert shaft (5) sufficiently to install spacer (4) and
circlip (3).
Fig. 1172
30.5.16 - Torsional spring plate (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Removal
1. DANGER
2. Remove screws (1).
Fig. 1173
3. Remove torsional spring plate (2).
Fig. 1174
Refitting
30-299
30.5.17 - Disassembly of the primary shaft - Version with Hi-Lo (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Disassembly
1. Remove circlip (1) and remove gear (2).
Fig. 1176
2. Using a press, remove bearing (3) and recover circlip (4).
Fig. 1177
3. Remove circlip (5) and remove spacer (6).
Fig. 1178
30-300
4. Using the puller, remove the bearing (7).
Fig. 1179
Installation
30.5.18 - Secondary shaft - Version with Hi-Lo (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
REMOVAL
1. Withdraw secondary shaft (1), Hi-Lo output shaft (2) and recover needle
roller bearings (3) and spacer (4).
Fig. 1180
2. Remove circlip (5) and remove gear (6).
Fig. 1181
Fig. 1182
30-301
4. Remove disc (8).
Fig. 1183
5. Remove screw (9) and remove 1st speed selector fork (10) and synchro-
nizer assembly (11).
IMPORTANT
Renew screw (9) on reassembly.
IMPORTANT
Note the position of the synchronizer .
Fig. 1184
6. Remove the driven gear (12) of the 1st gear, remove the circlip (13) and
thrust washer(14).
IMPORTANT
Note which way round thrust washer (14) is installed.
Fig. 1185
7. Remove lower plugs (15) and recover springs (16) and (17) and balls (18).
IMPORTANT
Fig. 1186
Fig. 1187
30-302
9. Withdraw selector rod (20) and recover 2nd-3rd speed selector fork (21).
Fig. 1188
10. Withdraw 1st speed selector rod (22).
Fig. 1189
11. Withdraw rod (23) and recover 4th-5th speed selector fork (24).
Fig. 1190
12. Recover spring (25), ball (26) and detents (27) from the gearbox support.
Fig. 1191
13. Remove screws (28) and remove disc (29).
Fig. 1192
30-303
Fig. 1193
15. Remove bearing (32) and thrust washer (33).
Fig. 1194
16. Remove the complete secondary shaft assembly (34).
Fig. 1195
30-304
Installation
Procedure 7
l Plugs: Loctite 542
Procedure 5
l Fixing: 25 Nm (18.4 lb.ft.)
l Fixing: Loctite 270
30.5.19 - Disassembly of the secondary shaft - Version with Hi-Lo (AGROFARM 430 ->
1001)
Fig. 1196 - Secondary shaft

Key
l To: 2nd gear
l B: 3rd gear
l C: 4th gear
l D: 5th gear
30-305
Disassembly
1. Remove circlip (1) and 2nd speed gear (2).
Fig. 1197
2. Remove needle roller bearing (3) and synchonizer ring (4).
Fig. 1198
3. Remove circlip (5) securing synchonizer ring (6).
IMPORTANT
Renew the circlip on reassembly.
Remove synchronizer (6) complete with the second synchonizer ring.

IMPORTANT
Note which way round the synchonizer selector is installed.
Fig. 1199
4. Remove circlip (7) and 3rd speed gear (8).

IMPORTANT
Fig. 1200
5. Remove spacer (9) and circlip (10).
IMPORTANT
Note the orientation of the lubrication points.
Fig. 1201
30-306
6. Remove spacer (11) and remove 4th speed gear (12).
IMPORTANT
Note the orientation of the lubrication points.
Fig. 1202
7. Remove synchonizer ring (13) and remove circlip (14).
IMPORTANT
Fig. 1203
8. Remove synchronizer (15) complete with the second synchonizer ring.
IMPORTANT
Note which way round the synchonizer selector is installed.
Remove 5th speed gear (16).
Fig. 1204
IMPORTANT
Fig. 1205
Remove circlip (18) and roller bearing race (19).
Fig. 1206
30-307
Installation
Procedure 8
l Take care to install synchronizer (15) the right way round.
Fig. 1207
Procedure 5
l Take care to install thrust washers (9) and (11) the right way round.
Fig. 1208
Procedure 3
l Take care to install synchronizer (6) the right way round.
Fig. 1209
30.5.20 - Range gearbox and differential assembly - complete assembly (AGROFARM

430 -> 1001)
Removal
After having performed the pre-disassembly operations, the assembly will be already disconnected from the tractor.
Refitting
30.5.21 - Complete gearbox assembly - Version with Hi-Lo (D0.09.04) (AGROFARM 430
-> 1001)
See para. 30.5.11 - Disassembly of the Hi-... - page 30-278 - (D0.04.01)
30-308
REMOVAL
1. Detach connector (1) remove screws (2) and remove gear shift lever (3).
Fig. 1210
2. Remove hose (4) and remove screws (5).
Fig. 1211
3. Remove the complete gearbox assembly (6).
Fig. 1212
Installation
Procedure 3
l Mating face: Silastic 738
Fig. 1213
Procedure 1
l Mating faces: Silastic 738
m Transmission oil: max 50 l (13.2 US. gall.)
30-309
30.5.22 - Adjustment of the differential - Bevel gear pair (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Fig. 1214 - Differential - Bevel gear pair

Preparations for adjustments
1. m All the procedures described in this chapter must be carried out following renewal of the transmission casing, differen-
tial support flanges, bevel gear pair, differential housing or the support bearings of the pinion and differential.
30-310
2. Install bearing assembly (2) on pinion shaft (1).
IMPORTANT
When handling bearing (2), take care not to invert the inner
races.
IMPORTANT
During assembly of bearing (2) on pinion shaft (1), rotate the
outer race to help seat the rollers.
Fig. 1215
IMPORTANT
Bearing: transmission oil
3. Install a service bush “A” (Ø 65 x Ø 50 x 20) on pinion shaft (1) and provi-
sionally tighten nut (3)
Fig. 1216
4. Remove the outer race of bearing (5) and relative shims (6) from flange (4)
on the crown wheel side.
IMPORTANT
Note the thickness “S” of shim pack (6) (e.g., 0.80 mm).
Fig. 1217
5. Remove the outer race of bearing (8) and shims (9) from flange (7) on the
opposite side to the crown wheel.
Fig. 1218
30-311
6. Heat bearing inner race (5) to 80 °C and install it on the crown wheel side
of differential (10).
IMPORTANT
Check that the bearing seats against the shoulder on the
differential.
Install the outer race of bearing (5) in crown wheel side flange (4), with shim
pack (6) approximately 0.5 mm less than the measured dimension “S”.
m Example: Fig. 1219
m Measured dimension = 0.80 mm
Thickness of shim pack (6) to be installed: 0.30 mm
7. Heat the inner race of bearing (8) to approx. 80 °C and install on differential
(10) on the side opposite to the crown wheel.
IMPORTANT
Check that bearing (8) seats against the shoulder on the
differential.
Install the outer race of bearing (8) and a 1.00 mm thick shim pack (9) on
flange (7) on the opposite side to the crown wheel.
Fig. 1220
Adjustment of the differential bearings preload

1. Locate complete differential (10) in the transmission casing.
Fig. 1221
2. Install the flanges (4) and (7) and secure in position with screws (11).
m While tightening screws (11), rotate the differential unit to help seat
the bearings.
Bearings: transmission oil
Screws: 32-40 Nm (23.6-29.5 lb.ft.)
Fig. 1222
30-312
3. Position a dial gauge with magnetic stand “A” on the crown wheel side of
differential carrier (4) and set it to zero on the end face of the differential
while simultaneously forcing the differential with lever “B” towards the op-
posite side.
Force the differential towards the crown wheel side and measure end float
“G”.
IMPORTANT
If the end float is zero, adjust shim pack (9) on the opposite
side to the crown wheel to 0.70 mm and repeat the proce-
Fig. 1223
dure to measure end float “G”.
4. Add 0.10 mm to the measured end float value “G” and round up to the nearest 0.05 mm to determine the shim thickness to be
added under the outer ring of bearing (8) on the opposite side to the crown wheel.
Example:
m Measured value: 0.28 mm
Nominal value: 0.28 + 0.10 = 0.38 mm

Actual shim thickness to be added: 0.40 mm
5. Remove screws (11) on both sides, leaving just one in position for safety.
Fig. 1223
6. Using a suitable drift made of soft material, separate differential flanges (4)
and (7) from the transmission casing.
Fig. 1224
7. Remove last screw (11) and remove flanges (4) and (7).
Fig. 1225
30-313
8. Attach differential (10) to a hoist and remove it.
Fig. 1225
Adjustment of the pinion position

1. Make a note of the value “E” stamped on one of the teeth of pinion (1).
m In this example: + 0.15 mm
Fig. 1226
2. Install pinion (1) without shims (12) in the transmission casing.
Fig. 1227
3. Locate complete differential (10) in the transmission casing
Fig. 1227
m Screws: 32-40 Nm (23.6-29.5 lb.ft.)
While tightening screws (11), check for the presence of clearance
between the differential and pinion (1). If the differential is seated
against the pinion, adjust the shim packs installed under the outer
races of the bearings so as to reduce the thickness of the pack on
the crown wheel side and increase the thickness of the pack on the
opposite side by the same amount.
Fig. 1227
30-314
5. Use a feeler gauge to measure the distance “D” between the end face of
pinion (1) and the Ø 174 section of differential (10) (in this example 4.85).
Calculate dimension “R” by adding dimension “E” previously read on the
tooth of pinion (1) to the design value of 4.00 mm.
If the value “E” is positive, as in the case reported in the figure, it should
be added to the design value of 4.00 mm:
m R= 4.00 + “E” i.e. R= 4.00 + 0.15 = 4.15
If “E” is negative, subtract it from the design value of 4.00 mm
m R= 4.00 - “E” i.e. R= 4.00 - 0.15 = 3.85
Fig. 1228
If the measured value “D” differs from the calculated value “R”, calculate the
difference between “D” and “R”. The resulting value “S” is the shim thick-
ness to be installed under bearing (2) of pinion (1).
Formula: S = D - R
m which in our example gives: S = 4.85 - 4.15 = 0.70 mm
6. Remove screws (11) on both sides, leaving just one in position for safety.
Fig. 1228
7. Using a suitable drift made of soft material, separate differential flanges (4)
and (7) from the transmission casing.
Fig. 1228
8. Remove last screw (11) and remove flanges (4) and (7).
Fig. 1228
30-315
Fig. 1228
10. Using a puller, remove pinion (1) complete with the transmission casing.
Remove nut (3) and service spacer “A” from pinion shaft (1).
Fig. 1229
11. Measure dimension “R” of the shoulder of bearing (2).
Example:
m “R” = 4.96 mm
Install pinion (1) and shim pack (12) of the previously calculated thickness
“S”, reversing the removal procedure.
Fig. 1230
12. Secure pinion (1) in position with suitable circlip (13) selected from the
available sizes.
Select circlip (13) by applying the following formula:
Circlip thickness:
mFixed dimension “K” = 9.5 mm
Shim thickness = “S”
Dimension “R” = 4.96 mm (valid measurements: 4.90-5.00mm)
Formula:
m A = K - S - R which in our example gives:
m A = 9.5 - 0.7 - 4.96 = 3.84 mm Fig. 1231
The circlip to be used is therefore the one with thickness 3.80 mm.
Circlip (13) installed should in any case ensure pinion end

float of less than 0.1 mm.
30-316
Adjustment of pinion and crown wheel backlash
1. Locate complete differential (10) in the transmission casing.
Fig. 1231
m While tightening screws (11), rotate differential assembly (10) to
help seat the bearings.
Bearings: transmission oil
Screws: 32-40 Nm (23.6-29.5 lb.ft.)
Fig. 1231
3. Position a dial gauge “A” on a magnetic stand with the contact point perpen-
dicular to the side of a tooth on the external diameter of the crown wheel.
Preload the gauge by approx. 3 mm and check the backlash “Z” between
pinion and crown wheel while turning differential (3) in both directions.
m Normal backlash: 0.20-0.28 mm
m Take four measurements 90° apart and calculate the average.
Fig. 1232
4. If backlash “Z” is less than the minimum value, remove a shim from shim
pack (6) (crown wheel side) and add the same shim to shim pack (9) (side
opposite to crown wheel). If backlash “Z” is greater than the maximum val-
ue add a shim to (shim pack (6) (crown wheel side) and remove an identical
shim from shim pack (9) (opposite side to crown wheel).
IMPORTANT
The sum total thickness of shim packs (6) and (9) should not
be different from the calculated value.
Fig. 1233
Recheck backlash “Z” and, if necessary, continue to adjust the shims until
the backlash is within the specified tolerance limits.
30.5.23 - Disassembly of the rear pinion (D0.11.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.13.1 - Lift - Complete assemb... - page 30-526 - (R0.02.03)
See para. 30.15.1 - Towing hitch slide (AG... - page 30-548 - (V0.02.01)
See para. 30.5.29 - PTO output shaft - 4 s... - page 30-336 - (D0.14.01)
See para. 30.6.1 - Right-hand rear axle (... - page 30-350 - (E0.02.01)
30-317
See para. 30.6.3 - Left-hand rear axle (A... - page 30-356 - (E0.02.02)
See para. 30.6.5 - Rear differential (AGR... - page 30-358 - (E0.02.07)
See para. 30.5.21 - Complete gearbox assem... - page 30-308 - (D0.09.04)
Fig. 1234 - Rear pinion

Disassembly
1. Loosen union (1) and remove lubrication pipe (2).
Fig. 1235
2. Remove circlips (3) and (4).
Fig. 1236
30-318
3. Versions with 3 range gears
Using a puller, partially withdraw the pinion shaft (5) in order to gain access
to the nut (6).
Fig. 1237
4. Apply service wrench T (cod. 5.9030.984.0) to the nut and secure in posi-
tion.
Fit a suitable bush on Syncro PTO shaft (7) and loosen nut (6) by turning
the output shaft clockwise.
IMPORTANT
If possible, relieve the staking on nut (6).
Fig. 1238
5. For versions with Syncro PTO
Remove cover (8), fit service tool T11 (code 5.9030.988.0) and loosen nut
(6) by turning it in a clockwise direction.
IMPORTANT
If possible, relieve the staking on nut (6).
Fig. 1239
6. Proceed with removal of pinion (5), removing sleeve (9) and selector (10).
Fig. 1240
7. Remove gear (11) and rotary union (12).
Fig. 1241
30-319
8. Remove low or high range selector fork (13).
Fig. 1242
9. Remove nut (6) and gear (14).
Fig. 1243
10. Install a service bush “A” on the pinion shaft (example: Ø65 x Ø50 x 20)
and nut (6).
Fig. 1244
11. Using a puller, remove pinion shaft (5) complete with bearing (15) and
shims (16).
Fig. 1245
Using a press and a suitable puller, remove bearing (15) from pinion shaft
(5).
Fig. 1246
30-320
Installation
Procedure 11
l Before fitting bearing (15) on pinion shaft (5), lubricate the inner races of
the bearing.
m Bearing: transmission oil
l During assembly of bearing (15), rotate the outer race to bed in the rollers
and ensure smooth rotation.
Fig. 1247
Procedure 5
l Stake nut (6).
Fig. 1248
Procedure 4
l Renew nut (6) on reassembly.
l Tighten the nut by turning the Syncro PTO output shaft counter-clockwise
and using service wrench T (code 5.9030.984.0).
m Nut: Loctite 270
m Nut: Nominal tightening torque: 460±20Nm (339±14.7 lb.ft.)
m Tightening torque using the Syncro PTO output shaft 390±17Nm
287.4±12.5 lb.ft).
Fig. 1249
l If the bevel gear pair, the bearings of the pinion or differential or the transmission casing are renewed, adjust the bevel gear
pair.
30-321
30.5.24 - Disassembly of the 4WD output shaft (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Fig. 1250 - 4WD output shaft

Disassembly
1. Remove snap ring (1).
Fig. 1251
2. Remove pin (2) and remove range selector fork (3).
IMPORTANT
Fig. 1252
30-322
Fig. 1253
4. Remove retaining half rings (6).
Fig. 1254
5. Using a soft metal punch, partially drive out shaft (7) and remove gear (8).
Fig. 1255
6. Continue to withdraw the shaft and remove gear (9) complete with bush
(10) and selector sleeve (11) complete with hub (12).
Fig. 1256
7. For all versions:
Remove gear (13), roller bearing races (14) with bushes and spacer (15).
Fig. 1257
30-323
8. Remove circlip (16) and, using a press, remove thrust washer (17) and
bearing (18).
Fig. 1258
Installation
30.5.25 - PTO clutch. (D0.12.02) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.9.7 - Rear remote control va... - page 30-481 - (H0.07.01)
REMOVAL
1. Loosen union (1), remove clamp (2) and disconnect pipe (3).
Fig. 1259
2. Disconnect pipe (4), remove screws (5) and remove pipe (6).
Fig. 1260
3. Remove the screws (7) and remove the cover (8).
Fig. 1261
30-324
4. Loosen the upper and lower unions (9) and disconnect the PTO control
hoses (10).
Fig. 1262
5. Using a slide hammer puller, remove the PTO drive shaft (11).
Fig. 1263
6. Remove the screw and mount (12) and remove manifold (13).
IMPORTANT
Check the condition of O-rings (14) and renew them if nec-
essary.
Fig. 1264
7. Remove extension (15) from the transmission.
IMPORTANT
Check the condition of the O-rings (16) and renew them if
necessary.
Fig. 1265
8. Dislodge circlip (17) from its seat and insert driver sleeve (18) in clutch as-
sembly (19).
Fig. 1266
30-325
9. Fully loosen union (20) and disconnect lubrication pipe (21) from clutch
assembly (19).
Fig. 1267
10. Remove complete clutch assembly (19).
Fig. 1268
11. Remove sleeve (17) complete with circlip (18) from clutch assembly (21)
and, if present, remove also spacer (19).
Fig. 1269
30-326
Installation
Procedure 11
l Install driver sleeve (18) in clutch assembly (19) complete with circlip (17)
and spacer (21).
Spacer (21) must always be installed when carrying out the overhaul or
renewal of any of the assemblies or components associated with operation
of the rear PTO.
Fig. 1269
Procedure 5
l Move driver sleeve (18) towards the front of the tractor so that it seats
against O-ring (23).
Fig. 1270
l Using a feeler gauge, measure the residual clearance “G” between spacer
(21) and circlip (17).
If the measured clearance “G” is less than 1.00 mm, remove spacer (21).
Fig. 1271
Procedure 3
Fig. 1272
30-327
Procedure 2
l Renew gasket (22) after every removal.
Fig. 1273
30.5.26 - Disassembly of the PTO clutch (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Fig. 1274 - PTO clutch

Disassembly
1. Using a suitable wrench T7 remove accumulator (1).
m Renew the copper washers on reassembly.
Fig. 1275
30-328
2. Remove pressure relief valve (2).
Fig. 1276
Fig. 1277
4. Remove steel disc (5) and then remove all friction discs (6) and steel discs
(7).
Fig. 1278
5. Remove hub (8) and shim (9).
Fig. 1279
6. Using a press and a suitable tool, lightly compress spring (10) and remove
circlip (11).
Fig. 1280
30-329
7. Remove disc (12) and spring (10).
Fig. 1281
8. Turn the assembly over and blow compressed air at low pressure into the
hole on clutch housing (13) to expel piston (14).
Fig. 1282
9. Remove O-ring (15) from piston (14) and remove O-ring (17) from hub (16).
Fig. 1283
10. Remove screws (18) and remove cover (19), friction disc (20) and steel
disc (21).
Fig. 1284
11. Blow compressed air at low pressure through the hole in the side of clutch
housing (13) to expel piston (22).
m Restrain piston (22) as it could be expelled at high speed and thus
damaged.
Fig. 1285
30-330
12. Remove O-ring (23) from piston (22) and O-ring (24) from clutch housing
(13).
Fig. 1286
13. Remove circlip (25) and thrust washer (26).
Fig. 1287
14. Remove clutch assembly (13) from clutch housing (16).
Fig. 1288
15. Remove retaining rings (27) from clutch housing (16).
Fig. 1289
30-331
Assembly
Procedure 15
l Rings: Oil
Procedures 9-12
l O-rings: Oil
Procedures 4-10
l Friction discs: Oil
Procedure 3
l Position the clutch assembly vertically and, using a feeler gauge, check that
the clearance “G” between circlip (3) and spacer (4) is within the tolerance
limits. If the clearance exceeds tolerance limits, add another spacer (4).
clearance “G”: 0.6-2.0 mm
Fig. 1290
Procedures 1-2
l Accumulator and pressure relief valve: Loctite 542
30.5.27 - Pump drive PTO - Outer gear (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Fig. 1291
30-332
Disassembly
Fig. 1292
2. Remove rear pump drive sleeve (3).
Fig. 1293
3. Remove nuts (4) and remove rear flange (5).
m Renew paper gasket (6) on reassembly.
Fig. 1294
4. Withdraw sleeve (7), bearings (8), spacer (9) and gear (10) from the trans-
mission casing.
m Insert a tie “A” in sleeve (7) to prevent spacer (9) from falling inside
the transmission.
Fig. 1295
Assembly
Procedure 3
l Moisten the paper gasket with Loctite 510
30-333
Procedure 1
Fig. 1296
30.5.28 - Pump drive PTO - Inner gear (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Fig. 1297 - Pump drive PTO

Disassembly
F0085610
Fig. 1298
30-334
2. Using a soft metal punch, drive out driving gear assembly (2) and spacer
(3). 2
3
F0085620
Fig. 1299
3. Remove bearing (4) from the transmission casing.
4
F0085630
Fig. 1300
4. Using a puller, remove bearing (5) from gear (2).
Fig. 1301
5. Only if necessary:
Remove circlip (6) and withdraw spacer (7) and roller bearing (8).
Remove O-ring (9).
Fig. 1302
30-335
Assembly
Procedure 4
l For 85 HP versions only:
Install bearing (5) with plastic shield on gear (2).
Fig. 1303
30.5.29 - PTO output shaft - 4 speed version (D0.14.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Fig. 1304 - PTO output shaft - 4 speed version

REMOVAL
1. Remove the P.T.O. guard (1) and rear hook (2).
Fig. 1305
30-336
2. Remove the nuts and remove PTO flange (3)
Fig. 1306
3. For version with attached shaft
Remove nuts (4) and remove output shaft (5).
Fig. 1307
4. Remove cover (6).
Fig. 1308
5. Remove screws (7) and remove lubrication manifold (8).
Fig. 1309
6. Loosen and remove screw (9), extract shaft (10) and shoe (11).
Move hose (12) towards the front of the tractor.
Fig. 1310
30-337
7. Remove circlip (13) retaining bearing (14) and push gear (15) and the bear-
ing towards the front of the tractor.
Fig. 1311
8. Remove circlip (16) retaining gear (17).
Fig. 1312
9. Keeping gear (17) in place, extract shaft (18) complete with rear bearing
(19) and needle roller bearings (20).
Fig. 1313
10. Remove circlip (21) and hose (22).
Fig. 1314
11. Push shaft (23) towards the front of the tractor and extract gear (15) com-
plete with bearing (14).
Fig. 1315
30-338
12. Remove needle roller bearings (20) and spacer (24) from the shaft.
Remove the circlip (25), thrust washer (26) and using a puller, remove bear-
ing (19).
Fig. 1316
Installation
Procedure 12
l Take care to install bearing (19) the right way round.
Procedure 7
l Take care to install bearing (14) the right way round.
Procedure 6
l Screw: Loctite 270
Procedures 2-4
Fig. 1317
Procedure 2
l Nuts: Loctite 270
30-339
30.5.30 - Disassembly of the PTO output shaft - 4 speed version (AGROFARM 430 ->
1001)
Fig. 1318 - PTO output shaft.

Disassembly
1. Version with fitted output shaft
Remove the PTO nuts and flange (1).
Fig. 1319
2. Remove nuts (2) and remove output shaft (3).
Fig. 1320
30-340
Fig. 1321
4. Refit the shaft (3).
Fig. 1322
5. For all versions
Drive out spring pin (5).
Fig. 1323
6. Remove the bracket (6) and the PTO speed selector rod (7).
Fig. 1324
7. Relieve the staking and remove ringnut (8) using a suitable wrench “A”.
IMPORTANT
Renew the nut on each reassembly
Fig. 1325
30-341
8. Using a suitable tool, partially withdraw PTO output shaft (9).
Fig. 1326
9. Remove in sequence the spacer (10) and gear (11) complete with roller
races (12) and bushings (13) and spacer (14).
Fig. 1327
10. Remove PTO speed selector fork (15).
Fig. 1328
11. Remove selector sleeve (16) and guide sleeve (17).
Fig. 1329
12. Remove gear (18).
Fig. 1330
30-342
13. Remove circlip (19) and, using a press, remove thrust washer (20) and
bearing (21).
Fig. 1331
14. Recover bearing (22).
Fig. 1332
Installation
Procedure 13
l Take care to install bearing (21) the right way round relative to shaft (9).
Fig. 1333
Procedure 7
l Ringnut: 88±1 Nm (64.9±0.74 lb.ft.)
Stake ringnut (8).
Fig. 1334
30-343
Procedure 6
l Check the condition of O-ring (23) and renew it if necessary.
O-ring: Grease
Fig. 1335
30.5.31 - Disassembly of the Groundspeed PTO output shaft (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Fig. 1336 - Groundpseed PTO output shaft

Disassembly
1. Remove nuts (1) and remove cover (2).
m Mark the top of cover (2) to avoid error on reassembly. 1
F0084690
Fig. 1337
30-344
2. Check that the Groundspeed PTO lever (3) is in the “ON” position to pre-
vent the engagement sleeve from falling.
Fig. 1338
3. Withdraw the Groundspeed PTO output shaft (4).
Fig. 1339
4. Remove circlip (5) and spacer (6).
Fig. 1340
5. Using a press remove bearing (7) from shaft (4).
Remove spacer (8) and circlip (9).
Fig. 1341
6. Remove oil seal (10) from cover (2).
2 10
D0024381
Fig. 1342
30-345
Assembly
Procedure 7
l Take care to install oil seal (10) the right way round relative to cover (2). 2 10
D0024381
Fig. 1342

Oil seal lip: Oil
Fig. 1343
Fill the transmission with the required quantity of oil

30.5.32 - Disassembly of the Groundspeed PTO engagement device (AGROFARM 430
-> 1001)
Disassembly
1. Remove screw (1), withdraw drive shaft (2) and recover lever (3), shoe (4)
and sleeve (5).
Fig. 1344
Assembly
Procedure 1
l Screw: 20 Nm (14.7 lb.ft.)
Fig. 1345
30-346
30.5.33 - Disassembly of the 4WD engagement device - Easyshift (AGROFARM 430 ->
1001)
Fig. 1346 - 4WD engagement device

Disassembly
1. Remove oil seal (1) and circlip (2).
IMPORTANT
Renew the gasket every time it is disturbed.
Fig. 1347
2. Remove screws (3) and remove lower plate (4).
Fig. 1348
30-347
3. Using a slide hammer puller, remove hub assembly (5 ).
Fig. 1349
4. Remove circlip (6) and remove bearing (7) from hub (5).
Fig. 1350
5. Loosen and remove screw (8).
Fig. 1351
6. Withdraw engagement device (9), spring (10) and disc (11).
Fig. 1352
7. Remove bush (12) from engagement device (9).
Fig. 1353
30-348
8. Recover manifold (13).
Fig. 1354
Installation
Procedure 8
l
IMPORTANT
necessary.
Fig. 1355
Procedure 7
l
IMPORTANT
necessary.
Fig. 1356
Procedure 6
l
IMPORTANT
Check the condition of O-rings (14) and renew them if nec-
essary.
Fig. 1357
Procedure 5
l Screw: Loctite 242
l Screw: 20 Nm
Procedure 2
30-349
30.6 - E0 - Rear axle
30.6.1 - Right-hand rear axle (E0.02.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
REMOVAL
1. DANGER
Disconnect the lead from the battery negative terminal (-) and depress the parking brake repeatedly to dis-
charge residual pressure.
2. Remove nuts (1) and disconnect bracket (2) from the axle.
Fig. 1358
3. Remove nut (3) and plate (4)
Fig. 1359
4. Using a suitable hoist “A”, raise the cab slightly on the right hand side and
keep in place.
Fig. 1360
5. Remove screws (5) and remove cab support (6).
Fig. 1361
30-350
6. Disconnect brakes pipes (7) and (8).
Fig. 1362
7. Remove all ten screws (9) and the two nuts (10)
Fig. 1363
8. Attach the axle (11) to a hoist and take up the slack in the lifting rope.
Fig. 1364
9. Remove screw (12) and using a service screw “B” (M10x120 with full-length
thread) or a threaded rod, separate axle (11) from the transmission.
Tighten removed screw (12) and repeat the procedure with the remaining
screws until axle (11) is completely detached from the transmission.
Fig. 1365
10. Remove axle assembly (11).
IMPORTANT
Recover O-ring (13).
Fig. 1366
30-351
Installation
Procedure 10
l Carefully check the O-ring, position it and lubricate with oil.
Fig. 1367
Procedure 7
l Screws and nuts: 70±3.5 Nm (51.6±2.6 lb.ft.)
Procedure 6
l Bleed the air from the braking system.
30.6.2 - Disassembly of LH/RH rear axle (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Fig. 1368 - Rear axle
30-352
Disassembly
1. Using a puller, remove ring gear (1).
Fig. 1369
2. Remove anti-rotation plate (2).
Fig. 1370
3. Remove screw (3) and remove spacer (4) and shims (5).
Fig. 1371
4. Remove the complete planet carrier assembly (6).
Fig. 1372
5. Using a puller, apply force on axle shaft (7) to remove bearing inner race
(8) from axle shaft (7).
Recover inner bearing race (8).
Fig. 1373
30-353
6. Attach axle housing (9) to a hoist and remove it.
Fig. 1374
7. Withdraw bearing outer race (9) and oil seal (8) from axle housing (10).
Fig. 1375
8. Withdraw bearing outer race (11) and disc (12) from axle housing (9).
Fig. 1376
9. Remove bearing inner race (11) from axle half shaft (7).
Fig. 1377
10. Only if necessary:
Remove the back-up ring of oil seal (13).
IMPORTANT
Fig. 1378
30-354
11. Remove dust seal (13) from axle shaft (7).
IMPORTANT
IMPORTANT
Note which way round oil seal is installed.
Fig. 1379
Installation
Procedure 9
l Fill the zone outlined in the drawing with grease.
Fig. 1380
Procedures 5-7
l Procedure 5: Lubricate bearing (8) and the lip of oil seal (10).
l Procedure 7: Take care to install oil seal (10) the right way round.
Fig. 1381
Procedure 3
l Provisionally fit spacer (4) and screw (3) without shims and tighten.
Screw: 29.4 Nm (21.7 lb.ft.)
Fig. 1382
l After tightening to the specified torque, rotate the axle housing while holding the axle shaft still to allow the bearings to seat
correctly, then tighten screw (3) again.
l Repeat the procedure until screw (3) no longer turns.
30-355
l Remove screw (3) and spacer (4) and, using a depth gauge “F” and cali-
brated shims “G” of approximately 25mm, measure dimensions “A” and “B”.
Fig. 1383
l Calculate thickness “S” of shim pack (7) to be installed under spacer (4)
with the formula: S = A - B (round off the value obtained by ± 0.02 mm):
Calculation example 1:
dimension “A”: 97.44 mm dimension “B”: 95.95 mm S = 97.95 - 50.44 =
1.95 mm thus the final thickness “S” of shims (5) will be 1.49 mm.
Calculation example 2:
dimension “A”: 97.37 mm dimension “B”: 95.95 mm S = 97.37 - 95.95 =
1.42 mm thus the final thickness “S” of shims (7) will be 1.40 mm.
Fig. 1384
l Fit shim pack (5), spacer (4) and secure in positions by tightening screw (3).
Screw: 177±9 Nm (130.5±6.6 lb.ft.)
Screw: Loctite 270
Fig. 1385
Procedure 1
l Mating faces: Loctite 518
Fig. 1386
30.6.3 - Left-hand rear axle (E0.02.02) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

REMOVAL
1. DANGER
Disconnect the lead from the battery negative terminal (-) and depress the parking brake repeatedly to dis-
charge residual pressure.
2. Perform the same operations described for the right-hand rear axle.
30-356
30.6.4 - Disassembly of the planet carrier (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Fig. 1387 - Planet carrier

Disassembly
1. Remove circlip (1) and remove pins (2).
Fig. 1388
2. Remove planet gears (3) with shims (4) and remove roller bearings (5) and
spacer (6).
Fig. 1389
Assembly
Procedure 2
l Lubricate roller bearings (4).
l Roller bearings: oil
30-357
30.6.5 - Rear differential (E0.02.07) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.6.1 - Right-hand rear axle (... - page 30-350 - (E0.02.01)
See para. 30.6.3 - Left-hand rear axle (A... - page 30-356 - (E0.02.02)
REMOVAL
1. Remove plugs (1) and (2).
IMPORTANT
Fig. 1390
2. Drive out spring pin (3).
Fig. 1391
3. Withdraw piston (4) from the transmission casing and partially withdraw
the rod (5).
Fig. 1392
4. Remove spring (6) and spacer (7).
Fig. 1393
30-358
5. Finally remove rod (5), selector fork (8), spring (9) and spacer (10).
Fig. 1394
6. Using a slide hammer puller, remove the PTO drive shaft (11).
Fig. 1395
7. Remove nuts (12) on both sides and remove the lubrication hose (13).
Fig. 1396
8. Remove screws (14) on both sides, leaving one in place for safety.
Fig. 1397
9. Using a suitable drift made of soft material, separate differential support
flanges (15) from the transmission casing.
Fig. 1398
30-359
10. Remove the last screw (14) and remove flanges (15) on both sides.
IMPORTANT
Mark the flanges to avoid exchange on re-assembly.
Fig. 1399
Fig. 1400
Installation
Procedure 8
l Fixing: 32-40 Nm (23.6-29.5 lb.ft.)
30.6.6 - Disassembly of the rear differential (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

2
21 3
20
10 16
13 18
15
8
9 5
6 4
7
1
Fig. 1401 - Rear differential
30-360
Disassembly
1. Using a puller, remove bearing (1).
IMPORTANT
If the bevel gear pair or both bearings are to be renewed,
remove also bearing (2). 1
2
Fig. 1402
2. Remove differential lock flange (3).
3
Fig. 1403
3. Remove screws (4) and remove differential crown wheel (5).
Fig. 1404
4. Remove side gear (6) and its thrust washer (7).
Fig. 1405
5. Remove the spring pins (8).
Fig. 1406
30-361
6. Withdraw pins (9) and (10) and remove the planet pinions (11) and (12) and
relative thrust washers (13) and (14). 12
11 14
13
9 10
Fig. 1407
7. Withdraw pin (15) and remove the planet pinions (16) and (17) and relative
thrust washers (18) and (19).
Fig. 1408
8. Remove side gear (20) and its thrust washer (24).
Fig. 1409
30-362
Installation
Procedure 4-6-7-8
l Gears and thrust washers: Transmission oil
Procedure 3
l Screws: Engine oil
Screws: 112±5,5 Nm (82.5±4.0 lb.ft.)
Procedure 1
l If the transmission casing, differential or bevel gear pair are renewed, do not fit bearings (1) and (2) in this phase and proceed
as described in the chapter “BEVEL GEAR PAIR”.
30.6.7 - Park Brake assembly

Removal
1. Unscrew retaining screws (1) of brake assembly (2) by one turn at at time.
2
1
F0150350
Fig. 1410
2. Insert an eye-bolt “B” in upper hole “F”, attach the hoist and tension slightly.
Insert half shaft (3) sufficiently to engage the brake discs and remove the
complete brake assembly. F
B
F0150360
Fig. 1411
Refitting
1. Using a hand pump equipped with a shut-off valve, pressurise the parking
brake circuit to approx. 20 bar. Close the shut-off valve to close the circuit.
F0150430
Fig. 1412
30-363
2. Using a soft mallet, tap the piston all around its circumference to make it
retract it fully.
F0150440
Fig. 1413
3. Fit friction discs (4) and plain steel disc (5) to the brake assembly.
5
F0150450
Fig. 1414
4. Fit the complete brake assembly (2) and tighten screws (1).
Screws tightening torque: 28÷31 Nm
Mating surface: Loctite 518 2
F0150370
Fig. 1415
5. Install half-shaft (3) before removing the hand pump.
F0150380
Fig. 1416
30-364
30.6.8 - Park Brake unit disassembly
4
9
1
2 7
11
13
10
12
D0049631
Fig. 1417 - Park Brake assembly

Removal
1. Remove the first friction disc (1), plain steel disc (2) and then the second
friction disc (1); remove half-shaft (3).
1
1 2
3
3
F0147390
Fig. 1418
30-365
2. Position brake assembly (4) on a work bench with retaining screws (5) of
flange (6) facing upwards. 4
5
Fit tool “A” (P/N 5.9035.333.0), fully tightening screws (7).
A
7
6
F0150420
Fig. 1419
3. Unscrew and remove screws (8) fixing the reaction ring.
8 8
F0150460
Fig. 1420
4. Loosen tool “A” retainer screws (6) gradually and evenly.
IMPORTANT
Loose screws (7) by approx. 1/4 turn at a time, proceeding
in a circle.
7
F0150470
Fig. 1421
5. Remove tool “A” and reaction ring (9) of the Belleville spring.
F0150480
Fig. 1422
6. Remove Belleville spring (10).
10
F0147441
Fig. 1423
30-366
7. Upturn the assembly (4) and, using a lever, insert at various points to ex-
4 12
tract piston (11) for the service brake, disengaging it from the backlash
11
recovery units (12).
IMPORTANT
Renew the O-rings on reassembly. 12
12
F0147451
Fig. 1424
8. Using a soft plastic mallet, beat the entire circumference and extract the
piston (13) of the parking brake. 13
IMPORTANT
Renew the O-ring on reassembly.
F0147461
Fig. 1425
Remove the service brake backlash recovery units (12) by using the disas-
sembly wrench on the lower hex nut.
12
F0147471
Fig. 1426
30-367
Assembly
Repeat the removal steps in reverse order.
Procedure 9
l Backlash recovery unit: Loctite 243
l Backlash recovery unit: 18-19 Nm
l Lubricate the spring pins on each oil change.
Procedures 8-7
l Lubricate the O-rings with gearbox oil
30-368
30.7 - F0 - Front axle
30.7.1 - Separation of front support from engine (F0.01.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Separation
1. DANGER
2. Close valves (1) turning them clockwise and detach upper pipes (2) .
IMPORTANT
Label the pipes to avoid confusion on reconnection.
IMPORTANT
Activate the rear lift control lever to discharge residual pres-
sure.
Fig. 1427
IMPORTANT
Plug the pipes to prevent the ingress of dirt.
3. Loosen and remove the lower pipe retainer clamps (3) .
Fig. 1428
4. Remove locknuts (4) and tilt the valves (1) towards the front of the tractor.
Fig. 1429
30-369
5. Extract pin (5) and disengage the front PTO drive shaft (6).
Fig. 1430
6. Loosen nut (7) and with screw (8) loosen the drive belt (9) of compressor
(10) until it can be released from the engine pulley.
Fig. 1431
7. Loosen screws (11) and detach belt (12) from the engine pulley (13).
Fig. 1432
8. Position a stand “A” under the engine sump.
Fig. 1433
9. Loosen and remove lower nuts (14) (2 per side).
Fig. 1434
30-370
10. Drive two non-slip “B” wedges between the front support (15) and axle (16)
to prevent the support from tipping.
Connect the hoist and tension slightly.
Fig. 1435
11. Loosen and remove screws (17) and nuts (18).
Fig. 1436
12. Force the front wheels and detach the front support unit complete with axle.
Fig. 1437
30-371
Reconnection
Reconnect in reverse of removal.
30.7.2 - Front support (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
REMOVAL
1. Position a stand “A” under the engine block.
Fig. 1438
2. Using a pin punch, remove pin (1) and withdraw PTO drive shaft (2) to-
wards the rear of the tractor.
Fig. 1439
3. Detach pipes (3), remove screws (4) and tilt the valve assembly (5) towards
the front.
IMPORTANT
Label the pipes to avoid confusion on refitting.
IMPORTANT
Before disconnecting pipes (3), close valves (5) (turning
counter clockwise) and operate lift control lever to discharge Fig. 1440
all residual pressure in the circuit.
IMPORTANT
4. Loosen and remove lower nuts (6) (2 per side).
Fig. 1441
30-372
5. Position a jack “B” under the front support (7) and drive two wedges “C”
between axle (8) and front support (7) to prevent the support from tipping.
Fig. 1442
6. Loosen screw (9) to de-tension fuel pump drive belt (10).
Fig. 1443
7. Loosen and remove screws (11) and nuts (12).
Fig. 1444
8. Remove complete front support (7).
IMPORTANT
Recover the shims installed between the front support and
engine sump, making a note of their positions.
IMPORTANT
Keep the left and right shims separate.
Fig. 1445
30-373
Installation
Procedure 8
l If the engine or engine sump are replaced, or if the shims are no longer
separate or are lost, the shimming procedure must be performed as fol-
lows:
l Before installing the front support, measure the distance “X” between the
underside of the engine block and the face of the sump.
Fig. 1446
l Form a shim pack (13) to obtain alignment within the tolerance of ±0.1 mm
(0.004 in.).
Fig. 1447
Procedure 7
l Nuts and screws: 300±1,5 Nm (221.1±1.1 lb.ft.)
Procedure 6
l Adjust the tension of the fuel pump drive belt.
Procedure 4
l Nuts: 300±1,5 Nm (221.1±1.1 lb.ft.)
l Bleed the front brakes circuit.
30.7.3 - 4WD front axle (F0.03.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

REMOVAL
1. DANGER
2. Lift the front of the tractor so that the front tyres are clear of the ground and
position a stand “A” under the engine block.
Fig. 1448
30-374
3. Remove unions (1) and disconnect steering pipes (2).
IMPORTANT
Plug the pipes and ports to prevent the ingress of dirt
IMPORTANT
Renew the copper washers on reassembly
Fig. 1449
4. Position the jack “B” under the front axle.
Fig. 1450
5. Remove the four nuts (3).
Fig. 1451
6. Remove front axle assembly (4).
Fig. 1452
30-375
Assembly
Procedure 6
l If the front support, axle body, or axle pivot brackets are renewed, adjust axle end float before proceeding with the final fixing
of the axle.
Procedure 5
l Nuts: 270±13 Nm (199±9.6 lb.ft.)
30.7.4 - Adjusting the front axle end float (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
1. Install thrust washer (1) and pivot bracket (2) on the rear of the axle.
Fig. 1453
2. Loosen nuts (3) and remove shim packs (4) on both sides. Re-tighten nuts
(3).
Fig. 1454
3. Fit dust seal (5).
m Take care to install the dust seal the right way round.
m Dust seal: grease
Fig. 1455
4. Fit thrust washer (6) and support (7).
Fig. 1456
30-376
5. Fit front axle assembly (8) on front support (9).
Fig. 1457
6. Tighten nuts (10) and (11).
m Nuts: 270±13 Nm (199±9.6 lb.ft.)
Fig. 1458
7. Loosen nuts (3) and use two levers to force axle (8) and support (12) apart.
Fig. 1459
8. Using a feeler gauge, measure clearance “A” between axle (8) and support
(12).
Fig. 1460
9. Calculate the thickness “S” of shim packs (4) to obtain a final end float
value “G” between 0.1 and 0.4 mm.
Example calculation:
m measured play “A”: 3.20 mm
calculated value “S”: 3.00 mm
residual end float “G”: 0.20 mm
Fig. 1461
30-377
10. Form two shim packs (4) of the same thickness “S” and install them be-
tween axle (8) and support (12) then tighten nuts (3).
m Nuts: 120±6 Nm (88.4±4.4 lb.ft.)
Fig. 1462
30.7.5 - Steering cylinders (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Removal
1. DANGER
2. Remove unions (1) and disconnect steering control pipes (2).

m Plug the pipes and ports to prevent the ingress of dirt.
Fig. 1463
3. Remove screw (3) on both sides and remove guard (4).
m Recover spacers (5).
Fig. 1464
4. Loosen nut (6) and remove set screw (7).
Fig. 1465
30-378
5. Withdraw pin (8).
m If the cylinder is to be removed with the axle installed on the tractor,
remove grease nipple (9) and extract pin (8) downwards.
Fig. 1466
6. Recover oil seals (10) complete with bushes (11).
Fig. 1467
7. Remove screw (12) and withdraw pin (13).
Fig. 1468
8. Recover seals (14) complete with bushes (15) and remove steering cylin-
der (16).
Fig. 1469
30-379
Refitting
l After installing the steering cylinder, start the engine and repeatedly turn the steering to full lock in both directions to expel any
air from the steering circuit.
30.7.6 - Steering cylinders disassembly (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Disassembly
1. Loosen front ringnut (1) by about 5 turns.
Fig. 1470
2. With a soft mallet, lightly tap front ringnut (1) to drive in end cap (2) by about
3 mm (0.118 in.).
Fig. 1471
3. Remove ringnut (1) and remove circlip (3) fixing head (2).
Fig. 1472
4. Withdraw piston assembly (4).
Fig. 1473
30-380
5. Unscrew and remove self-locking nut (5) and remove piston (6).
Withdraw end cap (2) from rod (7).
Fig. 1474
6. Remove outer O-ring (8), rod wiper (9) and rod guide ring (10) from end
cap (2).
Fig. 1475
7. Remove outer seal (11) and inner O-ring (12) from piston (6).
Fig. 1476
30-381
Installation
1. Fit rod guide (10) and rod wiper (9) in end cap (2).
m Carefully check correct orientation of ring (10).
Fit O-ring (8).
Fig. 1476
2. Fit a suitable installation guide on the piston (6) and fit piston sealing O-ring
(12) by hand.
Fig. 1477
3. Fit the outer piston seal (11) on the installation guide.
Using a suitable installer, drive the seal into its seat (11).
Fig. 1477
4. Using a gauge and suitable support, calibrate the seal passing the gauge
over the entire length of piston (6).
Fig. 1478
5. Fit end cap (2) and piston (6) on rod (7); Secure piston (6) with self-locking
nut (5).
m Cylinder end cap: Gearbox oil.
m Nut: 86÷90 Nm (63.4-66.3 lb.ft.)
Fig. 1478
30-382
6. Lubricate the seals of the piston and end cap; install the assembly in the
cylinder taking care not to damage the seals.
m Seals: Gearbox oil.
m Insert end cap (2) approx. 2 mm (0.08 in.) beyond the seat of circlip
(3).
Fig. 1479
7. Fit circlip (3) and tighten ringnut (1).
m Nut: 40 Nm (29.5 lb.ft.)
m To tighten the ringnut pressurise the lower side of the cylinder with
compressed air at 5-8 bar.
Fig. 1479
30.7.7 - Steering knuckle housing and half-shaft (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Fig. 1480
30-383
REMOVAL
1. Remove split pin (1) and loosen nut (2) without removing it.
Fig. 1481
2. Using a soft mallet, disconnect rod (4) from steering knuckle housing (3).
Fig. 1482
3. Remove screw (5) and withdraw pin (6).
Fig. 1483
4. Recover oil seals (7) complete with bushes (8).
Fig. 1484
5. Remove union (9) and disconnect brake pipe (10).
Fig. 1485
30-384
Fig. 1486
7. Tighten screws (11) into the three threaded holes and withdraw pin (12).
Recover shim (13).
Fig. 1487
Fig. 1488
9. Tighten the three screws (14) into the threaded holes and partially withdraw
pin (15).
Recover shims (16).
m Note the quantity of shims (16) installed under pin (15).
Fig. 1489
10. Attach the steering knuckle housing (3) to a hoist, remove pin (15) and lift
steering knuckle housing (3) clear of the tractor.
Fig. 1490
30-385
11. Remove seal (17), thrust washer (18), and remove the inner race of bear-
ing (19).
Fig. 1491
12. Remove seal (20) and thrust washer (21) and remove the inner race of
bearing (22).
Fig. 1492
13. Remove axle shaft (23).
Fig. 1493
14. Only if necessary: Remove the outer races of bearings (19) and (22).
Fig. 1494
15. Only if necessary: Remove oil seal (25), circlip (26) and needle roller bear-
ing (27) from axle housing (24).
Fig. 1495
30-386
16. Remove oil seal (28) from steering knuckle housing (3).
m Take care to install oil seal (28) the right way round.
Fig. 1496
Installation
Procedure 17
l Using a suitable drift, install needle roller bearing (27) in axle housing (24)
and secure with circlip (26).
Fig. 1497
l Using a suitable drift A, install oil seal (25) in the axle housing.
Fig. 1498
Figure showing driving tool A
Fig. 1499
Procedure 16
l Adjust the bearings preload only if bearings (19) and (22) or steering knuckle housing (3) or axle housing (24) are renewed.
Procedure 1
30-387
l Nut: 98±5 Nm (72.2±3.7 lb.ft.)
If the notch is not aligned with the hole on the pin, tighten down further until it is aligned.
Bleed the front brakes circuit.
30.7.8 - Adjustment of steering knuckle housing and axle shaft (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Fig. 1500
Adjusting the bearings preload

1. Fit axle shaft (2) in axle housing (1).
1
F0080322
Fig. 1501
30-388
2. Using a suitable tool, fit the outer races of bearings (3) and (4) in axle hous-
ing (1).
IMPORTANT
Make sure that the thinner outer race is installed in the up-
per hole and the thicker outer race in the the lower hole.
Install, the inner race of bearing (3), shim (5) and seals (6) in axle housing
upper side, and install the inner race of bearing (4), shim (7) and oil seal (8)
on the axle housing lower side.
Fig. 1502
3. Locate the steering knuckle housing (9) and secure it in position with the
upper pin (10) without the shim and tighten the screws (12).
12
9 10
F0080340
Fig. 1503
4. Fit the lower pin (13) and an 0.5 mm shim (14) and secure it in position
with screws (15).
14 15
13
F0080350
Fig. 1504
5. Loosen screws (12), raise upper pin (10) and insert a shim pack (11) ap-
prox. 1.5 mm thick; retighten screws (12).
Fig. 1505
6. Position a dial gauge “A” with a magnetic stand on the axle housing ori-
ented so that the contact point is perpendicular to the lower pin (13) and
preload the gauge by about 2 mm.
13
A
F0080370
Fig. 1506
30-389
7. Apply leverage between axle housing (1) and steering knuckle housing (9)
and measure play “G” of the bearings. 9 10
Calculate the thickness of the shim pack to be inserted between the upper
1
pin (10) and the steering knuckle housing (9) in order to preload the bear-
ings between 0.10 and 0.15 mm.
Example 1: Measured play: 0,07
Final shim pack thickness: 1.5 - 0.10 - 0.07=1.33 mm which rounds
m
down to: 1.30 with a bearing preload of 0.13 mm

Example 2: Measured play: 0.18 mm F0080380
Fig. 1507
m Final shim pack thickness: 1.50 - 0.10 - 0.18=1.22 mm which rounds
down to: 1.20 with a preload of 0.12 mm
8. Loosen screws (12), adjust shim pack (11) to the calculated thickness and
fully tighten screws (12).
Fig. 1508
30.7.9 - Differential unit (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Removal
1. Remove plugs (1) and (2) and drain off all the oil from the axle.
m Axle oil: max. 10.5 l (2.77 US.gall.)
Fig. 1509
2. Remove union (3) and disconnect differential lock pipe (4).
Fig. 1510
30-390
3. Remove all the nuts (5).
m Note the positions of the thicker washers.
Fig. 1511
4. Using two screws as pullers, separate differential assembly (6) from the
axle housing.
Fig. 1512
5. Attach differential unit (7) to a hoist and lift it clear of the tractor.
Fig. 1513
30-391
Refitting
Procedure 5
Fig. 1514
Bleed the front brakes circuit.

30.7.10 - Differential disassembly (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Disassembly
1. Remove screws (1) and remove cover (2) and O-ring (3).
Fig. 1515
2. Remove differential lock control piston (4).
m Check the condition of the O-rings (5) and renew them if necessary.
Fig. 1516
3. Detach spring (6).
Fig. 1517
30-392
4. Remove split pin (7) and remove pin (8) and washer (9).
Fig. 1518
5. Remove control rod assembly (10).
Fig. 1519
6. Drive out spring pin (11) and remove lever (12) and fork (13) complete with
shoes (14).
Fig. 1520
7. Remove circlip (15), shims (16) and complete differential lock assembly
(17).
m Note the quantity of shims (16).
Fig. 1521
8. Only if necessary: Remove disc (18) and remove the seventeen balls (19)
and shims (20).
m Note the quantity of shims (20).
Fig. 1522
30-393
9. Separate quill (21) from sleeve (22).
Fig. 1523
Assembly
Procedure 2
l O-ring: oil
30.7.11 - Differential unit adjustment (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Adjustment
1. Insert quill (2) into sleeve (1).
Position the seventeen balls (3) and disc (4).
m Do not install any shims at this point.
Fig. 1524
2. Install differential lock (6) on differential unit (5) and install a suitable shim
pack (7) to eliminate any play between the sleeve and circlip (8).
Fig. 1525
3. Remove the differential lock and fit some of the shims (7) between disc (4)
and sleeve (2), then reinstall on the differential unit.
Fig. 1526
30-394
4. Secure the differential lock (6) with the remaining shims (7) and the circlip
(8).
Fig. 1527
5. With sleeve (1) moved towards the differential, check that the flat part “A” of
sleeve (1) is positioned on balls (3) as shown in the figure. 1
A
3
If not, repeat the procedure described in points 4, 5 and 6
until the condition described above is obtained.
D0023460
Fig. 1528
6. Fit fork (9) complete with shoes (10) and lever (11).
Fig. 1529
7. Secure lever (11) in position with spring pin (12).
Fig. 1530
8. Fit the differential lock piston (13).
m O-rings: Oil
13
F0080471
Fig. 1531
30-395
9. Fit cover (14) and relative O-ring (15) and tighten screws (16).
16
15
14
F0080560
Fig. 1532
10. Fit complete control rod assembly (17).
Fit pin (18) and washer (19) and secure them in position with split pin (20). 18 19
17
20
F0080570
Fig. 1533
11. Adjust the length “B” of differential lock control rod (13) so that, when sleeve
(1) is in the position shown, shoes (10) are not forced against it.
Fig. 1534
12. Fit spring (21).
21
F0080481
Fig. 1535
30-396
30.7.12 - Bevel gear pair (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Fig. 1536 - Bevel gear pair

Disassembly
1. Remove screws (1) and detach flange (2) and shims (3).
Fig. 1537
2. Remove screws (4) and detach flange (5) and shims (6).
Fig. 1538
30-397
3. Remove the two opposing screws (7) and, using a very slender drift, dis-
lodge the inner ring of bearing (8).
Fig. 1539
4. Using a puller, completely remove the inner ring of bearing (8).
Fig. 1540
5. Remove screw (9) and using a very slender drift remove the inner race of
bearing (10).
Fig. 1541
6. Remove differential assembly (11).
Fig. 1542
7. Remove the remaining screws (9) and remove crown wheel (12).
Fig. 1543
30-398
8. Relieve the staking and remove ringnut (13).
m To loosen the ringnut turn it clockwise.
Renew ringnut (13) on reassembly.
Fig. 1544
9. Using a soft mallet, drive pinion (14) out from differential carrier (15) and
recover spacer (16).
Fig. 1545
10. Recover shims (17) and spacer (18) from pinion (14).
Fig. 1546
11. Remove the outer ring of bearing (19) and shims (20) from differential car-
rier (15).
Fig. 1547
12. Using a suitable tool, remove oil seal (21) and bearing assembly (22) from
differential carrier (15).
m Renew the oil seal on reassembly.
Fig. 1548
30-399
13. Remove the inner race of bearing (19) from pinion (14).
m Dislodge the bearing using a very slender driving tool and then use
a puller to remove it completely.
Fig. 1549
Assembly
Adjust.
Stake ringnut (13) at the two points corresponding to the locations in pinion (14).
Fig. 1550
Using a suitable tool, install oil seal (21) in differential carrier (15).
l Oil seal: grease
Fig. 1551
30-400
30.7.13 - Adjustment of the bevel gear pair (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Pinion positioning and preload adjustment
Fig. 1552 - Bevel gear pair

Adjustment procedure
1. Note dimension “E” stamped on the crest of a tooth of pinion (1).
m In this example: E = -0.05 mm
Fig. 1553
2. Install bearing inner race (2) on pinion shaft (1).
Fig. 1554
30-401
3. Install bearing outer race (2) in differential carrier (3).
F0080730
Fig. 1555
4. Install pinion (1) and flanges (4) and (5) complete with outer bearing races
(6) and (7) in differential carrier (3) and, using a depth gauge “A”, measure
distance “X”.
m Rotate the pinion in both directions to seat the bearing.
Place onto the outer bearing race (7) on the crown wheel side a
cylindrical pin “C” 2.5 mm (code. 2.1651.109.0) in diameter, to make
up the difference between the outside diameters of the bearings (7)
(Ø90) and (6) (Ø85).
Fig. 1556
5. Calculate distance “D” from the differential’s axis of rotation to pinion head
(1) with the following formula:
D=X-R
where: R = 45.00 = radius of bearing (7) on the opposite side to the crown
wheel
Example:
m Dimension “X” = 107.75 mm

Radius “R” = 45.00
D = 107.75 - 45.00 = 62.75 mm
Fig. 1557
30-402
6. Remove pinion (1), outer bearing race (2) and flanges (4) and (5) and form
a shim pack (8) of thickness “S” calculated using the following formula:
S = D - Theoretical value + E 1
where: S = final shim pack thickness (8)

D = measurement calculated at point 5
2
Theoretical value = 61.00
E = dimension stamped on the crest of a tooth of pinion (1)
Example 1 (negative “E” value)
F0080750
m D = 62.75 mm Fig. 1558

E = - 0.05 mm
S = 62.75 - 61.00 - 0.05 = 1.70 mm
Example 2 (positive “E” value)
m D = 62.75 mm
E = + 0.15 mm
S = 62.75 - 61.00 + 0.15 = 1.90 mm
7. Install shim pack (8) and bearing outer race (2) in differential carrier (3).
3
2 F0080681
Fig. 1559
8. Install pinion assembly (1) in the differential carrier and install spacer (9)
10
and a shim pack (10) approx. 1.50 mm thick.
m Bearing: oil 1
9
F0080760
Fig. 1560
9. Install bearing assembly (11) in differential carrier (3) and seat it using a
suitable driving tool.
m To facilitate installation of the bearing, put the differential carrier in a
vertical position and rest the pinion end face on a spacer.
Fig. 1561
30-403
10. Fit spacer (12) on pinion shaft (1) and secure it by tightening nut (13).
1
m Nut: 206-226 Nm (151.8-166.6 lb.ft.)
To tighten the nut, turn it counterclockwise. 12
When tightening the nut, take care not to preload bearings (2) and
(11). If the bearings are preloaded, increase the thickness of the
shim pack(10).
13
F0080780
Fig. 1562
11. Position a dial gauge “F” on a magnetic stand as shown and place the con-
tact point perpendicular to the end face of pinion (1). Preload the gauge by
about 2 mm then apply leverage to the pinion and read play “G” of bearings
(2) and (11).
Fig. 1563
12. Calculate the thickness “P” of shim pack (10) to be installed under spacer
(9) using the following formula, rounding the value down to the nearest
0.05 mm.
“P” = Installed shim thickness - measured play “G”
Example 1: (measured play = 0.17 mm)
P = 1.50 - 0.17 = 1.33 mm which rounds down to 1.30 mm
m
Example 2: (measured play = 0.13 mm)

m P = 1.50 - 0.23 = 1.27 mm which rounds down to 1.25 mm
Fig. 1564
13. Remove nut (13) and withdraw the pinion assembly, spacer (9) and the in-
ner race of bearing (11).
m Loosen the nut by turning it clockwise.
Fig. 1565
14. Alter shim pack (10) to thickness “P” calculated in point 12 and refit the
pinion as described in points 8 - 9 and 10.
m While tightening the nut, rotate the pinion to help seat bearings (2)
and (11).
Fig. 1566
30-404
15. Rotate the pinion both directions tapping it lightly to help seat bearings (2) and (11) and check as described in point 12 that
there is no pinion end float.
If end float is detected, repeat the procedures described in points 13, 14 and 15.
Adjustment of the differential preload
12
11
8 6
14 2
13 5
9
15
4 7
10
D0049191
Fig. 1567 - Adjustment of the differential preload

Adjustment procedure
1. Fit crown wheel (2) to differential (1) and tighten screws (3).
m Screws: 75±4 Nm (55.3±3 lb.ft.)
Fig. 1568
30-405
2. Fit differential assembly (1) in differential carrier (4) and, using a suitable
tool, install the inner race of bearing (5).
m Take care to install bearing (5) and differential (1) the right way
round relative to differential carrier (4). 4
5
F0080830
Fig. 1569
3. Using a suitable tool, install the inner race of bearing (6).
F0080840
Fig. 1570
4. Install the outer race of bearing (5) on the flange of the side opposite the
crown wheel (7).
Fit the outer race of bearing (6) in the crown-wheel side flange (8).
Fig. 1571
5. Install an 0.5 mm thick shim pack (9) and flange (7) in differential carrier (4)
7 9 7
and secure in position by tightening screws (10).
10
4
F0080860
Fig. 1572
6. Install a 1.5 mm thick shim pack (11) and flange (8) in differential carrier (4)
11
and secure in position by tightening screws (12). 8 12
4
F0080870
Fig. 1573
30-406
7. Position a dial gauge on a magnetic stand “F” as shown, with the contact
point perpendicular to the hub of differential (1). Preload the dial gauge by
approx. 2 mm and set it to zero. F
Use a lever to apply force under differential (1) and measure play “G”.
Example:
m measured play “G” = 0.37 mm
1
F0088280
Fig. 1574
8. Calculate the total thickness of shims “T” to be installed under the flanges
9 11
by subtracting measured play “G” from the thickness of shims (9) and (11)
installed under flanges (7) and (8), rounding down the value obtained to the
nearest 0.05 mm.
Example:
m Thickness of installed shims (9) and (11): 2.00 mm
Measured play “G” = 0.37 mm
Total shim thickness “T”: 2.00 -0.37 = 1.63 mm, which rounds down
7 8
to 1.60 mm F0080890
Remove flanges (7) and (8) and shims (9) and (11). Fig. 1575
9. Change the thickness of shim pack (11) to 1.00 mm, and reinstall it with
11
flange (8). 8 12
m Bearing: oil
Tighten screws (12).
F0080871
Fig. 1576
10. Calculate thickness “H” of shim pack (9) by subtracting the thickness of
7 9 7
shims (11) installed under flange (8) from the value “T”, calculated in point
9.
Example:
10
m H = T - 1.00 = 1.60 -1.00 = 0.60 mm
Form a shim pack (9) of thickness “H”, install it with flange (7) and secure it
by tightening down screws (10).
m While tightening the screws, rotate the differential to ensure that
bearings (5) and (6) turn smoothly.
F0080861
Fig. 1577
m Bearing: oil
11. Rotate the pinion and crown wheel in both directions to help seat bearings
(5) and (6) and check, as described in point 8, that the differential has no
end float.
Using a feeler gauge “A”, check that dimension “D” between the end face
of pinion (13) and differential housing (1) is correct within a tolerance of
±0.10 mm.
Fig. 1578
30-407
12. Distance “D” = theoretical distance+ value “E” where:
Theoretical distance = 1.00 mm
Value E = value stamped on pinion tooth.
Example 1 (positive value “E”)
Theoretical distance = 1.00 mm
m
E = + 0.10 mm
D = 1.00 + 0.10 = 1.10 mm
Acceptable values: 1.00 to 1.20 mm
Example 2 (negative value “E”)
m Theoretical distance = 1.00 mm Fig. 1579
E = - 0.05 mm
D = 1.00 - 0.05 = 0.95 mm
Acceptable values: 0.85-1.05 mm
Adjustment of pinion and crown wheel backlash

1. Position a dial gauge “F” on a magnetic stand with the contact point per-
pendicular to a tooth flank on the external diameter of the crown wheel.
Preload the gauge by approx. 2 mm and measure backlash “Z” between
the pinion and crown wheel by turning the differential back and forth in both
directions.
Normal backlash “Z”:
m 100 hp version: 0.15 - 0.20 mm
Take four measurements 90° apart and calculate the average.
Fig. 1580
2. If backlash “Z” is less than 0.15 mm, remove shims from shim pack (11)
(crown wheel side) and add the same number of shims to shim pack (9) 9
(opposite side to crown wheel). If backlash “Z” is greater than 0.20 mm add
shims to shim pack (11) (crown wheel side) and remove the same number 11
of shims from shim pack (9) (opposite side to the crown wheel).
m The sum total thickness of shim packs (11) and (9) should be the
same as the value obtained when checking the preload of the dif-
ferential bearings.
Recheck backlash “Z” and, if necessary, continue to adjust the shims until D0049200
the backlash is within the specified tolerance limits. Fig. 1581

3. Finally tighten down screws (10) and (12) securing flanges (7) and (8).
7
m Screws: 45±2 Nm (33.2±1.5 lb.ft.) 12
Screws: Loctite 242
10
8
F0080910
Fig. 1582
30-408
30.7.14 - Disassembly of the differential (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Fig. 1583 - Differential

Disassembly
1. Remove screws (1) and remove flange (2).
Fig. 1584
2. Remove shim (3) and side gear (4).
Fig. 1585
30-409
3. Drive out spring pins (5) and (6).
Fig. 1586
4. Withdraw pin (7) and remove planet pinion (8) and the relative shim (9).
Fig. 1587
5. Withdraw pin (10) and remove planet pinion (11) and the relative shim (12).
Fig. 1588
6. Partially withdraw pin (13) and remove planet pinion (14) and the relative
shim (15).
Fig. 1589
7. Remove pin (13) and remove locating ring (16).
Fig. 1590
30-410
8. Remove planet pinion (17) and relative thrust washer (18).
Remove side gear (19) and relative shim (20)
Fig. 1591
Installation
Procedure n° 2-4-5-6-7-8
l Shims: oil
30.7.15 - 4WD shaft (F0.04.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Removal
1. DANGER
2. Remove screws (1) (3 on the left-hand side and 2 on the right-hand side).
Fig. 1592
3. Remove screws (2) and (3) and remove guard (4).
Fig. 1593
4. Remove clamps (5).
Fig. 1594
30-411
5. Disconnect brake pipes (6) and differential lock pipes (7).
m Plug the pipes to prevent the ingress of dirt
Label the hoses to avoid confusion on refitting.
Fig. 1595
6. Disconnect steering control pipes (8).
m Plug the pipes to prevent the ingress of dirt
Label the hoses to avoid confusion on refitting.
Fig. 1596
7. Remove front spring pin (9) and slide sleeve (10) along front axle drive
shaft (11).
Fig. 1597
8. Remove rear pin (12) and slide sleeve (13) along the front axle drive shaft
(11).
Remove 4WD shaft (11).
Fig. 1598
30-412
Refitting
Refitting is the reverse of removal. Use caution in relation to the following procedures:
Procedure 5
l Bleed the front brakes circuit.
30.7.16 - Planetary reduction gear (F0.06.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Removal
1. DANGER
2. Remove plugs (1) and (2) and drain off all the oil from steering knuckle
housing (3).
m Oil: ~2.5 l (0.66 US.gall.)
Fig. 1599
3. Remove screw (4), loosen breather valve (5) and remove cover (6).
Fig. 1600
4. Unscrew and remove cover (7).
Remove circlip (8).
Fig. 1601
5. Using a slide hammer, remove cover (9).
Remove circlip (10).
Fig. 1602
30-413
6. Remove all the nuts (11) and, using two bolts as pullers, dislodge planetary
reduction gear assembly (12).
Fig. 1603
7. Attach planetary reduction gear assembly (12) to a hoist and lift it clear off
the tractor.
Fig. 1604
Refitting
Procedure 7
O-ring: grease.
Procedure 2
l Fill the steering knuckle housing with oil.
Steering knuckle housing: ~2.5 l (0.66 US.gall.)
30.7.17 - Disassembly of the planetary reduction gear (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
30-414
Fig. 1605 - Planetary reduction gear

Disassembly
Fig. 1606
2. Remove disc (2).
Fig. 1607
30-415
3. Extract pins (3).
Fig. 1608
4. Move planet pinions (5) towards the centre of planet carrier (4).
Fig. 1609
5. Position the assembly under a press and, using a suitable tool, separate
ring gear (6) from planet carrier (4).
m Before starting this operation, make sure planet pinions (5) have not
moved outwards.
Fig. 1610
6. Recover ring (7) and ball cage (8).
Fig. 1611
7. Remove ring gear (6) and recover ball cage (9).
Fig. 1612
30-416
8. Remove planet pinions (5) and shims (10) from planet carrier (4).
Remove needle roller bearings (11) from planet pinions (5).
Fig. 1613
9. Using a puller, remove oil seal (12).
m Renew oil seal (12) on reassembly.
Fig. 1614
10. Only if necessary: Using a puller, remove ring (13).
Fig. 1615
11. Only if necessary: extract bearing (14), circlip (15) and O-ring (16) from
planet carrier (4).
Fig. 1616
30-417
Assembly
1. Remove all traces of paint from face “A” of planet carrier (4) and face “B” of
ring gear (6) to facilitate subsequent installation of oil seal (12).
Fig. 1617
2. Only if removed: Heat ring (13) to around 80 °C (176 °F) and install it on
planet carrier (4).
m Make sure that is seated correctly.
Fig. 1618
3. Fit ball cage (9).
Fig. 1619
4. Install planet pinions (5) complete with needle roller bearings (11) and
shims (10) in planet carrier (4) and secure them with pins (3).
Fig. 1620
5. Fit ring gear (6).
Fig. 1621
30-418
6. Fit ball cage (8) and ring (7).
Fig. 1622
7. Locate disc (2) and tighten screws (1).
m Screws: 63±3 Nm (46.4±2.2 lb.ft.)
Fig. 1623
8. Place the final drive reduction unit under a press and, using the specific tool
T4 (code 5.9030.980.0), install new oil seal (12).
Fig. 1624
30-419
30.7.18 - Front brake discs (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
REMOVAL
Fig. 1625
2. Remove the reaction flange (2) and retrieve the piston return springs (3).
Fig. 1626
3. Remove friction disc (4) and steel disc (5).
Fig. 1627
Installation
Procedure 3
l Friction disc: Transmission oil
Procedure 1
l Screws: 59-65 Nm (43.5-48.0 lb.ft.)
30.7.19 - Front axle brake piston (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Disassembly
1. DANGER
30-420
2. Using a slide hammer puller, remove piston (1).
1
m To facilitate removal of the piston, loosen the bleed screw by a few
turns.
F0085700
Fig. 1628
3. Recover seals (2) and (3).
3
F0085710
Fig. 1629
Assembly
Procedure 2
l Install piston (1), making sure that the side with the slots is oriented outwards.
Seals: Brake fluid
30-421
30.8 - G0 - Bodywork - Cab - Platform
30.8.1 - Cab (G0.03.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
REMOVAL
1. DANGER
Disconnect the lead from the battery negative terminal (-).
2. For versions with air conditioning

Disconnect air conditioning pipes (1) and (2).
Fig. 1630
3. For versions with cab
Remove nuts (3) and disconnect pipes (4) and (5) from bracket (6).
Loosen hose clamps (7) and disconnect heater pipes (8).
Fig. 1631
4. For all versions
Disconnect wiring connectors (9), loosen screw (10) and move brake and
clutch fluid reservoir (11) towards the rear of the tractor.
Fig. 1632
5. Unplug connector (12).
Fig. 1633
30-422
6. Unplug connector (13)of the shuttle wiring, detach pipe (14) and remove
the hose clamp (15).
Fig. 1634
7. Remove screws (16) (3 on the left-hand side and 2 on the right-hand side).
Fig. 1635
8. Remove screws (17) and (18) and remove guard (19).
IMPORTANT
Recover the spacers
Fig. 1636
9. Disconnect the steering pipes (20).
IMPORTANT
IMPORTANT
Label the pipes to avoid confusion on refitting.
Fig. 1637
10. Remove screw (21) and bracket (22).
Disconnect the supply pipe (23) to the steering valve.
Fig. 1638
30-423
11. Disconnect the return pipe (24) from the steering valve.
Fig. 1639
12. Disconnect the Park Brake emergency pipes (25) and (26).
Fig. 1640
13. Disconnect pipes (27) and (28).
IMPORTANT
Fig. 1641
14. Disconnect pipes (30) and (31) from valve (29).
IMPORTANT
Fig. 1642
15. Mark and disconnect the cables (32) for control of the directional control
valves(33).
Fig. 1643
30-424
16. Mark and remove split pins (34), and disconnect the lift control cables (35).
Fig. 1644
17. Remove screw (36) and disconnect gear range lever (37).
Fig. 1645
18. Remove screw (38) and disconnect gear engage lever (39).
Fig. 1646
19. Remove circlip (40), fork (41) and disconnect cable (42) from the PTO
speed selector lever (43) .
Fig. 1647
20. Only if fitted
Remove circlip (44) and disconnect groundspeed PTO tie-rod (45).
Fig. 1648
30-425
21. Disconnect the earth lead (46) from the axle.
Fig. 1649
22. Detach the cab wiring from the hose clamp and unplug connector (47)
Fig. 1650
23. Unplug the three starter motor supply connectors (48).
Fig. 1651
24. Remove the front hood support (49).
Fig. 1652
25. Remove the rear fender screws (50) and fit two eyebolts retained by nuts.
Fig. 1653
30-426
26. Connect cab (51) to a hoist and tension the ropes slightly.
Fig. 1654
27. Remove the two front nuts (52) and the two rear nuts (53).
Fig. 1655
28. Lift and remove the cab (51).
IMPORTANT
Lift the cab in a level position and ensure there are no re-
straints.
Fig. 1655
30-427
Installation
Procedure 27
l Nuts: 170 Nm (125.3 lb.ft.)
Procedures 12-13
l Bleed the air from the brake circuit.
Procedure 2
l Air conditioning pipe fittings:
m Delivery: 13.6-20.3 Nm (10-15 lb.ft.)
m Return: 35.3-42.0 Nm (26-31 lb.ft.)
30.8.2 - Front hood and side panels (G0.01.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Engine hood
REMOVAL
1. IMPORTANT
Remove the key from the starter switch and apply the parking brake.
2. Briefly press the pushbutton and raise hood (1).
Fig. 1656
3. Unplug the light cluster connector (2) .
Fig. 1657
4. Remove the side guards(3).
Fig. 1658
30-428
5. Loosen and remove three of the four nuts (4) fixing the hood support (5) .
IMPORTANT
Leave one screw for safety.
Fig. 1659
6. Holding the hood (1), disconnect the gas spring (6).
Remove the last nut (4) and hood (1).
Fig. 1660
Installation
Install following the removal procedure in reverse.
Lower hood
REMOVAL
1. Remove the four screws (1) and remove the complete guard (2).
Fig. 1661
Installation
Install following the removal procedure in reverse.
30.8.3 - Battery support (G0.01.04) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
REMOVAL
1. DANGER
Apply the parking brakes and remove the key from the starter switch.
30-429
2. Remove the tool box (1) .
Fig. 1662
3. Loosen and remove fixing knobs (2) and remove guard (3) .
Fig. 1663
4. Disconnect the lead from the battery (4) negative terminal (-) (5) and then
from the positive terminal (+) (6).
Fig. 1664
5. Remove the screws (7) and remove the control unit (8) complete with sup-
port (9) and set aside.
Fig. 1665
6. Use a hoist to hold the battery support unit (10) in place.
Fig. 1666
30-430
7. Loosen and remove screws (11) and (12) and remove the assembly.
Fig. 1667
Installation
Procedure 4
l Connect first the positive terminal (+) and then the negative terminal (-).
30.8.4 - Cab access steps (G0.03.03) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

REMOVAL
1. DANGER
2. Loosen and remove screws (1) and remove the access steps.
Fig. 1668
Installation
30.8.5 - Fenders (G0.04.01)
Removal
1. Remove the four screws (1) and remove fender assembly (2).
m Make note of the orientation or the anti-rotation brake (3).
Fig. 1669
30-431
Installation
30.8.6 - Right-hand console (G0.06.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
REMOVAL
1. DANGER
Disconnect the lead from the battery negative terminal and apply the parking brake.
2. Remove screws (1) and remove storage compartment (2).
Fig. 1670
3. Remove the bolt (3).
Fig. 1671
4. Remove all knobs (4).
Fig. 1672
5. Remove screws (5) and slightly raise right-hand console (6).
Fig. 1673
30-432
6. Disconnect wiring connector (7) and remove the console (6).
Fig. 1674
Installation
30.8.7 - Left-hand console (G0.06.02) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
REMOVAL
1. DANGER
Disconnect the lead from the negative terminal of the battery.
2. Remove screws (1) and cover (2).
Fig. 1675
3. Remove screw (3) and remove the knob (4).
Fig. 1676
4. Remove pin (5) and remove ECO PTO knob (6) and, if present, of the
groundspeed PTO.
Fig. 1677
30-433
5. Remove screws (7) and remove console (8).
Fig. 1678
Installation
30.8.8 - Front instrument panel (G0.06.04) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
REMOVAL
1. DANGER
Fig. 1679
3. Remove nut (2) and remove steering wheel (3).
Fig. 1680
4. Remove knob (4), remove screws (5) and remove cover (6).
Fig. 1681
30-434
Fig. 1682
6. Remove screws (9) and disconnect wiring connector (10) of the shuttle
lever.
Fig. 1683
7. Remove screws (11) and remove support (12) complete with steering col-
umn switch unit (13).
Fig. 1684
8. Remove panels (14) on both sides.
Fig. 1685
9. Detach instrument (15) from the instrument panel.
IMPORTANT
To avoid damaging the instrument panel, prise off the re-
taining clips of the instrument with a screwdriver inserted
through the lateral openings of the instrument panel.
Fig. 1686
30-435
10. Disconnect wiring connectors (16) and remove instrument (15).
Fig. 1687
11. Remove lower screws (17).
Fig. 1688
12. Remove upper screws (18) and move the instrument panel towards the
rear of the tractor.
Fig. 1689
13. Disconnect wiring connectors (19) and (20).
Fig. 1690
30-436
Installation
30.8.9 - Roof lining - Version with high visibility cab (G0.06.07) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
REMOVAL
1. Remove screws (1) and remove the guides (2) of the roller sunblind.
Fig. 1691
2. Loosen and remove the fixing screws (3) of roof lining (4).
Fig. 1692
3. Remove the central screws (5) and lower the roof lining (4).
Fig. 1693
4. Pull out the roof lining (4) towards the rear of the tractor.
Fig. 1694
Installation
30-437
30.8.10 - Heating fan - Version with high visibility cab (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
REMOVAL
1. Remove screw (1) fixing duct (2).
Fig. 1695
2. Remove the duct (3).
Fig. 1696
3. Disconnect the wiring connectors (4) and (5).
Fig. 1697
4. Remove screws (6) and (7).
Fig. 1698
5. Remove the heating fan (8)
Fig. 1699
30-438
Installation
30.8.11 - Air conditioning system controls - High-visibility roof system (G0.09.01) (AGRO-
FARM 430 -> 1001)

KEY
1. Compressor with electromagnetic clutch
2. Condenser
3. Receiver-drier tank
4. 4-level pressure switch for compressor clutch engagement/disengagement and condenser cooling fans control.
5. Expansion valve
6. Evaporator
7. Evaporator electronic minimum temperature sensor
8. Cab air blowers
9. Air cowling
10. Condenser cooling fans.
l To: low pressure gas
30-439
l B high pressure gas
l C: high pressure liquid
TECHNICAL DATA
l Minimum safety pressure: 2.45 bar Maximum safety pressure: 28 bars
Refrigerant type: R134a
Refrigerant quantity: 1100 g
Total quantity of moisture-free oil added at 1st charging: 200 g
Oil type: SUN-OIL COMPANY SP20
Operation
The compressor (1) is driven from the crankshaft via a drivebelt and pulley with an electromagnetic clutch (1a), which is controlled by
a switch on the control panel. The system is protected by a safety pressure switch, which performs the following functions:
l Inhibits engagement of the electromagnetic clutch (1a) when the system pressure falls below 2.45 bar as a result of incom-
plete charging or refrigerant leakage.
Disengages the clutch (1a) and thereby stops the compressor when the pressure exceeds the permitted maximum of 28 bar
(406 psi) (generally as a result of overheating).
A further contact controls operation of the cooling fans (10) of the condenser (2) in order to maintain normal operating pressure within
the range of 15 to 20 bar. The refrigerant (in vapour form) is drawn in by the compressor where it is compressed. This compression
causes the temperature of the vapour to rise; the refrigerant flows to the condenser (2) where its heat is transferred to the air flow
generated by cooling fans (10). The refrigerant gas is thus cooled to the point at which it condenses to high-pressure liquid. On lea-
ving the condenser, the liquefied refrigerant flows to the receiver-drier (3) which performs three functions: to filter out any impurities,
absorb any moisture in the circuit, and finally, act as a storage reservoir. The liquid refrigerant is then transferred to the evaporator
(6) through the expansion valve (5), which meters the flow of refrigerant into the evaporator to ensure optimum evaporation. In the
evaporator, the refrigerant expands to the critical evaporation point with an ambient temperature of around -- 8°C (17.6°F). The tem-
perature of the air flow over the evaporator (6) generated by the fans (8) is significantly higher than -- 8°C (17.6°F), and therefore it
gives up its heat to the refrigerant, causing it to boil and evaporate. On leaving evaporator (6), the refrigerant returns to compressor
(1) to repeat the cycle. The removal of heat from the ambient air flowing over the evaporator causes the moisture in the air to conden-
se, and the air is thus dehumidified; the moisture condenses on the fins of the evaporator, where, if it is not maintained at temperature
above 0°C (32°F), it will freeze and impair the efficiency of the evaporator. The task of maintaining the evaporator at a temperature
above 0°C (32°F) (and within the optimum temperature for efficient heat exchange), is performed by an electronic temperature sensor
(7); this sensor disengages the clutch (1a) of the compressor (1) when the temperature falls to the lower limit and engages the clutch
(1a) when the evaporator temperature reaches the upper limit. The condensate that forms on the evaporator fins (6) contains dust,
pollen and other airborne particulates; continuous condensation thus has the effect of purifying the air, and the droplets of conden-
sate are conveyed out of the vehicle via two ducts. A fixed quantity of moisture-free oil is added to the circuit in order to lubricate all
the mechanical components of the system; a certain percentage of this oil continuously circulates in the form of an oil mist, thereby
lubricating the compressor (pistons and bearings) and the expansion valve.
Discharging, flushing and recharging
1. DANGER
Before discharging, flushing and recharging the air conditioning system, check the system for leaks using a
leak detector.
2. In order to carry out the system servicing operations you will require a dedicated A/C servicing station capable of performing
the following tasks:
m Aspiration of the refrigerant fluid.
m Creation of a high vacuum to purge the system of contaminants.
m Filtration of the recovered refrigerant.
m Separation of the antifreeze and lubricating oil from the liquid refrigerant and determination of its quantity by weight.
m Recharging system with the exactly the same amounts of refrigerant and oil as those recovered.
m Measuring the system high side pressure and low side pressure.
Discharging the system

1. DANGER
Remove the key from the starter switch.
30-440
2. Connect the service machine to high pressure service valve (1) and follow the specific instructions for the service machine to
discharge the system.
3. Disconnect the system component to be renewed or overhauled immediately after the service machine stops; plug the open
ends of the system pipes as quickly as possible.
Flushing and recharging the system
1. Before each recharging, the system must be purged of all air, moisture and contaminants (oxides, deposits). This entails
creating a high vacuum within the system to evaporate any moisture present. The vapour, when extracted, draws with it any
contaminants present in the system.
m For the flushing and recharging operations, the service station must be connected to the high (1) and low (2) pressure
service valves.
DANGER
Maximum vacuum must be maintained for at least 10 minutes.
2. After flushing, the moisture-free oil recovered during the discharging operation must be returned into the system, followed by
the refrigerant.
m Quantity of refrigerant (R134a): 1100 g Oil quantity: the quantity recovered.
DANGER
If the system must be discharged and flushed in order to renew a system component, the quantity of oil in the
replaced component must be measured and the same amount of new oil must added as that recovered with
the refrigerant.
DANGER
For details of the oil and refrigerant recharging procedure, refer to the instructions supplied with the service
machine.
30-441
30.8.12 - Air conditioning system - Standard roof version (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

KEY
1. Compressor with electromagnetic clutch
2. Condenser
3. Receiver-drier
4. 3-level pressure switch for compressor clutch engagement/disengagement and condenser cooling fans control.
5. Expansion valve
6. Evaporator
7. Evaporator electronic minimum temperature sensor
8. Cab air blowers
9. Air cowling
10. Condenser cooling fan.
l To: low pressure gas
l B: high pressure gas
l C: high pressure liquid
TECHNICAL DATA
30-442
l Minimum safety pressure: 2.45 bar Maximum safety pressure: 28 bars
Refrigerant type: R134a
Refrigerant quantity: 1100 g
Total quantity of moisture-free oil added at 1st charging: 200 g
Oil type: SUN-OIL COMPANY SP20
Operation
The compressor (1) is driven from the crankshaft via a drivebelt and pulley with an electromagnetic clutch (1a), which is controlled by
a switch on the control panel. The system is protected by a safety pressure switch, which performs the following functions:
l Inhibits engagement of the electromagnetic clutch (1a) when the system pressure falls below 2.45 bar as a result of incom-
plete charging or refrigerant leakage.
Disengages the clutch (1a) and thereby stops the compressor when the pressure exceeds the permitted maximum of 28 bar
(406 psi) (generally as a result of overheating).
A further contact controls the operation of fan (10) of condenser (2) in order to maintain normal operating pressure within the range
of 11 to 15 bar. The refrigerant (in vapour form) is drawn in by the compressor where it is compressed. This compression causes the
temperature of the vapour to rise; the refrigerant flows to the condenser (2) where its heat is radiated to the air flow generated by
the cooling fans (10). The refrigerant vapour is thus cooled to the point where it condenses to high-pressure liquid. On leaving the
condenser, the liquefied refrigerant flows to the receiver-drier (3) which performs three functions: to filter out any impurities, absorb
any moisture in the circuit, and finally, act as a storage reservoir. The liquid refrigerant is then transferred to the evaporator (6) through
the expansion valve (5), which meters the flow of refrigerant into the evaporator to ensure optimum evaporation. In the evaporator,
the refrigerant expands to the critical evaporation point with an ambient temperature of around -- 8°C (17.6°F). The temperature of
the air flow over the evaporator (6) generated by the fans (8) is significantly higher than -- 8°C (17.6°F), and therefore it gives up its
heat to the refrigerant, causing it to boil and evaporate. On leaving evaporator (6), the refrigerant returns to compressor (1) to repeat
the cycle. The removal of heat from the ambient air flowing over the evaporator causes the moisture in the air to condense, and the
air is thus dehumidified; the moisture condenses on the fins of the evaporator, where, if it is not maintained at temperature above 0°C
(32°F), it will freeze and impair the efficiency of the evaporator. The task of maintaining the evaporator at a temperature above 0°C
(32°F) (and within the optimum temperature for efficient heat exchange), is performed by an electronic temperature sensor (7); this
sensor disengages the clutch (1a) of the compressor (1) when the temperature falls to the lower limit and engages the clutch (1a)
when the evaporator temperature reaches the upper limit. The condensate that forms on the evaporator fins (6) contains dust, pollen
and other airborne particulates; continuous condensation thus has the effect of purifying the air, and the droplets of condensate are
conveyed out of the vehicle via two ducts. A fixed quantity of moisture-free oil is added to the circuit in order to lubricate all the mecha-
nical components of the system; a certain percentage of this oil continuously circulates in the form of an oil mist, thereby lubricating
the compressor (pistons and bearings) and the expansion valve.
Discharging, flushing and recharging
1. DANGER
Before discharging, flushing and recharging the air conditioning system, check the system for leaks using a
leak detector.
2. In order to carry out the system servicing operations you will require a dedicated A/C servicing station capable of performing
the following tasks:
m Aspiration of the refrigerant fluid.
m Creation of a high vacuum to purge the system of contaminants.
m Filtration of the recovered refrigerant.
m Separation of the antifreeze and lubricating oil from the liquid refrigerant and determination of its quantity by weight.
m Recharging system with the exactly the same amounts of refrigerant and oil as those recovered.
m Measuring the system high side pressure and low side pressure.
Discharging the system

1. DANGER
2. Connect the service machine to high pressure service valve (1) and follow the specific instructions for the service machine to
discharge the system.
3. Disconnect the system component to be renewed or overhauled immediately after the service machine stops; plug the open
ends of the system pipes as quickly as possible.
30-443
Flushing and recharging the system
1. Before each recharging, the system must be purged of all air, moisture and contaminants (oxides, deposits). This entails
creating a high vacuum within the system to evaporate any moisture present. The vapour, when extracted, draws with it any
contaminants present in the system.
m For the flushing and recharging operations, the service station must be connected to the high (1) and low (2) pressure
service valves.
DANGER
Maximum vacuum must be maintained for at least 10 minutes.
2. After flushing, the moisture-free oil recovered during the discharging operation must be returned into the system, followed by
the refrigerant.
m Quantity of refrigerant (R134a): 1100 g Oil quantity: the quantity recovered.
DANGER
If the system must be discharged and flushed in order to renew a system component, the quantity of oil in the
replaced component must be measured and the same amount of new oil must added as that recovered with
the refrigerant.
DANGER
For details of the oil and refrigerant recharging procedure, refer to the instructions supplied with the service
machine.
30.8.13 - Heating and air conditioning unit - Version with high visibility cab (G0.09.03)
(AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
See para. 30.8.9 - Roof lining - Version ... - page 30-437 - (G0.06.07)
REMOVAL
1. Remove the ducts (1) on both sides.
Fig. 1702
2. Loosen hose clamps (2) and disconnect the condensate collection pipes
(3).
Fig. 1703
30-444
3. Disconnect the connectors (4) from the anti-ice sensor(5).
Fig. 1704
4. Loosen clamp (6) and disconnect heater pipe (7).
Fig. 1705
5. Loosen clamp (8) and disconnect heater pipe (9).
Disconnect the air conditioning pipes (10).
IMPORTANT
Retrieve the O-rings from the air conditioning pipes
Fig. 1706
6. Remove screws (11) and remove the heating and air conditioning carrier
assembly (12).
Fig. 1707
30-445
Installation
30.8.14 - Heating control cable (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
REMOVAL
1. Remove screws (1) and lower the switch support assembly (2).
Fig. 1708
2. Recover spacers (3).
Fig. 1709
3. Remove the sheath retainer (4) and detach the heating control cable (5).
Fig. 1710
4. Loosen screw (6), remove the sheath retainer (7) and remove cable (5).
Fig. 1711
Installation
Procedures 3-4
l Ensure that when the heating control knob is set to cool, the valve is closed completely. If necessary, adjust the position of the
sheath with respect to the valve until it is completely closed.
30-446
30.8.15 - Condenser - Version with high-visibility roof (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
REMOVAL
1. Remove screw (1) and reposition pipe (2) towards the rear of the tractor.
IMPORTANT
Recover spacer (3).
IMPORTANT
Immediately plug the ends of the pipe to prevent moisture
from getting into the system.
Fig. 1712
2. Disconnect pipe (4) from receiver-drier (5).
Remove screw (6) and remove pipe (4).
IMPORTANT
Recover spacer (7).
IMPORTANT
Immediately plug the opening in the receiver-drier to prevent
moisture from entering. Fig. 1713
3. Turn over the condenser and remove screws (8).
Fig. 1714
4. Remove condenser (9).
Fig. 1715
30-447
Installation
To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and carry out the fol-
lowing procedures.
Procedures 1-2
l Check the condition of the O-rings and renew them if damaged.
l Flush and recharge the air conditioning system.
Fig. 1716
30.8.16 - Receiver drier - Version with high visibility roof (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Removal
1. Disconnect the pipes (1) and (2).
IMPORTANT
Plug the open ends of the pipes immediately to prevent
moisture getting into the circuit.
Fig. 1717
Fig. 1718
3. Remove receiver-drier (4).
Fig. 1719
30-448
Refitting
Refit by following the removal steps in reverse order and carry out the following
procedures:
Procedure 1
lInspect the seals and renew them if damaged.
Flush and recharge the air conditioning system.
Fig. 1720
30.8.17 - Conditioner evaporator - Version with standard roof (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
REMOVAL
1. Remove all fixing screws (1) of cover (2).
Fig. 1721
2. Remove nuts (3), detach the thermostat (4) and fan speed selector (5) from
the heating unit and tilt up the cover (2).
IMPORTANT
Take care when handling the thermostat probe.
Fig. 1722
3. Remove evaporator (6).
Fig. 1723
Installation
30-449
30.8.18 - Air-conditioning evaporator - Version with high-visibility roof (AGROFARM 430
-> 1001)
Removal
1. Remove evaporator (1).
IMPORTANT
m Recover foam gasket (2).
Fig. 1724
Refitting
30.8.19 - Heating valve - Version with high visibility cab (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
REMOVAL
1. Remove screw (1) and lower valve (2).
Fig. 1725
2. Loosen screw (3), remove the sheath retainer (4) and withdraw the valve
control cable (5).
Fig. 1726
3. Loosen hose clamps (6), detach pipes (7) and (8) and remove the valve (2).
Fig. 1727
30-450
Installation
Procedure 2
l Ensure that when the heating control knob is set to cool, the valve is closed completely. If necessary, adjust the position of the
sheath with respect to the valve until it is completely closed.
30.8.20 - Heater matrix - Version with high-visibility roof (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Removal
1. Remove all the screws (1), remove spring clips (2) and remove the half
casing (3).
IMPORTANT
Cut gasket (4) in proximity to the joint between the half cas-
ings.
Fig. 1728
2. Remove heater matrix (5).
Fig. 1729
Refitting
30.8.21 - Heating radiator - Version with standard roof (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
REMOVAL
Fig. 1730
30-451
2. Remove nuts (3), detach the thermostat (4) and fan speed selector (5) from
the heating unit and tilt up the cover (2).
IMPORTANT
Take care when handling the thermostat probe.
Fig. 1731
3. Loosen the clamp (6) and disconnect pipe (7).
Fig. 1732
4. Remove the complete radiator assembly (8).
Fig. 1733
30-452
Installation
30.8.22 - Heating and air conditioning unit fan - Version with standard roof (AGROFARM
430 -> 1001)
REMOVAL
Fig. 1734
2. Remove screws (3) and disconnect resistor (4).
Disconnect the four connectors (5) from the fan (6).
Fig. 1735
3. Remove screws (7) and remove half housing (8).
Fig. 1736
4. Detach the retainer (9) and remove the fan assembly (6) .
Fig. 1737
30-453
Installation
30.8.23 - Expansion valve - Version with high visibility roof (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Removal
casing (3).
IMPORTANT
Cut gasket (4) in proximity to the joint between the half cas-
ings.
Fig. 1738
2. Remove insulating tape (5).
IMPORTANT
Renew the insulating tape on reassembly
Fig. 1739
3. Remove spring clip (6) securing sensor (7).
Fig. 1740
4. Remove screws (8) and remove pipes (9) and expansion valve (10).
Fig. 1741
Refitting
Procedure 4
l Check the condition of the O-rings and renew them if damaged.
30-454
30.8.24 - Expansion valve - Version with standard roof (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
REMOVAL
IMPORTANT
Renew the insulating tape on reassembly.
Fig. 1742
2. Remove screws (2) and remove pipes (3) and expansion valve (4).
Fig. 1743
Installation
To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures.
Procedure 2
l Check the condition of the O-rings and renew if damaged.
30.8.25 - Antifreeze sensor - Version with high visibility roof (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Removal
casing (3).
IMPORTANT
m Cut gasket (4) in proximity to the joint between the half casings.
Fig. 1744
IMPORTANT
m Renew the insulating tape on reassembly
Fig. 1745
30-455
3. Remove spring clip (6) securing sensor (7).
Fig. 1746
4. Remove nut (8) remove antifreeze sensor (7).
Fig. 1747
Refitting
30.8.26 - Condenser cooling fans - Version with high-visibility roof (AGROFARM 430 ->
1001)
REMOVAL
1. Disconnect the wiring connector of the fan (1) to be removed, remove
screws (2) and remove fan (1).
Fig. 1748
Installation
30-456
30.8.27 - Condenser fan control pressure switch - Version with high visibility roof (AGRO-
FARM 430 -> 1001)
REMOVAL
1. Unplug wiring connector (1) and remove pressure switch (2).
Fig. 1749
Installation
30.8.28 - Air conditioning temperature control thermostat - Version with standard roof
(AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
REMOVAL
1. Detach connectors (2) from thermostat (1).
Fig. 1750
2. Remove nut (3) and disconnect thermostat (1).
Fig. 1751
3. Withdraw the probe (4) from the heating unit and remove thermostat (1).
Fig. 1752
30-457
Installation
30.8.29 - Remote valve control cables (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Removal
1. DANGER
2. Loosen nuts (1) and disconnect remote valve control cables (2).
IMPORTANT
Label the cables to avoid confusion on reconnection.
Fig. 1753
3. Remove screws (3) and remove storage compartment (4).
Fig. 1754
4. Disconnect the relevant control cable (6) from lever (5).
Remove lock ring (7) and remove cable (6).
Fig. 1755
Refitting
30.8.30 - Adjustment of the control levers (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Adjustment
1.
This procedure should be carried out with the lift unit installed on the transmission and service tool T2 installed
in place of the auxiliary services remote control valve. Furthermore, the level tube installed inside the lift cover
should be replaced with another tube approximately 100 mm long.
2. DANGER
Before starting the tractor, make sure that the yellow lift control lever is in the ‘maximum depth’ position.
30-458
3. DANGER
When starting the engine, make sure that the hand throttle lever is in the minimum (idle) position.
Fig. 1756
5. Connect service tool T2 to the tractor hydraulic system as shown.
Fig. 1757
6. Connection to service tool T2.
Fig. 1758
7. Attach either an implement or a 200 kg weight to the 3-point linkage.
Move yellow lever (3) to the ‘maximum height’ position.
Fig. 1759
30-459
8. Check that lever (4) is up against stop (5).
If not, or if lever (4) is restricting the travel of yellow lever (3), adjust the
length of tie rod (6).
Fig. 1760
9. After making the adjustment, move yellow lever (3) to the ‘control’ position
and green lever (7) to position “12”.
Fig. 1761
10. Start the engine and run at idle speed and slowly move yellow lever (3) to
the maximum lift position.
Fig. 1761
11. When the lift stops, check that the end of piston (8) is flush with cylinder (9).
Fig. 1762
12. If piston (8) protrudes from the cylinder or stops inside it, adjust the stroke
by way of tie rod (10).
m Shorten the tie-rod to make the piston protrude from the cylinder.
Lengthen the tie rod to cause the piston to retract inside the cylinder.
Fig. 1763
30-460
13. Move yellow lever (3) to the ‘control’ position and green lever (7) to position
“0”.
m Take care as the lift arms should still rise a little.
Fig. 1764
14. Check that piston (8) protrudes approximately 5 mm from cylinder (9).
Fig. 1765
15. If piston (8) does not stop in the correct position, adjust the stroke by way
of screw (11).
m Screw in if the piston protrudes too much (7 mm).
Screw out if the piston does not protrude enough (3 mm).
After each adjustment, check by moving green lever (7) to position
“12” and then back to position “0”.
Fig. 1766
16. Move green lever (7) to position “12”.
m The lift should be lowered to maximum depth position.
Slowly move green lever (7) towards position “0” until the lift starts to move.
Fig. 1767
17. The lift should start to move when green lever (7) is in position “4”.
Fig. 1768
30-461
18. If the lift starts to move earlier (near positions “5” or “6”) shorten tie-rod (12).
If it starts to move later (near positions “3” or “2”) lengthen tie-rod (12).
Fig. 1769
19. On completion of the adjustments, replace the temporary level tube with the original one, remove special tool T2 and complete
the installation of the lift and the removed components.
30-462
30.9 - H0 - Hydraulic system
30.9.1 - Pump for hydraulic lift and auxiliary services (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
REMOVAL
1. DANGER
Disconnect the battery’s negative terminal lead (-).
2. Remove screws (1) and (2) and remove support assembly (3).
Fig. 1770
3. Loosen union (4) and disconnect the delivery pipe (5).
Fig. 1771
4. Loosen hose clamps (6) and move hose (7) downwards.
Remove screws (8) and remove suction pipe (9).
IMPORTANT
Inspect the O-ring carefully.
Fig. 1772
5. Remove screws (10) (n. 2) and remove the pump (11) complete with its
gasket.
IMPORTANT
Fig. 1773
30-463
Installation
Procedure 4
30.9.2 - Power steering valve (H0.02.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

REMOVAL
1. DANGER
2. Remove screw (1) and place the brake oil tank (2) aside.
Fig. 1774
3. Remove holder (3).
Fig. 1775
4. Remove screws (4) and support (5).
Fig. 1776
30-464
5. Loosen and remove all unions (6).
IMPORTANT
Fig. 1777
6. Remove screws (7) and remove bulkhead (8).
Fig. 1778
7. Remove screws (9) and remove power steering (10).
Fig. 1779
30-465
Installation
Procedure 7
l Power steering hole: molybdenum grease
30.9.3 - Power steering disassembly (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
26 15
24 18 13
25
25b
27 25a
28 19
29 21
20
22
16
17a
17b
12
10
17
23a
23b
23 23a
8 5a
7 6
11
9
2
5 1
Fig. 1780 - Power steering
30-466
Disassembly
1. Unscrew and remove screws (1) and (3) and washers (2) securing cover (4)
(6 screws plus one special screw). 3
1 2
F0009470
Fig. 1781
2. Remove cover (4) by sliding it off sideways.
4
F0009480
Fig. 1782
3. Lift rotary spool unit (5) complete with O-rings (6) and spacer (7).
5
6 7
F0009490
Fig. 1783
4. Remove drive shaft (8).
F0009500
Fig. 1784
5. Remove distributor plate (9).
F0009510
Fig. 1785
30-467
6. Remove relief valve stop bush (10).
10
F0009520
Fig. 1786
7. Remove O-ring (11).
11
F0009530
Fig. 1787
8. Remove ball (12) of the check valve and pins (13) and balls (15) of the
suction valves.
15
12 13
F0009541
Fig. 1788
9. Checking through the central hole of the spool, position spool-bush as-
sembly cross pin (16) horizontally. Push assembly (17) and the bearing
assembly out of power steering housing (18).
17
18
F0009550
Fig. 1789
10. Remove outer ring (19), inner ring (20) and roller bearing (21) from the
spool; remove also ring (22).
m It may occur that inner ring (20) (thin) remains in the steering valve
22 20
housing; ensure that it is actually removed.
21
19
F0009560
Fig. 1790
30-468
11. Remove cross pin (16), bush (17b) and spool (17a).
m Use special cover screw (3).
17b
3 16
17a
F0009570
Fig. 1791
12. Slowly withdraw spool (17a) from bush (17b).
17b
17a
F0009580
Fig. 1792
13. Press neutral position springs (23) and remove them from spool (17a).
23
17a
F0009590
Fig. 1793
14. Remove dust seal (24) and composite seal (25) (O-ring + seal).
25
24
F0129940
Fig. 1794
15. Remove plug (26) and its seal.
26
F0129930
Fig. 1795
30-469
16. Remove pressure relief adjuster screw (27).
27
F0129950
Fig. 1796
17. Turn over the steering valve housing and remove spring (28) and relief
valve (29).
IMPORTANT 29
The seat of the relief valve is a force fit in the housing and
28
cannot be removed.
F0009681
Fig. 1797
Installation
1. IMPORTANT
Prior to reassembly, lubricate all components with gearbox
23b
oil. 23a
Insert the two flat washers (23a) in the seat and centre them relative to
the diameter of spool (17a). Insert the four curved washers (23b) in pairs
23b 23a 17a
between the two flat washers (23a) and push them fully home.
F0009690
Fig. 1798
2. Align spring assembly (23).
23
F0009700
Fig. 1799
3. Insert spool (17a) in bush (17b).
IMPORTANT 17b
Check that the position between the bush and the spool is 17a
as described in stage 1.
F0009580
Fig. 1799
30-470
4. Simultaneously push springs (23) and spool (17a) until the springs are
seated in the slots in bush (17b). 23
17a
17b
F0009710
Fig. 1800
5. Align springs (23) and make sure they are positioned centrally in relation to
the diameter of bush (17b). 23
17b
F0009720
Fig. 1801
6. Install ring (22) on its seat on bush (17b).
IMPORTANT
22
Ring (22) must be free to rotate without interfering with
springs (23).
17b
F0009730
Fig. 1802
7. Insert cross pin (16).
16
F0009740
Fig. 1803
8. Install the thrust bearing components in the order indicated in point 9.
20
22 21 F0009751
Fig. 1804
30-471
9. Thrust bearing assembly.
20
m 17a - Spool
17b - Bush 21
21- Needle roller bearing 22
20 - Inner ring
22 - Outer ring
17
DANGER
17
The outer ring must be installed with chamfer “X” facing the
shoulder of the spool.
Fig. 1805
10. Position steering valve housing (18) so the hole is horizontal. Insert into the
bush/spool assembly bore the guide of special tool T9 (P/N. 5.9030.480.0).
Fig. 1806
11. Lubricate oil seal (25a) and O-ring (25b) and fit them on the push rod of tool
T9 (P/N. 5.9030.480.0).
Fig. 1807
12. Fit tool T9 (P/N. 5.9030.480.0). and insert it in the guide previously inserted
in the steering valve bore.
Fig. 1807
13. Push seal (25) into its seat in steering valve housing (18) while rotating it
to ease it into position.
18
F0009790
Fig. 1808
30-472
14. Withdraw tool T9 (P/N 5.9030.480.0). from valve housing (18) and removal
also the guide, leaving the tool push rod in the housing.
Fig. 1809
15. Insert bush/spool assembly (17) in steering valve bore (18). Rotate the
valve slightly while inserting it to ease it into position.
17
IMPORTANT
Keep the cross pin horizontal while inserting the assembly.
18
F0009810
Fig. 1810
16. Push in assembly (17) until fully seated so that it forces out the tool push
rod left in the housing in step 14. 18
17
F0009820
Fig. 1811
17. Rotate steering valve housing (18) until the centre hole is vertical. Insert
ball (12) of the relief valve in the hole indicated by the arrow. 12
18
F0009830
Fig. 1812
18. Screw valve retaining bush (10) into the bore of the relief valve.
IMPORTANT
10
The top of the retaining bush should be set below the face of
steering valve housing (18).
18
F0009521
Fig. 1813
30-473
19. Insert the two balls (15) in the holes indicated by the arrows.
15
F0010310
Fig. 1814
20. Insert elements (13) in the same holes.
13
F0009841
Fig. 1815
21. Lubricate O-ring (11) and fit it in its seat.
11
m O-ring: Gearbox oil
F0009850
Fig. 1816
22. Locate distributor plate (9) so that its holes are aligned with the holes in
9
steering valve housing (18).
18
F0009860
Fig. 1817
23. Insert drive shaft (8) in the hole so that it engages the cross pin; check
that the engagement with the cross pin is parallel to the steering column
mounting face.
8
F0009870
Fig. 1818
30-474
24. Position the drive shaft so that it is vertical and hold it in this position using
a suitable tool.
F0009880
Fig. 1819
25. Lubricate the two O-rings (6) and fit them in the two grooves in rotary spool
unit (5). Fit rotary spool unit (5) to drive shaft (8). 6
m O-rings: Gearbox oil 8
F0009890
Fig. 1820
26. DANGER
Install rotor (5a) on drive shaft (8) so that the valley between
two lobes is aligned with the groove in the end of the drive
shaft. Then turn outer ring (5b) to align the fixing holes. 8
5a
F0009900
Fig. 1821
27. Install spacer (7).
7
F0009910
Fig. 1822
28. Fit cover (4).
4
F0009920
Fig. 1823
30-475
29. Insert special screw (3) complete with washer (2) in the hole indicated in
the photo.
3
F0009930
Fig. 1824
30. Insert the six screws (1) complete with washers (2). Tighten screws (1) and
(3) in a crosswise sequence to a torque of 30±6 Nm (22.1±4.4 lb.ft.). 3
1 2
F0009471
Fig. 1825
31. Fit valve (29).
29
F0129960
Fig. 1826
32. Fit spring (28).
28
F0129970
Fig. 1827
33. Fit pressure adjustment screw (27).
27
F0129950
Fig. 1827
30-476
34. Fit plug (26) complete with seal.
m Plug: 50±10 Nm (36.8±7.4 lb.ft.)
26
F0129930
Fig. 1827
35. Locate dust seal (24) in steering valve housing (18).
24
18
F0009970
Fig. 1828
36. Install dust seal (24) in the steering valve housing using a suitable drift and
a soft faced mallet.
F0009980
Fig. 1829
37. Close off the oil ports with plastic plugs to prevent impurities getting in.
IMPORTANT
Fit the plugs by hand pressure alone; do not hammer.
F0009990
Fig. 1830
38. On completion of the assembly operation, test the operating pressure of the relief valve and calibrate as necessary.
30-477
30.9.4 - Pressure relief valve setting (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Checking maximum operating pressure
1. Disconnect the rod side pressure connection from one of the steering cylin-
ders (1) and replace with union “B” connected in turn to a 400 bar full scale
pressure gauge.
Fig. 1831
2. Start the engine and turn the steering to full lock to expel any air from the steering circuit.
3. Force the steering to full lock on the side to which the pressure gauge is connected and read off the maximum continuous
pressure on gauge “A”.
m Maximum permissible pressure: 150 bar (2175.6 psi)
4. If the pressure reading differs from the specified value, adjust the pressure relief valve of the power steering unit.
Pressure relief valve setting
1. IMPORTANT
Remove the power steering to calibrate the relief valve.
2. Remove plug (3) and relative seal (4).

Using a hex key proceed to adjust relief pressure by positioning setscrew
(5).
m To INCREASE the pressure, turn the screw CLOCKWISE
To REDUCE the pressure, turn the screw COUNTERCLOCKWISE.
Refit plug (3), checking that seal (4) is correctly seated.
m Plug: 50÷60 Nm (36.9-44.2 lb.ft.)
Fig. 1832
30.9.5 - Power steering pump (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

REMOVAL
1. DANGER
2. Loosen clamps (1) from hose (2).
Fig. 1833
30-478
3. Remove the screws (3) and suction pipe (4).
IMPORTANT
Check the condition of the O-ring.
Fig. 1834
4. Disconnect delivery pipe (6) from pump (5).
Fig. 1835
5. Loosen and remove the retainer screws (7) of pump (5) .
Fig. 1836
6. Remove pump (5) complete with gasket.
IMPORTANT
Fig. 1837
7. Extract the drive coupling (8) and check the condition of the teeth.
Fig. 1838
30-479
Installation
Procedure 6
30.9.6 - Gearbox oil cooler (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

REMOVAL
1. DANGER
2. Remove lower guard (1).
Fig. 1839
3. Unscrew and remove screws (2).
Fig. 1840
4. Remove the gearbox oil cooler (3).
Fig. 1841
Installation
l Take the engine revs to minimum for a few minutes to fill the cooler.
l Stop the engine and restore the gearbox oil levels.
30-480
30.9.7 - Rear remote control valve (H0.07.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
REMOVAL
1. DANGER
2. Loosen nuts (1) and disconnect remote valve control cables (2).
Fig. 1842
3. For versions with front lift
Disconnect pipes (3).
IMPORTANT
Plug the pipes and ports to prevent the ingress of dirt
Fig. 1843
4. Remove screw (4) and remove clamp (5).
Fig. 1844
5. Remove unions (6) and remove pipes (7).
IMPORTANT
Fig. 1845
30-481
6. Remove screws (8) and remove bracket (9).
Fig. 1846
7. Disconnect oil supply pipe (10) to the control valve.
IMPORTANT
Fig. 1847
8. Remove union (11).
IMPORTANT
Fig. 1848
9. Remove the screws (12) to disengage pipe (13).
Fig. 1849
10. Loosen union (14), remove nut (15) and remove clamp (16).
Fig. 1850
30-482
11. Remove screws (17) and remove remote control valve (18).
Fig. 1851
Installation
Procedure 9
l Screws: Loctite 542
30.9.8 - Bleeding the braking circuit (E0.03.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Bleeding the first part of the circuit
IMPORTANT
During brake bleeding operations, ensure that the fluid in the brake fluid reservoir is always above the minimum level.
l Remove the dust cap and attach a length of transparent tubing “A” to the bleed valve; insert the other end of the tubing in a
container to collect the fluid.
l Ensure that the brake pedals are joined by the connecting latch.
l Fully depress the brake pedal until you feel significant resistance, at which point keep pressing the pedal.
l Slowly open the bleed screw (1) on the distributor valve (2) and allow the fluid and air to flow throughout the entire pedal travel.
l While holding the pedal fully depressed, tighten the bleed screw (1).
l Repeat the previous operations until the fluid flowing from the bleed valve is entirely free of air bubbles.
Bleeding the rear brake circuit
l Disconnect the brake pedals by removing the connecting latch.
l Fully depress the pedal of the pump corresponding to the side of the circuit to be bled until you feel significant resistance, at
which point keep pressing the pedal.
l Slowly open the bleed screw and allow the fluid and air to flow throughout the entire pedal travel.
l While holding the pedal fully depressed, tighten the bleed screw; release the pedal.
l Repeat the sequence of steps until the fluid flowing from the bleed screw is entirely free of air bubbles.
IMPORTANT
After bleeding, fit the dust caps to the bleed screws
Bleeding the front brake circuit

l Disconnect the brake pedals by removing the connecting latch.
l Start the engine and take the revs to minimum.
l Lightly depress the pedal of the circuit to be bled.
l Slowly open the bleed screw and allow the oil to flow out until there are no air bubbles present.
IMPORTANT
After bleeding, fit the dust caps to the bleed screws.
30-483
Bleed screw positioning
Braking distributor valve
Fig. 1852
Rear brakes
Fig. 1853
Front brakes
Fig. 1854
30.9.9 - Parking brake control valve (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

REMOVAL
1. DANGER
Before disassembly, depress the parking brake repeatedly to discharge residual pressure from the circuit.
2. Disconnect the connectors (1) and (2) from valve (3).
Fig. 1855
30-484
3. Unscrew and remove screws (4).
Fig. 1856
4. Loosen and remove screws (5) and support plate (6).
IMPORTANT
Note that earth lead (8) is fixed below nut (7).
Fig. 1857
5. Disconnect pipes (9) and remove valve assembly(3).
Fig. 1858
30-485
Installation
l Bleed the brakes circuit.
30.9.10 - Braking distributor valve (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

REMOVAL
1. DANGER
Apply the parking brakes and remove the key from the starter switch
2. Disconnect brake pump connecting pipes (1) and (2).

IMPORTANT
Fig. 1859
3. Disconnect rear and front brakes pipes (3) and (4).
Disconnect pipes (5) and (6).
IMPORTANT
IMPORTANT
Fig. 1860
4. Loosen and remove support fixing nuts (7) and remove valve assembly (8) .
Fig. 1861
Installation
l Bleed the brake circuits.
30.9.11 - Services solenoid valve assembly (H0.10.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
30-486
REMOVAL
1. DANGER
2. Unplug connectors (1), (2) from the solenoid valve set and detach wiring (3)
from the clamps and move upwards.
IMPORTANT
Label the connectors to avoid confusion on refitting.
Fig. 1862
3. Loosen unions (4) and disconnect pipes (5) and (6).
Fig. 1863
4. Loosen clamp (7) and pipe (8) from the solenoid valve set.
Fig. 1864
5. Remove union (9) and disconnect pipes (10), (11) and (12).
IMPORTANT
Fig. 1865
30-487
6. Remove rear PTO control pipes (13).
Fig. 1866
IMPORTANT
Recover the spacers.
Fig. 1867
8. Remove solenoid valve assembly (15).
IMPORTANT
Recover the spacers installed between the solenoid valve
assembly and the transmission.
Fig. 1868
30-488
Installation
Procedure 8
l O-ring: transmission oil.
Start the engine and run for a few minutes to allow the coolant to circulate; check
the system for leaks.
Fig. 1869
30.9.12 - Pressure reduction and holding valve disassembly (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Disassembly
1. Loosen and remove screws (1) and separate solenoid valve assembly (2) .
IMPORTANT
Retrieve and check the O-rings.
Fig. 1870
2. Separate the pressure holding unit (3) from the accumulator assembly (4).
Fig. 1871
3. Loosen valve (5) and remove.
IMPORTANT
Check the underhead O-ring and replace if necessary.
Fig. 1872
30-489
4. Remove plug (6) and withdraw spool (7) and spring (8).
IMPORTANT
Remove one valve at a time to avoid confusion on subse-
quent reassembly.
IMPORTANT
Check the O-rings and replace if necessary.
Fig. 1873
5. Remove plug (9) and withdraw ball (10).
IMPORTANT
Check the O-ring and replace if necessary.
Fig. 1874
Installation
30.9.13 - Shuttle solenoid valves assembly
REMOVAL
1. Disconnect the connectors (1) from the upper solenoid valves.
IMPORTANT
Label the connectors to avoid confusion on refitting.
Fig. 1875
2. Unplug the front connector (2) and lower connector (3).
Fig. 1876
30-490
3. Disconnect unions (4), (5) and (6).
Fig. 1877
4. Remove screws (7) and remove solenoid valve assembly (8).
Fig. 1878
Installation
lowing procedures.
Procedure 4
l Check the condition of O-rings (9) and renew them if necessary.
Fig. 1879
30-491
30.10 - L0 - Electrical system
30.10.1 - Lateral battery (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
REMOVAL
1. DANGER
Apply the parking brakes and remove the key from the starter switch.
2. Remove the tool box (1) .
Fig. 1880
3. Remove the fixing knobs (2) of guard (3).
Remove the guard.
Fig. 1881
4. First disconnect the negative terminal lead (-) from the battery (4) and then
from the positive terminal (+).
Fig. 1882
5. Remove screws (5), battery fixing brackets (6) and then the battery (4).
Fig. 1883
30-492
Installation
Procedure 4
l Always reconnect the positive lead (+) before the negative lead (-).
30.10.2 - Alternator (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

REMOVAL
1. DANGER
2. Loosen screws (1) and (2) of the fuel pump bracket in order to slacken off
drivebelt (3).
Fig. 1884
3. Disconnect wires (5) from alternator (4).
Fig. 1885
4. Remove screw (6) and move bracket (7) downwards.
Fig. 1886
5. Remove upper and lower screws (8) and remove alternator (4).
Fig. 1887
30-493
Installation
To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and carry out the following procedures.
Procedure 2
l Adjust drivebelt tension.
30.10.3 - Clutch pedal potentiometer (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

REMOVAL
1. Remove the four nuts (1) and tilt the fuse box (2) to the right.
Fig. 1888
2. Remove nuts (3).
IMPORTANT
Recover clutch pedal travel stop pins (4) and clutch pedal
return spring (5).
Fig. 1889
3. Remove nuts (6) and remove cover (7).
Fig. 1890
4. Remove tie-rod (8) and disconnect wiring connector (9).
Fig. 1891
30-494
5. Remove nuts (10) and remove the potentiometer assembly.
Fig. 1892
6. Remove screws (11) and remove potentiometer (12).
Fig. 1893
Installation
lowing procedures.
Procedure 6
lCheck the condition of retaining spring (13) and renew it if damaged.
Calibrate the clutch pedal
Fig. 1894
30.10.4 - Shuttle output speed sensor (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

REMOVAL
1. Remove the front right-hand nut (1) fixing the cab and retrieve the plate (2).
Fig. 1895
30-495
2. Using a suitable hoist, apply upward force on the cab.
Fig. 1896
3. Remove screws (3) and nut (4).
IMPORTANT
Remove the stud under nut (4).
Fig. 1897
4. Remove cab support (5).
Fig. 1898
5. Remove screw (6) and remove sensor (7).
Fig. 1899
30-496
Installation
30.10.5 - Accelerator pedal position sensor (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
REMOVAL
1. DANGER
2. Loosen and remove screws (1) and remove cover (2).
Fig. 1900
3. Unplug connector (3), remove screws (4) and remove position sensor (5).
Fig. 1901
Installation
Procedure 1
l Calibrate the accelerator pedal (see “Calibrations and electronic diagnosis” section)
30.10.6 - Hand throttle position sensor (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

REMOVAL
1. Loosen and remove screws (1) and lift the lever assembly (2).
Fig. 1902
30-497
2. Disconnect the connector (3), remove the bolts (4) and remove the poten-
tiometer (5).
Fig. 1903
Installation
Procedure 2
l Check the condition of retaining spring (6) and renew it if damaged.
Fig. 1904
l Calibrate the hand throttle
30.10.7 - Steering column switch (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Removal
1. DANGER
2. Remove screws (1), knob (2) and remove cover (3).
Fig. 1905
3. Remove screws (4) and remove the cover (5).
Fig. 1906
30-498
4. Remove screws (6), disconnect wiring connector (7) and remove steering
column switch unit (8).
Fig. 1907
Refitting
30.10.8 - Shuttle ECU and forward/reverse selector (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Removal
1. DANGER
2. Remove screws (1), knob (2) and remove cover (3).
Fig. 1907
Fig. 1907
4. Remove screws (6), disconnect wiring connector (7) and remove the shut-
tle ECU (8).
Fig. 1908
30-499
Refitting
l Carry out the procedure for putting the tractor into service.
30-500
30.11 - M0 - Front PTO
30.11.1 - Front PTO
REMOVAL
1. DANGER
2. Position a stand “A” in the middle of pivot (1).
Fig. 1909
3. Disconnect wiring connectors (2) from air cleaner clogging sensor (3).
Fig. 1910
4. Loosen clamps (4), (5) and (6) and remove air intake hose (7).
Fig. 1911
5. Remove screws (8) and remove filter (9) from support (10).
Fig. 1912
30-501
6. Remove screws (11) and remove support assembly (10).
Fig. 1913
7. Remove unions (12) and remove clamps (13) (one per side).
Remove union (14) and move pipe (15) to the side.
Fig. 1914
8. Loosen and remove clamps (16).
Fig. 1915
9. Remove screw (17), support (18) and batteries (19).
Fig. 1916
10. Using a pin punch, remove dowel (20) and withdraw PTO drive shaft (21)
towards the rear of the tractor.
Fig. 1917
30-502
Fig. 1918
12. Remove screws (24) and remove hitch assembly (25).
Fig. 1919
13. Attach the PTO assembly (26) to a hoist and take up the slack in the lifting
sling.
Fig. 1920
14. Remove the four fixing screws (27) of assy (26).
Fig. 1921
15. Slowly lift PTO assy (26) causing it to rotate towards the front.
IMPORTANT
Take care not to damage the radiator.
m PTO assembly: 70 kg
Fig. 1922
30-503
Installation
30.11.2 - PTO assembly.
Fig. 1923 - PTO assembly.

Disassembly
1. Remove screws (1) and remove cover assy (2).
Fig. 1924
2. Remove screws (3) and remove solenoid valve assy (4).
Fig. 1925
30-504
3. Using a screw as a puller, remove pipes (5).
m Check the condition of O-rings (6) and renew them if necessary.
Fig. 1926
4. Remove nuts (7) and remove cover assy (8).
Fig. 1927
Remove oil seal (9).
m Note which way round oil seal (9) is fitted.
Fig. 1928
6. Remove input shaft (11) retaining screw (10).
m Renew the copper washers on reassembly
Raise oil seal (12).
Fig. 1929
7. Remove input shaft assy (11).
Fig. 1930
30-505
8. Use a pry bar to dislodge shaft (13) complete with outer bearing (14).
Fig. 1931
9. Remove output shaft (15) complete with bearing.
m Use a copper hammer, if necessary.
Fig. 1932
10. Remove gear (17) and bearings (18) and (19).
Fig. 1933
11. Remove pin (20) to free clutch assy (21).
Fig. 1934
12. Remove clutch assy (21) from PTO casing (22).
Fig. 1935
30-506
13. Remove plug (23) and remove mesh filter (24).
Fig. 1936
14. Withdraw pump assy (25).
Fig. 1937
15. Remove circlip (26) and, using a suitable puller, remove bearing (27).
Fig. 1938
16. Remove oil seal (12).
Fig. 1939
17. Position shaft (15) under a press and withdraw the inner race of roller bear-
ing (16).
Fig. 1940
30-507
18. Using a puller, remove bearing (14) from shaft (13).
Check the condition of O-ring (28) and renew it if necessary.
Fig. 1941
Using an internal puller and slide hammer T1 (P/N. 5.9030.618.4/10), dis-
assemble bush (29) from shaft (13).
Fig. 1942
Assembly
1. Only if removed
Lubricate bush (29) and refit it using a suitable driving tool.
m The bush must be inserted approximately 1 mm (0.04 in.) below the
surface of the shaft (13).
Fig. 1943
2. Heat bearing (14) to approximately 80°C (176°F) and install on shaft (13).
m Ensure the bearing is seated fully home.
Fit O-ring (28).
Fig. 1944
3. Heat the inner race of bearing (16) to approximately 80°C (176°F) and fit
it on shaft (15).
m The thrust washer of the inner race must be facing towards the
splined part of the shaft.
Fig. 1945
30-508
4. Lubricate shaft (11) and the lip of oil seal (12).
Oil seal and shaft: temperature sensor
Fit ring (12) on shaft (11) and drive it fully home.
m Note the direction of assembly.
Fig. 1946
5. Heat bearing (27) and install on shaft (11), driving it fully home.
Fit circlip (26).
Fig. 1947
6. Fit pump assy (25).
Fig. 1947
7. Fit clutch assy (21) in PTO casing (22).
Fig. 1947
8. Tighten pin (20) taking care to centre the relevant hole in clutch assy (21).
Fig. 1948
30-509
9. Insert complete input shaft (11), turning it to and fro in both directions in
order to mesh the teeth in the pump and clutch assy.
Fig. 1948
10. Tighten screw (10) ensuring it enters the keyway on shaft (11).
Fig. 1949
11. Fit roller bearing (19) in PTO casing (22).
m The thrust washer of the inner race must be facing the output of the
PTO shaft
Fit ball bearing (18) in PTO casing (22).
Fit gear (17) in PTO casing (22).
Fig. 1950
12. Fit shaft (15), aligning it with gear (17) and bearing (19).
m To fit roller bearing (19), tap lightly with a copper-headed hammer
and rotate shaft (15)
Fig. 1951
13. Fit bearing outer race (16).
m During assembly, tap lightly with a hammer around the entire cir-
cumference.
Fig. 1952
30-510
14. Fit the shaft complete with outer bearing (14).
m To insert, use a copper-headed hammer to tap lightly on the shaft
and around the outer circumference of the bearing.
Fig. 1953
15. Using a suitable drift, install oil seal (9) in cover (8).
m Note the direction of assembly.
Fig. 1954
16. Apply sealant to the mating surfaces and fit cover (8).
m Sealant: Silastic 738
Tighten nuts (7).
m Tighten the screws in an alternate cross-wise sequence.
Fig. 1955
17. Using a suitable drift T2, seat oil seal (12).
Fig. 1956
18. Fit mesh filter (24) on pump suction pipe.
Smear sealant on the threads of plug (23) and tighten.
m Plug: Silastic 738
Fig. 1957
30-511
19. Insert extensions (5) complete with O-rings (6).
Fig. 1957
20. Apply sealant to the mating surfaces of solenoid valve assy (4).
m Surfaces: Loctite 510
Fit solenoid valve (4) and secure it with screws (3).
Fig. 1958
21. Apply sealant to the upper mating surface of PTO housing (22).
m Mating face: Silastic 738
m Check that the sealant forms a continuous film around the holes of
the cover fixing screws.
Fit cover (2) centring the oil delivery and return unions.
Fig. 1959
22. Fit cover (2) and tighten screws (1).
Fig. 1960
23. Fill the PTO with oil.
30-512
30.11.3 - Pump assembly
Fig. 1961 - Pump assembly

Disassembly
1. Remove screws (1) and remove suction pipe (2).
m Check the condition of the O-rings (3) and (4) and renew them if
necessary.
Fig. 1962
2. Remove screws (5) and remove pump cover (6) from pump body (7).
m Label pump body (7) and cover (6) to avoid confusion on reassem-
bly.
Fig. 1963
30-513
3. Remove gears (8) and (9) from pump body (7).
Fig. 1964
Assembly
Procedure 3
l Lubricate pump body (7) and gears (8) and (9).
Gears lubrication: oil
30.11.4 - Front PTO oil cooler

REMOVAL
1. DANGER
2. Disconnect pipes (1) and (2).

IMPORTANT
Mark the pipe connection positions.
IMPORTANT
Plug the pipes and ports to prevent the ingress of dirt.
Fig. 1965
3. Remove screws (3) and remove the cooler.
Fig. 1966
Installation
l Start the engine, engage the front PTO and fill the cooler.
l Disengage the PTO and check the oil level in the casing.
30-514
30.11.5 - Clutch-brake assembly
Fig. 1967 - Clutch-brake assembly

Disassembly
1. Remove circlip (1) and remove steel plates (2) and (3).
Fig. 1968
2. Remove friction plates (4) and steel plates (5).
Fig. 1969
30-515
3. Remove hub (6) and spacer (7).
Fig. 1970
4. Using a puller (or a press) and U frame “A”, compress spring (8) and re-
move circlip (9).
Fig. 1971
5. Release spring (8) and remove in sequence spring guide ring (10) and
spring (8).
Fig. 1972
6. Blow compressed air at low pressure through the upper hole in the direc-
tional control valve body to expel piston (11).
m Restrain piston (11) as it could be expelled at high speed and thus
damaged.
Fig. 1973
7. Remove piston (11) and O-ring (12).
Fig. 1974
30-516
8. Turn the unit over, remove screws (13) and remove cover (14).
Fig. 1975
9. Remove brake disc (16) and steel plate (17) from clutch assembly (15).
Fig. 1976
10. Blow compressed air at low pressure into clutch assembly (15) to disen-
gage brake piston (18).
m Restrain the piston as it could be expelled at high speed and thus
damaged.
Fig. 1977
11. Withdraw piston (18).
Fig. 1978
12. Check the condition of the O-rings (19) and (20) and renew them if neces-
sary.
Fig. 1979
30-517
13. Remove circlip (21) and spacer (22).
Fig. 1980
14. Remove clutch assembly (15) and remove retaining rings (24) from clutch
housing (23).
Fig. 1981
15. Using a suitable wrench T3, remove damper assembly (25).
Fig. 1982
16. Compress the spring assembly of damper (25) and remove circlip (26).
Fig. 1983
17. Release the assembly and remove disc (28), spring (29) and piston (30)
complete with O-ring (31) from cylinder (27).
Fig. 1984
30-518
18. Remove plug (32) and remove spring (33) and push rod (34) from clutch
housing (15).
Fig. 1985
19. Remove O-ring (35) from clutch piston (11).
Fig. 1986
Assembly
Procedure 17
l Lubricate piston (29) with oil.
Procedure 16
l Damper assembly (24): Loctite 242
Procedure 14
l Lubricate retaining rings (23) with oil.
Procedure 9
l Lubricate O-rings (19) and (20) and piston (18) with oil.
Procedure 8
l Lubricate brake disc (16) with oil
Procedure 7
l Lubricate O-ring (12) and piston (11) with oil.
Procedure 3
l Grease spacer (7) and install it on hub (6).
Fig. 1987
30-519
Procedure 2
l Fit steel plates (5) and friction plates (4) in housing (15) starting with a steel
plate (5).
Lubricate friction plates (4) with oil.
Fig. 1988
30.11.6 - Solenoid valve assembly

Disassembly
1. Remove retaining nut (1) and remove solenoid valve (2).
m Recover the O-rings.
Fig. 1989
2. Loosen solenoid valve stem (3) and remove it.
Fig. 1990
Assembly
Procedure 2
l Valve stem: 15 to 20 Nm (11.06-14.74 lb.ft.)
Valve stem: oil
Procedure 1
l Nut: 5 to 8 Nm (3.69-5.90 lb.ft.)
30-520
30.12 - N0 - Front lift
30.12.1 - Front lift
Removal of lift cylinders
1. DANGER
Remove any implement or ballast from the front lift and raise the link arms completely.
DANGER
2. Position a stand “A” in the middle of pivot (1).
Fig. 1991
3. Remove screw (2) and pin (3).
m If both cylinders are to be removed, repeat the above steps also on
the cylinder on the other side.
Fig. 1992
4. Start the engine and run at idle speed and retract cylinder (4).
mPull the lever very slowly and retract the cylinder without reaching
the end of its stroke.
m Switch off the engine, remove the key from the ignition and close the
lift control valves.

Recover spacers (5).
Fig. 1993
5. Remove screws (6) and remove surround (7).
Fig. 1994
30-521
6. Remove unions (8) and (9).
m Plug the pipes to prevent the ingress of dirt.
Fig. 1995
7. Remove circlip (10) and extract pin (11).
m Support cylinder (4).
Fig. 1996
8. Recover seals (12) and remove the cylinder.
Fig. 1997
30-522
Installation
30.12.2 - Disassembly of front lift cylinders
Fig. 1998 - Lift cylinders

Disassembly
Fig. 1999
2. Using a suitable tool, partially retract end cap (2) and remove circlip (3).
Fig. 2000
3. Withdraw rod (5) complete with end cap (2) and circlips (1) and (3) and
piston (6) from cylinder (4).
Fig. 2001
30-523
4. Remove nut (7) and remove piston assembly (6).
Fig. 2002
5. Withdraw end cap (2) and circlips (1) and (3) from rod (5).
Fig. 2003
6. Remove guide rings (8), oil seal (9a) and O-ring (9b) from piston (6).
Fig. 2004
7. Remove rod wiper (10), seal (11) and O-ring (12) from end cap (2).
m Note which way round seal (11) is installed.
Fig. 2005
30-524
Assembly
Procedure 6
l Fit a suitable installation guide on piston (6) and fit piston O-ring (9b) by
hand.
Fit oil seal (9a) on the installation guide.
Fig. 2006
l Using a suitable installer, drive oil seal (9a) into its seat.
Fig. 2007
l Using a gauge and suitable support, calibrate the seal (9a) passing the
gauge over the entire length of piston (6).
Fig. 2008
Procedure 4
l Nut: 200±10 Nm (147.4±7.4 lb.ft.)
30-525
30.13 - R0 - Rear lift
30.13.1 - Lift - Complete assembly (R0.02.03) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
REMOVAL
1. Remove screw (1) and remove pins (2) on both sides.
Fig. 2009
2. Remove split pin (3) and remove pivot pins (4).
IMPORTANT
Fit new split pins on reassembly.
Fig. 2010
3. Remove terminal (5) and detach all connecting pipes (6) from the remote
control valve.
IMPORTANT
Fig. 2011
4. Disconnect tie rods (7) and (8) from the lift levers.
Fig. 2012
30-526
5. Remove unions (9) and remove pipe (10).
IMPORTANT
Remove nuts (11) and remove top link mounting (12).
Fig. 2013
6. Disconnect the connector , remove the bolts (13) and detach the support
(14).
Fig. 2014
7. Remove screw (15) and nuts (16) from the right-hand side.
Fig. 2015
8. Remove screw (17) and nut (18).
Fig. 2016
9. Remove screw (19) and place the bracket (20), complete with trailer socket
(21) aside.
Fig. 2017
30-527
10. Remove the six nuts (22) of the left-hand side.
Fig. 2018
11. Remove the split pins and detach the control tie-rods (23).
Fig. 2019
12. Attach lift assembly (24) to a hoist and remove it from the tractor.
Fig. 2020
30-528
Installation
Procedure 12
Fig. 2021
Procedures 7-8-10
l Nuts: 78±4 Nm (57.5±3.0 lb.ft.)
l Screws: 70±3.5 Nm (51.6±2.6 lb.ft.)
Procedure 5
l Nuts: 111±5,5 Nm (81.8±4.0 lb.ft.)
30.13.2 - Disassembly of the lift- complete assembly (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Disassembly
1. Remove all screws (1) and remove bracket (2) and cover (3).
Fig. 2022
2. Remove circlips (4) on both sides.
Fig. 2023
3. Remove lift arms (5) and spacers (6) on both sides.
Fig. 2024
30-529
4. Remove circlips (7) and (8) and remove tie-rods (9) and (10).
Fig. 2025
5. Loosen nut (11) and remove set screw (12).
Fig. 2026
6. Loosen nut (13) and remove grub screw (14) securing cam (15).
Fig. 2027
7. Remove oil seal (16) on one side and withdraw shaft (17).
Fig. 2028
8. Remove lever (18) complete with connecting rod (19) and cam (20).
Fig. 2029
30-530
Drive out spring pin (21) and separate connecting rod (19) from lever (18).
Fig. 2030
10. Remove circlips (22) and (23) and remove tie-rods (24) and (25).
m Label the tie-rods to avoid confusion on reassembly.
Fig. 2031
11. Remove brake cylinder assembly (26).
Fig. 2032
12. Remove the two screws (27).
Fig. 2033
13. Remove lift control valve assembly (28).
Fig. 2034
30-531
Renew bushes (29).
Fig. 2035
Assembly
Procedure 13
l Check the condition of the O-rings (30) and renew them if necessary.
Each time the lift control valve is removed from the tractor adjust the control
levers.
Fig. 2036
Procedure 9
l Grease the seating of connecting rod ball joint (19).
Procedures 7-14
l Grease bushes (17) and shaft (29).
Procedure 6
l Grub screw: Loctite 242
Screw grub screw (14) fully into its hole in the shaft and, while holding the
grub screw in position, tighten nut (13).
Fig. 2037
Procedure 5
l Grub screw: Loctite 242
Screw grub screw (12) fully into its hole in the shaft, then back it off by half
a turn. Hold the grub screw in position and secure with nut (11).
Fig. 2037
30-532
Procedure 1
Fig. 2038
30.13.3 - Lift cylinder (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Disassembly
1. Remove screws (1) and withdraw cylinder assembly (2).
Fig. 2039
2. Using a low pressure compressed air jet (max. 2.5 bar), blow piston (3) out
of cylinder (4).
Fig. 2040
3. Remove seal (5) from piston (3).
m Note which way round seal (5) is installed.
Fig. 2041
Assembly
To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and use caution in relation to the following procedures.
30-533
Procedure 3
l Fit seal (5), making sure that is positioned the right way round relative to
piston (3).
Fig. 2041
Procedure 1
l Check the condition of O-rings (6) and (7) and renew them if necessary.
Fig. 2042
30.13.4 - Bushes (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Renewal
1. Position the lift cover under a press and, using a suitable tool, remove
bushes (1).
Fig. 2043
2. Install new bushes (1) making sure that they are inserted flush with the
bores in the lift housing.
Fig. 2044
3.
Install bushes (1) with the split oriented towards the top of
the lift housing.
Fig. 2045
30-534
30.13.5 - Auxiliary lift cylinders (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Removal
1. Fully lower the rear lift, disconnect the lead from the negative terminal of the battery and apply the parking brake.
2. Remove split pin (1).
IMPORTANT
Fit new split pins on reassembly.
Fig. 2046
3. Remove pin (2) and recover spacer (3).
Fig. 2047
4. Disconnect pipe (4).
Fig. 2048
5. Remove split pin (5) and spacer (6).
IMPORTANT
Always renew the split pin on reassembly
Fig. 2049
30-535
6. Remove cylinder (7).
Fig. 2050
Refitting
30.13.6 - Disassembly of the lift control valve (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Disassembly
1. Remove spring (1).
Fig. 2051
2. Remove split pin (2) and remove pivot pin (3) and roller (4).
m Renew the split pin every time it is disturbed.
Fig. 2052
3. Remove circlip (5), remove pin (6) and remove control levers assembly (7).
Fig. 2053
30-536
4. Remove the three screws (8) and remove lever support (9).
Fig. 2054
5. Loosen screw (10) without removing it and turn remote control valve as-
sembly (11) over so that the aluminium body is facing downwards.
Remove screw (10) and separate remote control valve bodies (11) and
(12).
Fig. 2055
6. Remove spring (13).
Fig. 2056
7. Remove spring (14) and rod (15).
Fig. 2057
8. Remove piston (16) and spring (17) from remote control valve body (11).
Fig. 2058
30-537
9. Remove spring (18) and spacer (19) from remote control valve body (11).
Fig. 2059
10. Drive out spring pin (20) and withdraw spool (21).
Fig. 2060
11. Remove plug (22) and remove valve (23).
Fig. 2061
12. Remove plug (24) and withdraw spring (25) and valve (26).
Fig. 2062
13. Remove O-rings (27) and withdraw piston (28).
Fig. 2063
30-538
14. Remove union (29) and remove valve (30), pin (31) and spring (32) from
remote control valve body (12).
Fig. 2064
15. Remove valve (33).
Fig. 2065
Assembly
Procedure 14
l Check that valve (30) is installed the right way round.
Check that valve (30) slides freely in its seat.
Pipe union: Loctite 542
Fig. 2066
Procedure 13
l Check that piston (28) is installed the right way round.
Fig. 2067
30-539
Procedure 12
l Hold ball “A” contained in valve (26) seated against rod (15), and check that
rod (15) protrusion relative to the face of body (11) is within the specified
limits (X = 15.8±0.05 mm).
Plug: Loctite 542
Fig. 2068
Procedure 11
l Check that valve (23) slides freely.
Plug: Loctite 542
Fig. 2069
Procedure 10
l Check that spool (21) slides freely.
Fig. 2070
Procedure 8
l Check that piston (16) slides freely.
Fig. 2071
Procedure 7
l Check that rod (15) is installed the right way round.
Fig. 2072
30-540
Procedure 5
l While tightening screw (10), check that spool (21) slides freely without
sticking.
Fig. 2073
Procedure 2
l Take care to position roller (34) on the top of spool (21).
Fig. 2074
30.13.7 - Mechanical draft sensor (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Removal
1. Remove split pin (1) and withdraw pivot pin (2).
m Renew split pin (1) on reassembly.
Fig. 2075
2. Remove screw (3), loosen screw (4) and remove draft sensor assembly (5).
Fig. 2076
Refitting
Procedure 2
l Nuts: 72±7 Nm (53.1±5.2 lb.ft.)
30-541
30.13.8 - Mechanical draft sensor disassembly (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Fig. 2077 - Mechanical draft sensor

Disassembly
1. Remove screw (1) and the relative nut and remove plug (2).
Fig. 2078
2. Remove fork (3) and remove spring assembly (4) from sensor body (5).
Fig. 2079
3. Remove nut (6), and remove spacer (7) and disc (8).
Fig. 2080
30-542
4. Remove spring (9), spacer (10) and washer (11).
Fig. 2081
5. Remove spring (12) and spacer (13) from tie-rod (14).
Fig. 2082
Assembly
Procedure 3
l Screw in nut (6) to take up the play in springs (9) and (12) but without preloading them.
Procedure 2
l Liberally grease spring assembly (4) and insert it in sensor body (5).
30.13.9 - 3-point linkage (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)

Removal
1. DANGER
2. Remove screw (1) and pin (2).
Fig. 2083
30-543
3. Remove split pin (3) and remove pin (4) and washer (5).
m Always renew the split pin.
Fig. 2084
4. Remove split pin (6), nut (7) and washer (8).
Remove 3-point linkage assembly (9).
Fig. 2085
5. Recover spacer (10).
Fig. 2086
30-544
Refitting
Procedure 5
l Note which way round spacer (10) is installed.
Fig. 2087
Procedure 4
l Tighten nut (7) to the prescribed torque and, if necessary, tighten further to align the slots in nut (7) with the hole in the pin.
Nut: 150 Nm (110.5 lb.ft.)
30-545
30.14 - S0 - Wheels
30.14.1 - Front wheels
REMOVAL
1. DANGER
2. Raise the tractor and position two stands “A” under the front axle.
m Drive safety wedges “B” between the axle and the front support.
Fig. 2088
3. Remove all the screws (1) except one for safety.
Remove the last screw and remove wheel (2).
Fig. 2089
4. Repeat the above operations for the other wheel.
Installation
Procedure 3
l Screws: 350 Nm (258 lb.ft.)
30.14.2 - Rear wheels

Removal
1. Position a jack “A” under the rear gearbox casing.
m Position a jack “A” under the rear gearbox casing.
Raise the tractor sufficiently to eliminate the flexure of the tyre wall.
Fig. 2090
30-546
2. Remove all the nuts (1) and remove wheel (2).
Fig. 2091
3. Position a stand “B” under the rear axle housing and lower the jack until the
axle housing is resting on the stand.
Check that the stand is in exactly the correct position and then remove the
trolley jack.
Fig. 2092
4. Repeat the above operations to remove the other wheel.
Installation
Procedure 2
l Nuts: 500 Nm (368.5 lb.ft)
30-547
30.15 - V0 - Ballast - towing hitches
30.15.1 - Towing hitch slide (V0.02.01) (AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Removal
1. Remove all the screws (1) except two.
Fig. 2093
2. Sling towing hitch (2) to hoist and take up the slack in lifting ropes.
Remove the last two screws (1) and remove the towing hitch assembly.
Fig. 2094
Installation
Procedure 1
l Screws: 186.4±18 Nm (137.4±13.3 lb.ft.)
30-548
40 - Wiring diagrams
40-1
Wiring diagrams
40.1 - Introduction
40.1.1 - Introduction
For easier consultation, this unit has been divided into the following chapters:
l Introduction
m Contains a brief description of the terminology used, the procedures to follow for troubleshooting and repairs, and the
instruments required for fault diagnosis.

l Components list
m Contains the components of the electrical systems, organised by type.
m Indicates the system code, the component code and description, the technical data required for functional testing and
a description of the pin-outs of the ECUs.

l Systems
m Contains the wiring diagrams of the tractor’s systems.
l Wiring harnesses
m Contains the layouts, the wiring diagrams and the positions of connectors on the tractor.
Introduction
This section of the workshop manual is intended as a practical guide to fault diagnosis of the tractor’s electrical and electronic
systems. The following pages provide the technician with all the necessary information regarding the tractor’s systems and compo-
nents. Due to the possible time difference between the introduction of technical modifications (in line with our policy of continuous
product improvement) and the corresponding amendment of our printed documentation, the data contained in this document are
subject to modification and as such are not binding.
Definition of components and symbols
To prevent any misunderstanding or ambiguity, definitions for some of the key terms used in this unit are listed below.
Table 73
TERM DESCRIPTION
Connector Element used to connect two components (e.g. wiring-switch, wiring-wiring)
Temperature sensor Electrical component that converts the temperature of a medium (air, water, oil, etc.) into a voltage
or resistance
Pressure sensor Electrical component that converts the pressure of a medium (air, water, etc.) into a voltage or
resistance
Position sensor Electrical component that converts an angular or linear position into a voltage
Pressure switch Switch that changes state (opens or closes a contact) according to the operating pressure in the
circuit in which it is installed
Thermostat Switch that changes state (opens or closes a contact) according to the temperature of the medium
(air, water, etc.) in which it is immersed.
Switch Mechanical component that opens or closes one or more electrical contacts.
Solenoid valve Valve operated by applying electrical current to a coil (or solenoid)
Chapter “Components” shows the wiring diagrams for certain switches and buttons. The following symbols are used for ease of
interpretation:
Contact between pins CLOSED (stable switch position)
Contact between pins CLOSED (unstable switch position)
Indicator LED
Indicator light
40-2
Wiring diagrams
Diode
General rules
The inspection, maintenance, fault diagnosis and repair operations are essential to ensure that the tractor continues to operate cor-
rectly over time and to prevent malfunctions and breakdowns. This paragraph describes repair procedures and aims to help improve
the quality of repairs.
Modification of the tractor’s electrical/electronic circuits
The manufacturer prohibits any modification or alteration of the electrical wiring for the connection of any non-approved electrical
appliances or components. In particular, if the electrical system or a component is altered without the Manufacturer’s authorisation,
the Manufacturer will accept no liability for any damage to the vehicle and the vehicle warranty will be invalidated.
Main wiring faults
Bad contact between connectors
l The main causes of poor contact between connectors are incorrect insertion of the male into the female connector, deforma-
tion of one or both connectors, and corrosion or oxidisation of the pin contact surfaces.
Defective pin soldering or crimping
l The pins of the male and female connectors make good contact in the crimped or soldered area, but the wires are subjected
to excessive strain, leading to breakage of the insulation and a poor connection or breakage of the wire.
Disconnecting wiring
l If connectors are disconnected by pulling on the cables, or if components are removed with the wires still connected, or if the
wiring is subject to impact by a heavy object this could damage the soldering or crimping of wires on the pins and some wires
may break.
Penetration of water inside connectors
l The connectors are designed to prevent penetration of liquids (water, oil etc.); however, when cleaning the tractor with pres-
sure washers or steam washers water could penetrate or condense in the connectors. As the connectors are designed to
prevent liquid penetration, any water that does get in will be unable to drain out, and thus may cause short circuits across the
pins. It is therefore good practice to dry the connectors with a low pressure jet of compressed air after washing the tractor.
Oil or dirt on connectors
l If the connectors or pin contact surfaces show signs of oil or grease contamination, this will prevent the passage of current
(oil and grease are electrical insulators) creating a poor contact. Clean the connectors thoroughly using a dry cloth or a low
pressure jet of compressed air and use specific products (deoxidising sprays, etc.) to degrease the contacts.
Important
Take care not to bend the pins when cleaning them. Use dry oil-free compressed air.
Removal, refitting and drying of connectors and wiring

When disconnecting wiring, pull on the connectors rather than on the wires themselves. For connectors that are held in position with
screws or levers, fully loosen the screws, then pull on the connector. For connectors that are clipped together, fully depress the clip
then pull the connector apart. After disconnecting connectors, apply water proof covers to prevent contamination of the contacts with
dirt or moisture.
Connecting the connectors. Check the condition of the connectors:
l Make sure the pin contact surfaces are free of water, dirt or oil.
l Check that the connectors are not deformed and that the pins are not corroded or oxidised.
l Check that the connector casings are not damaged or split.
l If a connector is contaminated with oil or grease, or if moisture has penetrated the casing, clean it thoroughly.
l If a connector is damaged, deformed or broken, replace it with a new one.
When connecting connectors, make sure they are properly aligned before applying force. For connectors with clips, insert the two
halves until they clip together.
Cleaning and drying wiring
40-3
Wiring diagrams
l When wiring is dirty or contaminated with oil or grease, clean it with a dry cloth, or, if necessary, with water or steam. If the
wiring must be cleaned with water, avoid directing the water or steam jet on the connectors; if water penetrates the connector,
clean it thoroughly.
l Check that the connector is not short circuited due to the presence of water by testing for continuity across the pins.
l After checking that the connector is good condition, degrease the contacts using a deoxidising product.
Renewal of damaged electrical components.
l When replacing electrical components (fuses, relays, etc.), use only original parts supplied by the manufacturer.
l When replacing fuses, check that the new fuse conforms to DIN 72581 or ISO 8820 standards, and in particular:
m fuse F1 (100A) DIN 72581/2
m bayonet fuse (F2, F3, etc.) DIN 72581/3C
m fuse F51 (100A) and F52 (200A) ISO 8820.
l The fitting of replacement fuses that do not comply with these standards will invalidate the warranty with immediate effect and
release the manufacturer from all liability.
l When replacing relays, make sure that the new relay conforms to the standards marked on the original relay.
Diagnostic instruments
For the correct diagnosis of any faults in the tractor’s electrical system, the following instruments are required:
l Digital multimeter with the following minimum characteristics:
m AC VOLT 0-600
m DC VOLT 0-600
m OHM 0-32M
m AC AMP 0-10
m DC AMP 0-10
l All Round Tester or computer with “PCTESTER” software installed

l SDF Analyzer
Wire colour codes
Table 74
COLOUR CODES
A Light blue
B White
S Orange
G Yellow
H Grey
L Blue
M Brown
N Black
R Red
S Pink
V Green
Z Purple
40.1.2 - Basic electronics for mechanics (1/2)

What is electronics?
The name of this branch of electrical science is derived from the word “ELECTRON”, the name given to a small electrically charged
particle.
The movement of electrons produces electrical current, which we know more about for its effects - heat, light, magnetism, elec-
trolysis, etc. - than for its actual nature.
While electrical engineering is concerned with these external effects of electrical current, electronics deals with way materials react
to the gain or loss of electrons.
Electrons in fact move from (-) to (+), but according to a convention that was established before the emergence of modern atomic
theory, electric current flows in the opposite direction from (+) to (-).
Using electronics it is possible to program complex logical processes, which could not be achieved in other ways.
The various applications of electronics on our tractors can be divided into two groups:
l Invisible electronics, which operate without requiring any intervention of the driver, (voltage regulation, rectification of the cur-
rent produced by the alternator, timing, etc.);
40-4
Wiring diagrams
l Visible electronics, ranging from the visible and audible information to made available to the driver via the vehicle’s instru-
ments and signalling systems, to the control systems that serve to optimise work processes (Performance Monitor, SBA
System, I-Monitor, etc.).
Logical development of the electronics
As mentioned previously, electronics is generally viewed as a branch of electrical science, even though in certain aspects they are
quite independent.
Whereas electrical engineering generally deals with large amounts of current, electronics is more concerned with very low levels of
current.
Electronic applications are based on the movement of electrons and thus exploit the different degrees to which different materials
conduct electrical current:
l Conductors,
l Insulators,
l Semiconductors
We therefore need to know what happens “electrically” inside the material.
All matter is composed of tiny particles called atoms.
The atom can be likened to a planetary system which has at its core a nucleus, comprised of protons and neutrons, around which
rotate the electrons in different orbits, or shells.
Fig. 2095
Under certain conditions, electrons can move from one atom to another.
If the number of electrons in an atom is the same as the number of protons, the atom is neutral (it has no charge).
If the number of electrons exceeds the number of protons, the atom is negatively charged, while if it loses electrons it will become
positively charged.
40-5
Wiring diagrams
Atomic structure of matter
The atom is the smallest particle of a simple element that can combine with other
atoms to form molecules.
Fig. 2096
The composition of the nucleus and the number of electrons present in an atom
determine which element it belongs to.
Fig. 2097
The structure of an atom can be compared to that of the solar system:

1. Electron (Planet)
2. Nucleus (Sun)
Fig. 2098
Electrical charges of the same sign (1) repel each other while charges of opposite
signs (2) attract.
Fig. 2099
40-6
Wiring diagrams
40.1.3 - Basic electronics for mechanics (2/2)
Conductors, Insulators and Semiconductors
The behaviour exhibited by different materials in response to electricity derives from their atomic structure:
1. In conductors (generally metals), electrons are able to move freely from one atom to another;
2. In insulators (generally metalloids) electron movement is restricted to varying degrees, depending on the type of material.
Their atoms are not able to acquire electrons.
3. Semiconductors (germanium, silicon, selenium, etc.), are materials which in their pure state may act as insulators, but with
the addition of precisely calibrated amounts certain impurities, they can become conductors. Their electrical properties thus
lie somewhere in the range between insulators and conductors. If these materials in their pure state are subjected to a techni-
cal process known as “doping” (the addition of impurities with a certain number of atoms with free electrical charges), they
become positively or negatively charged, depending on the specific process.
Electrical voltage
We have talked about “external causes” that can provoke the movement of electrons in atoms.
One of these external causes is “voltage” or “potential difference”, which exerts a “force” on electrical charges, causing them to start
moving.
This force is known as electromotive force; the force supplied by electrical sources (battery, dynamo, alternator).
The concept of voltage or potential difference is illustrated by the example shown
here.
l The levels in A and B are equal if the valve is open.
Fig. 2100
The concept of voltage or potential difference is illustrated by the example shown

here.
l For water to flow from A to B, there must a difference in level “h” when the
valve closed.
l The difference between the height of water in A and that in B creates a dif-
ference in pressure.
Fig. 2101
When the valve is opened, water flows from A to B until the point where the two
pressures are equalised.
The same happens with electrical current:
l to obtain current flow, there has to be potential difference at one of the
conductor (caused by the presence of electrical charge).
Fig. 2102
40-7
Wiring diagrams
Resistance
The water model can also be used to explain the concept of electrical resistance. If water encounters obstacles when flowing through
a pipe the the flow rate will slow or the direction of flow will change .
The same applies to electrical current; obstacles of an electrical nature reduce the flow of electrons. Every material offers some de-
gree resistance to the flow of electrons; the level of this resistance will depend on its atomic structure and its dimensions. Obstacles
in a water course will slow down or change the direction of the water flow.
Electrical resistance can be compared to a restriction in the conductor or scaling
on the inside of a water pipe.
Fig. 2103
The electrical resistance of a material can be defined as the opposition it presents to the flow of electrons and varies according to the
nature of the material and its dimensions.
Electrical continuity
Staying with the water analogy, let’s examine how to obtain a continuous flow of water in a circuit. 424For the flow to be continuous,
the water must be returned to basin 1.
In this hydraulic circuit, the function of the pump (2) is to return the water to basin
or tank (1).
Fig. 2104
Similarly, for current to flow continuously in an electrical circuit, the electrons must return from the positively charged terminal to the
negatively charged terminal, in order to maintain a potential difference between the two terminals. This is the job of the electrical
power source.
Electrical power supply
An electrical power source can be defined as a system capable of separating and initiating the motion of a number of electrons.
A battery, for example, has two metal terminals, one positive and one negative.
Inside the battery, a chemical process causes free electrons to flow to the negative terminal to create a negative charge and a corre-
sponding positive charge to build at the positive terminal.
This process will continue inside the battery until the actions which caused it are balanced by the forces of attraction between the
electrons and the positive charges.
If the electrons could flow to the positive terminal, the initial neutral status could be restored, but as there is internal connection betwe-
en the two terminals, this can only be achieved if there is an external connection between B and A.
We can therefore state that a difference in potential, or voltage, has been created between the two terminals A and B.
If we now connect an external load between B and A, the electrons concentrated at terminal A (+) will starting moving towards terminal
B, thereby pushing along the free electrons present in the connecting conductor.
An electrical current is thus created, (which by convention is deemed as flowing from A to B), and this current will continue to flow as
long as there remains a difference in potential between the two terminals.
40-8
Wiring diagrams
Schematic representation of a electrical power source
A = Positive terminal
B = Negative terminal
G = Generator
Fig. 2105
Electromotive force (e.m.f.)

Taking a simple electrical circuit , let’s see what happens to the voltage at the terminals of the power source when the circuit is closed
(in this example, the power source is a battery, but the same result would be obtained with a different source of power, such as an
alternator).
Simple circuit with switch “I “open: no current flow.
The same situation occurs if we replace the battery with an alternator in rotation.
A voltage (e.g. 12V) is present at the terminals of the power source, which can be
measured with a voltmeter. This no-load voltage is known as the electromotive
force.
R = resistance of a load.
Fig. 2106
Simple circuit with switch “I” closed. The battery powers the resistance R. A volt-
age drop occurs between the terminals of the power source, caused by the circula-
tion of current in the source itself, which has its own internal resistance.
Vd = r × A
r = internal resistance of the power source in series with the other elements of the
circuit
A = current flowing through the circuit
Fig. 2107
The following relationship is therefore true for every power source:

Available voltage = Electromotive force - Internal resistance x Current
V=E-(r×I)
Direct Current (DC) and Alternating Current (AC)
Electrical current can be either direct or variable: with direct current, the electrons always flow only one direction; with variable cur-
rent, the direction and intensity of electron flow varies over time in accordance with the laws of trigonometry.
If this change in direction is regular over time, the current is described as “alternating”. Alternating current changes cyclically from
positive values to zero and from zero to negative values and so on.
On a tractor, the battery supplies direct current voltage, and therefore direct current flows through the connected circuits.
The alternator produces alternating current, which, as we shall see, must be converted into direct current by a bridge rectifier before
it can be used.
The graph below illustrates the behaviour of a sinusoidal alternating current. The voltage increases from zero volts up to the maxi-
mum positive value and then decreases to zero volts . The polarity is then inverted and the the voltage rises to the maximum negative
40-9
Wiring diagrams
value before returning once again to zero. This complete sequence is referred to as one “cycle”.
If a cycle is performed once every second, then the frequency of the alternating current is said to be 1 Hertz. In domestic electrical
supplies, the frequency of the supply is 50 Hz.
Frequency is thus the number of complete cycles performed in one second.
A period is defined as the time required for an alternating sine wave to complete one cycle, i.e. from zero to a positive peak to zero
to a negative peak and back to zero.
This time period is expressed in seconds and is denoted by the letter T.
The alternating current wave form illustrated in the graph is called sinusoidal.
T = 1 period
A = Amplitude
B = Positive voltage
C = Negative voltage
Fig. 2108
The number of cycles per second is the FREQUENCY and is expressed in Hertz and denoted with the letter “f”.
f=1÷T
T=1÷f
An AC current with a frequency of 50 Hertz therefore has a period of 1 ÷ 50 = 0.02 seconds.
Electrical values: Current and Voltage
CURRENT Symbol A
Value: Amount of electrical charge that passes through a conductor in a given unit of time.
Units: amperes.
Instrument: ammeter.
Connection to circuit: In series.
Basic electrical circuit incorporating a voltmeter and an ammeter.
Resistance is present in the conductors (R), in the loads (Ri1) and in the power
source (Ri2).
The inclusion of an ammeter (unlike a voltmeter) requires a modification to the
circuit, in that the circuit must be opened at some point by cutting a conductor and
the instrument must be then connected between the open ends of the conductor.
Fig. 2109
The inclusion of an ammeter (unlike a voltmeter) requires a modification to the

circuit, in that the circuit must be opened at some point by cutting a conductor and
the instrument must be then connected between the open ends of the conductor.
Fig. 2110
40-10
Wiring diagrams
VOLTAGE Symbol V
Voltage: Difference in potential; (emf); force that causes electrons to flow
Units: Volts
Measuring instrument: Voltmeter.
Connection to circuit: in parallel.
Resistance
In an electrical circuit, voltage and current are both dependent on RESISTANCE, i.e. the opposition to the flow of electrons in a
material.
We have already mentioned how the motion of electrons occurs as a result of forces produced by the collision of these minute par-
ticles.
This phenomenon generates heat and is this reason why materials heat up when current passes through them.
The greater the current (the greater the number of electrons in motion) the more heat is produced.
As the temperature increases, the movement of the electrons also increases, and the electrons find it more difficult to move under
the influence of the voltage.
In some materials, this resistance is minimal; these materials are good conductors of current (conductors: copper, aluminium, silver,
etc.). In others, the resistance is so high that it is difficult for electrons to move (insulators: mica, porcelain, glass, paper, etc.)
In addition to the nature of the material, resistance is also affected by its dimensions:
l LENGTH: the greater the length of the conductor the greater the number of collisions between atoms and free electrons.
l CROSS-SECTIONAL AREA; the greater the cross-sectional area, the greater the number of free electrons. Resistance is
inversely proportional to cross-sectional area.
l TEMPERATURE, the motion of atoms and consequently the probability of collision with free atoms increases proportionally
with the temperature, thus increasing also the resistance.
The electrical circuits on the tractor are generally comprised of wire conductors with a cross-sectional area that is negligible in com-
parison with their length.
Fig. 2111 - Load connection cables

1. Single colour.
2. Spiral striping with max. pitch 50 mm
3. Horizontal striping.
4. With narrow-spaced coloured rings.
5. With wide spaced rings.
6. With rings in groups of 2 of same or different colours, depending on use.
7. With coloured rings in groups of 3
RESISTANCE Symbol R ( Omega )
Resistance: Opposition to the flow of electrons.
40-11
Wiring diagrams
Units: Ohm (Omega ).
Measuring instrument: Ohmmeter (tester), or voltmeter and ammeter when in presence of voltage.
The resistance of different materials - Resistivity
It has been determined experimentally that the resistance of a wire conductor is given by:
R = p × ( l ÷ S ) = ohms
in which:
p = (Greek letter pronounced “rho”) is a proportional coefficient that varies according to the nature of the material and is known as
“resistivity” or “specific resistance”.
l = length, expressed in metres
S = sectional area, expressed in mm²
This formula can also be written:
p=(R×S)÷l
so we can state that the unit of measurement of resistivity (p) represents a resistance of 1 ohm of a conductor of the material in que-
stion, with a length 1 metre, and sectional area of 1 mm², at a temperature of 0°C.
While for conductors resistivity is measured in ohms per mm²/m, for insulators it is almost always expressed in mega ohms/mm,
which is the resistance in millions of ohms of a cube with a side length of 1 m.
Variation of resistance with temperature (temperature coefficient)
For most metals, resistivity increases with the temperature (positive temperature coefficient); this is why when talking about resistivity
there must always be a reference to temperature.
There are exceptions to this rule, such as, for example, chromium and carbon, in which resistivity decreases with the temperature
(negative temperature coefficient) and some alloys in which resistivity does not vary, which have temperature coefficient of 0.
This increase or decrease in the resistance per degree of temperature and per ohm of resistance is termed the “temperature coeffi-
cient” , and is denoted with the Greek letter a (alpha).
If the initial resistance is R0, at a temperature t0 (ambient temperature), and the temperature difference is t = t1 - t0, the variation in
resistance will be:
R×t×a
and the final resistance is:
Rt = R0 + R0 × t × a
Rt = R0 (1 + a × t0)
This formula is of great practical importance as it allows us to calculate the final temperature of a coil or resistor using the resistance
variation method.
The temperature coefficient is used (positive or negative) to characterise thermistors (PTC = Positive Temperature Coefficient and
NTC = Negative Temperature Coefficient)
The interdependence of electrical values
In an electrical circuit, the relationship between current, voltage and resistance is given by the formula:
V=IxR
Volts = ohms x amps
If any of these values is unknown, it can be calculated, providing the other two values are known, simply by applying one of the
following formulae:
R=V÷I
I=V÷R
V=IxR
Power
The power developed or dissipated is given by the formula:
Power = Voltage x Current
Watt (W) = Volts x Amps
In mechanical engineering, power is still commonly expressed in terms of horsepower: hp
The relationship between horsepower and Watts is given in the following equation:
40-12
Wiring diagrams
1 hp = 736 W = 0.736 kW
1 kW = 1.36 hp
Dissipated power, in electrical terms, is power transformed into heat and is given by:
Power = Voltage x Current = Resistance x Current x Current
given that:
W=V×I
V=R×I
then:
W = R × I × I = R × I²
Multiples and submultiples of electrical values
Table 75
Multiples and submultiples of units of measurement
Prefix Multiply by Divide by
Name Symbol
mega- M 1,000,000 -
kilo- k 1000 -
hecto- h 100 -
deca- da 10 -
deci- D - 10
centi- S - 100
milli- M - 1.000
micro- µ - 1,000,000
nano- N - 1,000,000,000
pico- P - 1,000,000,000,000
40.1.4 - Electrical and electronic components (1/2)

Electrical and electronic components
Electronic components are used in circuits to modulate (vary, modify), control and regulate electrical values or to protect other devi-
ces.
In particular, electronic semiconductor components exploit the various reactions of electrons to heat, magnetism, and light in order
to generate small electrical signals. These electrical signals, when suitably modified, can be used by signalling devices or to control
other components.
Components can be classified on the basis of the functions they perform; components used to control or amplify power signals are
deemed ACTIVE; components which neither control nor amplify power are deemed PASSIVE.
Resistors*
Components of various design comprised of a conductor with a known resistivity that when included in a circuit causes a voltage
drop.
They are therefore used to change voltage and current; they come in different shapes and sizes, depending on their type, ohmic
resistance value, tolerance and heat dispersion characteristics.
Table 76
TYPES OF RESISTORS
FIXED VARIABLE THERMALLY SENSITIVE RE- LIGHT SENSITIVE RESIS-
SISTORS TORS
wirewound wirewound Thermistors: LDR
film film NTC -
- Linear or non-linear variation PTC -
All resistors are defined by their dimensions and characteristics: ohmic value, and maximum operating temperature.
* N.B. To avoid confusion, in this manual the term RESISTANCE is used for the value expressed in ohms which represents the op-
position to the flow of electrical current.
The term RESISTOR is used for the component used to introduce “resistance” into an electrical circuit.
Resistors are of two types: fixed or variable.
(the term “resistance” is also often used for the component).
40-13
Wiring diagrams
Fixed resistors
How to determine the ohmic value of a resistor
In wirewound resistors, the value is printed with decimal point (or comma) and the
omega symbol.
If the value of the resistor is 10.5 ohms, the marking will be: 10.5 ohms
sometimes the letter R is used in place of the decimal separator (point or comma):
10 R5
On resistors with values measured in thousand of ohms, the printed value will
include the letter “k”, which stands for thousand (1000): 10.5 kohms (10,500 ohms)
Fig. 2112
Potentiometers (Variable resistors)

This a resistor with a sliding contact that varies the resistance as it is moved along
the resistor.
The symbols used in schematics for a variable resistor or potentiometer are shown
in the figure on the right:
Fig. 2113
Use of a variable resistor as a voltage divider

Divides the voltage into two or three parts in a specific ratio.
V1 = Applied voltage,
P = Potentiometer,
U = Load,
V2 = Required voltage (obtained by moving the sliding contact) < V1
Fig. 2114
Use of a variable resistor as an electrical resistance of absolute value

All the current flows through the sliding contact.
This means that the sliding contact must be held securely in place, otherwise the
voltage V2 will change.
Fig. 2115
40-14
Wiring diagrams
Preventing arcing between the resistor and sliding contact.
The figure shows a way to prevent the arcing between the resistor and the sliding
contact that may occur in the case of poor contact.
This connection allows some of the current to flow through the full length of the
resistor. The voltage drop between the sliding contact and the resistor is less than
V1, thus reducing the possibility of arcing.
The resistor of the rheostat can be sized so that the resistance can be varied in
both a linear and a non-linear way.
Fig. 2116
Voltage divider
Voltage dividers with fixed resistors or potentiometers are used whenever circuits require electrical power below the standard volta-
ges available on the tractor (12 Volts with engine off and 14.5 Volts with engine running).
Voltage dividers are found in the voltage regulator of the alternator and in the electronic control units.
Thermistors (Thermally Sensitive Resistors)
These are semiconductor resistors in which the resistance decreases as the temperature rises, ranging from just a few ohms at 0 °C
to tens of thousands of ohms at 100 °C; they are used to detect changes in temperature.
They may be either self-heating, if the heat is produced by the current flowing through them, or externally heated, if sensitive to the
temperature of the environment or the component on which they are mounted.
There are two types: PTC (Positive Temperature Coefficient) and NTC (Negative Temperature Coefficient)
With PTC thermistors, resistance increases with the temperature, while with the NTC type, resistance decreases as the temperature
rises.
NTC types are available with resistance values ranging from just a few ohms to several hundred kohms.
Operating characteristics of NTC thermistors
Fig. 2117
Operating characteristics of PTC thermistors
Note the linearity of the variation.
Fig. 2118
Thermistors are used in cab heating and climate control systems.
40-15
Wiring diagrams
Capacitor
This component consists of a pair of conductors, generally in the form of flat plates, separated by an insulator (dielectric). Its function
to store electrical charge from a power supply.
This charge can then be given as and when required.
Symbol
Fig. 2119
Capacitor in a circuit with a generator.
Fig. 2120
The amount of electrical charge that a capacitor can store is referred to as its “capacitance” (C), and is measured in farads (F). In
practice, however, the farad is too large for general use so the following units are used instead:
mF = millifarad = 1/1,000 F
µF = microfarad = 1/1,000,000 F
nF = nanofarad = 1/1,000,000,000 F
On closing the switch, the electrons start moving but their flow is impeded by the dielectric. Electrons will therefore accumulate in the
plate connected to the negative terminal (-) of the generator, causing negative charge to build up. In the meantime the positive plate
loses electrons, thereby becoming positively charged. A potential difference is thus created across the plates of the capacitor, and
this increases until it equals the potential difference of the generator.
The capacitance of the capacitor is therefore proportional to the applied voltage and to the surface area of the plates and is inversely
proportional to the distance “d” between the plates. It also depends on the type of dielectric used.
The process described above is known as charging the capacitor, and is complete when the capacitor is fully charged. If a resistor
or a load of another type is connected to the capacitor, the latter discharges as electrons flow in opposite direction and the potential
difference between the plates decreases to zero.
Diodes
A diode can be defined simply as a junction between two semiconductors, one made of P-type material and the other made of N-type
material.
40-16
Wiring diagrams
A diode is a junction between two semiconductors, one made of P type material
and the other made of N type material.
Fig. 2121
The contact between the two semiconductors in different situations of electrical charge forms a barrier to electrical current flow at
the junction.
This barrier prevents the current from flowing through the diode.
Fig. 2122
Rectification, isolation, (switch), discharge and protection.
Fig. 2123
The diode symbol and the designations of its terminals.
Fig. 2124
The situation at the junction between the two semiconductors changes when a voltage is applied across the anode and cathode; the
diode is polarised, as shown in the figure.
When a voltage is applied to the diode, it polarises in the two ways indicated.
40-17
Wiring diagrams
(A) = Direct polarisation (forward biasing)
( - ) = Cathode
( + ) = Anode
Fig. 2125
(B) = Reverse polarisation (reverse biasing)

( - ) = Cathode
( + ) = Anode
Fig. 2126
With forward biasing (positive connected to the anode and negative to the cathode) the resistance to current flow is significantly
reduced and the diode allows current to flow, providing that the applied voltage exceeds the threshold value, i.e. the voltage required
to initiate the process by which the barrier is reduced.
If the polarity of the diode is reversed, there is no electron flow except for the very weak current that crosses the junction. If the rever-
se voltage applied to the diode exceeds a certain value (thousand of Volts) the reverse current flowing through the diode will increase
rapidly to the point where the junction is damaged.
The function of the diode is therefore to allow current flow in one direction only, from the anode (+) to the cathode ( - ).
It this way it acts as an electrical one-way valve.
Forward biased diode allows current flow.
The lamp illuminates,
Fig. 2127
40-18
Wiring diagrams
Reverse biased diode blocks current flow.
The lamp does not illuminate.
Fig. 2128
The main function of the diode is to act as an electrical one-way valve.
Fig. 2129
Zener diode
We have already mentioned how diodes do not tolerate reverse voltage, as when this reaches a certain level, the reverse current flow
will increase significantly to the point where the diode itself is damaged.
The Zener diode is specifically designed to allow a certain amount of reverse current flow without damage to the junction.
It is also possible to make this reverse current flow occurs at a certain reverse voltage, known as “zener voltage”.
A zener diode can therefore be defined as semiconductor with a special PN junction with controlled reverse bias properties.
If forward biased, the Zener diode behaves just like a normal diode, while if reverse biased, it prevents current flow until the voltage
reaches the critical level, which is defined as the “Zener point”.
At this point the current increases rapidly.
40-19
Wiring diagrams
Fig. 2130
The behaviour of the Zener diode can thus be compared to that of a pressure relief valve in a hydraulic circuit.
a) current and water flow
b) no current or water flow,
c) the water flows when it overcomes the opposing force of the valve spring. Likewise, the current flows when the voltage reaches
the zener point.
LED (light emitting diode)
A LED is a special diode with two terminals; it allows current flow in one direction only and emits light when low-voltage current pas-
ses through it.
The polarity of the terminals is very important, and the cathode is marked to facilitate identification.
The light emitted is monochromatic; the colours red, yellow, green and orange are available.
Operating characteristics of a LED and its symbol.
Fig. 2131
40-20
Wiring diagrams
LED
1. Light beam emitted
2. Diode
3. Transparent plastic cap
4. PIN terminals
Fig. 2132
LEDs are often used for signal lamps as their power consumption is very low, they require only low levels of reverse current and they
are impact resistant.
A typical application is as an indicator lamp, which, unlike a conventional bulb, can be flashed on and off repeatedly without failing.
They are also used to display segmented symbols and alphanumeric digits.
40.1.5 - Electrical and electronic components (2/2)
Transistors
A transistor is semiconductor which has three junctions.
It can be distinguished from a diode by its three leads, whereas a diode only has two.
Fig. 2133 - Schematic diagram and symbol of the transistor.

As you can see from the schematic, there two possible configurations: PNP (with a N semiconductor in the centre) or NPN (with a P
semiconductor in the centre). The central part is known as the “base”.
The lateral parts are doped with impurities and are termed the “collector” and the “emitter”. On the symbol, note that the emitter is
marked with an arrow, which indicates the direction of current flow between the base and the emitter.
Inside the transistor, there are two opposing barriers to current flow: if voltage is applied at one end of the semiconductor (E-C), one if
the barriers is eliminated while the other is strengthened and consequently no current flows; the same result is obtained if the polarity
of the applied voltage is reversed.
40-21
Wiring diagrams
When voltage is applied across terminals (E) and (C), no current flows through
the transistor.
Fig. 2134
If a weak voltage is applied simultaneously to the base terminal, the transistor becomes a conductor and current flows between the
emitter and collector.
When voltage is also applied to the base terminal, the transistor allows current
flow.
Fig. 2135
When the voltage applied to the base terminal is modified, the current flow between the emitter and collector will also vary proportio-
nally. From this behaviour are derived the two main characteristics of the transistor:
1. Current does not flow through the transistor if the circuit between the emitter and collector is interrupted, i.e. no voltage ap-
plied.
2. The current flowing through the transistor is directly proportional to current that flows through the emitter-base circuit, within
the operating limits of the transistor. This means that the base current (the current that flows between the emitter and base) is
proportional to the collector current (the current flow between the emitter and the collector) and therefore the latter increases.
Given these two characteristics, a transistor can function as a switch (by removing the voltage at the base) or as an amplifier.
With a transistor, a weak current flowing from the emitter E to the base B (PNP transistor) or from the base to the emitter (NPN
transistor), can be used to control a strong current flow from the emitter to the collector (PNP) or from the collector to emitter (NPN).
This is the most useful characteristic of the transistor, which can be summarised in the equation:
a = ( Ic ) ÷ ( Ib )
This parameter, however, varies according to the collector current and voltage, as well as the temperature of the transistor.
The difference between NPN-type and PNP-type transistors lies solely in the direction of the current flow. The operating limits of
transistors are:
l the maximum collector current,
l maximum voltage from collector to emitter.
40-22
Wiring diagrams
Fig. 2136 - Operation schematic

Schematic showing operation of a PNP transistor and an NPN transistor when voltage is applied at the base.
The current Ic can flow from E to C only if it flows from E to B (1) or from B to E (2). Ic is amplified relative to Ib.
Fig. 2137
Typical connection of a transistor. The resistor R limits the current and protects the transistor.
40-23
Wiring diagrams
Fig. 2138
Typical connection of a transistor. The resistor R limits the current and protects the transistor.
Fig. 2139
The transistor as a current amplifier
Use of a transistor as a switch or relay
Thanks to their amplifying properties, transistors can be used in place of relays (electromagnetic switches) as they can perform the
same function, but with the advantage that they use static components rather than moving parts.
The figure shows two electrical circuits, one controlled by a relay and the other by a transistor.
In the relay circuit, when the switch is closed in the relay control circuit, the contacts close the main circuit (drawn with the thick black
line); i.e. a relatively small current (0.2 A) can be used to control a much larger working current (8A).
The transistor circuit works in exactly the same way. When the switch in the control circuit is closed, the current flows from the positive
pole of the battery through the emitter; the base terminal of the transistor is polarised and the transistor allows current flow (EC) thus
allowing current to flow in the main circuit.
40-24
Wiring diagrams
Fig. 2140
Circuit diagrams show use of an electromagnetic relay (B) and use of a transistor as a relay (A). U = Load in main circuit.
40-25
Wiring diagrams
40.2 - Components
AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Table 77
Sys- P/N Description Characteristics/notes Link to system Link to wiring
tem
A001 04258670 Preheating device Power supply: 12V 40-175 40-1178
Total resistance at 20°C: 0.061
Ohms
A002 01183630 Alternator “B+” 40-175 40-1220
40-175 40-1218
A003 01183630 Alternator “D+” 40-1106 40-1220
40-952 40-1220
40-175 40-1220
40-1106 40-1218
40-175 40-1218
40-952 40-1218
A004 01183630 Alternator “W” 40-175 40-1220
40-175 40-1218
AGROFARM 430 -> 5001)
Table 78
tem
A001 04258670 Preheating device Power supply: 12V 40-229 40-1178
Ohms
Power supply: 12V 40-202 40-1178
Ohms
A002 01183630 Alternator “B+” 40-229 40-1218
40-202 40-1218
40-229 40-1220
40-202 40-1220
A003 01183630 Alternator “D+” 40-202 40-1218
40-229 40-1218
40-976 40-1218
40-976 40-1220
40-229 40-1220
40-1121 40-1220
40-202 40-1220
40-1121 40-1218
A004 01183630 Alternator “W” 40-202 40-1220
40-229 40-1218
40-202 40-1218
40-229 40-1220
40-26
Wiring diagrams
40.2.3 - B - Fuses (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001, AGROFARM 420 -> 20001, AGROFARM 430
-> 1001)
MF5
40A FT1-2-3 B029
MF4
40A START B028
PK1 PK2
+15
START FAN SPEED J008 J009
COMPRESSOR
MU1
MU4
RELAY
B030
COMPRESSOR
30A
MK3
FT 5-6-7-8
FAN SPEED
RELAY
B025
B026
B027
MK1
20 A B032
30A
30A
30A
POWER
B031 B033
MU6
MU3
30A +15
MF1
20 A
MK3 MF3
SOCKET
MK1
+15 +15
HI/LO J002 J003 J004
F14-15 F11-12-13
+15 ROOF +15

FAN SPEED J005 J006 J007
MK4
MK6
FT5.6.7.8 MU6
M11
B006 B016
B010 B020
B011 B021
B005 B015
B009 B019
B012 B022
B013 B023
STOLL SOCKET
B007 B017
B008 B018
B014 B024
RELAY
L R
+15 +15 +15 +15 +15 +15 +15 +15
M20
7.5A 7.5A 7.5 A 10A 3A 15 A 15 A 7.5 A 7.5 A 15 A

COMPRESSOR
STOP(EU)
STOP +30
+15 +30 +30 USA +30 +30 +30
10 A 7.5 A 20 A 15 A 15 A 5A 7.5A 15 A 15 A 15 A
M1
M10
D0063290
Fig. 2141 - Fusebox

Table 79
tem
B001 Fuse 40-175 40-1182
40-825 40-1182
B002 Fuse 40-825 40-1183
B003 Fuse 40-537 40-1184
40-825 40-1184
B004 Fuse 40-175 40-1178
B005 Fuse (10A) 40-587 40-1205
40-641 40-1193
40-587 40-1193
40-695 40-1193
40-641 40-1205
40-695 40-1205
B006 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1136 40-1205
40-920 40-1205
40-1002 40-1193
40-920 40-1193
40-27
Wiring diagrams
tem
B007 Fuse (20A) 40-786 40-1193
40-750 40-1193
40-825 40-1193
40-1078 40-1205
40-1051 40-1205
40-825 40-1205
B008 Fuse (15A) 40-290 40-1205
40-825 40-1205
40-328 40-1205
40-290 40-1193
40-328 40-1193
40-825 40-1193
Table 80
tem
B009 Fuse (15A) 40-825 40-1193
40-1002 40-1193
40-1078 40-1205
40-1051 40-1205
40-825 40-1205
B010 Fuse (5A) 40-1051 40-1205
40-254 40-1205
40-328 40-1205
40-1136 40-1205
40-290 40-1205
40-370 40-1205
40-1078 40-1205
40-175 40-1205
40-920 40-1205
40-989 40-1205
B010 Fuse (5A) 40-1106 40-1205
40-1002 40-1193
40-786 40-1193
40-370 40-1193
40-920 40-1193
40-328 40-1193
40-952 40-1193
40-750 40-1193
40-254 40-1193
40-989 40-1193
B010 Fuse (5A) 40-825 40-1193
40-175 40-1193
40-825 40-1205
40-290 40-1193
Table 81
tem
B011 Fuse (7.5A) 40-328 40-1193
40-825 40-1205
40-328 40-1205
40-290 40-1205
40-989 40-1205
40-920 40-1205
40-920 40-1193
40-825 40-1193
40-290 40-1193
40-989 40-1193
40-28
Wiring diagrams
tem
B012 Fuse (15A) 40-786 40-1193
40-1051 40-1205
40-750 40-1193
40-1078 40-1205
B013 Fuse (15A) 40-786 40-1193
40-750 40-1193
40-1051 40-1205
40-1078 40-1205
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-561 40-1205
40-290 40-1205
40-1078 40-1205
40-537 40-1205
40-695 40-1205
40-884 40-1205
40-1051 40-1205
40-920 40-1205
40-641 40-1205
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1106 40-1205
40-587 40-1205
Table 82
tem
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-470 40-1205
40-328 40-1205
40-370 40-1205
40-411 40-1205
40-443 40-1205
40-510 40-1205
40-561 40-1193
40-1136 40-1205
40-1002 40-1193
40-786 40-1193
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-952 40-1193
40-641 40-1193
40-370 40-1193
40-443 40-1193
40-411 40-1193
40-695 40-1193
40-856 40-1193
40-510 40-1193
40-920 40-1193
40-587 40-1193
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-884 40-1193
40-856 40-1205
40-328 40-1193
40-537 40-1193
40-750 40-1193
40-470 40-1193
40-290 40-1193
B016 Fuse (7.5A) 40-290 40-1205
40-328 40-1205
Table 83
tem
B016 Fuse (7.5A) 40-290 40-1193
40-328 40-1193
40-1051 40-1193
40-1078 40-1193
40-29
Wiring diagrams
tem
B018 Fuse (15A) 40-443 40-1205
40-411 40-1193
40-411 40-1205
40-510 40-1205
40-510 40-1193
40-443 40-1193
40-470 40-1205
40-470 40-1193
B019 Fuse (15A) 40-411 40-1193
40-470 40-1193
40-411 40-1205
40-470 40-1205
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-850 40-1205
40-470 40-1205
40-443 40-1205
40-370 40-1205
40-884 40-1205
40-1136 40-1205
40-920 40-1205
40-290 40-1205
40-1051 40-1205
40-641 40-1205
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-856 40-1205
40-561 40-1205
40-1078 40-1205
Table 84
tem
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-537 40-1205
40-328 40-1205
40-411 40-1205
40-510 40-1205
40-1106 40-1205
40-411 40-1193
40-587 40-1205
40-328 40-1193
40-561 40-1193
40-443 40-1193
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-695 40-1205
40-786 40-1193
40-884 40-1193
40-470 40-1193
40-856 40-1193
40-370 40-1193
40-695 40-1193
40-750 40-1193
40-641 40-1193
40-290 40-1193
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-537 40-1193
40-850 40-1193
40-510 40-1193
40-1002 40-1193
40-920 40-1193
40-587 40-1193
40-952 40-1193
B021 Fuse (10A) 40-920 40-1193
40-175 40-1193
40-30
Wiring diagrams
Table 85
tem
B021 Fuse (10A) 40-290 40-1205
40-254 40-1205
40-370 40-1205
40-370 40-1193
40-328 40-1193
40-328 40-1205
40-750 40-1193
40-1002 40-1193
40-952 40-1193
40-786 40-1193
B021 Fuse (10A) 40-850 40-1205
40-989 40-1193
40-290 40-1193
40-850 40-1193
40-254 40-1193
40-1051 40-1205
40-920 40-1205
40-1106 40-1205
40-1136 40-1205
40-989 40-1205
B021 Fuse (10A) 40-175 40-1205
40-1078 40-1205
B022 Fuse (7.5A) 40-290 40-1205
40-989 40-1205
40-175 40-1205
40-328 40-1205
40-254 40-1205
40-850 40-1205
40-989 40-1193
Table 86
tem
B022 Fuse (7.5A) 40-175 40-1193
40-850 40-1193
40-328 40-1193
40-254 40-1193
40-290 40-1193
B023 Fuse (7.5A) 40-786 40-1193
40-750 40-1193
40-1078 40-1205
40-1051 40-1205
B024 Fuse (7.5A) 40-510 40-1205
40-1078 40-1205
40-1106 40-1205
40-884 40-1205
40-328 40-1205
40-470 40-1205
40-1051 40-1205
40-290 40-1205
40-411 40-1205
40-695 40-1205
40-31
Wiring diagrams
tem
B024 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1136 40-1205
40-370 40-1205
40-920 40-1205
40-443 40-1205
40-443 40-1193
40-370 40-1193
40-510 40-1193
40-920 40-1193
40-290 40-1193
40-470 40-1193
Table 87
tem
B024 Fuse (7.5A) 40-884 40-1193
40-328 40-1193
40-1002 40-1193
40-695 40-1193
40-750 40-1193
40-952 40-1193
40-411 40-1193
40-786 40-1193
B025 Fuse (30A) 40-1002 40-1193
40-510 40-1205
40-920 40-1205
40-470 40-1205
40-443 40-1205
40-825 40-1205
40-411 40-1205
40-825 40-1193
40-470 40-1193
40-443 40-1193
B025 Fuse (30A) 40-1136 40-1205
40-411 40-1193
40-510 40-1193
40-920 40-1193
B026 Fuse (30A) 40-856 40-1205
40-884 40-1205
40-510 40-1205
40-470 40-1205
40-443 40-1205
40-411 40-1205
40-825 40-1205
Table 88
tem
B026 Fuse (30A) 40-290 40-1205
40-411 40-1193
40-825 40-1193
40-856 40-1193
40-443 40-1193
40-884 40-1193
40-510 40-1193
40-290 40-1193
40-470 40-1193
B027 Fuse (30A) 40-825 40-1193
40-561 40-1205
40-825 40-1205
40-695 40-1193
40-561 40-1193
40-695 40-1205
40-32
Wiring diagrams
tem
B028 Fuse (40A) 40-175 40-1193
40-175 40-1205
B029 Fuse (40A) 40-641 40-1193
40-290 40-1205
40-328 40-1205
40-587 40-1205
40-695 40-1205
40-825 40-1205
40-587 40-1193
40-328 40-1193
40-290 40-1193
B029 Fuse (40A) 40-695 40-1193
40-825 40-1193
40-641 40-1205
Table 89
tem
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1136 40-1205
40-290 40-1205
40-1051 40-1205
40-328 40-1205
40-537 40-1205
40-856 40-1205
40-370 40-1205
40-510 40-1205
40-920 40-1205
40-411 40-1205
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-884 40-1205
40-561 40-1205
40-920 40-1193
40-443 40-1205
40-470 40-1205
40-1106 40-1205
40-641 40-1205
40-587 40-1205
40-825 40-1205
40-695 40-1205
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-537 40-1193
40-561 40-1193
40-825 40-1193
40-750 40-1193
40-695 40-1193
40-411 40-1193
40-587 40-1193
40-328 40-1193
40-370 40-1193
Table 90
tem
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-856 40-1193
40-1078 40-1205
40-786 40-1193
40-1002 40-1193
40-470 40-1193
40-443 40-1193
40-952 40-1193
40-884 40-1193
40-290 40-1193
40-510 40-1193
40-33
Wiring diagrams
tem
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-641 40-1193
40-328 40-1193
40-290 40-1205
40-328 40-1205
40-825 40-1193
40-825 40-1205
40-290 40-1193
B032 Fuse (20A) 40-825 40-1193
40-750 40-1193
40-786 40-1193
40-825 40-1205
40-1078 40-1205
40-1051 40-1205
B033 Fuse (20A) 40-695 40-1193
40-587 40-1205
40-561 40-1205
40-695 40-1205
40-641 40-1193
40-587 40-1193
Table 91
tem
B033 Fuse (20A) 40-561 40-1193
40-641 40-1205
B034 Fuse (10A) 40-290 40-1210
B034 Fuse (10A) 40-290 40-1228
B034 Fuse (15A) 40-328 40-1188
B035 Fuse (5A) 40-328 40-1188
40-290 40-1210
40-290 40-1228
B036 Fuse (20A) 40-695 40-1188
B036 Fuse (30A) 40-587 40-1210
B036 Fuse (30A) 40-641 40-1228
B037 Fuse (7.5A) 40-856 40-1210
40-856 40-1228
40-884 40-1188
B038 Fuse (7.5A) 40-290 40-1210
40-856 40-1210
40-290 40-1228
40-856 40-1228
40-884 40-1188
B039 Fuse (10A) 40-411 40-1210
40-510 40-1188
40-470 40-1188
40-411 40-1228
40-443 40-1210
40-443 40-1228
B040 Fuse (10A) 40-470 40-1188
40-411 40-1210
40-443 40-1210
40-443 40-1228
40-411 40-1228
40-510 40-1188
40-34
Wiring diagrams
40.2.4 - B - Fuses (AGROFARM 410 -> 16001)
MF5
40A FT1-2-3 B029
MF4
40A START B028
PK1 PK2
+15
COMPRESSOR
MU1
MU4
RELAY
B030
COMPRESSOR
30A
MK3
FT 5-6-7-8
FAN SPEED
RELAY
B025
B026
B027
MK1
20 A B032
30A
30A
30A
POWER
B031 B033
MU6
MU3
30A +15
MF1
20 A
MK3 MF3
SOCKET
MK1
+15 +15
HI/LO J002 J003 J004
F14-15 F11-12-13
+15 ROOF +15

MK4
MK6
FT5.6.7.8 MU6
M11
B006 B016
B010 B020
B011 B021
B005 B015
B009 B019
B012 B022
B013 B023
STOLL SOCKET
B007 B017
B008 B018
B014 B024
RELAY
L R
+15 +15 +15 +15 +15 +15 +15 +15
M20
7.5A 7.5A 7.5 A 10A 3A 15 A 15 A 7.5 A 7.5 A 15 A

COMPRESSOR
STOP(EU)
STOP +30
+15 +30 +30 USA +30 +30 +30
10 A 7.5 A 20 A 15 A 15 A 5A 7.5A 15 A 15 A 15 A
M1
M10
D0063290
Fig. 2142 - Fusebox - version with digital instrument panel
40-35
Wiring diagrams
MF5
40A FT1-2-3 B029
MF4
40A START B028
PK1 PK2
+15
COMPRESSOR
MU1
MU4
30A
RELAY
MK3
COMPRESSOR B030
FT 5-6-7-8
FAN SPEED
RELAY
B025
B026
B027
MK1
20 A B032
30A
30A
30A
POWER
B031 B033
MU6
MU3
30A +15
MF1
20 A
MK3 MF3
SOCKET
MK1
+15 +15
J002 J004
F14-15 F11-12-13
+15 ROOF +15

FAN SPEED J005 J007
MK4
MK6
FT5.6.7.8 MU6
M11
B016
B010 B020
B011 B021
B005 B015
B009 B019
B012 B022
B013 B023
+15 EV STOLL SOCKET
B007 B017
B008 B018
B014 B024
RELAY
EU
L R
+15 +15 +15 +15 +15 +15
M20
7.5A 7.5A 7.5 A 10A 3A 15 A 15 A 7.5 A 7.5 A 15 A

COMPRESSOR
STOP
+30 +30 +30 +30

10 A 20 A 15 A 15 A 15 A 15 A 15 A
M1
M10
D0064740
Fig. 2143 - Fusebox - version with analog instrument panel

Table 92
tem
B001 Fuse 40-202 40-1182
40-229 40-1182
40-842 40-1182
B002 Fuse 40-834 40-1183
40-842 40-1183
B003 Fuse 40-553 40-1184
40-546 40-1184
40-834 40-1184
40-842 40-1184
B004 Fuse 40-202 40-1178
40-229 40-1178
40-36
Wiring diagrams
tem
B005 Fuse (10A) 40-677 40-1205
40-658 40-1222
40-605 40-1222
40-623 40-1205
40-732 40-1205
40-677 40-1189
40-732 40-1189
40-623 40-1189
40-714 40-1222
B007 Fuse (20A) 40-842 40-1205
40-799 40-1222
40-761 40-1222
40-1064 40-1205
40-834 40-1222
40-842 40-1189
40-812 40-1189
40-773 40-1189
40-1092 40-1205
Table 93
tem
B008 Fuse (15A) 40-315 40-1205
40-304 40-1222
40-343 40-1222
40-834 40-1222
40-355 40-1205
40-842 40-1189
40-355 40-1189
40-315 40-1189
40-842 40-1205
B009 Fuse (15A) 40-1092 40-1205
40-842 40-1205
40-834 40-1222
40-1064 40-1205
40-1030 40-1189
40-842 40-1189
40-1017 40-1222
B010 Fuse (5A) 40-998 40-1205
40-1092 40-1205
40-842 40-1205
40-398 40-1205
40-1064 40-1205
40-1121 40-1205
40-1150 40-1205
40-229 40-1205
B010 Fuse (5A) 40-315 40-1205
40-269 40-1189
40-269 40-1205
40-944 40-1205
Table 94
tem
B010 Fuse (5A) 40-976 40-1189
40-355 40-1205
40-998 40-1189
40-812 40-1189
40-944 40-1189
40-315 40-1189
40-842 40-1189
40-37
Wiring diagrams
tem
B010 Fuse (5A) 40-229 40-1189
40-398 40-1189
40-1030 40-1189
40-773 40-1189
40-355 40-1189
B012 Fuse (15A) 40-773 40-1189
40-761 40-1222
40-1092 40-1205
40-812 40-1189
40-799 40-1222
40-1064 40-1205
B013 Fuse (15A) 40-1092 40-1205
40-761 40-1222
40-799 40-1222
40-812 40-1189
40-1064 40-1205
40-773 40-1189
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1064 40-1205
40-453 40-1222
40-1150 40-1205
40-529 40-1205
Table 95
tem
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-908 40-1205
40-677 40-1205
40-876 40-1205
40-1121 40-1205
40-355 40-1205
40-944 40-1205
40-896 40-1222
40-761 40-1222
40-732 40-1205
40-967 40-1222
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-867 40-1222
40-546 40-1222
40-605 40-1222
40-1017 40-1222
40-658 40-1222
40-937 40-1222
40-343 40-1222
40-383 40-1222
40-714 40-1222
40-484 40-1222
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-426 40-1222
40-315 40-1205
40-571 40-1222
40-623 40-1189
40-521 40-1222
40-461 40-1189
40-908 40-1189
40-498 40-1189
40-553 40-1189
40-38
Wiring diagrams
Table 96
tem
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-976 40-1189
40-773 40-1189
40-732 40-1189
40-623 40-1205
40-876 40-1189
40-529 40-1189
40-579 40-1189
40-355 40-1189
40-1092 40-1205
40-579 40-1205
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-553 40-1205
40-498 40-1205
40-461 40-1205
40-812 40-1189
40-398 40-1205
40-398 40-1189
40-677 40-1189
40-1030 40-1189
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-944 40-1189
40-434 40-1189
40-315 40-1189
40-434 40-1205
B016 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1092 40-1205
40-304 40-1222
40-343 40-1222
40-1064 40-1205
40-355 40-1189
40-355 40-1205
40-315 40-1189
40-315 40-1205
Table 97
tem
B018 Fuse (15A) 40-937 40-1222
40-967 40-1222
B019 Fuse (15A) 40-498 40-1189
40-498 40-1205
40-484 40-1222
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-304 40-1222
40-383 40-1222
40-453 40-1222
40-343 40-1222
40-434 40-1205
40-677 40-1205
40-355 40-1205
40-967 40-1222
40-1017 40-1222
40-521 40-1222
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-944 40-1205
40-579 40-1205
40-1064 40-1205
40-1092 40-1205
40-714 40-1222
40-546 40-1222
40-799 40-1222
40-484 40-1222
40-937 40-1222
40-658 40-1222
40-39
Wiring diagrams
tem
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-852 40-1222
40-571 40-1222
40-761 40-1222
40-867 40-1222
40-605 40-1222
Table 98
tem
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-426 40-1222
40-529 40-1205
40-623 40-1205
40-896 40-1222
40-355 40-1189
40-398 40-1205
40-498 40-1205
40-529 40-1189
40-773 40-1189
40-315 40-1189
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-498 40-1189
40-1030 40-1189
40-908 40-1189
40-812 40-1189
40-461 40-1189
40-434 40-1189
40-876 40-1189
40-732 40-1189
40-579 40-1189
40-1121 40-1205
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-854 40-1205
40-944 40-1189
40-677 40-1189
40-315 40-1205
40-553 40-1205
40-732 40-1205
40-461 40-1205
40-623 40-1189
40-1150 40-1205
Table 99
tem
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-398 40-1189
40-876 40-1205
40-553 40-1189
40-976 40-1189
40-908 40-1205
40-854 40-1189
B021 Fuse (10A) 40-967 40-1222
40-304 40-1222
40-1064 40-1205
40-315 40-1205
40-229 40-1205
40-937 40-1222
40-398 40-1205
40-1092 40-1205
40-994 40-1222
40-40
Wiring diagrams
tem
B021 Fuse (10A) 40-202 40-1222
40-343 40-1222
40-1017 40-1222
40-383 40-1222
40-761 40-1222
40-799 40-1222
B021 Fuse (10A) 40-261 40-1222
40-854 40-1205
40-773 40-1189
40-852 40-1222
40-998 40-1189
40-812 40-1189
40-1030 40-1189
Table 100
tem
B021 Fuse (10A) 40-944 40-1189
40-944 40-1205
40-315 40-1189
40-355 40-1189
40-229 40-1189
40-998 40-1205
40-269 40-1189
40-976 40-1189
B021 Fuse (10A) 40-1121 40-1205
40-269 40-1205
40-1150 40-1205
40-355 40-1205
40-398 40-1189
40-854 40-1189
B022 Fuse (7.5A) 40-854 40-1189
40-229 40-1189
40-269 40-1205
40-355 40-1205
40-315 40-1205
40-854 40-1205
40-355 40-1189
B022 Fuse (7.5A) 40-269 40-1189
40-998 40-1189
40-229 40-1205
40-315 40-1189
Table 101
tem
B022 Fuse (7.5A) 40-852 40-1222
40-994 40-1222
40-343 40-1222
40-202 40-1222
40-304 40-1222
40-261 40-1222
40-998 40-1205
B023 Fuse (7.5A) 40-812 40-1189
40-761 40-1222
40-799 40-1222
40-1092 40-1205
40-773 40-1189
40-1064 40-1205
40-41
Wiring diagrams
tem
B024 Fuse (7.5A) 40-967 40-1222
40-1092 40-1205
40-944 40-1205
40-1150 40-1205
40-732 40-1205
40-484 40-1222
40-761 40-1222
B024 Fuse (7.5A) 40-799 40-1222
40-1017 40-1222
40-521 40-1222
40-202 40-1222
40-343 40-1222
40-383 40-1222
40-355 40-1205
40-714 40-1222
Table 102
tem
B024 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1064 40-1205
40-896 40-1222
40-355 40-1189
40-937 40-1222
40-529 40-1205
40-812 40-1189
40-529 40-1189
40-398 40-1189
40-773 40-1189
40-908 40-1189
B024 Fuse (7.5A) 40-315 40-1189
40-732 40-1189
40-908 40-1205
40-498 40-1205
40-398 40-1205
B024 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1030 40-1189
40-1121 40-1205
40-498 40-1189
40-976 40-1189
40-315 40-1205
40-944 40-1189
B025 Fuse (30A) 40-521 40-1222
40-484 40-1222
40-937 40-1222
40-498 40-1189
40-1017 40-1222
40-834 40-1222
40-967 40-1222
40-1150 40-1205
Table 103
tem
B025 Fuse (30A) 40-498 40-1205
40-1030 40-1189
40-529 40-1189
40-842 40-1189
40-529 40-1205
40-842 40-1205
40-42
Wiring diagrams
tem
B026 Fuse (30A) 40-426 40-1222
40-529 40-1205
40-498 40-1205
40-896 40-1222
40-484 40-1222
40-867 40-1222
40-834 40-1222
40-304 40-1222
40-521 40-1222
40-876 40-1205
B026 Fuse (30A) 40-315 40-1205
40-453 40-1222
40-461 40-1189
40-908 40-1205
40-842 40-1189
40-434 40-1189
B026 Fuse (30A) 40-529 40-1189
40-498 40-1189
40-908 40-1189
40-461 40-1205
40-434 40-1205
40-876 40-1189
40-842 40-1205
40-315 40-1189
Table 104
tem
B027 Fuse (30A) 40-842 40-1205
40-571 40-1222
40-714 40-1222
40-834 40-1222
40-842 40-1189
40-579 40-1189
40-579 40-1205
40-732 40-1205
40-732 40-1189
B028 Fuse (40A) 40-202 40-1222
40-229 40-1189
40-229 40-1205
B029 Fuse (40A) 40-623 40-1205
40-714 40-1222
40-834 40-1222
40-658 40-1222
40-605 40-1222
40-677 40-1205
40-315 40-1205
40-304 40-1222
40-677 40-1189
B029 Fuse (40A) 40-842 40-1205
40-343 40-1222
40-355 40-1189
40-623 40-1189
40-732 40-1189
40-842 40-1189
40-315 40-1189
40-355 40-1205
40-732 40-1205
40-43
Wiring diagrams
Table 105
tem
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-732 40-1205
40-484 40-1222
40-453 40-1222
40-834 40-1222
40-896 40-1222
40-304 40-1222
40-315 40-1205
40-623 40-1205
40-1121 40-1205
40-967 40-1222
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-579 40-1205
40-383 40-1222
40-1064 40-1205
40-398 40-1205
40-1092 40-1205
40-521 40-1222
40-714 40-1222
40-605 40-1222
40-546 40-1222
40-571 40-1222
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-658 40-1222
40-343 40-1222
40-1017 40-1222
40-799 40-1222
40-426 40-1222
40-937 40-1222
40-761 40-1222
40-867 40-1222
40-908 40-1189
40-1150 40-1205
Table 106
tem
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-498 40-1189
40-434 40-1205
40-976 40-1189
40-842 40-1189
40-529 40-1189
40-553 40-1189
40-812 40-1189
40-355 40-1189
40-1030 40-1189
40-773 40-1189
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-623 40-1189
40-579 40-1189
40-398 40-1189
40-434 40-1189
40-677 40-1189
40-944 40-1205
40-732 40-1189
40-498 40-1205
40-461 40-1205
40-529 40-1205
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-944 40-1189
40-677 40-1205
40-355 40-1205
40-553 40-1205
40-44
Wiring diagrams
Table 107
tem
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-908 40-1205
40-842 40-1205
40-876 40-1189
40-461 40-1189
40-315 40-1189
40-876 40-1205
B031 Fuse (30A) 40-315 40-1205
40-304 40-1222
40-834 40-1222
40-343 40-1222
40-315 40-1189
40-842 40-1189
40-355 40-1189
40-842 40-1205
40-355 40-1205
40-1064 40-1205
B032 Fuse (20A) 40-761 40-1222
40-834 40-1222
40-799 40-1222
40-842 40-1205
40-812 40-1189
40-842 40-1189
40-773 40-1189
40-1092 40-1205
B033 Fuse (20A) 40-605 40-1222
40-623 40-1205
Table 108
tem
B033 Fuse (20A) 40-658 40-1222
40-571 40-1222
40-677 40-1205
40-579 40-1205
40-623 40-1189
40-677 40-1189
40-579 40-1189
40-732 40-1189
40-714 40-1222
40-732 40-1205
B034 Fuse (10A) 40-304 40-1212
40-355 40-1188
40-343 40-1188
40-304 40-1226
40-315 40-1212
40-315 40-1226
B035 Fuse (5A) 40-343 40-1188
40-304 40-1212
40-355 40-1188
40-304 40-1226
40-315 40-1212
40-315 40-1226
B036 Fuse (30A) 40-605 40-1212
40-623 40-1212
40-658 40-1226
40-677 40-1226
40-732 40-1188
40-714 40-1188
40-45
Wiring diagrams
Table 109
tem
B037 Fuse (7.5A) 40-867 40-1226
40-896 40-1188
40-908 40-1188
40-867 40-1212
40-876 40-1212
40-876 40-1226
B038 Fuse (7.5A) 40-315 40-1212
40-315 40-1226
40-304 40-1226
40-908 40-1188
40-896 40-1188
40-304 40-1212
B039 Fuse (10A) 40-434 40-1226
40-484 40-1188
40-529 40-1188
40-498 40-1188
40-461 40-1226
40-453 40-1226
B039 Fuse (10A) 40-434 40-1212
40-453 40-1212
40-461 40-1212
40-426 40-1212
40-426 40-1226
40-521 40-1188
Table 110
tem
B040 Fuse (10A) 40-434 40-1212
40-529 40-1188
40-521 40-1188
40-484 40-1188
40-453 40-1226
40-434 40-1226
40-461 40-1226
B040 Fuse (10A) 40-426 40-1226
40-461 40-1212
40-453 40-1212
40-498 40-1188
40-426 40-1212
40-46
Wiring diagrams
40.2.5 - B - Fuses (AGROFARM 420 -> 16001, AGROFARM 430 -> 5001)
MF5
40A FT1-2-3 B029
MF4
40A START B028
PK1 PK2
+15
COMPRESSOR
MU1
MU4
RELAY
B030
COMPRESSOR
30A
MK3
FT 5-6-7-8
FAN SPEED
RELAY
B025
B026
B027
MK1
20 A B032
30A
30A
30A
POWER
B031 B033
MU6
MU3
30A +15
MF1
20 A
MK3 MF3
SOCKET
MK1
+15 +15
HI/LO J002 J003 J004
F14-15 F11-12-13
+15 ROOF +15

MK4
MK6
FT5.6.7.8 MU6
M11
B006 B016
B010 B020
B011 B021
B005 B015
B009 B019
B012 B022
B013 B023
STOLL SOCKET
B007 B017
B008 B018
B014 B024
RELAY
L R
+15 +15 +15 +15 +15 +15 +15 +15
M20
7.5A 7.5A 7.5 A 10A 3A 15 A 15 A 7.5 A 7.5 A 15 A

COMPRESSOR
STOP(EU)
STOP +30
+15 +30 +30 USA +30 +30 +30
10 A 7.5 A 20 A 15 A 15 A 5A 7.5A 15 A 15 A 15 A
M1
M10
D0063290
40-47
Wiring diagrams
MF5
40A FT1-2-3 B029
MF4
40A START B028
PK1 PK2
+15
COMPRESSOR
MU1
MU4
30A
RELAY
MK3
COMPRESSOR B030
FT 5-6-7-8
FAN SPEED
RELAY
B025
B026
B027
MK1
20 A B032
30A
30A
30A
POWER
B031 B033
MU6
MU3
30A +15
MF1
20 A
MK3 MF3
SOCKET
MK1
+15 +15
J002 J004
F14-15 F11-12-13
+15 ROOF +15

FAN SPEED J005 J007
MK4
MK6
FT5.6.7.8 MU6
M11
B016
B010 B020
B011 B021
B005 B015
B009 B019
B012 B022
B013 B023
+15 EV STOLL SOCKET
B007 B017
B008 B018
B014 B024
RELAY
EU
L R
+15 +15 +15 +15 +15 +15
M20
7.5A 7.5A 7.5 A 10A 3A 15 A 15 A 7.5 A 7.5 A 15 A

COMPRESSOR
STOP
+30 +30 +30 +30

10 A 20 A 15 A 15 A 15 A 15 A 15 A
M1
M10
D0064740

Table 111
tem
B001 Fuse 40-202 40-1182
40-229 40-1182
40-842 40-1182
B002 Fuse 40-834 40-1183
40-842 40-1183
B003 Fuse 40-553 40-1184
40-546 40-1184
40-834 40-1184
40-842 40-1184
B004 Fuse 40-202 40-1178
40-229 40-1178
40-48
Wiring diagrams
tem
B005 Fuse (10A) 40-677 40-1205
40-658 40-1222
40-605 40-1222
40-623 40-1205
40-732 40-1205
40-677 40-1189
40-732 40-1189
40-623 40-1189
40-714 40-1222
B007 Fuse (20A) 40-842 40-1205
40-799 40-1222
40-761 40-1222
40-1064 40-1205
40-834 40-1222
40-842 40-1189
40-812 40-1189
40-773 40-1189
40-1092 40-1205
Table 112
tem
B008 Fuse (15A) 40-315 40-1205
40-304 40-1222
40-343 40-1222
40-834 40-1222
40-355 40-1205
40-842 40-1189
40-355 40-1189
40-315 40-1189
40-842 40-1205
B009 Fuse (15A) 40-1092 40-1205
40-842 40-1205
40-834 40-1222
40-1064 40-1205
40-1030 40-1189
40-842 40-1189
40-1017 40-1222
B010 Fuse (5A) 40-998 40-1205
40-1092 40-1205
40-842 40-1205
40-398 40-1205
40-1064 40-1205
40-283 40-1205
40-1121 40-1205
40-1150 40-1205
40-229 40-1205
B010 Fuse (5A) 40-315 40-1205
40-944 40-1205
Table 113
tem
B010 Fuse (5A) 40-976 40-1189
40-355 40-1205
40-998 40-1189
40-812 40-1189
40-283 40-1189
40-944 40-1189
40-315 40-1189
40-842 40-1189
40-49
Wiring diagrams
tem
B010 Fuse (5A) 40-229 40-1189
40-398 40-1189
40-1030 40-1189
40-773 40-1189
40-355 40-1189
B012 Fuse (15A) 40-773 40-1189
40-761 40-1222
40-1092 40-1205
40-812 40-1189
40-799 40-1222
40-1064 40-1205
B013 Fuse (15A) 40-1092 40-1205
40-761 40-1222
40-799 40-1222
40-812 40-1189
40-1064 40-1205
40-773 40-1189
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1064 40-1205
40-453 40-1222
40-1150 40-1205
40-529 40-1205
Table 114
tem
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-908 40-1205
40-677 40-1205
40-876 40-1205
40-1121 40-1205
40-355 40-1205
40-944 40-1205
40-896 40-1222
40-761 40-1222
40-732 40-1205
40-967 40-1222
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-867 40-1222
40-546 40-1222
40-605 40-1222
40-1017 40-1222
40-658 40-1222
40-937 40-1222
40-343 40-1222
40-383 40-1222
40-714 40-1222
40-484 40-1222
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-426 40-1222
40-315 40-1205
40-571 40-1222
40-623 40-1189
40-521 40-1222
40-461 40-1189
40-908 40-1189
40-498 40-1189
40-553 40-1189
40-50
Wiring diagrams
Table 115
tem
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-976 40-1189
40-773 40-1189
40-732 40-1189
40-623 40-1205
40-876 40-1189
40-529 40-1189
40-579 40-1189
40-355 40-1189
40-1092 40-1205
40-579 40-1205
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-553 40-1205
40-498 40-1205
40-461 40-1205
40-812 40-1189
40-398 40-1205
40-398 40-1189
40-677 40-1189
40-1030 40-1189
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-944 40-1189
40-434 40-1189
40-315 40-1189
40-434 40-1205
B016 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1092 40-1205
40-304 40-1222
40-343 40-1222
40-1064 40-1205
40-355 40-1189
40-355 40-1205
40-315 40-1189
40-315 40-1205
Table 116
tem
B018 Fuse (15A) 40-937 40-1222
40-967 40-1222
B019 Fuse (15A) 40-498 40-1189
40-498 40-1205
40-484 40-1222
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-304 40-1222
40-383 40-1222
40-453 40-1222
40-343 40-1222
40-434 40-1205
40-677 40-1205
40-355 40-1205
40-967 40-1222
40-1017 40-1222
40-521 40-1222
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-944 40-1205
40-579 40-1205
40-1064 40-1205
40-1092 40-1205
40-714 40-1222
40-546 40-1222
40-799 40-1222
40-484 40-1222
40-937 40-1222
40-658 40-1222
40-51
Wiring diagrams
tem
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-852 40-1222
40-571 40-1222
40-761 40-1222
40-867 40-1222
40-605 40-1222
Table 117
tem
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-426 40-1222
40-529 40-1205
40-623 40-1205
40-896 40-1222
40-355 40-1189
40-398 40-1205
40-498 40-1205
40-529 40-1189
40-773 40-1189
40-315 40-1189
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-498 40-1189
40-1030 40-1189
40-908 40-1189
40-812 40-1189
40-461 40-1189
40-434 40-1189
40-876 40-1189
40-732 40-1189
40-579 40-1189
40-1121 40-1205
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-854 40-1205
40-944 40-1189
40-677 40-1189
40-315 40-1205
40-553 40-1205
40-732 40-1205
40-461 40-1205
40-623 40-1189
40-1150 40-1205
Table 118
tem
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-398 40-1189
40-876 40-1205
40-553 40-1189
40-976 40-1189
40-908 40-1205
40-854 40-1189
B021 Fuse (10A) 40-276 40-1222
40-967 40-1222
40-304 40-1222
40-1064 40-1205
40-315 40-1205
40-229 40-1205
40-937 40-1222
40-398 40-1205
40-1092 40-1205
40-994 40-1222
40-52
Wiring diagrams
tem
B021 Fuse (10A) 40-202 40-1222
40-343 40-1222
40-1017 40-1222
40-383 40-1222
40-761 40-1222
40-799 40-1222
B021 Fuse (10A) 40-854 40-1205
40-773 40-1189
40-852 40-1222
40-998 40-1189
40-812 40-1189
40-1030 40-1189
Table 119
tem
B021 Fuse (10A) 40-944 40-1189
40-944 40-1205
40-315 40-1189
40-355 40-1189
40-283 40-1189
40-229 40-1189
40-998 40-1205
40-976 40-1189
B021 Fuse (10A) 40-283 40-1205
40-1121 40-1205
40-1150 40-1205
40-355 40-1205
40-398 40-1189
40-854 40-1189
B022 Fuse (7.5A) 40-854 40-1189
40-229 40-1189
40-355 40-1205
40-315 40-1205
40-854 40-1205
40-355 40-1189
B022 Fuse (7.5A) 40-283 40-1189
40-998 40-1189
40-229 40-1205
40-315 40-1189
40-283 40-1205
Table 120
tem
B022 Fuse (7.5A) 40-276 40-1222
40-852 40-1222
40-994 40-1222
40-343 40-1222
40-202 40-1222
40-304 40-1222
40-998 40-1205
B023 Fuse (7.5A) 40-812 40-1189
40-761 40-1222
40-799 40-1222
40-1092 40-1205
40-773 40-1189
40-1064 40-1205
40-53
Wiring diagrams
tem
B024 Fuse (7.5A) 40-967 40-1222
40-1092 40-1205
40-944 40-1205
40-1150 40-1205
40-732 40-1205
40-484 40-1222
40-761 40-1222
B024 Fuse (7.5A) 40-799 40-1222
40-1017 40-1222
40-521 40-1222
40-202 40-1222
40-343 40-1222
40-383 40-1222
40-355 40-1205
40-714 40-1222
Table 121
tem
B024 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1064 40-1205
40-896 40-1222
40-355 40-1189
40-937 40-1222
40-529 40-1205
40-812 40-1189
40-529 40-1189
40-398 40-1189
40-773 40-1189
40-908 40-1189
B024 Fuse (7.5A) 40-315 40-1189
40-732 40-1189
40-908 40-1205
40-498 40-1205
40-398 40-1205
B024 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1030 40-1189
40-1121 40-1205
40-498 40-1189
40-976 40-1189
40-315 40-1205
40-944 40-1189
B025 Fuse (30A) 40-521 40-1222
40-484 40-1222
40-937 40-1222
40-498 40-1189
40-1017 40-1222
40-834 40-1222
40-967 40-1222
40-1150 40-1205
Table 122
tem
B025 Fuse (30A) 40-498 40-1205
40-1030 40-1189
40-529 40-1189
40-842 40-1189
40-529 40-1205
40-842 40-1205
40-54
Wiring diagrams
tem
B026 Fuse (30A) 40-426 40-1222
40-529 40-1205
40-498 40-1205
40-896 40-1222
40-484 40-1222
40-867 40-1222
40-834 40-1222
40-304 40-1222
40-521 40-1222
40-876 40-1205
B026 Fuse (30A) 40-315 40-1205
40-453 40-1222
40-461 40-1189
40-908 40-1205
40-842 40-1189
40-434 40-1189
B026 Fuse (30A) 40-529 40-1189
40-498 40-1189
40-908 40-1189
40-461 40-1205
40-434 40-1205
40-876 40-1189
40-842 40-1205
40-315 40-1189
Table 123
tem
B027 Fuse (30A) 40-842 40-1205
40-571 40-1222
40-714 40-1222
40-834 40-1222
40-842 40-1189
40-579 40-1189
40-579 40-1205
40-732 40-1205
40-732 40-1189
B028 Fuse (40A) 40-202 40-1222
40-229 40-1189
40-229 40-1205
B029 Fuse (40A) 40-623 40-1205
40-714 40-1222
40-834 40-1222
40-658 40-1222
40-605 40-1222
40-677 40-1205
40-315 40-1205
40-304 40-1222
40-677 40-1189
B029 Fuse (40A) 40-842 40-1205
40-343 40-1222
40-355 40-1189
40-623 40-1189
40-732 40-1189
40-842 40-1189
40-315 40-1189
40-355 40-1205
40-732 40-1205
40-55
Wiring diagrams
Table 124
tem
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-732 40-1205
40-484 40-1222
40-453 40-1222
40-834 40-1222
40-896 40-1222
40-304 40-1222
40-315 40-1205
40-623 40-1205
40-1121 40-1205
40-967 40-1222
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-579 40-1205
40-383 40-1222
40-1064 40-1205
40-398 40-1205
40-1092 40-1205
40-521 40-1222
40-714 40-1222
40-605 40-1222
40-546 40-1222
40-571 40-1222
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-658 40-1222
40-343 40-1222
40-1017 40-1222
40-799 40-1222
40-426 40-1222
40-937 40-1222
40-761 40-1222
40-867 40-1222
40-908 40-1189
40-1150 40-1205
Table 125
tem
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-498 40-1189
40-434 40-1205
40-976 40-1189
40-842 40-1189
40-529 40-1189
40-553 40-1189
40-812 40-1189
40-355 40-1189
40-1030 40-1189
40-773 40-1189
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-623 40-1189
40-579 40-1189
40-398 40-1189
40-434 40-1189
40-677 40-1189
40-944 40-1205
40-732 40-1189
40-498 40-1205
40-461 40-1205
40-529 40-1205
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-944 40-1189
40-677 40-1205
40-355 40-1205
40-553 40-1205
40-56
Wiring diagrams
Table 126
tem
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-908 40-1205
40-842 40-1205
40-876 40-1189
40-461 40-1189
40-315 40-1189
40-876 40-1205
B031 Fuse (30A) 40-315 40-1205
40-304 40-1222
40-834 40-1222
40-343 40-1222
40-315 40-1189
40-842 40-1189
40-355 40-1189
40-842 40-1205
40-355 40-1205
40-1064 40-1205
B032 Fuse (20A) 40-761 40-1222
40-834 40-1222
40-799 40-1222
40-842 40-1205
40-812 40-1189
40-842 40-1189
40-773 40-1189
40-1092 40-1205
B033 Fuse (20A) 40-605 40-1222
40-623 40-1205
Table 127
tem
B033 Fuse (20A) 40-658 40-1222
40-571 40-1222
40-677 40-1205
40-579 40-1205
40-623 40-1189
40-677 40-1189
40-579 40-1189
40-732 40-1189
40-714 40-1222
40-732 40-1205
B034 Fuse (10A) 40-304 40-1212
40-355 40-1188
40-343 40-1188
40-304 40-1226
40-315 40-1212
40-315 40-1226
B035 Fuse (5A) 40-343 40-1188
40-304 40-1212
40-355 40-1188
40-304 40-1226
40-315 40-1212
40-315 40-1226
B036 Fuse (30A) 40-605 40-1212
40-623 40-1212
40-658 40-1226
40-677 40-1226
40-732 40-1188
40-714 40-1188
40-57
Wiring diagrams
Table 128
tem
B037 Fuse (7.5A) 40-867 40-1226
40-896 40-1188
40-908 40-1188
40-867 40-1212
40-876 40-1212
40-876 40-1226
B038 Fuse (7.5A) 40-315 40-1212
40-315 40-1226
40-304 40-1226
40-908 40-1188
40-896 40-1188
40-304 40-1212
B039 Fuse (10A) 40-434 40-1226
40-484 40-1188
40-529 40-1188
40-498 40-1188
40-461 40-1226
40-453 40-1226
B039 Fuse (10A) 40-434 40-1212
40-453 40-1212
40-461 40-1212
40-426 40-1212
40-426 40-1226
40-521 40-1188
Table 129
tem
B040 Fuse (10A) 40-434 40-1212
40-529 40-1188
40-521 40-1188
40-484 40-1188
40-453 40-1226
40-434 40-1226
40-461 40-1226
B040 Fuse (10A) 40-426 40-1226
40-461 40-1212
40-453 40-1212
40-498 40-1188
40-426 40-1212
40.2.6 - C - Earths (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001, AGROFARM 420 -> 20001, AGROFARM 430
-> 1001)
C001
Table 130
tem
C001 Battery negative terminal 40-825 40-1225
40-1043 40-1225
40-175 40-1225
C002
Table 131
tem
C002 Earthing point 2 40-175 40-1225
40-1043 40-1225
40-825 40-1225
40-58
Wiring diagrams
C003
Table 132
tem
C003 Earthing point 3 40-920 40-1205
40-1051 40-1205
40-290 40-1205
40-1043 40-1205
40-1078 40-1205
40-1106 40-1205
40-370 40-1205
40-1136 40-1205
40-175 40-1205
40-920 40-1193
C003 Earthing point 3 40-328 40-1193
40-328 40-1205
40-750 40-1193
40-290 40-1193
40-370 40-1193
40-175 40-1193
40-1043 40-1193
40-786 40-1193
40-1002 40-1193
40-952 40-1193
C004
Table 133
tem
C004 Earthing point 4 40-952 40-1193
40-328 40-1193
40-254 40-1205
40-175 40-1205
40-510 40-1193
40-443 40-1193
40-510 40-1205
40-695 40-1205
40-1043 40-1205
40-1136 40-1205
C004 Earthing point 4 40-989 40-1205
40-884 40-1205
40-856 40-1205
40-587 40-1205
40-411 40-1193
40-561 40-1193
40-1106 40-1205
40-750 40-1193
40-884 40-1193
40-856 40-1193
C004 Earthing point 4 40-641 40-1193
40-1078 40-1205
40-695 40-1193
40-470 40-1193
40-786 40-1193
40-370 40-1193
40-254 40-1193
40-920 40-1193
40-989 40-1193
40-1002 40-1193
40-59
Wiring diagrams
Table 134
tem
C004 Earthing point 4 40-1043 40-1193
40-175 40-1193
40-587 40-1193
40-537 40-1193
40-290 40-1193
40-537 40-1205
40-1051 40-1205
40-561 40-1205
40-470 40-1205
40-328 40-1205
C004 Earthing point 4 40-443 40-1205
40-411 40-1205
40-370 40-1205
40-290 40-1205
40-920 40-1205
40-641 40-1205
C005
Table 135
tem
C005 Earthing point 5 40-1043 40-1226
C006
Table 136
tem
C006 Earthing point 6 40-1043 40-1226
C007
Table 137
tem
C007 Earthing point 7 40-641 40-1228
40-884 40-1188
40-695 40-1188
40-328 40-1188
40-1043 40-1188
40-470 40-1188
40-411 40-1228
40-290 40-1228
40-537 40-1228
40-443 40-1228
C007 Earthing point 7 40-561 40-1188
40-1043 40-1210
40-510 40-1188
40-411 40-1210
40-587 40-1228
40-856 40-1210
40-290 40-1210
40-443 40-1210
40-641 40-1210
40-587 40-1210
C007 Earthing point 7 40-856 40-1228
40-1043 40-1228
40-537 40-1210
40-60
Wiring diagrams
C008
Table 138
tem
C008 Earthing point 8 40-254 40-1205
40-328 40-1205
40-175 40-1205
40-290 40-1205
40-1043 40-1205
40-1002 40-1193
40-290 40-1193
40-1043 40-1193
40-328 40-1193
40-254 40-1193
C008 Earthing point 8 40-175 40-1193
40-1136 40-1205
C009
Table 139
tem
C009 Earthing point 9 40-750 40-1193
40-884 40-1205
40-1106 40-1205
40-1043 40-1205
40-1078 40-1205
40-989 40-1205
40-1051 40-1205
40-786 40-1193
40-952 40-1193
40-884 40-1193
C009 Earthing point 9 40-989 40-1193
40-856 40-1193
40-856 40-1205
40-1043 40-1193
40.2.7 - C - Earths (AGROFARM 410 -> 16001)

Table 140
tem
40-842 40-1225
40-229 40-1225
40-202 40-1225
40-1044 40-1225
40-1048 40-1225
C002 Earthing point 2 40-1044 40-1225
40-229 40-1225
40-1048 40-1225
40-202 40-1225
40-842 40-1225
40-834 40-1225
C003 Earthing point 3 40-202 40-1222
40-1064 40-1205
40-315 40-1205
40-1092 40-1205
40-944 40-1205
40-1017 40-1222
40-343 40-1222
40-61
Wiring diagrams
tem
C003 Earthing point 3 40-383 40-1222
40-937 40-1222
40-799 40-1222
40-398 40-1205
40-304 40-1222
40-967 40-1222
40-1044 40-1222
Table 141
tem
C003 Earthing point 3 40-315 40-1189
40-761 40-1222
40-1048 40-1205
40-976 40-1189
40-812 40-1189
40-1030 40-1189
40-398 40-1189
40-1048 40-1189
40-355 40-1189
C003 Earthing point 3 40-944 40-1189
40-1121 40-1205
40-229 40-1205
40-773 40-1189
40-229 40-1189
40-355 40-1205
C004 Earthing point 4 40-461 40-1205
40-908 40-1205
40-876 40-1205
40-944 40-1205
40-355 40-1205
40-315 40-1205
C004 Earthing point 4 40-1150 40-1205
40-998 40-1205
40-498 40-1205
40-269 40-1205
40-799 40-1222
Table 142
tem
C004 Earthing point 4 40-529 40-1205
40-553 40-1205
40-732 40-1205
40-1121 40-1205
40-1048 40-1205
40-434 40-1205
40-398 40-1205
C004 Earthing point 4 40-1017 40-1222
40-426 40-1222
40-714 40-1222
40-1044 40-1222
40-383 40-1222
40-304 40-1222
40-453 40-1222
40-579 40-1205
40-62
Wiring diagrams
tem
C004 Earthing point 4 40-677 40-1189
40-761 40-1222
40-498 40-1189
40-812 40-1189
40-908 40-1189
40-229 40-1189
40-623 40-1189
40-398 40-1189
40-876 40-1189
Table 143
tem
C004 Earthing point 4 40-976 40-1189
40-343 40-1222
40-1030 40-1189
40-896 40-1222
40-461 40-1189
40-732 40-1189
40-1048 40-1189
40-1092 40-1205
40-773 40-1189
C004 Earthing point 4 40-579 40-1189
40-944 40-1189
40-529 40-1189
40-998 40-1189
40-355 40-1189
40-434 40-1189
40-315 40-1189
40-269 40-1189
40-1064 40-1205
C004 Earthing point 4 40-229 40-1205
40-677 40-1205
40-623 40-1205
40-553 40-1189
40-658 40-1222
40-867 40-1222
40-521 40-1222
40-202 40-1222
40-937 40-1222
Table 144
tem
C004 Earthing point 4 40-261 40-1222
40-994 40-1222
40-967 40-1222
40-484 40-1222
40-546 40-1222
40-571 40-1222
C005 Earthing point 5 40-1044 40-1226
40-1048 40-1226
C006 Earthing point 6 40-1044 40-1226
40-1048 40-1226
C007 Earthing point 7 40-1044 40-1188
40-677 40-1226
40-434 40-1226
40-867 40-1226
40-1048 40-1226
40-304 40-1226
40-461 40-1226
40-426 40-1226
40-63
Wiring diagrams
tem
C007 Earthing point 7 40-1048 40-1188
40-343 40-1188
40-908 40-1188
40-498 40-1188
40-529 40-1188
40-732 40-1188
40-355 40-1188
40-571 40-1188
Table 145
tem
C007 Earthing point 7 40-658 40-1226
40-484 40-1188
40-896 40-1188
40-579 40-1188
40-714 40-1188
40-426 40-1212
40-546 40-1226
40-521 40-1188
40-546 40-1212
40-623 40-1212
C007 Earthing point 7 40-434 40-1212
40-553 40-1212
40-896 40-1212
40-453 40-1212
40-1044 40-1212
40-605 40-1212
40-867 40-1212
40-1044 40-1226
C007 Earthing point 7 40-453 40-1226
40-315 40-1226
40-304 40-1212
40-553 40-1226
40-315 40-1212
40-1048 40-1212
40-461 40-1212
40-876 40-1212
Table 146
tem
C007 Earthing point 7 40-876 40-1226
C008 Earthing point 8 40-315 40-1205
40-269 40-1205
40-355 40-1205
40-229 40-1205
40-1150 40-1205
40-1048 40-1189
40-229 40-1189
C008 Earthing point 8 40-355 40-1189
40-1030 40-1189
40-269 40-1189
40-1048 40-1205
40-315 40-1189
C009 Earthing point 9 40-1017 40-1222
40-1044 40-1222
40-202 40-1222
40-343 40-1222
40-967 40-1222
40-304 40-1222
40-64
Wiring diagrams
tem
C009 Earthing point 9 40-799 40-1222
40-896 40-1222
40-1092 40-1205
40-867 40-1222
40-994 40-1222
Table 147
tem
C009 Earthing point 9 40-761 40-1222
40-908 40-1205
40-1121 40-1205
40-1048 40-1205
40-998 40-1205
40-876 40-1205
40-773 40-1189
C009 Earthing point 9 40-1048 40-1189
40-908 40-1189
40-876 40-1189
40-812 40-1189
40-998 40-1189
40-976 40-1189
40-261 40-1222
40-1064 40-1205
40.2.8 - C - Earths (AGROFARM 420 -> 16001, AGROFARM 430 -> 5001)
Table 148
tem
40-842 40-1225
40-229 40-1225
40-202 40-1225
40-1044 40-1225
40-1048 40-1225
C002 Earthing point 2 40-1044 40-1225
40-229 40-1225
40-1048 40-1225
40-202 40-1225
40-842 40-1225
40-834 40-1225
C003 Earthing point 3 40-202 40-1222
40-1064 40-1205
40-315 40-1205
40-1092 40-1205
40-944 40-1205
40-1017 40-1222
40-343 40-1222
C003 Earthing point 3 40-383 40-1222
40-937 40-1222
40-799 40-1222
40-398 40-1205
40-304 40-1222
40-967 40-1222
40-1044 40-1222
40-65
Wiring diagrams
Table 149
tem
C003 Earthing point 3 40-315 40-1189
40-761 40-1222
40-1048 40-1205
40-976 40-1189
40-812 40-1189
40-1030 40-1189
40-398 40-1189
40-1048 40-1189
40-355 40-1189
C003 Earthing point 3 40-944 40-1189
40-1121 40-1205
40-229 40-1205
40-773 40-1189
40-229 40-1189
40-355 40-1205
C004 Earthing point 4 40-461 40-1205
40-908 40-1205
40-876 40-1205
40-944 40-1205
40-355 40-1205
40-315 40-1205
C004 Earthing point 4 40-1150 40-1205
40-998 40-1205
40-498 40-1205
40-799 40-1222
Table 150
tem
C004 Earthing point 4 40-529 40-1205
40-553 40-1205
40-732 40-1205
40-283 40-1205
40-1121 40-1205
40-1048 40-1205
40-434 40-1205
40-398 40-1205
C004 Earthing point 4 40-1017 40-1222
40-426 40-1222
40-714 40-1222
40-1044 40-1222
40-383 40-1222
40-304 40-1222
40-453 40-1222
40-579 40-1205
C004 Earthing point 4 40-677 40-1189
40-761 40-1222
40-498 40-1189
40-812 40-1189
40-908 40-1189
40-229 40-1189
40-623 40-1189
40-283 40-1189
40-398 40-1189
40-876 40-1189
40-66
Wiring diagrams
Table 151
tem
C004 Earthing point 4 40-976 40-1189
40-343 40-1222
40-1030 40-1189
40-896 40-1222
40-461 40-1189
40-732 40-1189
40-1048 40-1189
40-1092 40-1205
40-773 40-1189
C004 Earthing point 4 40-579 40-1189
40-944 40-1189
40-529 40-1189
40-998 40-1189
40-355 40-1189
40-434 40-1189
40-315 40-1189
40-1064 40-1205
C004 Earthing point 4 40-229 40-1205
40-677 40-1205
40-623 40-1205
40-553 40-1189
40-658 40-1222
40-867 40-1222
40-521 40-1222
40-202 40-1222
40-937 40-1222
40-276 40-1222
Table 152
tem
C004 Earthing point 4 40-994 40-1222
40-967 40-1222
40-484 40-1222
40-546 40-1222
40-571 40-1222
C005 Earthing point 5 40-1044 40-1226
40-1048 40-1226
C006 Earthing point 6 40-1044 40-1226
40-1048 40-1226
C007 Earthing point 7 40-1044 40-1188
40-677 40-1226
40-434 40-1226
40-867 40-1226
40-1048 40-1226
40-304 40-1226
40-461 40-1226
40-426 40-1226
C007 Earthing point 7 40-1048 40-1188
40-343 40-1188
40-908 40-1188
40-498 40-1188
40-529 40-1188
40-732 40-1188
40-355 40-1188
40-571 40-1188
40-67
Wiring diagrams
Table 153
tem
C007 Earthing point 7 40-658 40-1226
40-484 40-1188
40-896 40-1188
40-579 40-1188
40-714 40-1188
40-426 40-1212
40-546 40-1226
40-521 40-1188
40-546 40-1212
40-623 40-1212
C007 Earthing point 7 40-434 40-1212
40-553 40-1212
40-896 40-1212
40-453 40-1212
40-1044 40-1212
40-605 40-1212
40-867 40-1212
40-1044 40-1226
C007 Earthing point 7 40-453 40-1226
40-315 40-1226
40-304 40-1212
40-553 40-1226
40-315 40-1212
40-1048 40-1212
40-461 40-1212
40-876 40-1212
Table 154
tem
C007 Earthing point 7 40-876 40-1226
C008 Earthing point 8 40-283 40-1205
40-315 40-1205
40-355 40-1205
40-229 40-1205
40-1150 40-1205
40-1048 40-1189
40-229 40-1189
C008 Earthing point 8 40-355 40-1189
40-1030 40-1189
40-283 40-1189
40-1048 40-1205
40-315 40-1189
C009 Earthing point 9 40-1017 40-1222
40-276 40-1222
40-1044 40-1222
40-202 40-1222
40-343 40-1222
40-967 40-1222
40-304 40-1222
C009 Earthing point 9 40-799 40-1222
40-896 40-1222
40-1092 40-1205
40-867 40-1222
40-994 40-1222
40-68
Wiring diagrams
Table 155
tem
C009 Earthing point 9 40-761 40-1222
40-908 40-1205
40-1121 40-1205
40-1048 40-1205
40-998 40-1205
40-876 40-1205
40-773 40-1189
C009 Earthing point 9 40-1048 40-1189
40-908 40-1189
40-876 40-1189
40-812 40-1189
40-998 40-1189
40-976 40-1189
40-1064 40-1205
40.2.9 - D - Intermediate connections (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001, AGROFARM 420 ->
20001, AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
D001
Table 156
tem
D001 Wiring connector 40-175 40-1182
40-175 40-1193
40-825 40-1193
40-825 40-1205
40-175 40-1205
40-825 40-1182
40-825 40-1182
40-175 40-1182
D002
Table 157
tem
40-825 40-1193
40-825 40-1205
40-825 40-1183
D003
Table 158
tem
40-537 40-1205
40-825 40-1205
40-537 40-1193
40-825 40-1184
40-825 40-1193
40-537 40-1184
40-825 40-1184
40-69
Wiring diagrams
D004
Table 159
tem
40-411 40-1177
40-510 40-1177
40-786 40-1177
40-443 40-1177
40-750 40-1177
40-470 40-1177
40-470 40-1205
40-443 40-1193
40-1078 40-1205
40-443 40-1205
40-786 40-1193
40-510 40-1193
40-750 40-1193
40-411 40-1193
40-470 40-1193
40-1051 40-1177
40-411 40-1177
40-470 40-1177
40-510 40-1177
40-443 40-1177
D005
Table 160
tem
40-587 40-1193
40-641 40-1193
40-952 40-1193
40-370 40-1193
40-175 40-1193
40-1002 40-1193
40-1106 40-1205
40-695 40-1205
40-370 40-1205
40-641 40-1205
40-641 40-1220
40-1136 40-1205
40-370 40-1218
40-952 40-1220
40-695 40-1193
40-1002 40-1218
40-641 40-1218
40-175 40-1218
40-695 40-1218
40-695 40-1220
40-1002 40-1220
40-587 40-1220
40-370 40-1220
40-175 40-1220
40-587 40-1218
40-175 40-1218
40-70
Wiring diagrams
Table 161
tem
40-641 40-1218
40-695 40-1218
40-370 40-1218
40-587 40-1218
40-175 40-1220
40-587 40-1220
40-1136 40-1220
40-695 40-1220
40-370 40-1220
40-1106 40-1220
40-641 40-1220
40-175 40-1193
40-175 40-1205
40-695 40-1193
40-1136 40-1218
40-587 40-1193
40-641 40-1193
40-952 40-1193
40-587 40-1205
40-695 40-1205
40-1136 40-1205
40-1106 40-1205
40-370 40-1205
40-1002 40-1193
D006
Table 162
tem
40-952 40-1163
40-952 40-1220
40-1106 40-1163
D007
Table 163
tem
40-920 40-1205
40-328 40-1205
40-290 40-1205
40-989 40-1205
40-290 40-1179
40-328 40-1179
40-290 40-1193
40-328 40-1193
40-989 40-1193
40-920 40-1179
40-328 40-1179
40-920 40-1179
40-290 40-1179
40-989 40-1179
40-71
Wiring diagrams
D008
Table 164
tem
40-641 40-1205
40-470 40-1204
40-695 40-1204
40-328 40-1204
40-587 40-1205
40-884 40-1205
40-470 40-1205
40-856 40-1205
40-510 40-1205
40-884 40-1204
40-443 40-1205
40-443 40-1204
40-695 40-1205
40-856 40-1193
40-856 40-1204
40-411 40-1204
40-470 40-1193
40-587 40-1193
40-695 40-1193
40-411 40-1193
40-443 40-1193
40-290 40-1193
40-328 40-1193
40-587 40-1204
40-510 40-1193
40-641 40-1204
40-290 40-1204
Table 165
tem
40-884 40-1193
40-587 40-1204
40-641 40-1204
40-884 40-1204
40-470 40-1204
40-510 40-1204
40-695 40-1204
40-290 40-1204
40-856 40-1204
40-328 40-1204
40-72
Wiring diagrams
D009
Table 166
tem
40-537 40-1205
40-587 40-1193
40-561 40-1205
40-641 40-1205
40-587 40-1205
40-695 40-1205
40-537 40-1204
40-587 40-1204
40-641 40-1204
40-695 40-1193
40-561 40-1193
40-695 40-1204
40-537 40-1193
40-641 40-1204
40-561 40-1204
40-695 40-1204
40-587 40-1204
40-537 40-1204
D010
Table 167
tem
D010 0.900.1571.7 Park Brake switch 40-1002 40-1193
40-1136 40-1205
D011
Table 168
tem
40-254 40-1205
40-1136 40-1205
40-1078 40-1205
40-1106 40-1205
40-920 40-1205
40-1051 40-1205
40-370 40-1198
40-786 40-1198
40-175 40-1205
40-370 40-1205
40-920 40-1193
40-175 40-1198
40-920 40-1198
40-370 40-1193
40-750 40-1193
40-175 40-1193
40-1002 40-1193
40-254 40-1193
40-73
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-750 40-1198
40-1002 40-1198
40-952 40-1193
40-254 40-1198
40-175 40-1198
40-1136 40-1198
40-370 40-1198
40-1106 40-1198
40-920 40-1198
40-1051 40-1198
D012
Table 169
tem
D012 Configuration connector 40-920 40-1193
40-920 40-1205
Configuration connector 40-920 40-1205
40-920 40-1193
Configuration connector 40-920 40-1193
40-920 40-1205
D013
Table 170
tem
40-920 40-1205
40-254 40-1205
40-920 40-1205
40-254 40-1205
40-1106 40-1205
40-920 40-1193
40-952 40-1193
40-920 40-1193
40-952 40-1193
40-254 40-1193
D014
Table 171
tem
40-411 40-1205
40-1078 40-1205
40-470 40-1205
40-470 40-1208
40-750 40-1208
40-750 40-1193
40-411 40-1208
40-470 40-1193
40-411 40-1193
40-74
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-786 40-1208
40-1078 40-1208
40-411 40-1208
40-470 40-1208
40-1051 40-1208
D015
Table 172
tem
40-254 40-1233
D018
Table 173
tem
40-1136 40-1198
40-1136 40-1216
40-1002 40-1216
D019
Table 174
tem
40-920 40-1185
D021
Table 175
tem
40-1002 40-1175
40-1002 40-1198
40-1136 40-1198
D022
Table 176
tem
40-920 40-1185
40-75
Wiring diagrams
D023
Table 177
tem
40-290 40-1210
40-328 40-1188
40-884 40-1188
40-510 40-1188
40-695 40-1188
40-470 40-1188
40-411 40-1228
40-290 40-1228
40-641 40-1228
40-411 40-1210
40-587 40-1210
40-856 40-1210
40-443 40-1210
40-443 40-1204
40-411 40-1204
40-290 40-1204
40-856 40-1204
40-443 40-1228
40-290 40-1204
40-641 40-1204
40-411 40-1204
40-856 40-1204
40-884 40-1204
40-695 40-1204
40-510 40-1204
40-328 40-1204
40-470 40-1204
D024
Table 178
tem
40-695 40-1188
40-641 40-1228
40-537 40-1210
40-537 40-1204
40-587 40-1204
40-561 40-1188
40-587 40-1210
40-641 40-1204
40-537 40-1204
40-561 40-1204
D025
Table 179
tem
40-695 40-1204
40-695 40-1188
40-561 40-1188
40-76
Wiring diagrams
D026
Table 180
tem
40-641 40-1228
40-587 40-1166
40-641 40-1166
D027
Table 181
tem
40-537 40-1210
40-537 40-1228
40-641 40-1228
40-537 40-1165
40-587 40-1165
40-587 40-1166
40-537 40-1166
40-641 40-1228
40-537 40-1228
40-587 40-1210
40-537 40-1166
40-537 40-1165
40-641 40-1165
40-641 40-1166
D028
Table 182
tem
40-641 40-1201
40-695 40-1188
40-641 40-1228
40-587 40-1210
40-695 40-1199
D029
Table 183
tem
40-443 40-1214
40-856 40-1214
40-411 40-1214
40-290 40-1214
40-290 40-1228
40-856 40-1228
40-443 40-1228
40-443 40-1210
40-856 40-1210
40-411 40-1228
40-290 40-1214
40-411 40-1214
40-856 40-1214
40-443 40-1214
40-77
Wiring diagrams
D030
Table 184
tem
40-884 40-1169
40-856 40-1168
40-856 40-1210
40-884 40-1188
40-856 40-1168
D031
Table 185
tem
40-290 40-1214
40-328 40-1172
40-290 40-1172
D032
Table 186
tem
40-290 40-1214
40-328 40-1173
40-290 40-1173
D033
Table 187
tem
40-470 40-1177
40-510 40-1177
40-411 40-1177
40-443 40-1174
40-411 40-1174
40-470 40-1174
40-510 40-1174
D034
Table 188
tem
40-695 40-1188
40-695 40-1188
40-561 40-1188
D035
Table 189
tem
40-561 40-1188
40-695 40-1188
40-561 40-1188
40-78
Wiring diagrams
D036
Table 190
tem
40-856 40-1187
D037
Table 191
tem
40-470 40-1235
40-786 40-1235
40-411 40-1235
40-750 40-1235
40-1051 40-1235
40-1051 40-1208
40-470 40-1208
40-1078 40-1208
40-786 40-1208
40-411 40-1208
D038
Table 192
tem
40-1051 40-1235
40-786 40-1235
40-470 40-1235
40-750 40-1235
40-750 40-1208
40-786 40-1208
40-1051 40-1208
40-411 40-1208
40-1078 40-1208
40-1078 40-1235
D039
Table 193
tem
40-786 40-1234
40-411 40-1234
40-470 40-1234
40-1078 40-1208
40-1051 40-1208
40-750 40-1208
40-786 40-1208
40-750 40-1234
40-411 40-1208
40-79
Wiring diagrams
D040
Table 194
tem
40-411 40-1234
40-470 40-1234
40-786 40-1234
40-1078 40-1208
40-1051 40-1208
40-750 40-1208
40-470 40-1208
40-786 40-1208
D041
Table 195
tem
40-411 40-1180
40-470 40-1176
40-411 40-1234
D041 2.8039.299.0 Rh front light on arms 40-1078 40-1234
40-786 40-1234
D042
Table 196
tem
40-411 40-1181
40-470 40-1175
40-470 40-1235
D042 2.8039.299.0 LH front light on arms 40-1078 40-1235
40-786 40-1235
D043
Table 197
tem
40-1051 40-1205
40-1051 40-1170
40-1078 40-1170
D044
Table 198
tem
40-1078 40-1205
40-1051 40-1205
40-1051 40-1170
40-80
Wiring diagrams
D045
Table 199
tem
40-510 40-1174
40-443 40-1174
40-470 40-1174
40-411 40-1177
40-510 40-1177
40-470 40-1177
40-411 40-1174
40.2.10 - D - Intermediate connections (AGROFARM 410 -> 16001)

D001
Table 200
tem
40-842 40-1189
40-229 40-1189
40-842 40-1205
40-229 40-1205
40-202 40-1222
40-842 40-1182
40-229 40-1182
40-842 40-1182
40-202 40-1182
D002
Table 201
tem
40-842 40-1205
40-842 40-1183
40-842 40-1189
40-842 40-1183
40-834 40-1183
D003
Table 202
tem
40-834 40-1222
40-546 40-1222
40-842 40-1205
40-842 40-1189
40-553 40-1189
40-842 40-1184
40-553 40-1184
40-842 40-1184
40-553 40-1184
40-834 40-1184
40-81
Wiring diagrams
D004
Table 203
tem
40-812 40-1202
40-773 40-1202
40-761 40-1222
40-1092 40-1205
40-812 40-1189
40-773 40-1189
40-1064 40-1205
40-1064 40-1202
40-1092 40-1202
40-761 40-1202
D005
Table 204
tem
40-1121 40-1205
40-623 40-1205
40-1150 40-1205
40-229 40-1189
40-658 40-1222
40-677 40-1189
40-229 40-1205
40-732 40-1205
40-398 40-1205
40-605 40-1222
40-202 40-1222
40-714 40-1222
40-732 40-1218
40-398 40-1189
40-1017 40-1222
40-229 40-1218
40-623 40-1220
40-623 40-1218
40-976 40-1218
40-677 40-1218
40-1030 40-1218
40-967 40-1222
40-398 40-1218
40-623 40-1189
40-976 40-1220
40-976 40-1189
40-229 40-1220
40-732 40-1220
40-677 40-1220
40-82
Wiring diagrams
Table 205
tem
40-1030 40-1189
40-967 40-1222
40-1150 40-1220
40-1121 40-1218
40-398 40-1220
40-732 40-1218
40-623 40-1220
40-677 40-1220
40-732 40-1220
40-229 40-1220
40-202 40-1222
40-1017 40-1222
40-714 40-1222
40-605 40-1222
40-658 40-1222
40-398 40-1218
40-383 40-1222
40-732 40-1189
40-976 40-1189
40-1030 40-1189
40-623 40-1189
40-398 40-1189
40-677 40-1189
40-229 40-1205
40-1121 40-1205
40-732 40-1205
40-398 40-1205
40-1150 40-1205
40-677 40-1205
40-83
Wiring diagrams
Table 206
tem
40-229 40-1218
40-623 40-1218
40-229 40-1189
40-658 40-1220
40-714 40-1220
40-383 40-1220
40-605 40-1220
40-967 40-1220
40-1017 40-1220
40-1017 40-1218
40-202 40-1218
40-714 40-1218
40-658 40-1218
40-605 40-1218
40-202 40-1220
40-967 40-1218
D006
Table 207
tem
40-976 40-1163
40-1121 40-1220
40-967 40-1220
40-976 40-1220
40-1121 40-1163
D008
Table 208
tem
40-304 40-1222
40-434 40-1205
40-498 40-1205
40-623 40-1205
40-529 40-1205
40-732 40-1205
40-461 40-1205
40-677 40-1205
40-876 40-1205
40-521 40-1222
40-896 40-1222
40-658 40-1222
40-484 40-1222
40-343 40-1222
40-605 40-1222
40-908 40-1205
40-315 40-1205
40-867 40-1222
40-84
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-623 40-1204
40-908 40-1189
40-315 40-1189
40-434 40-1189
40-876 40-1189
40-677 40-1189
40-529 40-1189
40-498 40-1189
40-623 40-1189
40-529 40-1204
40-461 40-1204
Table 209
tem
40-461 40-1189
40-732 40-1204
40-908 40-1204
40-677 40-1204
40-355 40-1204
40-876 40-1204
40-732 40-1189
40-434 40-1204
40-315 40-1204
40-355 40-1204
40-732 40-1204
40-461 40-1204
40-498 40-1204
40-434 40-1204
40-876 40-1204
40-623 40-1204
40-529 40-1204
40-677 40-1204
40-658 40-1204
40-605 40-1204
40-426 40-1204
40-521 40-1204
40-867 40-1204
40-304 40-1204
40-484 40-1204
40-714 40-1204
40-896 40-1204
40-85
Wiring diagrams
D009
Table 210
tem
40-677 40-1205
40-732 40-1205
40-553 40-1205
40-546 40-1222
40-658 40-1222
40-605 40-1222
40-579 40-1205
40-677 40-1189
40-571 40-1222
40-623 40-1205
40-732 40-1189
40-553 40-1189
40-579 40-1204
40-732 40-1204
40-623 40-1189
40-553 40-1204
40-623 40-1204
40-677 40-1204
40-732 40-1204
40-553 40-1204
40-677 40-1204
40-579 40-1204
40-546 40-1204
40-658 40-1204
40-714 40-1204
40-605 40-1204
40-571 40-1204
D010
Table 211
tem
40-1150 40-1205
D011
Table 212
tem
40-269 40-1205
40-1064 40-1205
40-383 40-1217
40-967 40-1217
40-761 40-1217
40-261 40-1217
40-937 40-1217
40-1017 40-1217
40-1150 40-1205
40-86
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-202 40-1217
40-799 40-1222
40-937 40-1222
40-761 40-1222
40-1017 40-1222
40-967 40-1222
40-202 40-1222
40-398 40-1205
40-261 40-1222
40-812 40-1196
40-1121 40-1205
40-944 40-1196
40-944 40-1189
40-229 40-1189
40-812 40-1189
40-269 40-1189
40-398 40-1189
Table 213
tem
40-1030 40-1196
40-1092 40-1205
40-1030 40-1189
40-944 40-1205
40-398 40-1196
40-269 40-1196
40-773 40-1196
40-229 40-1205
40-1064 40-1196
40-1121 40-1196
40-398 40-1196
40-1150 40-1196
40-269 40-1196
40-944 40-1196
40-269 40-1196
40-229 40-1196
D013
Table 214
tem
40-937 40-1222
40-261 40-1222
40-202 40-1222
40-967 40-1222
40-261 40-1222
40-202 40-1222
40-967 40-1222
40-87
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-976 40-1189
40-269 40-1205
40-1121 40-1205
40-944 40-1205
40-269 40-1205
40-269 40-1189
40-976 40-1189
40-944 40-1189
40-1121 40-1205
40-944 40-1189
D013a
Table 215
tem
Wiring connector 40-261 40-1222
40-261 40-1222
D014
Table 216
tem
40-498 40-1189
40-812 40-1189
40-773 40-1208
40-498 40-1208
40-812 40-1208
40-1092 40-1205
40-498 40-1205
40-761 40-1222
40-799 40-1222
40-1064 40-1205
40-498 40-1208
40-1092 40-1208
40-1064 40-1208
40-799 40-1208
40-761 40-1208
40-484 40-1208
D015
Table 217
tem
40-261 40-1230
40-261 40-1217
40-269 40-1196
40-88
Wiring diagrams
D021
Table 218
tem
40-1017 40-1217
40-1150 40-1196
40-1030 40-1196
40-1150 40-1175
40-1017 40-1175
D023
Table 219
tem
40-426 40-1226
40-461 40-1226
40-867 40-1226
40-453 40-1226
40-658 40-1226
40-315 40-1226
40-677 40-1226
40-434 40-1226
40-521 40-1188
40-498 40-1188
40-732 40-1188
40-714 40-1188
40-529 40-1188
40-343 40-1188
40-355 40-1188
40-876 40-1226
40-426 40-1212
40-896 40-1188
40-453 40-1204
40-623 40-1204
40-304 40-1212
40-434 40-1204
40-304 40-1226
40-876 40-1204
40-461 40-1204
40-304 40-1204
40-867 40-1204
Table 220
tem
40-453 40-1212
40-605 40-1212
40-434 40-1212
40-623 40-1212
40-461 40-1212
40-315 40-1212
40-876 40-1212
40-867 40-1212
40-315 40-1204
40-89
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-876 40-1204
40-461 40-1204
40-658 40-1204
40-867 40-1204
40-677 40-1204
40-453 40-1204
40-315 40-1204
40-434 40-1204
40-426 40-1204
40-732 40-1204
40-521 40-1204
40-908 40-1204
40-484 40-1204
40-529 40-1204
40-498 40-1204
40-355 40-1204
40-714 40-1204
40-896 40-1204
D024
Table 221
tem
40-732 40-1188
40-579 40-1188
40-546 40-1226
40-658 40-1226
40-677 40-1226
40-553 40-1226
40-623 40-1212
40-553 40-1212
40-546 40-1212
40-623 40-1204
40-605 40-1204
40-553 40-1204
40-605 40-1212
40-714 40-1188
40-677 40-1204
40-553 40-1204
40-658 40-1204
40-546 40-1204
40-714 40-1204
40-732 40-1204
40-571 40-1204
40-90
Wiring diagrams
D025
Table 222
tem
40-571 40-1204
40-714 40-1204
40-579 40-1204
40-571 40-1188
40-579 40-1188
40-732 40-1188
40-714 40-1188
D026
Table 223
tem
40-623 40-1166
40-677 40-1226
40-605 40-1212
40-605 40-1166
40-623 40-1212
40-658 40-1166
40-677 40-1166
D027
Table 224
tem
40-605 40-1166
40-623 40-1166
40-546 40-1165
40-658 40-1226
40-623 40-1212
40-605 40-1212
40-553 40-1165
40-546 40-1212
40-546 40-1226
40-553 40-1212
40-658 40-1166
40-546 40-1165
40-553 40-1165
40-677 40-1166
D028
Table 225
tem
40-714 40-1199
40-732 40-1199
40-623 40-1212
40-658 40-1201
40-623 40-1163
40-732 40-1188
40-714 40-1188
40-658 40-1226
40-677 40-1226
40-91
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-677 40-1201
D029
Table 226
tem
40-461 40-1214
40-453 40-1214
40-304 40-1214
40-426 40-1214
40-315 40-1214
40-434 40-1214
40-304 40-1226
40-434 40-1212
40-315 40-1226
40-453 40-1226
40-453 40-1212
40-315 40-1212
40-426 40-1212
40-304 40-1212
40-461 40-1212
40-426 40-1226
40-304 40-1214
40-315 40-1214
40-426 40-1214
40-453 40-1214
40-461 40-1214
D030
Table 227
tem
40-908 40-1169
40-896 40-1169
40-867 40-1168
40-896 40-1188
40-867 40-1226
40-876 40-1226
40-876 40-1212
40-867 40-1212
40-876 40-1168
40-876 40-1168
40-92
Wiring diagrams
D031
Table 228
tem
40-355 40-1172
40-315 40-1214
40-355 40-1188
40-343 40-1188
40-343 40-1172
40-304 40-1172
40-315 40-1172
D032
Table 229
tem
40-355 40-1188
40-343 40-1188
40-315 40-1214
40-304 40-1214
40-343 40-1173
40-304 40-1173
40-315 40-1173
D034
Table 230
tem
40-579 40-1188
40-571 40-1188
40-714 40-1188
40-732 40-1188
40-714 40-1188
40-579 40-1188
40-571 40-1188
D035
Table 231
tem
40-579 40-1188
40-714 40-1188
40-571 40-1188
40-579 40-1188
40-714 40-1188
40-571 40-1188
40-732 40-1188
40-93
Wiring diagrams
D037
Table 232
tem
40-1064 40-1208
40-799 40-1235
40-498 40-1235
40-484 40-1235
40-1064 40-1235
40-812 40-1235
40-1092 40-1235
40-1092 40-1208
40-484 40-1208
40-498 40-1208
40-773 40-1208
40-761 40-1208
40-761 40-1235
40-799 40-1208
D038
Table 233
tem
40-498 40-1235
40-1092 40-1235
40-761 40-1208
40-773 40-1235
40-484 40-1235
40-799 40-1235
40-1064 40-1235
40-498 40-1208
40-812 40-1235
40-484 40-1208
40-812 40-1208
40-773 40-1208
40-799 40-1208
40-1092 40-1208
D039
Table 234
tem
40-812 40-1234
40-484 40-1234
40-1092 40-1234
40-773 40-1234
40-761 40-1234
40-799 40-1234
40-498 40-1234
40-799 40-1208
40-1064 40-1234
40-484 40-1208
40-498 40-1208
40-1092 40-1208
40-761 40-1208
40-1064 40-1208
40-94
Wiring diagrams
D040
Table 235
tem
40-773 40-1234
40-1092 40-1234
40-484 40-1234
40-799 40-1234
40-498 40-1234
40-761 40-1234
40-1064 40-1234
40-484 40-1208
40-1092 40-1208
40-1064 40-1208
40-498 40-1208
40-799 40-1208
40-773 40-1208
40-761 40-1208
D041
Table 236
tem
40-484 40-1234
40-484 40-1176
40-812 40-1176
40-799 40-1176
40-498 40-1234
40-1092 40-1234
40-812 40-1234
40-799 40-1234
40-498 40-1176
40-1092 40-1234
40-812 40-1234
40-484 40-1234
40-799 40-1234
D042
Table 237
tem
40-498 40-1235
40-1092 40-1235
40-484 40-1235
40-799 40-1235
40-484 40-1175
40-812 40-1175
40-498 40-1175
40-799 40-1175
40-1092 40-1175
40-799 40-1235
40-484 40-1235
40-1092 40-1235
40-812 40-1235
40-95
Wiring diagrams
D043
Table 238
tem
40-1092 40-1170
40-1064 40-1170
40-1064 40-1205
D044
Table 239
tem
40-1064 40-1205
40-1092 40-1205
40-1064 40-1170
40.2.11 - D - Intermediate connections (AGROFARM 420 -> 16001, AGROFARM 430 ->
5001)
D001
Table 240
tem
40-842 40-1189
40-229 40-1189
40-842 40-1205
40-229 40-1205
40-202 40-1222
40-842 40-1182
40-229 40-1182
40-842 40-1182
40-202 40-1182
D002
Table 241
tem
40-842 40-1205
40-842 40-1183
40-842 40-1189
40-842 40-1183
40-834 40-1183
D003
Table 242
tem
40-834 40-1222
40-546 40-1222
40-842 40-1205
40-842 40-1189
40-553 40-1189
40-842 40-1184
40-553 40-1184
40-842 40-1184
40-553 40-1184
40-96
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-834 40-1184
D004
Table 243
tem
40-812 40-1202
40-773 40-1202
40-761 40-1222
40-1092 40-1205
40-812 40-1189
40-773 40-1189
40-1064 40-1205
40-1064 40-1202
40-1092 40-1202
40-761 40-1202
D005
Table 244
tem
40-1121 40-1205
40-623 40-1205
40-1150 40-1205
40-229 40-1189
40-658 40-1222
40-677 40-1189
40-229 40-1205
40-732 40-1205
40-398 40-1205
40-605 40-1222
40-202 40-1222
40-714 40-1222
40-732 40-1218
40-398 40-1189
40-1017 40-1222
40-229 40-1218
40-623 40-1220
40-623 40-1218
40-976 40-1218
40-677 40-1218
40-1030 40-1218
40-967 40-1222
40-398 40-1218
40-623 40-1189
40-976 40-1220
40-976 40-1189
40-229 40-1220
40-732 40-1220
40-677 40-1220
40-97
Wiring diagrams
Table 245
tem
40-1030 40-1189
40-967 40-1222
40-1150 40-1220
40-1121 40-1218
40-398 40-1220
40-732 40-1218
40-623 40-1220
40-677 40-1220
40-732 40-1220
40-229 40-1220
40-202 40-1222
40-1017 40-1222
40-714 40-1222
40-605 40-1222
40-658 40-1222
40-398 40-1218
40-383 40-1222
40-732 40-1189
40-976 40-1189
40-1030 40-1189
40-623 40-1189
40-398 40-1189
40-677 40-1189
40-229 40-1205
40-1121 40-1205
40-732 40-1205
40-398 40-1205
40-1150 40-1205
40-677 40-1205
40-98
Wiring diagrams
Table 246
tem
40-229 40-1218
40-623 40-1218
40-229 40-1189
40-658 40-1220
40-714 40-1220
40-383 40-1220
40-605 40-1220
40-967 40-1220
40-1017 40-1220
40-1017 40-1218
40-202 40-1218
40-714 40-1218
40-658 40-1218
40-605 40-1218
40-202 40-1220
40-967 40-1218
D006
Table 247
tem
40-976 40-1163
40-1121 40-1220
40-967 40-1220
40-976 40-1220
40-1121 40-1163
D008
Table 248
tem
40-304 40-1222
40-434 40-1205
40-498 40-1205
40-623 40-1205
40-529 40-1205
40-732 40-1205
40-461 40-1205
40-677 40-1205
40-876 40-1205
40-521 40-1222
40-896 40-1222
40-658 40-1222
40-484 40-1222
40-343 40-1222
40-605 40-1222
40-908 40-1205
40-315 40-1205
40-867 40-1222
40-99
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-623 40-1204
40-908 40-1189
40-315 40-1189
40-434 40-1189
40-876 40-1189
40-677 40-1189
40-529 40-1189
40-498 40-1189
40-623 40-1189
40-529 40-1204
40-461 40-1204
Table 249
tem
40-461 40-1189
40-732 40-1204
40-908 40-1204
40-677 40-1204
40-355 40-1204
40-876 40-1204
40-732 40-1189
40-434 40-1204
40-315 40-1204
40-355 40-1204
40-732 40-1204
40-461 40-1204
40-498 40-1204
40-434 40-1204
40-876 40-1204
40-623 40-1204
40-529 40-1204
40-677 40-1204
40-658 40-1204
40-605 40-1204
40-426 40-1204
40-521 40-1204
40-867 40-1204
40-304 40-1204
40-484 40-1204
40-714 40-1204
40-896 40-1204
40-100
Wiring diagrams
D009
Table 250
tem
40-677 40-1205
40-732 40-1205
40-553 40-1205
40-546 40-1222
40-658 40-1222
40-605 40-1222
40-579 40-1205
40-677 40-1189
40-571 40-1222
40-623 40-1205
40-732 40-1189
40-553 40-1189
40-579 40-1204
40-732 40-1204
40-623 40-1189
40-553 40-1204
40-623 40-1204
40-677 40-1204
40-732 40-1204
40-553 40-1204
40-677 40-1204
40-579 40-1204
40-546 40-1204
40-658 40-1204
40-714 40-1204
40-605 40-1204
40-571 40-1204
D010
Table 251
tem
40-1150 40-1205
D011
Table 252
tem
40-1064 40-1205
40-383 40-1217
40-967 40-1217
40-761 40-1217
40-937 40-1217
40-1017 40-1217
40-1150 40-1205
40-101
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-383 40-1222
40-202 40-1217
40-799 40-1222
40-937 40-1222
40-761 40-1222
40-1017 40-1222
40-967 40-1222
40-276 40-1222
40-202 40-1222
40-398 40-1205
40-812 40-1196
40-1121 40-1205
40-944 40-1196
40-944 40-1189
40-283 40-1189
40-229 40-1189
40-812 40-1189
40-398 40-1189
Table 253
tem
40-1030 40-1196
40-1092 40-1205
40-283 40-1205
40-1030 40-1189
40-944 40-1205
40-398 40-1196
40-283 40-1196
40-773 40-1196
40-229 40-1205
40-1064 40-1196
40-1121 40-1196
40-398 40-1196
40-1150 40-1196
40-944 40-1196
40-229 40-1196
40-1092 40-1196
D013
Table 254
tem
40-937 40-1222
40-202 40-1222
40-967 40-1222
40-276 40-1222
40-202 40-1222
40-967 40-1222
40-276 40-1222
40-102
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-283 40-1205
40-976 40-1189
40-283 40-1205
40-1121 40-1205
40-944 40-1205
40-976 40-1189
40-944 40-1189
40-283 40-1189
40-1121 40-1205
40-944 40-1189
D013a
Table 255
tem
Wiring connector 40-276 40-1222
40-276 40-1222
D014
Table 256
tem
40-498 40-1189
40-812 40-1189
40-773 40-1208
40-498 40-1208
40-812 40-1208
40-1092 40-1205
40-498 40-1205
40-761 40-1222
40-799 40-1222
40-1064 40-1205
40-498 40-1208
40-1092 40-1208
40-1064 40-1208
40-799 40-1208
40-761 40-1208
40-484 40-1208
D015
Table 257
tem
40-283 40-1232
40-276 40-1217
40-276 40-1232
40-103
Wiring diagrams
D021
Table 258
tem
40-1017 40-1217
40-1150 40-1196
40-1030 40-1196
40-1150 40-1175
40-1017 40-1175
D023
Table 259
tem
40-426 40-1226
40-461 40-1226
40-867 40-1226
40-453 40-1226
40-658 40-1226
40-315 40-1226
40-677 40-1226
40-434 40-1226
40-521 40-1188
40-498 40-1188
40-732 40-1188
40-714 40-1188
40-529 40-1188
40-343 40-1188
40-355 40-1188
40-876 40-1226
40-426 40-1212
40-896 40-1188
40-453 40-1204
40-623 40-1204
40-304 40-1212
40-434 40-1204
40-304 40-1226
40-876 40-1204
40-461 40-1204
40-304 40-1204
40-867 40-1204
Table 260
tem
40-453 40-1212
40-605 40-1212
40-434 40-1212
40-623 40-1212
40-461 40-1212
40-315 40-1212
40-876 40-1212
40-867 40-1212
40-315 40-1204
40-104
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-876 40-1204
40-461 40-1204
40-658 40-1204
40-867 40-1204
40-677 40-1204
40-453 40-1204
40-315 40-1204
40-434 40-1204
40-426 40-1204
40-732 40-1204
40-521 40-1204
40-908 40-1204
40-484 40-1204
40-529 40-1204
40-498 40-1204
40-355 40-1204
40-714 40-1204
40-896 40-1204
D024
Table 261
tem
40-732 40-1188
40-579 40-1188
40-546 40-1226
40-658 40-1226
40-677 40-1226
40-553 40-1226
40-623 40-1212
40-553 40-1212
40-546 40-1212
40-623 40-1204
40-605 40-1204
40-553 40-1204
40-605 40-1212
40-714 40-1188
40-677 40-1204
40-553 40-1204
40-658 40-1204
40-546 40-1204
40-714 40-1204
40-732 40-1204
40-571 40-1204
40-105
Wiring diagrams
D025
Table 262
tem
40-571 40-1204
40-714 40-1204
40-579 40-1204
40-571 40-1188
40-579 40-1188
40-732 40-1188
40-714 40-1188
D026
Table 263
tem
40-623 40-1166
40-677 40-1226
40-605 40-1212
40-605 40-1166
40-623 40-1212
40-658 40-1166
40-677 40-1166
D027
Table 264
tem
40-605 40-1166
40-623 40-1166
40-546 40-1165
40-658 40-1226
40-623 40-1212
40-605 40-1212
40-553 40-1165
40-546 40-1212
40-546 40-1226
40-553 40-1212
40-658 40-1166
40-546 40-1165
40-553 40-1165
40-677 40-1166
D028
Table 265
tem
40-714 40-1199
40-732 40-1199
40-623 40-1212
40-658 40-1201
40-623 40-1163
40-732 40-1188
40-714 40-1188
40-658 40-1226
40-677 40-1226
40-106
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-677 40-1201
D029
Table 266
tem
40-461 40-1214
40-453 40-1214
40-304 40-1214
40-426 40-1214
40-315 40-1214
40-434 40-1214
40-304 40-1226
40-434 40-1212
40-315 40-1226
40-453 40-1226
40-453 40-1212
40-315 40-1212
40-426 40-1212
40-304 40-1212
40-461 40-1212
40-426 40-1226
40-304 40-1214
40-315 40-1214
40-426 40-1214
40-453 40-1214
40-461 40-1214
D030
Table 267
tem
40-908 40-1169
40-896 40-1169
40-867 40-1168
40-896 40-1188
40-867 40-1226
40-876 40-1226
40-876 40-1212
40-867 40-1212
40-876 40-1168
40-876 40-1168
40-107
Wiring diagrams
D031
Table 268
tem
40-355 40-1172
40-315 40-1214
40-355 40-1188
40-343 40-1188
40-343 40-1172
40-304 40-1172
40-315 40-1172
D032
Table 269
tem
40-355 40-1188
40-343 40-1188
40-315 40-1214
40-304 40-1214
40-343 40-1173
40-304 40-1173
40-315 40-1173
D034
Table 270
tem
40-579 40-1188
40-571 40-1188
40-714 40-1188
40-732 40-1188
40-714 40-1188
40-579 40-1188
40-571 40-1188
D035
Table 271
tem
40-579 40-1188
40-714 40-1188
40-571 40-1188
40-579 40-1188
40-714 40-1188
40-571 40-1188
40-732 40-1188
40-108
Wiring diagrams
D037
Table 272
tem
40-1064 40-1208
40-799 40-1235
40-498 40-1235
40-484 40-1235
40-1064 40-1235
40-812 40-1235
40-1092 40-1235
40-1092 40-1208
40-484 40-1208
40-498 40-1208
40-773 40-1208
40-761 40-1208
40-761 40-1235
40-799 40-1208
D038
Table 273
tem
40-498 40-1235
40-1092 40-1235
40-761 40-1208
40-773 40-1235
40-484 40-1235
40-799 40-1235
40-1064 40-1235
40-498 40-1208
40-812 40-1235
40-484 40-1208
40-812 40-1208
40-773 40-1208
40-799 40-1208
40-1092 40-1208
D039
Table 274
tem
40-812 40-1234
40-484 40-1234
40-1092 40-1234
40-773 40-1234
40-761 40-1234
40-799 40-1234
40-498 40-1234
40-799 40-1208
40-1064 40-1234
40-484 40-1208
40-498 40-1208
40-1092 40-1208
40-761 40-1208
40-1064 40-1208
40-109
Wiring diagrams
D040
Table 275
tem
40-773 40-1234
40-1092 40-1234
40-484 40-1234
40-799 40-1234
40-498 40-1234
40-761 40-1234
40-1064 40-1234
40-484 40-1208
40-1092 40-1208
40-1064 40-1208
40-498 40-1208
40-799 40-1208
40-773 40-1208
40-761 40-1208
D041
Table 276
tem
40-484 40-1234
40-484 40-1176
40-812 40-1176
40-799 40-1176
40-498 40-1234
40-1092 40-1234
40-812 40-1234
40-799 40-1234
40-498 40-1176
40-1092 40-1234
40-812 40-1234
40-484 40-1234
40-799 40-1234
D042
Table 277
tem
40-498 40-1235
40-1092 40-1235
40-484 40-1235
40-799 40-1235
40-484 40-1175
40-812 40-1175
40-498 40-1175
40-799 40-1175
40-1092 40-1175
40-799 40-1235
40-484 40-1235
40-1092 40-1235
40-812 40-1235
40-110
Wiring diagrams
D043
Table 278
tem
40-1092 40-1170
40-1064 40-1170
40-1064 40-1205
D044
Table 279
tem
40-1064 40-1205
40-1092 40-1205
40-1064 40-1170
40.2.12 - E - On-board instruments and visual and audible indicators (AGROFARM 410 ->
Table 280
tem
E001 Horn 40-786 40-1177
40-750 40-1177
40-1078 40-1177
40-1051 40-1177
E002 2.8339.269.0/50 Instrument panel 40-750 40-1193
40-254 40-1205
40-370 40-1205
40-989 40-1205
40-1078 40-1205
40-920 40-1205
40-1106 40-1205
40-1136 40-1205
40-328 40-1205
40-952 40-1193
40-175 40-1205
40-989 40-1193
40-290 40-1205
40-254 40-1193
40-1002 40-1193
40-786 40-1193
40-175 40-1193
40-370 40-1193
40-328 40-1193
40-1051 40-1205
40-111
Wiring diagrams
Table 281
tem
40-370 40-1205
40-1106 40-1205
40-1136 40-1205
40-989 40-1205
40-920 40-1205
40-1051 40-1205
40-254 40-1205
40-1002 40-1193
40-175 40-1205
40-786 40-1193
40-328 40-1205
40-254 40-1193
40-750 40-1193
40-290 40-1193
40-370 40-1193
40-328 40-1193
40-920 40-1193
40-952 40-1193
40-175 40-1193
E004 0.011.9433.0 Trailer pressure indicator Pin S = input from sensor 40-1002 40-1193
Pin + = 15V power supply
Pin - = earth
Pin - = earth
0.011.9433.0 Trailer pressure indicator Pin S = input from sensor 40-1002 40-1193
Pin - = earth
Table 282
tem
Pin - = earth
Pin - = earth
Pin - = earth
E005 Clock 40-290 40-1228
40-290 40-1210
E006 0.015.5549.4/10 Climate control LED 40-695 40-1188
E007 0.015.5549.4/10 Climate control panel light- 40-695 40-1188
ing
40-112
Wiring diagrams
40.2.13 - E - On-board instruments and visual and audible indicators (AGROFARM 410
-> 16001)
Table 283
tem
E001 2.8419.007.0 Horn 40-1064 40-1202
40-799 40-1202
40-761 40-1202
40-773 40-1202
40-1092 40-1202
40-812 40-1202
40-229 40-1205
40-1092 40-1205
40-398 40-1205
40-269 40-1205
40-1150 40-1205
40-315 40-1205
40-355 40-1205
40-1121 40-1205
40-1030 40-1189
40-944 40-1205
40-998 40-1189
40-812 40-1189
40-315 40-1189
40-355 40-1189
40-269 40-1189
40-944 40-1189
40-976 40-1189
40-229 40-1189
40-398 40-1189
Table 284
tem
40-315 40-1189
40-773 40-1189
40-269 40-1189
40-229 40-1189
40-812 40-1189
40-998 40-1189
40-355 40-1189
40-1030 40-1189
40-229 40-1205
40-976 40-1189
40-269 40-1205
40-315 40-1205
40-998 40-1205
40-398 40-1205
40-1064 40-1205
40-1150 40-1205
40-1121 40-1205
40-1092 40-1205
40-944 40-1205
40-113
Wiring diagrams
Table 285
tem
Pin - = earth
Pin - = earth
Pin - = earth
Pin - = earth
Pin - = earth
Pin - = earth
Pin - = earth
Pin - = earth
Pin - = earth
Table 286
tem
E005 Clock 40-304 40-1212
40-304 40-1226
40-315 40-1212
40-315 40-1226
40-732 40-1188
ing 40-732 40-1188
E008 2.8339.256.0 Instrument panel 40-799 40-1222
40-937 40-1222
40-261 40-1222
40-383 40-1222
40-1017 40-1222
40-967 40-1222
40-202 40-1222
40-761 40-1222
40-1017 40-1222
40-383 40-1222
40-937 40-1222
40-383 40-1222
40-114
Wiring diagrams
40.2.14 - E - On-board instruments and visual and audible indicators (AGROFARM 420 ->
16001, AGROFARM 430 -> 5001)
Table 287
tem
E001 2.8419.007.0 Horn 40-1064 40-1202
40-799 40-1202
40-761 40-1202
40-773 40-1202
40-1092 40-1202
40-812 40-1202
40-229 40-1205
40-1092 40-1205
40-283 40-1205
40-398 40-1205
40-1150 40-1205
40-315 40-1205
40-355 40-1205
40-1121 40-1205
40-1030 40-1189
40-944 40-1205
40-998 40-1189
40-812 40-1189
40-283 40-1189
40-315 40-1189
40-355 40-1189
40-944 40-1189
40-976 40-1189
40-229 40-1189
40-398 40-1189
Table 288
tem
40-315 40-1189
40-773 40-1189
40-229 40-1189
40-812 40-1189
40-998 40-1189
40-355 40-1189
40-283 40-1189
40-1030 40-1189
40-283 40-1205
40-229 40-1205
40-976 40-1189
40-315 40-1205
40-998 40-1205
40-398 40-1205
40-1064 40-1205
40-1150 40-1205
40-1121 40-1205
40-1092 40-1205
40-944 40-1205
40-115
Wiring diagrams
Table 289
tem
Pin - = earth
Pin - = earth
Pin - = earth
Pin - = earth
Pin - = earth
Pin - = earth
Pin - = earth
Pin - = earth
Pin - = earth
Table 290
tem
E005 Clock 40-304 40-1212
40-304 40-1226
40-315 40-1212
40-315 40-1226
40-732 40-1188
ing 40-732 40-1188
40-937 40-1222
40-276 40-1222
40-383 40-1222
40-1017 40-1222
40-967 40-1222
40-202 40-1222
40-761 40-1222
40-1017 40-1222
40-383 40-1222
40-937 40-1222
40-383 40-1222
40-116
Wiring diagrams
40.2.15 - F - External lights (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001, AGROFARM 420 -> 20001, AGRO-
FARM 430 -> 1001)
Table 291
tem
F001 2.8039.003.0 Rh front worklight (on 40-510 40-1174
hood) 40-411 40-1174
40-443 40-1174
40-470 40-1174
F006 2.8039.003.0 Lh front worklight (on 40-411 40-1174
hood) 40-443 40-1174
40-470 40-1174
40-510 40-1174
F007 2.8059.526.0 Number plate light 40-1078 40-1205
40-1051 40-1205
40-750 40-1193
40-786 40-1193
2.8059.526.0 Number plate light 40-750 40-1193
40-786 40-1193
40-1078 40-1205
40-1051 40-1205
F008 2.8059.080.0 LH rear light 40-750 40-1193
F008 2.8059.080.0 LH rear light 40-786 40-1193
F008 2.8059.450.0 LH rear sidelight and di- 40-1051 40-1170
rection indicator
rection indicator
F008 2.8059.080.0 LH rear light 40-1002 40-1193
F009 2.8059.090.0 RH rear light 40-750 40-1193
40-1002 40-1193
40-786 40-1193
F009 2.8059.450.0 RH rear sidelight and di- 40-1078 40-1170
rection indicator 40-1051 40-1170
Table 292
tem
F010 2.8029.730.0 Rh front worklight (on cab 40-411 40-1214
roof) 40-443 40-1214
F010 2.8039.298.0/20 Rh front worklight (on cab 40-470 40-1188
roof) 40-510 40-1188
F011 2.8039.298.0/20 Lh rear worklight (on cab 40-470 40-1188
roof)
F011 2.8029.730.0 Lh rear worklight (on cab 40-443 40-1214
roof)
roof)
roof)
F012 2.8039.298.0/20 Rh rear worklight (on cab 40-470 40-1188
roof) 40-510 40-1188
F012 2.8029.730.0 Rh rear worklight (on cab 40-443 40-1214
roof) 40-411 40-1214
F013 2.8039.298.0/20 Lh front worklight (on cab 40-470 40-1188
roof)
F013 2.8029.730.0 Lh front worklight (on cab 40-411 40-1214
roof)
roof)
40-117
Wiring diagrams
tem
roof)
F014 04411921.4 Front RH sidelight and di- 40-786 40-1234
40-1051 40-1234
40-1078 40-1234
F015 04411920.4 Front LH sidelight and di- 40-786 40-1235
40-1078 40-1235
40-750 40-1235
F016 2.8029.730.0 Rh auxiliary worklight 40-411 40-1180
F017 2.8039.299.0 Lh auxiliary worklight 40-470 40-1175
F018 0.013.0868.4 Rotating beacon 40-290 40-1173
40-328 40-1173
Table 293
tem
40-290 40-1172
F020 2.8059.440.0/10 LH rear light (hazard warn- 40-1051 40-1170
ing) 40-1078 40-1170
F021 2.8059.440.0/10 RH rear light (hazard 40-1078 40-1170
warning) 40-1051 40-1170
F022 RH headlight 40-786 40-1177
40-750 40-1177
40-1078 40-1177
40-1051 40-1177
F023 LH headlight 40-1078 40-1177
40-786 40-1177
40-750 40-1177
40-1051 40-1177
40.2.16 - F - External lights (AGROFARM 410 -> 16001, AGROFARM 420 -> 16001, AGRO-
FARM 430 -> 5001)
Table 294
tem
F007 2.8059.526.0 Number plate light 40-773 40-1189
40-812 40-1189
40-1092 40-1205
40-1064 40-1205
40-761 40-1222
40-799 40-1222
2.8059.526.0 Number plate light 40-761 40-1222
40-799 40-1222
40-1092 40-1205
40-773 40-1189
40-812 40-1189
40-1064 40-1205
rection indicator
40-118
Wiring diagrams
tem
F008 2.8059.080.0 LH rear light 40-1017 40-1222
40-773 40-1189
40-799 40-1222
40-1064 40-1170
40-812 40-1189
40-1030 40-1189
40-761 40-1222
Table 295
tem
F009 2.8059.090.0 RH rear light 40-761 40-1222
40-1030 40-1189
40-773 40-1189
40-812 40-1189
rection indicator
F009 2.8059.090.0 RH rear light 40-799 40-1222
40-1017 40-1222
rection indicator
F010 2.8039.298.0/20 Rh front worklight (on cab 40-498 40-1188
roof) 40-521 40-1188
40-529 40-1188
40-484 40-1188
roof)
roof)
roof)
roof)
roof)
roof)
roof)
roof)
roof)
roof)
roof)
roof)
Table 296
tem
roof)
roof)
roof)
40-119
Wiring diagrams
tem
roof)
roof)
roof)
roof)
roof)
roof)
roof)
roof)
roof)
roof)
roof)
roof)
roof)
rection indicator
rection indicator
rection indicator
rection indicator
rection indicator
rection indicator
rection indicator
rection indicator
rection indicator
rection indicator
rection indicator
rection indicator
40-120
Wiring diagrams
Table 297
tem
ing)
ing)
warning)
warning)
F022 RH headlight 40-773 40-1202
40-799 40-1202
40-812 40-1202
40-1064 40-1202
40-1092 40-1202
40-453 40-1202
F023 LH headlight 40-773 40-1202
40-812 40-1202
40-799 40-1202
40-1092 40-1202
40-453 40-1202
40-1064 40-1202
40.2.17 - G - Interior lights (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001, AGROFARM 420 -> 20001, AGRO-
FARM 430 -> 1001)
Table 298
tem
G001 2.8339.032.0 Interior roof light 40-328 40-1188
40-290 40-1228
40-290 40-1210
G002 2.8339.074.0 Spot light 40-328 40-1188
40.2.18 - G - Interior lights (AGROFARM 410 -> 16001, AGROFARM 420 -> 16001, AGRO-
FARM 430 -> 5001)
Table 299
tem
G001 2.8339.032.0 Interior roof light 40-355 40-1188
40-343 40-1188
40-315 40-1226
40-304 40-1226
40-304 40-1212
40-315 40-1212
G002 2.8339.074.0 Spot light 40-343 40-1188
40-355 40-1188
40-121
Wiring diagrams
40.2.19 - H - Electrical and manual controls (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001, AGROFARM 420
-> 20001, AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Table 300
tem
H001 0.015.0359.4 Lights selector switch 40-786 40-1193
40-1078 40-1205
40-1051 40-1205
40-750 40-1193
H002 0.014.8997.4 Main gear lever - Hi/Lo 40-920 40-1193
buttons and transmission 40-920 40-1205
split
H003 2.8519.103.0 Shuttle lever 40-290 40-1179
40-989 40-1179
40-328 40-1179
40-920 40-1179
H004 0.015.5549.4/10 Blower speed selector 40-561 40-1188
switch 40-695 40-1188
switch 40-561 40-1188
H005 0.009.4743.1 Blower speed selector 40-641 40-1166
switch 40-537 40-1165
40-587 40-1166
40.2.20 - H - Electrical and manual controls (AGROFARM 410 -> 16001, AGROFARM 420
-> 16001, AGROFARM 430 -> 5001)
Table 301
tem
H001 0.015.0359.4 Lights selector switch 40-773 40-1189
40-1092 40-1205
40-1064 40-1205
40-761 40-1222
40-799 40-1222
40-812 40-1189
switch 40-579 40-1188
40-714 40-1188
40-571 40-1188
switch 40-571 40-1188
40-579 40-1188
40-714 40-1188
H005 0.009.4743.1 Blower speed selector 40-605 40-1166
switch 40-553 40-1165
40-546 40-1165
40-658 40-1166
40-623 40-1166
40-677 40-1166
40.2.21 - I - Switches (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001, AGROFARM 420 -> 20001, AGROFARM
430 -> 1001)
Table 302
tem
I001 2.7659.203.0/10 Engine speed memory Normally open contact (NO) 40-254 40-1193
button 40-254 40-1205
40-122
Wiring diagrams
tem
I002 2.7659.097.0 540 PTO control switch 40-952 40-1193
1
Fig. 2144
Between pin 1 and pin 2: normally
closed contact (NC)
open contact (NO)
1
Fig. 2144
closed contact (NC)
open contact (NO)
1
Fig. 2144
closed contact (NC)
open contact (NO)
1
Fig. 2144
closed contact (NC)
open contact (NO)
I004 2.7659.277.0 40-952 40-1193
40-1106 40-1205
Fig. 2145
40-123
Wiring diagrams
tem
I005 2.7659.278.0 Rear PTO control switch 40-952 40-1193
40-1106 40-1205
Fig. 2145
I006 2.7659.177.0/20 LH rear PTO control switch Resistance between Pin 1 and 40-952 40-1193
(on fender) Pin 2 with button pressed: 3.9 40-1106 40-1205
Ohms
I007 2.7659.177.0/20 RH rear PTO control Resistance between Pin 1 and 40-952 40-1193
switch (on fender) Pin 2 with button pressed: 3.9 40-1106 40-1205
Ohms
I008 2.7659.271.0 Road lights switch 40-920 40-1193
40-1078 40-1205
40-411 40-1205
40-510 40-1205
40-1106 40-1205
40-443 40-1205
40-920 40-1205
40-1051 40-1205
40-370 40-1205
Fig. 2146
Table 303
tem
40-884 40-1205
40-470 40-1205
40-1136 40-1205
40-411 40-1193
40-884 40-1193
40-290 40-1205
40-952 40-1193
40-510 40-1193
Fig. 2146
40-328 40-1193
40-290 40-1193
40-786 40-1193
40-750 40-1193
40-370 40-1193
40-1002 40-1193
40-470 40-1193
Fig. 2146
I009 2.7659.283.0/10 Upper worklights switch 40-1051 40-1205
40-786 40-1193
40-1078 40-1205
40-750 40-1193
40-124
Wiring diagrams
tem
I010 2.7659.152.0/10 Differential lock control 40-920 40-1205
switch 40-920 40-1193
Fig. 2147
I011 2.7659.097.0 Clutch pedal switch 40-920 40-1193
1
Fig. 2147
closed contact (NC)
open contact (NO)
1
Fig. 2147
closed contact (NC)
open contact (NO)
1
Fig. 2147
closed contact (NC)
open contact (NO)
40-125
Wiring diagrams
Table 304
tem
1
Fig. 2147
closed contact (NC)
open contact (NO)
I012 2.7659.150.0 Lower front worklights 0 40-411 40-1205
switch 1 40-470 40-1193
40-470 40-1205
40-411 40-1193
Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Pos
Fig. 2148
I013 2.7659.097.0 Brake pedal switch 40-1002 40-1193
1
Fig. 2148
closed contact (NC)
open contact (NO)
I015 2.7659.151.0/20 4WD control switch 40-920 40-1193
40-920 40-1205
Fig. 2149
I016 2.7659.158.0 Hazard warning lights 0
1
40-1051 40-1205
switch
5 17
18
10
40-1078 40-1205
40-750 40-1193
8 1 2 3
5 1 7 18
Pos
0
Pin 1 2 3 5 8 10 17 18
40-786 40-1193
Fig. 2150
I018 0.015.0485.4 Starter switch 0
1
40-850 40-1193
5 17
18
10
40-175 40-1193
40-850 40-1205
8 1 2 3
5 1 7 18
Pos
0
Pin 1 2 3 5 8 10 17 18
40-175 40-1205
Fig. 2150
40-126
Wiring diagrams
tem
I019 2.7659.156.0 Corner lights switch 0 40-510 40-1205
1
40-510 40-1193
7
40-411 40-1193
7 4 5 6
8
2 3
40-470 40-1193
40-411 40-1205
Pin
40-470 40-1205
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Pos
40-443 40-1193
0
40-443 40-1205
1
Fig. 2151
I020 2.7659.343.0/10 Start enable switch (trans- 40-175 40-1198
mission in neutral)
I021 2.7659.096.0/10 P.T.O. engagement switch 40-952 40-1198
ECO
CB A
Fig. 2152
closed contact (NC)
open contact (NO)
Table 305
tem
ECO
CB A
Fig. 2152
closed contact (NC)
open contact (NO)
I022 4WD engagement control 40-920 40-1198
switch
I023 2.7659.202.0 P.T.O. engagement switch Between pin 2 and pin 3: normally 40-1106 40-1198
ECO closed contact (NC)
open contact (NO)
With switch free of levers
open contact (NO)
I024 2.7659.078.0 Front worklights switch 0 40-411 40-1210
1
Pin 1 2
Pos
Fig. 2153
40-127
Wiring diagrams
tem
7 4 5 6 3 2 1 8
Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Pos
Fig. 2154
40-443 40-1210
1
40-443 40-1228
1
Pin 1 2
Pos
Fig. 2154
I025 2.7659.126.0 Rotating beacon switch 0 40-290 40-1210
40-290 40-1228
1
Pin 1 2
Pos
Fig. 2154
1
7
8
2 3
7 4 5 6
Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Pos
Fig. 2154
I026 2.7659.079.0 Rear worklights switch 0 40-411 40-1228
40-443 40-1228
1
Pin 1 2
Pos
Fig. 2154
40-128
Wiring diagrams
tem
1
Pin 1 2
Pos
Fig. 2154
1 40-510 40-1188
7 4 5 6 3 2 1 8
Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Pos
Fig. 2154
1
Pin 1 2
Pos
Fig. 2154
I027 2.7659.091.0 Windscreen washer pump 0 40-856 40-1210
switch 1
40-856 40-1228
3
1
2
4
Pin 1 2
Pos
Fig. 2155
I027 2.7659.223.0/10 Windscreen washer pump 40-884 40-1188
switch
Fig. 2155
40-129
Wiring diagrams
tem
I028 2.7659.092.0 Windscreen wiper switch 1
0 40-856 40-1210
2
40-856 40-1228
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8
Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Pos
Fig. 2156
I028 2.7659.192.0/10 Windscreen wiper switch 40-884 40-1188
Fig. 2157
Table 306
tem
I029 2.7659.146.0 Rear screen wiper switch 0 40-856 40-1210
1
2
40-856 40-1228
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8
Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6
Pos
Fig. 2158
I029 2.7659.224.0/10 Rear screen wiper switch 40-884 40-1188
Fig. 2159
I030 0.015.5549.4/10 A/C activation switch 40-695 40-1188
40.2.22 - I - Circuit breakers (AGROFARM 410 -> 16001)

Table 307
tem
button 40-269 40-1205
40-269 40-1189
40-130
Wiring diagrams
tem
1
Fig. 2160
closed contact (NC)
open contact (NO)
1
Fig. 2160
closed contact (NC)
open contact (NO)
1
Fig. 2160
closed contact (NC)
open contact (NO)
1
Fig. 2160
closed contact (NC)
open contact (NO)
I004 2.7659.277.0 Front PTO control switch 40-976 40-1189
40-1121 40-1205
40-202 40-1222
40-967 40-1222
Fig. 2161
40-202 40-1222
40-131
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-976 40-1189
Fig. 2161
I006 2.7659.177.0/20 LH rear PTO control switch Resistance between Pin 1 and 40-976 40-1189
Ohms
Table 308
tem
I007 2.7659.177.0/20 Rh rear PTO control switch Resistance between Pin 1 and 40-1121 40-1205
Ohms
40-1150 40-1205
40-944 40-1205
40-498 40-1205
40-1121 40-1205
Fig. 2162
40-937 40-1222
40-896 40-1222
40-484 40-1222
40-202 40-1222
40-1017 40-1222
40-521 40-1222
Fig. 2162
40-343 40-1222
40-398 40-1205
40-529 40-1205
40-761 40-1222
40-355 40-1189
40-976 40-1189
Fig. 2162
40-132
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-944 40-1189
40-1064 40-1205
40-498 40-1189
40-529 40-1189
40-773 40-1189
40-908 40-1189
40-315 40-1189
40-812 40-1189
Fig. 2162
Table 309
tem
40-1092 40-1205
40-908 40-1205
40-355 40-1205
40-398 40-1189
Fig. 2162
40-761 40-1222
40-773 40-1189
40-1064 40-1205
40-812 40-1189
40-799 40-1222
switch 40-944 40-1205
40-937 40-1222
Fig. 2163
1
Fig. 2163
closed contact (NC)
open contact (NO)
1
Fig. 2163
closed contact (NC)
open contact (NO)
40-133
Wiring diagrams
tem
1
Fig. 2163
closed contact (NC)
open contact (NO)
switch 1 40-484 40-1222
40-498 40-1189
Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Pos
Fig. 2164
1
Fig. 2164
closed contact (NC)
open contact (NO)
40-134
Wiring diagrams
Table 310
tem
1
Fig. 2164
closed contact (NC)
open contact (NO)
1
40-812 40-1189
switch
5 17
18
10
40-773 40-1189
40-1064 40-1205
8 1 2 3
5 1 7 18
Pos
Pin 1 2 3 5 8 10 17 18
40-1092 40-1205
40-799 40-1222
0
1 40-761 40-1222
Fig. 2165
I017 Parking brake switch 40-1017 40-1222
I018 0.015.0485.4 Starter switch 40-854 40-1205
40-202 40-1222
83 40-854 40-1189
50
86s
30
40-229 40-1189
75 15
40-852 40-1222
40-229 40-1205
Pin 30 15 50 75 83
Pos
2
D0010060
Fig. 2166
mission in neutral) 40-202 40-1217
I021 2.7659.096.0/10 Groundpseed PTO en- 40-976 40-1196
gagement switch
CB A
Fig. 2167
closed contact (NC)
open contact (NO)
gagement switch
CB A
Fig. 2167
closed contact (NC)
open contact (NO)
40-135
Wiring diagrams
tem
gagement switch
CB A
Fig. 2167
closed contact (NC)
open contact (NO)
open contact (NO)
Table 311
tem
open contact (NO)
1
Pin 1 2
Pos
Fig. 2168
1 40-498 40-1188
40-521 40-1188
40-529 40-1188
7 4 5 6 3 2 1 8
Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Pos
Fig. 2169
40-453 40-1226
1
40-426 40-1212
1
40-453 40-1212
2 40-426 40-1226
40-461 40-1212
40-434 40-1212
Pin 1 2
Pos
Fig. 2169
40-136
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-315 40-1212
1
Pin 1 2
Pos
Fig. 2169
1
40-343 40-1188
7
8
2 3
7 4 5 6
Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Pos
Fig. 2170
40-304 40-1226
1
Pin 1 2
Pos
Fig. 2170
1
Pin 1 2
Pos
Fig. 2170
1
7 4 5 6 3 2 1 8
Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Pos
Fig. 2170
40-137
Wiring diagrams
tem
1
Pin 1 2
Pos
Fig. 2170
Table 312
tem
1 40-498 40-1188
7 4 5 6 3 2 1 8
Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Pos
Fig. 2170
40-453 40-1212
1
40-461 40-1212
1
40-434 40-1212
2 40-426 40-1212
Pin 1 2
Pos
Fig. 2170
1
7 4 5 6 3 2 1 8
Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Pos
Fig. 2170
40-138
Wiring diagrams
tem
1
Pin 1 2
Pos
Fig. 2170
switch 1
1
2
4
Pin 1 2
Pos
Fig. 2171
switch
Fig. 2171
switch 1
40-867 40-1212
40-876 40-1212
3
1
2
4
Pin 1 2
Pos
Fig. 2171
switch
Fig. 2171
40-139
Wiring diagrams
tem
0 40-867 40-1212
2
40-876 40-1212
40-867 40-1226
1 2 3 4 40-876 40-1226
5 6 7 8
40-908 40-1188
40-896 40-1188
Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Pos
Fig. 2172
40-896 40-1188
Fig. 2173
40-714 40-1188
40.2.23 - I - Circuit breakers (AGROFARM 420 -> 16001, AGROFARM 430 -> 5001)
Table 313
tem
button 40-283 40-1205
40-283 40-1189
I002 2.7659.097.0 P.T.O. engagement switch 40-1121 40-1205
1
540
Fig. 2173
closed contact (NC)
open contact (NO)
1
540
Fig. 2173
closed contact (NC)
open contact (NO)
40-140
Wiring diagrams
tem
1
1.000
Fig. 2173
closed contact (NC)
open contact (NO)
1
1.000
Fig. 2173
closed contact (NC)
open contact (NO)
I004 2.7659.277.0 Front PTO control switch 40-976 40-1189
40-1121 40-1205
40-202 40-1222
40-967 40-1222
Fig. 2173
40-202 40-1222
40-976 40-1189
Fig. 2173
I006 2.7659.177.0/20 Lh rear PTO control switch Resistance between Pin 1 and 40-976 40-1189
Ohms
40-141
Wiring diagrams
Table 314
tem
I007 2.7659.177.0/20 Rh rear PTO control switch Resistance between Pin 1 and 40-1121 40-1205
Ohms
40-1150 40-1205
40-944 40-1205
40-498 40-1205
40-1121 40-1205
Fig. 2173
40-937 40-1222
40-896 40-1222
40-484 40-1222
40-202 40-1222
40-1017 40-1222
40-521 40-1222
Fig. 2173
40-343 40-1222
40-398 40-1205
40-529 40-1205
40-761 40-1222
40-355 40-1189
40-976 40-1189
Fig. 2173
40-944 40-1189
40-1064 40-1205
40-498 40-1189
40-529 40-1189
40-773 40-1189
40-908 40-1189
40-315 40-1189
40-812 40-1189
Fig. 2173
Table 315
tem
40-1092 40-1205
40-908 40-1205
40-355 40-1205
40-398 40-1189
Fig. 2173
40-142
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-761 40-1222
40-773 40-1189
40-1064 40-1205
40-812 40-1189
40-799 40-1222
switch 40-944 40-1205
40-937 40-1222
Fig. 2173
1
Fig. 2173
closed contact (NC)
open contact (NO)
1
Fig. 2173
closed contact (NC)
open contact (NO)
1
Fig. 2173
closed contact (NC)
open contact (NO)
switch 1 40-484 40-1222
40-498 40-1189
Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Pos
Fig. 2173
40-143
Wiring diagrams
tem
1
Fig. 2173
closed contact (NC)
open contact (NO)
Table 316
tem
1
Fig. 2173
closed contact (NC)
open contact (NO)
1
40-812 40-1189
switch
5 17
18
10
40-773 40-1189
40-1064 40-1205
8 1 2 3
5 1 7 18
Pos
Pin 1 2 3 5 8 10 17 18
40-1092 40-1205
40-799 40-1222
0
1 40-761 40-1222
Fig. 2173
I017 Parking brake switch 40-1017 40-1222
I018 0.015.0485.4 Starter switch 40-854 40-1205
40-202 40-1222
83 40-854 40-1189
50
86s
30
40-229 40-1189
75 15
40-852 40-1222
40-229 40-1205
Pin 30 15 50 75 83
Pos
2
D0010060
Fig. 2173
mission in neutral) 40-202 40-1217
40-144
Wiring diagrams
tem
ECO
CB A
Fig. 2173
closed contact (NC)
open contact (NO)
ECO
CB A
Fig. 2173
closed contact (NC)
open contact (NO)
ECO
CB A
Fig. 2173
closed contact (NC)
open contact (NO)
open contact (NO)
Table 317
tem
open contact (NO)
1
Pin 1 2
Pos
Fig. 2173
40-145
Wiring diagrams
tem
1 40-498 40-1188
40-521 40-1188
40-529 40-1188
7 4 5 6 3 2 1 8
Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Pos
Fig. 2173
40-453 40-1226
1
40-426 40-1212
1
40-453 40-1212
2 40-426 40-1226
40-461 40-1212
40-434 40-1212
Pin 1 2
Pos
Fig. 2173
40-315 40-1212
1
Pin 1 2
Pos
Fig. 2173
1
40-343 40-1188
7
8
2 3
7 4 5 6
Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Pos
Fig. 2173
40-304 40-1226
1
Pin 1 2
Pos
Fig. 2173
40-146
Wiring diagrams
tem
1
Pin 1 2
Pos
Fig. 2173
1
7 4 5 6 3 2 1 8
Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Pos
Fig. 2173
1
Pin 1 2
Pos
Fig. 2173
40-147
Wiring diagrams
Table 318
tem
1 40-498 40-1188
7 4 5 6 3 2 1 8
Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Pos
Fig. 2173
40-453 40-1212
1
40-461 40-1212
1
40-434 40-1212
2 40-426 40-1212
Pin 1 2
Pos
Fig. 2173
1
7 4 5 6 3 2 1 8
Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Pos
Fig. 2173
1
Pin 1 2
Pos
Fig. 2173
switch 1
3
1
2
4
Pin 1 2
Pos
Fig. 2173
40-148
Wiring diagrams
tem
switch
Fig. 2173
switch 1
40-867 40-1212
40-876 40-1212
1
2
4
Pin 1 2
Pos
Fig. 2173
switch
Fig. 2173
0 40-867 40-1212
2
40-876 40-1212
40-867 40-1226
1 2 3 4 40-876 40-1226
5 6 7 8
40-908 40-1188
40-896 40-1188
Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Pos
Fig. 2173
40-896 40-1188
Fig. 2173
40-714 40-1188
40-149
Wiring diagrams
40.2.24 - J - Relays (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001, AGROFARM 420 -> 20001, AGROFARM
430 -> 1001)
MF5
40A FT1-2-3 B029
MF4
40A START B028
PK1 PK2
+15
COMPRESSOR
MU1
MU4
RELAY
B030
COMPRESSOR
30A
MK3
FT 5-6-7-8
FAN SPEED
RELAY
B025
B026
B027
MK1
20 A B032
30A
30A
30A
POWER
B031 B033
MU6
MU3
30A +15
MF1
20 A
MK3 MF3
SOCKET
MK1
+15 +15
HI/LO J002 J003 J004
F14-15 F11-12-13
+15 ROOF +15

MK4
MK6
FT5.6.7.8 MU6
M11
B006 B016
B010 B020
B011 B021
B005 B015
B009 B019
B012 B022
B013 B023
STOLL SOCKET
B007 B017
B008 B018
B014 B024
RELAY
L R
+15 +15 +15 +15 +15 +15 +15 +15
M20
7.5A 7.5A 7.5 A 10A 3A 15 A 15 A 7.5 A 7.5 A 15 A

COMPRESSOR
STOP(EU)
STOP +30
+15 +30 +30 USA +30 +30 +30
10 A 7.5 A 20 A 15 A 15 A 5A 7.5A 15 A 15 A 15 A
M1
M10
D0063290
Fig. 2174 - Fusebox

Table 319
tem
J001 2.7659.240.0/10 Preheating relay 40-175 40-1218
40-175 40-1220
2.7659.240.0/10 Preheating relay 40-175 40-1178
J002 Relay 40-510 40-1205
40-443 40-1205
40-1136 40-1205
40-920 40-1205
40-411 40-1205
40-470 40-1205
40-510 40-1193
40-920 40-1193
40-443 40-1193
40-411 40-1193
J002 Relay 40-470 40-1193
40-1002 40-1193
40-150
Wiring diagrams
tem
J003 Relay 40-920 40-1205
40-920 40-1193
J004 Relay 40-510 40-1205
40-290 40-1193
40-695 40-1193
40-411 40-1193
40-561 40-1193
40-328 40-1205
40-370 40-1205
40-1136 40-1205
40-411 40-1205
40-537 40-1205
J004 Relay 40-884 40-1205
40-470 40-1193
40-786 40-1193
Table 320
tem
J004 Relay 40-443 40-1205
40-1002 40-1193
40-641 40-1193
40-884 40-1193
40-328 40-1193
40-537 40-1193
40-443 40-1193
40-587 40-1193
40-952 40-1193
40-1051 40-1205
J004 Relay 40-856 40-1193
40-561 40-1205
40-750 40-1193
40-920 40-1193
40-370 40-1193
40-510 40-1193
40-1106 40-1205
40-695 40-1205
40-290 40-1205
40-587 40-1205
J004 Relay 40-470 40-1205
40-920 40-1205
40-856 40-1205
40-1078 40-1205
40-641 40-1205
J005 Relay 40-510 40-1193
40-411 40-1205
40-443 40-1205
40-510 40-1205
40-470 40-1205
40-884 40-1205
40-151
Wiring diagrams
Table 321
tem
J005 Relay 40-856 40-1205
40-884 40-1193
40-290 40-1205
40-411 40-1193
40-470 40-1193
40-290 40-1193
40-856 40-1193
40-443 40-1193
J006 Relay 40-1136 40-1205
40-920 40-1193
40-920 40-1205
40-1002 40-1193
J007 Relay 40-695 40-1205
40-641 40-1205
40-537 40-1205
40-587 40-1205
40-561 40-1205
40-695 40-1193
40-587 40-1193
40-561 40-1193
40-537 40-1193
40-641 40-1193
J008 Relay 40-175 40-1193
40-695 40-1193
40-175 40-1205
40-695 40-1205
J009 Relay 40-695 40-1205
40-561 40-1205
40-561 40-1193
40-695 40-1193
J010 Max. fan speed relay 40-695 40-1188
40-561 40-1188
Table 322
tem
J011 Compressor and A/C 1st 40-695 40-1188
speed start relay
J012 3rd fan speed relay 40-695 40-1188
40-561 40-1188
J013 Compressor relay 40-587 40-1166
40-641 40-1166
J014 Control relay for air condi- 40-695 40-1199
tioning cooler fan
tioning cooler fan
J014 2.7659.101.0 Control relay for air condi- 40-587 40-1163
tioning cooler fan
J015 Control relay for auxiliary 40-641 40-1201
air conditioning cooler fan 40-695 40-1199
40-152
Wiring diagrams
40.2.25 - J - Relays (AGROFARM 410 -> 16001, AGROFARM 420 -> 16001, AGROFARM
430 -> 5001)
MF5
40A FT1-2-3 B029
MF4
40A START B028
PK1 PK2
+15
COMPRESSOR
MU1
MU4
RELAY
B030
COMPRESSOR
30A
MK3
FT 5-6-7-8
FAN SPEED
RELAY
B025
B026
B027
MK1
20 A B032
30A
30A
30A
POWER
B031 B033
MU6
MU3
30A +15
MF1
20 A
MK3 MF3
SOCKET
MK1
+15 +15
HI/LO J002 J003 J004
F14-15 F11-12-13
+15 ROOF +15

MK4
MK6
FT5.6.7.8 MU6
M11
B006 B016
B010 B020
B011 B021
B005 B015
B009 B019
B012 B022
B013 B023
STOLL SOCKET
B007 B017
B008 B018
B014 B024
RELAY
L R
+15 +15 +15 +15 +15 +15 +15 +15
M20
7.5A 7.5A 7.5 A 10A 3A 15 A 15 A 7.5 A 7.5 A 15 A

COMPRESSOR
STOP(EU)
STOP +30
+15 +30 +30 USA +30 +30 +30
10 A 7.5 A 20 A 15 A 15 A 5A 7.5A 15 A 15 A 15 A
M1
M10
D0063290
40-153
Wiring diagrams
MF5
40A FT1-2-3 B029
MF4
40A START B028
PK1 PK2
+15
COMPRESSOR
MU1
MU4
30A
RELAY
MK3
COMPRESSOR B030
FT 5-6-7-8
FAN SPEED
RELAY
B025
B026
B027
MK1
20 A B032
30A
30A
30A
POWER
B031 B033
MU6
MU3
30A +15
MF1
20 A
MK3 MF3
SOCKET
MK1
+15 +15
J002 J004
F14-15 F11-12-13
+15 ROOF +15

FAN SPEED J005 J007
MK4
MK6
FT5.6.7.8 MU6
M11
B016
B010 B020
B011 B021
B005 B015
B009 B019
B012 B022
B013 B023
+15 EV STOLL SOCKET
B007 B017
B008 B018
B014 B024
RELAY
EU
L R
+15 +15 +15 +15 +15 +15
M20
7.5A 7.5A 7.5 A 10A 3A 15 A 15 A 7.5 A 7.5 A 15 A

COMPRESSOR
STOP
+30 +30 +30 +30

10 A 20 A 15 A 15 A 15 A 15 A 15 A
M1
M10
D0064740

Table 323
tem
J001 2.7659.240.0/10 Preheating relay 40-202 40-1218
40-202 40-1220
40-229 40-1220
40-229 40-1218
40-202 40-1178
40-202 40-1178
J002 Relay 40-1017 40-1222
40-967 40-1222
40-484 40-1222
40-521 40-1222
40-1150 40-1205
40-529 40-1205
40-529 40-1189
40-1030 40-1189
40-498 40-1189
40-154
Wiring diagrams
tem
J002 Relay 40-498 40-1205
40-937 40-1222
J004 Relay 40-732 40-1205
40-605 40-1222
40-498 40-1205
40-434 40-1205
40-677 40-1205
40-579 40-1205
40-553 40-1205
40-623 40-1205
40-461 40-1205
40-944 40-1205
Table 324
tem
J004 Relay 40-1017 40-1222
40-714 40-1222
40-1064 40-1205
40-383 40-1222
40-343 40-1222
40-453 40-1222
40-304 40-1222
40-867 40-1222
40-967 40-1222
40-484 40-1222
J004 Relay 40-799 40-1222
40-398 40-1205
40-937 40-1222
40-579 40-1189
40-571 40-1222
40-761 40-1222
40-426 40-1222
40-315 40-1189
40-812 40-1189
40-976 40-1189
J004 Relay 40-498 40-1189
40-876 40-1189
40-773 40-1189
40-553 40-1189
40-623 40-1189
40-908 40-1189
40-355 40-1189
40-529 40-1189
40-1030 40-1189
Table 325
tem
J004 Relay 40-908 40-1205
40-944 40-1189
40-355 40-1205
40-732 40-1189
40-398 40-1189
40-677 40-1189
40-896 40-1222
40-461 40-1189
40-546 40-1222
40-1121 40-1205
40-155
Wiring diagrams
tem
J004 Relay 40-529 40-1205
40-1150 40-1205
40-1092 40-1205
40-876 40-1205
40-315 40-1205
40-434 40-1189
40-521 40-1222
40-658 40-1222
J005 Relay 40-529 40-1205
40-484 40-1222
40-521 40-1222
40-453 40-1222
40-896 40-1222
40-867 40-1222
40-304 40-1222
Table 326
tem
J005 Relay 40-461 40-1205
40-498 40-1205
40-315 40-1205
40-434 40-1189
40-315 40-1189
40-426 40-1222
40-908 40-1189
40-876 40-1205
40-498 40-1189
40-876 40-1189
J005 Relay 40-529 40-1189
40-434 40-1205
40-908 40-1205
40-461 40-1189
J007 Relay 40-623 40-1205
40-658 40-1222
40-605 40-1222
40-714 40-1222
40-546 40-1222
40-571 40-1222
40-553 40-1205
40-732 40-1205
40-579 40-1205
40-579 40-1189
J007 Relay 40-623 40-1189
40-732 40-1189
40-677 40-1189
40-553 40-1189
40-677 40-1205
Table 327
tem
J008 Relay 40-229 40-1205
40-714 40-1222
40-732 40-1205
40-229 40-1189
40-732 40-1189
40-202 40-1222
40-156
Wiring diagrams
tem
J009 Relay 40-579 40-1189
40-732 40-1189
40-732 40-1205
40-579 40-1205
40-571 40-1222
40-714 40-1222
J010 Max. fan speed relay 40-571 40-1188
40-579 40-1188
40-732 40-1188
40-714 40-1188
J011 Compressor and A/C 1st 40-732 40-1188
speed start relay 40-714 40-1188
J012 3rd fan speed relay 40-714 40-1188
40-732 40-1188
40-579 40-1188
40-571 40-1188
J013 Compressor relay 40-605 40-1166
40-623 40-1166
40-658 40-1166
40-677 40-1166
tioning cooler fan 40-677 40-1201
40-658 40-1201
Table 328
tem
tioning cooler fan 40-714 40-1199
tioning cooler fan
J015 Control relay for auxiliary 40-714 40-1199
air conditioning cooler fan 40-658 40-1201
40-677 40-1201
40-732 40-1199
40.2.26 - K - Sensors and transmitters (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001, AGROFARM 420 ->
20001, AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Table 329
tem
K001 2.7099.320.0/10 Air cleaner clogged sensor Normally open contact 40-370 40-1220
Switching pressure: 0.93 to 0.94
bar absolute pressure
K002 0.257.6654.3/10 Brake fluid level sensor 40-1002 40-1218
40-1136 40-1218
40-1136 40-1220
40-1002 40-1220
K003 01182792 Engine oil pressure switch 40-370 40-1218
40-370 40-1220
K004 Engine temperature sen- 40-370 40-1218
sor 40-370 40-1220
40-157
Wiring diagrams
tem
K005 04429390/10 Hand throttle position sen- Sensor N°1 40-254 40-1193
sor Pin 1 = 5.0Vdc power
Pin 2 = earth
Pin 4 = 0.5V - 4.5V analog signal
Sensor N°2
Pin 6 = 5.0Vdc power
Pin 5 = earth
Pin 2 = earth
Sensor N°2
Pin 5 = earth
Table 330
tem
K006 04429390/10 Accelerator pedal position Sensor N°1 40-254 40-1205
sensor Pin 1 = 5.0Vdc power
Pin 2 = earth
Sensor N°2
Pin 5 = earth
Pin 2 = earth
Sensor N°2
Pin 5 = earth
K007 Operator present sensor 40-920 40-1193
40-920 40-1205
K008 2.7099.670.0/10 Park Brake pressure brake Normally open contact (NO) 40-1002 40-1193
Switching pressure: 15 bar
K008 2.7099.670.0/10 Park Brake pressure brake Normally open contact (NO) 40-1136 40-1205
K009 2.7099.660.0/10 Transmission oil filter clog- Normally open contact 40-920 40-1198
ging pressure switch Calibration pressure: 0.5 to 0.4
K010 2.7099.996.0 Wheels speed sensor This cannot be checked using an 40-920 40-1198
ordinary tester; use the ART.
K011 2.7099.750.0/10 Services circuit alarm Normally closed (NC) contact 40-370 40-1198
Switching pressure: 11 bar ± 1
K012 0.010.1214.4 Rear PTO speed sensor Pin 1 = earth 40-1106 40-1198
(USA version) Pin 2 = analog signal:
0 Volt with sensor covered by
metal
12 Volt with sensor exposed
Pin 3 = 12 V power input
Table 331
tem
K013 2.7099.960.0 Hydraulic trailer braking Normally closed (NC) contact 40-1002 40-1198
40-158
Wiring diagrams
tem
K014 2.7059.836.0 Fuel level sensor Resistance between pin 2 and pin 40-370 40-1198
3:
with tank full: 5.25 ± 1.25 Ohm
with tank half full:105.50 ± 6 Ohm
with tank empty: 332.75 ± 17.25
Ohm
K015 Engine speed sensor 40-920 40-1185
K016 2.7099.996.0 Shuttle sensor This cannot be checked using an 40-920 40-1185
K017 2.7099.800.0 Oil temperature sensor Resistance between pins 1 and 2 40-920 40-1185
at 0±1 °C: 7351 Ohms
at 20±1 °C: 2812 Ohms
at 40±1 °C: 1199 Ohms
at 60±1 °C: 560.2 Ohms
at 80±1 °C: 283.2 Ohms
K018 2.7099.690.0/10 Clutch oil pressure switch Normally closed (NC) contact 40-920 40-1185
K019 2.7099.700.0 PALL filter clogging sensor Normally open contact (NO) 40-920 40-1185
Differential switching pressure:
2.4 bar
Reset pressure: 1.8 bar
K020 2.7099.740.0/10 Clutch pedal position sen- Pin 1 = power (Nominal 5.0V) 40-920 40-1179
sor Pin 2 = earth
Pin 4 = analog signal
K021 Air conditioning tempera- 40-695 40-1188
ture thermostat
K022 0.009.4744.1 Air conditioning tempera- 40-587 40-1166
ture thermostat 40-641 40-1166
K023 0.010.2262.0 Air conditioning pressure 40-641 40-1201
switch 40-695 40-1199
switch
40-159
Wiring diagrams
Table 332
tem
switch
K025 0.011.9428.0 Compressed air pressure Power 12V DC 40-1136 40-1175
sensor Resistance at 0 bar 10-13 Ohm
Resistance at 6 bar 119-129 Ohm
sensor Resistance at 0 bar 10-13 Ohm
K026 04213839 Engine coolant tempera- 40-254 40-1233
ture sensor
K028 04213838 Turbine air temperature/ 40-254 40-1233
pressure sensor
K031 01182834 Camshaft speed sensor 40-254 40-1233
K032 04213839 Fuel temperature sensor 40-254 40-1233
40.2.27 - K - Sensors and senders (AGROFARM 420 -> 16001, AGROFARM 430 -> 5001)
Table 333
tem
Switching pressure: 0.93 to 0.94 40-398 40-1220
2.7099.320.0/10 Air cleaner clogged sensor Normally open contact 40-383 40-1220
40-1030 40-1218
40-1150 40-1218
40-1017 40-1218
40-1150 40-1220
40-1030 40-1220
40-383 40-1220
40-383 40-1218
40-398 40-1218
sor 40-398 40-1218
40-383 40-1220
40-398 40-1220
Table 334
tem
Pin 2 = earth
Sensor N°2
Pin 5 = earth
Pin 2 = earth
Sensor N°2
Pin 5 = earth
40-160
Wiring diagrams
Table 335
tem
Pin 2 = earth
Sensor N°2
Pin 5 = earth
Pin 2 = earth
Sensor N°2
Pin 5 = earth
Table 336
tem
Pin 2 = earth
Sensor N°2
Pin 5 = earth
Pin 2 = earth
Sensor N°2
Pin 5 = earth
Table 337
tem
ging pressure switch Calibration pressure: 0.5 to 0.4 40-937 40-1217
pressure switch Switching pressure: 11 bar ± 1 40-383 40-1217
metal
40-161
Wiring diagrams
tem
3:
Ohm
3:
Ohm
40-677 40-1166
40-605 40-1166
Table 338
tem
switch 40-605 40-1163
switch 40-677 40-1201
40-732 40-1199
40-714 40-1199
switch 40-605 40-1163
sensor Resistance at 0 bar 10-13 Ohm 40-1030 40-1175
Resistance at 6 bar 119-129 Ohm 40-1017 40-1175
ture sensor 40-283 40-1232
pressure sensor 40-283 40-1232
40-283 40-1232
K032 04213839 Fuel temperature sensor 40-283 40-1232
40-276 40-1232
40.2.28 - K - Sensors and transmitters (AGROFARM 410 -> 16001)

Table 339
tem
2.7099.320.0/10 Air cleaner clogged sensor Normally open contact 40-383 40-1220
40-1030 40-1218
40-1150 40-1218
40-1017 40-1218
40-1150 40-1220
40-1030 40-1220
40-162
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-383 40-1220
40-383 40-1218
40-398 40-1218
sor 40-398 40-1218
40-383 40-1220
40-398 40-1220
Table 340
tem
Pin 2 = earth
Sensor N°2
Pin 5 = earth
Pin 2 = earth
Sensor N°2
Pin 5 = earth
Table 341
tem
Pin 2 = earth
Sensor N°2
Pin 5 = earth
Pin 2 = earth
Sensor N°2
Pin 5 = earth
Table 342
tem
Pin 2 = earth
Sensor N°2
Pin 5 = earth
40-163
Wiring diagrams
tem
Pin 2 = earth
Sensor N°2
Pin 5 = earth
Table 343
tem
ging pressure switch Calibration pressure: 0.5 to 0.4 40-937 40-1217
pressure switch Switching pressure: 11 bar ± 1 40-383 40-1217
metal
3:
Ohm
3:
Ohm
40-677 40-1166
40-605 40-1166
Table 344
tem
switch 40-605 40-1163
switch 40-677 40-1201
40-732 40-1199
40-714 40-1199
switch 40-605 40-1163
40-164
Wiring diagrams
tem
sensor Resistance at 0 bar 10-13 Ohm 40-1030 40-1175
Resistance at 6 bar 119-129 Ohm 40-1017 40-1175
ture sensor 40-269 40-1230
pressure sensor 40-269 40-1230
40-269 40-1230
40.2.29 - L - Electromagnets and solenoid valves (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001, AGROFARM
420 -> 20001, AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Table 345
tem
L001 0.900.1130.7 Differential lock control so- 40-920 40-1198
lenoid valve
L002 0.900.1130.7 4WD control solenoid 40-920 40-1198
valve
L003 2.3729.250.0/60 Rear PTO control solenoid Pin 1 = earth 40-1106 40-1198
valve Pin 2 = power
Impedance between Pin1 and
Pin2: ~ 8 Ohm (at 20 °C)
valve Pin 2 = power
Pin2: ~ 8 Ohm (at 20 °C)
L004 0.900.1130.7 Hi/Lo drive control sole- 40-920 40-1198
noid valve
L005 2.3729.400.0/20 Front PTO control sole- 40-952 40-1163
noid valve
noid valve
L006 0.900.0532.1 Forward gear selection so- 40-920 40-1185
lenoid
L007 0.900.0532.1 Reverse gear selection so- 40-920 40-1185
lenoid
L008 0.900.1130.7 Solenoid-operated propor- 40-920 40-1185
tional valve
L009 2.3729.714.0/30 Trailer parking brake con- Pin 1 = power 40-1136 40-1216
trol solenoid valve Pin 2 = earth
Pin2: ~ 8 Ohm (at 20 °C)
L009 2.3729.714.0/30 Trailer parking brake con- Pin 1 = power 40-1002 40-1216
trol solenoid valve Pin 2 = earth
Pin2: ~ 8 Ohm (at 20 °C)
40.2.30 - L - Electromagnets and solenoid valves (AGROFARM 410 -> 16001, AGROFARM
420 -> 16001, AGROFARM 430 -> 5001)
Table 346
tem
L001 0.900.1130.7 Differential lock control so- 40-937 40-1217
lenoid valve 40-944 40-1196
40-165
Wiring diagrams
tem
valve Pin 2 = power 40-976 40-1196
Impedance between Pin1 and 40-1121 40-1196
Pin2: ~ 8 Ohm (at 20 °C)
noid valve 40-976 40-1163
40-1121 40-1163
40.2.31 - M - Electrical/electronic devices, flasher units and timers (AGROFARM 410 ->
Table 347
tem
M001 Engine control unit 40-254 40-1193
40-175 40-1193
40-254 40-1205
40-175 40-1205
M002 Engine control unit 40-175 40-1205
40-254 40-1193
40-290 40-1193
40-175 40-1193
40-989 40-1193
40-254 40-1205
40-290 40-1205
40-989 40-1205
40-328 40-1205
40-328 40-1193
M003 2.8519.057.0/10 Rear PTO ECU 40-952 40-1193
40-1106 40-1205
M004 2.8639.007.0/10 Hazard warning lights 40-786 40-1193
ECU 40-750 40-1193
M004 2.8639.012.0 Hazard warning lights 40-1051 40-1205
ECU 40-1078 40-1205
M005 2.8639.008.0 Windscreen wiper intermit- 40-884 40-1188
tent timer 40-856 40-1210
40-856 40-1228
16001)
Table 348
tem
M001 02959599 Engine control unit 40-202 40-1222
40-261 40-1222
40-269 40-1205
40-229 40-1205
40-269 40-1189
40-229 40-1189
40-269 40-1205
40-229 40-1189
40-355 40-1189
40-998 40-1189
40-269 40-1189
40-229 40-1205
40-166
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-998 40-1205
40-343 40-1222
40-994 40-1222
40-202 40-1222
40-261 40-1222
40-304 40-1222
40-315 40-1205
Table 349
tem
M003 2.8519.057.0/10 Rear PTO ECU 40-976 40-1189
40-1121 40-1205
ECU 40-799 40-1222
40-761 40-1222
40-812 40-1189
ECU 40-1064 40-1205
tent timer 40-876 40-1212
40-867 40-1212
40-876 40-1226
40-867 40-1226
40-908 40-1188
16001, AGROFARM 430 -> 5001)
Table 350
tem
M001 02959599 Engine ECU 40-276 40-1222
40-202 40-1222
40-229 40-1205
40-283 40-1205
40-229 40-1189
40-283 40-1189
M002 02959599 Engine ECU 40-355 40-1205
40-229 40-1189
40-355 40-1189
40-283 40-1189
40-998 40-1189
40-283 40-1205
40-229 40-1205
M002 02959599 Engine ECU 40-315 40-1189
40-998 40-1205
40-343 40-1222
40-276 40-1222
40-994 40-1222
40-202 40-1222
40-304 40-1222
40-315 40-1205
Table 351
tem
M003 2.8519.057.0/10 Rear PTO ECU 40-976 40-1189
40-1121 40-1205
40-167
Wiring diagrams
tem
ECU 40-799 40-1222
40-761 40-1222
40-812 40-1189
ECU 40-1064 40-1205
tent timer 40-876 40-1212
40-867 40-1212
40-876 40-1226
40-867 40-1226
40-908 40-1188
40.2.34 - N - Electric motors and actuators (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001, AGROFARM 420
-> 20001, AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Table 352
tem
N001 01183677 Starter motor “+30” 40-175 40-1182
40-175 40-1183
40-175 40-1184
40-175 40-1225
N002 01183677 Starter motor “+50” 40-175 40-1218
40-175 40-1220
N003 0.010.3085.0 Windscreen washer pump 40-856 40-1205
40-856 40-1193
40-884 40-1193
40-884 40-1205
N004 0.010.3085.0 Rear screen washer pump 40-884 40-1193
40-884 40-1205
40-856 40-1205
40-856 40-1193
N005 02941435 Rear screen wiper motor 40-884 40-1188
40-856 40-1187
N006 2.9019.200.0/10 Windscreen wiper motor 40-856 40-1168
40-884 40-1169
N007 02113597 Actuator 40-254 40-1233
40.2.35 - N - Electric motors and actuators (AGROFARM 410 -> 16001)

Table 353
tem
N001 01183677 Starter motor “+30” 40-229 40-1225
40-202 40-1182
40-229 40-1182
40-202 40-1183
40-229 40-1183
40-229 40-1184
40-202 40-1184
40-202 40-1225
N002 01183677 Starter motor “+50” 40-202 40-1218
40-229 40-1218
40-229 40-1220
40-202 40-1220
40-876 40-1189
40-908 40-1189
40-867 40-1222
40-908 40-1205
40-876 40-1205
40-168
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-908 40-1205
40-896 40-1222
40-896 40-1188
40-908 40-1169
40-867 40-1168
40-876 40-1168
N007 02113597 Actuator 40-269 40-1230
40-261 40-1230
40.2.36 - N - Electric motors and actuators (AGROFARM 420 -> 16001, AGROFARM 430
-> 5001)
Table 354
tem
N001 01183677 Starter motor “+30” 40-229 40-1225
40-202 40-1182
40-229 40-1182
40-202 40-1183
40-229 40-1183
40-229 40-1184
40-202 40-1184
40-202 40-1225
N002 01183677 Starter motor “+50” 40-202 40-1218
40-229 40-1218
40-229 40-1220
40-202 40-1220
40-876 40-1189
40-908 40-1189
40-867 40-1222
40-908 40-1205
40-876 40-1205
40-908 40-1205
40-896 40-1222
40-896 40-1188
40-908 40-1169
40-867 40-1168
40-876 40-1168
N007 02113597 Actuator 40-276 40-1232
40-283 40-1232
40.2.37 - O - Resistors and rheostats (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001, AGROFARM 420 ->
20001, AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Table 355
tem
O001 Lh resistor 40-561 40-1188
40-695 40-1188
O002 Rh resistor 40-695 40-1188
40-561 40-1188
O003 0.009.9526.2 Resistor 40-587 40-1166
40-641 40-1166
40-537 40-1165
40-169
Wiring diagrams
40.2.38 - O - Resistors and rheostats (AGROFARM 410 -> 16001, AGROFARM 420 ->
16001, AGROFARM 430 -> 5001)
Table 356
tem
O001 Lh resistor 40-579 40-1188
40-571 40-1188
40-714 40-1188
40-732 40-1188
O002 Rh resistor 40-571 40-1188
40-714 40-1188
40-579 40-1188
40-732 40-1188
O003 0.009.9526.2 Resistor 40-605 40-1166
40-623 40-1166
40-658 40-1166
40-677 40-1166
40-546 40-1165
40-553 40-1165
AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Table 357
tem
P001 04437338 Air conditioning compres- 40-641 40-1218
sor 40-587 40-1218
40-587 40-1220
40-641 40-1220
40-695 40-1220
40-695 40-1218
P002 2.6039.020.0 Auxiliary power socket 40-328 40-1193
(25A) 40-290 40-1205
40-290 40-1193
40-328 40-1205
2.6039.020.0 Auxiliary power socket 40-290 40-1205
(25A) 40-290 40-1193
40-328 40-1193
40-328 40-1205
(25A) 40-290 40-1205
40-290 40-1193
40-328 40-1193
P003 CAN BUS diagnostics 40-989 40-1193
socket 40-989 40-1205
P004 2.7099.770.0 Cigar lighter 40-328 40-1193
40-290 40-1193
40-290 40-1205
40-328 40-1205
2.7099.770.0 Cigar lighter 40-290 40-1205
40-328 40-1193
40-290 40-1193
40-328 40-1205
P005 0.900.0307.9 Pneumatic seat compres- 40-328 40-1193
sor 40-290 40-1205
40-328 40-1205
40-290 40-1193
40-170
Wiring diagrams
Table 358
tem
P006 2.6030.011.0 Trailer socket 40-1051 40-1198
40-1078 40-1198
40-786 40-1198
40-1002 40-1198
40-750 40-1198
P007 CAN BUS auxiliary socket 40-989 40-1179
P008 Radio (power supply) 40-290 40-1210
40-290 40-1228
40-328 40-1188
P009 0.011.5631.3 Lh loudspeaker 40-328 40-1188
P010 0.011.5631.3 Rh loudspeaker 40-328 40-1188
P011 Radio (loudspeakers) 40-328 40-1188
P012 0.011.2047.4 RH fan 40-561 40-1188
40-695 40-1188
P013 0.011.2047.4 LH fan 40-561 40-1188
40-695 40-1188
P014 0.900.1281.6 Electric fan 40-537 40-1165
40-587 40-1166
40-641 40-1166
P015 0.010.0618.4 Air conditioning condenser 40-587 40-1163
fan 40-641 40-1201
40-695 40-1199
P016 0.010.2545.2 Auxiliary air conditioning 40-695 40-1199
condenser fan 40-641 40-1201
AGROFARM 430 -> 5001)
Table 359
tem
sor 40-658 40-1218
40-677 40-1220
40-714 40-1220
40-605 40-1220
40-623 40-1220
sor 40-623 40-1218
40-605 40-1218
40-714 40-1218
40-677 40-1218
40-732 40-1220
P002 2.6039.020.0 Auxiliary power socket 40-315 40-1189
(25A) 40-355 40-1189
40-315 40-1205
40-355 40-1205
40-304 40-1222
40-343 40-1222
(25A) 40-343 40-1222
40-304 40-1222
40-355 40-1189
40-315 40-1189
40-355 40-1205
40-171
Wiring diagrams
tem
(25A) 40-315 40-1189
40-315 40-1205
40-355 40-1205
40-343 40-1222
40-304 40-1222
Table 360
tem
P003 CAN BUS diagnostics 40-998 40-1205
socket 40-994 40-1222
40-998 40-1189
P004 2.7099.770.0 Cigar lighter 40-315 40-1189
40-315 40-1205
40-355 40-1205
40-355 40-1189
2.7099.770.0 Cigar lighter 40-315 40-1189
40-355 40-1189
40-315 40-1205
40-355 40-1205
P005 0.900.0307.9 Pneumatic seat compres- 40-343 40-1222
sor 40-355 40-1189
40-315 40-1189
40-315 40-1205
40-304 40-1222
40-355 40-1205
P006 2.6030.011.0 Trailer socket 40-1064 40-1196
40-1092 40-1196
40-1030 40-1196
40-773 40-1196
40-812 40-1196
40-1017 40-1217
40-761 40-1217
40-799 40-1217
P008 Radio (power supply) 40-315 40-1212
40-355 40-1188
40-343 40-1188
40-315 40-1226
40-304 40-1212
40-304 40-1226
Table 361
tem
P009 0.011.5631.3 Lh loudspeaker 40-343 40-1188
40-355 40-1188
P010 0.011.5631.3 Rh loudspeaker 40-343 40-1188
40-355 40-1188
P011 Radio (loudspeakers) 40-343 40-1188
40-355 40-1188
P012 0.011.2047.4 Rh fan 40-714 40-1188
40-579 40-1188
40-571 40-1188
40-732 40-1188
P013 0.011.2047.4 Lh fan 40-579 40-1188
40-571 40-1188
40-714 40-1188
40-732 40-1188
40-172
Wiring diagrams
tem
P014 0.900.1281.6 Electric fan 40-623 40-1166
40-605 40-1166
40-658 40-1166
40-677 40-1166
40-553 40-1165
40-546 40-1165
P015 0.010.0618.4 Air conditioning condenser 40-623 40-1163
fan 40-658 40-1201
40-677 40-1201
40-732 40-1199
40-714 40-1199
40-605 40-1163
P016 0.010.2545.2 Auxiliary air conditioning 40-714 40-1199
condenser fan 40-658 40-1201
40-677 40-1201
40-732 40-1199
40.2.41 - R - Diagnostics (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001, AGROFARM 420 -> 20001, AGRO-
FARM 430 -> 1001)
Table 362
tem
R001 Diagnostics socket 40-290 40-1205
40-328 40-1205
40-328 40-1193
40-290 40-1193
40.2.42 - R - Diagnostics (AGROFARM 410 -> 16001, AGROFARM 420 -> 16001, AGRO-
FARM 430 -> 5001)
Table 363
tem
R001 Diagnostics socket 40-343 40-1222
40-304 40-1222
40-315 40-1205
40-355 40-1205
40-355 40-1189
40-315 40-1189
40.2.43 - T - Power supply points (+15 o +30) (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001, AGROFARM 420
-> 20001, AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
Table 364
tem
T001 Battery positive terminal 40-175 40-1225
40-825 40-1225
Battery positive terminal 40-175 40-1178
40-175 40-1218
40-173
Wiring diagrams
40.2.44 - T - Power supply points (+15 o +30) (AGROFARM 410 -> 16001, AGROFARM 420
-> 16001, AGROFARM 430 -> 5001)
Table 365
tem
T001 Battery positive terminal 40-842 40-1225
40-202 40-1225
40-834 40-1225
40-229 40-1225
40-229 40-1178
40-202 40-1220
40-229 40-1218
40-202 40-1218
40-174
Wiring diagrams
40.3 - Systems
40.3.1 - S001 - Starting and preheating (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001, AGROFARM 420 ->
20001, AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
M001
E002 E003 M002
I018 J008 I011
PRE HEATING LAMP

(M3)
START CONSENT
1 0
PREHEATING
H.D.COMAND
GENERATOR
2
-31 ELECTR
-31 ELECTR
+12V(+30)
+12V(+30)
+15
+15
-31
-31
W
75 83 15 50 30 87 85 86 30 15 21 14 8 20 24 13 15 3 3 14 6 2 1 1 2 3 4
B028
40A
C008
C008
C004
B010
B021
C003
10A
B022
5A
7.5A
+15
+15
A001
J001b
J001
J001a
D001
D005
D011
8 14 1 6 5 4
A A A B B
A1 A8 D1 D1 A3
2 1
2 1
B004
B001
125A
60A
I020
C002
T001B
T001a
T001
C001
N001
N002
+30 +30
+30 GND1
BATTERY
D0062850
A004
A002
A003
Fig. 2175 - Starting and preheating - System

l A001 - Preheating device
l A002 - Alternator “B+”
l A003 - Alternator “D+”
l A004 - Alternator “W”
l D001 (M) - Wiring connector (Wiring loom 0.015.7021.4/70)
40-175
Wiring diagrams
l D001 (F) - Wiring connector (Wiring loom 0.015.1983.4/10)
l E002 - Instrument panel
l I011 - Clutch pedal switch
l IO18 - Ignition switch
l I020 - Start enable switch (transmission in neutral)
l J001 - Preheating relay
l J001a - Preheating relay
l J001b - Preheating relay
l J008 - Relay
l M001 - Engine control unit
l M002 - Engine ECU
l N001 - Starter motor “+30”
40-176
Wiring diagrams
B028
J008
B010
B022
B021
E002
E003 C004
D005
I018
D001
A
I011
D0063610
Fig. 2176 - Starting and preheating - Connector positions

Table 366
Sys- P/N Description Characteristics/notes Position Wiring
tem
B010 Fuse (5A) 40-1193
B010 Fuse (5A) 40-1205
B021 Fuse (10A) 40-1193
B021 Fuse (10A) 40-1205
B022 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1193
B022 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1205
B028 Fuse (40A) 40-1193
B028 Fuse (40A) 40-1205
40-177
Wiring diagrams
tem
C004 Earthing point 4 40-1193
40-1205
Fig. 2177
D001 Wiring connector 40-1182
40-1193
40-1205
40-1182
Fig. 2178
40-1220
40-1193
40-1205
40-1193
40-1205
40-1218
40-1220
Fig. 2179
E002 Instrument panel 40-1193
40-1205
Fig. 2180
40-1205
Fig. 2181
40-178
Wiring diagrams
Table 367
tem
I011 Clutch pedal switch 40-1193
1
Fig. 2182
closed contact (NC)
open contact (NO)
1
Fig. 2182
closed contact (NC)
open contact (NO)
I018 Starter switch 40-1193
40-1205
J008 Relay 40-1193
40-1205
Fig. 2185
40-179
Wiring diagrams
C003
B
C008
D011
M001
M002
D0063600
Fig. 2186 - Connector positions

Table 368
tem
40-1205
Fig. 2187
40-180
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1205
Fig. 2188
40-1198
40-1205
40-1198
Fig. 2189
M001 02959599 Engine ECU 40-1193
40-1205
Fig. 2190
M002 02959599 Engine ECU 40-1193
40-1205
Fig. 2191
40-181
Wiring diagrams
D011
I020
D0063590

Table 369
tem
40-1198
40-1205
40-1198
Fig. 2192
40-182
Wiring diagrams
tem
I020 Start enable switch 40-1198
(transmission in
neutral)
Fig. 2193
40-183
Wiring diagrams
D001
B001
N001
D0063620
Fig. 2194
Table 370
tem
B001 Fuse 40-1182
40-184
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1193
40-1205
40-1182
Fig. 2194
N001 01183677 Starter motor “+30” 40-1182
40-1183
40-1184
40-1225
Fig. 2195
40-185
Wiring diagrams
A001
J001b
J001a
B004
T001a
D0063550
Fig. 2196 - Connector positions - Version with preheating and front battery
40-186
Wiring diagrams
Table 371
tem
A001 04258670 Preheating device Power supply: 12V 40-1178
Ohms
B004 Fuse 40-1178
Preheating relay Version with front battery 40-1178
Fig. 2198
Version with lateral battery
Fig. 2199
Fig. 2200
Fig. 2201
40-187
Wiring diagrams
tem
Battery positive ter- Version with front battery 40-1178
minal
Fig. 2202
Fig. 2203
40-188
Wiring diagrams
A001
T001a
J001a
J001b
B004
D0064600
Fig. 2204
Table 372
tem
Ohms
B004 Fuse 40-1178
Battery positive ter- Version with lateral battery 40-1178
minal
Fig. 2204
40-189
Wiring diagrams
tem
Battery positive ter- 40-1220
minal
Fig. 2205
Preheating relay Version with lateral battery 40-1178
Fig. 2205
40-190
Wiring diagrams
C001
N001
T001
T001a
C002 T001b
D0063540
Fig. 2206 - Connector positions - Version with front battery
40-191
Wiring diagrams
Table 373
tem
C001 Battery negative Version with front battery 40-1225
terminal
Fig. 2207
Fig. 2208
Fig. 2209
N001 01183677 Starter motor “+30” 40-1225
40-1182
40-1183
Fig. 2210
T001 Battery positive ter- Version with front battery 40-1225
minal
Fig. 2211
Fig. 2212
40-192
Wiring diagrams
tem
minal
Fig. 2212
Fig. 2212
minal 40-1218
Fig. 2212
40-193
Wiring diagrams
N001
C002
T001
T001a
C001 T001b
D0064590
Fig. 2213 - Connector positions - Version with lateral battery

Table 374
tem
C001 Battery negative Version with lateral battery 40-1225
terminal
Fig. 2213
40-194
Wiring diagrams
tem
Fig. 2213
T001 Battery positive ter- Version with lateral battery 40-1225
minal
Fig. 2213
minal
Fig. 2213
minal
Fig. 2213
N001 01183677 Starter motor “+30” 40-1225
40-1182
40-1183
40-1184
Fig. 2213
40-195
Wiring diagrams
D005
J001
N002
A004
A003
A002
T001b
D0063560
40-196
Wiring diagrams
Table 375
tem
A002 01183630 Alternator “B+” 40-1218
40-1220
Fig. 2215
A003 01183630 Alternator “D+” 40-1218
40-1220
Fig. 2216
A004 01183630 Alternator “W” 40-1218
40-1220
Fig. 2217
40-1220
40-1193
40-1205
40-1193
40-1205
40-1218
40-1220
Fig. 2217
J001 Preheating relay 40-1218
40-1220
Fig. 2218
N002 01183677 Starter motor “+50” 40-1220
Fig. 2219
40-197
Wiring diagrams
tem
minal
Fig. 2220
40-198
Wiring diagrams
D005
A
C B
N002
A004
A003
A002
D0063580
Fig. 2221 - Connector positions - Version with lateral battery (1/2)
40-199
Wiring diagrams
Table 376
tem
A002 01183630 Alternator “B+” 40-1218
40-1220
Fig. 2221
A003 01183630 Alternator “D+” 40-1218
40-1220
Fig. 2221
A004 01183630 Alternator “W” 40-1218
40-1220
Fig. 2221
40-1220
40-1193
40-1205
40-1193
40-1205
40-1218
40-1220
Fig. 2221
N002 01183677 Starter motor “+50” 40-1218
40-1220
Fig. 2221
40-200
Wiring diagrams
B
C
T001b
J001
D0063570

Table 377
tem
minal
Fig. 2222
40-201
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1220
Fig. 2222
40-202
Wiring diagrams
40.3.2 - S001A - Starting and preheating - Version with analog instrument panel (AGRO-
M001
E008
E009 E010 M002
I004 I005
J008
PRE HEATING LAMP

(M3)
START CONSENT
+PRE-HEATING
PRE-HEATING
H.D.COMAND
GENERATOR
-31 ELECTR
-31 ELECTR
+15
+15
+15
-31
-31
87 85 86 30 A5 A A3 A4 B1 1 3 4 3 3 14 6 2 1 2 3 7 8 4 5 7 2 1 3 4 6 5 8
12
C004
C009
D013
7 9 2 3
C003
B028
40A
B021
B022
7.5A
10A
I011
75 83 15 50 30
+15
4 3 2 1
2
D005
1 0
I018 14 1 8 6 5 4
C003
C004
A001
B024
C004
7.5A
J001b
J001
J001a
D001
2 1
D011
10 9 5 6 2 3 7 8
B A A A
A3 A1 D1 B1
B004
B001
125A
60A
I008
1 2
C002
I020
T001b
T001a
T001
C001
B+ D+ W
N001
N002
+30 +30
+30 GND1
D0065030
A004
A002
A003
BATTERY
Fig. 2223 - Starting and preheating - Version with analog instrument panel - System
40-203
Wiring diagrams
l I004 - Front PTO control switch
l I005 - Rear PTO control switch
l I008 - Road lights switch
l I018 - Ignition switch
l J008 - Relay
l M002 - Engine ECU
40-204
Wiring diagrams
B028
J008
B024
B022
B021
C004
E008
E010
E009
D005
I018
D001
A
I011 I008
D0063611
Fig. 2224 - Starting and preheating - Version with analog instrument panel - Connector positions
Table 378
tem
B021 Fuse (10A) 40-1222
B022 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1222
B024 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1222
B028 Fuse (40A) 40-1222
40-205
Wiring diagrams
tem
Fig. 2225
40-1182
Fig. 2226
40-1222
40-1218
40-1220
Fig. 2227
I008 Road lights switch 40-1222
Fig. 2228 Fig. 2229

1
Fig. 2230
closed contact (NC)
open contact (NO)
40-206
Wiring diagrams
tem
83
50
30
86s
75 15
Pin 30 15 50 75 83
Pos Fig. 2232
0
2
D0010060
Fig. 2231
J008 Relay 40-1222
Fig. 2233
40-207
Wiring diagrams
I005
I004
D013
C003
D011
M001
M002
C009
D0063601

Table 379
tem
Fig. 2235
40-208
Wiring diagrams
tem
Fig. 2236
40-1222
Fig. 2237
40-1222
Fig. 2238
I004 Front PTO control 40-1222
switch
Fig. 2240
Fig. 2239
I005 Rear PTO control 40-1222
switch
Fig. 2241
M001 02959599 Engine control unit 40-1222
Fig. 2242
40-209
Wiring diagrams
tem
Fig. 2243
D011
I020
D0063590
40-210
Wiring diagrams
Table 380
tem
40-1222
Fig. 2244
(transmission in
neutral)
Fig. 2245
40-211
Wiring diagrams
D001
B001
N001
D0063620

Table 381
tem
B001 Fuse 40-1182
40-212
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1182
Fig. 2246
N001 01183677 Starter motor “+30” 40-1225
Fig. 2247
N001 01183677 Starter motor “+30” 40-1182
40-1183
40-1184
Fig. 2248
40-213
Wiring diagrams
D005
A
C B
N002
A004
A003
A002
D0063580
40-214
Wiring diagrams
Table 382
tem
A002 01183630 Alternator “B+” 40-1220
Fig. 2250
A003 01183630 Alternator “D+” 40-1220
Fig. 2251
A004 01183630 Alternator “W” 40-1220
Fig. 2252
40-1222
40-1220
Fig. 2252
N002 01183677 Starter motor “+50” 40-1220
Fig. 2253
40-215
Wiring diagrams
B
C
T001b
J001
D0063570

Table 383
tem
Fig. 2255
40-216
Wiring diagrams
tem
minal
Fig. 2256
40-217
Wiring diagrams
D005
J001
N002
A004
A003
A002
T001b
D0063560
40-218
Wiring diagrams
Table 384
tem
A002 01183630 Alternator “B+” 40-1218
Fig. 2257
A003 01183630 Alternator “D+” 40-1218
Fig. 2257
A004 01183630 Alternator “W” 40-1218
Fig. 2257
Fig. 2257
40-1222
40-1218
Fig. 2257
N002 01183677 Starter motor “+50” 40-1218
Fig. 2257
40-219
Wiring diagrams
tem
minal
Fig. 2258
40-220
Wiring diagrams
A001
J001b
J001a
B004
T001a
D0063550
Fig. 2259 - Connector positions - Preheating version with front battery
40-221
Wiring diagrams
Table 385
tem
Ohms
B004 Fuse 40-1178
Fig. 2261
Fig. 2262
minal
Fig. 2263
40-222
Wiring diagrams
A001
T001a
J001a
J001b
B004
D0064600
Fig. 2264 - Connector positions - Preheating version with lateral battery

Table 386
tem
Ohms
B004 Fuse 40-1178
Fig. 2265
40-223
Wiring diagrams
tem
Fig. 2266
minal
Fig. 2267
40-224
Wiring diagrams
C001
N001
T001
T001a
C002 T001b
D0063540

Table 387
tem
terminal
Fig. 2269
40-225
Wiring diagrams
tem
Fig. 2270
T001 Battery positive ter- Version with front battery 40-1225
minal
Fig. 2271
minal
Fig. 2271
minal
Fig. 2271
N001 01183677 Starter motor “+30” 40-1225
Fig. 2271
40-226
Wiring diagrams
N001
C002
T001
T001a
C001 T001b
D0064590

Table 388
tem
terminal
Fig. 2273
40-227
Wiring diagrams
tem
Fig. 2273
T001 Battery positive ter- Version with lateral battery 40-1225
minal
Fig. 2274
minal
Fig. 2274
minal
Fig. 2274
N001 01183677 Starter motor “+30” 40-1225
Fig. 2274
40-228
Wiring diagrams
40.3.3 - S001D - Starting and preheating - Version with digital instrument panel (AGRO-
M001
E002 E003 M002
I018 J008 I011
PRE HEATING LAMP

(M3)
START CONSENT
1 0
PREHEATING
H.D.COMAND
GENERATOR
2
-31 ELECTR
-31 ELECTR
+12V(+30)
+12V(+30)
+15
+15
-31
-31
W
75 83 15 50 30 87 85 86 30 15 21 14 8 20 24 13 15 3 3 14 6 2 1 1 2 3 4
B028
40A
C008
C008
C004
B010
B021
C003
10A
B022
5A
7.5A
+15
+15
A001
J001b
J001
J001a
D001
D005
D011
8 14 1 6 5 4
A A A B B
A1 A8 D1 D1 A3
2 1
2 1
B004
B001
125A
60A
I020
C002
T001b
T001a
T001
C001
N001
N002
+30 +30
+30 GND1
BATTERY
D0062850
A004
A002
A003
Fig. 2275 - Starting and preheating - Version with digital instrument panel - System
40-229
Wiring diagrams
l J008 - Relay
l M002 - Engine ECU
40-230
Wiring diagrams
B028
J008
B010
B022
B021
E002
E003 C004
D005
I018
D001
A
I011
D0063610
Fig. 2276 - Starting and preheating - Version with digital instrument panel - Connector positions
Table 389
tem
B010 Fuse (5A) 40-1189
B010 Fuse (5A) 40-1205
B021 Fuse (10A) 40-1189
B021 Fuse (10A) 40-1205
B022 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1189
B022 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1205
B028 Fuse (40A) 40-1189
B028 Fuse (40A) 40-1205
40-231
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1205
Fig. 2277
40-1189
40-1205
Fig. 2278
40-1220
40-1189
40-1189
40-1205
Fig. 2279
40-1205
Fig. 2280
40-1205
Fig. 2281
1
Fig. 2282
closed contact (NC)
open contact (NO)
40-232
Wiring diagrams
tem
1
Fig. 2282
closed contact (NC)
open contact (NO)
83
50
30
86s
75 15
Pin 30 15 50 75 83
Pos Fig. 2284
0
2
D0010060
Fig. 2283
83
50
30
86s
75 15
Pin 30 15 50 75 83
Pos
2
D0010060
Fig. 2284
J008 Relay 40-1189
40-1205
Fig. 2285
40-233
Wiring diagrams
C003
B
C008
D011
M001
M002
D0063600
Table 390
tem
40-1205
Fig. 2287
40-234
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1205
Fig. 2288
40-1196
40-1205
Fig. 2289
40-1205
Fig. 2290
40-1205
Fig. 2291
40-235
Wiring diagrams
D011
I020
D0063590
Table 391
tem
40-1196
40-1205
Fig. 2292
40-236
Wiring diagrams
tem
(transmission in
neutral)
Fig. 2293
40-237
Wiring diagrams
D001
B001
N001
D0063620
Table 392
tem
B001 Fuse 40-1182
40-238
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1189
40-1205
Fig. 2294
N001 01183677 Starter motor “+30” 40-1225
40-1182
40-1183
40-1184
Fig. 2295
40-239
Wiring diagrams
A001
J001b
J001a
B004
T001a
D0063550
Fig. 2296 - Starting and preheating - Version with digital instrument panel - Connector positions - Version with
preheating and front battery
40-240
Wiring diagrams
Table 393
tem
Ohms
B004 Fuse 40-1178
minal
Fig. 2298
Preheating relay 40-1178
Fig. 2299
Fig. 2300
40-241
Wiring diagrams
A001
T001a
J001a
J001b
B004
D0064600
Table 394
tem
Ohms
B004 Fuse 40-1178
minal
Fig. 2302
40-242
Wiring diagrams
tem
Fig. 2303
Fig. 2304
40-243
Wiring diagrams
C001
N001
T001
T001a
C002 T001b
D0063540
front battery
40-244
Wiring diagrams
Table 395
tem
C001 Battery negative 40-1225
terminal
Fig. 2306
T001 Battery positive ter- 40-1225
minal
Fig. 2307
minal
Fig. 2307
minal
Fig. 2308
N001 01183677 Starter motor “+30” 40-1225
40-1182
40-1183
40-1184
Fig. 2308
40-245
Wiring diagrams
N001
C002
T001
T001a
C001 T001b
D0064590
lateral battery
Table 396
tem
terminal
Fig. 2310
40-246
Wiring diagrams
tem
Fig. 2311
minal
Fig. 2312
minal
Fig. 2312
minal
Fig. 2313
N001 01183677 Starter motor “+30” 40-1225
40-1182
40-1183
40-1184
Fig. 2313
40-247
Wiring diagrams
D005
J001
N002
A004
A003
A002
T001b
D0063560
front battery
40-248
Wiring diagrams
Table 397
tem
A002 01183630 Alternator “B+” 40-1218
Fig. 2315
A003 01183630 Alternator “D+” 40-1218
Fig. 2316
A004 01183630 Alternator “W” 40-1218
Fig. 2317
40-1189
40-1205
Fig. 2317
Fig. 2317
N002 01183677 Starter motor “+50” 40-1218
Fig. 2318
40-249
Wiring diagrams
tem
minal
Fig. 2318
40-250
Wiring diagrams
D005
A
C B
N002
A004
A003
A002
D0063580
lateral battery (1/2)
40-251
Wiring diagrams
Table 398
tem
A002 01183630 Alternator “B+” 40-1220
Fig. 2319
A003 01183630 Alternator “D+” 40-1220
Fig. 2319
A004 01183630 Alternator “W” 40-1220
Fig. 2319
40-1189
40-1205
Fig. 2319
N002 01183677 Starter motor “+50” 40-1220
Fig. 2319
40-252
Wiring diagrams
B
C
T001b
J001
D0063570
lateral battery (2/2)
Table 399
tem
Fig. 2321
40-253
Wiring diagrams
tem
minal
Fig. 2321
40.3.4 - S002 - Electronic engine governor (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001, AGROFARM 420
-> 20001, AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
M002 M001
CHARGE AIR PRESSURE SIGNAL (M24)

CHARGE AIR PRESSURE GND (M23)
CHARGE AIR PRESSURE +5V (M25)

WATER TEMPERATURE (M8) GND
CHARGE AIR PRESS.TEMPER.

WATER TEMPERATURE (M9)
E003 E002
SIGNAL PEDAL GAS
HAND GAS SIGNAL
ATTUATOR (M18)
ATTUATOR (M19)
ATTUATOR (M17)
ATTUATOR (M15)
ATTUATOR (M14)
FUEL TEMP (M5)
PICK-UP+ (M13)
PICK-UP- (M12)
GND COM 24/20
GND SCREEN
-31 ELECTR.
-31 ELECTR.
HOLD LAMP
HOLD LAMP
GND COM
+12/30
+12/30
+5V 24
HOLD
GND
+15
+15
-31
17 13 8 15 21 14 2 1 14 15 17 18 20 23 24 25 5 8 9 16 12 13 14 15 17 18 19 23 24 25 4
C004
C008
D011
D013
B022
B021
B010
7.5A
10A
5A
A A B A A A A A A A A A A B A
10 11 A5 B1 C4 B4 B5 B6 B7 C1 C2 C3 C4 C7 C8 C5 A4
+30
+15
D015
5 8 9 12 13 14 15 17 18 19 23 24 25 4
2 4 1 2 1 2 4 1
pos pos
I001
K005 K006
1 2 2 1 2 1 1 2 3 5 4 1 4 3 2
freq
t
t
D0062860
K032 K026 K031 N007 K028
Fig. 2322 - Electronic engine governor - System

40-254
Wiring diagrams
M002 M001



E003 E002
SIGNAL PEDAL GAS

HAND GAS SIGNAL
ATTUATOR (M18)
ATTUATOR (M19)
ATTUATOR (M17)
ATTUATOR (M15)
ATTUATOR (M14)
FUEL TEMP (M5)
PICK-UP+ (M13)
PICK-UP- (M12)
GND COM 24/20
GND SCREEN
-31 ELECTR.
-31 ELECTR.
HOLD LAMP
HOLD LAMP
GND COM
+12/30
+12/30
+5V 24
HOLD
GND
+15
+15
-31
17 13 8 15 21 14 2 1 14 15 17 18 20 23 24 25 5 8 9 16 12 13 14 15 17 18 19 23 24 25 4
C004
C008
D011
D013
B022
B021
B010
7.5A
10A
5A
+30
+15
D015
5 8 9 12 13 14 15 17 18 19 23 24 25 4
2 4 1 2 1 2 4 1
pos pos
I001
K005 K006
1 2 2 1 2 1 1 2 3 5 4 1 4 3 2
freq
t
t
D0062860
K032 K026 K031 N007 K028
Fig. 2322 - Electronic engine governor - System

l D015 (M) - Wiring connector (Wiring loom 04215655)
l I001 - Engine speed memory button.
l K005 - Hand throttle position sensor
l K006 - Accelerator pedal position sensor
l K026 - Engine coolant temperature sensor
l K028 - Turbo air temperature/pressure sensor
l K031 - Camshaft rotation speed sensor
l K032 - Fuel temperature sensor
l M002 - Engine ECU
l N007 - Actuator
40-255
Wiring diagrams
B010
B022
B021
C004
E002
E003
A K006
D0063650
Fig. 2323 - Electronic engine governor - Connector positions

Table 400
tem
B010 Fuse (5A) 40-1193
B010 Fuse (5A) 40-1205
B021 Fuse (10A) 40-1193
B021 Fuse (10A) 40-1205
B022 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1193
B022 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1205
40-256
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1205
Fig. 2324
40-1205
Fig. 2325
40-1205
Fig. 2326
K006 Accelerator pedal Sensor N°1 40-1193
position sensor Pin 1 = 5.0Vdc power
Pin 2 = earth
Sensor N°2
Pin 5 = earth
Pin 2 = earth
Sensor N°2
Pin 5 = earth
40-257
Wiring diagrams
I001
K005
D013
C008 B
D011
M001
M002
D0063660

Table 401
tem
40-1205
Fig. 2329
40-258
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1198
40-1205
40-1198
Fig. 2330
40-1205
Fig. 2331
I001 Engine speed Normally open contact (NO) 40-1193
memory button 40-1205
Fig. 2332
K005 Hand throttle posi- Sensor N°1 40-1193
tion sensor Pin 1 = 5.0Vdc power
Pin 2 = earth
Sensor N°2
Pin 5 = earth
Pin 2 = earth
Sensor N°2
Pin 5 = earth
40-1205
40-1205
40-259
Wiring diagrams
D011
D015
D0063640

Table 402
tem
40-1233
40-260
Wiring diagrams
K026
K028
D015
K032
N007
K031 D0063630

Table 403
tem
40-1233
K026 04213839 Engine coolant 40-1233
temperature sensor
K028 04213838 Turbine air tem- 40-1233
perature/pressure
sensor
K031 01182834 Camshaft speed 40-1233
sensor
K032 04213839 Fuel temperature 40-1233
sensor
N007 02113597 Actuator 40-1233
40-261
Wiring diagrams
40.3.5 - S002A - Electronic engine governor - Version with analog instrument panel
(AGROFARM 410 -> 16001)
M002 M001



E008
SIGNAL PEDAL GAS

HAND GAS SIGNAL
ATTUATOR (M18)
ATTUATOR (M19)
ATTUATOR (M17)
ATTUATOR (M15)
ATTUATOR (M14)
FUEL TEMP (M5)
PICK-UP+ (M13)
PICK-UP- (M12)
GND COM 24/20
GND SCREEN
ALLARM LAMP
ENGINE MEM.
-31 ELECTR.
-31 ELECTR.
HOLD LAMP
GND COM
+5V 24
HOLD
+15
+15
-31
B
12 B7 B1 4 2 1 15 14 17 18 20 23 24 25 5 8 9 16 12 13 14 15 17 18 19 23 24 25 4
C004
C009
D013a
D011
D013
B021
B022
7.5A
10A
1 2 10 11 A5 A8 C4 B4 B5 B6 B7 C1 C2 C3 C4 C7 C8 C5 A4
+15
D015
5 8 9 12 13 14 15 17 18 19 23 24 25 4
2 4 1 2 4 2 1 2 4 1
pos pos
I001
K005 K006
1 2 2 1 1 2 1 2 3 5 4 1 4 3 2
t
t
D0065150 freq
K032 K026 K031 N007 K028
Fig. 2336 - Electronic engine governor - Version with analog instrument panel - System
l D013a (M) - Wiring connector (Wiring loom 0.016.2002.4/60)
l D013a (F) - Wiring connector (Wiring loom 0.016.2002.4/60)
40-262
Wiring diagrams
l M002 - Engine ECU
l N007 - Actuator
B022
B021
E008
C004
A
A K006
D0063651
Fig. 2337 - Electronic engine governor - Version with analog instrument panel - Connector positions
Table 404
tem
B021 Fuse (10A) 40-1222
B022 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1222
40-263
Wiring diagrams
tem
Fig. 2338
Pin 2 = earth
Sensor N°2
Pin 5 = earth
40-264
Wiring diagrams
I001
K005
D013a
D013
D011
M001
M002
C009
D0063661
Fig. 2340 - Connector positioning

Table 405
tem
Fig. 2341
40-265
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1222
Fig. 2342
40-1222
Fig. 2343
Wiring connector 40-1222
40-1222
memory button
Fig. 2344
Pin 2 = earth
Sensor N°2
Pin 5 = earth
Fig. 2346
Fig. 2347
40-266
Wiring diagrams
D011
D015
D0063640
40-267
Wiring diagrams
Table 406
tem
40-1222
Fig. 2348
K026
K028
D015
K032
N007
K031 D0063630

Table 407
tem
K026 04213839 Engine coolant 40-1230
temperature sensor
K028 04213838 Turbine air tem- 40-1230
perature/pressure
sensor
40-268
Wiring diagrams
tem
K031 01182834 Camshaft speed 40-1230
sensor
sensor
N007 02113597 Actuator 40-1230
40.3.6 - S002D - Electronic engine governor - Version with digital instrument panel
(AGROFARM 410 -> 16001)
M002 M001



E003 E002
SIGNAL PEDAL GAS

HAND GAS SIGNAL
ATTUATOR (M18)
ATTUATOR (M19)
ATTUATOR (M17)
ATTUATOR (M15)
ATTUATOR (M14)
FUEL TEMP (M5)
PICK-UP+ (M13)
PICK-UP- (M12)
GND COM 24/20
GND SCREEN
-31 ELECTR.
-31 ELECTR.
HOLD LAMP
HOLD LAMP
GND COM
+12/30
+12/30
+5V 24
HOLD
GND
+15
+15
-31
17 13 8 15 21 14 2 1 14 15 17 18 20 23 24 25 5 8 9 16 12 13 14 15 17 18 19 23 24 25 4
C004
C008
D011
D013
B022
B010
B021
7.5A
10A
5A
+30
+15
D015
5 8 9 12 13 14 15 17 18 19 23 24 25 4
2 4 1 2 1 2 4 1
pos pos
K005 I001 K006
1 2 2 1 1 2 1 2 3 5 4 1 4 3 2
t
t
D0065140 freq
K032 K026 K031 N007 K028
Fig. 2350 - Electronic engine governor - Version with digital instrument panel - System
40-269
Wiring diagrams
l M002 - Engine ECU
l N007 - Actuator
B010
B022
B021
C004
E002
E003
A K006
D0063650
Fig. 2351 - Electronic engine governor - Version with digital instrument panel - Connector positions
40-270
Wiring diagrams
Table 408
tem
B010 Fuse (5A) 40-1189
B010 Fuse (5A) 40-1205
B021 Fuse (10A) 40-1189
B021 Fuse (10A) 40-1205
B022 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1189
B022 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1205
40-1205
Fig. 2352
40-1205
Fig. 2353
40-1205
Fig. 2354
Pin 2 = earth
Sensor N°2
Pin 5 = earth
Pin 2 = earth
Sensor N°2
Pin 5 = earth
40-271
Wiring diagrams
I001
K005
D013
C008 B
D011
M001
M002
D0063660

Table 409
tem
40-1205
Fig. 2357
40-272
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1196
40-1205
Fig. 2358
40-1205
Fig. 2358
Fig. 2359
Pin 2 = earth
Sensor N°2
Pin 5 = earth
Pin 2 = earth
Sensor N°2
Pin 5 = earth
40-1205
Fig. 2361
40-273
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1205
Fig. 2362
D011
D015
D0063640
40-274
Wiring diagrams
Table 410
tem
40-1196
40-1205
Fig. 2363
40-1196
K026
K028
D015
K032
N007
K031 D0063630

Table 411
tem
40-1196
K026 04213839 Engine coolant 40-1230
temperature sensor
K028 04213838 Turbine air tem- 40-1230
perature/pressure
sensor
40-275
Wiring diagrams
tem
K031 01182834 Camshaft speed 40-1230
sensor
sensor
N007 02113597 Actuator 40-1230
40.3.7 - S002A - Electronic engine governor - Version with analog instrument panel
(AGROFARM 420 -> 16001, AGROFARM 430 -> 5001)
M002 M001



E008
SIGNAL PEDAL GAS

HAND GAS SIGNAL
ATTUATOR (M18)
ATTUATOR (M19)
ATTUATOR (M17)
ATTUATOR (M15)
ATTUATOR (M14)
FUEL TEMP (M5)
PICK-UP+ (M13)
PICK-UP- (M12)
GND COM 24/20
GND SCREEN
ALLARM LAMP
ENGINE MEM.
-31 ELECTR.
-31 ELECTR.
HOLD LAMP
GND COM
+5V 24
HOLD
+15
-31
+15
B
12 B7 B1 4 2 1 15 14 17 18 20 23 24 25 5 8 9 16 12 13 14 15 17 18 19 23 24 25 4
C004
C009
D013a
D011
D013
B022
B021
7.5A
10A
1 2 10 11 A5 A8 C4 B4 B5 B6 B7 C1 C2 C3 C4 C7 C8 C5 A4
+15
D015
5 8 9 12 13 14 15 17 18 19 23 24 25 4
2 4 1 2 4 2 1 2 4 1
pos pos
I001
K005 K006
1 2 2 1 2 1 1 2 3 5 4 1 4 3 2
t
t
D0065180 freq
K032 K026 K031 N007 K028
Fig. 2365 - Electronic engine governor - Version with analog instrument panel - System
l D013a (M) - Wiring connector (Wiring loom 0.016.2002.4/60)
40-276
Wiring diagrams
l M002 - Engine ECU
l N007 - Actuator
B022
B021
E008
C004
A
A K006
D0063651
Fig. 2366 - Electronic engine governor - Version with analog instrument panel - Connector positions
Table 412
tem
B021 Fuse (10A) 40-1222
40-277
Wiring diagrams
tem
B022 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1222
Fig. 2367
Pin 2 = earth
Sensor N°2
Pin 5 = earth
40-278
Wiring diagrams
I001
K005
D013a
D013
D011
M001
M002
C009
D0063661

Table 413
tem
Fig. 2370
40-279
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1222
Fig. 2371
40-1222
Fig. 2372
memory button
Fig. 2373
Pin 2 = earth
Sensor N°2
Pin 5 = earth
Fig. 2375
Fig. 2376
40-280
Wiring diagrams
D011
D015
D0063640
40-281
Wiring diagrams
Table 414
tem
40-1222
Fig. 2377
K026
K028
D015
K032
N007
K031 D0063630

Table 415
tem
K026 04213839 Engine coolant 40-1232
temperature sensor
K028 04213838 Turbine air tem- 40-1232
perature/pressure
sensor
40-282
Wiring diagrams
tem
K031 01182834 Camshaft speed 40-1232
sensor
sensor
N007 02113597 Actuator 40-1232
40.3.8 - S002D - Electronic engine governor - Version with digital instrument panel
(AGROFARM 420 -> 16001, AGROFARM 430 -> 5001)
M002 M001



E003 E002
SIGNAL PEDAL GAS

HAND GAS SIGNAL
ATTUATOR (M18)
ATTUATOR (M19)
ATTUATOR (M17)
ATTUATOR (M15)
ATTUATOR (M14)
FUEL TEMP (M5)
PICK-UP+ (M13)
PICK-UP- (M12)
GND COM 24/20
GND SCREEN
-31 ELECTR.
-31 ELECTR.
HOLD LAMP
HOLD LAMP
GND COM
+12/30
+12/30
+5V 24
HOLD
GND
+15
+15
-31
17 13 8 15 21 14 2 1 14 15 17 18 20 23 24 25 5 8 9 16 12 13 14 15 17 18 19 23 24 25 4
C004
C008
D011
D013
B022
B021
B010
7.5A
10A
5A
+30
+15
D015
5 8 9 12 13 14 15 17 18 19 23 24 25 4
2 4 1 2 1 2 4 1
pos pos
I001
K005 K006
1 2 2 1 2 1 1 2 3 5 4 1 4 3 2
freq
t
t
D0062860
K032 K026 K031 N007 K028
Fig. 2379 - Electronic engine governor - Version with digital instrument panel - System
40-283
Wiring diagrams
l M002 - Engine ECU
l N007 - Actuator
B010
B022
B021
C004
E002
E003
A K006
D0063650
Fig. 2380 - Electronic engine governor - Version with digital instrument panel - Connector positions
40-284
Wiring diagrams
Table 416
tem
B010 Fuse (5A) 40-1189
B010 Fuse (5A) 40-1205
B021 Fuse (10A) 40-1189
B021 Fuse (10A) 40-1205
B022 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1189
B022 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1205
40-1205
Fig. 2381
40-1205
Fig. 2382
40-1205
Fig. 2383
Pin 2 = earth
Sensor N°2
Pin 5 = earth
Pin 2 = earth
Sensor N°2
Pin 5 = earth
40-285
Wiring diagrams
I001
K005
D013
C008 B
D011
M001
M002
D0063660

Table 417
tem
40-1205
Fig. 2386
40-286
Wiring diagrams
tem
Pin 2 = earth
Sensor N°2
Pin 5 = earth
Pin 2 = earth
Sensor N°2
Pin 5 = earth
Fig. 2388
40-1196
40-1205
Fig. 2389
40-1189
40-1205
40-1205
Fig. 2390
40-1205
Fig. 2391
40-287
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1205
Fig. 2392
D011
D015
D0063640
40-288
Wiring diagrams
Table 418
tem
40-1196
40-1205
Fig. 2393
40-1232
K026
K028
D015
K032
N007
K031 D0063630

Table 419
tem
40-1232
K026 04213839 Engine coolant 40-1232
temperature sensor
K028 04213838 Turbine air tem- 40-1232
perature/pressure
sensor
40-289
Wiring diagrams
tem
K031 01182834 Camshaft speed 40-1232
sensor
sensor
N007 02113597 Actuator 40-1232
40.3.9 - S003 - Diagnostics and accessories - Version with standard cab (AGROFARM
P004a
P002a
P002b
P002
P004
J005 J004 E003 E002 R001
P005
+12/30
+12/30
GND
ISO
+15
-31
NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 1 13 8 14 15 21 1 2 10 13 3 4
B026
C008
C004
C003
C004
C004
30A
+30
F018 F019
+30
B029
2 1 2 1
40A
D031
D008
D032
B022
B031
B021
B010
B011
B020
B024
B030
B016
B008
B015
7.5A
7.5A
7.5A
2 1 2 1
30A
15A
30A
10A
15A
7.5
5A
3A
4 2
+30
+30
D023
D029
+30
+15
C004
4 8 4 2
D007
C007
C004
B035
B034
B038
7.5A
10A
C008
5A
1 3 2 6
10 9 5 6 2 3 7 8 1 2 9 8 15 17 14 10 11 2 1
ISO 9141
+15
+30
+30
-31
-31
. -31 ELECTR
.-31 ELECTR
ISO K
ISO L
+15
2 4 3 1 2 1 1 2 2 1 3 4
P008 G001 E005 I008 H003 M002

I025
D0062890
Fig. 2395 - Diagnostics and accessories - Version with standard cab - System
40-290
Wiring diagrams
P004a
P002a
P002b
P002
P004
J005 J004 E003 E002 R001
P005
+12/30
+12/30
GND
ISO
+15
-31
NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 1 13 8 14 15 21 1 2 10 13 3 4
B026
C008
C004
C003
C004
C004
30A
+30
F018 F019
+30
B029
2 1 2 1
40A
D031
D008
D032
B022
B031
B021
B010
B011
B020
B024
B030
B016
B008
B015
7.5A
7.5A
7.5A
2 1 2 1
30A
15A
30A
10A
15A
7.5
5A
3A
4 2
+30
+30
D023
D029
+30
+15
C004
4 8 4 2
D007
C007
C004
B035
B034
B038
7.5A
10A
C008
5A
1 3 2 6
10 9 5 6 2 3 7 8 1 2 9 8 15 17 14 10 11 2 1
ISO 9141
+15
+30
+30
-31
-31
. -31 ELECTR
.-31 ELECTR
ISO K
ISO L
+15
2 4 3 1 2 1 1 2 2 1 3 4
P008 G001 E005 I008 H003 M002

I025
D0062890
l D023 (F) - Wiring connector (Wiring loom 0.018.5825.4)
l D031 (M) - Wiring connector (Wiring loom 0.013.6327.4)
l E005 - Clock
l F018 - Rotating beacon
40-291
Wiring diagrams
P004a
P002a
P002b
P002
P004
J005 J004 E003 E002 R001
P005
+12/30
+12/30
GND
ISO
+15
-31
NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 1 13 8 14 15 21 1 2 10 13 3 4
B026
C008
C004
C003
C004
C004
30A
+30
F018 F019
+30
B029
2 1 2 1
40A
D031
D008
D032
B022
B031
B021
B010
B011
B020
B024
B030
B016
B008
B015
7.5A
7.5A
7.5A
2 1 2 1
30A
15A
30A
10A
15A
7.5
5A
3A
4 2
+30
+30
D023
D029
+30
+15
C004
4 8 4 2
D007
C007
C004
B035
B034
B038
7.5A
10A
C008
5A
1 3 2 6
10 9 5 6 2 3 7 8 1 2 9 8 15 17 14 10 11 2 1
ISO 9141
+15
+30
+30
-31
-31
. -31 ELECTR
.-31 ELECTR
ISO K
ISO L
+15
2 4 3 1 2 1 1 2 2 1 3 4
P008 G001 E005 I008 H003 M002

I025
D0062890
l G001 - Cab courtesy light
l H003 - Shuttle lever
l I025 - Rotating beacon on/off switch
l J004 - Relay
l J005 - Relay
l M002 - Engine ECU
l P002 - Auxiliary power socket (25A)
l P002a - Auxiliary power socket (25A)
l P002b - Auxiliary power socket (25A)
l P004 - Cigar lighter
l P004a - Cigar lighter
l P005 - Pneumatic seat compressor
l P008 - Radio (power supply)
l R001 - Diagnostics port
40-292
Wiring diagrams
B029
B030
B031
B026
J005
J004
B015
A
B016
B020
B021
B008 B022 B024
B010 B011
D008 E002
D007
E003 C004
R001
I008
D0063670
Fig. 2396 - Accessory diagnostics - Version with standard cab - Connector positions
Table 420
tem
B008 Fuse (15A) 40-1193
B008 Fuse (15A) 40-1205
B010 Fuse (5A) 40-1193
B010 Fuse (5A) 40-1205
B011 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1193
B011 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1205
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1193
40-293
Wiring diagrams
tem
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1205
B016 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1193
B016 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1205
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1193
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1205
B021 Fuse (10A) 40-1193
B021 Fuse (10A) 40-1205
B022 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1193
B022 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1205
B024 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1193
B024 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1205
B026 Fuse (30A) 40-1193
B026 Fuse (30A) 40-1205
B029 Fuse (40A) 40-1193
B029 Fuse (40A) 40-1205
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1193
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1205
B031 Fuse (30A) 40-1193
B031 Fuse (30A) 40-1205
40-1205
Fig. 2397
Table 421
tem
40-1179
40-1205
40-1179
Fig. 2398
40-1204
40-1205
40-1204
Fig. 2399
40-294
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1205
Fig. 2400
40-1205
Fig. 2401
Fig. 2402 Fig. 2403

J004 Relay 40-1193
40-1205
Fig. 2404
R001 Diagnostics socket 40-1193
40-1205
Fig. 2405
J005 Relay 40-1193
40-1205
Fig. 2406
40-295
Wiring diagrams
C003
P002
P005
C008 B
P004a
P004
P002b
P002a
M002
D0063690

Table 422
tem
40-1205
Fig. 2408
40-296
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1205
Fig. 2409
P002 Auxiliary power 40-1193
socket (25A) 40-1205
Fig. 2410
Auxiliary power 40-1193
socket (25A) 40-1205
Fig. 2410
socket (25A) 40-1205
Fig. 2410
P004 Cigar lighter 40-1193
40-1205
Fig. 2411
Cigar lighter 40-1193
40-1205
Fig. 2411
40-297
Wiring diagrams
tem
P005 Pneumatic seat 40-1193
compressor 40-1205
Fig. 2412
40-1205
Fig. 2413
D007
G8
X53
H003
G19
X54
X55
D0063710
40-298
Wiring diagrams
Table 423
tem
40-1179
40-1205
40-1179
Fig. 2414
H003 Shuttle lever 40-1179
Fig. 2415
40-299
Wiring diagrams
D023
D008
D0063720

Table 424
tem
40-1204
40-1205
40-1204
Fig. 2416
40-300
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1210
40-1228
40-1204
Fig. 2417
B034-B035-B038
C007
E005
P008
D029
G001
D023
I025
D0063740

Table 425
tem
B034 Fuse (10A) 40-1210
B034 Fuse (10A) 40-1228
B035 Fuse (5A) 40-1210
B035 Fuse (5A) 40-1228
B038 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1210
B038 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1228
40-301
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1228
Fig. 2419
40-1210
40-1228
40-1204
Fig. 2419
40-1228
40-1214
40-1214
E005 Clock 40-1210
40-1228
G001 Interior roof light 40-1210
40-1228
Fig. 2420
I025 Rotating beacon 0 40-1210
switch 1
Pin 1 2
Pos
0
Fig. 2422
1
Fig. 2421
switch 1
Pin 1 2
Pos
0
Fig. 2422
1
Fig. 2422
40-302
Wiring diagrams
tem
P008 Radio (power sup- 40-1210
ply) 40-1228
Fig. 2423
F018
D032
D031 F019
D0063750
40-303
Wiring diagrams
Table 426
tem
40-1172
Fig. 2425
40-1173
Fig. 2426
F018 Rotating beacon 40-1173
40-304
Wiring diagrams
40.3.10 - S003A - Accessories and diagnostics - Version with analog instrument panel
(AGROFARM 410 -> 16001, AGROFARM 420 -> 16001, AGROFARM 430 -> 5001)
P002a
P002b
P002
J005 J004 R001
P005
NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 1 2 3 1 2 1 2 10 13 3 4
B026
C009
C004
C003
C004
30A
+30
F018 F019
+30
B029
2 1 2 1
40A
D031
D008
D032
B022
B021
B031
B008
B020
B030
B016
7.5A
2 1 2 1
30A
15A
30A
10A
7.5
3A
4 2
+30
D023
D029
+30
+15
4 8 4 2
C007
B035
B034
B038
7.5A
10A
C009
5A
14 10 11 2 1
. -31 ELECTR
.-31 ELECTR
ISO K
ISO L
+15
2 4 3 1 2 1 1 2 2 1 3 4
D0065190
P008 G001 E005 M002
I025
Fig. 2427 - Accessories and diagnostics - Version with analog instrument panel - System
l E005 - Clock
40-305
Wiring diagrams
l J004 - Relay
l J005 - Relay
l M002 - Engine ECU
40-306
Wiring diagrams
B029
B030
B031
B026
J005
J004
B016 A
B020
B008 B021
B022
D008
C004
R001
D0063672
Fig. 2428 - Accessories and diagnostics - Version with analog instrument panel - Connector positions
Table 427
tem
B008 Fuse (15A) 40-1222
B016 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1222
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1222
B021 Fuse (10A) 40-1222
B022 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1222
B026 Fuse (30A) 40-1222
B029 Fuse (40A) 40-1222
40-307
Wiring diagrams
tem
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1222
B031 Fuse (30A) 40-1222
40-1204
Fig. 2429
Fig. 2430
J004 Relay 40-1222
Fig. 2431
J005 Relay 40-1222
Fig. 2432
Fig. 2433
40-308
Wiring diagrams
C003
P002
P005
B
P002b
P002a
M002
C009
D0063691

Table 428
tem
Fig. 2435
40-309
Wiring diagrams
tem
Fig. 2436
Fig. 2437
socket (25A)
Fig. 2438
socket (25A)
Fig. 2438
socket (25A)
Fig. 2438
compressor
Fig. 2439
40-310
Wiring diagrams
D023
D008
D0063720

Table 429
tem
40-1204
Fig. 2440
40-311
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1212
40-1226
40-1204
Fig. 2441
B034-B035-B038
C007
E005
P008
D029
G001
D023
I025
D0063740

Table 430
tem
B034 Fuse (10A) 40-1212
B034 Fuse (10A) 40-1226
B035 Fuse (5A) 40-1212
B035 Fuse (5A) 40-1226
B038 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1212
B038 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1226
40-312
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1226
Fig. 2443
40-1212
40-1226
40-1204
Fig. 2443
40-1226
40-1214
40-1214
E005 Clock 40-1212
E005 Clock 40-1226
40-1226
Fig. 2444
I025 Rotating beacon 40-1212
40-1226
ply) 40-1226
Fig. 2447
40-313
Wiring diagrams
F018
D032
D031 F019
D0063750

Table 431
tem
40-1172
Fig. 2449
40-314
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1173
Fig. 2450
40.3.11 - S003D - Accessories and diagnostics - Version with standard cab - Version with
digital instrument panel (AGROFARM 410 -> 16001, AGROFARM 420 -> 16001, AGRO-
FARM 430 -> 5001)
40-315
Wiring diagrams
P004a
P002a
P002b
P002
P004
J004 E003 E002 R001
J005 P005
+12/30
+12/30
GND
ISO
+15
-31
NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 1 13 8 14 15 21 1 2 10 3 4
B026
C008
C004
C003
C004
C004
+3030A
F018 F019
+30
B029
2 1 2 1
40A
D031
D008
D032
B021
B022
B031
B010
B020
B015
B024
B030
B016
B008
7.5A
7.5A
30A
15A
30A
10A
15A
7.5
2 1 2 1
5A
3A
4 2
+30
+30
D023
D029
+30
+15
4 8 4 2
C007
C004
B038
B035
B034
7.5A
10A
C008
5A
10 9 5 6 2 3 7 8 14 10 11 2 1
-31 ELECTR
-31 ELECTR
ISO K
ISO L
+15
2 4 3 1 2 1 1 2 2 1 3 4
P008 G001 E005 I008 M002

I025
D0064790
Fig. 2451 - Accessories and diagnostics - Version with standard cab - Version with digital instrument panel -
System
40-316
Wiring diagrams
l E005 - Clock
l J004 - Relay
l J005 - Relay
l M002 - Engine ECU
40-317
Wiring diagrams
B029
B030
B031
B026
J005
J004
B015
A
B016
B020
B021
B008 B022 B024
B010
D008 E002
E003 C004
R001
I008
D0063671
Fig. 2452 - Accessories and diagnostics - Version with standard cab - Version with digital instrument panel - Con-
nector positions
Table 432
tem
B008 Fuse (15A) 40-1189
B008 Fuse (15A) 40-1205
B010 Fuse (5A) 40-1189
B010 Fuse (5A) 40-1205
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1189
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1205
40-318
Wiring diagrams
tem
B016 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1189
B016 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1205
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1189
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1205
B021 Fuse (10A) 40-1189
B021 Fuse (10A) 40-1205
B022 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1189
B022 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1205
B024 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1189
B024 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1205
B026 Fuse (30A) 40-1189
B026 Fuse (30A) 40-1205
B029 Fuse (40A) 40-1189
B029 Fuse (40A) 40-1205
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1189
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1205
B031 Fuse (30A) 40-1189
B031 Fuse (30A) 40-1205
40-1205
Fig. 2453
40-1204
40-1205
40-1204
Fig. 2454
40-1205
Fig. 2455
40-1205
Fig. 2456
40-1205
40-319
Wiring diagrams
tem
J004 Relay 40-1189
40-1205
Fig. 2459
J005 Relay 40-1189
40-1205
Fig. 2460
40-1205
Fig. 2461
40-320
Wiring diagrams
C003
P002
P005
C008 B
P004a
P004
P002b
P002a
M002
D0063690

Table 433
tem
40-1205
Fig. 2463
40-321
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1205
Fig. 2464
40-1205
Fig. 2465
socket (25A) 40-1205
Fig. 2466
socket (25A) 40-1205
Fig. 2466
socket (25A) 40-1205
Fig. 2466
40-1205
Fig. 2467
40-322
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1205
Fig. 2467
compressor 40-1205
Fig. 2468
40-323
Wiring diagrams
D023
D008
D0063720

Table 434
tem
40-1204
40-1205
40-1204
Fig. 2469
40-324
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1212
40-1226
40-1204
Fig. 2470
B034-B035-B038
C007
E005
P008
D029
G001
D023
I025
D0063740

Table 435
tem
B034 Fuse (10A) 40-1212
B034 Fuse (10A) 40-1226
B035 Fuse (5A) 40-1212
B035 Fuse (5A) 40-1226
B038 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1212
B038 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1226
40-325
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1226
Fig. 2472
40-1212
40-1226
40-1204
Fig. 2472
40-1226
40-1214
40-1214
E005 Clock 40-1212
40-1226
40-1226
Fig. 2473
I025 Rotating beacon 40-1212
40-1226
ply) 40-1226
Fig. 2476
40-326
Wiring diagrams
F018
D032
D031 F019
D0063750

Table 436
tem
40-1172
Fig. 2478
40-327
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1173
Fig. 2479
40.3.12 - S004 - Diagnostics and accessories - Version with high-visibility cab (AGRO-
FARM 410 -> 20001, AGROFARM 420 -> 20001, AGROFARM 430 -> 1001) P002a
P002b
P004a
P002
P004
J004 E003 E002 R001
P005
+12/30
+12/30
GND
ISO
+15
-31
NC NO 85 86 30 1 2 3 1 2 1 2 3 1 13 8 15 21 14 1 10 2 13 3 4
C004
C003
C008
C003
C004
C004
F018 F019 G001 G002
2 1 2 1 1 2 2 1
D008
D032
D031
B010
B029
6 4
B011
B031
B008
B021
B020
B024
B015
B030
B016
B022
7.5A
7.5A
7.5A
7.5A
40A
30A
15A
5A
30A
10A
15A
3A
2 1 2 1
C007
D023
+15
+30
+30
+30
6 4
P010
C007
C004
-
+
1 2
P009
D007
C007
C004
-
B035
B034
+
10A
5A
2 1
C007
C008
1 3 2 6
7 4 6 5 1 3 2 8 1 2 1 3 2 4 10 9 5 6 2 3 7 8 1 2 9 8 15 17 14 10 11 2 1
ISO 9141
+15
+30
+30
-31
-31
. -31 ELECTR
+15
.-31 ELECTR
ISO K
ISO L
I025 I008 H003 M002

P008 P011
D0063050
Fig. 2480 - Diagnostics and accessories - Version with high-visibility cab - System
40-328
Wiring diagrams
l G002 - Spot light
l J004 - Relay
l M002 - Engine ECU
l P009 - LH loudspeaker
l P010 - RH loudspeaker
l P011 - Radio (speakers)
40-329
Wiring diagrams
B029
B030
B031
J004
B015
A
B016
B020
B021
B008 B022 B024
B010 B011
D008 E002
D007
E003 C004
R001
I008
B
D0063760
Fig. 2481 - Diagnostics and accessories - Version with high-visibility cab - Connector positions
Table 437
tem
B008 Fuse (15A) 40-1193
B008 Fuse (15A) 40-1205
B010 Fuse (5A) 40-1193
B010 Fuse (5A) 40-1205
B011 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1193
B011 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1205
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1193
40-330
Wiring diagrams
tem
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1205
B016 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1193
B016 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1205
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1193
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1205
B021 Fuse (10A) 40-1193
B021 Fuse (10A) 40-1205
B022 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1193
B022 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1205
B024 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1193
B024 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1205
B029 Fuse (40A) 40-1193
B029 Fuse (40A) 40-1205
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1193
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1205
B031 Fuse (30A) 40-1193
B031 Fuse (30A) 40-1205
40-1205
Fig. 2482
40-1179
40-1205
40-1179
Fig. 2483
40-331
Wiring diagrams
Table 438
tem
40-1204
40-1205
40-1204
Fig. 2484
40-1205
Fig. 2485
40-1205
Fig. 2486
40-1205
40-1205
Fig. 2489
J004 Relay 40-1193
40-1205
Fig. 2490
40-332
Wiring diagrams
C003
P002
P005
C008 B
P004a
P004
P002b
P002a
M002
D0063690

Table 439
tem
40-1205
Fig. 2492
40-333
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1205
Fig. 2493
40-1205
Fig. 2494
socket (25A) 40-1205
Fig. 2495
socket (25A) 40-1205
Fig. 2495
socket (25A) 40-1205
Fig. 2495
40-1205
Fig. 2496
40-334
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1205
Fig. 2496
compressor 40-1205
Fig. 2497
D007
G8
X53
H003
G19
X54
X55
D0063710
40-335
Wiring diagrams
Table 440
tem
40-1179
40-1205
40-1179
Fig. 2498
Fig. 2499
40-336
Wiring diagrams
D023
D008
D0063720

Table 441
tem
40-1204
40-1205
40-1204
Fig. 2500
40-337
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1204
Fig. 2501
40-338
Wiring diagrams
P010
I025
D032
B034-B035
G002
C007
D023
P009
P008
P011
G001
D031
D0063770

Table 442
tem
B034 Fuse (15A) 40-1188
B035 Fuse (5A) 40-1188
40-339
Wiring diagrams
tem
Fig. 2503
40-1204
Fig. 2503
40-1172
Fig. 2504
40-1173
Fig. 2505
Fig. 2506
G002 Spot light 40-1188
Fig. 2507
40-340
Wiring diagrams
tem
1
switch
7
8
2 3
7 4 5 6
Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Pos
Fig. 2508
ply)
Fig. 2509
P009 Lh loudspeaker 40-1188
Fig. 2510
P010 Rh loudspeaker 40-1188
P011 Radio (loudspeak- 40-1188
ers)
Fig. 2511
40-341
Wiring diagrams
F018
D032
D031 F019
D0063750

Table 443
tem
40-1172
Fig. 2512
40-342
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1173
Fig. 2512
40.3.13 - S004A - Accessories and diagnostics - Version with high-visibility cab - Ver-
sion with analog instrument panel (AGROFARM 410 -> 16001, AGROFARM 420 -> 16001,
AGROFARM 430 -> 5001)
40-343
Wiring diagrams
P002a
P002b
P002
J004 R001
P005
NC NO 85 86 30 1 2 3 1 2 1 10 2 13 3 4
C004
C004
C009
C003
F018 F019 G001 G002
2 1 2 1 1 2 2 1
D008
6 4
D032
D031
B031
B008
B021
B020
B024
B015
B030
B029
B016
B022
7.5A
7.5A
7.5A
40A
30A
15A
30A
10A
15A
3A
2 1 2 1
C007
D023
+15
+30
+30
+30
6 4
P010
C007
-
+
1 2
P009
-
B035
B034
+
10A
5A
2 1
C004
C007
C007
C009
7 4 6 5 1 3 2 8 1 2 1 3 2 4 10 9 5 6 2 3 7 8 14 10 11 2 1
. -31 ELECTR
+15
.-31 ELECTR
ISO K
ISO L
I025 P008 P011 I008 M002

D0065390
Fig. 2513 - Accessories and diagnostics - Version with high-visibility cab - Version with analog instrument panel
- System
l G002 - Spot light
l J004 - Relay
l M002 - Engine ECU
40-344
Wiring diagrams
B029
B030 J004 A
B031
B015
B016
B024
B008
B020 B021 B022
D008
C004
R001
A
I008
D0065460
Fig. 2514 - Accessories and diagnostics - Version with high-visibility cab - Version with analog instrument panel
- System
40-345
Wiring diagrams
Table 444
tem
B008 Fuse (15A) 40-1222
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1222
B016 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1222
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1222
B021 Fuse (10A) 40-1222
B022 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1222
B024 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1222
B029 Fuse (40A) 40-1222
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1222
B031 Fuse (30A) 40-1222
Fig. 2515
40-1204
Fig. 2516
Fig. 2517 Fig. 2518

J004 Relay 40-1222
Fig. 2519
Fig. 2520
40-346
Wiring diagrams
C003
P002
P005
B
P002b
P002a
M002
C009
D0065470

Table 445
tem
Fig. 2522
40-347
Wiring diagrams
tem
Fig. 2523
Fig. 2524
socket (25A)
Fig. 2525
socket (25A)
Fig. 2525
socket (25A)
Fig. 2525
compressor
Fig. 2526
40-348
Wiring diagrams
D023
D008
D0063720

Table 446
tem
40-1204
Fig. 2527
40-349
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1204
Fig. 2528
40-350
Wiring diagrams
P010
I025
D032
B034-B035
G002
C007
D023
P009
P008
P011
G001
D031
D0063770

Table 447
tem
B034 Fuse (15A) 40-1188
B035 Fuse (5A) 40-1188
40-351
Wiring diagrams
tem
Fig. 2530
40-1204
Fig. 2530
40-1172
Fig. 2531
40-1173
Fig. 2532
Fig. 2533
Fig. 2534
40-352
Wiring diagrams
tem
1
switch
7
8
2 3
7 4 5 6
Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Pos
Fig. 2536
Fig. 2535
ply)
Fig. 2537
Fig. 2538
ers)
Fig. 2539
40-353
Wiring diagrams
F018
D032
D031 F019
D0063750

Table 448
tem
40-1172
Fig. 2540
40-354
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1173
Fig. 2540
40.3.14 - S004D - Accessories and diagnostics - Version with high-visibility cab - Ver-
sion with digital instrument panel (AGROFARM 410 -> 16001, AGROFARM 420 -> 16001,
AGROFARM 430 -> 5001)
40-355
Wiring diagrams
P002a
P002b
P004a
P002
P004
J004 E003 E002 R001
P005
+12/30
+12/30
GND
ISO
+15
-31
NC NO 85 86 30 1 2 3 1 2 1 2 3 1 13 8 15 21 14 1 10 2 3 4
C003
C008
C004
C003
C004
C004
F018 F019 G001 G002
2 1 2 1 1 2 2 1
D008
D032
D031
B010
B029
6 4
B031
B008
B021
B020
B024
B015
B030
B016
B022
7.5A
7.5A
7.5A
40A
30A
15A
30A
10A
15A
3A
5A
2 1 2 1
C007
D023
+30
+30
+15
+30
6 4
P010
C007
-
+
1 2
P009
C007
C004
-
B035
B034
+
10A
5A
2 1
C007
C008
7 4 6 5 1 3 2 8 1 2 1 3 2 4 10 9 5 6 2 3 7 8 14 10 11 2 1
-31 ELECTR
+15
-31 ELECTR
ISO K
ISO L
I025 P008 P011 I008 M002

D0064810
Fig. 2541 - Accessories and diagnostics - Version with high-visibility cab - Version with digital instrument panel
- System
l G002 - Spot light
l J004 - Relay
40-356
Wiring diagrams
l M002 - Engine ECU
40-357
Wiring diagrams
B029
B030
B031
J004
B015
A
B016
B020
B021
B008 B022 B024
B010
D008 E002
E003 C004
R001
I008
B
D0063761
Fig. 2542 - Accessories and diagnostics - Version with high-visibility cab - Version with digital instrument panel
- Connector positions
Table 449
tem
B008 Fuse (15A) 40-1189
B008 Fuse (15A) 40-1205
B010 Fuse (5A) 40-1189
B010 Fuse (5A) 40-1205
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1189
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1205
40-358
Wiring diagrams
tem
B016 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1189
B016 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1205
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1189
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1205
B021 Fuse (10A) 40-1189
B021 Fuse (10A) 40-1205
B022 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1189
B022 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1205
B024 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1189
B024 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1205
B029 Fuse (40A) 40-1189
B029 Fuse (40A) 40-1205
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1189
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1205
B031 Fuse (30A) 40-1189
B031 Fuse (30A) 40-1205
40-1205
Fig. 2543
40-1204
Fig. 2544
40-1205
Fig. 2545
40-1205
Fig. 2546
40-1205
40-359
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1205
Fig. 2549
J004 Relay 40-1189
40-1205
Fig. 2550
40-360
Wiring diagrams
C003
P002
P005
C008 B
P004a
P004
P002b
P002a
M002
D0063690

Table 450
tem
40-1205
Fig. 2552
40-361
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1205
Fig. 2553
40-1205
Fig. 2554
socket (25A) 40-1205
Fig. 2555
socket (25A) 40-1205
Fig. 2555
socket (25A) 40-1205
Fig. 2555
40-1205
Fig. 2556
40-362
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1205
Fig. 2556
compressor 40-1205
Fig. 2557
40-363
Wiring diagrams
D023
D008
D0063720

Table 451
tem
40-1204
Fig. 2558
40-364
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1204
Fig. 2559
40-365
Wiring diagrams
P010
I025
D032
B034-B035
G002
C007
D023
P009
P008
P011
G001
D031
D0063770

Table 452
tem
B034 Fuse (15A) 40-1188
B035 Fuse (5A) 40-1188
40-366
Wiring diagrams
tem
Fig. 2561
40-1204
Fig. 2561
40-1172
Fig. 2562
40-1173
Fig. 2563
Fig. 2564
I025 Rotating beacon Drawing D0015280.eps 40-1188
switch
Fig. 2565
40-367
Wiring diagrams
tem
ply)
Fig. 2566
Fig. 2567
ers)
Fig. 2568
40-368
Wiring diagrams
F018
D032
D031 F019
D0063750

Table 453
tem
40-1172
Fig. 2569
40-369
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1173
Fig. 2569
40.3.15 - S005 - Instrument panel (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001, AGROFARM 420 -> 20001,
AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
E003 E002
I008
ENGINE OIL PRESSURE
J004
RESERVE LIGHT
FUEL LEVEL
AIR FILTER
SERVICE
+12/30
+12/30
+58
+15
-31
NC NO 85 86 30 13 8 21 14 6 5 4 15 21 19 -31
8 10 9 5 6 2 3 7 8
C004
C004
C004
B015
B021
B010
B020
B024
B030
7.5A
15A
30A
10A
3A
5A
+30
+30
+15
C003
C004
D005
D011
12 7 9 11
A A A A A B A
C6 D7 A1 A8 D1 D1 A2
1 2 1 2 1 2 4 1 3 2
t P
P P
D0062900
K001 K003 K004 K014 K011
Fig. 2570 - Instrument panel - System
40-370
Wiring diagrams
l J004 - Relay
l K001 - Air filter clogging sensor
l K003 - Engine oil pressure switch
l K005 - Engine temperature sensor
l K011 - Services circuit alarm pressure switch
l K014 - Fuel level sensor
40-371
Wiring diagrams
B030
J004 A
B015
B020 B024
B021
B010
E002
E003 C004
D005
I008
B
D0063780
Fig. 2571 - Instrument panel - Positions

Table 454
tem
B010 Fuse (5A) 40-1193
B010 Fuse (5A) 40-1205
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1193
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1205
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1193
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1205
B021 Fuse (10A) 40-1193
B021 Fuse (10A) 40-1205
B024 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1193
B024 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1205
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1193
40-372
Wiring diagrams
tem
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1205
40-1205
Fig. 2572
40-1220
40-1193
40-1193
40-1205
Fig. 2573
40-1205
Fig. 2574
40-1205
Fig. 2575
40-1205
J004 Relay 40-1193
40-1205
Fig. 2578
40-373
Wiring diagrams
C003
D011
D0063790

Table 455
tem
40-1205
Fig. 2580
40-374
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1198
40-1205
40-1198
Fig. 2581
D011
K011
D0063800
40-375
Wiring diagrams
Table 456
tem
40-1198
40-1205
40-1198
Fig. 2582
K011 Services circuit Normally closed (NC) contact 40-1198
40-376
Wiring diagrams
G22
ECO
S
G23
G20
X65
X67
X66
K014
D0063810

Table 457
tem
K014 Fuel level sensor Resistance between pin 2 and pin 40-1198
3:
Ohm
40-377
Wiring diagrams
D005
A
C B
K001
D0063820
40-378
Wiring diagrams
D005
K001
D0063840
Fig. 2587 - Connector positions - Version with front battery (1/2)
40-379
Wiring diagrams
Table 458
tem
40-1220
40-1193
40-1193
40-1205
Fig. 2587
K001 Air cleaner clogged Normally open contact 40-1218
sensor Switching pressure: 0.93 to 0.94
Normally open contact 40-1220
40-380
Wiring diagrams
A K004
B
C
K003
D0063830
40-381
Wiring diagrams
K004
K003
D0063850
40-382
Wiring diagrams
Table 459
tem
K003 01182792 Engine oil pressure 40-1218
switch 40-1220
Fig. 2591
K004 Engine tempera- 40-1218
ture sensor 40-1220
Fig. 2592
40-383
Wiring diagrams
40.3.16 - S005A - Instrument panel - Version with analog instrument panel (AGROFARM
E008
E009 E012
E011 E010
I008
ENGINE OIL PRESSURE

J004
TANK INDICATOR
RESERVE LIGHT
TEMPERATURE
AIR FILTER
SERVICE
+15
+15
+15
+15
-31
-31
-31
-31
-58
-58
-58
A
NC NO 85 86 30 3 4 1 2 4 1 2 12 A8 A2 A7 B1 5 4 3 1 6 10 9 5 6 2 3 7 8
C004
C004
C004
B015
B021
B020
B024
B030
7.5A
15A
30A
10A
3A
+30
+15
C003
C004
D005
D011
12 7 9 11
A A A A A A
C6 D7 A1 D1 B1 A2
1 2 1 2 1 2 4 1 3 2
t P
P P
D0065110
K001 K003 K004 K014 K011
Fig. 2593 - Instrument panel - Version with analog instrument panel - System
40-384
Wiring diagrams
B030
J004
A
B015
B024
B020 B021
E010 E011
E012
C004
E008
E009
I008
D0065480
Fig. 2594 - Instrument panel - Version with analog instrument panel - Connector positions
Table 460
tem
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1222
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1222
B021 Fuse (10A) 40-1222
B024 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1222
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1222
40-385
Wiring diagrams
tem
Fig. 2595
Fig. 2596 Fig. 2597

J004 Relay 40-1222
Fig. 2598
40-386
Wiring diagrams
C003
D011
D0065490

Table 461
tem
Fig. 2600
40-387
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1222
Fig. 2601
D011
K011
D0065500
40-388
Wiring diagrams
Table 462
tem
40-1222
Fig. 2602
40-389
Wiring diagrams
G22
ECO
G23
G20
X65
X67
X66
K014
D0065510

Table 463
tem
3:
Ohm
40-390
Wiring diagrams
D005
K001
D0063840
40-391
Wiring diagrams
Table 464
tem
40-1222
40-1218
40-1220
Fig. 2607
40-392
Wiring diagrams
K004
K003
D0063850
40-393
Wiring diagrams
Table 465
tem
switch
Fig. 2610
ture sensor
Fig. 2611
40-394
Wiring diagrams
D005
A
C B
K001
D0063820
40-395
Wiring diagrams
Table 466
tem
40-1222
40-1218
40-1220
Fig. 2612
40-396
Wiring diagrams
A K004
B
C
K003
D0063830

Table 467
tem
switch
Fig. 2613
40-397
Wiring diagrams
tem
ture sensor
Fig. 2613
40.3.17 - S005D - Instrument panel - Version with digital instrument panel (AGROFARM
E003 E002
I008
ENGINE OIL PRESSURE
J004
RESERVE LIGHT
FUEL LEVEL
AIR FILTER
SERVICE
+12/30
+12/30
+58
+15
-31
NC NO 85 86 30 13 8 21 14 6 5 4 15 21 19 -31
8 10 9 5 6 2 3 7 8
C004
C004
C004
B015
B021
B010
B020
B024
B030
7.5A
15A
30A
10A
3A
5A
+30
+30
+15
C003
C004
D005
D011
12 7 9 11
A A A A A B A
C6 D7 A1 A8 D1 D1 A2
1 2 1 2 1 2 4 1 3 2
t P
P P
D0062900
K001 K003 K004 K014 K011
Fig. 2614 - Instrument panel - Version with digital instrument panel - System
40-398
Wiring diagrams
l J004 - Relay
l K001 - Air filter clogging sensor
l K003 - Engine oil pressure switch
l K005 - Engine temperature sensor
l K011 - Services circuit alarm pressure switch
l K014 - Fuel level sensor
40-399
Wiring diagrams
B030
J004 A
B015
B020 B024
B021
B010
E002
E003 C004
D005
I008
B
D0063780
Fig. 2615 - Instrument panel - Version with digital instrument panel - Connector positions
Table 468
tem
B010 Fuse (5A) 40-1189
B010 Fuse (5A) 40-1205
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1189
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1205
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1189
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1205
B021 Fuse (10A) 40-1189
B021 Fuse (10A) 40-1205
B024 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1189
B024 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1205
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1189
40-400
Wiring diagrams
tem
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1205
40-1205
Fig. 2616
40-1220
40-1189
40-1205
40-1189
40-1205
40-1218
40-1220
Fig. 2617
40-1205
Fig. 2618
40-1205
Fig. 2619
40-1205
J004 Relay 40-1189
40-1205
Fig. 2622
40-401
Wiring diagrams
C003
D011
D0063790

Table 469
tem
40-1205
Fig. 2624
40-402
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1196
40-1205
40-1196
Fig. 2625
D011
K011
D0063800
40-403
Wiring diagrams
Table 470
tem
40-1196
40-1205
40-1196
Fig. 2626
40-404
Wiring diagrams
G22
ECO
S
G23
G20
X65
X67
X66
K014
D0063810

Table 471
tem
3:
Ohm
40-405
Wiring diagrams
D005
A
C B
K001
D0063820
40-406
Wiring diagrams
Table 472
tem
40-1220
40-1189
40-1205
40-1189
40-1205
40-1218
40-1220
Fig. 2630
40-407
Wiring diagrams
A K004
B
C
K003
D0063830

Table 473
tem
switch
Fig. 2633
40-408
Wiring diagrams
tem
ture sensor
Fig. 2634
40-409
Wiring diagrams
K004
K003
D0063850
40-410
Wiring diagrams
Table 474
tem
switch
Fig. 2635
ture sensor
Fig. 2635
40-411
Wiring diagrams
40.3.18 - S006 - Work lights - Version with standard cab without front lift (AGROFARM
I012 I019
J002 J004 J005
2 3 7 8 2 3 7 8 NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30
C004
B024
B019
B025
B015
B030
B020
B026
B018
7.5A
15A
15A
15A
30A
30A
30A
3A
+30
+30
+15
F010 F013 F011 F012
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
C004
C004
D008
D029
D023
D014
D004
2 6 1 5
2
7 6 11 12
4 7 8 1
C007
D040
D039
D037
D038
1 1
C004
C007
D041
D042
D045
D033
B039
B040
10A
10A
1 2 1 2
3 1 1 3
2 1 1 2 1 2 1 2 10 9 5 6 2 3 7 8 2 4 3 1 1 3 4 2
F016 F017 F006 F001
I008 I024 I026 D0065820
Fig. 2636 - Work lights - Version with standard cab without front lift - System
40-412
Wiring diagrams
l D037 (F) - Wiring connector (Wiring loom 04411923.4)
l F001 - RH front work lights (on hood)
l F006 - LH front work lights (on hood)
l F010 - RH front work light (on cab roof)
l F011 - LH rear work light (on cab roof)
l F012 - RH rear work light (on cab roof)
l F013 - LH front work light (on cab roof)
l F016 - RH supplementary work light
l F017 - LH supplementary work light
l I012 - Low front work lights switch
l I019 - Corner work lights switch
l I024 - Front work lights switch
l I026 - Rear work lights switch
l J002 - Relay
l J004 - Relay
l J005 - Relay
40-413
Wiring diagrams
B030
B025
J002
B026
J005 J004
A
B015
B018
B019 B024
B020
D008
D004
D014
C004
I019
I012
I008
D0063860
Fig. 2637 - Work lights - Version with standard cab without front lift - Connector positions
Table 475
tem
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1193
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1205
B018 Fuse (15A) 40-1193
B018 Fuse (15A) 40-1205
B019 Fuse (15A) 40-1193
B019 Fuse (15A) 40-1205
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1193
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1205
B024 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1193
B024 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1205
B025 Fuse (30A) 40-1193
40-414
Wiring diagrams
tem
B025 Fuse (30A) 40-1205
B026 Fuse (30A) 40-1193
B026 Fuse (30A) 40-1205
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1193
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1205
40-1205
Fig. 2638
40-1205
40-1177
40-1177
Fig. 2639
40-1204
Fig. 2640
40-1208
40-1205
40-1208
Fig. 2641
40-1205
I012 Lower front work- 40-1193
40-1205
I019 Corner lights switch 40-1193
40-1205
J002 Relay 40-1193
40-1205
Fig. 2648
40-415
Wiring diagrams
tem
J004 Relay 40-1193
40-1205
Fig. 2649
J005 Relay 40-1193
40-1205
Fig. 2650
40-416
Wiring diagrams
D004
D033
F001
D045
F006
D0065940

Table 476
tem
40-1205
40-1177
40-1177
Fig. 2651
40-1177
40-417
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1177
F001 RH front work light 40-1174
(on hood)
Fig. 2652
F006 LH front work light 40-1174
(on hood)
Fig. 2653
40-418
Wiring diagrams
D039
D014
D040
D037
D038
D0063870

Table 477
tem
40-1208
40-1205
40-1208
Fig. 2654
40-1235
40-1235
40-1234
40-419
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1234
D039
D040
D041 D037
D038
D042
D0063890

Table 478
tem
40-1235
40-1235
40-1234
40-1234
40-1234
40-1181
40-420
Wiring diagrams
F016
D041
F017
D042
D0063910

Table 479
tem
40-1234
40-1181
F016 Rh auxiliary work- 40-1180
light
F017 Lh auxiliary work- 40-1181
light
40-421
Wiring diagrams
D023
D008
D0063720

Table 480
tem
40-1204
Fig. 2657
40-422
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1210
40-1228
40-1204
Fig. 2658
B039-B040
C007
D029
I024
D023
I026
D0063920

Table 481
tem
B039 Fuse (10A) 40-1210
B039 Fuse (10A) 40-1228
B040 Fuse (10A) 40-1210
B040 Fuse (10A) 40-1228
40-423
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1228
Fig. 2660
40-1228
40-1214
40-1214
I024 Front worklights 40-1210
40-1228
I026 Rear worklights 40-1210
40-1228
40-1210
40-1228
40-1204
Fig. 2663
40-424
Wiring diagrams
F012
F011
F010
D029
F013
D0063930

Table 482
tem
40-1228
40-1214
40-1214
F010 Rh front worklight 40-1214
(on cab roof)
Fig. 2665
F011 Lh rear worklight 40-1214
(on cab roof)
Fig. 2666
40-425
Wiring diagrams
tem
F012 Rh rear worklight 40-1214
(on cab roof)
Fig. 2667
F013 Lh front worklight 40-1214
(on cab roof)
40-426
Wiring diagrams
40.3.19 - S006A - Work lights - Version with standard cab without front lift - Version with
analog instrument panel (AGROFARM 410 -> 16001, AGROFARM 420 -> 16001, AGRO-
FARM 430 -> 5001)
J004 J005
NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30
C004
B015
B030
B020
B026
15A
30A
30A
3A
+30
+30
+15
F010 F013 F011 F012
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
D008
2
D029
D023
2 6 1 5
2
C007
C007
B039
B040
10A
10A
2 4 3 1 1 3 4 2
I024 I026 D0065420
Fig. 2668 - Work lights - Version with standard cab without front lift - Version with analog instrument panel -
System
40-427
Wiring diagrams
l J004 - Relay
l J005 - Relay
B030
B026
J005 J004
A
B015
B020
D008
C004
D0065520
Fig. 2669 - Work lights - Version with standard cab without front lift - Version with analog instrument panel - Con-
nector positions
40-428
Wiring diagrams
Table 483
tem
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1222
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1222
B026 Fuse (30A) 40-1222
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1222
Fig. 2670
40-1204
Fig. 2671
J004 Relay 40-1222
Fig. 2672
J005 Relay 40-1222
Fig. 2673
40-429
Wiring diagrams
D023
D008
D0063720

Table 484
tem
40-1204
Fig. 2674
40-430
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1212
40-1226
40-1204
Fig. 2675
B039-B040
C007
D029
I024
D023
I026
D0063920

Table 485
tem
B039 Fuse (10A) 40-1212
B039 Fuse (10A) 40-1226
B040 Fuse (10A) 40-1212
B040 Fuse (10A) 40-1226
40-431
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1226
Fig. 2677
40-1212
40-1226
40-1204
Fig. 2677
I024 Front work lights 40-1212
40-1226
I026 Rear work lights 40-1212
40-1226
40-432
Wiring diagrams
F012
F011
F010
D029
F013
D0063930

Table 486
tem
(on cab roof)
Fig. 2682
F011 LH rear work light 40-1214
(on cab roof)
Fig. 2683
40-433
Wiring diagrams
tem
F012 RH rear work light 40-1214
(on cab roof)
Fig. 2684
(on cab roof)
40-434
Wiring diagrams
40.3.20 - S006D - Work lights - Version with standard cab without front lift - Version with
FARM 430 -> 5001)
J004 J005
NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30
C004
B015
B026
B030
B020
15A
30A
30A
+15 3A
+30
+30
F010 F013 F011 F012
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
D008
2
D029
D023
2 6 1 5
2
C007
C007
B039
B040
10A
10A
2 4 3 1 1 3 4 2
I024 I026
D0064870
Fig. 2685 - Work lights - Version with standard cab without front lift - Version with digital instrument panel - Sys-
tem
40-435
Wiring diagrams
l J004 - Relay
l J005 - Relay
B030
B026
J005 J004
A
B015
B024
B020
D008
C004
D0063861
Fig. 2686 - Work lights - Version with standard cab without front lift - Version with digital instrument panel - Con-
nector positions
40-436
Wiring diagrams
Table 487
tem
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1189
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1205
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1189
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1205
B026 Fuse (30A) 40-1189
B026 Fuse (30A) 40-1205
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1189
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1205
40-1205
Fig. 2687
40-1204
40-1205
Fig. 2688
J004 Relay 40-1189
40-1205
Fig. 2689
J005 Relay 40-1189
40-1205
Fig. 2690
40-437
Wiring diagrams
D023
D008
D0063720

Table 488
tem
40-1204
40-1205
Fig. 2691
40-438
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1212
40-1226
40-1204
Fig. 2692
B039-B040
C007
D029
I024
D023
I026
D0063920

Table 489
tem
B039 Fuse (10A) 40-1212
B039 Fuse (10A) 40-1226
B040 Fuse (10A) 40-1212
B040 Fuse (10A) 40-1226
40-439
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1226
Fig. 2694
40-1212
40-1226
40-1204
Fig. 2694
40-1226
40-1214
40-1214
I024 Front work lights 0 40-1212
switch 1
Pin 1 2
Pos
0
Fig. 2696
1
Fig. 2695
switch 1
Pin 1 2
Pos
0
Fig. 2696
1
Fig. 2696
I026 Rear work lights 0 40-1212
switch 1
Pin 1 2
Pos
0
Fig. 2697
1
Fig. 2696
40-440
Wiring diagrams
tem
switch 1
Pin 1 2
Pos
0
Fig. 2697
1
Fig. 2697
F012
F011
F010
D029
F013
D0063930

Table 490
tem
40-1226
40-1214
40-1214
40-441
Wiring diagrams
tem
(on cab roof)
Fig. 2699
(on cab roof)
Fig. 2700
(on cab roof)
Fig. 2701
(on cab roof)
40-442
Wiring diagrams
40.3.21 - S007 - Work lights - Version with standard cab with front lift (AGROFARM 410
-> 20001, AGROFARM 420 -> 20001, AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
I019
J002 J004 J005
2 3 7 8 NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30
C004
B024
B025
B015
B030
B020
B026
B018
7.5A
15A
15A
30A
30A
30A
3A
+30
+30
+15
F010 F013 F011 F012
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
C004
D008
2 D029
D023
D004
2 6 1 5
2
7 6 11 12
C007
C004
C007
D045
D033
1 2 1 2
B039
B040
10A
10A
1 2 1 2 10 9 5 6 2 3 7 8 2 4 3 1 1 3 4 2
F006 F001
I008 I024 I026 D0065830
Fig. 2702 - Work lights - Version with standard cab with front lift - System
40-443
Wiring diagrams
l J002 - Relay
l J004 - Relay
l J005 - Relay
40-444
Wiring diagrams
B030
B025
J002
B026
J005 J004
A
B015
B018
B024
B020
D008
D004
C004
I019
I008
D0063940
Fig. 2703 - Work lights - Version with standard cab with front lift - Connector positions
Table 491
tem
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1193
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1205
B018 Fuse (15A) 40-1193
B018 Fuse (15A) 40-1205
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1193
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1205
B024 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1193
B024 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1205
B025 Fuse (30A) 40-1193
B025 Fuse (30A) 40-1205
B026 Fuse (30A) 40-1193
40-445
Wiring diagrams
tem
B026 Fuse (30A) 40-1205
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1193
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1205
40-1205
Fig. 2704
40-1205
40-1177
40-1177
Fig. 2705
40-1204
40-1205
40-1204
Fig. 2706
40-1205
40-1205
J002 Relay 40-1193
40-1205
Fig. 2711
J004 Relay 40-1193
40-1205
Fig. 2712
40-446
Wiring diagrams
tem
J005 Relay 40-1193
40-1205
Fig. 2713
D004
F001
F006
D0063880
40-447
Wiring diagrams
Table 492
tem
40-1205
40-1177
40-1177
Fig. 2714
40-1177
40-1177
(on hood)
Fig. 2715
(on hood)
Fig. 2716
40-448
Wiring diagrams
D023
D008
D0063720

Table 493
tem
40-1204
40-1205
40-1204
Fig. 2717
40-449
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1210
40-1228
40-1204
Fig. 2718
B039-B040
C007
D029
I024
D023
I026
D0063920

Table 494
tem
B039 Fuse (10A) 40-1210
B039 Fuse (10A) 40-1228
B040 Fuse (10A) 40-1210
B040 Fuse (10A) 40-1228
40-450
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1228
Fig. 2720
40-1210
40-1228
40-1204
Fig. 2720
40-1228
40-1214
40-1214
I024 Front worklights 40-1210
40-1228
I026 Rear worklights 40-1210
40-1228
40-451
Wiring diagrams
F012
F011
F010
D029
F013
D0063930

Table 495
tem
40-1228
40-1214
40-1214
F010 Rh front worklight 40-1214
(on cab roof)
Fig. 2725
F011 Lh rear worklight 40-1214
(on cab roof)
Fig. 2726
40-452
Wiring diagrams
tem
F012 Rh rear worklight 40-1214
(on cab roof)
Fig. 2727
F013 Lh front worklight 40-1214
(on cab roof)
40-453
Wiring diagrams
40.3.22 - S007A - Work lights - Version with standard cab with front lift - Version with ana-
log instrument panel (AGROFARM 410 -> 16001, AGROFARM 420 -> 16001, AGROFARM
430 -> 5001)
J004 J005
NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30
C004
B015
B030
B020
B026
15A
30A
30A
3A
+30
+30
+15
F010 F013 F011 F012
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
D008
2
D029
D023
2 6 1 5
2
C007
C007
B039
B040
10A
10A
2 4 3 1 1 3 4 2
I024 I026 D0065430
Fig. 2728 - Work lights - Version with standard cab with front lift - Version with analog instrument panel - System
40-454
Wiring diagrams
l J004 - Relay
l J005 - Relay
B030
B026
J005 J004
A
B015
B020
D008
C004
D0065520
Fig. 2729 - Work lights - Version with standard cab with front lift - Version with analog instrument panel - Con-
nector positions
40-455
Wiring diagrams
Table 496
tem
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1222
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1222
B026 Fuse (30A) 40-1222
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1222
Fig. 2730
40-1204
Fig. 2731
J004 Relay 40-1222
Fig. 2732
J005 Relay 40-1222
Fig. 2733
40-456
Wiring diagrams
D023
D008
D0063720

Table 497
tem
40-1204
Fig. 2734
40-457
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1212
40-1226
40-1204
Fig. 2735
B039-B040
C007
D029
I024
D023
I026
D0063920

Table 498
tem
B039 Fuse (10A) 40-1212
B039 Fuse (10A) 40-1226
B040 Fuse (10A) 40-1212
B040 Fuse (10A) 40-1226
40-458
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1226
Fig. 2737
40-1212
40-1226
40-1204
Fig. 2737
40-1226
40-1214
40-1214
I024 Front work lights 40-1212
40-1226
I026 Rear work lights 40-1212
40-1226
40-459
Wiring diagrams
F012
F011
F010
D029
F013
D0063930

Table 499
tem
40-1226
40-1214
40-1214
(on cab roof)
Fig. 2742
(on cab roof)
Fig. 2743
40-460
Wiring diagrams
tem
(on cab roof)
Fig. 2744
(on cab roof)
40-461
Wiring diagrams
40.3.23 - S007D - Work lights - Version with standard cab with front lift - Version with digi-
tal instrument panel (AGROFARM 410 -> 16001, AGROFARM 420 -> 16001, AGROFARM
430 -> 5001)
J004 J005
NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30
C004
B015
B030
B020
B026
15A
30A
30A
3A
+30
+15
+30
F010 F013 F011 F012
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
D008
2
D029
D023
2 6 1 5
2
C007
C007
B039
B040
10A
10A
2 4 3 1 1 3 4 2
I024 I026 D0064880
Fig. 2745 - Work lights - Version with standard cab with front lift - Version with digital instrument panel - System
40-462
Wiring diagrams
l J004 - Relay
l J005 - Relay
B030
B026
J005 J004
A
B015
B020
D008
C004
D0063941
Fig. 2746 - Work lights - Version with standard cab with front lift - Version with digital instrument panel - Con-
nector positions
40-463
Wiring diagrams
Table 500
tem
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1189
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1205
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1189
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1205
B026 Fuse (30A) 40-1189
B026 Fuse (30A) 40-1205
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1189
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1205
40-1205
Fig. 2747
40-1204
40-1205
40-1204
Fig. 2748
J004 Relay 40-1189
40-1205
Fig. 2749
J005 Relay 40-1189
40-1205
Fig. 2750
40-464
Wiring diagrams
D023
D008
D0063720

Table 501
tem
40-1204
40-1205
40-1204
Fig. 2751
40-465
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1212
40-1226
40-1204
Fig. 2752
B039-B040
C007
D029
I024
D023
I026
D0063920

Table 502
tem
B039 Fuse (10A) 40-1212
40-1226
B040 Fuse (10A) 40-1212
40-1226
40-466
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1226
Fig. 2754
40-1212
40-1226
40-1204
Fig. 2754
40-1226
40-1214
40-1214
switch 1
Pin 1 2
Pos
0
Fig. 2756
1
Fig. 2755
switch 1
Pin 1 2
Pos
0
Fig. 2756
1
Fig. 2756
switch 1
Pin 1 2
Pos
0
Fig. 2757
1
Fig. 2756
40-467
Wiring diagrams
tem
switch 1
Pin 1 2
Pos
0
Fig. 2757
1
Fig. 2757
F012
F011
F010
D029
F013
D0063930

Table 503
tem
40-1226
40-1214
40-1214
40-468
Wiring diagrams
tem
(on cab roof)
Fig. 2759
(on cab roof)
Fig. 2760
(on cab roof)
Fig. 2761
(on cab roof)
40-469
Wiring diagrams
40.3.24 - S008 - Work lights - Version with high-visibility cab without front lift (AGRO-
I012 I019
J002 J004 J005
2 3 7 8 2 3 7 8 NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30
C004
B026
B018
B019
B025
B030
B015
B020
30A
30A
30A
15A
15A
15A
3A
+30
+30
+15
C004
C004
D008
F013 F010 F011 F012

B024
7.5A
6 2
2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1
D023
D004
D014
7 12 6 11 6 2
4 7 8 1
C007
D040
D039
D037
D038
1 1
C004
C007
B039
B040
10A
10A
D041
D042
D033
D045
2 1 2 1
3 1 1 3
10 9 5 6 2 3 7 8
7 4 6 5 1 3 2 8 7 4 6 5 1 3 2 8
2 1 1 2 2 1 2 1
F016 F017 F001 F006 I008 I024 I026

D0065840
Fig. 2762 - Work lights - Version with high-visibility cab without front lift - System
40-470
Wiring diagrams
l J002 - Relay
l J004 - Relay
l J005 - Relay
40-471
Wiring diagrams
B030
B025
J002
B026
J005 J004
A
B015
B018
B019 B024
B020
D008
D004
D014
C004
I019
I012
I008
D0063860
Fig. 2763 - Work lights - Version with high-visibility cab without front lift - Connector positions
Table 504
tem
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1193
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1205
B018 Fuse (15A) 40-1193
B018 Fuse (15A) 40-1205
B019 Fuse (15A) 40-1193
B019 Fuse (15A) 40-1205
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1193
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1205
B024 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1193
B024 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1205
B025 Fuse (30A) 40-1193
40-472
Wiring diagrams
tem
B025 Fuse (30A) 40-1205
B026 Fuse (30A) 40-1193
B026 Fuse (30A) 40-1205
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1193
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1205
40-1205
Fig. 2764
40-1205
40-1177
40-1177
Fig. 2765
40-1204
40-1205
40-1204
Fig. 2766
40-1208
40-1205
40-1208
Fig. 2767
40-1205
I012 Lower front work- 40-1193
40-1205
40-1205
J002 Relay 40-1193
40-1205
Fig. 2774
40-473
Wiring diagrams
tem
J004 Relay 40-1193
40-1205
Fig. 2775
J005 Relay 40-1193
40-1205
Fig. 2776
40-474
Wiring diagrams
D004
D033
F001
D045
F006
D0065940

Table 505
tem
40-1205
40-1177
40-1177
Fig. 2777
40-1177
40-475
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1177
(on hood)
Fig. 2778
(on hood)
Fig. 2779
40-476
Wiring diagrams
D039
D014
D040
D037
D038
D0063870

Table 506
tem
40-1208
40-1205
40-1208
Fig. 2780
40-1235
40-1235
40-1234
40-477
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1234
D039
D040
D041 D037
D038
D042
D0063890

Table 507
tem
40-1235
40-1235
40-1234
40-1234
40-1176
40-1235
40-478
Wiring diagrams
F016
D041 F017
D042
D0063900

Table 508
tem
F016 Rh auxiliary work- 40-1176
light
F017 Lh auxiliary work- 40-1175
light
40-1176
40-1235
40-479
Wiring diagrams
D023
D008
D0063720

Table 509
tem
40-1204
40-1205
40-1204
Fig. 2783
40-480
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1204
Fig. 2784
40-481
Wiring diagrams
F012
F011
F010
B039-B040
I026
I024
D023 C007
F013
D0063980

Table 510
tem
B039 Fuse (10A) 40-1188
B040 Fuse (10A) 40-1188
40-482
Wiring diagrams
tem
Fig. 2786
F010 RH front worklight 40-1188
(on cab roof)
Fig. 2787
F011 LH rear worklight 40-1188
(on cab roof)
Fig. 2788
F012 RH rear worklight 40-1188
(on cab roof)
Fig. 2789
F013 LH front worklight 40-1188
(on cab roof)
I024 Front worklights 0 40-1188
switch 1
7 4 5 6 3 2 1 8
Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Pos
1
Fig. 2791
Fig. 2790
40-483
Wiring diagrams
tem
I026 Rear worklights 0 40-1188
switch 1
7 4 5 6 3 2 1 8
Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Pos
1
Fig. 2792
Fig. 2791
40-484
Wiring diagrams
40.3.25 - S008A - Work lights - Version with high-visibility cab without front lift - Version
with front instrument panel (AGROFARM 410 -> 16001, AGROFARM 420 -> 16001, AGRO-
FARM 430 -> 5001)
I012
J002 J004 J005
2 3 7 8 NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30
C004
B026
B024
B019
B025
B030
B015
B020
30A
7.5A
30A
30A
15A
15A
3A
+30
+15
+30
C004
D008
F013 F010 F011 F012

6 2
2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1
D023
D014
6 2
4 7 8 1
C007
D040
D039
D037
D038
1 1
C007
C004
B039
B040
10A
10A
D041
D042
3 1 1 3
10 9 5 6 2 3 7 8 7 4 6 5 1 3 2 8 7 4 6 5 1 3 2 8
2 1 1 2
F016 F017 I024 I026

I008 D0065440
Fig. 2793 - Work lights - Version with high-visibility cab without front lift - Version with front instrument panel -
System
40-485
Wiring diagrams
l D041 (F) - RH front light on arm (Wiring loom 04411923.4)
l D042 (F) - LH front light on arm (Wiring loom 04411923.4)
l J002 - Relay
l J004 - Relay
l J005 - Relay
40-486
Wiring diagrams
B030
B025
J002
B026
J005 J004
A
B015
B019 B024
B020
D008
D014
C004
I012
I008
D0065530
Fig. 2794 - Work lights - Version with high-visibility cab without front lift - Version with front instrument panel -
Connector positions
Table 511
tem
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1222
B019 Fuse (15A) 40-1222
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1222
B024 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1222
B025 Fuse (30A) 40-1222
B026 Fuse (30A) 40-1222
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1222
40-487
Wiring diagrams
tem
Fig. 2795
40-1204
Fig. 2796
40-1208
Fig. 2797
Fig. 2798 Fig. 2799

I012 Lower front work 0 40-1222
lights switch 1
Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Pos
1
Fig. 2801
Fig. 2800
J002 Relay 40-1222
Fig. 2802
40-488
Wiring diagrams
tem
J004 Relay 40-1222
Fig. 2803
J005 Relay 40-1222
Fig. 2804
40-489
Wiring diagrams
D023
D008
D0063720

Table 512
tem
40-1204
Fig. 2805
40-490
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1204
Fig. 2806
40-491
Wiring diagrams
F012
F011
F010
B039-B040
I026
I024
D023 C007
F013
D0063980

Table 513
tem
B039 Fuse (10A) 40-1188
B040 Fuse (10A) 40-1188
40-492
Wiring diagrams
tem
Fig. 2808
40-1204
Fig. 2808
(on cab roof)
Fig. 2809
(on cab roof)
Fig. 2810
(on cab roof)
Fig. 2811
(on cab roof)
40-493
Wiring diagrams
tem
switch 1
7 4 5 6 3 2 1 8
Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Pos
1
Fig. 2813
Fig. 2812
switch 1
7 4 5 6 3 2 1 8
Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Pos
1
Fig. 2814
Fig. 2813
40-494
Wiring diagrams
D039
D014
D040
D037
D038
D0063870

Table 514
tem
40-1208
Fig. 2815
40-495
Wiring diagrams
tem
D039
D040
D041 D037
D038
D042
D0063890

Table 515
tem
D041 Rh front light on 40-1234
arms
40-496
Wiring diagrams
tem
D042 LH front light on 40-1235
arms
F016
D041 F017
D042
D0063900

Table 516
tem
F016 RH auxiliary work 40-1176
light
F017 LH auxiliary work 40-1175
light
arms
arms
40-497
Wiring diagrams
40.3.26 - S008D - Work lights - Version with high-visibility cab without front lift - Ver-
AGROFARM 430 -> 5001)
I012
J002 J004 J005
2 3 7 8 NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30
C004
B026
B024
B019
B025
B030
B015
B020
30A
7.5A
30A
30A
15A
15A
3A
+30
+30
+15
C004
D008
F013 F010 F011 F012

6 2
2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1
D023
D014
6 2
4 7 8 1
C007
D040
D039
D037
D038
1 1
C004
C007
B039
B040
10A
10A
D041
D042
3 1 1 3
10 9 5 6 2 3 7 8
7 4 6 5 1 3 2 8 7 4 6 5 1 3 2 8
2 1 1 2
F016 F017 I008 I024 I026

D0064890
Fig. 2818 - Work lights - Version with high-visibility cab without front lift - Version with digital instrument panel
- System
40-498
Wiring diagrams
l J002 - Relay
l J004 - Relay
l J005 - Relay
40-499
Wiring diagrams
B030
B025
J002
B026
J005 J004
A
B015
B019 B024
B020
D008
D014
C004
I012
I008
D0063862
Fig. 2819 - Work lights - Version with high-visibility cab without front lift - Version with digital instrument panel
Table 517
tem
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1189
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1205
B019 Fuse (15A) 40-1189
B019 Fuse (15A) 40-1205
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1189
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1205
B024 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1189
B024 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1205
B025 Fuse (30A) 40-1189
B025 Fuse (30A) 40-1205
40-500
Wiring diagrams
tem
B026 Fuse (30A) 40-1189
B026 Fuse (30A) 40-1205
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1189
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1205
40-1205
Fig. 2820
40-1204
40-1205
40-1204
Fig. 2821
40-1208
40-1205
40-1208
Fig. 2822
Fig. 2823 Fig. 2824

Fig. 2824 Fig. 2824
40-501
Wiring diagrams
tem
lights switch 1
Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Pos
1
Fig. 2826
Fig. 2825
lights switch 1
Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Pos
1
Fig. 2826
Fig. 2826
J002 Relay 40-1189
40-1205
Fig. 2827
J004 Relay 40-1189
40-1205
Fig. 2828
J005 Relay 40-1189
40-1205
Fig. 2829
40-502
Wiring diagrams
D039
D014
D040
D037
D038
D0063870

Table 518
tem
40-1208
40-1205
40-1208
Fig. 2830
40-1235
40-1235
40-1234
40-503
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1234
D039
D040
D041 D037
D038
D042
D0063890

Table 519
tem
40-1235
40-1235
40-1234
40-1234
arms
40-504
Wiring diagrams
tem
arms
F016
D041 F017
D042
D0063900

Table 520
tem
arms
arms
F016 RH auxiliary work 40-1176
light
40-505
Wiring diagrams
tem
F017 LH auxiliary work 40-1175
light
D023
D008
D0063720

Table 521
tem
40-1204
40-1205
40-1204
Fig. 2833
40-506
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1204
Fig. 2834
40-507
Wiring diagrams
F012
F011
F010
B039-B040
I026
I024
D023 C007
F013
D0063980

Table 522
tem
B039 Fuse (10A) 40-1188
B040 Fuse (10A) 40-1188
40-508
Wiring diagrams
tem
Fig. 2836
40-1204
Fig. 2836
(on cab roof)
Fig. 2837
(on cab roof)
Fig. 2838
(on cab roof)
Fig. 2839
(on cab roof)
40-509
Wiring diagrams
tem
switch 1
7 4 5 6 3 2 1 8
Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Pos
1
Fig. 2841
Fig. 2840
switch 1
7 4 5 6 3 2 1 8
Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Pos
1
Fig. 2842
Fig. 2841
40-510
Wiring diagrams
40.3.27 - S009 - Work lights - Version with high-visibility cab with front lift (AGROFARM
I019
J002 J004 J005
2 3 7 8 NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30
C004
B026
B018
B025
B030
B015
B020
30A
30A
30A
15A
15A
3A
+30
+30
+15
C004
D008
F013 F010 F011 F012

B024
7.5A
6 2
2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1
D023
D004
7 12 6 11 6 2
C007
C004
C007
B039
B040
10A
10A
D033
D045
2 1 2 1
10 9 5 6 2 3 7 8
7 4 6 5 1 3 2 8 7 4 6 5 1 3 2 8
2 1 2 1
F001 F006 I008 I024 I026

D0065850
Fig. 2843 - Work lights - Version with high-visibility cab with front lift - System
40-511
Wiring diagrams
l J002 - Relay
l J004 - Relay
l J005 - Relay
40-512
Wiring diagrams
B030
B025
J002
B026
J005 J004
A
B015
B018
B024
B020
D008
D004
C004
I019
I008
D0063940
Fig. 2844 - Work lights - Version with high-visibility cab with front lift - Connector positions
Table 523
tem
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1193
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1205
B018 Fuse (15A) 40-1193
B018 Fuse (15A) 40-1205
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1193
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1205
B024 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1193
B024 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1205
B025 Fuse (30A) 40-1193
B025 Fuse (30A) 40-1205
B026 Fuse (30A) 40-1193
40-513
Wiring diagrams
tem
B026 Fuse (30A) 40-1205
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1193
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1205
40-1205
40-1177
40-1177
Fig. 2845
40-1204
40-1205
40-1204
Fig. 2846
40-1205
Fig. 2847
40-1205
40-1205
J002 Relay 40-1193
40-1205
Fig. 2852
J004 Relay 40-1193
40-1205
Fig. 2853
40-514
Wiring diagrams
tem
J005 Relay 40-1193
40-1205
Fig. 2854
D004
D033
F001
D045
F006
D0065940
40-515
Wiring diagrams
Table 524
tem
40-1205
40-1177
40-1177
Fig. 2855
40-1177
40-1177
(on hood)
Fig. 2856
(on hood)
Fig. 2857
40-516
Wiring diagrams
D023
D008
D0063720

Table 525
tem
40-1204
40-1205
40-1204
Fig. 2858
40-517
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1204
Fig. 2859
40-518
Wiring diagrams
F012
F011
F010
B039-B040
I026
I024
D023 C007
F013
D0063980

Table 526
tem
B039 Fuse (10A) 40-1188
B040 Fuse (10A) 40-1188
40-519
Wiring diagrams
tem
Fig. 2861
40-1204
Fig. 2861
F010 RH front worklight 40-1188
(on cab roof)
Fig. 2862
F011 LH rear worklight 40-1188
(on cab roof)
Fig. 2863
F012 RH rear worklight 40-1188
(on cab roof)
Fig. 2864
F013 LH front worklight 40-1188
(on cab roof)
40-520
Wiring diagrams
tem
I024 Front worklights 0 40-1188
switch 1
7 4 5 6 3 2 1 8
Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Pos
1
Fig. 2866
Fig. 2865
I026 Rear worklights 0 40-1188
switch 1
7 4 5 6 3 2 1 8
Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Pos
1
Fig. 2867
Fig. 2866
40-521
Wiring diagrams
40.3.28 - S009A - Work lights - Version with high-visibility cab with front lift - Version with
analog instrument panel (AGROFARM 410 -> 16001, AGROFARM 420 -> 16001, AGRO-
FARM 430 -> 5001)
J002 J004 J005
NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30
C004
B026
B025
B030
B015
B020
30A
30A
30A
15A
3A
+30
+15
+30
D008
F013 F010 F011 F012

B024
7.5A
6 2
2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1
D023
6 2
C007
C004
C007
B039
B040
10A
10A
10 9 5 6 2 3 7 8
7 4 6 5 1 3 2 8 7 4 6 5 1 3 2 8
I008 I024 I026

D0065450
Fig. 2868 - Work lights - Version with high-visibility cab with front lift - Version with analog instrument panel -
System
40-522
Wiring diagrams
l J002 - Relay
l J004 - Relay
l J005 - Relay
B030
B025
J002
B026
J005 J004
A
B015
B024
B020
D008
C004
I008
D0065540
Fig. 2869 - Work lights - Version with high-visibility cab with front lift - Version with analog instrument panel -
Connector positions
Table 527
tem
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1222
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1222
B024 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1222
B025 Fuse (30A) 40-1222
40-523
Wiring diagrams
tem
B026 Fuse (30A) 40-1222
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1222
40-1204
Fig. 2870
Fig. 2871
Fig. 2872 Fig. 2873

J002 Relay 40-1222
Fig. 2874
J004 Relay 40-1222
Fig. 2875
40-524
Wiring diagrams
tem
J005 Relay 40-1222
Fig. 2876
D023
D008
D0063720
40-525
Wiring diagrams
Table 528
tem
40-1204
Fig. 2877
40-1204
Fig. 2878
40-526
Wiring diagrams
F012
F011
F010
B039-B040
I026
I024
D023 C007
F013
D0063980

Table 529
tem
B039 Fuse (10A) 40-1188
B040 Fuse (10A) 40-1188
40-527
Wiring diagrams
tem
Fig. 2880
40-1204
Fig. 2880
(on cab roof)
Fig. 2881
(on cab roof)
Fig. 2882
(on cab roof)
Fig. 2883
(on cab roof)
40-528
Wiring diagrams
tem
switch 1
7 4 5 6 3 2 1 8
Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Pos
1
Fig. 2885
Fig. 2884
switch 1
7 4 5 6 3 2 1 8
Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Pos
1
Fig. 2886
Fig. 2885
40-529
Wiring diagrams
40.3.29 - S009D - Work lights - Version with high-visibility cab with front lift - Version with
FARM 430 -> 5001)
J002 J004 J005
NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30
C004
B026
B025
B030
B015
B020
30A
30A
30A
15A
3A
+30
+30
+15
D008
F013 F010 F011 F012

B024
7.5A
6 2
2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1
D023
6 2
C007
C004
C007
B039
B040
10A
10A
10 9 5 6 2 3 7 8
7 4 6 5 1 3 2 8 7 4 6 5 1 3 2 8
I008 I024 I026

D0064900
Fig. 2887 - Work lights - Version with high-visibility cab with front lift - Version with digital instrument panel -
System
40-530
Wiring diagrams
l J002 - Relay
l J004 - Relay
l J005 - Relay
B030
B025
J002
B026
J005 J004
A
B015
B024
B020
D008
C004
I008
D0063942
Fig. 2888 - Work lights - Version with high-visibility cab with front lift - Version with digital instrument panel -
Connector positions
Table 530
tem
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1189
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1205
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1189
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1205
40-531
Wiring diagrams
tem
B024 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1189
B024 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1205
B025 Fuse (30A) 40-1189
B025 Fuse (30A) 40-1205
B026 Fuse (30A) 40-1189
B026 Fuse (30A) 40-1205
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1189
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1205
40-1205
Fig. 2889
40-1204
40-1205
Fig. 2890
40-1205
J002 Relay 40-1189
40-1205
Fig. 2893
J004 Relay 40-1189
40-1205
Fig. 2894
J005 Relay 40-1189
40-1205
Fig. 2895
40-532
Wiring diagrams
D023
D008
D0063720

Table 531
tem
40-1204
40-1205
Fig. 2896
40-533
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1204
Fig. 2897
40-534
Wiring diagrams
F012
F011
F010
B039-B040
I026
I024
D023 C007
F013
D0063980

Table 532
tem
B039 Fuse (10A) 40-1188
B040 Fuse (10A) 40-1188
40-535
Wiring diagrams
tem
Fig. 2899
(on cab roof)
Fig. 2900
(on cab roof)
Fig. 2901
(on cab roof)
Fig. 2902
(on cab roof)
switch 1
7 4 5 6 3 2 1 8
Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Pos
1
Fig. 2904
Fig. 2903
40-536
Wiring diagrams
tem
switch 1
7 4 5 6 3 2 1 8
Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Pos
1
Fig. 2905
Fig. 2904
40-1204
Fig. 2905
40.3.30 - S010 - Heating - Version with standard cab (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001, AGRO-
FARM 420 -> 20001, AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
40-537
Wiring diagrams
J004 J007
NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30
D009
D003
1
C004
D024
B030
B015
B003
B020
30A
15A
60A
+15 3A
+30
+30
C007
D027
2 1
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 1 2
I II III IV C
O003 P014 D0062950

H005
Fig. 2906 - Heating - Version with standard cab - System

l H005 - Fan speed selector switch
l J004 - Relay
l J007 - Relay
l O003 - Resistor
l P014 - Fan
40-538
Wiring diagrams
B030
J004
A
B015
J007
B020
D009
C004
A
D003
D0063990
Fig. 2907 - Heating - Version with standard cab - Positions

Table 533
tem
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1193
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1205
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1193
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1205
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1193
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1205
40-539
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1205
Fig. 2908
40-1193
40-1205
40-1184
Fig. 2909
40-1204
40-1205
40-1204
Fig. 2910
J004 Relay 40-1193
40-1205
Fig. 2911
J007 Relay 40-1193
40-1205
Fig. 2912
40-540
Wiring diagrams
D003
B003
D0064000

Table 534
tem
B003 Fuse 40-1184
40-541
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1193
40-1205
40-1184
Fig. 2913
D024
D009
D0064010
40-542
Wiring diagrams
Table 535
tem
40-1204
40-1205
40-1204
Fig. 2914
40-1210
40-1228
40-1204
Fig. 2915
C007
D027
D024
D0064020
40-543
Wiring diagrams
Table 536
tem
40-1228
Fig. 2917
40-1228
40-1165
40-1166
40-1165
40-1166
40-1210
40-1228
40-1210
40-1228
40-1204
Fig. 2917
P014
O003
D027
H005
D0064030
40-544
Wiring diagrams
Table 537
tem
40-1228
40-1165
40-1166
40-1165
40-1166
40-1210
40-1228
H005 Blower speed se- 40-1165
lector switch
Fig. 2919
O003 Resistor 40-1165
Fig. 2920
P014 Electric fan 40-1165
Fig. 2921
40-545
Wiring diagrams
40.3.31 - S010A - Heating - Version with standard cab - Version with digital instrument
panel (AGROFARM 410 -> 16001, AGROFARM 420 -> 16001, AGROFARM 430 -> 5001)
J004 J007
NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30
D009
D003
1
C004
D024
B030
B015
B003
B020
30A
15A
60A
+15 3A
+30
+30
C007
D027
2 1
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 1 2
I II III IV C
O003 P014 D0062950

H005
Fig. 2922 - Heating - Version with standard cab - Version with digital instrument panel - System
l J004 - Relay
l J007 - Relay
l O003 - Resistor
l P014 - Fan
40-546
Wiring diagrams
B030
J004
A
B015
J007
B020
D009
C004
A
D003
D0063990
Fig. 2923 - Heating - Version with standard cab - Version with digital instrument panel - Connector positions
Table 538
tem
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1189
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1205
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1189
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1205
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1189
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1205
40-547
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1205
Fig. 2924
40-1189
40-1205
40-1184
Fig. 2925
40-1204
40-1205
40-1204
Fig. 2926
J004 Relay 40-1189
40-1205
Fig. 2927
J007 Relay 40-1189
40-1205
Fig. 2928
40-548
Wiring diagrams
D003
B003
D0064000

Table 539
tem
B003 Fuse 40-1184
40-549
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1189
40-1205
40-1184
Fig. 2929
D024
D009
D0064010
40-550
Wiring diagrams
Table 540
tem
40-1212
40-1226
40-1204
Fig. 2931
40-1204
40-1205
40-1204
Fig. 2931
C007
D027
D024
D0064020
40-551
Wiring diagrams
Table 541
tem
40-1226
Fig. 2933
40-1212
40-1226
40-1204
Fig. 2933
40-1165
40-1212
40-1226
Fig. 2933
P014
O003
D027
H005
D0064030
40-552
Wiring diagrams
Table 542
tem
40-1165
40-1212
40-1226
Fig. 2934
lector switch
Fig. 2935
Fig. 2936
Fig. 2937
40-553
Wiring diagrams
40.3.32 - S010D - Heating - Version with standard cab - Version with digital instrument
J004 J007
NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30
D009
D003
1
C004
D024
B030
B015
B003
B020
30A
15A
60A
+15 3A
+30
+30
C007
D027
2 1
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 1 2
I II III IV C
O003 P014 D0062950

H005
Fig. 2937 - Heating - Version with standard cab - Version with digital instrument panel - System
l J004 - Relay
l J007 - Relay
l O003 - Resistor
l P014 - Fan
40-554
Wiring diagrams
B030
J004
A
B015
J007
B020
D009
C004
A
D003
D0063990
Fig. 2937 - Heating - Version with standard cab - Version with digital instrument panel - Connector positions
Table 543
tem
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1189
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1205
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1189
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1205
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1189
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1205
40-555
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1205
Fig. 2937
40-1189
40-1205
40-1184
Fig. 2937
40-1204
40-1205
40-1204
Fig. 2937
J004 Relay 40-1189
40-1205
Fig. 2937
J007 Relay 40-1189
40-1205
Fig. 2937
40-556
Wiring diagrams
D003
B003
D0064000

Table 544
tem
B003 Fuse 40-1184
40-557
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1189
40-1205
40-1184
Fig. 2937
D024
D009
D0064010
40-558
Wiring diagrams
Table 545
tem
40-1212
40-1226
40-1204
Fig. 2937
40-1204
40-1205
40-1204
Fig. 2937
C007
D027
D024
D0064020
40-559
Wiring diagrams
Table 546
tem
40-1226
Fig. 2937
40-1212
40-1226
40-1204
Fig. 2937
40-1165
40-1212
40-1226
Fig. 2937
P014
O003
D027
H005
D0064030
40-560
Wiring diagrams
Table 547
tem
40-1165
40-1212
40-1226
Fig. 2937
lector switch
Fig. 2937
Fig. 2937
Fig. 2937
40-561
Wiring diagrams
40.3.33 - S011 - Heating - Version with high-visibility cab (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001,
J004 J007 J009
NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 87 85 86 30
B030
B015
B020
B033
B027
30A
30A
15A
20A
3A
C004
+15
+30
+30
D009
1 2 H004
O002
D025
D024
IV
III
II
I
4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1
C007
C007
D034
D035
A B A B
87b 87 86 85 30 30 85 86 87 87b 4 3 2 1
M M
D0062960
P012 P013 O001
J010 J012
Fig. 2938 - Heating - Version with high-visibility cab - System

l J004 - Relay
40-562
Wiring diagrams
J004 J007 J009
NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 87 85 86 30
B030
B015
B020
B033
B027
30A
30A
15A
20A
3A
C004
+15
+30
+30
D009 1 2 H004
O002
D025
D024
IV
III
II
I
4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1
C007
C007
D034
D035
A B A B
87b 87 86 85 30 30 85 86 87 87b 4 3 2 1
M M
D0062960
P012 P013 O001
J010 J012
Fig. 2938 - Heating - Version with high-visibility cab - System

l J007 - Relay
l J009 - Relay
l J010 - Max. fan speed relay
l J012 - 3rd fan speed relay
l O001 - LH resistor
l O002 - RH resistor
l P012 - RH fan
l P013 - LH fan
40-563
Wiring diagrams
B030
J009
B027
B033 J004
A
B015
J007
B020
D009
C004
D0064040
Fig. 2939 - Heating - Version with high-visibility cab - Positions

Table 548
tem
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1193
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1205
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1193
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1205
B027 Fuse (30A) 40-1193
B027 Fuse (30A) 40-1205
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1193
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1205
B033 Fuse (20A) 40-1193
B033 Fuse (20A) 40-1205
40-564
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1205
Fig. 2940
40-1204
40-1205
40-1204
Fig. 2941
J004 Relay 40-1193
40-1205
Fig. 2942
J007 Relay 40-1193
40-1205
Fig. 2943
J009 Relay 40-1193
40-1205
Fig. 2944
40-565
Wiring diagrams
D025
D024
D009
D0064050

Table 549
tem
40-1204
40-1205
40-1204
Fig. 2945
40-566
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1204
Fig. 2946
40-1188
Fig. 2947
40-567
Wiring diagrams
P013
J010 J012
D035
O002
H004
C007
D025 D034
D024 P012
O001
D0064060
40-568
Wiring diagrams
Table 550
tem
Fig. 2949
40-1204
Fig. 2949
40-1188
Fig. 2949
40-1188
Fig. 2950
40-1188
Fig. 2951
lector switch
lector switch
Fig. 2952
40-569
Wiring diagrams
tem
J010 Max. fan speed re- 40-1188
lay
Fig. 2953
J012 3rd fan speed relay 40-1188
Fig. 2954
O001 LH resistor 40-1188
O002 RH resistor 40-1188
Fig. 2955
P012 RH fan 40-1188
Fig. 2956
P013 LH fan 40-1188
Fig. 2957
40-570
Wiring diagrams
40.3.34 - S011A - Heating - Version with high-visibility cab - Version with digital instru-
ment panel (AGROFARM 410 -> 16001, AGROFARM 420 -> 16001, AGROFARM 430 ->
5001)
J004 J007 J009
NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 87 85 86 30
B030
B015
B020
B033
B027
30A
30A
15A
20A
3A
C004
+15
+30
+30
D009
1 2 H004
O002
D025
D024
IV
III
II
I
4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1
C007
C007
D034
D035
A B A B
87b 87 86 85 30 30 85 86 87 87b 4 3 2 1
M M
D0062960
P012 P013 O001
J010 J012
Fig. 2958 - Heating - Version with high-visibility cab - Version with digital instrument panel - System
l J004 - Relay
l J007 - Relay
40-571
Wiring diagrams
l J009 - Relay
l P012 - RH fan
l P013 - LH fan
B030
J009
B027
B033 J004
A
B015
J007
B020
D009
C004
D0064040
Fig. 2959 - Heating - Version with high-visibility cab - Version with digital instrument panel - Connector positions
Table 551
tem
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1189
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1205
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1189
40-572
Wiring diagrams
tem
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1205
B027 Fuse (30A) 40-1189
B027 Fuse (30A) 40-1205
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1189
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1205
B033 Fuse (20A) 40-1189
B033 Fuse (20A) 40-1205
40-1205
Fig. 2960
40-1204
40-1205
Fig. 2961
J004 Relay 40-1189
40-1205
Fig. 2962
J007 Relay 40-1189
40-1205
Fig. 2963
J009 Relay 40-1189
40-1205
Fig. 2964
40-573
Wiring diagrams
D025
D024
D009
D0064050

Table 552
tem
40-1204
40-1205
Fig. 2965
40-574
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1204
Fig. 2966
40-1188
Fig. 2967
40-575
Wiring diagrams
P013
J010 J012
D035
O002
H004
C007
D025 D034
D024 P012
O001
D0064060
40-576
Wiring diagrams
Table 553
tem
Fig. 2969
40-1204
Fig. 2969
40-1188
Fig. 2969
40-1188
Fig. 2970
40-1188
Fig. 2971
lector switch 40-1188
Fig. 2972
40-577
Wiring diagrams
tem
lay
Fig. 2972
Fig. 2973
O001 Lh resistor 40-1188
O002 Rh resistor 40-1188
Fig. 2974
P012 Rh fan 40-1188
Fig. 2975
P013 Lh fan 40-1188
Fig. 2976
40-578
Wiring diagrams
40.3.35 - S011DA - Heating - Version with high-visibility cab - Version with digital instru-
ment panel (AGROFARM 410 -> 16001, AGROFARM 420 -> 16001, AGROFARM 430 ->
5001)
J004 J007 J009
NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 87 85 86 30
B030
B015
B020
B033
B027
30A
30A
15A
20A
3A
C004
+15
+30
+30
D009
1 2 H004
O002
D025
D024
IV
III
II
I
4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1
C007
C007
D034
D035
A B A B
87b 87 86 85 30 30 85 86 87 87b 4 3 2 1
M M
D0062960
P012 P013 O001
J010 J012
Fig. 2976 - Heating - Version with high-visibility cab - Version with digital instrument panel - System
l J004 - Relay
l J007 - Relay
40-579
Wiring diagrams
l J009 - Relay
l P012 - RH fan
l P013 - LH fan
B030
J009
B027
B033 J004
A
B015
J007
B020
D009
C004
D0064040
Fig. 2976 - Heating - Version with high-visibility cab - Version with digital instrument panel - Connector positions
Table 554
tem
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1189
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1205
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1189
40-580
Wiring diagrams
tem
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1205
B027 Fuse (30A) 40-1189
B027 Fuse (30A) 40-1205
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1189
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1205
B033 Fuse (20A) 40-1189
B033 Fuse (20A) 40-1205
40-1205
Fig. 2976
40-1204
40-1205
Fig. 2976
J004 Relay 40-1189
40-1205
Fig. 2976
J007 Relay 40-1189
40-1205
Fig. 2976
J009 Relay 40-1189
40-1205
Fig. 2976
40-581
Wiring diagrams
D025
D024
D009
D0064050

Table 555
tem
40-1204
40-1205
Fig. 2976
40-582
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1204
Fig. 2976
40-1188
Fig. 2976
40-583
Wiring diagrams
P013
J010 J012
D035
O002
H004
C007
D025 D034
D024 P012
O001
D0064060
40-584
Wiring diagrams
Table 556
tem
Fig. 2976
40-1204
Fig. 2976
40-1188
Fig. 2976
40-1188
Fig. 2976
40-1188
Fig. 2976
lector switch 40-1188
Fig. 2976
40-585
Wiring diagrams
tem
lay
Fig. 2976
Fig. 2976
Fig. 2976
P012 Rh fan 40-1188
Fig. 2976
P013 Lh fan 40-1188
Fig. 2976
40-586
Wiring diagrams
40.3.36 - S012 - Manual climate control - Version with standard cab (AGROFARM 410 ->
Up to Serial No.
l Explorer
m 85: 20154 <-
m 100: 20486 <-
m 110: 1275 <-
l R3 EVO
m 85: 20043<-
m 100: 20182 <-
m 110: 1106 <-
l XB MAX
m 85: 20020<-
m 100: 20031<-
m 110: 1022 <-
l AGROFARM
m 410: 20552 <-
m 420: 21292 <-
m 430: 1419 <-
40-587
Wiring diagrams
J004 J007
P001
NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 1
D005
13
B030
B015
B020
B033
B029
B005
30A
15A
20A
40A
10A
3A
C004
+15
+30
+30
D009
D008
1 4 1
D024
D023
4 1
B036
30A
C007
D028
D027
D026
2 1 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 1 2 30 86 85 87 1 2 2 1 30 86 85 87 87a 1 2 3 1
I II III IV C
t
M M
O003 P014 K022 P015

H005 J013 J014 K023 K024
D0062970
Fig. 2977 - Manual climate control - Version with standard cab - System
40-588
Wiring diagrams
J004 J007
P001
NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 1
D005
13
B030
B015
B020
B033
B029
B005
30A
15A
20A
40A
10A
3A
C004
+15
+30
+30
D009
D008
1 4 1
D024
D023
4 1
B036
30A
C007
D028
D027
D026
2 1 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 1 2 30 86 85 87 1 2 2 1 30 86 85 87 87a 1 2 3 1
I II III IV C
t
M M
O003 P014 K022 P015

H005 J013 J014 K023 K024
D0062970
40-589
Wiring diagrams
J004 J007
P001
NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 1
D005
13
B030
B015
B020
B033
B029
B005
30A
15A
20A
40A
10A
3A
C004
+15
+30
+30
D009
D008
1 4 1
D024
D023
4 1
B036
30A
C007
D028
D027
D026
2 1 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 1 2 30 86 85 87 1 2 2 1 30 86 85 87 87a 1 2 3 1
I II III IV C
t
M M
O003 P014 K022 P015

H005 J013 J014 K023 K024
D0062970
l J004 - Relay
l J007 - Relay
l J013 - Compressor relay
l J014 - Control relay for air conditioning condenser fan
l K022 - Air conditioning temperature thermostat
l K023 - Air conditioning pressure switch
l O003 - Resistor
l P001 - Air conditioning system compressor
l P014 - Fan
l P015 - Air conditioning condenser fan
40-590
Wiring diagrams
B029
B030
B033
A
B015
B005 J004
B020
J007
D009
D008
C004
D005
D0064070
Fig. 2978 - Manual climate control - Version with standard cab - Connector positions
Table 557
tem
B005 Fuse (10A) 40-1193
B005 Fuse (10A) 40-1205
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1193
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1205
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1193
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1205
B029 Fuse (40A) 40-1193
40-591
Wiring diagrams
tem
B029 Fuse (40A) 40-1205
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1193
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1205
B033 Fuse (20A) 40-1193
B033 Fuse (20A) 40-1205
40-1205
Fig. 2979
40-1220
40-1193
40-1205
40-1193
40-1205
40-1218
40-1220
Fig. 2980
40-1204
40-1205
40-1204
Fig. 2981
40-1204
40-1205
40-1204
Fig. 2982
40-592
Wiring diagrams
Table 558
tem
J004 Relay 40-1193
40-1205
Fig. 2983
J007 Relay 40-1193
40-1205
Fig. 2984
40-593
Wiring diagrams
D023
D024
D009
D008
D0064080

Table 559
tem
40-1204
40-1205
40-1204
Fig. 2985
40-594
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1204
40-1205
40-1204
Fig. 2985
40-1210
Fig. 2986
40-1210
Fig. 2987
40-595
Wiring diagrams
B036 C007 D026

D027
D028
D023
D024
D0064090

Table 560
tem
B036 Fuse (30A) 40-1210
40-1228
Fig. 2989
40-1210
Fig. 2989
40-596
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1210
Fig. 2989
40-1166
40-1165
40-1166
40-1210
40-1163
Fig. 2990
P014
D026
O003
D027
K022
H005 J013
D0064100

Table 561
tem
40-1166
40-597
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1165
40-1166
40-1210
lector switch
Fig. 2992
J013 Compressor relay 40-1166
K022 Air conditioning 40-1166
temperature ther-
mostat
Fig. 2993
Fig. 2994
Fig. 2995
40-598
Wiring diagrams
P015
K023
K024
D028
J014
D0064110

Table 562
tem
J014 Control relay for air 40-1163
conditioning cooler
fan
Fig. 2997
40-1163
Fig. 2997
40-599
Wiring diagrams
tem
pressure switch
Fig. 2998
pressure switch
P015 Air conditioning 40-1163
condenser fan
Fig. 2999
40-600
Wiring diagrams
D005
D0064120
40-601
Wiring diagrams
D005
A
C B
D0064140
40-602
Wiring diagrams
Table 563
tem
40-1220
40-1193
40-1205
40-1193
40-1205
40-1218
40-1220
Fig. 3001
40-603
Wiring diagrams
P001
D0064130
40-604
Wiring diagrams
B
C
P001
D0064150

Table 564
tem
P001 04437338 Air conditioning 40-1218
compressor 40-1220
Fig. 3004
40.3.37 - S012A - Heating - Version with standard cab - Version with digital instrument
Up to Serial No.
l Explorer
m 85 with air conditioning: 16657 <-
m 110 with air conditioning: 5167<-
40-605
Wiring diagrams
l R3 EVO
l XB MAX
l AGROFARM
J004 J007
P001
NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 1
D005
13
B030
B015
B020
B033
B029
B005
30A
15A
20A
40A
10A
3A
C004
+15
+30
+30
D009
D008
1 4 1
D024
D023
4 1
B036
30A
C007
D028
D027
D026
2 1 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 1 2 30 86 85 87 1 2 2 1 30 86 85 87 87a 1 2 3 1
I II III IV C
t
M M
O003 P014 K022 P015

H005 J013 J014 K023 K024
D0062970
Fig. 3005 - Manual climate control - Version with standard cab - Version with digital instrument panel - System
40-606
Wiring diagrams
l J004 - Relay
l J007 - Relay
l O003 - Resistor
l P014 - Fan
40-607
Wiring diagrams
B029
B030
B033
A
B015
B005 J004
B020
J007
D009
D008
C004
D005
D0064070
Fig. 3006 - Manual climate control - Version with standard cab - Version with digital instrument panel - Connector
positions
Table 565
tem
B005 Fuse (10A) 40-1189
B005 Fuse (10A) 40-1205
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1189
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1205
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1189
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1205
40-608
Wiring diagrams
tem
B029 Fuse (40A) 40-1189
B029 Fuse (40A) 40-1205
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1189
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1205
B033 Fuse (20A) 40-1189
B033 Fuse (20A) 40-1205
40-1205
Fig. 3007
40-1220
40-1189
40-1205
40-1189
40-1205
40-1218
40-1220
Fig. 3008
40-1204
40-1205
40-1204
Fig. 3009
40-1204
40-1205
40-1204
Fig. 3010
J004 Relay 40-1189
40-1205
Fig. 3011
40-609
Wiring diagrams
tem
J007 Relay 40-1189
40-1205
Fig. 3012
D023
D024
D009
D008
D0064080
positions
40-610
Wiring diagrams
Table 566
tem
40-1204
40-1205
40-1204
Fig. 3013
40-1204
40-1205
40-1204
Fig. 3013
40-1212
Fig. 3014
40-1212
Fig. 3015
40-611
Wiring diagrams
B036 C007 D026

D027
D028
D023
D024
D0064090
positions
Table 567
tem
B036 Fuse (30A) 40-1212
Fig. 3017
40-1212
Fig. 3017
40-612
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1212
Fig. 3017
40-1166
40-1166
40-1163
Fig. 3018
P014
D026
O003
D027
K022
H005 J013
D0064100
positions
Table 568
tem
40-1166
40-1166
40-613
Wiring diagrams
tem
lector switch
Fig. 3020
temperature ther-
mostat
Fig. 3021
Fig. 3022
Fig. 3023
40-614
Wiring diagrams
P015
K023
K024
D028
J014
D0064110
positions
Table 569
tem
40-1163
Fig. 3024
pressure switch
Fig. 3025
pressure switch
40-615
Wiring diagrams
tem
condenser fan
Fig. 3026
conditioning cooler
fan
Fig. 3027
40-616
Wiring diagrams
D005
D0064120
positions - Version with front battery (1/2)
40-617
Wiring diagrams
Table 570
tem
40-1189
40-1205
40-1189
40-1205
40-1218
Fig. 3028
40-618
Wiring diagrams
D005
A
C B
D0064140
positions - Version with lateral battery (1/2)
40-619
Wiring diagrams
Table 571
tem
40-1220
40-1189
40-1205
40-1189
40-1205
40-1220
Fig. 3029
40-620
Wiring diagrams
P001
D0064130
40-621
Wiring diagrams
Table 572
tem
compressor
Fig. 3031
B
C
P001
D0064150
40-622
Wiring diagrams
Table 573
tem
compressor
Fig. 3032
40.3.38 - S012D - Manual climate control - Version with standard cab - Version with digi-
430 -> 5001)
Up to Serial No.
l Explorer
l R3 EVO
l XB MAX
l AGROFARM
40-623
Wiring diagrams
J004 J007
P001
NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 1
D005
13
B030
B015
B020
B033
B029
B005
30A
15A
20A
40A
10A
3A
C004
+15
+30
+30
D009
D008
1 4 1
D024
D023
4 1
B036
30A
C007
D028
D027
D026
2 1 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 1 2 30 86 85 87 1 2 2 1 30 86 85 87 87a 1 2 3 1
I II III IV C
t
M M
O003 P014 K022 P015

H005 J013 J014 K023 K024
D0062970
40-624
Wiring diagrams
l J004 - Relay
l J007 - Relay
l O003 - Resistor
l P014 - Fan
40-625
Wiring diagrams
B029
B030
B033
A
B015
B005 J004
B020
J007
D009
D008
C004
D005
D0064070
positions
Table 574
tem
B005 Fuse (10A) 40-1189
B005 Fuse (10A) 40-1205
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1189
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1205
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1189
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1205
40-626
Wiring diagrams
tem
B029 Fuse (40A) 40-1189
B029 Fuse (40A) 40-1205
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1189
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1205
B033 Fuse (20A) 40-1189
B033 Fuse (20A) 40-1205
40-1205
Fig. 3032
40-1220
40-1189
40-1205
40-1189
40-1205
40-1218
40-1220
Fig. 3032
40-1204
40-1205
40-1204
Fig. 3032
40-1204
40-1205
40-1204
Fig. 3032
J004 Relay 40-1189
40-1205
Fig. 3032
40-627
Wiring diagrams
tem
J007 Relay 40-1189
40-1205
Fig. 3032
D023
D024
D009
D008
D0064080
positions
40-628
Wiring diagrams
Table 575
tem
40-1204
40-1205
40-1204
Fig. 3032
40-1204
40-1205
40-1204
Fig. 3032
40-1212
Fig. 3032
40-1212
Fig. 3032
40-629
Wiring diagrams
B036 C007 D026

D027
D028
D023
D024
D0064090
positions
Table 576
tem
B036 Fuse (30A) 40-1212
Fig. 3032
40-1212
Fig. 3032
40-630
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1212
Fig. 3032
40-1166
40-1166
40-1163
Fig. 3032
P014
D026
O003
D027
K022
H005 J013
D0064100
positions
Table 577
tem
40-1166
40-1166
40-631
Wiring diagrams
tem
lector switch
Fig. 3032
temperature ther-
mostat
Fig. 3032
Fig. 3032
Fig. 3032
40-632
Wiring diagrams
P015
K023
K024
D028
J014
D0064110
positions
Table 578
tem
40-1163
Fig. 3032
pressure switch
Fig. 3032
pressure switch
40-633
Wiring diagrams
tem
condenser fan
Fig. 3032
conditioning cooler
fan
Fig. 3032
40-634
Wiring diagrams
D005
D0064120
40-635
Wiring diagrams
Table 579
tem
40-1189
40-1205
40-1189
40-1205
40-1218
Fig. 3032
40-636
Wiring diagrams
D005
A
C B
D0064140
40-637
Wiring diagrams
Table 580
tem
40-1220
40-1189
40-1205
40-1189
40-1205
40-1220
Fig. 3032
40-638
Wiring diagrams
P001
D0064130
40-639
Wiring diagrams
Table 581
tem
compressor
Fig. 3032
B
C
P001
D0064150
40-640
Wiring diagrams
Table 582
tem
compressor
Fig. 3032
40.3.39 - S013 - Manual climate control - Version with standard cab (AGROFARM 410 ->
From Serial No.
l Explorer
m 85: -> 20155
m 100: -> 20487
m 110: -> 1276
l R3 EVO
m 85: -> 20044
m 100: -> 20183
m 110: -> 1107
l XB MAX
m 85: -> 20021
m 100: -> 20032
m 110: -> 1023
l AGROFARM
m 410: -> 20553
m 420: -> 21293
m 430: -> 1420
40-641
Wiring diagrams
J004 J007
P001
NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 1
D005
13
B030
B015
B020
B033
B029
B005
30A
15A
20A
40A
10A
3A
C004
+15
+30
+30
D009
D008
1 4 1
D024
D023
4 1
B036
30A
C007
D028
D027
D026
2 1 1 2 3 4 8 7 1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 1 2 30 86 85 87 2 1 4 2 6 8 B A 4 2 6 8 1 2 3 5 6 A B
I II III IV C
t
M M M
O003 P014 K022 P015 P016

H005 J013 J014 J015
K023
D0063110
40-642
Wiring diagrams
J004 J007
P001
NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 1
D005
13
B030
B015
B020
B033
B029
B005
30A
15A
20A
40A
10A
3A
C004
+15
+30
+30
D009
D008
1 4 1
D024
D023
4 1
B036
30A
C007
D028
D027
D026
2 1 1 2 3 4 8 7 1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 1 2 30 86 85 87 2 1 4 2 6 8 B A 4 2 6 8 1 2 3 5 6 A B
I II III IV C
t
M M M
O003 P014 K022 P015 P016

H005 J013 J014 J015
K023
D0063110
40-643
Wiring diagrams
J004 J007
P001
NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 1
D005
13
B030
B015
B020
B033
B029
B005
30A
15A
20A
40A
10A
3A
C004
+15
+30
+30
D009
D008
1 4 1
D024
D023
4 1
B036
30A
C007
D028
D027
D026
2 1 1 2 3 4 8 7 1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 1 2 30 86 85 87 2 1 4 2 6 8 B A 4 2 6 8 1 2 3 5 6 A B
I II III IV C
t
M M M
O003 P014 K022 P015 P016

H005 J013 J014 J015
K023
D0063110
l J004 - Relay
l J007 - Relay
l J015 - Control relay for supplementary air conditioning cooler fan
l O003 - Resistor
l P014 - Fan
l P016 - Supplementary air conditioning cooler fan
40-644
Wiring diagrams
B029
B030
B033
A
B015
B005 J004
B020
J007
D009
D008
C004
D005
D0064070
Fig. 3034 - Manual climate control - Version with standard cab - Connector positions
Table 583
tem
B005 Fuse (10A) 40-1193
B005 Fuse (10A) 40-1205
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1193
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1205
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1193
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1205
B029 Fuse (40A) 40-1193
40-645
Wiring diagrams
tem
B029 Fuse (40A) 40-1205
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1193
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1205
B033 Fuse (20A) 40-1193
B033 Fuse (20A) 40-1205
J004 Relay 40-1193
Fig. 3035
J007 Relay 40-1193
Fig. 3036
40-1205
Fig. 3037
40-1220
40-1193
40-1205
40-1193
40-1205
40-1218
40-1220
Fig. 3038
40-1204
40-1205
40-1204
Fig. 3039
40-646
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1204
40-1205
40-1204
Fig. 3040
D023
D024
D009
D008
D0064080
40-647
Wiring diagrams
Table 584
tem
40-1204
40-1205
40-1204
Fig. 3041
40-1204
40-1205
40-1204
Fig. 3041
40-1204
Fig. 3042
40-1204
Fig. 3043
40-648
Wiring diagrams
B036 C007 D026

D027
D028
D023
D024
D0064090

Table 585
tem
B036 Fuse (30A) 40-1228
40-1228
Fig. 3045
40-1166
40-1165
40-1166
40-1228
40-649
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1201
Fig. 3046
40-1204
Fig. 3046
40-1204
Fig. 3046
P014
D026
O003
D027
K022
H005 J013
D0064100
40-650
Wiring diagrams
Table 586
tem
lector switch
Fig. 3048
temperature ther-
mostat
Fig. 3049
Fig. 3050
Fig. 3051
40-1166
40-1165
40-1166
40-1228
40-651
Wiring diagrams
J015 D028
J014
P015
K023
P016
D0064160

Table 587
tem
40-1201
Fig. 3052
conditioning cooler
fan
Fig. 3053
J015 Control relay for 40-1201
auxiliary air condi-
tioning cooler fan
Fig. 3054
40-652
Wiring diagrams
tem
condenser fan
Fig. 3055
P016 Auxiliary air condi- 40-1201
tioning condenser
fan
Fig. 3056
pressure switch
Fig. 3057
40-653
Wiring diagrams
D005
D0064120
40-654
Wiring diagrams
D005
A
C B
D0064140
40-655
Wiring diagrams
Table 588
tem
40-1220
40-1193
40-1205
40-1193
40-1205
40-1218
40-1220
Fig. 3059
40-656
Wiring diagrams
P001
D0064130
40-657
Wiring diagrams
B
C
P001
D0064150

Table 589
tem
compressor 40-1220
Fig. 3062
40.3.40 - S013A - Manual climate control - Version with standard cab - Version with digital
instrument panel (AGROFARM 410 -> 16001, AGROFARM 420 -> 16001, AGROFARM 430
-> 5001)
From Serial No.
40-658
Wiring diagrams
l Explorer
m 85 with air conditioning: -> 16658
l R3 EVO
l XB MAX
l AGROFARM
40-659
Wiring diagrams
J004 J007
P001
NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 1
D005
13
B030
B015
B020
B033
B029
B005
30A
15A
20A
40A
10A
3A
C004
+15
+30
+30
D009
D008
1 4 1
D024
D023
4 1
B036
30A
C007
D028
D027
D026
2 1 1 2 3 4 8 7 1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 1 2 30 86 85 87 2 1 4 2 6 8 B A 4 2 6 8 1 2 3 5 6 A B
I II III IV C
t
M M M
O003 P014 K022 P015 P016

H005 J013 J014 J015
K023
D0063110
40-660
Wiring diagrams
l J004 - Relay
l J007 - Relay
l O003 - Resistor
l P014 - Fan
40-661
Wiring diagrams
B029
B030
B033
A
B015
B005 J004
B020
J007
D009
D008
C004
D005
D0064070
positions
Table 590
tem
B005 Fuse (10A) 40-1189
B005 Fuse (10A) 40-1205
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1189
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1205
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1189
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1205
40-662
Wiring diagrams
tem
B029 Fuse (40A) 40-1189
B029 Fuse (40A) 40-1205
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1189
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1205
B033 Fuse (20A) 40-1189
B033 Fuse (20A) 40-1205
40-1205
Fig. 3065
40-1220
40-1189
40-1205
40-1189
40-1205
40-1218
40-1220
Fig. 3066
40-1204
40-1205
40-1204
Fig. 3067
40-1204
40-1205
40-1204
Fig. 3068
J004 Relay 40-1189
40-1205
Fig. 3069
40-663
Wiring diagrams
tem
J007 Relay 40-1189
40-1205
Fig. 3070
D023
D024
D009
D008
D0064080
40-664
Wiring diagrams
Table 591
tem
40-1204
40-1205
40-1204
Fig. 3071
40-1204
40-1205
40-1204
Fig. 3071
40-1204
Fig. 3072
40-1204
Fig. 3073
40-665
Wiring diagrams
B036 C007 D026

D027
D028
D023
D024
D0064090

Table 592
tem
B036 Fuse (30A) 40-1226
40-1204
Fig. 3074
40-1204
Fig. 3074
40-666
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1201
Fig. 3075
Fig. 3076
P014
D026
O003
D027
K022
H005 J013
D0064100

Table 593
tem
40-667
Wiring diagrams
tem
lector switch
Fig. 3078
temperature ther-
mostat
Fig. 3079
Fig. 3080
Fig. 3081
40-668
Wiring diagrams
J015 D028
J014
P015
K023
P016
D0064160

Table 594
tem
conditioning cooler
fan
Fig. 3083
tioning cooler fan
Fig. 3084
pressure switch
Fig. 3085
40-669
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1201
Fig. 3085
condenser fan
Fig. 3086
tioning condenser
fan
Fig. 3087
40-670
Wiring diagrams
D005
D0064120
40-671
Wiring diagrams
Table 595
tem
40-1189
40-1205
40-1189
40-1205
40-1218
Fig. 3088
40-672
Wiring diagrams
D005
A
C B
D0064140
40-673
Wiring diagrams
Table 596
tem
40-1189
40-1205
40-1189
40-1205
40-1220
Fig. 3089
40-674
Wiring diagrams
P001
D0064130
40-675
Wiring diagrams
Table 597
tem
compressor
Fig. 3091
B
C
P001
D0064150
40-676
Wiring diagrams
Table 598
tem
compressor
Fig. 3092
40.3.41 - S013D - Manual climate control - Version with standard cab - Version with digi-
430 -> 5001)
From Serial No.
l Explorer
l R3 EVO
l XB MAX
l AGROFARM
40-677
Wiring diagrams
J004 J007
P001
NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 1
D005
13
B030
B015
B020
B033
B029
B005
30A
15A
20A
40A
10A
3A
C004
+15
+30
+30
D009
D008
1 4 1
D024
D023
4 1
B036
30A
C007
D028
D027
D026
2 1 1 2 3 4 8 7 1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 1 2 30 86 85 87 2 1 4 2 6 8 B A 4 2 6 8 1 2 3 5 6 A B
I II III IV C
t
M M M
O003 P014 K022 P015 P016

H005 J013 J014 J015
K023
D0063110
40-678
Wiring diagrams
l J004 - Relay
l J007 - Relay
l O003 - Resistor
l P014 - Fan
40-679
Wiring diagrams
B029
B030
B033
A
B015
B005 J004
B020
J007
D009
D008
C004
D005
D0064070
positions
Table 599
tem
B005 Fuse (10A) 40-1189
B005 Fuse (10A) 40-1205
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1189
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1205
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1189
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1205
40-680
Wiring diagrams
tem
B029 Fuse (40A) 40-1189
B029 Fuse (40A) 40-1205
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1189
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1205
B033 Fuse (20A) 40-1189
B033 Fuse (20A) 40-1205
40-1205
Fig. 3092
40-1220
40-1189
40-1205
40-1189
40-1205
40-1218
40-1220
Fig. 3092
40-1204
40-1205
40-1204
Fig. 3092
40-1204
40-1205
40-1204
Fig. 3092
J004 Relay 40-1189
40-1205
Fig. 3092
40-681
Wiring diagrams
tem
J007 Relay 40-1189
40-1205
Fig. 3092
D023
D024
D009
D008
D0064080
40-682
Wiring diagrams
Table 600
tem
40-1204
40-1205
40-1204
Fig. 3092
40-1204
40-1205
40-1204
Fig. 3092
40-1204
Fig. 3092
40-1204
Fig. 3092
40-683
Wiring diagrams
B036 C007 D026

D027
D028
D023
D024
D0064090

Table 601
tem
B036 Fuse (30A) 40-1226
40-1204
Fig. 3092
40-1204
Fig. 3092
40-684
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1201
Fig. 3092
Fig. 3092
P014
D026
O003
D027
K022
H005 J013
D0064100

Table 602
tem
40-685
Wiring diagrams
tem
lector switch
Fig. 3092
temperature ther-
mostat
Fig. 3092
Fig. 3092
Fig. 3092
40-686
Wiring diagrams
J015 D028
J014
P015
K023
P016
D0064160

Table 603
tem
conditioning cooler
fan
Fig. 3092
tioning cooler fan
Fig. 3092
pressure switch
Fig. 3092
40-687
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1201
Fig. 3092
condenser fan
Fig. 3092
tioning condenser
fan
Fig. 3092
40-688
Wiring diagrams
D005
D0064120
40-689
Wiring diagrams
Table 604
tem
40-1189
40-1205
40-1189
40-1205
40-1218
Fig. 3092
40-690
Wiring diagrams
D005
A
C B
D0064140
40-691
Wiring diagrams
Table 605
tem
40-1189
40-1205
40-1189
40-1205
40-1220
Fig. 3092
40-692
Wiring diagrams
P001
D0064130
40-693
Wiring diagrams
Table 606
tem
compressor
Fig. 3092
B
C
P001
D0064150
40-694
Wiring diagrams
Table 607
tem
compressor
Fig. 3092
40-695
Wiring diagrams
40.3.42 - S014 - Manual climate control - Version with high-visibility cab (AGROFARM
J008
J009 J004 J007
P001
87 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 10 9 5 6 2 3 7 8 1
D005
13
B030
B015
B027
B020
B033
B029
B024
B005
7.5A
30A
15A
30A
20A
40A
10A
3A
C004
+15
+30
+30
D008
+30
J010 J011 6 4 1
P012 P013
M M
E007
D023
30 85 86 87 87b 30 85 86 87 87b
6 4 1
2 1
D034
D035
D009
B036
A B A B
30A
2 1
C007
C007
C007
D024
D025
C007
C007
J012
E006 K021 I030
t
30 85 86 87 87b 2 1 1 2 3 4
C007
C007
C007
D028
8 7 1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 4 3 2 1 4 2 6 8 B A 4 2 6 8 1 2 3 5 6 A B
IV
III
C
II
I
M M
O002 O001 P015 P016

H004 J014 J015
D0062980 K023
Fig. 3093 - Manual climate control - Version with high-visibility cab - System
40-696
Wiring diagrams
l E006 - A/C ‘ON’ LED
l E007 - A/C controls lighting
l I030 - A/C switch
l J004 - Relay
l J007 - Relay
l J008 - Relay
l J009 - Relay
l J011 - Compressor and A/C 1st speed start relay
l P012 - RH fan
l P013 - LH fan
40-697
Wiring diagrams
B029
J008 J009
B030 B027
B033
J004 A
B015
B005
B020 B024
J007
D009
D008
C004
D005
D0064170
Fig. 3094 - Manual climate control - Version with high-visibility cab - Connector positions
Table 608
tem
B005 Fuse (10A) 40-1193
B005 Fuse (10A) 40-1205
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1193
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1205
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1193
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1205
B024 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1193
40-698
Wiring diagrams
tem
B024 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1205
B027 Fuse (30A) 40-1193
B027 Fuse (30A) 40-1205
B029 Fuse (40A) 40-1193
B029 Fuse (40A) 40-1205
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1193
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1205
B033 Fuse (20A) 40-1193
B033 Fuse (20A) 40-1205
40-1205
Fig. 3095
40-1220
40-1193
40-1205
40-1193
40-1205
40-1218
40-1220
Fig. 3096
40-1204
40-1205
40-1204
Fig. 3097
40-699
Wiring diagrams
Table 609
tem
40-1204
40-1205
40-1204
Fig. 3098
J004 Relay 40-1193
40-1205
Fig. 3099
J007 Relay 40-1193
40-1205
Fig. 3100
J008 Relay 40-1193
40-1205
Fig. 3101
J009 Relay 40-1193
40-1205
Fig. 3102
40-700
Wiring diagrams
D023
D025
D024
D009
D008
D0064180

Table 610
tem
40-1204
40-1205
40-1204
Fig. 3103
40-701
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1204
40-1205
40-1204
Fig. 3103
40-1204
Fig. 3104
40-1204
Fig. 3105
40-1188
Fig. 3106
40-702
Wiring diagrams
J011 J010 J012 P013 D035
O002 D028
I030
K021
H004
E007
E006
D023 B036
C007
D025 D034
D024
P012
O001
D0064190

Table 611
tem
B036 Fuse (20A) 40-1188
40-703
Wiring diagrams
tem
Fig. 3108
40-1204
Fig. 3108
40-1204
Fig. 3108
40-1188
Fig. 3108
40-1199
Fig. 3109
40-1188
Fig. 3110
40-704
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1188
Fig. 3111
E006 Climate control 40-1188
LED
Fig. 3112
panel lighting
Fig. 3113
lector switch
Fig. 3114
lector switch
Fig. 3114
I030 A/C activation 40-1188
switch
Fig. 3115
40-705
Wiring diagrams
tem
lay
Fig. 3116
J011 Compressor and 40-1188
A/C 1st speed start
relay
Fig. 3117
Fig. 3118
temperature ther-
mostat
Fig. 3119
O001 LH resistor 40-1188
O002 RH resistor 40-1188
Fig. 3120
P012 RH fan 40-1188
Fig. 3121
40-706
Wiring diagrams
tem
P013 LH fan 40-1188
Fig. 3122
J015 D028
J014
P015
K023
P016
D0064160

Table 612
tem
40-1199
Fig. 3123
40-707
Wiring diagrams
tem
conditioning cooler
fan
Fig. 3124
tioning cooler fan
Fig. 3125
pressure switch
Fig. 3126
condenser fan
Fig. 3127
tioning condenser
fan
Fig. 3128
40-708
Wiring diagrams
D005
D0064120
40-709
Wiring diagrams
D005
A
C B
D0064140
40-710
Wiring diagrams
Table 613
tem
40-1220
40-1193
40-1205
40-1193
40-1205
40-1218
40-1220
Fig. 3130
40-711
Wiring diagrams
P001
D0064130
40-712
Wiring diagrams
B
C
P001
D0064150

Table 614
tem
compressor
Fig. 3133
40-713
Wiring diagrams
tem
compressor
Fig. 3134
40-714
Wiring diagrams
40.3.43 - S014A - Manual climate control - Version with high-visibility cab - Version with
FARM 430 -> 5001)
J008
J009 J004 J007
P001
87 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 10 9 5 6 2 3 7 8 1
D005
13
B030
B015
B027
B020
B033
B029
B024
B005
7.5A
30A
15A
30A
20A
40A
10A
3A
C004
+15
+30
+30
D008
+30
J010 J011 6 4 1
P012 P013
M M
E007
D023
30 85 86 87 87b 30 85 86 87 87b
6 4 1
2 1
D034
D035
D009
B036
A B A B
30A
2 1
C007
C007
C007
D024
D025
C007
C007
J012
E006 K021 I030
t
30 85 86 87 87b 2 1 1 2 3 4
C007
C007
C007
D028
8 7 1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 4 3 2 1 4 2 6 8 B A 4 2 6 8 1 2 3 5 6 A B
IV
II
III
C
I
M M
O002 O001 P015 P016

H004 J014 J015
D0062980 K023
Fig. 3135 - Manual climate control - Version with high-visibility cab - Version with digital instrument panel - Sys-
tem
40-715
Wiring diagrams
l I030 - A/C switch
l J004 - Relay
l J007 - Relay
l J008 - Relay
l J009 - Relay
l P012 - RH fan
l P013 - LH fan
40-716
Wiring diagrams
B029
J008 J009
B030 B027
B033
J004 A
B015
B005
B020 B024
J007
D009
D008
C004
D005
D0064170
Fig. 3136 - Manual climate control - Version with high-visibility cab - Version with digital instrument panel - Con-
nector positions
Table 615
tem
B005 Fuse (10A) 40-1189
B005 Fuse (10A) 40-1205
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1189
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1205
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1189
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1205
40-717
Wiring diagrams
tem
B024 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1189
B024 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1205
B027 Fuse (30A) 40-1189
B027 Fuse (30A) 40-1205
B029 Fuse (40A) 40-1189
B029 Fuse (40A) 40-1205
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1189
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1205
B033 Fuse (20A) 40-1189
B033 Fuse (20A) 40-1205
40-1205
Fig. 3137
40-1220
40-1189
40-1189
40-1189
40-1205
Fig. 3138
40-1204
40-1205
Fig. 3139
40-1204
40-1205
Fig. 3140
J004 Relay 40-1189
40-1205
Fig. 3141
40-718
Wiring diagrams
tem
J007 Relay 40-1189
40-1205
Fig. 3142
J008 Relay 40-1189
40-1205
Fig. 3143
J009 Relay 40-1189
40-1205
Fig. 3144
40-719
Wiring diagrams
D023
D025
D024
D009
D008
D0064180

Table 616
tem
40-1204
40-1205
Fig. 3145
40-720
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1204
40-1205
Fig. 3145
40-1204
Fig. 3146
40-1204
Fig. 3147
40-1188
Fig. 3148
40-721
Wiring diagrams
J011 J010 J012 P013 D035
O002 D028
I030
K021
H004
E007
E006
D023 B036
C007
D025 D034
D024
P012
O001
D0064190

Table 617
tem
B036 Fuse (20A) 40-1188
40-722
Wiring diagrams
tem
Fig. 3150
40-1204
Fig. 3150
40-1204
Fig. 3150
40-1188
Fig. 3150
40-1199
Fig. 3151
40-1188
Fig. 3152
40-723
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1188
Fig. 3153
LED
Fig. 3154
panel lighting
Fig. 3155
lector switch
lector switch
Fig. 3156
switch
Fig. 3157
lay
Fig. 3158
40-724
Wiring diagrams
tem
A/C 1st speed start
relay
Fig. 3159
Fig. 3160
temperature ther-
mostat
Fig. 3161
Fig. 3162
P012 Rh fan 40-1188
Fig. 3163
P013 Lh fan 40-1188
Fig. 3164
40-725
Wiring diagrams
J015 D028
J014
P015
K023
P016
D0064160

Table 618
tem
conditioning cooler
fan
Fig. 3166
tioning cooler fan
Fig. 3167
pressure switch
Fig. 3168
40-726
Wiring diagrams
tem
condenser fan
Fig. 3169
tioning condenser
fan
Fig. 3170
40-1199
Fig. 3170
40-727
Wiring diagrams
D005
D0064120
40-728
Wiring diagrams
Table 619
tem
40-1220
40-1189
40-1189
40-1189
40-1205
Fig. 3171
40-729
Wiring diagrams
D005
A
C B
D0064140
40-730
Wiring diagrams
Table 620
tem
40-1220
40-1189
40-1189
40-1189
40-1205
Fig. 3172
B
C
P001
D0064150
40-731
Wiring diagrams
Table 621
tem
compressor 40-1220
Fig. 3174
40-732
Wiring diagrams
40.3.44 - S014D - Manual climate control - Version with high-visibility cab - Version with
FARM 430 -> 5001)
J008
J009 J004 J007
P001
87 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 10 9 5 6 2 3 7 8 1
D005
13
B030
B015
B027
B020
B033
B029
B024
B005
7.5A
30A
15A
30A
20A
40A
10A
3A
C004
+15
+30
+30
D008
+30
J010 J011 6 4 1
P012 P013
M M
E007
D023
30 85 86 87 87b 30 85 86 87 87b
6 4 1
2 1
D034
D035
D009
B036
A B A B
30A
2 1
C007
C007
C007
D024
D025
C007
C007
J012
E006 K021 I030
t
30 85 86 87 87b 2 1 1 2 3 4
C007
C007
C007
D028
8 7 1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 4 3 2 1 4 2 6 8 B A 4 2 6 8 1 2 3 5 6 A B
IV
II
III
C
I
M M
O002 O001 P015 P016

H004 J014 J015
D0062980 K023
Fig. 3174 - Manual climate control - Version with high-visibility cab - Version with digital instrument panel - Sys-
tem
40-733
Wiring diagrams
l I030 - A/C switch
l J004 - Relay
l J007 - Relay
l J008 - Relay
l J009 - Relay
l P012 - RH fan
l P013 - LH fan
40-734
Wiring diagrams
B029
J008 J009
B030 B027
B033
J004 A
B015
B005
B020 B024
J007
D009
D008
C004
D005
D0064170
Fig. 3174 - Manual climate control - Version with high-visibility cab - Version with digital instrument panel - Con-
nector positions
Table 622
tem
B005 Fuse (10A) 40-1189
B005 Fuse (10A) 40-1205
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1189
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1205
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1189
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1205
40-735
Wiring diagrams
tem
B024 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1189
B024 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1205
B027 Fuse (30A) 40-1189
B027 Fuse (30A) 40-1205
B029 Fuse (40A) 40-1189
B029 Fuse (40A) 40-1205
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1189
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1205
B033 Fuse (20A) 40-1189
B033 Fuse (20A) 40-1205
40-1205
Fig. 3174
40-1220
40-1189
40-1189
40-1189
40-1205
Fig. 3174
40-1204
40-1205
Fig. 3174
40-1204
40-1205
Fig. 3174
J004 Relay 40-1189
40-1205
Fig. 3174
40-736
Wiring diagrams
tem
J007 Relay 40-1189
40-1205
Fig. 3174
J008 Relay 40-1189
40-1205
Fig. 3174
J009 Relay 40-1189
40-1205
Fig. 3174
40-737
Wiring diagrams
D023
D025
D024
D009
D008
D0064180

Table 623
tem
40-1204
40-1205
Fig. 3174
40-738
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1204
40-1205
Fig. 3174
40-1204
Fig. 3174
40-1204
Fig. 3174
40-1188
Fig. 3174
40-739
Wiring diagrams
J011 J010 J012 P013 D035
O002 D028
I030
K021
H004
E007
E006
D023 B036
C007
D025 D034
D024
P012
O001
D0064190

Table 624
tem
B036 Fuse (20A) 40-1188
40-740
Wiring diagrams
tem
Fig. 3174
40-1204
Fig. 3174
40-1204
Fig. 3174
40-1188
Fig. 3174
40-1199
Fig. 3174
40-1188
Fig. 3174
40-741
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1188
Fig. 3174
LED
Fig. 3174
panel lighting
Fig. 3174
lector switch
lector switch
Fig. 3174
switch
Fig. 3174
lay
Fig. 3174
40-742
Wiring diagrams
tem
A/C 1st speed start
relay
Fig. 3174
Fig. 3174
temperature ther-
mostat
Fig. 3174
Fig. 3174
P012 Rh fan 40-1188
Fig. 3174
P013 Lh fan 40-1188
Fig. 3174
40-743
Wiring diagrams
J015 D028
J014
P015
K023
P016
D0064160

Table 625
tem
conditioning cooler
fan
Fig. 3174
tioning cooler fan
Fig. 3174
pressure switch
Fig. 3174
40-744
Wiring diagrams
tem
condenser fan
Fig. 3174
tioning condenser
fan
Fig. 3174
40-1199
Fig. 3174
40-745
Wiring diagrams
D005
D0064120
40-746
Wiring diagrams
Table 626
tem
40-1220
40-1189
40-1189
40-1189
40-1205
Fig. 3174
40-747
Wiring diagrams
D005
A
C B
D0064140
40-748
Wiring diagrams
Table 627
tem
40-1220
40-1189
40-1189
40-1189
40-1205
Fig. 3174
B
C
P001
D0064150
40-749
Wiring diagrams
Table 628
tem
compressor 40-1220
Fig. 3174
40-750
Wiring diagrams
40.3.45 - S015 - Steering column lights switch - Version with cab without front lift (AGRO-
E003 E002
I016
DIRECTION INDICATOR
DIRECTION INDICATOR
DIRECTION INDICATOR
POSITION BEAM
FULL BEAM
2°TRAILER
1°TRAILER
+12/30
+12/30
+12V
GND
GND
13 8 9 10 11 12 8 14 15 21 1 3 2 17 18 10 8 5
C004
C004
J004 H001 F008 F009

M004
RIGHT
LEFT
58
54
58
31
54
31
F
F
49a 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1
C2
C3
31
49
C
NC NO 85 86 30 31 31b 56d 56b 56a 56 L R 49a 5 2 3 4 1 6
C003
C009
C004
C004
C004
B007
B030
B010
B020
B021
B032
B015
B024
B012
B023
B013
7.5A
7.5A
30A
20A
15A
15A
15A
20A
10A
3A
5A
+15
+30
C004
C004
C004
C009
7 4 1 5 2 10 9 5 6 2 3 7 8 1 2 1 2
I009
F007a F007
I008
C004
C004
C003
D004
D011
D014
10 5 3 4 8 1 9 2
B B A A A
D0065870 1 4 6 5 2 3 B5 D8 D2 D5 D3
TO SISTEM 2/2 TO SISTEM 2/2 TO SISTEM 2/2
Fig. 3175 - Steering column lights switch - Version with cab without front lift - System (1/2)
40-751
Wiring diagrams
C004
C004
C003
D004
D011
D014
10 5 3 4 8 1 9 2
B B A A A
1 4 6 5 2 3 B5 D8 D2 D5 D3
D038
D040
D037
D039
1 2 3 2 1 3 2 1
1 3 4 7 5
3 4 3 4
+58 RX
+58 SX
RIGHT DIRECTIONS
LEFT DIRECTIONS
-31
E001 F022 F023
P006
3 2 1 1 2 3
-31
-31
F.D.
FS.
58
58
D0065860
F014 F015
Fig. 3176 - System (2/2)

l E001 - Horn
l F007 - Number plate light
l F007a - Number plate light
l F008 - LH rear light
l F009 - RH rear light
l F014 - RH front sidelight and direction indicator
l F015 - LH front sidelight and direction indicator
l F022 - RH front light
l F023 - LH front light
l H001 - Lights selector switch
l I009 - Top work lights switch
l I016 - Hazard warning lights switch
l J004 - Relay
l M004 - Hazard warning lights flasher unit
l P006 - Trailer socket
40-752
Wiring diagrams
J004
B030 B021
B032 B023
B015 A
B007
B020 B024
B010 B012 B013
E002 D004
E003
D014 C004
H001
I016
M004
I009
I008
B
D0064610
Fig. 3177 - Steering column lights switch - Version with cab without front lift - Connector positions
Table 629
tem
B007 Fuse (20A) 40-1193
B010 Fuse (5A) 40-1193
B012 Fuse (15A) 40-1193
B013 Fuse (15A) 40-1193
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1193
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1193
B021 Fuse (10A) 40-1193
B023 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1193
B024 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1193
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1193
B032 Fuse (20A) 40-1193
40-753
Wiring diagrams
tem
J004 Relay 40-1193
H001 Lights selector 40-1193
switch
I008 Road lights switch Drawing D0037210.eps 40-1193
I009 Upper worklights 40-1193
switch
I016 Hazard warning Drawing D0015410.eps 40-1193
lights switch
M004 Hazard warning 40-1193
lights ECU
40-754
Wiring diagrams
C003 F009
D0064620
D011
C009
F007a
F008
F007

Table 630
tem
F007 Number plate light 40-1193
Number plate light 40-1193
F008 LH rear light 40-1193
F009 RH rear light 40-1193
40-755
Wiring diagrams
D011
D0064640

Table 631
tem
40-756
Wiring diagrams
P006
G22
ECO
A
S
G23
G20
X65
X67
D0064630

Table 632
tem
P006 Trailer socket 40-1198
40-757
Wiring diagrams
D039
D014
D040
D037
D038
D0064650

Table 633
tem
40-758
Wiring diagrams
D039
F014 D040
D037
D038
F015
D0064660

Table 634
tem
F014 04411921.4 Front RH sidelight 40-1234
and direction indi-
cator
F015 04411920.4 Front LH sidelight 40-1235
and direction indi-
cator
40-759
Wiring diagrams
D004
F022
E001 F023
D0065950

Table 635
tem
E001 Horn 40-1177
F022 RH headlight 40-1177
F023 LH headlight 40-1177
40-760
Wiring diagrams
40.3.46 - S015A - Steering column lights switch - Version with cab without front lift - Ver-
AGROFARM 430 -> 5001)
E008
I016
DIRECTION INDICATOR
DIRECTION INDICATOR
FULL BEAM
1°TRAILER
+15
-31
B1 B2 B4 B3
B
12
1 3 2 17 18 10 8 5
C004
C004
J004 H001 F008 F009

M004
RIGHT
LEFT
58
54
58
31
54
31
F
F
4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1
49a
C2
C3
31
49
C
NC NO 85 86 30 31 31b 56d 56b 56a 56 L R 49a 5 2 3 4 1 6
C003
C009
C004
C004
C004
B007
B030
B020
B021
B032
B015
B024
B012
B023
B013
7.5A
7.5A
30A
20A
15A
15A
15A
20A
10A
+15 3A
+30
C004
C004
C004
C009
7 4 1 5 2 10 9 5 6 2 3 7 8 1 2 1 2
I009
F007a F007
I008
C004
C004
C003
D004
D011
D014
10 5 3 4 8 1 9 2
A A A A A A A
1 4 6 5 2 3 A1 D1 B1 B1 D2 D5 D3
D0066170
Fig. 3184 - Steering column lights switch - Version with cab without front lift - Version with analog instrument
panel - System (1/2)
40-761
Wiring diagrams
TO SISTEM 1/2 TO SISTEM 1/2
TO SISTEM 1/2
C004
C003
C004
D004
D014
D011
10 5 3 4 8 1 9 2
A A A A A A A
1 4 6 5 2 3 A1 D1 B1 B1 D2 D5 D3
D038
D040
D037
D039
1 2 3 2 1 3 2 1
1 3 4 7 5
3 4 3 4
+58 SX
+58 DX
RIGHT DIRECTIONS
LEFT DIRECTIONS
-31
E001 F022 F023
P006
3 2 1 1 2 3
-31
-31
F.D.
FS.
58
58
D0066180
F014 F015
Fig. 3185 - System (2/2)

l E001 - Horn
l J004 - Relay
40-762
Wiring diagrams
J004
B030 B021
B032 B023
B015 A
B007
B024
B020 B012 B013
C004
D004
M004
D014
H001
I016
E008
I009
I008
B
D0065550
Fig. 3186 - Steering column lights switch - Version with cab without front lift - Version with analog instrument
panel - Connector positions
Table 636
tem
B007 Fuse (20A) 40-1222
B012 Fuse (15A) 40-1222
B013 Fuse (15A) 40-1222
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1222
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1222
B021 Fuse (10A) 40-1222
B023 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1222
B024 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1222
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1222
B032 Fuse (20A) 40-1222
40-763
Wiring diagrams
tem
Fig. 3187
40-1202
Fig. 3188
40-1208
Fig. 3189
switch
J004 Relay 40-1222
Fig. 3190
Fig. 3191 Fig. 3192
40-764
Wiring diagrams
tem
switch
Fig. 3193
I016 Hazard warning 0
1
40-1222
lights switch
5 17
18
10
8 1 2 3
5 1 7 18
Pin 1 2 3 5 8 10 17 18
Pos
Fig. 3194
Fig. 3195
lights ECU
Fig. 3196
40-765
Wiring diagrams
C003 F009
D0065560
D011
C009
F007a
F008
F007

Table 637
tem
Fig. 3198
40-766
Wiring diagrams
tem
Fig. 3199
40-1222
Fig. 3200
Fig. 3201
Fig. 3202
Fig. 3203
Fig. 3204
40-767
Wiring diagrams
D011
D0065570

Table 638
tem
40-1222
Fig. 3205
40-768
Wiring diagrams
P006
G22
G23
G20
X65
X67
X66
D0065580

Table 639
tem
Fig. 3207
40-769
Wiring diagrams
D039
D014
D040
D037
D038
D0064650

Table 640
tem
40-1208
Fig. 3208
40-1235
40-1235
40-1234
40-770
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1234
D039
F014 D040
D037
D038
F015
D0064660

Table 641
tem
40-1235
40-1235
40-1234
40-1234
and direction indi-
cator
40-771
Wiring diagrams
tem
and direction indi-
cator
D004
F022
E001
F023
D0066210
40-772
Wiring diagrams
Table 642
tem
40-1202
Fig. 3210
E001 Horn 40-1202
Fig. 3211
40-773
Wiring diagrams
40.3.47 - S015D - Steering column lights switch - Version with cab without front lift - Ver-
AGROFARM 430 -> 5001)
E003 E002
I016
DIRECTION INDICATOR
DIRECTION INDICATOR
DIRECTION INDICATOR
POSITION BEAM
FULL BEAM
2°TRAILER
1°TRAILER
+12/30
+12/30
+12V
GND
GND
13 8 9 10 11 12 8 14 15 21 1 3 2 17 18 10 8 5
C004
C004
J004 H001 F008 F009

M004
RIGHT
LEFT
58
54
58
31
54
31
F
F
49a
C2
4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1
C3
31
49
C
NC NO 85 86 30 31 31b 56d 56b 56a 56 L R 49a 5 2 3 4 1 6
C003
C009
C004
C004
C004
B007
B030
B010
B020
B021
B032
B015
B024
B012
B023
B013
7.5A
7.5A
30A
20A
15A
15A
15A
20A
10A
3A
5A
+15
+30
C004
C004
C004
C009
7 4 1 5 2 10 9 5 6 2 3 7 8 1 2 1 2
I009
F007a F007
I008
C004
C004
C003
D004
D011
D014
10 5 3 4 8 1 9 2
B B A A A
D0065870 1 4 6 5 2 3 B5 D8 D2 D5 D3
Fig. 3212 - Steering column lights switch - Version with cab without front lift - Version with digital instrument
panel - System (1/2)
40-774
Wiring diagrams
C004
C004
C003
D004
D011
D014
10 5 3 4 8 1 9 2
B B A A A
1 4 6 5 2 3 B5 D8 D2 D5 D3
D038
D040
D037
D039
1 2 3 2 1 3 2 1
1 3 4 7 5
3 4 3 4
+58 RX
+58 SX
RIGHT DIRECTIONS
LEFT DIRECTIONS
-31
E001 F022 F023
P006
3 2 1 1 2 3
-31
-31
F.D.
FS.
58
58
D0065860
F014 F015
Fig. 3213 - System (2/2)

l E001 - Horn
l J004 - Relay
40-775
Wiring diagrams
J004
B030 B021
B032 B023
B015 A
B007
B020 B024
B010 B012 B013
E002 D004
E003
D014 C004
H001
I016
M004
I009
I008
B
D0064610
Fig. 3214 - Steering column lights switch - Version with cab without front lift - Version with digital instrument
panel - Connector positions
Table 643
tem
B007 Fuse (20A) 40-1189
B010 Fuse (5A) 40-1189
B012 Fuse (15A) 40-1189
B013 Fuse (15A) 40-1189
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1189
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1189
B021 Fuse (10A) 40-1189
B023 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1189
B024 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1189
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1189
40-776
Wiring diagrams
tem
B032 Fuse (20A) 40-1189
Fig. 3215
40-1202
Fig. 3216
40-1208
Fig. 3217
Fig. 3218
Fig. 3219
Fig. 3220 Fig. 3221
40-777
Wiring diagrams
tem
switch
Fig. 3222
1
40-1189
lights switch
5 17
18
10
8 1 2 3
5 1 7 18
Pin 1 2 3 5 8 10 17 18
Pos
Fig. 3223
Fig. 3224
J004 Relay 40-1189
Fig. 3225
lights ECU
Fig. 3226
switch
40-778
Wiring diagrams
C003 F009
D0064620
D011
C009
F007a
F008
F007

Table 644
tem
Fig. 3228
40-779
Wiring diagrams
tem
Fig. 3229
40-1196
Fig. 3230
Fig. 3231
Fig. 3232
Fig. 3233
Fig. 3234
40-780
Wiring diagrams
D011
D0064640

Table 645
tem
40-1196
Fig. 3235
40-781
Wiring diagrams
P006
G22
ECO
A
S
G23
G20
X65
X67
D0064630

Table 646
tem
Fig. 3237
40-782
Wiring diagrams
D039
D014
D040
D037
D038
D0064650

Table 647
tem
40-1208
Fig. 3238
40-1235
40-1235
40-1234
40-783
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1234
D039
F014 D040
D037
D038
F015
D0064660

Table 648
tem
40-1235
40-1235
40-1234
40-1234
and direction indi-
cator
40-784
Wiring diagrams
tem
and direction indi-
cator
D004
F022
E001
F023
D0066210
40-785
Wiring diagrams
Table 649
tem
40-1202
Fig. 3240
E001 Horn 40-1202
Fig. 3241
40-786
Wiring diagrams
40.3.48 - S016 - Steering column lights switch – Version with cab with front lift (AGRO-
E003 E002
I016
DIRECTION INDICATOR
DIRECTION INDICATOR
DIRECTION INDICATOR
POSITION BEAM
FULL BEAM
2°TRAILER
1°TRAILER
+12/30
+12/30
+12V
GND
GND
13 8 9 10 11 12 8 14 15 21 1 3 2 17 18 10 8 5
C004
C004
J004 H001 F008 F009

M004
RIGHT
LEFT
58
54
58
31
54
31
F
F
4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1
49a
C2
C3
31
49
C
NC NO 85 86 30 31 31b 56d 56b 56a 56 L R 49a 5 2 3 4 1 6
C003
C009
C004
C004
C004
B007
B030
B010
B020
B021
B032
B015
B012
B013
30A
20A
15A
15A
15A
20A
10A
3A
5A
B024
B023
7.5A
7.5A
+15
+30
C004
C004
C004
10 9 5 6 2 3 7 8
C009
I008
1 2 1 2
7 4 1 5 2 8 6 3
F007a F007
I009
C004
C003
C004
D004
D011
D014
10 5 3 4 8 1 9 2
B B A A A
1 4 8 10 6 5 2 3 7 9 B5 D8 D2 D5 D3
D0065890
Fig. 3242 - Steering column lights switch - Version with cab with front lift - System (1/2)
40-787
Wiring diagrams
C004
C004
C003
D004
D011
D014
10 5 3 4 8 1 9 2
B B A A A
1 4 8 10 6 5 2 3 7 9 B5 D8 D2 D5 D3
D038
D037
D039
D040
1 2 3 2 1 3 2 1
1 3 4 7 5
1 2 3 4 3 4 1 2
+58 SX
RIGHT DIRECTIONS
+58 DX
LEFT DIRECTIONS
-31
E001 F022 F023
P006
1 2 3 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 3 2 1
-31
-31
58
58
F.D.
FS.
D0065880
F014 F015
D041 D042
Fig. 3243 - System (2/2)

l E001 - Horn
l J004 - Relay
40-788
Wiring diagrams
J004
B030 B021
B032 B023
B015 A
B007
B020 B024
B010 B012 B013
E002 D004
E003
D014 C004
H001
I016
M004
I009
I008
B
D0064610
Fig. 3244 - Steering column lights switch - Version with cab with front lift - Connector positions
Table 650
tem
B007 Fuse (20A) 40-1193
B010 Fuse (5A) 40-1193
B012 Fuse (15A) 40-1193
B013 Fuse (15A) 40-1193
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1193
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1193
B021 Fuse (10A) 40-1193
B023 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1193
40-789
Wiring diagrams
tem
B024 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1193
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1193
B032 Fuse (20A) 40-1193
Fig. 3245
40-1177
Fig. 3246
40-1208
Fig. 3247
Fig. 3248
Fig. 3249
switch
40-790
Wiring diagrams
tem
Fig. 3250 Fig. 3251

switch
Fig. 3252
1
40-1193
lights switch
5 17
18
10
8 1 2 3
5 1 7 18
Pin 1 2 3 5 8 10 17 18
Pos
Fig. 3253
Fig. 3254
lights ECU
Fig. 3255
J004 Relay 40-1193
Fig. 3256
40-791
Wiring diagrams
C003 F009
D0064620
D011
C009
F007a
F008
F007

Table 651
tem
Fig. 3258
40-792
Wiring diagrams
tem
Fig. 3259
40-1198
Fig. 3260
Fig. 3261
Fig. 3262
Fig. 3263
Fig. 3264
40-793
Wiring diagrams
D011
D0064640

Table 652
tem
40-1198
Fig. 3265
40-794
Wiring diagrams
P006
G22
ECO
A
S
G23
G20
X65
X67
D0064630

Table 653
tem
Fig. 3267
40-795
Wiring diagrams
D039
D014
D040
D037
D038
D0064650

Table 654
tem
40-1208
Fig. 3268
40-796
Wiring diagrams
tem
D039
D040
F014
D037
D038
D041
F015
D042
D0064680

Table 655
tem
arms
arms
40-797
Wiring diagrams
tem
and direction indi-
cator
and direction indi-
cator
D004
F022
E001 F023
D0065950
40-798
Wiring diagrams
Table 656
tem
40-1177
Fig. 3270
E001 Horn 40-1177
40-799
Wiring diagrams
40.3.49 - S016A - Steering column lights switch - Version with cab without front lift - Ver-
AGROFARM 430 -> 5001)
E008
I016
DIRECTION INDICATOR
DIRECTION INDICATOR
FULL BEAM
1°TRAILER
+15
-31
B 1 3 2 17 18 8 5
B1 B2 B4 B3 12 10
C004
C004
J004 H001 F008 F009

M004
RIGHT
LEFT
58
54
58
31
54
31
F
F
4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1
49a
C2
C3
31
49
C
NC NO 85 86 30 31 31b 56d 56b 56a 56 L R 49a 2 5 3 4 1 6
C003
C009
C003
C004
C004
B007
B030
B020
B021
B032
B015
B012
B013
30A
20A
15A
15A
15A
20A
10A
3A
B024
B023
7.5A
7.5A
+15
+30
C004
C004
10 9 5 6 2 3 7 8
C004
C009
I008
1 2 1 2
7 4 1 5 2 8 6 3
F007a F007
I009
C004
C003
C004
D004
D014
D011
10 5 3 4 8 1 9 2
A A A A A A A
1 4 8 10 6 5 2 3 7 9 A1 D1 B1 B1 D2 D5 D3
D0066190
Fig. 3271 - Steering column lights switch - Version with cab with front lift - Version with analog instrument panel
- System (1/2)
40-800
Wiring diagrams
C004
C003
C004
D004
D014
D011
10 5 3 4 8 1 9 2
A A A A A A A
1 4 8 10 6 5 2 3 7 9 A1 D1 B1 B1 D2 D5 D3
D038
D040
D037
D039
1 2 3 2 1 3 2 1
1 3 4 7 5
1 2 3 4 3 4 1 2
+58 SX
+58 DX
RIGHT DIRECTIONS
LEFT DIRECTIONS
-31
E001 F022 F023
P006
1 2 3 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 3 2 1
-31
-31
F.D.
FS.
58
58
D0066200
F014 F015
D041 D042
Fig. 3272 - System (2/2)

l E001 - Horn
40-801
Wiring diagrams
l J004 - Relay
J004
B030 B021
B032 B023
B015 A
B007
B024
B020 B012 B013
C004
D004
M004
D014
H001
I016
E008
I009
I008
B
D0065550
Fig. 3273 - Steering column lights switch - Version with cab with front lift - Version with analog instrument panel
Table 657
tem
B007 Fuse (20A) 40-1222
B012 Fuse (15A) 40-1222
B013 Fuse (15A) 40-1222
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1222
40-802
Wiring diagrams
tem
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1222
B021 Fuse (10A) 40-1222
B023 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1222
B024 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1222
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1222
B032 Fuse (20A) 40-1222
Fig. 3274
40-1202
Fig. 3275
40-1208
Fig. 3276
switch
Fig. 3277 Fig. 3278

switch
Fig. 3279
40-803
Wiring diagrams
tem
1
40-1222
lights switch
5 17
18
10
8 1 2 3
5 1 7 18
Pin 1 2 3 5 8 10 17 18
Pos
Fig. 3280
Fig. 3281
J004 Relay 40-1222
Fig. 3282
lights ECU
Fig. 3283
40-804
Wiring diagrams
C003 F009
D0065560
D011
C009
F007a
F008
F007

Table 658
tem
Fig. 3285
40-805
Wiring diagrams
tem
Fig. 3286
40-1222
Fig. 3287
Fig. 3288
Fig. 3289
Fig. 3290
Fig. 3291
40-806
Wiring diagrams
D011
D0065570

Table 659
tem
40-1222
Fig. 3292
40-807
Wiring diagrams
P006
G22
G23
G20
X65
X67
X66
D0065580

Table 660
tem
Fig. 3294
40-808
Wiring diagrams
D039
D014
D040
D037
D038
D0064650

Table 661
tem
40-1208
Fig. 3295
40-1235
40-1235
40-1234
40-809
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1234
N001
C002
T001
T001a
C001 T001b
D0064590

Table 662
tem
40-1235
40-1235
40-1234
40-1234
40-1176
arms
40-1235
40-810
Wiring diagrams
tem
arms
and direction indi-
cator
and direction indi-
cator
D004
F022
E001
F023
D0066210
40-811
Wiring diagrams
Table 663
tem
40-1202
Fig. 3297
E001 Horn 40-1202
Fig. 3298
40-812
Wiring diagrams
40.3.50 - S016D - Steering column lights switch - Version with cab with front lift - Ver-
AGROFARM 430 -> 5001)
E003 E002
I016
DIRECTION INDICATOR
DIRECTION INDICATOR
DIRECTION INDICATOR
POSITION BEAM
FULL BEAM
2°TRAILER
1°TRAILER
+12/30
+12/30
+12V
GND
GND
13 8 9 10 11 12 8 14 15 21 1 3 2 17 18 10 8 5
C004
C004
J004 H001 F008 F009

M004
RIGHT
LEFT
58
54
58
31
54
31
F
F
4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1
49a
C2
C3
31
49
C
NC NO 85 86 30 31 31b 56d 56b 56a 56 L R 49a 5 2 3 4 1 6
C003
C009
C004
C004
C004
B007
B030
B010
B020
B021
B032
B015
B012
B013
30A
20A
15A
15A
15A
20A
10A
3A
5A
B024
B023
7.5A
7.5A
+15
+30
C004
C004
C004
10 9 5 6 2 3 7 8
C009
I008
1 2 1 2
7 4 1 5 2 8 6 3
F007a F007
I009
C004
C003
C004
D004
D011
D014
10 5 3 4 8 1 9 2
B B A A A
1 4 8 10 6 5 2 3 7 9 B5 D8 D2 D5 D3
D0065890
Fig. 3299 - Steering column lights switch - Version with cab with front lift - Version with digital instrument panel
- System (1/2)
40-813
Wiring diagrams
C004
C004
C003
D004
D011
D014
10 5 3 4 8 1 9 2
B B A A A
1 4 8 10 6 5 2 3 7 9 B5 D8 D2 D5 D3
D038
D037
D039
D040
1 2 3 2 1 3 2 1
1 3 4 7 5
1 2 3 4 3 4 1 2
+58 SX
RIGHT DIRECTIONS
+58 DX
LEFT DIRECTIONS
-31
E001 F022 F023
P006
1 2 3 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 3 2 1
-31
-31
58
58
F.D.
FS.
D0065880
F014 F015
D041 D042
Fig. 3300 - System (2/2)

l E001 - Horn
40-814
Wiring diagrams
l J004 - Relay
J004
B030 B021
B032 B023
B015 A
B007
B020 B024
B010 B012 B013
E002 D004
E003
D014 C004
H001
I016
M004
I009
I008
B
D0064610
Fig. 3301 - Steering column lights switch - Version with cab with front lift - Version with digital instrument panel
Table 664
tem
B007 Fuse (20A) 40-1189
B010 Fuse (5A) 40-1189
B012 Fuse (15A) 40-1189
40-815
Wiring diagrams
tem
B013 Fuse (15A) 40-1189
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1189
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1189
B021 Fuse (10A) 40-1189
B023 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1189
B024 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1189
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1189
B032 Fuse (20A) 40-1189
Fig. 3302
40-1202
Fig. 3303
40-1208
Fig. 3304
Fig. 3305
Fig. 3306
switch
40-816
Wiring diagrams
tem
Fig. 3307 Fig. 3308

switch
Fig. 3309
1
40-1189
lights switch
5 17
18
10
8 1 2 3
5 1 7 18
Pin 1 2 3 5 8 10 17 18
Pos
Fig. 3310
Fig. 3311
lights ECU
Fig. 3312
J004 Relay 40-1189
Fig. 3313
40-817
Wiring diagrams
C003 F009
D0064620
D011
C009
F007a
F008
F007

Table 665
tem
Fig. 3315
40-818
Wiring diagrams
tem
Fig. 3316
40-1196
Fig. 3317
Fig. 3318
Fig. 3319
Fig. 3320
Fig. 3321
40-819
Wiring diagrams
D011
D0064640

Table 666
tem
40-1196
Fig. 3322
40-820
Wiring diagrams
P006
G22
ECO
A
S
G23
G20
X65
X67
D0064630

Table 667
tem
Fig. 3324
40-821
Wiring diagrams
D039
D014
D040
D037
D038
D0064650

Table 668
tem
40-1208
Fig. 3325
40-1235
40-1235
40-1234
40-822
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1234
D039
D040
F014
D037
D038
D041
F015
D042
D0064680

Table 669
tem
40-1235
40-1235
40-1234
40-1234
40-1176
arms
40-823
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1235
arms
and direction indi-
cator
and direction indi-
cator
D004
F022
E001
F023
D0066210
40-824
Wiring diagrams
Table 670
tem
40-1202
Fig. 3327
E001 Horn 40-1202
Fig. 3328
AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
B026
B027
B029
B007
B010
B030
B025
B032
B031
B009
B008
B011
7.5A
15A
30A
30A
30A
30A
20A
15A
20A
30A
40A
5A
D003
D001
D002
B001
B003
B002
60A
60A
60A
C002
T001 +30 GND1 C001

BATTERY
D0063260
Fig. 3329 - +30 Positives - System
40-825
Wiring diagrams
40-826
Wiring diagrams
B029 B032
B025
B026
B030
A
B031
B007
B027
B008
B009 B010 B011
D001
A
D002
D003
D0064560
Fig. 3330 - +30 Positives - Connector positions

Table 671
tem
B007 Fuse (20A) 40-1193
B007 Fuse (20A) 40-1205
B008 Fuse (15A) 40-1193
B008 Fuse (15A) 40-1205
B009 Fuse (15A) 40-1193
B009 Fuse (15A) 40-1205
B010 Fuse (5A) 40-1193
B010 Fuse (5A) 40-1205
B011 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1193
40-827
Wiring diagrams
tem
B011 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1205
B025 Fuse (30A) 40-1193
B025 Fuse (30A) 40-1205
B026 Fuse (30A) 40-1193
B026 Fuse (30A) 40-1205
B027 Fuse (30A) 40-1193
B027 Fuse (30A) 40-1205
B029 Fuse (40A) 40-1193
B029 Fuse (40A) 40-1205
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1193
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1205
B031 Fuse (30A) 40-1193
B031 Fuse (30A) 40-1205
B032 Fuse (20A) 40-1193
B032 Fuse (20A) 40-1205
40-1193
40-1205
Fig. 3331
40-1193
40-1205
Fig. 3332
40-1193
40-1205
Fig. 3333
40-828
Wiring diagrams
D003
D002
D001
B003
B002
B001
D0064550

Table 672
tem
B001 Fuse 40-1182
B002 Fuse 40-1183
B003 Fuse 40-1184
40-829
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1193
40-1205
Fig. 3334
40-1193
40-1205
Fig. 3334
40-1193
40-1205
Fig. 3334
40-830
Wiring diagrams
C001
T001
C002
D0064540
40-831
Wiring diagrams
Table 673
tem
C001 Battery negative Version for front battery 40-1225
terminal
Fig. 3336
T001 Battery positive ter- Version for front battery 40-1225
minal
Fig. 3337
40-832
Wiring diagrams
C002
T001
C001
D0064570

Table 674
tem
C001 Battery negative Version for lateral battery 40-1225
terminal
Fig. 3339
40-833
Wiring diagrams
tem
C002 Earthing point 2 Version for lateral battery 40-1225
Fig. 3340
T001 Battery positive ter- Version for lateral battery 40-1225
minal
Fig. 3341
40.3.52 - S017A - +30 Positives - Version with analog instrument panel (AGROFARM 410
B026
B027
B029
B007
B030
B025
B032
B031
B009
B008
15A
30A
30A
30A
30A
20A
15A
20A
30A
40A
D003
D002
B003
B002
60A
60A
C002
T001 +30 GND1 C001

BATTERY
D0065400
Fig. 3342 - +30 Positives - Version with analog instrument panel - System
40-834
Wiring diagrams
B029 B032
B025
B030 B026
B031
A
B007
B027
B008
B009
A
D002
D003
D0065610
Fig. 3343 - +30 Positives - Version with analog instrument panel - Connector positions
Table 675
tem
B007 Fuse (20A) 40-1222
B008 Fuse (15A) 40-1222
B009 Fuse (15A) 40-1222
B025 Fuse (30A) 40-1222
B026 Fuse (30A) 40-1222
B027 Fuse (30A) 40-1222
B029 Fuse (40A) 40-1222
40-835
Wiring diagrams
tem
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1222
B031 Fuse (30A) 40-1222
B032 Fuse (20A) 40-1222
40-1183
Fig. 3344
40-1184
Fig. 3345
40-836
Wiring diagrams
D003
D002
B003
B002
D0064551

Table 676
tem
B002 Fuse 40-1183
B003 Fuse 40-1184
40-837
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1183
Fig. 3346
40-1184
Fig. 3346
40-838
Wiring diagrams
C001
T001
C002
D0064540
40-839
Wiring diagrams
Table 677
tem
terminal
Fig. 3348
Fig. 3349
minal
Fig. 3350
40-840
Wiring diagrams
C002
T001
C001
D0064570

Table 678
tem
terminal
Fig. 3352
40-841
Wiring diagrams
tem
Fig. 3352
minal
Fig. 3353
40.3.53 - S017A - +30 Positives - Version with digital instrument panel (AGROFARM 410
B026
B027
B029
B007
B010
B030
B025
B032
B031
B009
B008
15A
30A
30A
30A
30A
20A
15A
20A
30A
40A
5A
D003
D001
D002
B001
B003
B002
60A
60A
60A
C002
T001 +30 GND1 C001

BATTERY
D0065240
Fig. 3354 - +30 Positives - Version with digital instrument panel - System
40-842
Wiring diagrams
B029 B032
B025
B026
B030
A
B031
B007
B027
B008
B009
B010
D001
A
D002
D003
D0064561
Fig. 3355 - +30 Positives - Version with digital instrument panel - Connector positions
Table 679
tem
B007 Fuse (20A) 40-1189
B007 Fuse (20A) 40-1205
B008 Fuse (15A) 40-1189
B008 Fuse (15A) 40-1205
B009 Fuse (15A) 40-1189
40-843
Wiring diagrams
tem
B009 Fuse (15A) 40-1205
B010 Fuse (5A) 40-1189
B010 Fuse (5A) 40-1205
B025 Fuse (30A) 40-1189
B025 Fuse (30A) 40-1205
B026 Fuse (30A) 40-1189
B026 Fuse (30A) 40-1205
B027 Fuse (30A) 40-1189
B027 Fuse (30A) 40-1205
B029 Fuse (40A) 40-1189
B029 Fuse (40A) 40-1205
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1189
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1205
B031 Fuse (30A) 40-1189
B031 Fuse (30A) 40-1205
B032 Fuse (20A) 40-1189
B032 Fuse (20A) 40-1205
40-1189
40-1205
Fig. 3356
40-1189
40-1205
Fig. 3357
40-1189
40-1205
Fig. 3358
40-844
Wiring diagrams
D003
D002
D001
B003
B002
B001
D0064550

Table 680
tem
B001 Fuse 40-1182
B002 Fuse 40-1183
B003 Fuse 40-1184
40-845
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1189
40-1205
Fig. 3359
40-1189
40-1205
Fig. 3359
40-1189
40-1205
Fig. 3359
40-846
Wiring diagrams
C001
T001
C002
D0064540
40-847
Wiring diagrams
Table 681
tem
terminal
Fig. 3361
minal
Fig. 3362
40-848
Wiring diagrams
C002
T001
C001
D0064570

Table 682
tem
terminal
Fig. 3364
40-849
Wiring diagrams
tem
Fig. 3365
minal
Fig. 3366
AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
B022
7.5A
B021
10A
B020
3A
+30
75 83 15 50 30
2
1 0
D0063270
I018
Fig. 3367 - +15 Positives - System

40-850
Wiring diagrams
B020
B021
B022
I018
D0064580
Fig. 3368
Table 683
tem
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1193
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1205
B021 Fuse (10A) 40-1193
B021 Fuse (10A) 40-1205
B022 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1193
B022 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1205
40-1205
40-851
Wiring diagrams
40.3.55 - S018A - +15 Positives - Version with digital instrument panel (AGROFARM 410
B022
7.5A
B021
10A
B020
3A
+30
75 83 15 50 30
2
1 0
D0063270
I018
40-852
Wiring diagrams
B020
B021
B022
I018
D0064580
Fig. 3372 - +15 Positives - Version with digital instrument panel - Positions
Table 684
tem
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1189
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1205
B021 Fuse (10A) 40-1189
B021 Fuse (10A) 40-1205
B022 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1189
B022 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1205
40-1205
40-853
Wiring diagrams
40.3.56 - S018D - +15 Positives - Version with digital instrument panel (AGROFARM 410
B022
7.5A
B021
10A
B020
3A
+30
75 83 15 50 30
2
1 0
D0063270
I018
40-854
Wiring diagrams
B020
B021
B022
I018
D0064580
Fig. 3374 - +15 Positives - Version with digital instrument panel - Positions
Table 685
tem
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1189
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1205
B021 Fuse (10A) 40-1189
B021 Fuse (10A) 40-1205
B022 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1189
B022 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1205
40-1205
40-855
Wiring diagrams
40.3.57 - S019 - Windscreen wipers - Version with standard cab (AGROFARM 410 ->
J005 J004
N003 N004
M M
NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 2 1 2 1
B026
B015
B020
B030
C004
C009
30A
15A
30A
3A
+30
+15
+30
D008
2 5 3
D023
2 5 3
B037
B038
7.5A
7.5A
C007
D029
C007
3 7
D036
C007
2 1
D030
2 6 1 3
31 T I 53M 53S 15 2 7 5 8 6 3 3 2 4 1 2 1 3 7 8 6 4 2 1
53
31
31b
53a
M
D0063010
I027 N005
M005 I028 N006 I029
Fig. 3375 - Windscreen wipers - Version with standard cab - System

40-856
Wiring diagrams
J005 J004
N003 N004
M M
NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 2 1 2 1
B026
B015
B020
B030
C004
C009
30A
15A
30A
3A
+30
+15
+30
D008
2 5 3
D023
2 5 3
B037
B038
7.5A
7.5A
C007
D029
C007
3 7
D036
C007
2 1
D030
2 6 1 3
31 T I 53M 53S 15 2 7 5 8 6 3 3 2 4 1 2 1 3 7 8 6 4 2 1
53
31
31b
53a
M
D0063010
I027 N005
M005 I028 N006 I029
Fig. 3375 - Windscreen wipers - Version with standard cab - System

l I027 - Windscreen washer pump switch
l I028 - Windscreen wiper switch
l I029 - Rear window wiper switch
l J004 - Relay
l J005 - Relay
l M005 - Windscreen wiper intermittent timer
l N003 - Windscreen washer pump
l N004 - Rear window washer pump
l N005 - Rear window wiper motor
l N006 - Windscreen wiper motor
40-857
Wiring diagrams
B026
B030
A
J005
B015
B020
J004
D008
C004
D0064200
Fig. 3376 - Windscreen wipers - Version with standard cab - Connector positions
Table 686
tem
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1193
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1205
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1193
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1205
B026 Fuse (30A) 40-1193
B026 Fuse (30A) 40-1205
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1193
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1205
40-858
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1205
Fig. 3377
40-1204
40-1205
40-1204
Fig. 3378
J004 Relay 40-1193
40-1205
Fig. 3379
J005 Relay 40-1193
40-1205
Fig. 3380
40-859
Wiring diagrams
N004
N003
C009
D0064210

Table 687
tem
40-1205
Fig. 3382
40-860
Wiring diagrams
tem
N003 Windscreen wash- 40-1193
er pump 40-1205
Fig. 3383
N004 Rear screen wash- 40-1193
er pump 40-1205
Fig. 3384
40-861
Wiring diagrams
D023
D008
D0064220

Table 688
tem
40-1204
40-1205
40-1204
Fig. 3385
40-862
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1210
40-1228
40-1204
Fig. 3386
I029
B037-B038 M005
I028 C007
D030 D029
D023
I027
D0064230

Table 689
tem
B037 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1210
B037 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1228
B038 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1210
B038 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1228
40-1228
Fig. 3388
40-863
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1210
40-1228
40-1204
Fig. 3388
40-1228
40-1214
40-1214
40-1228
40-1168
40-1168
M005 Windscreen wiper 40-1210
intermittent timer 40-1228
Fig. 3389
I027 Windscreen wash- 40-1210
40-1228
I028 Windscreen wiper 40-1210
40-1228
I029 Rear screen wiper 40-1210
40-1228
40-864
Wiring diagrams
D030
N006
D0064250

Table 690
tem
40-1228
40-1168
40-1168
N006 Windscreen wiper 40-1168
motor
Fig. 3397
40-865
Wiring diagrams
D036
D029
D0064260

Table 691
tem
40-1228
40-1214
40-1214
40-1187
40-866
Wiring diagrams
D036
N005
D0064270

Table 692
tem
40-1187
N005 02941435 Rear screen wiper 40-1187
motor
40-867
Wiring diagrams
40.3.58 - S019AD - Windscreen wipers - Version with standard cab - Version with digital
-> 5001)
J005 J004
N003
M
NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 2 1
B026
B015
B020
B030
C004
C009
30A
15A
30A
3A
+30
+15
+30
D008
D023 2 5
2 5
B037
7.5A
C007
C007
D030
2 6 1 3
31 T I 53M 53S 15 7 8 2 3 5 6 3 2 4 1 2 1
53
31
31b
53a
D0064860
I027
M005 I028 N006
Fig. 3400 - Windscreen wipers - Version with standard cab - Version with digital instrument panel - System
l J004 - Relay
40-868
Wiring diagrams
l J005 - Relay
B026
B030
A
J005
B015
B020
J004
D008
C004
D0064200
Fig. 3401 - Windscreen wipers - Version with standard cab - Version with digital instrument panel - Connector
positions
Table 693
tem
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1189
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1205
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1189
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1205
B026 Fuse (30A) 40-1189
40-869
Wiring diagrams
tem
B026 Fuse (30A) 40-1205
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1189
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1205
40-1205
Fig. 3402
40-1204
40-1205
Fig. 3403
J004 Relay 40-1189
40-1205
Fig. 3404
J005 Relay 40-1189
40-1205
Fig. 3405
40-870
Wiring diagrams
N003
C009
D0064211

Table 694
tem
40-1205
Fig. 3407
40-871
Wiring diagrams
tem
er pump 40-1205
Fig. 3408
D023
D008
D0064220
40-872
Wiring diagrams
Table 695
tem
40-1204
40-1205
Fig. 3409
40-1212
40-1226
40-1204
Fig. 3410
B037 M005
I028 C007
D030
D023
I027
D0064231

Table 696
tem
B037 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1212
B037 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1226
40-873
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1226
Fig. 3412
40-1212
40-1226
40-1204
Fig. 3412
40-1226
40-1168
40-1168
Fig. 3413
I027 Windscreen wash- Drawing D0029620.eps 40-1212
er pump switch 40-1226
Fig. 3414
I028 Windscreen wiper Drawing D0029630.eps 40-1212
switch 40-1226
Fig. 3415
Fig. 3416
40-874
Wiring diagrams
D030
N006
D0064250

Table 697
tem
40-1226
40-1168
40-1168
Fig. 3417
motor
Fig. 3418
40-875
Wiring diagrams
40.3.59 - S019D - Windscreen wipers - Version with standard cab - Version with digital
-> 5001)
J005 J004
N003
M
NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 2 1
B026
B015
B020
B030
C004
C009
30A
15A
30A
3A
+30
+15
+30
D008
D023 2 5
2 5
B037
7.5A
C007
C007
D030
2 6 1 3
31 T I 53M 53S 15 7 8 2 3 5 6 3 2 4 1 2 1
53
31
31b
53a
D0064860
I027
M005 I028 N006
Fig. 3418 - Windscreen wipers - Version with standard cab - Version with digital instrument panel - System
l J004 - Relay
40-876
Wiring diagrams
l J005 - Relay
B026
B030
A
J005
B015
B020
J004
D008
C004
D0064200
Fig. 3418 - Windscreen wipers - Version with standard cab - Version with digital instrument panel - Connector
positions
Table 698
tem
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1189
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1205
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1189
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1205
B026 Fuse (30A) 40-1189
40-877
Wiring diagrams
tem
B026 Fuse (30A) 40-1205
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1189
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1205
40-1205
Fig. 3418
40-1204
40-1205
Fig. 3418
J004 Relay 40-1189
40-1205
Fig. 3418
J005 Relay 40-1189
40-1205
Fig. 3418
40-878
Wiring diagrams
N003
C009
D0064211

Table 699
tem
40-1205
Fig. 3418
40-879
Wiring diagrams
tem
er pump 40-1205
Fig. 3418
D023
D008
D0064220
40-880
Wiring diagrams
Table 700
tem
40-1204
40-1205
Fig. 3418
40-1212
40-1226
40-1204
Fig. 3418
B037 M005
I028 C007
D030
D023
I027
D0064231

Table 701
tem
B037 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1212
B037 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1226
40-881
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1226
Fig. 3418
40-1212
40-1226
40-1204
Fig. 3418
40-1226
40-1168
40-1168
Fig. 3418
I027 Windscreen wash- Drawing D0029620.eps 40-1212
er pump switch 40-1226
Fig. 3418
I028 Windscreen wiper Drawing D0029630.eps 40-1212
switch 40-1226
Fig. 3418
Fig. 3418
40-882
Wiring diagrams
D030
N006
D0064250

Table 702
tem
40-1226
40-1168
40-1168
Fig. 3418
motor
Fig. 3418
40-883
Wiring diagrams
40.3.60 - S020 - Windscreen wipers - Version with high-visibility cab (AGROFARM 410 ->
I008
J005 J004
N004 N003
M M
10 9 5 6 2 3 7 8 NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 2 1 2 1
B026
B015
B020
B030
B024
C004
C004
C009
30A
75A
15A
30A
3A
+30
+15
+30
D008
6 2 5 3
D023
6 2 5 3
B037
B038
7.5A
7.5A
C007
C007
C007
C007
C007
D030
2 4 1 3
31 T I 53M 53S 15 6 5 1 3 2 8 7 3 2 4 1 2 3 8 7 6 5 1 3 2 8 7 2 1
53
31
31b
53a
M
D0063020
N005
M005 N006
I028 I027 I029
Fig. 3419 - Windscreen wipers - Version with high-visibility cab - System

40-884
Wiring diagrams
I008
J005 J004
N004 N003
M M
10 9 5 6 2 3 7 8 NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 2 1 2 1
B026
B015
B020
B030
B024
C004
C004
C009
30A
75A
15A
30A
3A
+30
+15
+30
D008
6 2 5 3
D023
6 2 5 3
B037
B038
7.5A
7.5A
C007
C007
C007
C007
C007
D030
2 4 1 3
31 T I 53M 53S 15 6 5 1 3 2 8 7 3 2 4 1 2 3 8 7 6 5 1 3 2 8 7 2 1
53
31
31b
53a
M
D0063020
N005
M005 N006
I028 I027 I029
Fig. 3419 - Windscreen wipers - Version with high-visibility cab - System

l J004 - Relay
l J005 - Relay
40-885
Wiring diagrams
B026
B030
A
J005
B015
J004
B020 B024
D008
C004
I008
B
D0064280
Fig. 3420 - Windscreen wipers - Version with high-visibility cab - Connector positions
Table 703
tem
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1193
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1205
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1193
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1205
B024 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1193
B024 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1205
B026 Fuse (30A) 40-1193
B026 Fuse (30A) 40-1205
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1193
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1205
40-886
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1205
Fig. 3421
40-1204
40-1205
40-1204
Fig. 3422
40-1205
J004 Relay 40-1193
40-1205
Fig. 3425
J005 Relay 40-1193
40-1205
Fig. 3426
40-887
Wiring diagrams
N004
N003
C009
D0064210

Table 704
tem
40-1205
Fig. 3428
40-888
Wiring diagrams
tem
er pump 40-1205
Fig. 3429
er pump 40-1205
Fig. 3430
40-889
Wiring diagrams
D023
D008
D0064220

Table 705
tem
40-1204
40-1205
40-1204
Fig. 3431
40-890
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1204
Fig. 3432
40-891
Wiring diagrams
M005
I029
N005
I028
D023 B037-B038
I027
C007
D030
D0064240

Table 706
tem
B037 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1188
B038 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1188
40-892
Wiring diagrams
tem
Fig. 3434
40-1204
Fig. 3434
40-1169
Fig. 3435
er pump switch
Fig. 3437
Fig. 3436
switch
Fig. 3439
Fig. 3438
40-893
Wiring diagrams
tem
switch
Fig. 3441
Fig. 3440
intermittent timer
Fig. 3442
motor
40-894
Wiring diagrams
D030
N006
D0064290

Table 707
tem
40-1169
Fig. 3443
40-895
Wiring diagrams
tem
motor
Fig. 3444
40.3.61 - S020A - Windscreen wipers - Version with high-visibility cab - Version with digi-
430 -> 5001)
40-896
Wiring diagrams
I008
J005 J004
N004 N003
M M
10 9 5 6 2 3 7 8 NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 2 1 2 1
B026
B015
B020
B030
B024
C004
C004
C009
30A
75A
15A
30A
3A
+30
+15
+30
D008
6 2 5 3
D023
6 2 5 3
B037
B038
7.5A
7.5A
C007
C007
C007
C007
C007
D030
2 4 1 3
31 T I 53M 53S 15 6 5 1 3 2 8 7 3 2 4 1 2 3 8 7 6 5 1 3 2 8 7 2 1
53
31
31b
53a
M
D0063020
N005
M005 N006
I028 I027 I029
Fig. 3445 - Windscreen wipers - Version with high-visibility cab - Version with digital instrument panel - System
l J004 - Relay
l J005 - Relay
40-897
Wiring diagrams
B026
B030
A
J005
B015
J004
B020 B024
D008
C004
I008
B
D0064280
Fig. 3446 - Windscreen wipers - Version with high-visibility cab - Version with digital instrument panel - Connec-
tor positions
Table 708
tem
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1189
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1205
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1189
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1205
40-898
Wiring diagrams
tem
B024 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1189
B024 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1205
B026 Fuse (30A) 40-1189
B026 Fuse (30A) 40-1205
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1189
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1205
40-1205
Fig. 3447
40-1204
40-1205
40-1204
Fig. 3448
40-1205
J004 Relay 40-1189
40-1205
Fig. 3451
J005 Relay 40-1189
40-1205
Fig. 3452
40-899
Wiring diagrams
N004
N003
C009
D0064210

Table 709
tem
40-1205
Fig. 3454
40-900
Wiring diagrams
tem
er pump 40-1205
Fig. 3455
er pump 40-1205
Fig. 3456
40-901
Wiring diagrams
D023
D008
D0064220

Table 710
tem
40-1204
40-1205
40-1204
Fig. 3457
40-902
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1204
Fig. 3458
40-903
Wiring diagrams
M005
I029
N005
I028
D023 B037-B038
I027
C007
D030
D0064240

Table 711
tem
B037 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1188
B038 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1188
40-904
Wiring diagrams
tem
Fig. 3460
40-1204
Fig. 3460
40-1169
Fig. 3461
er pump switch
Fig. 3463
Fig. 3462
switch
Fig. 3465
Fig. 3464
40-905
Wiring diagrams
tem
switch
Fig. 3467
Fig. 3466
intermittent timer
Fig. 3468
motor
40-906
Wiring diagrams
D030
N006
D0064290

Table 712
tem
40-1169
Fig. 3469
40-907
Wiring diagrams
tem
motor
Fig. 3470
40.3.62 - S020D - Windscreen wipers - Version with high-visibility cab - Version with digi-
430 -> 5001)
40-908
Wiring diagrams
I008
J005 J004
N004 N003
M M
10 9 5 6 2 3 7 8 NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 2 1 2 1
B026
B015
B020
B030
B024
C004
C004
C009
30A
75A
15A
30A
3A
+30
+15
+30
D008
6 2 5 3
D023
6 2 5 3
B037
B038
7.5A
7.5A
C007
C007
C007
C007
C007
D030
2 4 1 3
31 T I 53M 53S 15 6 5 1 3 2 8 7 3 2 4 1 2 3 8 7 6 5 1 3 2 8 7 2 1
53
31
31b
53a
M
D0063020
N005
M005 N006
I028 I027 I029
Fig. 3470 - Windscreen wipers - Version with high-visibility cab - Version with digital instrument panel - System
l J004 - Relay
l J005 - Relay
40-909
Wiring diagrams
B026
B030
A
J005
B015
J004
B020 B024
D008
C004
I008
B
D0064280
Fig. 3470 - Windscreen wipers - Version with high-visibility cab - Version with digital instrument panel - Connec-
tor positions
Table 713
tem
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1189
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1205
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1189
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1205
40-910
Wiring diagrams
tem
B024 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1189
B024 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1205
B026 Fuse (30A) 40-1189
B026 Fuse (30A) 40-1205
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1189
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1205
40-1205
Fig. 3470
40-1204
40-1205
40-1204
Fig. 3470
40-1205
J004 Relay 40-1189
40-1205
Fig. 3470
J005 Relay 40-1189
40-1205
Fig. 3470
40-911
Wiring diagrams
N004
N003
C009
D0064210

Table 714
tem
40-1205
Fig. 3470
40-912
Wiring diagrams
tem
er pump 40-1205
Fig. 3470
er pump 40-1205
Fig. 3470
40-913
Wiring diagrams
D023
D008
D0064220

Table 715
tem
40-1204
40-1205
40-1204
Fig. 3470
40-914
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1204
Fig. 3470
40-915
Wiring diagrams
M005
I029
N005
I028
D023 B037-B038
I027
C007
D030
D0064240

Table 716
tem
B037 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1188
B038 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1188
40-916
Wiring diagrams
tem
Fig. 3470
40-1204
Fig. 3470
40-1169
Fig. 3470
er pump switch
Fig. 3470
Fig. 3470
switch
Fig. 3470
Fig. 3470
40-917
Wiring diagrams
tem
switch
Fig. 3470
Fig. 3470
intermittent timer
Fig. 3470
motor
40-918
Wiring diagrams
D030
N006
D0064290

Table 717
tem
40-1169
Fig. 3470
40-919
Wiring diagrams
tem
motor
Fig. 3470
40.3.63 - S021 - Transmission (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001, AGROFARM 420 -> 20001,
AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
E002 E003 I015 I010
I011 J006 J004 J002 J003 H002
DOUBLE TRACTION
OBSTRUCTION
WHEEL SPEED
DIFFERENTIAL
+12/30
+12/30
HI-LO
SEAT
+12V
GND
GND
4 3 2 1 15 21 14 17 18 1 8 13 22 18 14 NC NO 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 1 2 3 4 7 8 2 1 3 5 4 6 7 8 2 3
D013
C004
C004
C004
2 3 12 7 5 9
C003
B011
B010
7.5A
5A
B015
B021
B020
B006
B025
B030
7.5A
15A
30A
30A
10A
3A
B024
7.5A
+30
+15
+30
C004
C004
C003
D012b
D012a
D012
1 2 3
D007
D011
F
9 1 2 3 7 8 10 11
K007 B A A A A A A A A B B
K018
B1 B3 A7 B2 C5 A6 A2 A1 D1 D1 A2
K020 K016 L006 L008 K017 L007 K015

pos freq freq
t P
1 4 2 2 1 2 1 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 1 2 3
D019
D022
C004
3 1 2 6 7 10 8 4 9 5 11
18 1 2 8 4 19 14 13 12 24 9 15 7 20 21 22 23 5 25 26 2 1 1 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 1 2 1 2 10 9 5 6 2 3 7 8
REVERSE SPEED SENSOR
+30
+30
-31
SEAT SENSOR
-31
OIL TEMPERATURE
EV REVERSE +
EV REVERSE -
COMFORT CLUTCH
+5V
WHEEL SPEED
+15V
EV PROP +
EV PROP -
EV ON-OFF FRONT
CLUTCH PEDAL
CLUTCH PEDAL
DIG. CLUTCH S.
PRESS. SWITCH
freq
P P
K009
K019 I022 K010 L002 L001 L004 D0063030
I008
H003
Fig. 3471 - Transmission - System

l D012b (F) - Wiring connector (Wiring loom 0.015.7021.4/70)
l D012b (F) - Wiring connector (Wiring loom 0.016.0484.4/60)
40-920
Wiring diagrams
E002 E003 I015 I010
I011 J006 J004 J002 J003 H002
DOUBLE TRACTION
OBSTRUCTION
WHEEL SPEED
DIFFERENTIAL
+12/30
+12/30
HI-LO
SEAT
+12V
GND
GND
4 3 2 1 15 21 14 17 18 1 8 13 22 18 14 NC NO 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 1 2 3 4 7 8 2 1 3 5 4 6 7 8 2 3
D013
C004
C004
C004
2 3 12 7 5 9
C003
B011
B010
7.5A
5A
B015
B021
B020
B006
B025
B030
7.5A
15A
30A
30A
10A
3A
B024
7.5A
+30
+15
+30
C004
C004
C003
D012b
D012a
D012
1 2 3
D007
D011
F
9 1 2 3 7 8 10 11
K007 B A A A A A A A A B B
K018
B1 B3 A7 B2 C5 A6 A2 A1 D1 D1 A2
K020 K016 L006 L008 K017 L007 K015

pos freq freq
t P
1 4 2 2 1 2 1 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 1 2 3
D019
D022
C004
3 1 2 6 7 10 8 4 9 5 11
18 1 2 8 4 19 14 13 12 24 9 15 7 20 21 22 23 5 25 26 2 1 1 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 1 2 1 2 10 9 5 6 2 3 7 8
REVERSE SPEED SENSOR
+30
+30
-31
SEAT SENSOR
-31
OIL TEMPERATURE
EV REVERSE +
EV REVERSE -
COMFORT CLUTCH
+5V
WHEEL SPEED
+15V
EV PROP +
EV PROP -
EV ON-OFF FRONT
CLUTCH PEDAL
CLUTCH PEDAL
DIG. CLUTCH S.
PRESS. SWITCH
freq
P P
K009
K019 I022 K010 L002 L001 L004 D0063030
I008
H003
Fig. 3471 - Transmission - System

l H002 - Main gear lever - Hi/Lo buttons and clutch button
l I010 - Differential lock control switch
l l011 - Clutch pedal switch
l I015 - 4WD control switch
l I022 - 4WD engagement control switch
l J002 - Relay
l J003 - Relay
l J004 - Relay
l J006 - Relay
l K007 - Operator present sensor
l K009 - Transmission oil filter clogging pressure switch
l K010 - Wheel speed sensor
l K015 - Engine speed sensor
l K016 - Shuttle sensor
l K017 - Oil temperature sensor
l K018 - Clutch oil pressure switch
l K019 - PALL filter clogging sensor
l K020 - Clutch pedal position sensor
l L001 - Differential lock control solenoid valve
l L002 - 4WD control solenoid valve
l L004 - Hi/Lo gear control solenoid valve
l L006 - Forward gear selection solenoid valve
l L007 - Reverse gear selection solenoid valve
l L008 - Proportional solenoid valve
40-921
Wiring diagrams
B030
J003 B025
J002 J006
B015 A
B006
J004
B020
B024
B010 B021
B011
D007 E002
E003 C004
D012
D012b
D012a
A
I011
I008
B
D0064480
Fig. 3472 - Transmission - Connector positions

Table 718
tem
B006 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1193
B006 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1205
B010 Fuse (5A) 40-1193
B010 Fuse (5A) 40-1205
B011 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1193
B011 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1205
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1193
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1205
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1193
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1205
B021 Fuse (10A) 40-1193
40-922
Wiring diagrams
tem
B021 Fuse (10A) 40-1205
B024 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1193
B024 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1205
B025 Fuse (30A) 40-1193
B025 Fuse (30A) 40-1205
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1193
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1205
40-1205
Fig. 3473
40-1179
40-1205
40-1179
Fig. 3474
D012 Configuration con- 40-1193
nector 40-1205
Fig. 3475
Configuration con- 40-1193
nector 40-1205
Fig. 3475
Configuration con- 40-1193
nector 40-1205
Fig. 3475
40-923
Wiring diagrams
Table 719
tem
40-1205
Fig. 3476
40-1205
Fig. 3477
40-1205
1
Fig. 3480
closed contact (NC)
open contact (NO)
1
Fig. 3480
closed contact (NC)
open contact (NO)
J002 Relay 40-1193
40-1205
Fig. 3481
40-924
Wiring diagrams
tem
J003 Relay 40-1193
40-1205
Fig. 3482
J004 Relay 40-1193
40-1205
Fig. 3483
J006 Relay 40-1193
40-1205
Fig. 3484
40-925
Wiring diagrams
I010
C003
I015
H002
D013
B
K007
D011
D0064490

Table 720
tem
40-1205
Fig. 3486
40-926
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1198
40-1205
40-1198
Fig. 3487
40-1193
40-1205
40-1205
Fig. 3488
H002 Main gear lever - 40-1193
Hi/Lo buttons and 40-1205
transmission split
Fig. 3489
I010 Differential lock 40-1193
40-1205
I015 4WD control switch 40-1193
40-1205
K007 Operator present 40-1193
sensor 40-1205
Fig. 3494
40-927
Wiring diagrams
G19
D022
D007
X54
H003
G8
X53
X55
K020
G19
X54
X55
D0049450
D0064520

Table 721
tem
40-1179
40-1205
40-1179
Fig. 3495
40-1179
Fig. 3496
40-928
Wiring diagrams
tem
Fig. 3497
K020 Clutch pedal posi- Pin 1 = power (Nominal 5.0V) 40-1179
tion sensor Pin 2 = earth
Pin 4 = analog signal
40-929
Wiring diagrams
D011
L002
K010
L001
L004
D0064500

Table 722
tem
40-1198
40-1205
40-1198
Fig. 3499
40-930
Wiring diagrams
tem
K010 Wheels speed sen- This cannot be checked using an 40-1198
sor ordinary tester; use the ART.
Fig. 3500
L001 Differential lock 40-1198
control solenoid
valve
Fig. 3501
L002 4WD control sole- 40-1198
noid valve
Fig. 3502
L004 Hi/Lo drive control 40-1198
solenoid valve
Fig. 3503
40-931
Wiring diagrams
G22
ECO
G23
G20
X65
X67
K009
X66
D019
I022
D0064510

Table 723
tem
40-1185
Fig. 3505
40-932
Wiring diagrams
tem
I022 4WD engagement 40-1198
control switch
Fig. 3506
K009 Transmission oil Normally open contact 40-1198
filter clogging pres- Calibration pressure: 0.5 to 0.4
40-933
Wiring diagrams
D019
D022
K019
L007
L008
L006
K018
K017
K016
K015
D0064530
40-934
Wiring diagrams
Table 724
tem
40-1185
Fig. 3508
40-1179
Fig. 3508
K015 Engine speed sen- 40-1185
sor
Fig. 3509
K016 Shuttle sensor This cannot be checked using an 40-1185
Fig. 3510
K017 Oil temperature Resistance between pins 1 and 2 40-1185
sensor at 0±1 °C: 7351 Ohms
at 20±1 °C: 2812 Ohms
at 40±1 °C: 1199 Ohms
at 60±1 °C: 560.2 Ohms
at 80±1 °C: 283.2 Ohms
K018 Clutch oil pressure Normally closed (NC) contact 40-1185
K019 PALL filter clogging Normally open contact (NO) 40-1185
sensor Differential switching pressure:
2.4 bar
Reset pressure: 1.8 bar
40-935
Wiring diagrams
tem
L006 Forward gear se- 40-1185
lection solenoid
Fig. 3514
L007 Reverse gear se- 40-1185
lection solenoid
Fig. 3515
L008 Solenoid-operated 40-1185
proportional valve
Fig. 3516
40-936
Wiring diagrams
40.3.64 - S021A - Transmission - Version with analog instrument panel (AGROFARM 410
E009 E008 I008 I010

J004 J002
HIDR./TRANSM.
DIFFERENTIAL
+15
+15
-31
A A B
10 12 12 B1 B6 NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 10 9 5 6 2 3 7 8 7 8 2 3
D013
C004
C004
C004
2 3 5
C003
B015
B021
B020
B025
B018
B030
15A
30A
30A
30A
10A
3A
B024
7.5A
+15
+30
D011
B A A
B1 A7 A6
1 1 2
D0065230
K009
L001
Fig. 3517 - Transmission - Version with analog instrument panel - System

l J002 - Relay
l J004 - Relay
40-937
Wiring diagrams
B030
B025
J002
A
B015
J004
B018 B024
B020 B021
C004
E008
E009
I008
B
D0065630
Fig. 3518 - Transmission - Version with analog instrument panel - Connector positions
Table 725
tem
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1222
B018 Fuse (15A) 40-1222
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1222
B021 Fuse (10A) 40-1222
B024 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1222
B025 Fuse (30A) 40-1222
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1222
40-938
Wiring diagrams
tem
Fig. 3519
Fig. 3520 Fig. 3521

J002 Relay 40-1222
Fig. 3522
J004 Relay 40-1222
Fig. 3523
40-939
Wiring diagrams
I010
C003
D013
D011
D0065640

Table 726
tem
Fig. 3525
40-940
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1222
Fig. 3526
40-1222
Fig. 3527
control switch
Fig. 3528
Fig. 3529
40-941
Wiring diagrams
D011
L001
D0065650

Table 727
tem
40-1222
Fig. 3530
40-942
Wiring diagrams
tem
control solenoid
valve
Fig. 3531
G22
G23
G20
X65
X67
K009
X66
D0065660
40-943
Wiring diagrams
Table 728
tem
40-944
Wiring diagrams
40.3.65 - S021D - Transmission - Version with digital instrument panel (AGROFARM 410
E002 E003 I010
J004
DOUBLE TRACTION
OBSTRUCTION
DIFFERENTIAL
+12/30
+12/30
+12V
GND
GND
15 21 14 17 18 8 13 14 NC NO 85 86 30 7 8 2 3
D013
C004
C004
2 3 5 9
C003
B010
5A
B015
B021
B020
B030
15A
30A
10A
3A
B024
7.5A
+30
+30
+15
C003
D011
B A A A A
B1 A6 A1 D1 B1
C004
1 1 2 10 9 5 6 2 3 7 8
P
K009
L001
I008 D0064820
Fig. 3534 - Transmission - Version with digital instrument panel - System

40-945
Wiring diagrams
l J004 - Relay
B030
B015 A
J004
B020
B024
B010 B021
E002
E003 C004
I008
B
D0064481
Fig. 3535 - Transmission - Version with digital instrument panel - Connector positions
Table 729
tem
B010 Fuse (5A) 40-1189
B010 Fuse (5A) 40-1205
40-946
Wiring diagrams
tem
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1189
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1205
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1189
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1205
B021 Fuse (10A) 40-1189
B021 Fuse (10A) 40-1205
B024 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1189
B024 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1205
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1189
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1205
40-1205
Fig. 3536
40-1205
Fig. 3537
40-1205
Fig. 3538
40-1205
J004 Relay 40-1189
40-1205
Fig. 3541
40-947
Wiring diagrams
I010
C003
D013
D011
D0064491

Table 730
tem
40-1205
Fig. 3543
40-948
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1196
40-1205
40-1196
Fig. 3544
40-1189
40-1205
40-1205
Fig. 3545
40-1205
40-949
Wiring diagrams
D011
L001
D0064501

Table 731
tem
40-1196
40-1205
40-1196
Fig. 3548
40-950
Wiring diagrams
tem
control solenoid
valve
Fig. 3549
G22
ECO
G23
G20
X65
X67
K009
X66
D0064511
Fig. 3550
40-951
Wiring diagrams
Table 732
tem
40-952
Wiring diagrams
40.3.66 - S022 - PTO (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001, AGROFARM 420 -> 20001, AGROFARM
430 -> 1001)
I004 I005
E003 E002 J004
I006 I007
1 2 2 3 7 8 2 3 7 8 2 1 NC NO 85 86 30
PTO SYNCRO
FRONT PTO
REAR PTO
D013
PTO 1000
PTO ECO
PTO 540
+12/30
+12/30
+12V
GND
GND
C009
C003
C004
4 1 3 2
13 16 8 9 24 10 11 15 21 13 14
C003
C004
B030
B015
B021
B020
B010
15A
30A
10A
3A
5A
+30
+30
+15
C009
C004
B024
7.5A
D011
A B B A A A B
B3 C3 A4 A8 A1 D1 D1
10 9 5 6 2 3 7 8
C003
C009
C009
I008
C004
2 3 2 1 2 3 4 1 4 1 14 9 2 1 17 6 7 12 15
REAR PTO SWITCH
FRONT PTO LED
REAR PTO LED
+15
REAR PTO EV
FRONT PTO EV
GND
D+
FRONT PTO SWITCH
D005
2 9 8
I023 L003 I021 I003 I002
D006
M003
2 1 9
2 1
L005
A003
D0062870
Fig. 3552 - PTO - System

40-953
Wiring diagrams
l I002 - 540 PTO control switch
l I006 – LH rear PTO control switch (on fender)
l I007 – RH rear PTO control switch (on fender)
l I021 - PTO control switch ECO
l J004 - Relay
l L003 - Rear PTO control solenoid valve
l L005 - Front PTO control solenoid valve
l M003 - Rear PTO control unit
40-954
Wiring diagrams
B030
B015
A
J004
B020
B010 B024
B021
E002
E003 C004
D005
I008
D0064410
Fig. 3553 - PTO - Connector positions

Table 733
tem
B010 Fuse (5A) 40-1193
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1193
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1193
B021 Fuse (10A) 40-1193
B024 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1193
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1193
40-955
Wiring diagrams
tem
Fig. 3554
40-1220
40-1193
40-1193
Fig. 3555
Fig. 3556
Fig. 3557
Fig. 3558 Fig. 3559

J004 Relay 40-1193
Fig. 3560
40-956
Wiring diagrams
I005
I004
C003
I007
M003
D013
D011
C009
I003
I002
I006
D0064420

Table 734
tem
Fig. 3562
40-957
Wiring diagrams
tem
Fig. 3563
40-1198
Fig. 3564
40-1193
Fig. 3565
I002 540 PTO control 40-1193
1
switch
Fig. 3566
closed contact (NC)
Between pin 3 and pin 4: normally Fig. 3567
open contact (NO)
I003 1000 PTO control 40-1193
1
switch
Fig. 3567
closed contact (NC)
open contact (NO)
40-958
Wiring diagrams
tem
switch
Fig. 3570
Fig. 3569
switch
Fig. 3571
Fig. 3570
I006 LH rear PTO con- Resistance between Pin 1 and 40-1193
trol switch (on Pin 2 with button pressed: 3.9
fender) Ohms
Fig. 3572
I007 Rh rear PTO con- Resistance between Pin 1 and 40-1193
fender) Ohms
Fig. 3573
M003 Rear PTO ECU 40-1193
Fig. 3574
40-959
Wiring diagrams
D011
AA
L003
D0064430

Table 735
tem
40-1198
Fig. 3575
40-960
Wiring diagrams
tem
L003 Rear PTO control Pin 1 = earth 40-1198
solenoid valve Pin 2 = power
Pin2: ~ 8 Ohm (at 20 °C)
Fig. 3576
G22
ECO
I023
A
G23
G20
X65
X67
I021
X66
D0064460
40-961
Wiring diagrams
Table 736
tem
I021 P.T.O. engagement 40-1198
switch ECO
CB A
Fig. 3578
closed contact (NC)
open contact (NO)
I023 P.T.O. engagement Between pin 2 and pin 3: normally 40-1198
switch ECO closed contact (NC)
open contact (NO)
40-962
Wiring diagrams
D005
A003
D0064470
40-963
Wiring diagrams
Table 737
tem
A003 01183630 Alternator “D+” 40-1218
40-1220
Fig. 3582
40-1220
40-1193
40-1193
Fig. 3582
40-964
Wiring diagrams
D005
A003
L005
D006
D006440
L005
D006
40-965
Wiring diagrams
Table 738
tem
A003 01183630 Alternator “D+” 40-1218
40-1220
Fig. 3583
40-1220
40-1193
40-1193
Fig. 3583
40-1163
Fig. 3584
L005 Front PTO control 40-1163
solenoid valve
40-966
Wiring diagrams
40.3.67 - S022A - PTO - Version with analog instrument panel (AGROFARM 410 -> 16001,
E008 I004 I005
J004 J002
2 3 7 8 4 5 2 3 7 8 4 5 NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30
FRONT SIDE PTO
PTO SYNCRO
REAR PTO
+15
D013
-31
B1 B9 B
12
B B8
10
4 1 3 2
C004
C003
C004
B030
B018
B015
B021
B020
B025
15A
30A
10A
15A
30A
3A
+30
+15
C009
D011
C004
B A A A B A
A4 A1 D1 B1 C3 A7
D005
2 9
C004
B024
7.5A
D006
2 1
2 3 2 1 2 1 10 9 5 6 2 3 7 8
I021 L003 L005

D0065010
I008
Fig. 3585 - PTO - Version with analog instrument panel - System

40-967
Wiring diagrams
l J002 - Relay
l J004 - Relay
B030
J002
B025
A
B015 J004
B018 B024
B020 B021
C004
D005
E008
I008
D0065690
Fig. 3586 - PTO - Version with analog instrument panel - Connector positions
Table 739
tem
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1222
B018 Fuse (15A) 40-1222
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1222
B021 Fuse (10A) 40-1222
B024 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1222
40-968
Wiring diagrams
tem
B025 Fuse (30A) 40-1222
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1222
Fig. 3587
40-1222
40-1218
40-1220
Fig. 3588
Fig. 3589 Fig. 3590

J002 Relay 40-1222
Fig. 3591
J004 Relay 40-1222
Fig. 3592
40-969
Wiring diagrams
I005
I004
C003
D013
D011
C009
D0065700

Table 740
tem
Fig. 3594
40-970
Wiring diagrams
tem
Fig. 3595
40-1222
Fig. 3596
40-1222
Fig. 3597
switch
Fig. 3599
Fig. 3598
switch
Fig. 3600
40-971
Wiring diagrams
D011
L003
D0065710

Table 741
tem
40-1222
Fig. 3601
40-972
Wiring diagrams
tem
Pin2: ~ 8 Ohm (at 20 °C)
Fig. 3602
I021
D0065720
40-973
Wiring diagrams
Table 742
tem
switch ECO
CB A
Fig. 3604
closed contact (NC)
open contact (NO)
40-974
Wiring diagrams
D005
L005
D006
D0065730
40-975
Wiring diagrams
Table 743
tem
40-1222
40-1218
40-1220
Fig. 3606
40-1163
Fig. 3607
solenoid valve
40-976
Wiring diagrams
40.3.68 - S022D - PTO - Version with digital instrument panel (AGROFARM 410 -> 16001,
I004 I005
E003 E002 J004
I006 I007
1 2 2 3 7 8 2 3 7 8 2 1 NC NO 85 86 30
PTO SYNCRO
FRONT PTO
REAR PTO
D013
PTO 1000
PTO ECO
PTO 540
+12/30
+12/30
+12V
GND
GND
C009
C003
C004
4 1 3 2
13 16 8 9 24 10 11 15 21 13 14
C003
C004
B030
B015
B021
B020
B010
15A
30A
10A
3A
5A
+30
+30
+15
C009
C004
B024
7.5A
D011
A B B A A A B
B3 C3 A4 A8 A1 D1 D1
10 9 5 6 2 3 7 8
C003
C009
C009
I008
C004
2 3 2 1 2 3 4 1 4 1 14 9 2 1 17 6 7 12 15
REAR PTO SWITCH
FRONT PTO LED
REAR PTO LED
+15
REAR PTO EV
FRONT PTO EV
GND
D+
FRONT PTO SWITCH
D005
2 9 8
I023 L003 I021 I003 I002
D006
M003
2 1
2 1 D+
L005
A003
D0062870
Fig. 3608 - PTO - Version with digital instrument panel - System

40-977
Wiring diagrams
l I023 - ECO PTO control switch
l J004 - Relay
40-978
Wiring diagrams
B030
B015
A
J004
B020
B010 B024
B021
E002
E003 C004
D005
I008
D0064410
Fig. 3609 - PTO - Version with digital instrument panel - Connector positions
Table 744
tem
B010 Fuse (5A) 40-1189
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1189
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1189
B021 Fuse (10A) 40-1189
B024 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1189
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1189
40-979
Wiring diagrams
tem
Fig. 3610
40-1220
40-1189
40-1189
Fig. 3611
Fig. 3612
Fig. 3613
Fig. 3614 Fig. 3615

J004 Relay 40-1189
Fig. 3616
40-980
Wiring diagrams
I005
I004
C003
I007
M003
D013
D011
C009
I003
I002
I006
D0064420

Table 745
tem
I002 540 PTO control 40-1189
1
switch
Fig. 3618
closed contact (NC)
open contact (NO)
40-981
Wiring diagrams
tem
I003 1000 PTO control 40-1189
1
switch
Fig. 3619
closed contact (NC)
open contact (NO)
switch
Fig. 3621
Fig. 3621
switch
Fig. 3622
Fig. 3621
I006 Lh rear PTO control Resistance between Pin 1 and 40-1189
switch (on fender) Pin 2 with button pressed: 3.9
Ohms
Fig. 3623
fender) Ohms
Fig. 3624
40-982
Wiring diagrams
tem
Fig. 3625
Fig. 3626
40-1196
Fig. 3627
40-1189
Fig. 3628
Fig. 3629
40-983
Wiring diagrams
D011
AA
L003
D0064430

Table 746
tem
40-1196
Fig. 3630
40-984
Wiring diagrams
tem
Pin2: ~ 8 Ohm (at 20 °C)
Fig. 3631
G22
ECO
I023
A
G23
G20
X65
X67
I021
X66
D0064460
40-985
Wiring diagrams
Table 747
tem
switch ECO
CB A
Fig. 3633
closed contact (NC)
open contact (NO)
open contact (NO)
40-986
Wiring diagrams
D005
A003
L005
D006
D0064440
40-987
Wiring diagrams
Table 748
tem
A003 01183630 Alternator “D+” 40-1218
40-1220
Fig. 3637
40-1220
40-1189
40-1189
Fig. 3637
40-1163
Fig. 3638
solenoid valve
40-988
Wiring diagrams
40.3.69 - S023 - Can Bus (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001, AGROFARM 420 -> 20001, AGRO-
FARM 430 -> 1001)
E003 E002 M002
P003
-31 ELECTR.
-31 ELECTR.
CAN RES
CAN H
+12/30
+12/30
CAN H.
CAN L
CAN L
+12V
GND
GND
+15
13 4 3 2 8 15 21 14 4 3 1 2 12 13 14 2 1
C009
C004
C004
B021
B022
7.5A
10A
B011
B010
7.5A
5A
+15
+30
C004
D007
1 2 3 4 5
1 2 3 4 1 2 8 9 10 11 15
CAN H
+15
+30
+30
-31
-31
CAN L
P007 D0062880
H003
Fig. 3639 - Can Bus - System

l M002 - Engine ECU
l P003 - CAN BUS diagnostics port
l P007 - CAN BUS auxiliary socket
40-989
Wiring diagrams
A
B021
B010
B011
B022
D007
E002
E003 C004
P003
B
D0064380
Fig. 3640 - Can bus - Connector positions

Table 749
tem
B010 Fuse (5A) 40-1193
B010 Fuse (5A) 40-1205
B011 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1193
B011 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1205
B021 Fuse (10A) 40-1193
B021 Fuse (10A) 40-1205
B022 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1193
B022 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1205
40-990
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1205
Fig. 3641
40-1179
40-1205
40-1179
Fig. 3642
40-1205
Fig. 3643
40-1205
P003 CAN BUS diagnos- 40-1193

tics socket 40-1205
Fig. 3644
40-991
Wiring diagrams
M002
C009
D0064390

Table 750
tem
40-1205
Fig. 3646
40-992
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1205
Fig. 3647
P007
D007
H003
G8
X53
G19
X54
X55
D0064400
40-993
Wiring diagrams
Table 751
tem
40-1179
40-1205
40-1179
Fig. 3648
40-1179
Fig. 3649
P007 CAN BUS auxiliary 40-1179
socket
Fig. 3650
40.3.70 - S023A - Can bus - Version with analog instrument panel (AGROFARM 410 ->
M002
P003
-31 ELECTR.
-31 ELECTR.
CAN H.
CAN L
+15
1 2 4 3 12 13 14 2 1
C004
C009
B021
B022
7.5A
10A
D0065410
+15
Fig. 3651 - Can bus - Version with analog instrument panel - System
40-994
Wiring diagrams
l M002 - Engine ECU
B021 B022
C004
P003
D0065670
Fig. 3652 - Can bus - Version with analog instrument panel - Connector positions
Table 752
tem
B021 Fuse (10A) 40-1222
B022 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1222
40-995
Wiring diagrams
tem
Fig. 3653
tics socket
Fig. 3654
40-996
Wiring diagrams
M002
C009
D0065680

Table 753
tem
Fig. 3656
40-997
Wiring diagrams
tem
Fig. 3657
40.3.71 - S023D - Can bus - Version with digital instrument panel (AGROFARM 410 ->
E003 E002 M002
P003
-31 ELECTR.
-31 ELECTR.
CAN RES
CAN H
+12/30
+12/30
CAN H.
CAN L
CAN L
+12V
GND
GND
+15
13 4 3 2 8 15 21 14 4 3 1 2 12 13 14 2 1
C009
C004
C004
B021
B022
7.5A
B010
10A
5A
+15
+30
D0064830
Fig. 3658 - Can bus - Version with digital instrument panel - System
l M002 - Engine ECU
40-998
Wiring diagrams
A
B021
B010
B022
E002
E003 C004
P003
B
D0064381
Fig. 3659 - Can bus - Version with digital instrument panel - Connector positions
Table 754
tem
B010 Fuse (5A) 40-1189
B010 Fuse (5A) 40-1205
B021 Fuse (10A) 40-1189
B021 Fuse (10A) 40-1205
B022 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1189
B022 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1205
40-999
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1205
Fig. 3660
40-1205
Fig. 3661
40-1205
Fig. 3662
tics socket 40-1205
Fig. 3663
40-1000
Wiring diagrams
M002
C009
D0064390

Table 755
tem
40-1205
Fig. 3665
40-1001
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1205
Fig. 3666
40.3.72 - S024 - Brakes (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001, AGROFARM 420 -> 20001, AGRO-
FARM 430 -> 1001)
40-1002
Wiring diagrams
E003
E002
E004b
E004a
E004
J002 J004 J006 I013
TRAILER PRESSURE
BRAKES OIL LEVEL
F009
HAND BRAKE
PARK BRAKE
+12/30
+12/30
+12V
GND
GND
13 8 7 12 22 26 14 21 15 NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 2 1 + - G 1 2 3 4 1 2
C004
C004
C004
C004
C004
C004
C003
B010
B006
B025
B030
B009
B020
B021
B015
B024
7.5A
30A
30A
15A
15A
7.5A
5A
3A
10A
C004
D011
+30
+15
D005
D011
C008
C004
B A A A A B B A
9 10 A5 D6 A8 A1 D1 D1 D8 D4
A
B8
D021
1 2 1 2 10 9 5 6 2 3 7 8 1 2 1 2
STOP
-31
P P
P
P006 F008
K013
K002 D010
K008
I008 K025
D018
1 2
1 2
D0063040
L009
Fig. 3667 - Brakes - System

l D010 (F) - Park Brake switch (Wiring loom 0.015.7021.4/70)
l E004 - Trailer pressure indicator
40-1003
E003
Wiring diagrams
E002
E004b
E004a
E004
J002 J004 J006 I013
TRAILER PRESSURE
BRAKES OIL LEVEL
F009
HAND BRAKE
PARK BRAKE
+12/30
+12/30
+12V
GND
GND
13 8 7 12 22 26 14 21 15 NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 2 1 + - G 1 2 3 4 1 2
C004
C004
C004
C004
C004
C004
C003
B010
B006
B025
B030
B009
B020
B021
B015
B024
7.5A
30A
30A
15A
15A
7.5A
5A
3A
10A
C004
D011
+30
+15
D005
D011
C008
C004
B A A A A B B A
9 10 A5 D6 A8 A1 D1 D1 D8 D4
A
B8
D021
1 2 1 2 10 9 5 6 2 3 7 8 1 2 1 2
STOP
-31
P P
P
P006 F008
K013
K002 D010
K008
I008 K025
D018
1 2
1 2
D0063040
L009

l E004a - Trailer pressure indicator
l E004b- Trailer pressure indicator
l I013 - Brake pedal switch
l J002 - Relay
l J004 - Relay
l J006 - Relay
l K002 - Brake fluid level sensor
l K008 - Park Brake pressure switch
l K013 - Hydraulic trailer braking valve pressure switch
l K025 - Compressed air pressure sensor
l L009 - Trailer parking brake solenoid valve
40-1004
Wiring diagrams
B030
B025
J002
J006
B015
A
B020
J004
B006
B009
B021 B024
B010
E002 C004
I013
E003
D005 E004
E004a
E004b
I008
D0064300
Fig. 3668 - Brakes - Connector positions

Table 756
tem
B006 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1193
B009 Fuse (15A) 40-1193
B010 Fuse (5A) 40-1193
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1193
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1193
B021 Fuse (10A) 40-1193
B024 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1193
B025 Fuse (30A) 40-1193
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1193
40-1005
Wiring diagrams
tem
Fig. 3669
40-1220
40-1193
40-1193
Fig. 3670
Fig. 3671
Fig. 3672
E004 Trailer pressure in- Pin S = input from sensor 40-1193
dicator Pin + = 15V power supply
Pin - = earth
Trailer pressure in- Pin S = input from sensor 40-1193
Pin - = earth
Pin - = earth
Fig. 3674 Fig. 3675
40-1006
Wiring diagrams
tem
I013 Brake pedal switch 40-1193
1
Fig. 3676
closed contact (NC)
open contact (NO)
J002 Relay 40-1193
Fig. 3678
J004 Relay 40-1193
Fig. 3679
J006 Relay 40-1193
Fig. 3680
40-1007
Wiring diagrams
C003
F009
C008
D010
D011
K008
D0064310
F008

Table 757
tem
Fig. 3682
40-1008
Wiring diagrams
tem
Fig. 3683
D010 Park Brake switch 40-1193
Fig. 3684
40-1198
Fig. 3685
Fig. 3686
Fig. 3687
K008 Park Brake pres- Normally open contact (NO) 40-1193
40-1009
Wiring diagrams
P006
D018
A K013
D021
D0064320

Table 758
tem
40-1216
Fig. 3690
40-1175
K013 Hydraulic trailer Normally closed (NC) contact 40-1198
40-1010
Wiring diagrams
tem
Fig. 3692
40-1011
Wiring diagrams
D011
D0064330

Table 759
tem
40-1198
Fig. 3693
40-1012
Wiring diagrams
L009
D018
D0064340

Table 760
tem
40-1216
Fig. 3694
L009 Trailer parking Pin 1 = power 40-1216
brake control sole- Pin 2 = earth
noid valve Impedance between Pin1 and
Pin2: ~ 8 Ohm (at 20 °C)
40-1013
Wiring diagrams
D021
K025
G23
X77
D0064350

Table 761
tem
40-1175
K025 Compressed air Power 12V DC 40-1175
pressure sensor Resistance at 0 bar 10-13 Ohm
40-1014
Wiring diagrams
K002 D005
D0064370
40-1015
Wiring diagrams
K002 D005
D0064360
40-1016
Wiring diagrams
Table 762
tem
40-1220
40-1193
40-1193
Fig. 3697
K002 Brake fluid level 40-1218
sensor 40-1220
Fig. 3698
40-1017
Wiring diagrams
40.3.73 - S024A - Brakes - Version with analog instrument panel (AGROFARM 410 ->
E008
E009
E004b
E004a
E004
J002 J004 I013
TRAILER PRESSURE
F009
BRALE OIL LEV.
+15
-31
A
B1 A6 A9 12 NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 2 1 + - G 1 2 3 4 1 2
C004
C004
C004
C004
C004
C004
B025
B030
B009
B020
B021
B015
B024
30A
30A
15A
15A
7.5A
3A
10A
C003
+30
+15
C004
D011
C009
C004
D005
D011
A A A A A
D6 A1 D1 B1 D4
10 9
A
B8
D021
1 2 2 1 10 9 5 6 2 3 7 8 3 6 1 2
-31
STOP
P
P006 F008
K013
I017 K002
I008 K025 D0065250
Fig. 3699 - Brakes - Version with analog instrument panel - System

l I017 - Parking brake switch
l J002 - Relay
40-1018
Wiring diagrams
l J004 - Relay
B030
J002
B015 B025
A
B020
J004
B009 B021 B024
C004
I013
D005
E004
E004a
E004b
E008
E009
I008
D0065740
Fig. 3700 - Brakes - Version with analog instrument panel - Connector positions
Table 763
tem
B009 Fuse (15A) 40-1222
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1222
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1222
B021 Fuse (10A) 40-1222
B024 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1222
40-1019
Wiring diagrams
tem
B025 Fuse (30A) 40-1222
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1222
Fig. 3701
40-1222
40-1218
40-1220
Fig. 3702
Pin - = earth
Pin - = earth
Pin - = earth
I008 Road lights switch Drawing D0037210.eps 40-1222
Fig. 3704
I013 Brake pedal switch Drawing D0020570.eps 40-1222
closed contact (NC)
open contact (NO)
J002 Relay 40-1222
Fig. 3706
40-1020
Wiring diagrams
tem
J004 Relay 40-1222
Fig. 3707
40-1021
Wiring diagrams
C003
F009
I017
D011
C009
D0065750
F008

Table 764
tem
Fig. 3709
40-1022
Wiring diagrams
tem
Fig. 3710
40-1222
Fig. 3711
Fig. 3712
Fig. 3713
I017 Parking brake 40-1222
switch
40-1023
Wiring diagrams
D011
D0065760

Table 765
tem
40-1222
Fig. 3714
40-1024
Wiring diagrams
P006
G22
A K013
G23
G20
X65
X67
D021
X66
D0065770

Table 766
tem
40-1175
Fig. 3717
40-1025
Wiring diagrams
D021
K025
G23
X77
D0064350

Table 767
tem
40-1175
40-1026
Wiring diagrams
K002 D005
D0064370
40-1027
Wiring diagrams
Table 768
tem
40-1222
40-1220
Fig. 3719
sensor
Fig. 3720
40-1028
Wiring diagrams
K002 D005
D0064360
40-1029
Wiring diagrams
Table 769
tem
40-1222
40-1218
Fig. 3721
sensor
Fig. 3721
40-1030
Wiring diagrams
40.3.74 - S024D - Brakes - Version with digital instrument panel (AGROFARM 410 ->
E003
E002
E004b
E004a
E004
J002 J004 I013
TRAILER PRESSURE
BRAKES OIL LEVEL
F009
HAND BRAKE
+12/30
+12/30
+12V
GND
GND
13 8 7 12 22 14 21 15 NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 2 1 + - G 1 2 3 4 1 2
C004
C004
C004
C004
C004
C004
C003
B010
B025
B030
B009
B020
B021
B015
B024
30A
30A
15A
15A
7.5A
5A
3A
10A
C004
D011
+30
+15
D005
D011
C008
C004
A A A A B B A
9 10 D6 A8 A1 D1 D1 D8 D4
A
B8
D021
1 2 1 2 10 9 5 6 2 3 7 8 3 6 1 2
-31
STOP
P
K002 D010
P
P006 F008
K013
I008 K025
D0064840
Fig. 3722 - Brakes - Version with digital instrument panel - System

40-1031
Wiring diagrams
l J002 - Relay
l J004 - Relay
B030
J002
B015
B025 A
B020
J004
B009
B021 B024
B010
E002 C004
I013
E003
D005 E004
E004a
E004b
I008
D0064301
Fig. 3723 - Brakes - Version with digital instrument panel - Connector positions
Table 770
tem
B009 Fuse (15A) 40-1189
B010 Fuse (5A) 40-1189
40-1032
Wiring diagrams
tem
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1189
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1189
B021 Fuse (10A) 40-1189
B024 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1189
B025 Fuse (30A) 40-1189
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1189
Fig. 3724
Fig. 3725
Fig. 3726
Fig. 3727
Pin - = earth
Pin - = earth
Pin - = earth
40-1033
Wiring diagrams
tem
Fig. 3729 Fig. 3730

I013 Brake pedal switch 40-1189
1
Fig. 3731
closed contact (NC)
open contact (NO)
J002 Relay 40-1189
Fig. 3733
J004 Relay 40-1189
Fig. 3734
40-1034
Wiring diagrams
C003
F009
C008
D010
D011
D0064311
F008

Table 771
tem
Fig. 3736
40-1035
Wiring diagrams
tem
Fig. 3737
Fig. 3738
40-1196
Fig. 3739
Fig. 3740
Fig. 3741
40-1036
Wiring diagrams
P006
A K013
D021
D0064321

Table 772
tem
40-1175
Fig. 3743
40-1037
Wiring diagrams
D011
D0064330
40-1038
Wiring diagrams
Table 773
tem
40-1196
Fig. 3745
D021
K025
G23
X77
D0064350

Table 774
tem
40-1175
40-1039
Wiring diagrams
K002 D005
D0064370
40-1040
Wiring diagrams
Table 775
tem
Fig. 3747
sensor
Fig. 3748
40-1041
Wiring diagrams
K002 D005
D0064360
40-1042
Wiring diagrams
Table 776
tem
Fig. 3749
sensor
Fig. 3749
40.3.75 - S025 - Negatives (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001, AGROFARM 420 -> 20001, AGRO-
FARM 430 -> 1001)
C007
C003 C008
C004
C009
C005
C001
C006
C002
F0150490
40-1043
Wiring diagrams
C007
C008
C009
C004
C003
C005
C002
C006
C001
F0150500

Table 777
tem
terminal
40-1205
40-1205
40-1228
40-1188
40-1205
40-1205
40-1044
Wiring diagrams
40.3.76 - S025A - Negatives - Version with analog instrument panel (AGROFARM 410 ->
C007
C009
C004
C003
C005
C002
C006
C001
F0150501
Fig. 3752 - Negatives - Version with analog instrument panel - Positions
40-1045
Wiring diagrams
C007
C003
C004
C009
C005
C001
C006
C002
F0150491
Fig. 3753 - Negatives - Version with analog instrument panel - Positions

Table 778
tem
terminal
Fig. 3754
terminal
Fig. 3755
40-1046
Wiring diagrams
tem
Fig. 3756
Fig. 3757
Fig. 3758
Fig. 3759
Fig. 3760
40-1226
40-1188
Fig. 3761
40-1047
Wiring diagrams
tem
Fig. 3762
40.3.77 - S025D - Negatives - Version with digital instrument panel (AGROFARM 410 ->
C007
C003 C008
C004
C009
C005
C001
C006
C002
F0150490
Fig. 3763 - Negatives - Version with digital instrument panel - Connector positions
40-1048
Wiring diagrams
C007
C008
C009
C004
C003
C005
C002
C006
C001
F0150500
Fig. 3764 - Negatives - Version with digital instrument panel - Connector positions
Table 779
tem
terminal
Fig. 3765
Fig. 3766
40-1049
Wiring diagrams
tem
Fig. 3767
Fig. 3768
Fig. 3769
Fig. 3770
Fig. 3771
40-1050
Wiring diagrams
40.3.78 - S026 - Steering column lights switch – Version with cab without front lift (U.S.A.)
E003 E002 F020 F008 F021 F009
I016
DIRECTION INDICATOR
DIRECTION INDICATOR
DIRECTION INDICATOR
POSITION BEAM
31
31
31
31
FULL BEAM
2°TRAILER
1°TRAILER
+12/30
+12/30
+12V
GND
GND
D044
D043
13 8 9 10 11 12 8 21 15 14 1 3 2 17 18 10 8 5
3 1 2 4 5 3 2 1 4 5
C004
C004
C003
C009
J004 H001
M004
DIR.LAMP RH
LT
LT
DIR.LAM P LT
TRAILER RH
HAZARD RH
RIGHT
HAZARD IN
LEFT
RH DIR.IN
LT DIR.IN
HAZARD
TRAILER
HAZARD
LIGHT
+15
+30
+30
-31
NC NO 85 86 30 31 b
31 56d b
56 56a 56 L R 49a A1 B1 B4 A6 B2 B3 A8 A4 A2 B7 B6 A5 A3 B8
C004
C004
C004
B007
B030
B010
B020
B021
B032
B015
B009
B012
B013
30A
15A
20A
15A
15A
15A
20A
10A
3A
5A
+15
+30
B016
B024
B023
7.5A
7.5A
7.5A
C004
C004
C004
C009
7 4 1 5 2 10 9 5 6 2 3 7 8 1 2 1 2
I009
F007a F007
I008
C004
C004
C003
D014
D004
D011
10 5 3 4 8 1 9 2
B B B B B B A
1 4 6 3 2 5 B4 A1 C1 B6 B7 B8 D8
D0065910
Fig. 3772 - Steering column lights switch - Version with cab without front lift (U.S.A.) - System (1/2)
40-1051
Wiring diagrams
C004
C004
C003
D004
D014
D011
10 5 3 4 8 1 9 2
A B B B B B B
1 4 6 3 2 5 D8 C1 A1 B4 B6 B7 B8
D038
D040
D037
D039
1 2 3 2 1 3 2 1
1 3 4 7 5 6 2
+58 lLEFT
3 4 3 4
DIR. RIGHT
-31
+58 RH
+30
+15
DIR. LEFT
E001 F022 F023
P006
3 2 1 1 2 3
-31
-31
F.D.
FS.
58
58
D0065900
F014 F015
Fig. 3773 - System (2/2)

l E001 - Horn
l F008 - LH rear sidelight and direction indicator
l F020 - LH rear light (hazard warning)
l F021 - RH rear light (hazard warning)
40-1052
Wiring diagrams
l J004 - Relay
J004
B030 B021
B032
B023
B015
B016 A
B007
B020
B009 B024
B010 B012 B013
E002 D004
E003
D014 C004
H001
I016
M004
I009
I008
B
D0064910
Fig. 3774 - Steering column lights switch - Version with cab without front lift (U.S.A.) - Connector positions
Table 780
tem
B007 Fuse (20A) 40-1205
B009 Fuse (15A) 40-1205
B010 Fuse (5A) 40-1205
B012 Fuse (15A) 40-1205
40-1053
Wiring diagrams
tem
B013 Fuse (15A) 40-1205
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1205
B016 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1193
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1205
B021 Fuse (10A) 40-1205
B023 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1205
B024 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1205
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1205
B032 Fuse (20A) 40-1205
Fig. 3775
40-1177
Fig. 3776
40-1208
Fig. 3777
Fig. 3778
Fig. 3779
switch
40-1054
Wiring diagrams
tem
Fig. 3780 Fig. 3781

switch
Fig. 3782
1
40-1205
lights switch
5 17
18
10
8 1 2 3
5 1 7 18
Pin 1 2 3 5 8 10 17 18
Pos
Fig. 3783
Fig. 3784
J004 Relay 40-1205
Fig. 3785
lights ECU
Fig. 3786
40-1055
Wiring diagrams
F021
C003
D0064800
D043
F009
D011
F020
C009 D044
F007a
F008
F007

Table 781
tem
Fig. 3788
40-1056
Wiring diagrams
tem
Fig. 3789
40-1198
Fig. 3790
40-1170
40-1170
Fig. 3791
Fig. 3792
F008 LH rear sidelight 40-1170
and direction indi-
cator
Fig. 3793
40-1057
Wiring diagrams
tem
F009 RH rear sidelight 40-1170
and direction indi-
cator
Fig. 3794
F020 LH rear light (haz- 40-1170
ard warning)
F021 RH rear light (haz- 40-1170
ard warning)
40-1058
Wiring diagrams
D011
D0064640

Table 782
tem
40-1198
Fig. 3795
40-1059
Wiring diagrams
P006
G22
ECO
A
S
G23
G20
X65
X67
D0064630

Table 783
tem
Fig. 3797
40-1060
Wiring diagrams
D039
D014
D040
D037
D038
D0064650

Table 784
tem
40-1208
Fig. 3798
40-1235
40-1235
40-1061
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1234
D039
F014 D040
D037
D038
F015
D0064660

Table 785
tem
and direction indi-
cator
and direction indi-
cator
40-1235
40-1235
40-1062
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1234
D004
F022
E001 F023
D0065950
40-1063
Wiring diagrams
Table 786
tem
40-1177
Fig. 3800
E001 Horn 40-1177
40-1064
Wiring diagrams
40.3.79 - S026D - Steering column lights switch – Version with cab without front lift
(U.S.A.) (AGROFARM 410 -> 16001, AGROFARM 420 -> 16001, AGROFARM 430 -> 5001)
E003 E002 F020 F008 F021 F009
I016
DIRECTION INDICATOR
DIRECTION INDICATOR
DIRECTION INDICATOR
POSITION BEAM
31
31
31
31
FULL BEAM
2°TRAILER
1°TRAILER
+12/30
+12/30
+12V
GND
GND
D044
D043
13 8 9 10 11 12 8 21 15 14 1 3 2 17 18 10 8 5
3 1 2 4 5 3 2 1 4 5
C004
C004
C003
C009
J004 H001
M004
DIR.LAMP RH
LT
LT
DIR.LAM P LT
TRAILER RH
HAZARD RH
RIGHT
HAZARD IN
LEFT
RH DIR.IN
LT DIR.IN
HAZARD
TRAILER
HAZARD
LIGHT
+15
+30
+30
-31
NC NO 85 86 30 31 b
31 56d b
56 56a 56 L R 49a A1 B1 B4 A6 B2 B3 A8 A4 A2 B7 B6 A5 A3 B8
C004
C004
C004
B007
B030
B010
B020
B021
B032
B015
B009
B012
B013
30A
15A
20A
15A
15A
15A
20A
10A
3A
5A
+15
+30
B016
B024
B023
7.5A
7.5A
7.5A
C004
C004
C004
C009
7 4 1 5 2 10 9 5 6 2 3 7 8 1 2 1 2
I009
F007a F007
I008
C004
C004
C003
D014
D004
D011
10 5 3 4 8 1 9 2
B B B B B B A
1 4 6 3 2 5 B4 A1 C1 B6 B7 B8 D8
D0065910
Fig. 3801 - Steering column lights switch - Version with cab without front lift (U.S.A.) - System (1/2)
40-1065
Wiring diagrams
C004
C004
C003
D004
D014
D011
10 5 3 4 8 1 9 2
A B B B B B B
1 4 6 3 2 5 D8 C1 A1 B4 B6 B7 B8
D038
D040
D037
D039
1 2 3 2 1 3 2 1
1 3 4 7 5 6 2
+58 lLEFT
3 4 3 4
DIR. RIGHT
-31
+58 RH
+30
+15
DIR. LEFT
E001 F022 F023
P006
3 2 1 1 2 3
-31
-31
F.D.
FS.
58
58
D0065900
F014 F015
Fig. 3802 - System (2/2)

l E001 - Horn
40-1066
Wiring diagrams
l J004 - Relay
J004
B030 B021
B032
B023
B015
B016 A
B007
B020
B009 B024
B010 B012 B013
E002 D004
E003
D014 C004
H001
I016
M004
I009
I008
B
D0064910
Fig. 3803 - Steering column lights switch - Version with cab without front lift (U.S.A.) - Connector positions
Table 787
tem
B007 Fuse (20A) 40-1205
B009 Fuse (15A) 40-1205
B010 Fuse (5A) 40-1205
B012 Fuse (15A) 40-1205
40-1067
Wiring diagrams
tem
B013 Fuse (15A) 40-1205
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1205
B016 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1205
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1205
B021 Fuse (10A) 40-1205
B023 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1205
B024 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1205
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1205
B032 Fuse (20A) 40-1205
Fig. 3804
40-1202
Fig. 3805
40-1208
Fig. 3806
Fig. 3807
Fig. 3808
switch
40-1068
Wiring diagrams
tem
Fig. 3809 Fig. 3810

I009 Upper worklights 0
1
40-1205
switch
5 17
18
10
8 1 2 3
5 1 7 18
Pin 1 2 3 5 8 10 17 18
Pos
Fig. 3811
Fig. 3812
1
40-1205
lights switch
5 17
18
10
8 1 2 3
5 1 7 18
Pin 1 2 3 5 8 10 17 18
Pos
Fig. 3812
Fig. 3813
J004 Relay 40-1205
Fig. 3814
lights ECU
Fig. 3815
40-1069
Wiring diagrams
F021
C003
D0064800
D043
F009
D011
F020
C009 D044
F007a
F008
F007

Table 788
tem
Fig. 3817
40-1070
Wiring diagrams
tem
Fig. 3818
40-1196
Fig. 3819
40-1170
40-1170
Fig. 3820
Fig. 3821
and direction indi-
cator
Fig. 3822
40-1071
Wiring diagrams
tem
and direction indi-
cator
Fig. 3823
ard warning)
ard warning)
40-1072
Wiring diagrams
D011
D0064640

Table 789
tem
40-1196
Fig. 3824
40-1073
Wiring diagrams
P006
G22
ECO
A
S
G23
G20
X65
X67
D0064630

Table 790
tem
Fig. 3826
40-1074
Wiring diagrams
D039
D014
D040
D037
D038
D0064650

Table 791
tem
40-1208
Fig. 3827
40-1235
40-1235
40-1234
40-1075
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1234
D039
F014 D040
D037
D038
F015
D0064660

Table 792
tem
40-1235
40-1235
40-1234
40-1234
and direction indi-
cator
40-1076
Wiring diagrams
tem
and direction indi-
cator
D004
F022
E001
F023
D0066210
40-1077
Wiring diagrams
Table 793
tem
40-1202
Fig. 3829
E001 Horn 40-1202
Fig. 3830
40-1078
Wiring diagrams
40.3.80 - S027 - Steering column lights switch – Version with cab with front lift (U.S.A.)
E003 E002 F020 F008 F021 F009
I016
DIRECTION INDICATOR
DIRECTION INDICATOR
DIRECTION INDICATOR
POSITION BEAM
31
31
31
31
FULL BEAM
2°TRAILER
1°TRAILER
+12/30
+12/30
+12V
GND
GND
D044
D043
13 8 9 10 11 12 8 21 15 14 1 3 2 17 18 10 8 5
3 1 2 4 5 3 1 2 4 5
C004
C004
C003
C009
J004 H001
M004
DIR.LAMP RH
LT
LT
DIR.LAM P LT
TRAILER RH
HAZARD RH
RIGHT
HAZARD IN
LEFT
RH DIR.IN
LT DIR.IN
HAZARD
TRAILER
HAZARD
LIGHT
+15
+30
+30
-31
NC NO 85 86 30 31 31b 56d 56b 56a 56 L R 49a A1 B1 B4 A6 B2 B3 A8 A4 A2 B7 B6 A5 A3 B8
C004
C004
C004
B007
B030
B010
B015
B020
B021
B032
B009
B012
B013
30A
15A
20A
15A
15A
15A
20A
10A
3A
5A
+15
+30
B016
B024
B023
7.5A
7.5A
7.5A
C004
C004
C009
C004
10 9 5 6 2 3 7 8
1 2 1 2
I008 F007a F007

7 4 1 5 2 8 6 3
I009
C004
C004
C003
D004
D014
D011
10 5 3 4 8 1 9 2
B B B B B B A
1 4 8 10 6 3 2 5 7 9 B4 A1 C1 B6 B7 B8 D8
D0065920
Fig. 3831 - Steering column lights switch - Version with cab with front lift (U.S.A.) - System (1/2)
40-1079
Wiring diagrams
C004
C004
C003
D004
D014
D011
10 5 3 4 8 1 9 2
A B B B B B B
1 4 8 10 6 3 2 5 7 9 D8 C1 A1 B4 B6 B7 B8
D038
1 2 3 2 1 3 2 1 D040
D037
D039
1 3 4 7 5 6 2
+58 lLEFT
DIR. RIGHT
-31
+58 RH
+30
+15
DIR. LEFT
1 2 3 4 3 4 1 2
E001 F022 F023
P006
1 2 3 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 3 2 1
-31
F.D.
-31
FS.
58
58
D0065930
F014 F015
D041 D042
Fig. 3832 - System (2/2)

l E001 - Horn
40-1080
Wiring diagrams
l J004 - Relay
J004
B030 B021
B032
B023
B015
B016 A
B007
B020
B009 B024
B010 B012 B013
E002 D004
E003
D014 C004
H001
I016
M004
I009
I008
B
D0064910
Fig. 3833 - Steering column lights switch - Version with cab with front lift (U.S.A.) - Connector positions
Table 794
tem
B007 Fuse (20A) 40-1205
B009 Fuse (15A) 40-1205
40-1081
Wiring diagrams
tem
B010 Fuse (5A) 40-1205
B012 Fuse (15A) 40-1205
B013 Fuse (15A) 40-1205
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1205
B016 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1193
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1205
B021 Fuse (10A) 40-1205
B023 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1205
B024 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1205
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1205
B032 Fuse (20A) 40-1205
Fig. 3834
40-1177
Fig. 3835
40-1208
Fig. 3836
Fig. 3837
Fig. 3838
40-1082
Wiring diagrams
tem
switch
Fig. 3839 Fig. 3840

switch
Fig. 3841
1
40-1205
lights switch
5 17
18
10
8 1 2 3
5 1 7 18
Pin 1 2 3 5 8 10 17 18
Pos
Fig. 3842
Fig. 3843
lights ECU
Fig. 3844
J004 Relay 40-1205
Fig. 3845
40-1083
Wiring diagrams
F021
C003
D0064800
D043
F009
D011
F020
C009 D044
F007a
F008
F007

Table 795
tem
Fig. 3847
40-1084
Wiring diagrams
tem
Fig. 3848
40-1198
Fig. 3849
40-1170
40-1170
Fig. 3850
Fig. 3851
and direction indi-
cator
Fig. 3852
40-1085
Wiring diagrams
tem
and direction indi-
cator
Fig. 3853
ard warning)
ard warning)
40-1086
Wiring diagrams
D011
D0064640

Table 796
tem
40-1198
Fig. 3854
40-1087
Wiring diagrams
P006
G22
ECO
A
S
G23
G20
X65
X67
D0064630

Table 797
tem
Fig. 3856
40-1088
Wiring diagrams
D039
D014
D040
D037
D038
D0064650

Table 798
tem
40-1208
Fig. 3857
40-1235
40-1235
40-1089
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1234
D039
D040
F014
D037
D038
D041
F015
D042
D0064680

Table 799
tem
and direction indi-
cator
and direction indi-
cator
40-1235
40-1235
40-1090
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1234
arms
arms
D004
F022
E001 F023
D0065950
40-1091
Wiring diagrams
Table 800
tem
40-1177
Fig. 3859
E001 Horn 40-1177
40-1092
Wiring diagrams
40.3.81 - S027D - Steering column lights switch – Version with cab with front lift (U.S.A.)
E003 E002 F020 F008 F021 F009
I016
DIRECTION INDICATOR
DIRECTION INDICATOR
DIRECTION INDICATOR
POSITION BEAM
31
31
31
31
FULL BEAM
2°TRAILER
1°TRAILER
+12/30
+12/30
+12V
GND
GND
D044
D043
13 8 9 10 11 12 8 21 15 14 1 3 2 17 18 10 8 5
3 1 2 4 5 3 1 2 4 5
C004
C004
C003
C009
J004 H001
M004
DIR.LAMP RH
LT
LT
DIR.LAM P LT
TRAILER RH
HAZARD RH
RIGHT
HAZARD IN
LEFT
RH DIR.IN
LT DIR.IN
HAZARD
TRAILER
HAZARD
LIGHT
+15
+30
+30
-31
NC NO 85 86 30 31 31b 56d 56b 56a 56 L R 49a A1 B1 B4 A6 B2 B3 A8 A4 A2 B7 B6 A5 A3 B8
C004
C004
C004
B007
B030
B010
B015
B020
B021
B032
B009
B012
B013
30A
15A
20A
15A
15A
15A
20A
10A
3A
5A
+15
+30
B016
B024
B023
7.5A
7.5A
7.5A
C004
C004
C009
C004
10 9 5 6 2 3 7 8
1 2 1 2
I008 F007a F007

7 4 1 5 2 8 6 3
I009
C004
C004
C003
D004
D014
D011
10 5 3 4 8 1 9 2
B B B B B B A
1 4 8 10 6 3 2 5 7 9 B4 A1 C1 B6 B7 B8 D8
D0065920
Fig. 3860 - Steering column lights switch - Version with cab with front lift (U.S.A.) - System (1/2)
40-1093
Wiring diagrams
C004
C004
C003
D004
D014
D011
10 5 3 4 8 1 9 2
A B B B B B B
1 4 8 10 6 3 2 5 7 9 D8 C1 A1 B4 B6 B7 B8
D038
1 2 3 2 1 3 2 1 D040
D037
D039
1 3 4 7 5 6 2
+58 lLEFT
DIR. RIGHT
-31
+58 RH
+30
+15
DIR. LEFT
1 2 3 4 3 4 1 2
E001 F022 F023
P006
1 2 3 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 3 2 1
-31
F.D.
-31
FS.
58
58
D0065930
F014 F015
D041 D042
Fig. 3861 - System (2/2)

l E001 - Horn
40-1094
Wiring diagrams
l J004 - Relay
J004
B030 B021
B032
B023
B015
B016 A
B007
B020
B009 B024
B010 B012 B013
E002 D004
E003
D014 C004
H001
I016
M004
I009
I008
B
D0064910
Fig. 3862 - Steering column lights switch - Version with cab with front lift (U.S.A.) - Connector positions
40-1095
Wiring diagrams
Table 801
tem
B007 Fuse (20A) 40-1205
B009 Fuse (15A) 40-1205
B010 Fuse (5A) 40-1205
B012 Fuse (15A) 40-1205
B013 Fuse (15A) 40-1205
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1205
B016 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1205
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1205
B021 Fuse (10A) 40-1205
B023 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1205
B024 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1205
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1205
B032 Fuse (20A) 40-1205
Fig. 3863
40-1202
Fig. 3864
40-1208
Fig. 3865
Fig. 3866
40-1096
Wiring diagrams
tem
Fig. 3867
switch
Fig. 3868 Fig. 3869

switch
Fig. 3870
1
40-1205
lights switch
5 17
18
10
8 1 2 3
5 1 7 18
Pin 1 2 3 5 8 10 17 18
Pos
Fig. 3871
Fig. 3872
J004 Relay 40-1205
Fig. 3873
40-1097
Wiring diagrams
tem
lights ECU
Fig. 3874
F021
C003
D0064800
D043
F009
D011
F020
C009 D044
F007a
F008
F007
40-1098
Wiring diagrams
Table 802
tem
Fig. 3876
Fig. 3877
40-1196
Fig. 3878
40-1170
40-1170
Fig. 3879
Fig. 3880
40-1099
Wiring diagrams
tem
and direction indi-
cator
Fig. 3881
and direction indi-
cator
Fig. 3882
ard warning)
ard warning)
40-1100
Wiring diagrams
D011
D0064640

Table 803
tem
40-1196
Fig. 3883
40-1101
Wiring diagrams
P006
G22
ECO
A
S
G23
G20
X65
X67
D0064630

Table 804
tem
Fig. 3885
40-1102
Wiring diagrams
D039
D014
D040
D037
D038
D0064650

Table 805
tem
40-1208
Fig. 3886
40-1235
40-1235
40-1234
40-1103
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1234
D039
D040
F014
D037
D038
D041
F015
D042
D0064680

Table 806
tem
40-1235
40-1235
40-1234
40-1234
40-1176
arms
40-1104
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1235
arms
and direction indi-
cator
and direction indi-
cator
D004
F022
E001
F023
D0066210
40-1105
Wiring diagrams
Table 807
tem
40-1202
Fig. 3888
E001 Horn 40-1202
Fig. 3889
40-1106
Wiring diagrams
40.3.82 - S028 - PTO (U.S.A.) (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001, AGROFARM 420 -> 20001, AGRO-
FARM 430 -> 1001)
I004 I005
E003 E002 J004
I006 I007
1 2 2 3 7 8 2 3 7 8 2 1 NC NO 85 86 30
PTO SYNCRO
EV PTO ANT.
FRONT PTO
REAR PTO
PTO 1000
PTO ECO
PTO 540
D013
+12/30
+12/30
+12V
GND
GND
19 13 16 8 9 24 10 11 15 21 13 14
4 1 3 9 2
C004
B010
5A
C003
C004
+30
B030
B015
B021
B020
15A
30A
10A
3A
+30
+15
C009
C004
B024
7.5A
D011
B A A B B A A A B
B2 A7 B3 C3 A4 A8 A1 D1 D1
10 9 5 6 2 3 7 8
C003
2 3 1
I008
C004
C009
C009
K012
14 9 2 1 17 6 11 7 15 12 18
REAR PTO SWITCH
FRONT PTO LED
ABILITAZ. SENS.
REAR PTO LED
+15
PTO SPEED
REAR PTO EV
FRONT PTO EV
GND
D+
FRONT PTO SWITCH
D005
2 9 8
2 3 2 1 2 3 4 1 4 1
D006
I023 L003 I021 I003 I002 M003

2 1 9
2 1
L005
A003
D0063500
Fig. 3890 - PTO - System

40-1107
Wiring diagrams
l I021 – Groundspeed PTO control switch
l J004 - Relay
l K012 - Rear PTO speed sensor (USA version)
40-1108
Wiring diagrams
B030
B015
A
J004
B020
B010 B024
B021
E002
E003 C004
D005
I008
D0064410
Fig. 3891 - PTO - Connector positions

Table 808
tem
B010 Fuse (5A) 40-1205
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1205
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1205
B021 Fuse (10A) 40-1205
B024 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1205
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1205
40-1109
Wiring diagrams
tem
Fig. 3892
40-1205
40-1218
40-1220
Fig. 3893
Fig. 3894
Fig. 3895
Fig. 3896 Fig. 3897

J004 Relay 40-1205
Fig. 3898
40-1110
Wiring diagrams
I005
I004
C003
I007
M003
D013
D011
C009
I003
I002
I006
D0064420

Table 809
tem
Fig. 3900
40-1111
Wiring diagrams
tem
Fig. 3901
40-1198
Fig. 3902
40-1205
Fig. 3903
I002 540 PTO control 40-1205
1
switch
Fig. 3904
closed contact (NC)
open contact (NO)
I003 1000 PTO control 40-1205
1
switch
Fig. 3905
closed contact (NC)
open contact (NO)
40-1112
Wiring diagrams
tem
switch
Fig. 3908
Fig. 3907
switch
Fig. 3910
Fig. 3909
I006 LH rear PTO con- Resistance between Pin 1 and 40-1205
fender) Ohms
Fig. 3911
I007 RH rear PTO con- Resistance between Pin 1 and 40-1205
fender) Ohms
Fig. 3912
Fig. 3913
40-1113
Wiring diagrams
D011
K012
L003
D0064780

Table 810
tem
40-1198
Fig. 3914
40-1114
Wiring diagrams
tem
K012 Rear PTO speed Pin 1 = earth 40-1198
sensor (USA ver- Pin 2 = analog signal:
sion) 0 Volt with sensor covered by
metal
Pin2: ~ 8 Ohm (at 20 °C)
40-1115
Wiring diagrams
G22
ECO
I023
A
G23
G20
X65
X67
I021
X66
D0064460

Table 811
tem
switch ECO
CB A
Fig. 3918
closed contact (NC)
open contact (NO)
open contact (NO)
40-1116
Wiring diagrams
40-1117
Wiring diagrams
D005
A003
L005
D006
D0064440
40-1118
Wiring diagrams
Table 812
tem
A003 01183630 Alternator “D+” 40-1218
40-1220
Fig. 3922
40-1205
40-1218
40-1220
Fig. 3922
40-1163
Fig. 3923
solenoid valve
40-1119
Wiring diagrams
D005
A003
D0064470
40-1120
Wiring diagrams
Table 813
tem
40-1205
40-1218
40-1220
Fig. 3924
A003 01183630 Alternator “D+” 40-1218
40-1220
Fig. 3924
40-1121
Wiring diagrams
40.3.83 - S028D - PTO (U.S.A.) - Version with digital instrument panel (AGROFARM 410 ->
I004 I005
E003 E002 J004
I006 I007
1 2 2 3 7 8 2 3 7 8 2 1 NC NO 85 86 30
PTO SYNCRO
EV PTO ANT.
FRONT PTO
REAR PTO
PTO 1000
PTO ECO
PTO 540
D013
+12/30
+12/30
+12V
GND
GND
19 13 16 8 9 24 10 11 15 21 13 14
4 1 3 9 2
C004
B010
5A
C003
C004
+30
B030
B015
B021
B020
15A
30A
10A
3A
+30
+15
C009
C004
B024
7.5A
D011
B A A B B A A A B
B2 A7 B3 C3 A4 A8 A1 D1 D1
10 9 5 6 2 3 7 8
C003
2 3 1
I008
C004
C009
C009
K012
14 9 2 1 17 6 11 7 15 12 18
REAR PTO SWITCH
FRONT PTO LED
ABILITAZ. SENS.
REAR PTO LED
+15
PTO SPEED
REAR PTO EV
FRONT PTO EV
GND
D+
FRONT PTO SWITCH
D005
2 9 8
2 3 2 1 2 3 4 1 4 1
D006
I023 L003 I021 I003 I002 M003

2 1 9
2 1
L005
A003
D0063500
Fig. 3925 - PTO (U.S.A.) - Version with digital instrument panel - System
40-1122
Wiring diagrams
l I021 – Groundspeed PTO control switch
l J004 - Relay
l K012 - Rear PTO speed sensor (USA version)
40-1123
Wiring diagrams
B030
B015
A
J004
B020
B010 B024
B021
E002
E003 C004
D005
I008
D0064410
Fig. 3926 - PTO (U.S.A.) - Version with digital instrument panel - Connector positions
Table 814
tem
B010 Fuse (5A) 40-1205
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1205
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1205
B021 Fuse (10A) 40-1205
B024 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1205
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1205
40-1124
Wiring diagrams
tem
Fig. 3927
40-1205
40-1218
40-1220
Fig. 3928
Fig. 3929
Fig. 3930
Fig. 3931 Fig. 3932

J004 Relay 40-1205
Fig. 3933
40-1125
Wiring diagrams
I005
I004
C003
I007
M003
D013
D011
C009
I003
I002
I006
D0064420

Table 815
tem
Fig. 3935
40-1126
Wiring diagrams
tem
Fig. 3936
40-1196
Fig. 3937
40-1205
Fig. 3938
switch 540
Fig. 3939 Fig. 3940

closed contact (NC)
open contact (NO)
I003 1000 PTO control 40-1205
switch
Fig. 3940
closed contact (NC)
open contact (NO)
40-1127
Wiring diagrams
tem
switch
Fig. 3942
Fig. 3941
switch
Fig. 3943
Fig. 3942
I006 Lh rear PTO control Resistance between Pin 1 and 40-1205
switch (on fender) Pin 2 with button pressed: 3.9
Ohms
Fig. 3944
fender) Ohms
Fig. 3945
Fig. 3946
40-1128
Wiring diagrams
D011
K012
L003
D0064780

Table 816
tem
40-1196
Fig. 3947
40-1129
Wiring diagrams
tem
K012 Rear PTO speed Pin 1 = earth 40-1196
sensor (USA ver- Pin 2 = analog signal:
sion) 0 Volt with sensor covered by
metal
Pin2: ~ 8 Ohm (at 20 °C)
40-1130
Wiring diagrams
D005
A003
L005
D006
D0064440
40-1131
Wiring diagrams
Table 817
tem
A003 01183630 Alternator “D+” 40-1218
40-1220
Fig. 3951
40-1205
40-1218
40-1220
Fig. 3951
40-1163
Fig. 3952
solenoid valve
40-1132
Wiring diagrams
D005
A003
D0064470
40-1133
Wiring diagrams
Table 818
tem
A003 01183630 Alternator “D+” 40-1218
40-1220
Fig. 3953
40-1205
40-1218
40-1220
Fig. 3953
40-1134
Wiring diagrams
G22
ECO
I023
A
G23
G20
X65
X67
I021
X66
D0064460

Table 819
tem
switch ECO
CB A
Fig. 3955
closed contact (NC)
open contact (NO)
open contact (NO)
40-1135
Wiring diagrams
40.3.84 - S029 - Brakes (U.S.A.) (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001, AGROFARM 420 -> 20001,
AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
40-1136
Wiring diagrams
E003
E002
E004b
E004a
E004
J002 J004 J006
TRAILER PRESSURE
BRAKES OIL LEVEL
HAND BRAKE
PARK BRAKE
+12/30
+12/30
+12V
GND
GND
13 8 7 12 22 26 14 21 15 NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 2 1 + - G
C004
C004
C004
C004
C004
C003
B010
B006
B025
B030
B020
B021
B015
B024
7.5A
30A
30A
15A
7.5A
5A
3A
10A
C004
D011
+30
+15
D005
D011
C008
B A A A A B A
9 10 A5 D6 A8 A1 D1 D1 D8
A
B8
D021
1 2 1 2 10 9 5 6 2 3 7 8
P P
P
K013
K002 D010
K008
I008 K025
D018
1 2
1 2
D0063510
L009

40-1137
Wiring diagrams
E003
E002
E004b
E004a
E004
J002 J004 J006
TRAILER PRESSURE
BRAKES OIL LEVEL
HAND BRAKE
PARK BRAKE
+12/30
+12/30
+12V
GND
GND
13 8 7 12 22 26 14 21 15 NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 2 1 + - G
C004
C004
C004
C004
C004
C003
B010
B006
B025
B030
B020
B021
B015
B024
7.5A
30A
30A
15A
7.5A
5A
3A
10A
C004
D011
+30
+15
D005
D011
C008
B A A A A B A
9 10 A5 D6 A8 A1 D1 D1 D8
A
B8
D021
1 2 1 2 10 9 5 6 2 3 7 8
P P
P
K013
K002 D010
K008
I008 K025
D018
1 2
1 2
D0063510
L009

l J002 - Relay
l J004 - Relay
l J006 - Relay
l K008 - Park Brake pressure switch
l L009 - Trailer parking brake solenoid valve
40-1138
Wiring diagrams
B030
B025
J002
J006
B015
A
B020 J004
B006
B021 B024
B010
E002
C004
E003
D005 E004
E004a
E004b
I008
D0064750
Fig. 3959 - Brakes - Connector positions

Table 820
tem
B006 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1205
B010 Fuse (5A) 40-1205
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1205
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1205
B021 Fuse (10A) 40-1205
B024 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1205
B025 Fuse (30A) 40-1205
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1205
40-1139
Wiring diagrams
tem
Fig. 3960
Fig. 3961
Fig. 3962
Fig. 3963
Pin - = earth
Pin - = earth
Pin - = earth
Fig. 3965 Fig. 3966
40-1140
Wiring diagrams
tem
J002 Relay 40-1205
Fig. 3967
J004 Relay 40-1205
Fig. 3968
J006 Relay 40-1205
Fig. 3969
40-1141
Wiring diagrams
C003
C008
D010
D011
K008
D0064760

Table 821
tem
Fig. 3971
40-1142
Wiring diagrams
tem
Fig. 3972
Fig. 3973
Fig. 3974
K008 Park Brake pres- Normally open contact (NO) 40-1205
40-1143
Wiring diagrams
D018
A K013
D021
D0064770

Table 822
tem
Fig. 3977
40-1175
40-1144
Wiring diagrams
D011
D0064330
40-1145
Wiring diagrams
Table 823
tem
Fig. 3979
L009
D018
D0064340
40-1146
Wiring diagrams
Table 824
tem
Fig. 3980
L009 Trailer parking Pin 1 = power 40-1216
brake control sole- Pin 2 = earth
noid valve Impedance between Pin1 and
Pin2: ~ 8 Ohm (at 20 °C)
D021
K025
G23
X77
D0064350
40-1147
Wiring diagrams
Table 825
tem
40-1175
K002 D005
D0064360
40-1148
Wiring diagrams
K002 D005
D0064370
40-1149
Wiring diagrams
Table 826
tem
sensor 40-1220
Fig. 3984
40-1205
40-1218
40-1220
Fig. 3984
40-1150
Wiring diagrams
40.3.85 - S029D - Brakes (U.S.A.) - Version with digital instrument panel (AGROFARM 410
E003
E002
E004b
E004a
E004
J002 J004
TRAILER PRESSURE
BRAKES OIL LEVEL
HAND BRAKE
PARK BRAKE
+12/30
+12/30
+12V
GND
GND
13 8 7 12 22 26 14 21 15 NC NO 85 86 30 NC NO 85 86 30 2 1 + - G
C004
C004
C004
C004
C004
B010
B025
B030
B024
B020
B021
B015
30A
30A
15A
7.5A
5A
3A
10A
C004
D011
+30
+15
D005
D011
C008
A
9 10 D6
A
B8
D021
1 2 10 9 5 6 2 3 7 8
1 2
P
P
K002 D010
K013
I008 K025
D0064850
Fig. 3985 - Brakes (U.S.A.) - Version with digital instrument panel - Systems
l J002 - Relay
l J004 - Relay
40-1151
Wiring diagrams
B030
B025
J002
B015
A
B020 J004
B021 B024
B010
E002
C004
E003
D005 E004
E004a
E004b
I008
D0064751
Fig. 3986 - Brakes (U.S.A.) - Version with digital instrument panel - Connector positions
Table 827
tem
B010 Fuse (5A) 40-1205
B015 Fuse (15A) 40-1205
B020 Fuse (3A) 40-1205
B021 Fuse (10A) 40-1205
B024 Fuse (7.5A) 40-1205
B025 Fuse (30A) 40-1205
B030 Fuse (30A) 40-1205
40-1152
Wiring diagrams
tem
Fig. 3987
40-1205
40-1218
40-1220
Fig. 3988
Fig. 3989
Fig. 3990
Pin - = earth
Pin - = earth
Pin - = earth
Fig. 3992 Fig. 3993
40-1153
Wiring diagrams
tem
J002 Relay 40-1205
Fig. 3994
J004 Relay 40-1205
Fig. 3995
40-1154
Wiring diagrams
C008
D010
D011
D0064761

Table 828
tem
Fig. 3997
40-1155
Wiring diagrams
tem
40-1196
Fig. 3998
A K013
D021
D0064771

Table 829
tem
40-1175
40-1156
Wiring diagrams
tem
D011
D0064330
40-1157
Wiring diagrams
Table 830
tem
40-1196
Fig. 4001
D021
K025
G23
X77
D0064350

Table 831
tem
40-1175
40-1158
Wiring diagrams
K002 D005
D0064360
40-1159
Wiring diagrams
Table 832
tem
sensor
Fig. 4004
40-1205
40-1218
Fig. 4004
40-1160
Wiring diagrams
K002 D005
D0064370
40-1161
Wiring diagrams
Table 833
tem
sensor
Fig. 4005
40-1205
40-1220
Fig. 4005
40-1162
Wiring diagrams
40.4 - Wiring harnesses
40.4.1 - 0.008.0913.3 - Front PTO
D006
L005
M1
1
L1
2
D006
L005
TABELLA COLORI / COLOURS TABLE
M Marrone/Brown C Arancio/Orange
V Verde/Green A Azzurro/Blue
Z Viola/Violet B Bianco/White
N Nero/Black L Blu/Dark Blue
S Rosa/Pink G Giallo/Yellow
R Rosso/Red H Grigio/Gray
D0047871
Fig. 4006 - Front PTO

Table 834
CODE STAMPED ON INTERCONNECTION DESCRIPTION
CONNECTOR CODE
D006 Wiring connector
L005 Front PTO control solenoid valve
40.4.2 - 0.009.7853.3/20 - Air conditioning condenser fan - Version with standard cab
40-1163
Wiring diagrams
K024
K023
1
P015
3 2 1
D028
J014 2 1
4 3
D0063070
Fig. 4007 - Air conditioning condenser fan - Version with standard cab (1/2)
Table 835
CONNECTOR CODE
J014 Control relay for air conditioning cooler fan
K023 Air conditioning pressure switch
P015 Air conditioning condenser fan
K024
K023
P015
BIANCO
WHITE
3 2 1 1
AN 2.5 AN 1
30
J014
N 2.5
A 2.5
85 87 86
CB 1
VN 1
CB 1
N1
V1
87
A 2.5
V1
N 2.5
N1
2 1
D028 4 3
AN 2.5
VN 1
D0063080
40-1164
Wiring diagrams
40.4.3 - 0.010.2147.2 - Heating - Version with standard cab
P014 O003
D027
H005
D0063090
Fig. 4009 - Heating - Version with standard cab (1/2)

Table 836
CONNECTOR CODE
H005 Blower speed selector switch
O003 Resistor
P014 Electric fan
40-1165
Wiring diagrams
N 2.5
C 2.5 D027
N 2.5
M R 2.5
P014
MN 1.5
MN 1.5
RN 1.5
R 2.5
C 2.5
LR 1
LR 1
L M H B L
TF 3
2
O003 0
H005
R Rosso/Red H Grigio/Gray D0063100
Fig. 4010 - Heating - Version with standard cab (2/2)

40.4.4 - 0.010.2153.2 - Air conditioning - Version with standard cab
40-1166
Wiring diagrams
P014 O003
D027
J013
D026 H005
K022
D0063120
Fig. 4011 - Air conditioning - Version with standard cab (1/2)

Table 837
CONNECTOR CODE
J013 Compressor relay
K022 Air conditioning temperature thermostat
O003 Resistor
P014 Electric fan
40-1167
Wiring diagrams
N 2.5
C 2.5 D027
BV 0.5
NZ 0.5
CB 1 D026
B 0.5
N 2.5
P014 M R 2.5
B 0.5
B 0.5
K022
MN 1.5
MN 1.5
RN 1.5
BV 0.5
NZ 0.5
R 2.5
C 2.5
B 0.5
CB 1
LR 1
LR 1
C1
L M H B L 30 85 86 87
TF 3
2
O003 0

J013
H005
D0063130
Fig. 4012 - Air conditioning - Version with standard cab (2/2)
40-1168
Wiring diagrams
40.4.5 - 0.010.4516.3 - Windscreen wiper - Version with standard cab
G-R 1
M-N 1
N006 D030
V-N 1
R-N 1
R-N 1 G-R 1
G-R 1 V-N 1
(+AZZ) (+MOT) (+MOT) (AZZ.)
R-N 1
V-N 1 M-N 1
(+AZZ)
(AZZ.) (GND)
3 2 1
6 5 4
M-N 1
TABELLA COLORI / COLOURS TABLE (GND)
D0006743
Fig. 4013 - Windscreen wiper - Version with standard cab

Table 838
CONNECTOR CODE
N006 Windscreen wiper motor
40-1169
Wiring diagrams
40.4.6 - 0.011.3597.3 - Windscreen wiper - Version with high-visibility cab
G-R 1
M-N 1
N006 D030
V-N 1
R-N 1
R-N 1 G-R 1 G-R 1 V-N 1

(+AZZ) (+MOT)
V-N 1 M-N 1 M-N 1 R-N 1

(AZZ.) (GND)

G-R (+MOT) G M Marrone/Brown C Arancio/Orange
M-N (GND) M
WIRES WIPER V Verde/Green A Azzurro/Blue
R-N (+AZZ) V-N
V-N (AZZ.) N
Fig. 4014 - Windscreen wiper - Version with high-visibility cab

Table 839
CONNECTOR CODE
N006 Windscreen wiper motor
40-1170
Wiring diagrams
40.4.7 - 0.013.4909.4 - Rear lights (U.S.A.)
RH rear lights (U.S.A.)
F021
D043
5
F009
4
3
2
1
D0063140
Fig. 4015 - RH rear lights (U.S.A.) (1/2)

Table 840
CONNECTOR CODE
F009 RH rear sidelight and direction indicator
F021 RH rear light (hazard warning)
GN 1
L1
F009
GN 1
5
L1
4 N1
N1
D043 2
N1
1
A1
TABELLA COLORI / COLOURS TABLE 3
N1
S Rosa/Pink G Giallo/Yellow A1
F021
D0063150
Fig. 4016 - RH rear lights (U.S.A.) (2/2)
40-1171
Wiring diagrams
LH rear lights (U.S.A.)
F020
D044
5
F008
4
3
2
1
D0063160
Fig. 4017 - LH rear lights (U.S.A.) (1/2)

Table 841
CONNECTOR CODE
F008 LH rear sidelight and direction indicator
F020 LH rear light (hazard warning)
GN 1
L1
F008
GN 1
5
L1
4 N1
N1
D044 2
N1
1
A1
3
V Verde/Green A Azzurro/Blue N1
A1
F020
D0063170
Fig. 4018 - LH rear lights (U.S.A.) (2/2)
40-1172
Wiring diagrams
40.4.8 - 0.013.6327.4 - LH rotating beacon
2
D031 F019
1
D0063200
Fig. 4019 - LH rotating beacon (1/2)

Table 842
CONNECTOR CODE
F019 Rotating beacon
N 1.5
2
VR 1.5
2
F019
D031 N 1.5
1
VR 1.5 1

D0063210
Fig. 4020 - LH rotating beacon (2/2)

40.4.9 - 0.013.6327.4 - RH rotating beacon
2
D032 F018
1
D0063180
Fig. 4021 - RH rotating beacon (1/2)
40-1173
Wiring diagrams
Table 843
CONNECTOR CODE
F018 Rotating beacon
N 1.5
2
VR 1.5
2
F018
D032 N 1.5
1
VR 1.5 1

D0063190
Fig. 4022 - RH rotating beacon (2/2)

40.4.10 - 0.013.4085.4/20 - RH work lights on hood (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001, AGRO-
FARM 420 -> 20001, AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
1
F001 D033
2
D0065800
Fig. 4023 - RH work lights on hood

Table 844
CONNECTOR CODE
F001 RH front work light (on hood)
40-1174
Wiring diagrams
40.4.11 - 0.013.4085.4/20 - LH work lights on hood (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001, AGRO-
FARM 420 -> 20001, AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
1
F006 D045
2
D0065810
Fig. 4024 - LH work lights on hood
Table 845
CONNECTOR CODE
F006 LH front work light (on hood)
40.4.12 - 0.014.1645.4/10 - Compressed air pressure sensor
D021 K025
1
1
D021 1
BZ 1
1 K025

Fig. 4025 - Compressed air pressure sensor

Table 846
CONNECTOR CODE
K025 Compressed air pressure sensor
40-1175
Wiring diagrams
40.4.13 - 0.014.3927.4/40 - LH auxiliary work lights - Version with high-visibility cab
D042 30 F017
V 1.5
2
D042 M 1.5
F017
1

Fig. 4026 - LH auxiliary work lights - Version with high-visibility cab

Table 847
CONNECTOR CODE
F017 Lh auxiliary worklight
40.4.14 - 0.014.3927.4/40 - RH auxiliary work lights - Version with high-visibility cab
D041 30 F016
V 1.5
2
D041 M 1.5 F016
1

Fig. 4027 - RH auxiliary work lights - Version with high-visibility cab
40-1176
Wiring diagrams
Table 848
CONNECTOR CODE
F016 Rh auxiliary worklight
40.4.15 - 0.014.8666.4/30 - Hood lights (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001, AGROFARM 420 ->
20001, AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
3
F022
2
D004
1 2
D045
E001 D033
2 1 1 2
3
F023
2
D0065780
Fig. 4028 - Hood lights

Table 849
CONNECTOR CODE
E001 Horn
F022 RH headlight
F023 LH headlight
40-1177
Wiring diagrams
1
F022
2
3
1
D004
H 1.5
LOW BEAM LIGHTS RH 1 F023
H 1.5
2
LOW BEAM LIGHTS LT 2
3
VN 1.5
HIGH BEAM LIGHTS RH 3
VN 1.5
HIGH BEAM LIGHTS LT 4
1
HORN 5 Z1 E001
2
1
6
RV 1.5 D045
CORNER LIGHTS LT 2 1
7
RV 1.5
2
D033
CORNER LIGHTS RH
8 N 1.5
-31
N 1.5
-31
9
R1
+30
10
N 1.5
-31
11
N 1.5
-31
12

D0065790 R Rosso/Red H Grigio/Gray
40-1178
Wiring diagrams
40.4.16 - 0.014.9195.4/20 - Preheating
A001 J001b
125
T001a B004 J001a
D0036762
Fig. 4030 - Preheat

Table 850
CONNECTOR CODE
A001 Preheating device
B004 Fuse
J001a Preheating relay
J001b Preheating relay
T001a Battery positive terminal
40-1179
Wiring diagrams
40.4.17 - 0.015.1418.4/30 - Cab shuttle (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001, AGROFARM 420 ->
20001, AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
12
D007
11
5 10
4
9
6 8
7 7
3 6
8 2
9 1
10
11
12
P007
1
2
3
1
4
2
3
4
D022
H003
3k
K020
D0047681
Fig. 4031 - Cab shuttle

Table 851
CONNECTOR CODE
H003 Shuttle lever
K020 Clutch pedal position sensor
P007 CAN BUS auxiliary socket
40-1180
Wiring diagrams
40.4.18 - 0.015.1435.4/20 - RH auxiliary work lights - Version with standard cab (AGRO-
D041 F016
CV 1.5
D041 F016
1
N1

D0036782
Fig. 4032 - RH auxiliary work lights - Version with standard cab

Table 852
CONNECTOR CODE
F016 Rh auxiliary worklight
40-1181
Wiring diagrams
40.4.19 - 0.015.1435.4/20 - LH auxiliary work lights - Version with standard cab (AGRO-
D042 F017
CV 1.5
2
D042 F017
1
N1

D0036783
Fig. 4033 - LH auxiliary work lights - Version with standard cab

Table 853
CONNECTOR CODE
F017 Lh auxiliary worklight
40-1182
Wiring diagrams
40.4.20 - 0.015.1983.4/10 - Power supplies 1
60A
N001
B001
D0036772 D001
Fig. 4034 - Power supplies 1

Table 854
CONNECTOR CODE
B001 Fuse
N001 Starter motor “+30”
40-1183
Wiring diagrams
40.4.21 - 0.015.1983.4/10 - Power supplies 2
60A
N001
B002
D0036773 D002

Table 855
CONNECTOR CODE
B002 Fuse
40-1184
Wiring diagrams
40.4.22 - 0.015.1983.4/10 - Power supplies 3
60A
N001
B003
D0036774 D003

Table 856
CONNECTOR CODE
B003 Fuse
40-1185
Wiring diagrams
40.4.23 - 0.015.1998.4/10 - Drivetrain shuttle (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001, AGROFARM 420
-> 20001, AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
K017
2 1
K018
1
K015 K016 L006 L007 L008
3 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1
D022
D019
AMP
1
1 2
K019 D0063240
Fig. 4037 - Drivetrain shuttle (1/2)

Table 857
CONNECTOR CODE
K015 Engine speed sensor
K016 Shuttle sensor
K017 Oil temperature sensor
K018 Clutch oil pressure switch
K019 PALL filter clogging sensor
L006 Forward gear selection solenoid
L007 Reverse gear selection solenoid
L008 Solenoid-operated proportional valve
40-1186
Wiring diagrams
D022
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 11 D019
N-1
VN-1
RN-1
Z-1
C-1
MB-1
BN-1
L-1
A-1
B-1
VB-1
K017
1 2
SU2
1
T P
1.ZN-1
L007
MB-1
2
K019
MB-1
P
K018
2 1 1 2
2.N-1
N-1
K016 L008
N-1
1 2 3
F
1 2
SU1
K015
L006
N-1
D0063250
Fig. 4038 - Drivetrain shuttle (2/2)

40.4.24 - 0.015.6123.4 - Rear wiper - Version with standard cab (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001,
D036 N005
N 1 (-31)
HN 1 (53)
D036 N005

Fig. 4039 - Rear wiper - Version with standard cab

Table 858
CONNECTOR CODE
N005 Rear screen wiper motor
40-1187
Wiring diagrams
40.4.25 - 0.015.6272.4/40 - Cab roof - Version with high-visibility cab
F011
P012 D034 P011
O001
P009
D034
P008
F013
G001
K021
D031
P013 D035
D035
D028
F012
N005
J012
J010 F010 D025
D024
J011
M005
E007 D032
E006
I030 D023
P010
I025
O002
37
D030
03
H004
I029 B034 B040
G002
04
I028
05 07
06
I027 I026
I024
C007 D0047751
Fig. 4040 - Cab roof - Version with high-visibility cab

Table 859
CONNECTOR CODE
B034 Fuse (15A)
B035 Fuse (5A)
B036 Fuse (20A)
B037 Fuse (7.5A)
B038 Fuse (7.5A)
B039 Fuse (10A)
B040 Fuse (10A)
C007 Earthing point 7
40-1188
Wiring diagrams
CONNECTOR CODE
E006 Climate control LED
E007 Climate control panel lighting
F010 Rh front worklight (on cab roof)
F011 Lh rear worklight (on cab roof)
F012 Rh rear worklight (on cab roof)
F013 Lh front worklight (on cab roof)
Table 860
CONNECTOR CODE
G001 Interior roof light
G002 Spot light
06 I024 Front worklights switch
I025 Rotating beacon switch
07 I026 Rear worklights switch
05 I027 Windscreen washer pump switch
04 I028 Windscreen wiper switch
03 I029 Rear screen wiper switch
I030 A/C activation switch
J010 Max. fan speed relay
J011 Compressor and A/C 1st speed start relay
J012 3rd fan speed relay
K021 Air conditioning temperature thermostat
M005 Windscreen wiper intermittent timer
N005 Rear screen wiper motor
O001 Lh resistor
37 O002 Rh resistor
P008 Radio (power supply)
P009 Lh loudspeaker
P010 Rh loudspeaker
P011 Radio (loudspeakers)
P012 Rh fan
P013 Lh fan
40-1189
Wiring diagrams
40.4.26 - 0.015.7021.4/70 - Central - Version with digital instrument panel (AGROFARM
MF5
40A FT1-2-3 B029
MF4
40A START B028
PK1 PK2
+15
COMPRESSOR
MU1
MU4
RELAY
B030
COMPRESSOR
30A
MK3
FT 5-6-7-8
FAN SPEED
RELAY
B025
B026
B027
MK1
20 A B032
30A
30A
30A
POWER
B031 B033
MU6
MU3
30A +15
MF1
20 A
MK3 MF3
SOCKET
MK1
+15 +15
HI/LO J002 J003 J004
F14-15 F11-12-13
+15 ROOF +15

MK4
MK6
FT5.6.7.8 MU6
M11
B006 B016
B010 B020
B011 B021
B005 B015
B009 B019
B012 B022
B013 B023
STOLL SOCKET
B007 B017
B008 B018
B014 B024
RELAY
L R
+15 +15 +15 +15 +15 +15 +15 +15
M20
7.5A 7.5A 7.5 A 10A 3A 15 A 15 A 7.5 A 7.5 A 15 A

COMPRESSOR
STOP(EU)
STOP +30
+15 +30 +30 USA +30 +30 +30
10 A 7.5 A 20 A 15 A 15 A 5A 7.5A 15 A 15 A 15 A
M1
M10
D0063290
Fig. 4041 - Fusebox
40-1190
Wiring diagrams
I015 I010 I005 I004 P004a
I014 R F
P004
1
3 2 1 8 3 2 1 8 3 2 1 8 3 2 1 8 3 2 1 8
2
6 5 4 7 6 5 4 7 6 5 4 7 6 5 4 7 6 5 4 7
P002a
D013 P002b
K006 H002
4 5 6
LEVA HI/LO
M003 K005 P002
1 2 3
18
D011
13
7
4 5 6
2 3
12
C003
1
AMP
6 1
F
4 3 2 1
D013 85-100 3-LO/4-HI

HI(VIOLA)
LO(BIANCO)
110 3-HI/4-LO
I001
AMP
2
1
I007
3
AMP
2
1
F009
2
4
1
3
8
7
I016
4
5
2
17 18
3 10
I018
15
30
50
1
2
P005
I013
4
3
2
1
K007
3
AMP
2
D004
1
C004 N004
1
N003
1
E004
+ 2
-
G
E004a
E004b C009
M002
D007
S
D012b S C008 F
ECU MOTORE
D009 R
D012a R
M001
D010
3
D012
AMP
2
M
1
M F
D008 E003 K008
5k
I002 D010
3
4
5
2
3
1
2
1
D014 E002 I003 I017
4
1
3k
3
R001
2
1
M004 P003
4
1
2
5
4
4
I008
3
AMP
3
2
6
2
3
D005
1
1
7
1
4
2
D003 I011
4
3 10
6
3
SUPPLY FREE
2
I019
1
7
8
1
1 2 3 1 2 1 2
D002
2
AMP
AMP
AMP
SUPPLY FREE
3
I009
I006
8
TOP
I012
F007a
F007
1
4
D001 TOP
8
5
1
1 2
4
SUPPLY FREE
6
3 4
2
5
3
F008
56b
56a 31b
49a
H001
L
56 31
56d
D0063280
Fig. 4042 - Central - Version with digital instrument panel

Table 861
CONNECTOR CODE
B005 Fuse (10A)
B006 Not used
B007 Fuse (20A)
B008 Fuse (15A)
B009 Fuse (15A)
B010 Fuse (5A)
B011 Not used
B012 Fuse (15A)
B013 Fuse (15A)
B014 Not used
B015 Fuse (15A)
B016 Fuse (7.5A)
B017 Not used
B018 Not used
B019 Fuse (15A)
B020 Fuse (3A)
B021 Fuse (10A)
B022 Fuse (7.5A)
B023 Fuse (7.5A)
B024 Fuse (7.5A)
B025 Fuse (30A)
B026 Fuse (30A)
B027 Fuse (30A)
B028 Fuse (40A)
B029 Fuse (40A)
B030 Fuse (30A)
B031 Fuse (30A)
B032 Fuse (20A)
B033 Fuse (20A)
40-1191
Wiring diagrams
Table 862
CONNECTOR CODE
D007 Not used
D010 Not used
D010 Park Brake switch
D012 Not used
R D012a Not used
S D012b Not used
E002 Instrument panel
E004 Trailer pressure indicator
E004a Trailer pressure indicator
E004b Trailer pressure indicator
F007 Number plate light
F007a Number plate light
F008 LH rear light
F009 RH rear light
Table 863
CONNECTOR CODE
H001 Lights selector switch
HI/LO LEVER H002 Not used
I001 Engine speed memory button
I002 540 PTO control switch
I003 1000 PTO control switch
I004 Front PTO control switch
I005 Rear PTO control switch
I006 Lh rear PTO control switch (on fender)
I007 Rh rear PTO control switch (on fender)
I008 Road lights switch
TOP I009 Top work lights switch
I010 Differential lock control switch
I011 Clutch pedal switch
I012 Lower front work lights switch
I013 Brake pedal switch
I014 Not used
I015 Not used
I016 Hazard warning lights switch
I017 Not used
I018 Starter switch
I019 Not used
J002 Relay
J003 Not used
J004 Relay
J005 Relay
J006 Not used
40-1192
Wiring diagrams
CONNECTOR CODE
J007 Relay
J008 Relay
J009 Relay
Table 864
CONNECTOR CODE
K005 Hand throttle position sensor
K006 Accelerator pedal position sensor
K007 Not used
K008 Not used
M M001 Engine control unit
F M002 Engine control unit
M003 Rear PTO ECU
M004 Hazard warning lights ECU
N003 Windscreen washer pump
N004 Rear screen washer pump
P002 Auxiliary power socket (25A)
P002a Auxiliary power socket (25A)
P002b Auxiliary power socket (25A)
P003 CAN BUS diagnostics socket
P004 Cigar lighter
P004a Cigar lighter
P005 Pneumatic seat compressor
R001 Diagnostics socket
40.4.27 - 0.015.7021.4/70 - Central wiring (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001, AGROFARM 420 ->
20001, AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
I015 I010 I005 I004 P004a
I014 R F
P004
1
3 2 1 8 3 2 1 8 3 2 1 8 3 2 1 8 3 2 1 8
2
6 5 4 7 6 5 4 7 6 5 4 7 6 5 4 7 6 5 4 7
P002a
D013 P002b
K006 H002
4 5 6
LEVA HI/LO
M003 K005 P002
1 2 3
18
D011
13
7
4 5 6
2 3
12
C003
1
AMP
6 1
R
4 3 2 1
D013 85-100 3-LO/4-HI

HI(VIOLA)
LO(BIANCO)
110 3-HI/4-LO
I001
AMP
2
1
I007
3
AMP
2
1
F009
2
4
1
3
8
I016
1
4
5
2
17 18
3 10
I018
15
30
50
2
P005
I013
4
3
2
1
K007
3
AMP
2
D004
1
C004 N004
1
N003
1
E004
+ 2
-
G
E004a
E004b C009
M002
D007
S
D012b S C008 F
ECU MOTORE
D009 R
D012a R
M001
D010
3
D012
AMP
2
M
1
M F
D008 E003 K008

5k
I002 D010
3
4
5
2
3
1
2
1
D014 E002 I003 I017

4
1
3k
R001
2
1
M004 P003
4
1
2
5
4
4
I008
3
AMP
3
2
6
2
3
D005
1
1
7
1
4
2
D003 I011
4
3 10
6
3
SUPPLY FREE
2
I019
1
7
8
1
1 2 3 1 2 1 2
D002
2
AMP
AMP
AMP
SUPPLY FREE
3
I009
7
I006
8
TOP
I012
F007a
F007
1
D001 TOP
8
5
1
1 2
4
SUPPLY FREE
3
3 4
2
5
3
F008
56b
56a 31b
49a
H001
L
56 31
56d
D0063280
Fig. 4043 - Central wiring loom (1/2)

Table 865
CONNECTOR CODE
B005 Fuse (10A)
B006 Fuse (7.5A)
40-1193
Wiring diagrams
CONNECTOR CODE
B007 Fuse (20A)
B008 Fuse (15A)
B009 Fuse (15A)
B010 Fuse (5A)
B011 Fuse (7.5A)
B012 Fuse (15A)
B013 Fuse (15A)
B014 Not used
B015 Fuse (15A)
B016 Fuse (7.5A)
B017 Not used
B018 Fuse (15A)
B019 Fuse (15A)
B020 Fuse (3A)
B021 Fuse (10A)
B022 Fuse (7.5A)
B023 Fuse (7.5A)
B024 Fuse (7.5A)
B025 Fuse (30A)
B026 Fuse (30A)
B027 Fuse (30A)
B028 Fuse (40A)
B029 Fuse (40A)
B030 Fuse (30A)
Table 866
CONNECTOR CODE
B031 Fuse (30A)
B032 Fuse (20A)
B033 Fuse (20A)
D010 Not used
D012 Configuration connector
R D012a Configuration connector
S D012b Configuration connector
Table 867
CONNECTOR CODE
40-1194
Wiring diagrams
CONNECTOR CODE
F008 LH rear light
F009 RH rear light
HI/LO LEVER H002 Main gear lever - Hi/Lo buttons and transmission split
I002 P.T.O. engagement switch 540
I003 P.T.O. engagement switch 1.000
TOP I009 Upper worklights switch
I012 Lower front worklights switch
I013 Brake pedal switch
I014 Not used
I015 4WD control switch
I017 Not used
I018 Starter switch
I019 Corner lights switch
Table 868
CONNECTOR CODE
J002 Relay
J003 Relay
J004 Relay
J005 Relay
J006 Relay
J007 Relay
J008 Relay
J009 Relay
K007 Operator present sensor
K008 Park Brake pressure brake
M M001 Engine ECU
F M002 Engine ECU
M003 Rear PTO ECU
P004 Cigar lighter
P004a Cigar lighter
40-1195
Wiring diagrams
MF5
40A FT1-2-3 B029
MF4
40A START B028
PK1 PK2
+15
COMPRESSOR
MU1
MU4
30A
RELAY
MK3
COMPRESSOR B030
FT 5-6-7-8
FAN SPEED
RELAY
B025
B026
B027
MK1
20 A B032
30A
30A
30A
POWER
B031 B033
MU6
MU3
30A +15
MF1
20 A
MK3 MF3
SOCKET
MK1
+15 +15
HI/LO J002 J003 J004
F14-15 F11-12-13
+15 ROOF +15

MK4
MK6
FT5.6.7.8 MU6
M11
B006 B016
B010 B020
B011 B021
B005 B015
B009 B019
B012 B022
B013 B023
STOLL SOCKET
B007 B017
B008 B018
B014 B024
RELAY
L R
+15 +15 +15 +15 +15 +15 +15 +15
M20
7.5A 7.5A 7.5 A 10A 3A 15 A 15 A 7.5 A 7.5 A 15 A

COMPRESSOR
STOP(EU)
STOP +30
+15 +30 +30 USA +30 +30 +30
10 A 7.5 A 20 A 15 A 15 A 5A 7.5A 15 A 15 A 15 A
M1
M10
D0063290
Fig. 4044 - Central wiring loom (2/2)
40-1196
Wiring diagrams
40.4.28 - 0.015.7023.4/50 - Driveline - Version with digital instrument panel (AGROFARM
K014
4
AMP
3
2
1
D018
K013
AMP
I
I023 2 1
ECO
AMP
1 2 3
AMP
1
AMP
3 2 1
I
I022
ECO
I021
3
AMP
2
S
S
1
P006 AMP
K009
1
1
A
2
6
7
3
5
4
D015
AMP
1
AM
P
90°
D021 D019
A
I020
AMP
2
0° 180°
1
K012 USA STOLL
D017 270°
1
AMP
2
2
AMP
USA STOLL
1
3
D011
2 1 3 5 4
AMP
H/L
D020 1
AMP
1 2 1 2
1 2 3
D016 7-8
AMP
AMP
1
AMP
K011
2
7-8
AMP
3
K010 L004 L002

H/L
1 2
1 2
AMP
AMP
L003 L001
D0063060
Fig. 4045 - Driveline - Version with digital instrument panel

Table 869
CONNECTOR CODE
7-8 D016 Not used
STOLL D017 Not used
D018 Not used
D019 Not used
D020 Not used
A D021 Wiring connector
I020 Start enable switch (transmission in neutral)
S I021 P.T.O. engagement switch ECO
I022 Not used
ECO I023 P.T.O. engagement switch ECO
K009 Transmission oil filter clogging pressure switch
K010 Not used
K011 Services circuit alarm pressure switch
USA K012 Rear PTO speed sensor (USA version)
I K013 Hydraulic trailer braking valve pressure switch
K014 Fuel level sensor
L001 Differential lock control solenoid valve
L002 Not used
L003 Rear PTO control solenoid valve
H/L L004 Not used
P006 Trailer socket
40-1197
Wiring diagrams
D015

CHARGE AIR PRESSURE TEMP.(M4)


FUEL TEMP (M5 - ANAL)
ATTUATOR (M18)
ATTUATOR (M17)
ATTUATOR (M19)
ATTUATOR (M15)
ATTUATOR (M14)
PICK-UP+ (M13)
12 PICK-UP- (M12)
23
14
18
17
19
15
25
13
24
5
4
XSCH
RN0.75
A-A5 FUEL TEMP (M5 - ANAL5
BN0.75
A-B4 PICK-UP- (M12)
VN0.75
A-C7 CHARGE AIR PRESSURE GND (M23)
LR0.75
A-B6 ATTUATOR (M14)
V0.75 A-C2 ATTUATOR (M18)
B 0.75 ATTUATOR (M17)
A-C1
M 0.75
A-C3 ATTUATOR (M19)
CB0.75
A-B1 WATER TEMPERATURE (M8)
RG0.75
A-B7 ATTUATOR (M15)
HN0.75
B-C4 WATER TEMPERATURE (M9)
Z0.75
B-C5 CHARGE AIR PRESSURE +5V (M25)
HR0.75
A-B5 PICK-UP+ (M13)
H0.75
A-C8 CHARGE AIR PRESSURE SIGNAL (M24)
N 0.75 N0.75
L004
1 A-C4 SCREEN
-31 -31 HB0.75
A-A4 CHARGE AIR PRESSURE TEMP.(M4)
EV LO EV LO 2
N 0.75 S.U.1
L003
-31 -31 1
PTO POSTER. Rear PTO 2
K011 SERBIZI SERVICE

LR 1
CV 0.75
B-A3 CONSENSO CAMBIO GEAR START CONSENT
MB 1.5
+15 +15 1 LR 1
K010
A-A2 SERVIZI SERVICE
GIRI RUOTE WHEEL SIGNAL 2
RV 0.75
N 0.75 S.U.1 B-C3 PTO POSTER. Rear PTO
-31 -31 3
B-D4
HR 0.75
A-A6 EV DF EV DF
N 0.75 S.U.1
L002
B-D5
-31 -31 1
D011
EV DT EV DT 2 B-C2
N1 CN 0.75 EV LO EV LO
D018
-31 B-A2
-31 2
S.U.3 BN 0.75 +15

EV RIMORCHIO EV TRAILER 1 A-A7 +15
I020
CONS.MARCIA GEAR CONSENT 1
BR 0.5
N 0.75 S.U.1 A-B2 VEL.RUOTE WHEEL SIGNAL
-31 -31 2
AR 1
A-C5 EV DT EV DT
CV 1
3 FARO LAV.PIATT. PLATFORM W.L.
L001
FARO LAV.PIATT. PLATFORM W.L. B-A6
EV DF EV DF 2
N 0.75 S.U.1 CV 1
-31 -31 1 FARO LAV.PIATT. PLATFORM W.L. FARO LAV.PIATT. PLATFORM W.L.
2 B-A7
D020 LAMPAGGIANTE FLASHER 1
N 1.5
GV 1.5
V 1.5
B-A8 LAMPAGGIANTE FLASHER
-31 -31 4 B-A5 EV RIMORCHIO TRAIELR BRAKE EV
-31 -31 5 N 1.5 N1.5(W2) A-A1 -31 -31
D021 FREN.RIM.PNEUM. AIR TRAIELR PRESS.
S.U.1
N1.5(W2)
N1.5(W2)
A-A8 -31 -31
A-D1 -31 -31
S.U.1 N1.5(W2) B-D1

-31 -31
B-D2
K013 FREN.RIM.IDR. HYDR.TRAILER PRESS.

V 0.75
S 0.75
A-D6 FREN.RIM.PNEUM. AIR TRAIELR PRESS.
A-B8 FREN.RIM.IDR. HYDR.TRAILER PRESS.

SL 0.75
I023
PTO ECO PTO ECO 2 B-B2 SEGNALE SENS.USA USA SENS.SIGNAL
N 0.75
-31 -31 3 VB 0.75
A-A3 PTO ECO PTO ECO
S.U.1
HG 0.75
B-A4 PTO SynCRO PTO Syncro
I021
PTO Syncro PTO Syncro 2
B-B3
N 0.75 S.U.1
-31 -31 3
S.U.1 B-C6
S.U.1
B-C7
S.U.1
S.U.1 B-D3
AN 0.75
SPIA DT DT LIGHT 1 B-B1 TRASM.IDRAUL. TRANSM.HYDRAUL
I022 -31 -31 2

N 0.75 AR 0.75
S.U.1
A-B3 SPIA DT DT LIGHT

3 HN 0.75
A-C6 SPIA LIGHT
C 0.75
A-D7 LIVELLO LEVEL
K012 VR0.75
B-C8 STOLL STOLL
AN 1
P006
N 0.75
N 0.75 B-B5 DIREZIONI SX LEFT DIECTIONS EU
-31 SENSORE USA -31 USA SENSOR
-31 2
S.U.1
-31 2 S.U.T6 AN 1
A1 DIREZIONI SX LEFT DIECTIONS 1 -31 -31 1
K014
SPIA LIGHT 4 RIGHT DIRECTION EU A1
SEGNALE SENS.USA USA SENS.SIGNAL 3 A-D2 DIREZIONI DX S.U.T2
C1
BN 0.75
DIREZIONI DX RIGHT DIRECTION 4 +30 +30 4
LIVELLO LEVEL 3
G1
M Marrone/Br own C Arancio/Orang e
1 S.U.T3 G1
+15 SENSORE USA +15 USA SENSOR +58 SX +58 SINISTRA EU 5 5
1
A-D3 +58 SX +58 SINISTRA DIR.RIGHT DIR.RIGHT
S.U.T4 RN 1.5
RN 1.5 6 6
A-D4 STOP STOP EU STOP STOP 58 RH +58 RH
V Verde/Green A Azzurr o/Blue
S.U.T1 GN 1
+58 SX +58 LEFT 7 +15 +15 7
+58 DX +58 RH EU
GN 1
S.U.T7 N 1.5 Z Viola/Violet B Bianco/White
S.U.1
A-D5
K009 IDRAULICA HYDRAULIC

AN 1
-31 -31 2
N 0.75
B-B4 +15 RIMORCHIO USA +15USA TRAILER
GN 1
AG1
-31 -31 3
2
DIR.LEFT
58 LEFT
DIR.LEFT
58 LEFT
3
2
N Nero/Blac k L Blu/Dark Blue
STOLL STOLL 1 B-A1 +30 RIMMORCHIO USA +30 USA TRAILER
A1
S Rosa/Pink G Giallo/Y ello w
VERSION EU VERSION U.S.A.
X1
G1
R Rosso/Red H
D019 TRASMISSIONI TRANSMISSION
AN 1
D017
B-B6
B-B7
DIREZIONI DX
+58 DX
RIGHT DIRECTION USA
+58 RH USA
RN 1.5
Grigio/Gra y
AG1
B-B8 +58 SX +58 LT USA
BN 1.5
EV 1 EV 1 1 B-C1 DIREZIONI SX LEFT DIECTIONS USA
D016 EV 2 EV 2 2
3
N1 B-D8 -31 EU -31 EU
N 1.5
-31 -31
N 1.5
A-D8 -31 USA -31 USA
VA 1
B-D6 EV 1 EV 1
VS 1 B-D7 EV 2 EV 2
D0063300
Fig. 4046
40.4.29 - 0.015.7023.4/50 - Drivetrain (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001, AGROFARM 420 ->
20001, AGROFARM 430 -> 1001)
K014
4
AMP
3
2
1
D018
K013
AMP
I
I023 2 1
ECO
AMP
1 2 3
AMP
1
AMP
3 2 1
I
I022
ECO
I021
3
AMP
2
S
S
1
P006 AMP
K009
1
1
A
2
6
7
3
5
4
D015
AMP
AM
P
90°
D021 D019
A
I020
AMP
2
0° 180°
1
K012 USA STOLL

D017 270°
1
AMP
2
2
AMP
USA STOLL
1
3
D011
2 1 3 5 4
AMP
H/L
D020 1
AMP
1 2 1 2
1 2 3
D016 7-8
AMP
AMP
1
AMP
K011
2
7-8
AMP
3
K010 L004 L002

H/L
1 2
1 2
AMP
AMP
L003 L001
D0063060
Fig. 4047 - Drivetrain (1/2)

Table 870
CONNECTOR CODE
40-1198
Wiring diagrams
CONNECTOR CODE
7-8 D016 Not used
STOLL D017 Not used
D020 Not used
I022 4WD engagement control switch
ECO I023 P.T.O. engagement switch ECO
K010 Wheels speed sensor
USA K012 Rear PTO speed sensor (USA version)
L002 4WD control solenoid valve
H/L L004 Hi/Lo drive control solenoid valve
P006 Trailer socket
D015


ATTUATOR (M18)
ATTUATOR (M17)
ATTUATOR (M19)
ATTUATOR (M15)
ATTUATOR (M14)
PICK-UP+ (M13)
12 PICK-UP- (M12)
23
14
18
17
19
15
25
13
24
5
4
XSCH
RN0.75
BN0.75
A-B4 PICK-UP- (M12)
VN0.75
LR0.75
A-B6 ATTUATOR (M14)
V0.75 A-C2 ATTUATOR (M18)
A-C1
M 0.75
A-C3 ATTUATOR (M19)
CB0.75
A-B1 WATER TEMPERATURE (M8)
RG0.75
A-B7 ATTUATOR (M15)
HN0.75
Z0.75
B-C5 CHARGE AIR PRESSURE +5V (M25)
HR0.75
A-B5 PICK-UP+ (M13)
H0.75
N 0.75 N0.75
L004
1 A-C4 SCREEN
-31 -31 HB0.75
EV LO EV LO 2
N 0.75 S.U.1
L003
-31 -31 1
K011 SERBIZI SERVICE

LR 1
CV 0.75
MB 1.5
+15 +15 1 LR 1
K010
GIRI RUOTE WHEEL SIGNAL 2
RV 0.75
N 0.75 S.U.1 B-C3 PTO POSTER. Rear PTO
-31 -31 3
B-D4
HR 0.75
A-A6 EV DF EV DF
N 0.75 S.U.1
L002
B-D5
-31 -31 1
D011
EV DT EV DT 2 B-C2
N1 CN 0.75 EV LO EV LO
D018
-31 B-A2
-31 2
S.U.3 BN 0.75 +15

EV RIMORCHIO EV TRAILER 1 A-A7 +15
I020
BR 0.5
N 0.75 S.U.1 A-B2 VEL.RUOTE WHEEL SIGNAL
-31 -31 2
AR 1
A-C5 EV DT EV DT
CV 1
3 FARO LAV.PIATT. PLATFORM W.L.
L001
FARO LAV.PIATT. PLATFORM W.L. B-A6
EV DF EV DF 2
N 0.75 S.U.1 CV 1
-31 -31 1 FARO LAV.PIATT. PLATFORM W.L. FARO LAV.PIATT. PLATFORM W.L.
2 B-A7
D020 LAMPAGGIANTE FLASHER 1
N 1.5
GV 1.5
V 1.5
B-A8 LAMPAGGIANTE FLASHER
-31 -31 4 B-A5 EV RIMORCHIO TRAIELR BRAKE EV
-31 -31 5 N 1.5 N1.5(W2) A-A1 -31 -31
D021 FREN.RIM.PNEUM. AIR TRAIELR PRESS.
S.U.1
N1.5(W2)
N1.5(W2)
A-A8 -31 -31
A-D1 -31 -31
S.U.1 N1.5(W2) B-D1

-31 -31
B-D2

V 0.75
S 0.75

SL 0.75
I023
PTO ECO PTO ECO 2 B-B2 SEGNALE SENS.USA USA SENS.SIGNAL
N 0.75
-31 -31 3 VB 0.75
A-A3 PTO ECO PTO ECO
S.U.1
HG 0.75
I021
B-B3
N 0.75 S.U.1
-31 -31 3
S.U.1 B-C6
S.U.1
B-C7
S.U.1
S.U.1 B-D3
AN 0.75
I022 -31 -31 2

N 0.75 AR 0.75
S.U.1

3 HN 0.75
A-C6 SPIA LIGHT
C 0.75
A-D7 LIVELLO LEVEL
K012 VR0.75
B-C8 STOLL STOLL
AN 1
P006
N 0.75
N 0.75 B-B5 DIREZIONI SX LEFT DIECTIONS EU
-31 SENSORE USA -31 USA SENSOR
-31 2
S.U.1
-31 2 S.U.T6 AN 1
A1 DIREZIONI SX LEFT DIECTIONS 1 -31 -31 1
K014
SPIA LIGHT 4 RIGHT DIRECTION EU A1
SEGNALE SENS.USA USA SENS.SIGNAL 3 A-D2 DIREZIONI DX S.U.T2
C1
BN 0.75
DIREZIONI DX RIGHT DIRECTION 4 +30 +30 4
LIVELLO LEVEL 3
G1
M Marrone/Br own C Arancio/Orang e
1 S.U.T3 G1
+15 SENSORE USA +15 USA SENSOR +58 SX +58 SINISTRA EU 5 5
1
A-D3 +58 SX +58 SINISTRA DIR.RIGHT DIR.RIGHT
S.U.T4 RN 1.5
RN 1.5 6 6
A-D4 STOP STOP EU STOP STOP 58 RH +58 RH
V Verde/Green A Azzurr o/Blue
S.U.T1 GN 1
+58 SX +58 LEFT 7 +15 +15 7
+58 DX +58 RH EU
GN 1
S.U.T7 N 1.5 Z Viola/Violet B Bianco/White
S.U.1
A-D5
K009 IDRAULICA HYDRAULIC

AN 1
-31 -31 2
N 0.75
B-B4 +15 RIMORCHIO USA +15USA TRAILER
GN 1
AG1
-31 -31 3
2
DIR.LEFT
58 LEFT
DIR.LEFT
58 LEFT
3
2
N Nero/Blac k L Blu/Dark Blue
STOLL STOLL 1 B-A1 +30 RIMMORCHIO USA +30 USA TRAILER
A1
S Rosa/Pink G Giallo/Y ello w
VERSION EU VERSION U.S.A.
X1
G1
R Rosso/Red H
D019 TRASMISSIONI TRANSMISSION
AN 1
D017
B-B6
B-B7
DIREZIONI DX
+58 DX
RIGHT DIRECTION USA
+58 RH USA
RN 1.5
Grigio/Gra y
AG1
B-B8 +58 SX +58 LT USA
BN 1.5
EV 1 EV 1 1 B-C1 DIREZIONI SX LEFT DIECTIONS USA
D016 EV 2 EV 2 2
3
N1 B-D8 -31 EU -31 EU
N 1.5
-31 -31
N 1.5
A-D8 -31 USA -31 USA
VA 1
B-D6 EV 1 EV 1
VS 1 B-D7 EV 2 EV 2
D0063300
Fig. 4048 - Drivetrain (2/2)
40-1199
Wiring diagrams
40.4.30 - 0.015.7266.4/40 - Air conditioning condenser fan - Version with high-visibility
cab ()
P015
J014 J015
A B
K023
D028
B A
P016
D0047701
Fig. 4049 - Air conditioning condenser fan - Version with high-visibility cab (1/2)
Table 871
CONNECTOR CODE
J015 Control relay for auxiliary air conditioning cooler fan
P016 Auxiliary air conditioning condenser fan
40-1200
Wiring diagrams
P015 P016
K023 A B A B
1 2 3 5 6
N-1.5
N-1.5
N-1
SU1 SU2
MN-1.5
MN-1.5
AN-1.5
AN-1.5
AN-1.5
AN-1.5
N-1.5
VN-1
N-1.5
A-1.5
L-1.5
CB-1
V-1
C-1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 M Marrone/Brown C Arancio/Orange 2 4 6 8 2 4 6 8
D028 Z Viola/Violet B Bianco/White
J014 J015
D0063310
Fig. 4050 - Air conditioning condenser fan - Version with high-visibility cab (2/2)
40.4.31 - 0.015.7266.4/40 - Air conditioning condenser fan - Version with standard cab ()
P015
J014 J015
A B
K023
D028
B A
P016
D0047701
40-1201
Wiring diagrams
Table 872
CONNECTOR CODE
J015 Control relay for auxiliary air conditioning cooler fan
P016 Auxiliary air conditioning condenser fan
P015 P016
K023 A B A B
1 2 3 5 6
N-1.5
N-1.5
N-1
SU1 SU2
MN-1.5
MN-1.5
AN-1.5
AN-1.5
AN-1.5
AN-1.5
N-1.5
VN-1
N-1.5
A-1.5
L-1.5
CB-1
V-1
C-1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 M Marrone/Brown C Arancio/Orange 2 4 6 8 2 4 6 8
D028 Z Viola/Violet B Bianco/White
J014 J015
D0063310
40-1202
Wiring diagrams
40.4.32 - 0.015.7309.4 - Hood lights (AGROFARM 410 -> 16001, AGROFARM 420 -> 16001,
AGROFARM 430 -> 5001)
3
F022 2
D004
E001
2 1
3
F023
2
D0065960

Table 873
CONNECTOR CODE
E001 Horn
F022 RH headlight
F023 LH headlight
40-1203
Wiring diagrams
1
F022
2
3
1
D004
H 1.5
LOW BEAM LIGHTS RH 1 F023
H 1.5
2
LOW BEAM LIGHTS LT 2
3
VN 1.5
HIGH BEAM LIGHTS RH 3
VN 1.5
HIGH BEAM LIGHTS LT 4
1
HORN 5 Z1 E001
2
8 N 1.5 TABELLA COLORI / COLOURS TABLE

-31
N 1.5
-31
9 V Verde/Green A Azzurro/Blue
R1
+30
10 N Nero/Black L Blu/Dark Blue
11 R Rosso/Red H Grigio/Gray
12
D0066270

40.4.33 - 0.016.0373.4/30 - Cab power supply
D023
D009
D025
D024
D008
D0047661
Fig. 4055 - Cab power supply

Table 874
CONNECTOR CODE
40-1204
Wiring diagrams
CONNECTOR CODE
40.4.34 - 0.016.0484.4/60 - Central (U.S.A.)

I015 I010 I005 I004
I014 R F
6
2
5
1
4
8
7
3
6
2
5
1
4
8
7
3
6
2
5
1
4
8
7
3
6
2
5
1
4
8
7 6
3 2
5
1
4
8
7
P004a
P004
1
D013 P002a
H002 P002b
K006 M003 K005
1
4 5 6
2 3
LEVA HI/LO
18 13
P002
D011
7
4 5 6
2 3
12
R
C003
F
1
AMP
6 1
D013
4 3 2 1
85-100 3-LO/4-HI
HI(VIOLA)
LO(BIANCO)
I001
AMP
110 3-HI/4-LO
2
1
I007
3
AMP
2
1
D043
5
4
4
AMP
3
3
2
2
1
1
7
8
I016
1
4
2
5
18 17
3
10
I018
15
30
50
2
P005
K007
3
AMP
2
D004
1
C004 N004
1
N003
1
E004
+ 2
-
G
E004a
E004b C009 M002
F
D007
S
D012b S C008
M001
ECU MOTORE
D009 R
D012a R
D012 3 D010 M
AMP
2
1
M F
D008 E003 K008

5k
I002 D010
3
4
5
2
3
1
2
1
D014 E002 I003 I017
4
1
3k
3
R001 2
1
M004 P003
4
4
AMP
3
I008
2
D005
2
1
1
7
1
4
2
D003 I011
4
6
3
SUPPLY FREE
10
9
2
I019
1
7
8
1
1 2 3 1 2 1 2
D002
2
1 2 3 4 5
AMP
AMP
AMP
3
SUPPLY FREE
I009
AMP
7
I006
8
TOP
F007a
F007
I012
1
1 2 3 4 5
8
TOP
2
5
1
D001
4
6
2
D044
SUPPLY FREE
3
56b
56a 31b
49a
L
H001
56 31
56d
D0063320
Fig. 4056 - Central (U.S.A.) (1/2)

Table 875
CONNECTOR CODE
B005 Fuse (10A)
B006 Fuse (7.5A)
B007 Fuse (20A)
B008 Fuse (15A)
B009 Fuse (15A)
B010 Fuse (5A)
B011 Fuse (7.5A)
B012 Fuse (15A)
B013 Fuse (15A)
B014 Not used
B015 Fuse (15A)
B016 Fuse (7.5A)
B017 Not used
B018 Fuse (15A)
B019 Fuse (15A)
B020 Fuse (3A)
B021 Fuse (10A)
B022 Fuse (7.5A)
B023 Fuse (7.5A)
40-1205
Wiring diagrams
CONNECTOR CODE
B024 Fuse (7.5A)
B025 Fuse (30A)
B026 Fuse (30A)
B027 Fuse (30A)
B028 Fuse (40A)
B029 Fuse (40A)
B030 Fuse (30A)
B031 Fuse (30A)
Table 876
CONNECTOR CODE
B032 Fuse (20A)
B033 Fuse (20A)
D010 Not used
D012 Configuration connector
R D012a Configuration connector
S D012b Configuration connector
Table 877
CONNECTOR CODE
HI/LO LEVER H002 Main gear lever - Hi/Lo buttons and transmission split
I002 P.T.O. engagement switch 540
I003 P.T.O. engagement switch 1.000
TOP I009 Upper worklights switch
40-1206
Wiring diagrams
CONNECTOR CODE
I012 Lower front worklights switch
I014 Not used
I015 4WD control switch
I017 Not used
I018 Starter switch
I019 Corner lights switch
J002 Relay
J003 Relay
Table 878
CONNECTOR CODE
J004 Relay
J005 Relay
J006 Relay
J007 Relay
J008 Relay
J009 Relay
K007 Operator present sensor
K008 Park Brake pressure brake
M M001 Engine ECU
F M002 Engine ECU
M003 Rear PTO ECU
P004 Cigar lighter
P004a Cigar lighter
40-1207
Wiring diagrams
MF5
40A FT1-2-3 B029
MF4
40A START B028
PK1 PK2
+15
COMPRESSOR
MU1
MU4
30A
RELAY
MK3
COMPRESSOR B030
FT 5-6-7-8
FAN SPEED
RELAY
B025
B026
B027
MK1
20 A B032
30A
30A
30A
POWER
B031 B033
MU6
MU3
30A +15
MF1
20 A
MK3 MF3
SOCKET
MK1
+15 +15
HI/LO J002 J003 J004
F14-15 F11-12-13
+15 ROOF +15

MK4
MK6
FT5.6.7.8 MU6
M11
B006 B016
B010 B020
B011 B021
B005 B015
B009 B019
B012 B022
B013 B023
STOLL SOCKET
B007 B017
B008 B018
B014 B024
RELAY
L R
+15 +15 +15 +15 +15 +15 +15 +15
M20
7.5A 7.5A 7.5 A 10A 3A 15 A 15 A 7.5 A 7.5 A 15 A

COMPRESSOR
STOP(EU)
STOP +30
+15 +30 +30 USA +30 +30 +30
10 A 7.5 A 20 A 15 A 15 A 5A 7.5A 15 A 15 A 15 A
M1
M10
D0063290
Fig. 4057 - Central (U.S.A.) (2/2)
40-1208
Wiring diagrams
40.4.35 - 0.016.0664.4 - Front lights
D014
D037 D039
D038 D040
L.H. SIDE R.H. SIDE

D0036482
Fig. 4058 - Front lights (1/2)

Table 879
CONNECTOR CODE
40-1209
Wiring diagrams
D014
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
N1.5
G1
A1
GN1
CV1
CV1
AN1
N1.5
H1
H1
TABELLA COLORI / COLOURS TABLE D038 D037 D040 D039

D0063330
Fig. 4059 - Front lights (2/2)
40-1210
Wiring diagrams
40.4.36 - 0.016.0865.4/10 - Cab roof - Version with standard cab (AGROFARM 410 ->
I026 I027 I025

D029 I029
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8
4
8
3
7
2
6
1
5
3
1
4
2
D028 I
53M
I-6
53S
15
M005 31
G001
A H
1 8
B038
B040
B037
B034
B036
B039
B035
4 3 2 1
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 E005
5 A RADIO
I024 I028
7.5 A
7.5 A
10 A
10 A
30 A
10 A
D026
P008
1 2
4 3 2 1
D027
C007
2 1
3
6
2
5
1
4
D030
D023
3
6
5
2
4
1
D024 D0047771
Fig. 4060 - Cab roof - Version with standard cab (1/2)

Table 880
CONNECTOR CODE
B034 Fuse (10A)
B035 Fuse (5A)
B036 Fuse (30A)
B037 Fuse (7.5A)
B038 Fuse (7.5A)
B039 Fuse (10A)
B040 Fuse (10A)
40-1211
Wiring diagrams
CONNECTOR CODE
E005 Clock
I024 Front worklights switch
I026 Rear worklights switch
I027 Windscreen washer pump switch
I028 Windscreen wiper switch
I029 Rear screen wiper switch
I024 I026 I025 I028 I029

A-N 1
A-N 1 I027 E005
4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8
V1
AN1
AR1
AR1
R1
N1
A1
G-R 1
R-N 1
A-N 1
V-N 1
M-G 1.5
G-N 1.5
G-N 1.5
G-V 1.5
V1
H-N 1
H-N 1
M 1.5
M 1.5
R1.5
C1
A1
A1
G1
N1
N1
N1
H-N 1
M 1.5
N 1.5
4
8
N 1.5
D029
x4
3
7
2
6
1
5
N 2.5
G-N 1.5 RN1
M005
G 1.5
GR1
I
53M
AR1 T 53S
31
A-N 2.5 V1 15
N 2.5 AN1
D028
1
3
V1
4
2
N1
V1
N1
1
V1
D026
2
V-N 1.5
4 3
V1
R4
D027
2
N4
1
G-R 1
AN 1
N1
D030
3
6
2
4 5
1
V-N 1
C1
3
6
A-R 1
D023
2
4 5
1
V-N 1.5
MN 4
R4
A-N 1
N 2.5
N 2.5
N1
N4
N1
N1
N1
N1
N1
A-N 1
M-G 1.5
A-N-2.5
G-V 1.5
R1
R1.5
N1
R1
R1
R1
A1
A1
R1
N1
1 2
A H TABELLA COLORI / COLOURS TABLE
P008
G001 1 8 M Marrone/Brown C Arancio/Orange
C007 V Verde/Green A Azzurro/Blue
S G
5 A RADIO
RN 4 Rosa/Pink Giallo/Yellow
R H
15 A
Rosso/Red Grigio/Gray
7.5 A
7.5 A
30 A
10 A
10 A
D024
B034
B036
B037
B039
B035
B040
B038
D0047781
Fig. 4061 - Cab roof - Version with standard cab (2/2)
40-1212
Wiring diagrams
40.4.37 - 0.016.0865.4/10 - Cab roof - Version with standard cab (AGROFARM 410 ->
I026 I027 I025

D029 I029
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8
4
8
3
7
2
6
1
5
3
1
4
2
D028 I
53M
I-6
53S
15
M005 31
G001
A H
1 8
B038
B040
B037
B034
B036
B039
B035
4 3 2 1
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 E005
5 A RADIO
I024 I028
7.5 A
7.5 A
10 A
10 A
30 A
10 A
D026
P008
1 2
4 3 2 1
D027
C007
2 1
3
6
2
5
1
4
D030
D023
3
6
5
2
4
1
D024 D0047771
Fig. 4062 - Cab roof - Version with standard cab

Table 881
CONNECTOR CODE
B034 Fuse (10A)
B035 Fuse (5A)
B036 Fuse (30A)
B037 Fuse (7.5A)
B038 Fuse (7.5A)
B039 Fuse (10A)
B040 Fuse (10A)
40-1213
Wiring diagrams
CONNECTOR CODE
E005 Clock
I024 Front work lights switch
I026 Rear work lights switch
I027 Windscreen washer pump switch
I028 Windscreen wiper switch
I029 Not used
I024 I026 I025 I028 I029

A-N 1
A-N 1 I027 E005
4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8
V1
AN1
AR1
AR1
R1
N1
A1
G-R 1
R-N 1
A-N 1
V-N 1
M-G 1.5
G-N 1.5
G-N 1.5
G-V 1.5
V1
H-N 1
H-N 1
M 1.5
M 1.5
R1.5
C1
A1
A1
G1
N1
N1
N1
H-N 1
M 1.5
N 1.5
4
8
N 1.5
D029
x4
3
7
2
6
1
5
N 2.5
G-N 1.5 RN1
M005
G 1.5
GR1
I
53M
AR1 T 53S
31
A-N 2.5 V1 15
N 2.5 AN1
D028
1
3
V1
4
2
N1
V1
N1
1
V1
D026
2
V-N 1.5
4 3
V1
R4
D027
2
N4
1
G-R 1
AN 1
N1
D030
3
6
2
4 5
1
V-N 1
C1
3
6
A-R 1
D023
2
4 5
1
V-N 1.5
MN 4
R4
A-N 1
N 2.5
N 2.5
N1
N4
N1
N1
N1
N1
N1
A-N 1
M-G 1.5
A-N-2.5
G-V 1.5
R1
R1.5
N1
R1
R1
R1
A1
A1
R1
N1
1 2
A H TABELLA COLORI / COLOURS TABLE
P008
G001 1 8 M Marrone/Brown C Arancio/Orange
C007 V Verde/Green A Azzurro/Blue
S G
5 A RADIO
RN 4 Rosa/Pink Giallo/Yellow
R H
15 A
Rosso/Red Grigio/Gray
7.5 A
7.5 A
30 A
10 A
10 A
D024
B034
B036
B037
B039
B035
B040
B038
D0047781
Fig. 4063 - Cab roof - Version with standard cab
40-1214
Wiring diagrams
40.4.38 - 0.016.0866.4/10 - Front-rear work lights - Version with standard cab
D031
D032
1
2
1
2
F010
D029
4
8
F013
3
7
2
6
1
5
F011
F012
1 2
D036
D0047721
Fig. 4064 - Front-rear work lights - Version with standard cab (1/2)
Table 882
CONNECTOR CODE
F010 Rh front worklight (on cab roof)
F011 Lh rear worklight (on cab roof)
F012 Rh rear worklight (on cab roof)
F013 Lh front worklight (on cab roof)
40-1215
Wiring diagrams
GN 1.5
F011
N 1.5
2xN 1.5 2xGN 1.5
1
GN 1.5
2xN 1.5 2x G 1.5

F012
2
6
N 1.5
N 1.5 HN 1
3
G 1.5
F010
4
N 1.5
D029
G 1.5
F013
N 1.5
M1
2
D031
N1
1
N 1.5
1
D036 V Verde/Green A Azzurro/Blue
2 HN 1 M1 Z Viola/Violet B Bianco/White
2
D032 S Rosa/Pink G Giallo/Yellow
N1
1
D0047731
Fig. 4065 - Front-rear work lights - Version with standard cab (2/2)
40.4.39 - 0.016.1001.4/20 - Hydraulic trailer braking valve (AGROFARM 410 -> 20001,
L009
2
D018
1
C1
1 1
D018 Z1 L009
2 2

Fig. 4066 - Hydraulic trailer braking valve
40-1216
Wiring diagrams
Table 883
CONNECTOR CODE
L009 Trailer parking brake control solenoid valve
40.4.40 - 0.016.1999.4/10 - Driveline - Version with analog instrument panel (AGROFARM

K013
I
1
K014
4 3 2 1
AMP
AMP
1
I
I021
3
S
3
AMP
1 2 3
2
S
1
1
AMP
P006 I022
AMP
K009
1
1
A
2
6
7
3
5
4
AMP
I020
1
AM
P
D021 D019
D015
AMP
2
A
1
D017
90°
AMP
2
1
0° 180°
D011 270°
54 3 21
AMP
D020
1
AMP
K011
1 2 1 2
AMP
AMP
L003 L001
D0064710
Fig. 4067 - Driveline - Version with analog instrument panel

Table 884
CONNECTOR CODE
D017 Not used
D019 Not used
D020 Not used
I022 Not used
P006 Trailer socket
40-1217
Wiring diagrams
D015



ATTUATOR (M18)
ATTUATOR (M17)
ATTUATOR (M19)
ATTUATOR (M15)
ATTUATOR (M14)
PICK-UP+ (M13)
PICK-UP- (M12)
12
23
14
18
17
19
15
25
13
24
5
4
XSCH
RN0.75
BN0.75
A-B4 PICK-UP- (M12)
VN0.75
LR0.75
A-B6 ATTUATOR (M14)
V0.75
A-C2 ATTUATOR (M18)
C-C1
M 0.75
A-C3 ATTUATOR (M19)
CB0.75
A-A8 WATER TEMPERATURE (M8)
RG0.75
A-B7 ATTUATOR (M15)
HN0.75
Z0.75 B-C5 CHARGE AIR PRESSURE +5V (M25)
HR0.75
A-B5 PICK-UP+ (M13)
H0.75
N0.75
A-C4 SCREEN
HB0.75
MB1
L003
+15EV +15EV 1
K011
LR 1
SERVIZI SERVICE
CV 0.75
LR 1
RV 0.75
B-C3 PTO POSTER. Rear PTO
HR 0.75
A-A6 EV DF EV DF
S.U.4 MB1
A-A7 +15 EV +15 EV
D011
I020
N 0.75
D020
-31 -31 2
CV 1
3 B-A6
L001
EV DF 2 FARO LAV.PIATT. PLATFORM W.L. FARO LAV.PIATT. PLATFORM W.L.
EV DF
MB1 CV 1
+15EV +15EV 1 FARO LAV.PIATT. PLATFORM W.L. 2 B-A7 FARO LAV.PIATT. PLATFORM W.L.
GV 1.5
LAMPAGGIANTE FLASHER 1 B-A8 LAMPAGGIANTE FLASHER
N 1.5
-31 -31 4
N 1.5(W2)
-31 -31 5 N 1.5 -31 CARRO -31 BODY
A-A1
D021
N 1.5(W2)
FREN.RIM.PNEUM. AIR TRAIELR PRESS. A-D1 -31 CARRO -31 BODY
VR0.75
S.U.1 A-D8 STOLL STOLL
N 1.5(W2)
S.U.1 A-B1 -31 CARRO -31 BODY

V 0.75
S 0.75

S.U.1
S.U.1
HG 0.75
S.U.1
I021
N 0.75
-31 -31 3
S.U.1
N 0.75
-31 2
D017
-31
STOLL STOLL 1
AN 0.75
I022 -31 -31 2

N 0.75 S.U.1 AR 0.75
3
HN 0.75
A-C6 SPIA LIGHT
C 0.75
A-D7 LIVELLO LEVEL
S.U.1
AN 1
N 0.75 S.U.1 B-A1 DIREZIONI SX LEFT DIECTIONS AN 1
-31 -31 2
DIREZIONI SX LEFT DIECTIONS 1
A1
K014
SPIA LIGHT 4 A1
A-D2 DIREZIONI DX RIGHT DIRECTION 4
C1 DIREZIONI DX RIGHT DIRECTION
LIVELLO LEVEL 3 G1
G1
+58 SX +58 SINISTRA 5
P006
A-D3 +58 SX +58 SINISTRA
1 RN 1.5
RN 1.5 STOP STOP 6
A-D4 STOP STOP
GN 1
+58 SX +58 LEFT 7
S.U.3
GN 1
A-D5 +58 DX +58 RH N 1.5 N 1.5
3
K009
-31 -31
AN 1
IDRAULICA HYDRAULIC
V Verde/Green A Azzurro/Blue D019 TRASMISSIONI TRANSMISSION
AN 1
D0064720
Fig. 4068 - Driveline - Version with analog instrument panel

40.4.41 - 0.016.2000.4/20 - Engine - Version with front battery
40-1218
Wiring diagrams
P001
2
1
K003
1
J001
2
1 2
K004
D006
2
1
D005
T001b A002
N002
K002 A004
A003 K001
D0047621
Fig. 4069 - Engine - Version with front battery (1/2)

Table 885
CONNECTOR CODE
A002 Alternator “B+”
A003 Alternator “D+”
A004 Alternator “W”
D006 Not used
J001 Preheating relay
K001 Air cleaner clogged sensor
K002 Brake fluid level sensor
K003 Engine oil pressure switch
K004 Engine temperature sensor
P001 Air conditioning compressor
T001b Battery positive terminal
40-1219
Wiring diagrams
13
OIL ENGINE PRESS. 12
14
10
11
4
OBSTR.AIR FILTER 7
9
T001b A002
FRONT PTO COM.

2-27 BAR FILTER
D+ GENERATOR
ENGINE TEMP.
D005
BRAKES OIL
H.D.RELAY
GND
+15
+50
+50
"W"
MR 1
V 1.5
M1
MN 1.5
MN 1.5
MN 1
N1
ZN 1
SG1
MB 1
BR 1
BN 1
L1
S.U.1
SG1
N1
1 2
K004
MN 1
N1
S.U.2
1 2
ZN 1
N1
L1
M1
A003
D006
N1
BR 1
V 1.5
K002
1 2
BN 1
A004
1
MB 1
VR 1
MN 2.5
K003
K001 M Marrone/Brown C Arancio/Orange

1 2 V Verde/Green A Azzurro/Blue
P001 N Nero/Black L Blu/Dark Blue
J001 N002
D0047631
Fig. 4070 - Engine - Version with front battery (2/2)
40-1220
Wiring diagrams
40.4.42 - 0.016.2001.4/10 - Engine - Version with lateral battery
P001
1
2 1
1 2
J001
K003
1 2
D005
K004
D006
2 1
N002 T001b A002
K002 A004
A003 K001
D0047641
Fig. 4071 - Engine - Version with lateral battery (1/2)

Table 886
CONNECTOR CODE
A002 Alternator “B+”
A003 Alternator “D+”
A004 Alternator “W”
J001 Preheating relay
K001 Air cleaner clogged sensor
K002 Brake fluid level sensor
K003 Engine oil pressure switch
K004 Engine temperature sensor
P001 Air conditioning compressor
T001b Battery positive terminal
40-1221
Wiring diagrams
13
OIL ENGINE PRESS. 12
14
10
11
4
OBSTR.AIR FILTER 7
9
T001b A002
FRONT PTO COM.

2-27 BAR FILTER
D+ GENERATOR
ENGINE TEMP.
D005
BRAKES OIL
H.D.RELAY
GND
+15
+50
+50
"W"
MR 1
V 1.5
M1
MN 1.5
MN 1.5
MN 1
N1
ZN 1
SG1
MB 1
BR 1
BN 1
L1
S.U.1
SG1
N1
1 2
K004
MN 1
N1
S.U.2
1 2
ZN 1
N1
L1
M1
BR 1
D006
N1
V 1.5
A003 K002
1 2
BN 1
1
A004
MB 1
VR 1
K003
MN 2.5

K001 V Verde/Green A Azzurro/Blue
1 2 Z Viola/Violet B Bianco/White
P001 N Nero/Black L Blu/Dark Blue
J001 N002 D0047651
Fig. 4072 - Engine - Version with lateral battery (2/2)

40.4.43 - 0.016.2002.4/60 - Central - Version with analog instrument panel (AGROFARM
I010 I005 I004
I014 R F
6
2
5
1
4
8
7
3
6
2
5
1
4
8
7
3
6
2
5
1
4
8
7
3
6
2
5
1
4
8
7
D013a
P002a
D013 P002b
K006 P002
D013a 1
4
2
5
3
6
K005 D011
4 5 6
C003
2 3
R
1
F
D013
I001
F009
2
4
1
3
8
I016
1
4
2
5
17 18
3 10
I018
15
30
50
I013
4
P005
3
2
1
1
D004
C004
1
2
N004
N003
1
E004
+ 2
-
G
E004a
E004b C009 F
M002
ECU MOTORE
D009 E008 M M001

M F
D008 T
E011
T
I017
E010
D014 E012
C
R001 C
M004 P003
4
1
E009
2
5
4
4
AMP
3
2
6
2
3
D005
1
I008
1
7
1
4
5
2
D003 I011
4
6
3 10
3
SUPPLY FREE
9
2
I009
1
7
8
TOP
4
1
1 2 1 2
D002
5
2
TOP
AMP
AMP
SUPPLY FREE
3
I012
F007
F007a
8
D001
4
1
1 2
SUPPLY FREE
2
3 4
3
56b
56a 31b F008
R
49a
L
H001
56 31
56d
D0064730
Fig. 4073 - Central - Version with analog instrument panel
40-1222
Wiring diagrams
MF5
40A FT1-2-3 B029
MF4
40A START B028
PK1 PK2
+15
COMPRESSOR
MU1
MU4
30A
RELAY
MK3
COMPRESSOR B030
FT 5-6-7-8
FAN SPEED
RELAY
B025
B026
B027
MK1
20 A B032
30A
30A
30A
POWER
B031 B033
MU6
MU3
30A +15
MF1
20 A
MK3 MF3
SOCKET
MK1
+15 +15
J002 J004
F14-15 F11-12-13
+15 ROOF +15

FAN SPEED J005 J007
MK4
MK6
FT5.6.7.8 MU6
M11
B016
B010 B020
B011 B021
B005 B015
B009 B019
B012 B022

Agrofarm 410 - 420 - 430

Uploaded by

Document Informationclick to expand document information

Document Informationclick to expand document information

Copyright:

Available Formats

Agrofarm 410 - 420 - 430

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Agrofarm 410 - 420 - 430

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

AGROFARM 410 -> 16001

AGROFARM 410 -> 20001

20 - Calibrations and electronic diagnosis

PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK

0.1.3 - Safety precautions for removal and refitting operations

0.1.4 - Lifting instructions

Wire ropes - slings

8 650 620 500 25 500 400 860 700

Lifting capacities are calculated with a safety coefficient.

0.1.5 - Tightening torques

Thread size Wrench Torque Nm ±10% Wrench Torque Nm ±10%

Thread size Wrench Torque Nm ±10%

Thread size Wrench Torque Nm Wrench Torque Nm Wrench Torque Nm

0.1.6 - Threadlockers, adhesives, sealants and lubricants

0.1.7 - Conversion factors

PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK

Fig. 12 - Main assemblies

Fig. 13 - Power flow diagram

Fig. 14 - Shuttle unit

Fig. 15 - Hi-Lo unit

Fig. 16 - Gearbox assembly - version with Hi-Lo

Fig. 16 - Gearbox assembly - version with Hi-Lo

Fig. 17 - Bevel pinion and range gearbox assembly

Fig. 18 - Electrohydraulic four-wheel drive engagement assembly

Fig. 19 - Differential unit (1/2)

Fig. 20 - Differential unit (2/2)

Fig. 21 - Brakes and rear axle assembly

10.2.2 - Transmission (AGROFARM 410 -> 16001)

Fig. 22 - Main assemblies

Fig. 23 - Power flow diagram

Fig. 24 - Clutch housing

Fig. 25 - Gearbox and shuttle assembly

Fig. 26 - Bevel drive and range gearbox assembly

Fig. 26 - Bevel drive and range gearbox assembly

Fig. 27 - Bevel drive and range gearbox assembly

Fig. 28 - Four-wheel drive engagement and parking brake assembly

Fig. 29 - Differential unit

Fig. 30 - Brakes and rear axle assembly

Fig. 31 - Main assemblies

Fig. 32 - Power flow diagram

Fig. 33 - Shuttle unit

Fig. 34 - Hi-Lo unit

Fig. 35 - Gearbox assembly

Fig. 36 - Gearbox assembly - version with Hi-Lo

Fig. 37 - Bevel pinion and range gearbox assembly

Fig. 38 - Mechanical four-wheel drive engagement and parking brake assembly

Fig. 39 - Electrohydraulic four-wheel drive engagement and parking brake assembly

Fig. 39 - Electrohydraulic four-wheel drive engagement and parking brake assembly

Fig. 40 - Differential unit

Fig. 40 - Differential unit

Fig. 41 - Brakes and rear axle assembly

10.2.4 - Transmission (AGROFARM 420 -> 16001)

Fig. 42 - Main assemblies

Fig. 43 - Power flow diagram

Fig. 44 - Connector housing

Fig. 45 - Gearbox and shuttle assembly

Fig. 47 - Bevel drive and range gearbox assembly